You are on page 1of 912

Index

SERVICE MANUAL

8050/CF5001
C500
8150

2004. 12
Ver. 3.0
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS


Read carefully the Safety and Important Warning Items described below to understand them before doing ser-
vice work.

IMPORTANT NOTICE
Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this copier as well as the risk of damage to
the copier, Konica Minolta Business Technologies, INC. (hereafter called the KMBT) strongly recommends that
all servicing be performed only by KMBT-trained service technicians.
Changes may have been made to this copier to improve its performance after this Service Manual was printed.
Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that the information contained in this Service
Manual is complete and accurate.
The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to the copier while ser-
vicing the copier for which this Service Manual is intended.
Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the course of technical
training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of the copier properly.
Keep this Service Manual also for future service.

DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER, WARNING AND


CAUTION
In this Service Manual, each of three expressions “ DANGER”, “ WARNING”, and “ CAUTION” is defined
as follows together with a symbol mark to be used in a limited meaning.
When servicing the copier, the relevant works (disassembling, reassembling, adjustment, repair, maintenance,
etc.) need to be conducted with utmost care.

DANGER :Action having a high possibility of suffering death or serious injury


WARNING:Action having a possibility of suffering death or serious injury
CAUTION :Action having a possibility of suffering a slight wound, medium trouble, and
property damage

Symbols used for safety and important warning items are defined as follows:

:Precaution when using the copier. General precaution Electric hazard High temperature

:Prohibition when using the copier.


General prohibition Do not touch with wet hand Do not disassemble

:Direction when using the copier.


General instruction Unplug Ground/Earth

S-1 1
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

SAFETY WARNINGS

1. MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY


KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Konica Minolta brand copiers are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is achieved through high-quality design
and a solid service network.
Copier design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical, physical, and electrical aspects
have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving at proper tolerances and safety factors. For this reason, unau-
thorized modifications involve a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such modifications are therefore
strictly prohibited. the points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the reasoning behind this policy.

PROHIBITED ACTIONS

DANGER

• Using any cables or power cord not specified by KMBT.

• Using any fuse or thermostat not specified by KMBT. Safety will not be
assured, leading to a risk of fire and injury.

• Disabling fuse functions or bridging fuse terminals with wire, metal clips, sol-
der or similar object.

• Disabling relay functions (such as wedging paper between relay contacts)

• Disabling safety functions (interlocks, safety circuits, etc.) Safety will not be
assured, leading to a risk of fire and injury.

• Making any modification to the copier unless instructed by KMBT

• Using parts not specified by KMBT

1 S-2
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
2. CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE
Konica Minolta brand copiers are extensively tested before shipping, to ensure that all applicable safety standards are met,
in order to protect the customer and customer engineer (hereafter called the CE) from the risk of injury. However, in daily
use, any electrical equipment may be subject to parts wear and eventual failure. In order to maintain safety and reliability,
the CE must perform regular safety checks.

2.1 Power Supply

Connection to Power Supply

WARNING
• Check that mains voltage is as specified. Plug the power cord into the dedi-
cated wall outlet with a capacity greater than the maximum power consump-
tion.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may result. kw

• If two or more power cords can be plugged into the wall outlet, the total load
must not exceed the rating of the wall outlet.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may result.

• Connect power plug directly into wall outlet having same configuration as the
plug.
Use of an adapter leads to the product connecting to inadequate power
supply (voltage, current capacity, grounding), and may result in fire or elec-
tric shock.
If proper wall outlet is not available, advice the customer to contact quali-
fied electrician for the installation.

• Make sure the power cord is plugged in the wall outlet securely.
Contact problems may lead to increased resistance, overheating, and the
risk of fire.

Ground Lead

WARNING
• Check whether the copier is grounded properly.
If current leakage occurs in an ungrounded copier, you may suffer electric
shock while operating the copier. Connect the ground lead to one of the
following points:
a. Ground terminal of wall outlet
b. Ground terminal for which Class D work has been done

S-3 2
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Ground Lead

WARNING
• Pay attention to the point to which the ground lead is connected.
Connecting the ground lead to an improper point such as the points listed
below results in a risk of explosion and electric shock:
a. Gas pipe (A risk of explosion or fire exists.)
b. Lightning rod (A risk of electric shock or fire exists.)
c. Telephone line ground (A risk of electric shock or fire exists in the case
of lightning.)
d. Water pipe or faucet (It may include a plastic portion.)

Power Plug and Cord

WARNING
• For the products that use the power cord set (inlet type), be sure to follow the
directions given below.
When securing measure is provided, secure the cord with the fixture prop-
erly.
a. Be sure to check to see if the power cord is securely inserted into the
main body side inlet.
b. When the fixing of the cord is indicated in the installation instructions,
be sure to fix it securely by using the fixing materials provided in the
same package.
c. When the power cord is damaged with its sheath broken, be sure to
replace it with the specified power cord set.
When the power cord is not securely inserted, an abnormal heat may gen-
erates due to a poor contact of the cord, thus resulting in a fire.

• Check whether the power cord is not stepped on or pinched by a table and
so on.
Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.

• Check whether the power cord is damaged. Check whether the sheath is
damaged.
If the power plug, cord, or sheath is damaged, replace with a new power
cord (with plugs on both ends) specified by KMBT. Using the damaged
power cord may result in fire or electric shock.

• Do not bundle or tie the power cord.


Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.

2 S-4
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Power Plug and Cord

WARNING

• Check whether dust is collected around the power plug and wall outlet.
Using the power plug and wall outlet without removing dust may result in
fire.

• Do not insert the power plug into the wall outlet with a wet hand.
The risk of electric shock exists.

• When unplugging the power cord, grasp the plug, not the cable.
The cable may be broken, leading to a risk of fire and electric shock.

Wiring

WARNING

• Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power cords in the same out-
let.
If used, the risk of fire exists.

• When an extension cord is required, use a specified one.


Current that can flow in the extension cord is limited, so using a too long
extension cord may result in fire.
Do not use an extension cable reel with the cable taken up. Fire may
result.

2.2. Installation Requirements

Prohibited Installation Place

WARNING
• Do not place the copier near flammable materials such as curtains or volatile
materials that may catch fire.
A risk of fire exists.

• Do not place the copier in a place exposed to water such as rain water.
A risk of fire and electric shock exists.

S-5 2
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

When not using product for a long time

WARNING

• When the copier is not used over an extended period of time (holidays, etc.),
switch it off and unplug the power cord.
Dust collected around the power plug and outlet may cause fire.

Ventilation

CAUTION
• The copier generates ozone gas during operation, but it is not sufficient to be
harmful to the human body.
If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases, ventilate the
room.
a. When the copier is used in a poorly ventilated room
b. When taking a lot of copies
c. When using multiple copiers at the same time

Fixing

CAUTION
• Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake and so on, the copier may slide, leading to a
injury.

Inspection before Servicing

CAUTION
• Before conducting an inspection, read all relevant documentation (service
manual, technical notices, etc.) and proceed with the inspection following the
prescribed procedure in safety clothes, using only the prescribed tools. Do
not make any adjustment not described in the documentation.
If the prescribed procedure or tool is not used, the copier may break and a
risk of injury or fire exists.

• Before conducting an inspection, be sure to disconnect the power plugs from


the copier and options.
When the power plug is inserted in the wall outlet, some units are still pow-
ered even if the POWER switch is turned OFF. A risk of electric shock
exists.

2 S-6
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Inspection before Servicing

CAUTION

• The area around the fixing unit is hot.


You may get burnt.

Work Performed with the Copier Powered

WARNING
• Take every care when making adjustments or performing an operation check
with the copier powered.
If you make adjustments or perform an operation check with the external
cover detached, you may touch live or high-voltage parts or you may be
caught in moving gears or the timing belt, leading to a risk of injury.

• Take every care when servicing with the external cover detached.
High-voltage exists around the drum unit. A risk of electric shock exists.

Safety Checkpoints

WARNING
• Check the exterior and frame for edges, burrs, and other damages.
The user or CE may be injured.

• Be careful not to drop metal chips such as a clip, staple and/or a screw into
the inside of the product or its gaps.
A short circuit may occurs inside the product, thus resulting in an electric
shock and/or a fire.

• Check wiring for squeezing and any other damage.


Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or fire.

• Carefully remove all toner remnants and dust from electrical parts and elec-
trode units such as a charging corona unit.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of copier trouble or fire.

• Check high-voltage cables and sheaths for any damage.


Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or fire.

• Check electrode units such as a charging corona unit for deterioration and
sign of leakage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of trouble or fire.

S-7 2
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Safety Checkpoints

WARNING
• Before disassembling or adjusting the write unit incorporating a laser, make
sure that the power cord has been disconnected.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of loss of eyesight.

• Do not remove the cover of the write unit. Do not supply power with the write
unit shifted from the specified mounting position.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of loss of eyesight.

• When replacing a lithium battery, replace it with a new lithium battery speci-
fied in the Parts Guide Manual. Dispose of the used lithium battery using the
method specified by local authority.
Improper replacement can cause explosion.

• After replacing a part to which AC voltage is applied (e.g., optical lamp and
fixing lamp), be sure to check the installation state.
A risk of fire exists.

• Check the interlock switch and actuator for loosening and check whether the
interlock functions properly.
If the interlock does not function, you may receive an electric shock or be
injured when you insert your hand in the copier (e.g., for clearing paper
jam).

• Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp edges, burrs, or
other pointed parts.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or fire.

• Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connectors, etc. that were
removed for safety check and maintenance have been reinstalled in the orig-
inal location. (Pay special attention to forgotten connectors, pinched cables,
forgotten screws, etc.)
A risk of copier trouble, electric shock, and fire exists.

2 S-8
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Consumables

WARNING
• Toner and developer are not harmful substances, but care must be taken not
to breathe excessive amounts or let the substances come into contact with
eyes, etc. It may be stimulative.
If the substances get in the eye, rinse with plenty of water immediately.
When symptoms are noticeable, consult a physician.

• Never throw the used cartridge and toner into fire.


You may be burned due to dust explosion.

HANDLING OF SERVICE MATERIALS

DANGER : HANDLING OF SERVICE MATERIALS


• When solution is used for cleaning, be sure to unplug the power cord from
the power outlet.
Drum cleaner (isopropyl alcohol) and roller cleaner (acetone-based) are
highly flammable and must be handled with care. A risk of fire exists.

• Do not replace the cover or turn the copier ON before any solvent remnants
on the cleaned parts have fully evaporated.
A risk of fire exists.

• Use only a small amount of cleaner at a time and take care not to spill any
liquid. If this happens, immediately wipe it off.
A risk of fire exists.

• When using any solvent, ventilate the room well.


Breathing large quantities of organic solvents can lead to discomfort.

S-9 2
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

SAFETY INFORMATION

IMPORTANT INFORMATION
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration implemented
regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976. Compliance is mandatory for products mar-
keted in the United States.

This copier is certified as a “Class 1” laser product under the U.S.


Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation
Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emitted inside this copier is completely confined within
protective housings and external covers, the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user opera-
tion.

S-10
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

SAFETY CIRCUITS
This machine is provided with the following safety circuits to prevent machine faults from resulting in serious accidents.

• Overall protection circuit


• Fixing upper lamp /1 (L2), Fixing upper lamp /2 (L3), Fixing lower lamp (L4) overheating prevention circuit

These safety circuits are described below to provide the service engineer with a renewed awareness of them in order to pre-
vent servicing errors that may impair their functions.

1. Overall protection circuit

CBR1

NF

CBR2

8050sf001

1.1 Protection by circuit breaker /1 (CBR1) and circuit breaker /2 (CBR2)


CBR1 and CBR2 interrupt the AC line instantaneously when an excessive current flows due to a short in the AC
line.

CAUTION:
The CBR1 and CBR2 functions must not be deactivated under any circumstances.

S-11
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
2. Fixing upper lamp /1 (L2), Fixing upper lamp /2 (L3), Fixing lower lamp (L4) overheating
prevention circuit

PRCB ACDB

TH1 L2 TS1

TH3 AC driver L3
FHCB
Control section
TH2 section
TS2
L4
TH4
RL1
RL1 8050sf002e

2.1 Protection by software


The output voltage from fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) and fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2) is read by the
CPU. If this voltage is abnormal, L2, L3, and L4 are turned OFF by opening main relay (RL1).

CAUTION:
• The clearance between the fixing upper roller and TH1 and the clearance between the fixing
lower roller and TH2 must not be changed. When replacing them, make sure to comply with
the specified clearances.
• The RL1 function must not be deactivated under any circumstances.

2.2 Protection by the hardware circuit


The output voltages from fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1), fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2), fixing temperature
sensor /3 (TH3), and fixing temperature sensor /4 (TH4) are compared with the abnormality judgment reference
value in the comparator circuit. If the output voltage from TH1, TH2, TH3, or TH4 exceeds the reference value, L2,
L3, and L4 are turned OFF by opening RL1.

CAUTION:
• The clearance between the fixing upper roller and TH1 and the clearance between the fixing
lower roller and TH2 must not be changed. When replacing them, make sure to comply with
the specified clearances.
• Periodically check the contact between the fixing upper roller and TH3 and the contact
between the fixing lower roller and TH4, and replace them if any abnormality is detected.
• The RL1 function must not be deactivated under any circumstances.

2.3 Protection by thermostat /1 (TS1) and thermostat /2 (TS2)


When the temperature of the fixing upper roller exceeds the specified value, TS1 is turned OFF, thus interrupting the
power to L2 and L3 directly. When the temperature of the fixing lower roller exceeds the specified value, TS2 is
turned OFF, thus interrupting the power to L4 directly.

CAUTION:
Do not use any other electrical conductor in place of TS1 and TS2.

S-12
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE


Caution labels shown below are attached in some areas on/in the machine.
When accessing these areas for maintenance, repair, or adjustment, special care should be taken to avoid burns and electric
shock.

8050sf003e

CAUTION

You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-
self away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.

S-13
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

8050sf004e

CAUTION

You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-
self away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.

S-14
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

8050sf005e

CAUTION

You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-
self away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.

S-15
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

8050sf006e

CAUTION

You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-
self away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.

2 S-16
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

8050sf007e

CAUTION

You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-
self away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.

PS

Unplug the machine before removing platen glass.

Debrancher le copieur avant de retirer la vitre d'exposition.

Desenchufe la maquina antes de quitar el vidrio.


~
Desconecte a unidade da tomada antes de remover o vidro de exposicao.

8050sf008e

S-17 1
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

8050sf009

CAUTION

You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-
self away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.

2 S-18
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONTENTS

CONTENTS

I OUTLINE
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1

IMPORTANT NOTICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1

DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1

SAFETY WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-2

SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-10

II UNIT EXPLANATION
IMPORTANT INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-10

SAFETY CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-11

INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-13

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Revision history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Composition of the service manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
Notation of the service manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ix

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
Measures to take in case of an accident . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xi
List of major differences between the old type and the new type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii

I OUTLINE
1. OUTLINE OF SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
2. 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
3. CENTER CROSS SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
4. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
5. DRIVE SYSTEM DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
5.1 Drum drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
5.2 Transfer belt conveyance/pressure drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
5.3 Developing drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
5.4 Toner supply drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
5.5 Toner collection drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
5.6 Fixing drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
5.7 Paper feed drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
5.7.1 Paper feed tray /1 to /3 drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
5.7.2 Vertical conveyance drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
5.8 ADU drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
5.8.1 Bypass tray drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
5.8.2 Registration drive/loop drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
5.8.3 ADU conveyance drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
5.8.4 Reverse paper exit drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
5.9 Main body paper exit drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
5.10 Scanner drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
6. IMAGE CREATION PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
6.1 Image creation flow and function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
6.2 Charging process (Step 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25

i 2
CONTENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

6.3 Laser exposure process (Step 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25


6.4 Developing process (Step 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
6.5 1st transfer process (Step 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
I OUTLINE

6.6 2nd transfer process (Step 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28


6.7 Separation process (Step 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
6.8 Drum cleaning (Sub step 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
6.9 Pre-charging exposure (Sub step 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
6.10 Transfer belt cleaning (Sub step 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
6.11 2nd transfer roller /L cleaning (Sub step 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
II UNIT EXPLANATION

6.12 Toner collection (Sub step 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31


6.13 Process speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31

II UNIT EXPLANATION
1. SCANNER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
1.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
1.2 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
1.2.1 Home position search in the exposure unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
1.2.2 Shading correction reading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

1.2.3 Original reading mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4


1.2.4 Original reading control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
1.2.5 APS control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
1.2.6 AE control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
1.2.7 Image processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
2. WRITE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
2.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
2.2 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2.2.1 Image writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2.2.2 Color registration correction control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
3. DRUM UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
3.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
3.2 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
3.2.1 Image formation timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
4. DEVELOPING UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
4.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
4.2 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
4.2.1 Flow of developer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
4.2.2 Developing control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
4.2.3 Toner supply control to the developing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
4.2.4 Developing bias control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
4.2.5 Durability of the developer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
5. TRANSFER BELT UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
5.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
5.2 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
5.2.1 Transfer belt pressure/release mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
5.2.2 Image correction unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
5.2.3 1st transfer control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
5.2.4 2nd transfer control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34

ii
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONTENTS

5.2.5 Control for the prevention of the flipping of the belt cleaning blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
5.2.6 Control against belt filming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
6. TONER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

I OUTLINE
6.1 Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
6.2 Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
6.2.1 Toner supply control to the toner hopper section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
6.2.2 Toner supply control to the developing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
6.2.3 Copy/print operation stop control due to no toner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
7. TONER COLLECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38

II UNIT EXPLANATION
7.1 Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
7.2 Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
7.2.1 Toner collection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
7.2.2 Waste toner full detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
8. PAPER FEED TRAY /1 TO /3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
8.1 Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
8.2 Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
8.2.1 Paper feed control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
8.2.2 Up/down plate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
8.2.3 Remaining paper detection control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
8.2.4 Paper size detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
9. BYPASS FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
9.1 Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
9.2 Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
9.2.1 Tray up drive control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
9.2.2 Paper feed control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
9.2.3 Paper size detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
10. VERTICAL CONVEYANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
10.1 Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
10.2 Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
10.2.1 Vertical conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
11. REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
11.1 Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
11.2 Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
11.2.1 Switching control of the paper exit/ADU conveyance path. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
11.2.2 Reverse/exit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57
11.2.3 ADU conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
11.2.4 Paper reverse control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59
11.2.5 ADU pre-registration control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60
11.2.6 Registration control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62
11.2.7 2nd transfer control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
11.2.8 Paper exit full detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
12. FIXING UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64
12.1 Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64
12.2 Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
12.2.1 Fixing drive control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
12.2.2 Pressure/release control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67
12.2.3 Web control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68

iii 2
CONTENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

12.2.4 Temperature control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68


13. INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69
13.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69
I OUTLINE

14. IMAGE STABILIZATION CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70


14.1 Toner density control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70
14.2 Dmax control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70
14.3 Charging potential control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
14.3.1 Correction of the reference value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
14.3.2 Low humidity environment correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
II UNIT EXPLANATION

14.4 Dot diameter adjustment control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72


14.5 Gamma correction control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73
15. OTHER CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
15.1 Parts to which power is supplied even when the main power switch is turned off . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
15.2 Parts that operate only when the power switch is turned on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75
15.2.1 Parts that operate when the main power switch is turned on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75
15.2.2 Parts that operate when the sub power switch is turned on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75
15.3 Fan control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76
15.3.1 Fan composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76
15.4 Operation board control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

15.4.1 Operation board composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77


15.5 Counter control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78
15.5.1 Counter composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78
15.5.2 Counter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78
15.6 ACS control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
15.6.1 Switching between the color mode and the black and white mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
15.6.2 Copy count when using ACS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80

III DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
1. EXTERIOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
1.1 Replacing the dust filter /2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
1.2 Replacing the dust filter /1 and the ozone filter /1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
1.3 Replacing the toner collection box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
1.4 Angle adjustment of the operation board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
1.5 Removing and reinstalling the main board unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
2. SCANNER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
2.1 Screws that must not be removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
2.2 Removing and reinstalling the platen glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
2.3 Removing and reinstalling the CCD unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
2.4 Removing and reinstalling the exposure unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
2.5 Removing and reinstalling the exposure lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
2.6 Removing the scanner wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
2.7 Reinstalling the scanner wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
3. WRITING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3.1 Screw that must not be removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3.2 Removing and reinstalling the write unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
4. PROCESS UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
4.1 Flow of the disassembly of the process unit section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

iv
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONTENTS

4.2 Cleaning the charging corona unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30


4.3 Cleaning/replacing, removing and reinstalling the charging wire assy
/the charging control plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32

I OUTLINE
4.4 Pulling out the process unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
4.5 Removing and reinstalling the transfer belt unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
4.6 Replacing the belt cleaning roller unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
4.7 Replacing the belt cleaning blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
4.8 Replacing the toner collection sheet /1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
4.9 Replacing the belt separation claw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
4.10 Replacing the transfer belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42

II UNIT EXPLANATION
4.11 Replacing the 1st transfer roller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
4.12 Replacing the 2nd transfer roller /U. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
4.13 Replacing the drum cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
4.14 Removing and reinstalling the drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
4.15 Replacing the developing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
4.16 Replacing the developer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
4.17 Replacing the belt separation claw solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
4.18 Removing and reinstalling the process unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
4.19 Removing and reinstalling the image correction unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
5. TONER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
5.1 Opening and closing the toner supply section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
5.2 Replacing the charging dust filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
6. TONER COLLECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
6.1 Cleaning of the belt collection pipe/vertical/horizontal/conveyance pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
7. PAPER FEED TRAYS /1 to /3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
7.1 Removing and reinstalling the paper feed unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
7.2 Removing and reinstalling the paper feed trays /1 to /3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75
7.3 Replacing the paper feed roller and the feed rubber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76
7.4 Replacing the double feed prevention rubber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78
7.5 Replacing the paper feed clutch and the pre-registration clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79
7.6 Removing and reinstalling the tray up/down wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-80
8. BYPASS TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84
8.1 Replacing the paper feed roller and the feed roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84
8.2 Replacing the double feed prevention roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-86
8.3 Replacing the paper feed clutch /BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87
9. VERTICAL CONVEYANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
9.1 Removing and reinstalling the vertical conveyance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
9.2 Replacing the intermediate conveyance clutch /1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92
10. FIXING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93
10.1 Screws that must not be removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93
10.2 Removing and reinstalling the fixing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94
10.3 Replacing the fixing upper heater lamps /1 and /2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
10.4 Replacing the fixing lower heater lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
10.5 Replacing the fixing roller /U, ball bearing /U and the heat insulating sleeve /U . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-100
10.6 Replacing the fixing roller /L, ball bearing /L and the heat insulating sleeve /L . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
10.7 Replacing the fixing temperature sensor /3, and removing and
reinstalling the fixing temperature sensor /1 and the thermostat /1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-104

v 2
CONTENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

10.8 Replacing the fixing temperature sensor /4, and removing and
reinstalling the fixing temperature sensor /2 and the thermostat /L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-109
10.9 Replacing the fixing drive gear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
I OUTLINE

10.10Replacing the fixing cleaning unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-116


10.11Replacing the fixing torque limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-118
10.12Replacing the paper exit roller /Up (for the new type only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-120
11. REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-122
11.1 Removing and reinstalling the ADU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-122
11.2 Replacing the registration cleaning sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-124
11.3 Replacing the separation discharging plate unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-125
II UNIT EXPLANATION

11.4 Replacing the transfer ground plate unit and the 2nd transfer roller /L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-126
11.5 Replacing the registration roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-127
11.6 Replacing the intermediate conveyance clutches /2 and /3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-133
11.7 Replacing the ADU conveyance clutches /1 and /2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-134
11.8 Replacing the ADU pre-registration clutch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-135
11.9 Replacing the decurler roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-136
11.10Replacing the paper exit guide roller /2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-138
11.11 Replacing the paper exit roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-143
11.12Replacing the paper presser roller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-146
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

11.13Replacing the lock levers 1/ and /2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-147

2 vi
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Introduction

Introduction

Revision history

After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for improvement
of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.

When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be issued
with a revision mark added as required.

Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show to the left of the revised section.
A number within represents the number of times the revision has been made.

• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the corresponding page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

Note:
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
• The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
• The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.

2004/12 3.0 Change of design and correction of errors in writing


2004/04 2.0 Change of design and correction of errors in writing
2003/08 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
Service
Date Revision mark Descriptions of revision
manual Ver.

vii
Introduction KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Composition of the service manual

This service manual consists of the following sections and chapters:

<Theory of Operation section>


I OUTLINE: System configuration, product specifications, unit configuration, paper
path, drive system, and image creation process *
II UNIT EXPLANATION: Configuration of each unit, explanation of the operating system, and
explanation of the control system
III DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY: Removal/reinstallation method of periodically replaced parts and
major parts.
As information for the CE to have a better understanding of the product, this part outlines the object of each
functions, its role, the relationship between the electrical system and the mechanical system, and the timing
of the operations of each part, and then explains the removal and reinstallation procedure of the periodically
replaced parts and the major parts.

The contents of * are described only in the service manual of the main body.

<Field service section>


I ADJUSTMENT: General description of items to be adjusted, 25 mode, 36 mode, 47
mode, and other adjustments (mechanical adjustments)
II SERVICE TOOL: Various types of ISW *, and mail remote notification system
III SERVICE: Service schedule, copy materials, service materials, and CE tools *
IV JAM CODE LIST: List of jam codes, causes, operations when a jam occurs, and removal
methods
V ERROR CODE LIST: List of error codes, causes, operations when a warning is issued, and
expected defective parts
VI DIAGRAMS: Parts layout drawing, connector layout drawing, timing chart, and
overall wiring diagram
As information that the CE requires at the job site (customer's premise), this part explains the service sched-
ule and its contents, the object and role of each adjustment, error codes and supplementary information.

viii
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Introduction

Notation of the service manual

1. Product name
In this manual, each of the products is described as follows:
(1) IC board: Standard printer
(2) KonicaMinolta 8050/CF5001/bizhub PROC500/8150:
Main body or this machine
(3) Microsoft Windows 95: Windows 95
Microsoft Windows 98: Windows 98
Microsoft Windows Me: Windows Me
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0: Windows NT 4.0 or Windows NT
Microsoft Windows 2000: Windows 2000
Microsoft Windows XP: Windows XP
When the description is made in combination of the OS's mentioned above:
Windows 95/98/Me
Windows NT 4.0/2000
Windows NT/2000/XP
Windows 95/98/Me/ NT/2000/XP

2. Brand name
The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or the registered
trademark of each company.

3. Electrical parts and signals


Those listed by way of example below are not exhaustive, but only some instances among many.

Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description


IN
PS
Sensor PS Door PS1 Sensor detection signal
SIG
102 PS
24V Power to drive the solenoid
Solenoid SD DRV
Drive signal
SOL
24V Power to drive the clutch
Clutch CL DRV
Drive signal
SOL
24V Power to drive the motor
CONT Drive signal
DRV1
Motor M
DRV2
Drive signals of two kinds
D1
D2

ix
Introduction KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description


_U
_V
_W
Drive signals (control signals) of three kinds
DRV1
DRV2
DRV3
D1

D2
D3
D4
DRV A
DRV Ā
Drive signals (control signals) of four kinds
DRV B
Motor, phases A and B control signals
DRV B̄
A
Motor M
/A
B
/B
AB
BB
CLK, PLL PLL control signal
LCK, Lock, LD PLL lock signal
FR Forward/reverse rotation signal
EM, Lock, LCK, LD Motor lock abnormality
BLK Drive brake signal
P/S Power/stop
S/S
Operating load start/stop signal
SS
CW/CCW, F/R Rotational direction switching signal
ENB Effective signal
TEMP_ER Motor temperature abnormality detection signal
Others TH1.S, ANG Analog signal
SG, S.GND, S_GND Signal ground
Ground
PG, P.GND Power ground
DCD Data carrier detection
SIN Serial input
SOUT Serial output
DTR Data terminal operation available
GND Signal ground (earth)
Serial
DSR, DSET Data set ready
communication
RTS Transmission request signal
CTS Consent transmission signal
RI Ring indicator
TXD Serial transmission data
RXD Serial reception data

x
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Measures to take in case of an accident

Measures to take in case of an accident

1. If an accident has occurred, the distributor who has been notified first must immediately take emer-
gency measures to provide relief to affected persons and to prevent further damage.
2. If a report of a serious accident has been received from a customer, an on-site evaluation must be car-
ried out quickly and KMBT must be notified.
3. To determine the cause of the accident, conditions and materials must be recorded through direct on-
site checks, in accordance with instructions issued by KMBT.
4. For reports and measures concerning serious accidents, follow the regulations given in "Serious Acci-
dent Report/Follow-up Procedures."

xi
List of major differences KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

List of major differences between the old type and the new type

Classification Old type New type


Material Developer (each Used exclusively by the old type Used exclusively by the new type
color)
Toner (each color) Used exclusively by the old type Used exclusively by the new type
Drum Common to Old type/New type
Registration/ Registration roller Torque limiter not provided Torque limiter provided
ADU/Reverse/ ADU reverse roller Rubber roller Spike roller (metal)
Paper exit (Driven roller is of resin) (Driven roller is of rubber)
Reverse/exit roller /2 Rubber roller Spike roller (metal)
(Driven roller is of resin) (Driven roller is of rubber)
Paper exit roller Normal Surface fluorine-treated
Periodic replace- Every 1,000,000 copies/prints Every 200,000 copies/prints
ment cycle of paper *1
exit roller
Exit paper upper Not provided Provided
face cooling fan
Secondary Secondary transfer White Black
transfer pressure cam Cam distance: Small Cam distance: Large
Spring pressure: Large Spring pressure: Small
Control Printer control Used exclusively by the old type Used exclusively by the new type
board
Printer control pro- Used exclusively by the old type Used exclusively by the new type
gram
Image control pro- Used exclusively by the old type Used exclusively by the new type
gram
Fixing Paper exit roller /Up Resin roller Ceramic coated roller
Paper exit roller / — Every 200,000 copies/prints
Up replacement
cycle

*1 For the old type, the paper exit roller is replaced only when it is provided with a kit against uneven wax.

The discrimination of the old type from the new type is made according to the list of product numbers as
shown below. The judgement is made based on the upper 4-digit alphanumeric characters of the serial num-
ber.
And also in this manual the model name is not given, but only "Old type" and "New type" given.

Product number
Model name
Old type New type
8050 65AE, 65AJ, 65AF, 65AN, 65AK, 65AT, 65AP 65LT, 65LU
CF5001 65BE, 65BF 65LQ
C500 — 65LE, 65LF, 65LJ, 65LN, 65LG
8150 — 65LK, 65LP

2 xii
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OUTLINE OF SYSTEM

I OUTLINE

I OUTLINE
1. OUTLINE OF SYSTEM

[13]
[14]
[12]

[1]
[11]

[2] [3]
[10]

[12] [5]

[11]
[15] [4]
[6]
[16]*

[8] [9]

[7]

[17]*

8050ma1001

[1] Main body [10] Finisher (New type: FS-513, Old type: FS-
[2] LCT (LT-211/C-208) 115/FN-120)
[3] Printer controller (IP-901) [11] Puncher (New type: PK-507/508, Old type:
[4] Hard disk (HD-106) PK-120/PK-5)
[5] Expansion memory (MU-412: 256MB x 4) [12] Cover sheet feeder (PI-110)
[6] Key counter [13] RADF (DF-319/AFR-20)
[7] TU-109 Connection kit (TU-109 A KIT) [14] Platen cover (CV-131)
[8] Trimmer (TU-109/TMG-3) [15] Built-in printer controller (IP-921)
[9] Finisher [16]* Hard disk (for IP-921)
(New type: FS-606, Old type: FS-215/FN-9) [17]* DC power for printer controller (for IP-921)

* [16] and [17] are packaged in the same kit of [15].

1-1 2
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2. 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS


A. Type
I OUTLINE

Type: Console type (floor-mounted type)


Copying method: Tandem intermediate transfer type electrostatic method
Original table: Fixed
Original alignment: Rear left side as reference
Photosensitive material: OPC
Sensitizing method: Laser writing
Paper feed trays: 3 trays method (500 sheets x 3, 80 to 90 g/m2) (400 sheets x 3, 105 g/m2)
Multisheet bypass tray (250 sheets, 80 to 90 g/m2) (200 sheets, 105 g/m2)
LT-211 (2500 sheets, 80 to 90 g/m2) *1
*1 Optional

B. Functions
Original to be copied: Sheet, book, solid object
Maximum original size: A3, or 11 x 17 (303 x 438 mm for non standard)
Copy size (for metric area): Tray 1 to 3: A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5R, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x
14, 11 x 17, 12 x 18, 13 x 19, wide paper *1
Bypass feed: A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5R, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x
11R, 11 x 17, 12 x 18, 13 x 19,
wide paper *1
ADU: A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5R, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x
11R, 11 x 17, 12 x 18, 13 x 19,
wide paper *1
Copy size (for inch area): Tray 1 to 3: 5.5 x 8.5R, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R, 8.5 x 14,
11 x 17, 12 x 18, 13 x 19, A3, B4, A4, B5, B5R,
wide paper *1
Bypass feed: 5.5 x 8.5R, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R, 8.5 x 14,
11 x 17, 12 x 18, 13 x 19, A3, B4, A4, B5, B5R,
wide paper *1
ADU: 5.5 x 8.5R, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R, 8.5 x 14,
11 x 17, 12 x 18, 13 x 19, A3, B4, A4, B5, B5R,
wide paper *1
*1 Wide paper is available up to 330 x 487 mm.

2 1-2
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Magnification: Fixed magnification (for metric area):


x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.414, x 1.224, x 1.154,
x 0.866, x 0.816, x 0.707, x 0.500

I OUTLINE
Fixed magnification (for inch area):
x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.545, x 1.294, x 1.214,
x 0.786, x 0.773, x 0.647, x 0.500
Special ratio magnification:
3 types
Zoom magnification: x 0.250 to x 4.000 (graduated at increment of
0.1%)
Vertical magnification: x 0.250 to x 4.000 (graduated at increment of
0.1%)
Horizontal magnification: x 0.250 to x 4.000 (graduated at increment of
0.1%)
Warm-up time (for metric area): Less than 420 sec. (at room temperature of 20°C with rated voltage)
Warm-up time (for inch area): Less than 390 sec. (at room temperature of 20°C with rated voltage)
First copy time: Full color: Less than 7.6 sec. (platen mode, life size,
manual density, paper feed tray /1 to /3, plain
paper, without gloss, face up paper exit, A4 or
8.5 x 11)
Monochrome: Less than 7.6 sec. (platen mode, life size,
manual density, paper feed tray /1 to /3, plain
paper, without gloss, face up paper exit, A4 or
8.5 x 11)
Black-and-white: Less than 6.0 sec. (platen mode, life size,
manual density, paper feed tray /1 to /3, plain
paper, without gloss, face up paper exit, A4 or
8.5 x 11)

Continuous copy speed: Full color: 51 sheets/min. (A4, memory copy)


50 sheets/min. (8.5 x 11, memory copy)
Monochrome: 51 sheets/min. (A4, memory copy)
50 sheets/min. (8.5 x 11, memory copy)
Black-and-white: 51 sheets/min. (A4, memory copy)
50 sheets/min. (8.5 x 11, memory copy)
Continuous copy count: 9999 sheets, max. or 9999 copies
Paper exit tray loading capacity: 150 trays (A4), max.
Copy density selection: AE, manual (9 steps)
Resolution: Scan: 600 dpi x 600 dpi
Copy: 600 dpi x 600 dpi

1-3 2
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

E-RDH memory *2 Standard 128 MB for each color (Y, M, C, K);


Max. 384 MB for each color (Y, M, C, K)
Interface: Serial port (USB Type B), Serial port (RS-232C), RJ45 Ethernet connec-
I OUTLINE

tor, parallel port (based on IEEE 1284), Video interface for IP-901
No. of originals in memory: Full color: Priority in high resolution: 18 faces or more
Priority in smooth tone: 18 faces or more
Priority in high compression: 38 faces or more
Conditions: Original: KC #101/A3 (color)
Density: Manual 5
Mode: Character/picture, printed
original, life size
Memory capacity: Standard 128
MB only loaded
Black-and-white/monochrome:
Priority in high resolution: 101 faces or more
Priority in smooth tone: 101 faces or more
Priority in high compression: 318 faces or more
Conditions: Original: Image electronic insti-
tute FAX #4 chart/A4
Density: Manual 5
Mode: Character/picture, printed
original, life size
Memory capacity: Standard 128
MB only loaded
Job: Job in the mode in which job
memory is not used.
*2 Standard 128MB memory is packaged on the board. So, it cannot be changed for a new one.
Four slots are provided for expansion, and it is possible to install MU-412 (set of 4 256MB).

2 1-4
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

C. Copy paper
Standard specified paper: For full color: KonicaMinolta Color Paper 81.4 g/m2

I OUTLINE
Hammermill Tidal 75 g/m2
For black-and-white: KonicaMinolta J Paper 64 g/m2
Hammermill Laser Color Copy Photo White/
Brightness 96 105 g/m2
Ordinary paper: High quality paper, coated paper and recycled paper of 64 g/m2 to 105 g/m2
Special paper *1 Label paper, High quality paper, coated paper and recycled paper of 106
g/m2 to 256 g/m2
*1 Label paper should be fed one at a time by the bypass feed method.
106 g/m2 to 256 g/m2 high-quality paper should be fed one sheet at a time with bypass feed method.
And it should also be fed from the LT-211 (optional). (For coated paper, sheets of 120 g/m2 or more are
recommended.)
For special paper other than 106 g/m2 to 256 g/m2 high-quality paper, coated paper and recycled
paper, double sided copy is not allowed.

D. Machine data
Power source (for metric area): 230 VAC -14% to 10.6% 50 Hz
Power source (for inch area): 208 ~ 240 VAC ± 10% 60 Hz
Power consumption (for metric area): 3450 W max. (Full option)
Power consumption (for inch area): 3600 W max. (Full option)
Weight: Approx. 313kg
Dimensions: 786 mm (W) x 889 mm (D) x 1056 mm (H) with platen cover pro-
vided

E. Maintenance and life


Maintenance: Once every 100,000 copies
Machine service life: 5,000,000 copies or 5 years (whichever earlier)

F. Consumables
Developer: Exclusively for the new type, exclusively for the old type
Toner: Exclusively for the new type, exclusively for the old type
Drum: Common to the new type and the old type (φ60)

G. Operating environment
Temperature: 10°C to 30°C
Humidity: 10% RH to 80% RH

Note:
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.

1-5 2
CENTER CROSS SECTION KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

3. CENTER CROSS SECTION


I OUTLINE

[21] [22] [1]


[2]

[20]
[3]

[19] [4]
[18]
[5]
[7]
[6]
[8]
[9]
[17]

[16]

[15]

[10]
[14]

[13]

[12]

[11] 8050ma1002

[1] Process unit [12] Paper feed tray /3


[2] Developing unit /Y [13] Paper feed tray /2
[3] Developing unit /M [14] Paper feed tray /1
[4] Write unit /Y [15] ADU
[5] Write unit /M [16] Reverse section
[6] Write unit /C [17] Paper exit tray
[7] Developing unit /C [18] Paper exit section
[8] Developing unit /K [19] Transfer belt unit
[9] Write unit /K [20] Image correction unit
[10] Bypass tray [21] Scanner section
[11] Drum [22] CCD unit

1-6
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PAPER PATH

4. PAPER PATH
Front side

I OUTLINE
8050ma1029

1-7
PAPER PATH KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Back side
I OUTLINE

8050ma1030

1-8
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 DRIVE SYSTEM DIAGRAM

5. DRIVE SYSTEM DIAGRAM


5.1 Drum drive

I OUTLINE
[2]

[1] 8050ma1003

[1] Drum motor /Y, /M, /C, /K (M14, M15, M16, M17) [2] Drum

1-9
DRIVE SYSTEM DIAGRAM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

5.2 Transfer belt conveyance/pressure drive


I OUTLINE

[9]
[8]
[1]
A
[2]

[3]

[7]
[4]

[6]
[15] [16]

[14]

[13]

[5] [12] [11] [10]

8050ma1004

[1] 1st transfer roller /Y [9] Belt drive roller


[2] Drum [10] While in stand-by (Total release)
[3] 1st transfer roller /M [11] Black-and-white mode
[4] 1st transfer roller /C (Pressure on 1st transfer roller /K only)
[5] 1st transfer roller /K [12] Full color mode (Total pressure)
[6] 1st transfer pressure/release motor (M19) [13] 1st transfer roller /K pressure release arm
[7] Transfer belt [14] Drive coupling
[8] Transfer belt motor (M18) [15] 1st transfer roller /K pressure release cam
[16] 1st transfer roller /Y /M /C pressure release
cam

1-10
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 DRIVE SYSTEM DIAGRAM

5.3 Developing drive

I OUTLINE
[1]
[7]

[6] [5] [4] [3] [2] 8050ma1005

[1] Toner collection screw [5] Toner conveyance screw


[2] Toner agitator screw [6] Developing coupling /1
[3] Developing coupling /2 [7] Developing sleeve
[4] Developing motor /Y, /M, /C, /K
(M20, M21, M22, M23)

1-11
DRIVE SYSTEM DIAGRAM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

5.4 Toner supply drive


I OUTLINE

[1]
[12]

[2]

[13]
[11]
[3] C

[10]

[9]

[8]

[7] [4]

[5]
D
B

[6]

[14]

8050ma1006e

[1] Toner supply gear /A (Same shaft as C) [8] Toner supply motor /C (M51)
[2] Toner bottle clutch /Y (MC14) [9] Toner bottle motor (M53)
[3] Toner bottle clutch /M (MC15) [10] Toner supply motor /M (M50)
[4] Toner bottle clutch /C (MC16) [11] Toner supply motor /Y (M49)
[5] Toner supply gear /A (Same shaft as D) [12] Toner bottle drive gear
[6] Toner bottle clutch /K (MC17) [13] Toner conveyance screw
[7] Toner supply motor /K (M52) [14] Toner supply screw

1-12
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 DRIVE SYSTEM DIAGRAM

5.5 Toner collection drive

I OUTLINE
[7]

[8]

[6]

[1]
[2] [3]
[5]

[4]

8050ma1007

[1] Drum waste toner receiving port [5] Vertical conveyance pipe
[2] Horizontal conveyance screw [6] Belt collection screw
[3] Horizontal conveyance pipe [7] Transfer belt motor (M18)
[4] Paper feed motor (M41) [8] Belt collection drive cam

1-13
DRIVE SYSTEM DIAGRAM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

5.6 Fixing drive


I OUTLINE

[1]

[1]

[2]
FRONT
[7]

[6]

[5]

[4] [3] 8050ma1008

[1] Web motor (M54) [5] Fixing roller /L


[2] Fixing roller /U [6] Fixing motor (M29)
[3] One-way clutch [7] Fixing paper exit roller
[4] Pressure/release cam

1-14
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 DRIVE SYSTEM DIAGRAM

5.7 Paper feed drive


5.7.1 Paper feed tray /1 to /3 drive

I OUTLINE
[17] [19] [18] [27] [21] [20]

[15] [16] [23] [24] [26]


[22] [25]

[3] [1]
[6] [4] [2]
[14] [13] [12] [11] [9] [10] [8] [7] [5] 8050ma1009

[1] Pre-registration roller /3 [8] Paper feed roller /3


[2] Pre-registration clutch /3 (MC12) [9] Double feed prevention roller /2
[3] Drive coupling /3 [10] Tray up drive motor /3 (M38)
[4] Paper feed motor (M41) [11] Paper feed roller /2
[5] Double feed prevention roller /3 [12] Tray up drive motor /2 (M39)
[6] Feed roller /3 [13] Double feed prevention roller /1
[7] Paper feed clutch /3 (MC11) [14] Paper feed tray

1-15
DRIVE SYSTEM DIAGRAM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

[15] Up/down wire [22] Feed roller /2


[16] Tray up drive motor /1 (M40) [23] Paper feed clutch /2 (MC9)
I OUTLINE

[17] Paper feed roller /1 [24] Drive coupling /2


[18] Feed roller /1 [25] Pre-registration roller /2
[19] Paper feed clutch /1 (MC7) [26] Pre-registration clutch /2 (MC10)
[20] Pre-registration roller /1 [27] Drive coupling /1
[21] Pre-registration clutch /1 (MC8)

1-16
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 DRIVE SYSTEM DIAGRAM

5.7.2 Vertical conveyance drive

I OUTLINE
[4]

[1]

[3]

[2]

8050ma1010

[1] Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 (MC13) [3] Drive coupling


[2] Paper feed motor (M41) [4] Intermediate conveyance roller /1

1-17 1
DRIVE SYSTEM DIAGRAM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

5.8 ADU drive


5.8.1 Bypass tray drive
I OUTLINE

[6] [7] [2] [8]

[1]

[5] [3]

[4]

8050ma1011

[1] Up/down gear [5] Drive coupling


[2] Paper feed roller /BP [6] Feed roller /BP
[3] Double feed prevention roller /BP [7] Paper feed clutch /BP (MC6)
[4] Paper feed motor (M41) [8] Tray up drive motor /BP (M35)

1-18
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 DRIVE SYSTEM DIAGRAM

5.8.2 Registration drive/loop drive

I OUTLINE
[4] [1]

[3] [2] 8050ma1012

[1] Loop roller motor (M31) [3] Registration roller


[2] Loop roller [4] Registration roller motor (M30)

1-19
DRIVE SYSTEM DIAGRAM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

5.8.3 ADU conveyance drive


I OUTLINE

[11]
[15]
[6][7] [8] [9][10] [12] A [13] [14]

[1] [2]

[4] [5]
[18] [16]

[17] [3]

A
8050ma1013

[1] Intermediate conveyance roller /2 [10] ADU conveyance clutch /2 (MC1)


[2] Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 (MC4) [11] 2nd transfer section
[3] Paper feed motor (M41) [12] 2nd transfer pressure/release motor (M34)
[4] ADU pre-registration roller [13] Intermediate conveyance roller /3
[5] ADU pre-registration clutch (MC3) [14] Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 (MC5)
[6] ADU conveyance roller /1 [15] Drive coupling
[7] ADU conveyance clutch /1 (MC2) [16] Transfer belt
[8] Timing belt [17] Pressure arm
[9] ADU conveyance roller /2 [18] 2nd transfer roller

1-20
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 DRIVE SYSTEM DIAGRAM

5.8.4 Reverse paper exit drive

I OUTLINE
[1]

[5]

[3]

[4]

[2] 8050ma1014

[1] Reverse gate [4] Reverse/exit roller /2


[2] Reverse/exit motor (M33) [5] Decurler roller
[3] Reverse/exit solenoid (SD4)

1-21
DRIVE SYSTEM DIAGRAM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

5.9 Main body paper exit drive


I OUTLINE

[6]

[1]

[2]
[5]

[4] [3] 8050ma1015

[1] Reverse gate [4] Reverse/exit roller /2


[2] Drive coupling [5] Timing belt
[3] Reverse/exit motor (M33) [6] Paper exit roller

1-22
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 DRIVE SYSTEM DIAGRAM

5.10 Scanner drive

I OUTLINE
[5]

[4] [1]

FRONT

[3] [2] 8050ma1016

[1] Exposure unit [4] Scanner drive wire /R


[2] Scanner drive wire /F [5] Scanner motor (M1)
[3] V-mirror unit

1-23
IMAGE CREATION PROCESS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

6. IMAGE CREATION PROCESS


6.1 Image creation flow and function
I OUTLINE

Step Process Function


Step 1 Charging process Forms the layer of charges on the photosensitive drum.
Step 2 Laser exposure process Form an electrostatic latent image on the photosensitive drum.
Step 3 Developing process Makes an electrostatic latent image visible.
Step 4 1st transfer process Forms an image by synthesizing on the transfer belt a mono-
chrome (YMCK) visible image from each photosensitive drum.
Step 5 2nd transfer process Transfers an image on the transfer belt to paper.
Step 6 Separation process Separates paper from the transfer belt after completion of the
transfer of the toner.
Sub step 1 Drum cleaning Removes toner adhered on the surface of the photosensitive
drum after completion of the primary transfer.
Sub step 2 Pre-charging exposure Removes residual potential on the surface against the photosen-
sitive drum after completion of drum cleaning.
Sub step 3 Transfer belt cleaning Removes toner adhered on the surface of the transfer belt after
completion of the 2nd transfer.
Sub step 4 2nd transfer roller /L Remove toner on the 2nd transfer roller /L after completion of the
cleaning 2nd transfer.
Sub step 5 Toner collection Collects toner that has been removed through the drum cleaning
and the transfer belt cleaning. (Not shown in the drawing below.)

[11] [1]
Step 3
Sub step 3 [2]
[12] [4] [3]
Step 2
Step 4
Step 1
Sub step 1
[10]

Sub step 2
[9]
[8]

Step 6 [5]
[6]

[7] Step 5 / Sub step 4 8050ma1017

[1] Developing unit [7] Separation neutralizing section


[2] Write unit [8] 2nd transfer roller /U
[3] Charging corona [9] Transfer belt
[4] Pre-charging exposure lamp (PCL) [10] Blade (drum cleaning)
[5] Paper [11] Blade (transfer belt cleaning)
[6] 2nd transfer roller /L [12] Drum

2 1-24
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 IMAGE CREATION PROCESS

6.2 Charging process (Step 1)


The charging corona, having a gold-plated tungsten wire, is applied with a high DC voltage (minus) to neg-

I OUTLINE
atively charge the surface of the photosensitive drum by wire discharge. The charging corona is provided
with a charging control plate to make charges on the surface of the photosensitive drum uniform. Photo-
sensitive drums are provided for the four colors of Y, M, C and K.

[1]

[2]

[4] [3] 8050ma1018

[1] Drum [3] Charging corona


[2] Charge (negative) [4] Charging control plate

6.3 Laser exposure process (Step 2)


Charges on the surface of the photosensitive drum have a characteristic that when they are irradiated with
light, they are neutralized and vanish. Using this characteristic, a laser beam is irradiated on the image
region to create an image by removing charges on the photosensitive drum. This image is referred to as
an electrostatic latent image. A Laser beam is irradiated on each photosensitive drum of Y, M, C and K cor-
responding to the four color data resolved by the image processing section.

[4]

[3]
[1]

[2] 8050ma1019

[1] Write unit [3] Neutralized section


[2] Laser beam [4] Charge (negative)

1-25
IMAGE CREATION PROCESS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

6.4 Developing process (Step 3)


In the electrostatic latent image on the photosensitive drum, the non-image section is negatively charged
I OUTLINE

and the image section is neutralized. When toner, that is, negatively charged is brought close to the photo-
sensitivity drum, toner is attracted to the image section on the drum by the potential difference with the
developing bias and becomes visible. This process is called developing.

[2] [3] [4]

[1]
8050ma1020

[1] Drum [3] Toner (negative)


[2] Charge (negative) [4] Developing sleeve

1 1-26
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 IMAGE CREATION PROCESS

6.5 1st transfer process (Step 4)


Toner on each drum of Y, M, C and K is transferred onto the transfer belt, this allows for overlapping of the

I OUTLINE
colors. This movement of toner from the drum to the transfer belt is referred to as the 1st transfer, where
the transfer of toner is carried out sequentially in the order of Y, M, C and K.
While in the 1st transfer, the 1st transfer roller provided at the rear of the transfer belt is applied with a high
DC bias voltage (positive). As a result, a positive potential on the surface of the transfer belt is higher than
that of the surface of each drum, and toner moves from the drum to the transfer belt.

[3] [4] [5]

[2]

[1]

[8] [5]

[7]

[6]

8050ma1021

[1] Drum /Y [5] Charge (negative)


[2] 1st transfer roller /Y [6] Drum /M
[3] Transfer belt [7] 1st transfer roller /M
[4] Toner /Y [8] Toner /M

1-27
IMAGE CREATION PROCESS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

6.6 2nd transfer process (Step 5)


The operation to transfer the toner image of the four colors on the transfer belt to paper is referred to as
I OUTLINE

the 2nd transfer. While in the 2nd transfer, the 2nd transfer roller /L provided at the lower section of the
transfer belt conveys paper while pressing it against the transfer belt. At this time, the 2nd transfer roller /U
provided at the rear of the transfer belt is applied with a high DC bias voltage (negative). Toner on the
transfer belt is shifted toward the paper by the electric field formed between the 2nd transfer roller /U and
the 2nd transfer roller /L.

[1]

[4]

[2]

[3] 8050ma1022

[1] Transfer belt [3] 2nd transfer roller /L


[2] Paper [4] 2nd transfer roller /U

6.7 Separation process (Step 6)


While in the 2nd transfer, paper in the process of transfer is negatively charged by the 2nd transfer roller /
U, resulting in an adsorption phenomenon where paper is attracted to the transfer belt. This operation to
peel paper that is thus adsorbed off the transfer belt is referred to as separation.
Separation is made by applying high AC and DC bias voltages to the separation neutralizing section. As a
result the charges of the paper and the transfer belt are neutralized.

[1]

[2]

[4] [3] 8050ma1023

[1] Transfer belt [3] 2nd transfer roller /L


[2] Paper [4] Separation neutralizing section

1-28
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 IMAGE CREATION PROCESS

6.8 Drum cleaning (Sub step 1)


A drum that has completed the 1st transfer has a residual amount of toner that is left from the transfer pro-

I OUTLINE
cess. The process to remove toner is referred to as drum cleaning.
Drum cleaning is made by scraping toner adhered to the drum surface with the edge of a plate called a
blade that is made of urethane rubber.

[3] [1]

[2] 8050ma1024

[1] Drum [3] Residual toner


[2] Cleaning blade

6.9 Pre-charging exposure (Sub step 2)


No toner adhesion is found on the surface of a drum that has completed drum cleaning, but there is a very
small amount of residual potential found. Since a normal charging for the next copy/print cannot be carried
out as it is, exposure other than a laser exposure is made to thoroughly neutralize a potential on the drum
surface. This process is referred to as a pre-charging exposure.
This machine conducts this process by using a pre-charging exposure lamp (PCL).

[1]

[3]
[2] 8050ma1025

[1] Drum [3] Residual charge


[2] Pre-charging exposure lamp (PCL)

1-29
IMAGE CREATION PROCESS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

6.10 Transfer belt cleaning (Sub step 3)


A transfer belt that has completed the 2nd transfer has a residual amount of toner that is left from the
I OUTLINE

transfer process. The process to remove toner is referred to as a transfer belt cleaning.
A transfer belt cleaning is made by scraping toner adhered to the drum surface with the edge of a plate
called a blade that is made of urethane rubber.

[3] [1]

[2]

8050ma1026

[1] Transfer belt [3] Cleaning blade


[2] Residual toner

6.11 2nd transfer roller /L cleaning (Sub step 4)


Residual toner on the transfer belt is in direct contact with the 2nd transfer roller /L. As a result, the 2nd
transfer roller /L may be coated with toner.
So, the 2nd transfer roller /U is applied with a positive and a negative high DC bias voltage alternately to
move toner on the 2nd transfer roller /L to the transfer belt side. The toner on the transfer belt that has
been moved is cleaned by the transfer belt cleaning mentioned above.

[1]

[3]

[2]

[5] [4] 8050ma1027

[1] Transfer belt [4] DC bias (positive) applied


[2] 2nd transfer roller /L [5] DC bias (negative) applied
[3] 2nd transfer roller /U

1-30
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 IMAGE CREATION PROCESS

6.12 Toner collection (Sub step 5)


Toner that was cleaned in the drum cleaning section and the transfer belt cleaning section is collected into

I OUTLINE
the toner collection box through the toner collection screw.

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[1]

8050ma1028

[1] Toner collection box [4] Drum /M toner collection opening


[2] Transfer belt toner collection opening [5] Drum /C toner collection opening
[3] Drum /Y toner collection opening [6] Drum /K toner collection opening

6.13 Process speed


In combination of the weighing of paper and the surface finish of an output image, this machine provides
three types of process speeds.

Weighing Without gloss With gloss


64 to 105 g/m2 220 mm/s 110 mm/s (1/2 speed)
2
106 to 256 g/m 110 mm/s (1/2 speed) 73.3 mm/s (1/3 speed)

1-31 2
IMAGE CREATION PROCESS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
I OUTLINE

Blank page

1-32
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SCANNER

II UNIT EXPLANATION

1. SCANNER
1.1 Composition

PS1 PS2 [7] [8] M1 CONT

II UNIT EXPLANATION
U
V
W

DRIVE
EM

M2

[1]

SCDB
[2]

[6] PS3 PS4 [5] [4] [3] PRCB


OACB 8050ma2001

Symbol Name Function or method


[1] CCD board (CCDB) Converts an analog signal to a digital signal
[2] DF reset read switch (RS1) Detects whether the platen cover or RADF is closed
Magnet sensor type
[3] CCD unit Converts the read image optoelectronically (600dpi)
3 lines (RGB) linear image sensor
[4] Exposure lamp (L1) The light source for reading an image
Xenon fluorescent lamp (white)
[5] Exposure unit Reads an image
Light source moving slit exposure
• Outgoing: 220 mm/sec (at life-size)
• Backhaul: 802 mm/sec (at life-size)
[6] V-mirror unit Reflects the read light (2nd, 3rd mirror)
[7] Scanner wire Transfers the driving force from M1 to the exposure unit and
the V-mirror unit (front, back)
[8] L1 inverter (L1 INVB) Turns on L1
M1 Scanner motor Drives the scanner wire for moving the exposure unit and the
V-mirror unit
3-phase stepping motor
M2 Scanner cooling fan Cools the scanner section (exhaust)
PS1 Scanner HP sensor Detects the home position for the exposure unit

2-1
SCANNER KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Name Function or method


PS2 APS timing sensor Detects whether the platen cover or RADF is opened/closed
PS4 APS sensor /L Detects the original size in the sub-scan direction (for large
size)
PS3 APS sensor /S Detects the original size in the sub-scan direction (for small
size)

1.2 Operation
II UNIT EXPLANATION

1.2.1 Home position search in the exposure unit

The exposure units searches for the home position when the sub power switch (SW2) is turned on. The
operation may different depending on the state of the scanner HP sensor.

A. When PS1 is off

[1] [2] [3]

8050ma2002

[1] Home position [3] Platen APS position


[2] PS1

B. When PS1 is on

[1] [2] [3]

8050ma2003

[1] Home position [3] Platen APS position


[2] PS1

1 2-2
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SCANNER

1.2.2 Shading correction reading

The exposure unit starts the shading correction with the white standard board attached to the platen glass
once it completes the home position search.
In the shading correction operation, the white correction is performed twice and the black correction once.
In the white correction, the white standard board is read while the exposure lamp (L1) is turned on. In the
black correction, the board is read while the lamp is off.
Data for each CCD sensor is read during the both white corrections and each pixel is compared its bright-
ness. The brighter data is regarded as the white correction data.

II UNIT EXPLANATION
The shading correction reading operation may differ between when the sub power switch (SW2) is turned
on and when the start button is turned on.

A. When the sub power switch (SW2) is turned on

[1] [2] [3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

*1 *2

[7] 8050ma2004

[1] Home position [5] 2nd white correction


[2] PS1 [6] Black correction
[3] Platen APS position [7] Returning the amount moved
[4] 1st white correction

*1 If the platen cover or ADF is closed, the exposure unit stops at the home position.
*2 If the platen cover or ADF is opened, the exposure unit stops at the platen APS position.

B. When the start button is turned on


The basic operation is identical to when the sub power switch (SW2) is turned on; however, when search-
ing the home position after reading the shading correction, the copying operation starts without stopping at
the home position or the platen APS position.

2-3 1
SCANNER KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

1.2.3 Original reading mode

There are two original reading modes, the platen mode and the DF mode. The original reading is a com-
mon operation.

A. When copying with the manual density setting

[1] [2] [3]


II UNIT EXPLANATION

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7] 8050ma2005

[1] Home position [5] 2nd white correction


[2] PS1 [6] Exposure scan
[3] Platen APS position [7] Home position search
[4] 1st white correction

B. When performing the AE copy

[1] [2] [3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8] 8050ma2006

[1] Home position [5] 2nd white correction


[2] PS1 [6] AE scan
[3] Platen APS position [7] Exposure scan
[4] 1st white correction [8] Home position search

2-4
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SCANNER

1.2.4 Original reading control

The reflection from the exposed original reaches to the CCD sensor through the lens. The CCD sensor
outputs an electric signal (analog) proportional to the amount of light and then the analog signal is con-
verted to a digital signal in the CCD board (CCDB) according to directions from the overall control board
(OACB).
The CCD sensor includes three separate photo receivers for the 1st colors R, G, and B. The A/D converter
signals for each color are also created separately.

II UNIT EXPLANATION
A. Original reading timing
The original reading timing is same in the platen mode and in the DF mode when AE/ACS has not been
set; however, it is different when AE/ACS has been set.
(1) When AE/ACS has not been set

[1] [2] [3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7] 8050ma2051

[1] Home position [5] 2nd white correction


[2] PS1 [6] Exposure scan (220 mm/s)
[3] Platen APS position [7] Home position search
[4] 1st white correction

2-5
SCANNER KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(2) When AE/ACS has been set (the platen mode)

[1] [2] [3]

[4]

[5]

[6]
II UNIT EXPLANATION

[7]

[8] 8050ma2052

[1] Home position [5] 2nd white correction


[2] PS1 [6] AE/ACS scan (429 mm/s)
[3] Platen APS position [7] Exposure scan (220 mm/s)
[4] 1st white correction [8] Home position search

2-6
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SCANNER

(3) When AE/ACS has been set (the DF mode)

[1] [2] [3]

[4]

[5]

II UNIT EXPLANATION
[6]

[7]

[8]

[9]

[10]

[11]

[12]

[13]

[14] 8050ma2053

[1] Home position [8] Original replacing time


[2] PS1 [9] AE/ACS scan for the 2nd page (429 mm/s)
[3] Platen APS position [10] Exposure scan for the 2nd page (220 mm/s)
[4] 1st white correction [11] Original replacing time
[5] 2nd white correction [12] AE/ACS scan for the last page (429 mm/s)
[6] AE/ACS scan for the 1st page (429 mm/s) [13] Exposure scan for the last page (220 mm/s)
[7] Exposure scan for the 1st page (220 mm/s) [14] Home position search

2-7
SCANNER KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

1.2.5 APS control

The APS control is performed in the printer control board (PRCB) with signals read by the APS sensor /S
(PS3), the APS sensor /L (PS4), and the CCD sensor when the platen cover or RADF is opened/closed.
The signal is sent via the scanner drive board (SCDB) and the overall control board (OACB) (see the DF-
319/AFR-20 service manual for more detailed information on the APS control by DF-319).

A. APS operation
The APS sensor /S (PS3) and the APS sensor /L (PS4) detect the original size in the sub-scan direction
II UNIT EXPLANATION

and the CCD sensor detects the original size in the main scan direction.

B. Relationship between each of the sensors and the original size

Original size CCD sensor PS3 PS4


(Length of detection: mm) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF)

Smallest 102 OFF OFF

B5R 182 ON OFF

B5 257 OFF OFF

B4 257 ON ON

A4R 210 ON OFF

A4 297 OFF OFF

A3 297 ON ON

8.5 x 11R 215.9 ON OFF

8.5 x 11 279.4 OFF OFF

8.5 x 14 215.9 ON ON

11 x 17 279.4 ON ON

2 2-8
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SCANNER

C. APS detection timing (platen mode)


The original size in the main scan direction is detected twice. The larger size is regarded as the original
size.

[1] [2]

APS sensor /S (PS3)

APS sensor /L (PS4)

Exposure lamp (L1)

II UNIT EXPLANATION
APS timing sensor (PS2)

DF reset read switch (RS1)


8050ma2009

[1] 1st original size detection [2] 2nd original size detection
(main scan direction, sub-scan direction) (main scan direction)

2-9
SCANNER KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

1.2.6 AE control

The CCD sensor installed on the A/D converter board (ADB) reads the copy density during the AE scan, it
performs the process responsive to the read density on the overall control board (OACB), and then it
selects the most favorable γ correction curve. The CPU on the image processing board (IPB) performs the
selection.

A. AE/ACS sampling range


The AE/ACS sampling range is identical to the read range in both the platen mode and the DF mode.
II UNIT EXPLANATION

[1]

[2]

[1]

[1] [1] 8050ma2054

[1] 10 mm [2] AE/ACS sampling range

1.2.7 Image processing

A. AOC (automatic offset control)


With the circuit in the CCD sensor, AOC automatically adjusts the analog offset voltage from the sensor to
be the lower limit of the A/D converter.

B. AGC (automatic gain control)


GC automatically controls the level of the analog amplification of the CCD sensor output at the shading
white correction to be the higher limit for the A/D converter.

C. Shading correction
(1) Types of the shading correction
• White correction
• Black correction
(2) Execution timing
• At the sub power switch (SW2) ON
• At the start of scan job

1 2-10
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SCANNER

D. Other image processing


(1) Brightness/density conversion
(2) Text/dot pattern/photo/map judgement
(3) Filtering
(4) Magnification change processing
(5) Error diffusion processing
(6) Data compression/elongation processing
(7) AE
(8) ACS

II UNIT EXPLANATION
(9) Screen processing

2-11
WRITE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2. WRITE
2.1 Composition

A
A
B
B
CONT
CLOCK
II UNIT EXPLANATION

LOCK
TEMP.ER

[23] [24] [25][26] [27] [28] [29] [30] [31]

PRCB

[1]
[22] [21] [20] [19]
[18] [17] [16] [2]

[15] [6][5][4][3]
[14] [13] [12] [11]
[10] [9] [8] IPB
[7] 8050ma2010

Symbol Name Function or method


[1] Cylindrical lens 1 Corrects the laser path against the angle error in the polygon mirror
[2] Polygon mirror Scans the laser light
Hexahedron, 51,968.51rpm
[3] Polygon motor /Y (M3) Drives the polygon mirror (write unit /Y)
DC brushless motor, PLL control
[4] Polygon motor /M (M4) Drives the polygon mirror (write unit /M)
DC brushless motor, PLL control
[5] Polygon motor /C (M5) Drives the polygon mirror (write unit /C)
DC brushless motor, PLL control
[6] Polygon motor /K (M6) Drives the polygon mirror (write unit /K)
DC brushless motor, PLL control
[7] Temp detection board (TDB) Detects the temperature in the write unit (only installed on the
write unit /K)
[8] Laser correction HP sensor /Y Detects the home position for the cylindrical lens 2 (write unit
(PS5) /Y)*1
[9] Laser correction HP sensor /M Detects the home position for the cylindrical lens 2 (write unit
(PS6) /M)*1
[10] Laser correction HP sensor /C Detects the home position for the cylindrical lens 2 (write unit
(PS7) /C)*1
[11] Index sensor board /Y (INDX Controls the laser writing position in the main scan direction
SB Y) (write unit /Y)
[12] Index sensor board /M (INDX Controls the laser writing position in the main scan direction
SB M) (write unit /M)

2-12
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 WRITE

Symbol Name Function or method


[13] Index sensor board /C (INDX Controls the laser writing position in the main scan direction
SB C) (write unit /C)
[14] Index sensor board /K (INDX Controls the laser writing position in the main scan direction
SB K) (write unit /K)
[15] Index lens Collects the laser light reflected from the index mirror
[16] Laser correction motor /Y (M7) Swing-drives the cylindrical lens 2 (write unit /Y)
[17] Laser correction motor /M (M8) Swing-drives the cylindrical lens 2 (write unit /M)
[18] Laser correction motor /C (M9) Swing-drives the cylindrical lens 2 (write unit /C)

II UNIT EXPLANATION
[19] Write unit /K Write unit for black
[20] Write unit /C Write unit for cyan
[21] Write unit /M Write unit for magenta
[22] Write unit /Y Write unit for yellow
[23] dust-proof glass Keeps dust out from the write unit
[24] fθ lens Makes the laser scan speed uniform against the laser expo-
sure surface on the drum
[25] Cylindrical lens 2 Corrects the laser path against the angle error in the polygon
mirror
[26] Index mirror Reflects the laser light to the index sensor boards /Y, /M, /C, /
K (INDX SB Y, M, C, K)
[27] Laser drive board /Y (LDB Y) Laser light (write unit /Y)
1 chip 1 beam method, 7mW 650nm
[28] Laser drive board /M (LDB M) Laser light (write unit /M)
1 chip 1 beam method, 7mW 650nm
[29] Laser drive board /C (LDB C) Laser light (write unit /C)
1 chip 1 beam method, 7mW 650nm
[30] Laser drive board /K (LDB K) Laser light (write unit /K)
1 chip 1 beam method, 7mW 650nm
[31] Collimator lens Collimates the diffusing laser light

*1 It is not installed on the write unit /K.

2-13
WRITE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2.2 Operation
2.2.1 Image writing

The RGB image data from the CCD sensor is converted into digital data, individually, in the A/D converter
board (ADB) and then, it is sent to the overall control board (OACB). The OACB converts RGB signals to
YMCK signals with the image processing board (IPB). The converted YMCK signals are divided to the
laser drive board /Y, /M, /C, /K (LDB Y, M, C, K) by the IPB. They are written on the drums for each color
with laser light from the each laser drive board.
II UNIT EXPLANATION

[1] [2]

[3]

8050ma2065

[1] Laser light [3] Drum


[2] Polygon mirror

2.2.2 Color registration correction control

In a black-and-white copier, a transfer image formed on its drum is transferred onto paper directly; how-
ever, in this machine, a color image is split into 4 colors, yellow (Y), magenta (M), cyan (C), and black (K),
the images for each color are formed on each dedicated drum, they are combined on the transfer belt (1st
transfer), and then the combined image is transferred onto paper (2nd transfer). At the 1st transfer, the
transfer locations for each color must be matched to prevent the color drift. This control is called the color
registration correction control.

2-14
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 WRITE

A. Types of the color registration correction control


There are following 5 color registration correction controls.
The write units are mechanically adjusted in the "Partial horizontal magnification"; however, the correction
is performed electrically in the other four.

Correction type Correction method

Drift in the main Adjusts the write start timing in the main scan direction
scan direction

II UNIT EXPLANATION
Drift in the sub- Adjusts the write start timing in the sub-scan direction
scan direction

Entire horizon- Adjusts the clock frequency at write


tal magnification

Inclination Adjusts the angle of the cylindrical lens 2

Partial horizon- Adjusts the position of the write unit (parallelism


tal magnification against drum)
* See adjusting the timing for the image adjustment in
36 mode

*1 The relationship between 2 colors are shown in the interests of simplicity.


*2 In "drift in the main scan direction", "Entire horizontal magnification", and "Partial horizontal magnifica-
tion", colors are intentionally drifted in the sub-scan direction to make it clear the drift between 2 colors.

2-15
WRITE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

B. Overview of the color registration correction control


In the color registration correction control, the color registration marks for each color are transferred on the
transfer belt in the different transfer area. The locations are detected by the color registration sensor /F
(PS8) and the color registration sensor /R (PS9). This information is used to determine the image drift
amount for each color.
If the amount for a color is beyond the set point, adjust the image write timing, the clock frequency, and the
angle of the cylindrical lens 2 for the corresponding color are adjusted as necessary.
II UNIT EXPLANATION

[13]

[1]
[2]

[12] [3]
[4]

[11]
[5]
[6]

[7]
[10]
[8]

[9]
8050ma2055

[1] Drum /Y [8] Write unit /K


[2] Write unit /Y [9] Transfer belt
[3] Drum /M [10] Direction of image
[4] Write unit /M [11] Color registration sensor /F (PS8)
[5] Drum /C [12] Color registration sensor /R (PS9)
[6] Write unit /C [13] Data processing
[7] Drum /K

2-16
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 WRITE

C. Procedure for the color registration correction control operation


1. Transferring the color registration mark
The color registration marks " " for each color are transferred on the transfer belt in order of black (K),
cyan (C), magenta (M), and yellow (Y). They are transferred on the front side and rear side in a line. These
locations are corresponding to the color registration sensor /F (PS8) and the color registration sensor /R
(PS9).

II UNIT EXPLANATION
[7]
[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[6] [5] 8050ma2056

[1] Color registration mark /K [5] Color registration sensor /F (PS8)


[2] Color registration mark /C [6] Color registration sensor /R (PS9)
[3] Color registration mark /M [7] Direction of image
[4] Color registration mark /Y

2-17
WRITE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2. Detecting the color registration mark


PS8 and PS9 detect the edge of the color registration mark " " for each color and convert to digital sig-
nals. The edge detection for one " " is performed at four positions.

[4] [5]

[1]
II UNIT EXPLANATION

[3]

[2] 8050ma2057

[1] Direction of the edge detection (direction of [4] Color registration sensor /F, /R (PS8, PS9)
image) [5] Color registration mark
[2] Binarized digital signals
[3] Detection signal of the color registration sen-
sor /F, /R (PS8, PS9) (analog signal)

2-18
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 WRITE

3. Calculating and correcting the color drift amount


The transfer belt rotates to record the passage time for each color registration mark. The passage time is
determined by the clock signal count corresponding to the detection edge of each registration mark as
shown below. The detected values from PS8 and PS9 are recorded individually.

[1]

II UNIT EXPLANATION
[5]
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 [2]

[4]

150 300
[3]
180 330 8050ma2058

[1] Direction of the edge detection (direction of image) [4] Clock signal
[2] Address number of the detected edge [5] Binarized digital signals
[3] Clock signal count value corresponding to
the address for each detected edge

The passage time differences between black (K) and each color are determined from the passage times
detected at above. The time difference is called the color drift amount due to the image write timing. It also
determines the difference between the edge detection timing difference for black (K) and the edge detec-
tion timing differences for each color. It is called the color drift amount due to the angle of the write unit.
The determined value is compared with the set point and then it is corrected to meet the set point.

2-19
WRITE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

D. Operation condition of the color registration correction control


The color registration correction control is performed when:
• Operation condition 1
The color registration automatic correction control is executed in the 36 mode.
Perform the operation when replacing a component described in "3. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS
FOR 8050" in Field Service.
• Operation condition 2
During warm-up. However, if the fixing temperature at the time when warm-up is started is 70 degrees
or higher, it is not performed.
II UNIT EXPLANATION

• Operation condition 3
The specified number of page is copied/printed.
• Operation condition 4
The copy/print operation has not been performed for a certain time.
• Operation condition 5
A certain change in temperature is detected from the temp detection board (TDB).

Note:
• In case of Operation condition 3, job is temporarily interrupted before the operation.
However, it can be executed after a job by changing the 25 mode dipswitch setting.
• In case of Operation conditions 4 and 5, the operation is executed when the first copy/print is
started after the operation condition is met.

1 2-20
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 DRUM UNIT

3. DRUM UNIT
3.1 Composition

[26] U
M14 V
[25] W

[24] [1] PS60

[23] [2]
PS61 DRDB/Y

II UNIT EXPLANATION
[22] M15
1
2
3

PS62
[3]
PS63 DRDB/M
[4]
1
M16 2
3

PS64

PS65 DRDB/C
1
M17 2
[21] 3
[5] [6] [7] [8]
PS66
[27] [28] [29] [30]
[9] [10] [11] [12] PS67 DRDB/K

[13] [14] [15] [16]


[20]
[19]
HV1 PRCB
[18] [17] 8050ma2011

Symbol Name Function or method


[1] Drum potential sensor board /Y (DRPSB Y) Controls the drum potential sensor /Y (DRPS Y)
[2] Drum potential sensor board /M (DRPSB M) Controls the drum potential sensor /M (DRPS M)
[3] Drum potential sensor board /C (DRPSB C) Controls the drum potential sensor /C (DRPS C)
[4] Drum potential sensor board /K (DRPSB K) Controls the drum potential sensor /K (DRPS K)
[5] Developing unit /Y Deposits yellow toner to the transfer image on the drum /Y
See "4. Developing unit."
[6] Developing unit /M Deposits magenta toner to the transfer image on the drum /M
See "4. Developing unit."
[7] Developing unit /C Deposits cyan toner to the transfer image on the drum /C
See "4. Developing unit."
[8] Developing unit /K Deposits black toner to the transfer image on the drum /K
See "4. Developing unit."
[9] Charging /Y Forms a charging potential on the surface of the drum /Y
DC corona discharge (Scotron)
Wire discharge: gold-plated tungsten wire (φ 30µm)
Constant-current method DC output range: -450 to -1100µA
Grid bias: changing control plate
Constant voltage method DC output range: -200 to -850V

2-21
DRUM UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Name Function or method


[10] Charging /M Forms a charging potential on the surface of the drum /M
DC corona discharge (Scotron)
Wire discharge: gold-plated tungsten wire (φ 30µm)
Constant-current method DC output range: -450 to -1100µA
Grid bias: changing control plate
Constant voltage method DC output range: -200 to -950V
[11] Charging /C Forms a charging potential on the surface of the drum /C
DC corona discharge (Scotron)
II UNIT EXPLANATION

Wire discharge: gold-plated tungsten wire (φ 30µm)


Constant-current method DC output range: -450 to -1100µA
Grid bias: changing control plate
Constant voltage method DC output range: -200 to -950V
[12] Charging /K Forms a charging potential on the surface of the drum /K
DC corona discharge (Scotron)
Wire discharge: gold-plated tungsten wire (φ 30µm)
Constant-current method DC output range: -450 to -1100µA
Grid bias: changing control plate
Constant voltage method DC output range: -200 to -950V
[13] Pre-charging exposure lamp /Y Lowers and uniforms the drum /Y surface potential
(PCL Y) LED
[14] Pre-charging exposure lamp /M Lowers and uniforms the drum /M surface potential
(PCL M) LED
[15] Pre-charging exposure lamp /C Lowers and uniforms the drum /C surface potential
(PCL C) LED
[16] Pre-charging exposure lamp /K Lowers and uniforms the drum /K surface potential
(PCL K) LED
[17] Cleaning blade Cleans the drum
Drum contacting separation method
[18] Toner collection screw Conveys toner from the cleaning section to the toner collection section
Screw method
[19] Grease Assists the drum cleaning ability
Zinc stearate rod
[20] Grease applying brush roller Applies grease to the drum surface
Drum contacting application method by brush
[21] Transfer belt unit YMCK synthetic transfer image formation base
See "5. Transfer belt unit."
[22] Drum /K Transfer image formation base for black
OPC drum (φ 60 mm)
[23] Drum /C Transfer image formation base for cyan
OPC drum (φ 60 mm)
[24] Drum /M Transfer image formation base for magenta
OPC drum (φ 60 mm)
[25] Drum /Y Transfer image formation base for yellow
OPC drum (φ 60 mm)
[26] Process unit Color image formation section
Consists of the developing unit, drum cartridge, and transfer belt unit

2-22
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 DRUM UNIT

Symbol Name Function or method


[27] Drum potential sensor /K (DRPS K) Detects the surface potential of the drum /K
[28] Drum potential sensor /C (DRPS C) Detects the surface potential of the drum /C
[29] Drum potential sensor /M (DRPS M) Detects the surface potential of the drum /M
[30] Drum potential sensor /Y (DRPS Y) Detects the surface potential of the drum /Y
DRDB/Y Drum drive board /Y Drive board for the drum motor /Y (M14)
DRDB/M Drum drive board /M Drive board for the drum motor /M (M15)
DRDB/C Drum drive board /C Drive board for the drum motor /C (M16)
DRDB/K Drum drive board /K Drive board for the drum motor /K (M17)

II UNIT EXPLANATION
M14 Drum motor /Y Drives the drum /Y
M15 Drum motor /M Drives the drum /M
M16 Drum motor /C Drives the drum /C
M17 Drum motor /K Drives the drum /K
PS60 Encoder sensor /Y1 Detects the rotation of the encoder for the drum /Y
Manages the drive of the drum motor /Y (M14)
There are two sensors, PS 60 and PS61, at opposite of the
encoder to cancel the rotational fluctuations due to the eccen-
tricity of the encoder
PS61 Encoder sensor /Y2 Detects the rotation of the encoder for the drum /Y
Manages the drive of the drum motor /Y (M14)
There are two sensors, PS 60 and PS61, at opposite of the
encoder to cancel the rotational fluctuations due to the eccen-
tricity of the encoder
PS62 Encoder sensor /M1 Detects the rotation of the encoder for the drum /M
Manages the drive of the drum motor /M (M15)
There are two sensors, PS 62 and PS63, at opposite of the
encoder to cancel the rotational fluctuations due to the eccen-
tricity of the encoder
PS63 Encoder sensor /M2 Detects the rotation of the encoder for the drum /M
Manages the drive of the drum motor /M (M15)
There are two sensors, PS 62 and PS63, at opposite of the
encoder to cancel the rotational fluctuations due to the eccen-
tricity of the encoder
PS64 Encoder sensor /C1 Detects the rotation of the encoder for the drum /C
Manages the drive of the drum motor /C (M16)
There are two sensors, PS 64 and PS65, at opposite of the
encoder to cancel the rotational fluctuations due to the eccen-
tricity of the encoder
PS65 Encoder sensor /C2 Detects the rotation of the encoder for the drum /C
Manages the drive of the drum motor /C (M16)
There are two sensors, PS 64 and PS65, at opposite of the
encoder to cancel the rotational fluctuations due to the eccen-
tricity of the encoder

2-23
DRUM UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Name Function or method


PS66 Encoder sensor /K1 Detects the rotation of the encoder for the drum /K
Manages the drive of the drum motor /K (M17)
There are two sensors, PS 66 and PS67, at opposite of the
encoder to cancel the rotational fluctuations due to the eccen-
tricity of the encoder
PS67 Encoder sensor /K2 Detects the rotation of the encoder for the drum /K
Manages the drive of the drum motor /K (M17)
There are two sensors, PS 66 and PS67, at opposite of the
II UNIT EXPLANATION

encoder to cancel the rotational fluctuations due to the eccen-


tricity of the encoder

2-24
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 DRUM UNIT

3.2 Operation
3.2.1 Image formation timing

Paper feed motor (M41)


Drum motor /Y (M14)
Drum motor /M (M15)
Drum motor /C (M16)

II UNIT EXPLANATION
Drum motor /K (M17)
Transfer belt motor (M18)
1st transfer pressure/release motor (M19)
2nd transfer pressure/release motor (M34)
Developing motor /Y (M20)
Developing motor /M (M21)
Developing motor /C (M22)
Developing motor /K (M23)
Pre-charging exposure lamp /Y (PCL Y)
Pre-charging exposure lamp /M (PCL M)
Pre-charging exposure lamp /C (PCL C)
Pre-charging exposure lamp /K (PCL K)
Charging /Y (HV1)
Charging /M (HV1)
Charging /C (HV1)
Charging /K (HV1)
Developing bias /Y (DC) (HV1)
Developing bias /M (DC) (HV1)
Developing bias /C (DC) (HV1)
Developing bias /K (DC) (HV1)
Developing bias /Y (AC) (HV1)
Developing bias /M (AC) (HV1)
Developing bias /C (AC) (HV1)
Developing bias /K (AC) (HV1)
1st transfer /Y (HV2)
1st transfer /M (HV2)
1st transfer /C (HV2)
1st transfer /K (HV2)
2nd transfer (HV2)
Separation (HV2)
Guide plate (HV2)
Drum separation claw solenoid (SD1)
V TOP
Paper exit sensor (PS13)

[1] [2] 8050ma2012

[1] Paper feed start [2] 2nd transfer cleaning

2-25
DEVELOPING UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4. DEVELOPING UNIT
4.1 Composition

DRIVE
CLOCK
M20 CW
LOCK
H/L
DRIVE
CLOCK
M21 CW
II UNIT EXPLANATION

LOCK
H/L
DRIVE
CLOCK
M22 CW
LOCK
H/L
DRIVE
CLOCK
M23 CW
LOCK
H/L

HV1
[12][13][14][15] [16]

[8] [9] [10] [11]


[17]
[1]
[2]

[3]
[4] [5] [6] [7] PRCB
8050ma2013

Symbol Name Function or method


[1] Conveyance screw Conveyance of developer from the agitator screw to the devel-
oping sleeve
Screw method
[2] Collection screw Conveyance of developer from the scraper magnet roller to the
collection sector
Screw method
[3] Agitator screw Agitation of developer and the conveyance of developer to the
conveyance screw
Screw method
[4] Toner density sensor /Y (TDS Detection of toner density in the developing unit /Y
Y) L detection method
[5] Toner density sensor /M (TDS Detection of toner density in the developing unit /M
M) L detection method
[6] Toner density sensor /C (TDS Detection of toner density in the developing unit /C
C) L detection method
[7] Toner density sensor /K (TDS Detection of toner density in the developing unit /K
K) L detection method
[8] Developing unit /Y Adhesion of yellow toner to the image transferred on the drum
/Y

2-26
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 DEVELOPING UNIT

Symbol Name Function or method


[9] Developing unit /M Adhesion of magenta toner to the image transferred on the
drum /M
[10] Developing unit /C Adhesion of cyan toner to the image transferred on the drum /C
[11] Developing unit /K Adhesion of black toner to the image transferred on the drum /K
[12] Developing sleeve /Y Conveyance of developer to the drum /Y surface by means of
magnetic force
Two-component developing method (yellow toner + carrier
Developing bias applied (AC + DC)

II UNIT EXPLANATION
DC output range by constant voltage method: -250 to -650 V
[13] Developing sleeve /M Conveyance of developer to the drum /M surface by means of
magnetic force
Two-component developing method (magenta toner + carrier
Developing bias applied (AC + DC)
DC output range by constant voltage method: -250 to -650 V
[14] Developing sleeve /C Conveyance of developer to the drum /C surface by means of
magnetic force
Two-component developing method (cyan toner + carrier
Developing bias applied (AC + DC)
DC output range by constant voltage method: -250 to -650 V
[15] Developing sleeve /K Conveyance of developer to the drum /K surface by means of
magnetic force
Two-component developing method (black toner + carrier
Developing bias applied (AC + DC)
DC output range by constant voltage method: -250 to -650 V
[16] Developing regulation plate Regulation of the spiking amount of developer on the develop-
ing sleeve
Regulation plate method
[17] Scraper magnet roller Scraping of developer on the developing sleeve
Magnetic adsorption method
HV1 High voltage unit /1 Generation of developing vias /Y, /M, /C and /K
M20 Developing motor /Y Driving of the developing unit /Y
M21 Developing motor /M Driving of the developing unit /M
M22 Developing motor /C Driving of the developing unit /C
M23 Developing motor /K Driving of the developing unit /K

2-27 2
DEVELOPING UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4.2 Operation
4.2.1 Flow of developer

Developer in the developing unit, after being agitated by the agitator screw, is supplied to the developing
sleeve by the conveyance screw. At this time, the bristles amount of the developer on the developing
sleeve is regulated by the developing regulation plate. After completion of developing, the developer on
the developing sleeve is collected by the scraper magnet roller to prevent the developer immediately after
completion of developing from mixing with a new developer. This secures the developing follow-up at a
II UNIT EXPLANATION

high rate of printing. Collected developer is returned to the agitator screw by the collection screw. This
allows developer to make a circulation along a defined path.

[4] [5] [6] [7]

[3] [2] [1]


8050ma2014

[1] Agitator screw [5] Developing sleeve


[2] Conveyance screw [6] Scraper magnet roller
[3] Developing regulation plate [7] Collection screw
[4] Drum

4.2.2 Developing control

For details of each operation timing related to developing, see "Image formation timing" in "3. Drum unit."

4.2.3 Toner supply control to the developing unit

Each of the TDS Y, M, C and K (toner density sensors /Y, /M, /C and /K) uses the L detection method (per-
meability detection of the developer) to detect the toner density of the developer. A value thus obtained is
compared with the reference value of the toner density stored in the CPU on the printer control board
(PRCB) to check to see if the toner needs to be supplied. (For toner supply operation, see "6. Toner sup-
ply.")

2-28
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 DEVELOPING UNIT

4.2.4 Developing bias control

A. Control path
The developing bias /Y, /M, /C and /K are supplied from the high voltage unit /1 (HV1) and controlled by the
printer control board (PRCB). Each developing bias is supplied with AC + DC to secure the uniformity of
developing.

4.2.5 Durability of the developer

II UNIT EXPLANATION
A. Concept of the durability of the developer
The durability (deterioration) of the developer depends on the developing sleeve drive distance (the mov-
ing distance of the developing sleeve surface) in the developing unit.
The developing sleeve drive distance includes the distance at idle time (the time when the developing
sleeve does not perform the developing operation but rotates) and the job output pattern has a significant
effect on it.
The idle time has a significant effect on the drive distance in such cases as followings.
• Continuous copy count in a job: the rate of the idle time increases if the continuous copy count is
small.
• Switching the processing speed in a job: There is the idle time at switching the processing speed.
• Switching mode in ACS: There is the idle time at switching between the color mode and the black and
white mode.
• The color mode operation of the black and white original in ACS: There is the idle time for the color
developing sleeves when the black and white original is printed in the color mode.
• Double-sided operation: The operation is circulated in set of 4 sheets if the paper size is A4 If the copy
count is not an integral multiple of 4, for example if it is 9, only 1 sheet is circulated for the operation,
so the idle time is increased.
The relationship between the drive distance and actual copy/print count is affected by those output pat-
terns and it is hard to be defined. The count could be significantly different even if the drive distance is
same.

B. Specification of the durability of the developer


The durability of the drive distance for all color is specified as below.
Durability: 83,000km/color
As described in the previous section, the relationship between the drive distance and actual copy/print
count is hard to be defined; however, 83,000km of drive distance corresponds to 100,000 copies/prints if 5
sheets are printed intermittently in the A4 single-sided copy mode as defined for the maintenance.

2-29
TRANSFER BELT UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

5. TRANSFER BELT UNIT


5.1 Composition

DRIVE
CLOCK
M18 CW
LD

[8]
H/L

PS69
[9]
[7] [1] PS68
II UNIT EXPLANATION

[10]

[11] C REG/1

[2] C REG/2

PS15
[3] A
M19 A

[6] B
B

[12] HV2
[13]
SD1 DRIVE
PRCB
[6] [5] [14] [5] [4] 8050ma2015

Symbol Name Function or method


[1] 1st transfer roller /Y Transfer of images from the drum /Y to the transfer belt (1st
transfer)
Roller transfer method with constant current DC bias applied
DC output range by the constant current method: 5 to 50µA
[2] 1st transfer roller /M Transfer of images from the drum /M to the transfer belt (1st
transfer)
Roller transfer method with constant current DC bias applied
DC output range by the constant current method: 5 to 50µA
[3] 1st transfer roller /C Transfer of images from the drum /C to the transfer belt (1st
transfer)
Roller transfer method with constant current DC bias applied
DC output range by the constant current method: 5 to 50µA
[4] 1st transfer roller /K Transfer of images from the drum /K to the transfer belt (1st
transfer)
Roller transfer method with constant current DC bias applied
DC output range by the constant current method: 5 to 50µA
[5] Transfer belt Image creation for paper transfer
Semiconductor polyimide film
[6] Separation claw unit Paper separation assist from the transfer belt
Pressure/release method by the transfer belt separation claw
solenoid (SD1)
[7] Belt cleaning unit Cleaning and collection of toner on the transfer belt
[8] Belt cleaning blade Cleaning of the transfer belt
Transfer belt contact/separation method

2-30
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TRANSFER BELT UNIT

Symbol Name Function or method


[9] Toner guide roller Scraping and collection of toner on the transfer belt
[10] Toner collection screw Conveys toner from the belt cleaning section to the toner col-
lection section
Screw method
[11] Image correction unit Detection of variety of information of images transferred on
the transfer belt
[12] Transfer belt separation claw Paper separation assist from the transfer belt
Pressure/release method by the transfer belt separation claw

II UNIT EXPLANATION
solenoid (SD1)
[13] 2nd transfer roller /U Toner transfer from the transfer belt to paper
Constant current DC bias applied roller method
DC output range by constant current method: +30 to -120µA
[14] 2nd transfer roller /L Toner transfer from the transfer belt to paper
(Provided on ADU side) Pressure/release mechanism by means of cam
Driven idly by the transfer belt
M18 Transfer belt motor Driving of the transfer belt
DC brushless motor, PLL control
M19 1st transfer pressure/release Pressure/release of the 1st transfer roller /Y, /M, /C, /K
motor Stepping motor
SD1 Transfer belt separation claw Pressure/release of the separation claw
solenoid 24VDC drive
PS15 1st transfer HP sensor Pressure/release mechanism of the 1st transfer roller /Y, /M, /C, /K
Home position detection
PS68 Encoder sensor/belt 1 Detection of the rotation of encoder for the transfer belt drive
shaft
Drive control of the transfer belt motor (M18)
2 sensors of the PS68 and PS69 are provided at the opposite
position of the encoder to cancel the change of rotation
caused by the eccentricity of the encoder.
PS69 Encoder sensor/belt 2 Detection of the rotation of encoder for the transfer belt drive
shaft
Drive control of the transfer belt motor (M18)
2 sensors of the PS68 and PS69 are provided at the opposite
position of the encoder to cancel the change of rotation
caused by the eccentricity of the encoder.

2-31 2
TRANSFER BELT UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

5.2 Operation
5.2.1 Transfer belt pressure/release mechanism

The 1st transfer roller that presses the transfer belt against the drum is made up of the 1st transfer rollers /
Y, /M and /C for the drums /Y, /M and /C and the 1st transfer roller /K for the drum /K. The 3 1st transfer
rollers /Y, /M and /C of these rollers operate as a unit (color 1st transfer roller assembly).
When the 1st transfer is made from the drum to the transfer belt, the color 1st transfer roller assembly and
the 1st transfer roller /K push out the transfer belt from the inside and press it against the drum, by means
II UNIT EXPLANATION

of the cam that is driven by the 1st transfer pressure/release motor (M19).
The form of pressure varies with the copy mode. In the full color mode, both of the color 1st transfer roller
assembly and the 1st transfer roller /K are pressed. However in the black-and-white mode, only the 1st
transfer roller /K is pressed.
The release condition is detected by the 1st transfer HP sensor (PS15). The cam drive postion which var-
ies with the copy mode is controlled by the drive amount of the M19 which starts when the PS15 turns off.

[18] [8]
[9]

[10]
[17]

[16]

[15]
[11]
[6] [7]
[14]
[5]

[12] [4]

[3] [2] [1]


[13]
8050ma2016

[1] When totally released [10] Drum /M


[2] When in the black-and-white mode [11] Drum /C
[3] When in the full color mode [12] Drum /K
[4] 1st transfer roller /K pressure release arm [13] 1st transfer roller /K
[5] Drive coupling [14] 1st transfer roller /C
[6] 1st transfer roller /K pressure release cam [15] 1st transfer pressure/release motor (M19)
[7] 1st transfer roller /C pressure release cam [16] Color 1st transfer roller assembly
[8] Drum /Y [17] 1st transfer roller /M
[9] Transfer belt [18] 1st transfer roller /Y

2-32
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TRANSFER BELT UNIT

5.2.2 Image correction unit

A. Composition

[5] [6] [7] [8]

II UNIT EXPLANATION
[4] [3] [2] [1]
DRIVE
DRIVE
PRCB
8050ma2017

Symbol Name Function or method


[1] Gamma sensor shutter solenoid (SD3) Open/close of the image density sensor shutter
24VDC drive
[2] Color registration shutter solenoid (SD2) Open/close of the color registration sensor shutters /F and /R
24VDC drive
[3] Gamma sensor shutter Prevention of contamination of the Dmax sensor (PS10) and
the Gamma sensor (PS11)
Open/close method by means of the image density sensor
shutter solenoid (SD3)
[4] Gamma sensor (PS11) Detection of the maximum density and the gamma characteris-
tics of the patch image on the transfer belt
[5] Color registration sensor /F (PS8) Detection of the transfer image position on the front side in the
direction of the main scan
[6] Color registration sensor shutter /F Prevention of contamination of the color registration sensor /F
(PS9)
[7] Color registration sensor shutter /R Prevention of contamination of the color registration sensor /R
(PS9)
[8] Color registration sensor /R (PS9) Detection of the transfer image position on the rear side in the
direction of the main scan

B. Shutter mechanism
The image correction unit is provided with a shutter mechanism that allows the sensor to be exposed only
when necessary to prevent the contamination of various types of sensors.
The color registration sensor shutters /F and /R that protect the color registration sensors /F and /R (PS8
and PS9) are opened and closed by the color registration shutter solenoid (SD2). And also, the image den-
sity sensor shutter that protects the gamma sensor (PS11) is opened and closed by the image density sen-
sor shutter solenoid (SD3).

2-33
TRANSFER BELT UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

5.2.3 1st transfer control

Toner on the drum is transferred onto the transfer belt side by a bias value applied on the 1st transfer roller
provided inside the transfer belt.
The DC bias value of the 1st transfer roller changes according to the following conditions:
• Process speed
• Black-and-white mode or color mode
• Humidity
• No. of use counts of the 1st transfer roller
II UNIT EXPLANATION

• Use count number of developer

For each operation timing of the 2nd transfer control, see "Image formation timing" in "3. Drum unit."

5.2.4 2nd transfer control


Toner on the transfer belt is transferred onto the paper, which is pressed between the transfer belt and the
2nd transfer roller /L on the ADU side, is being sent.
The 2nd transfer roller /U is positioned inside the transfer belt directory above the 2nd transfer roller /L,
and applied with a DC bias value according to the following conditions:
• Process speed
• Black-and-white mode or color mode
• Humidity
• Type of copy paper
• Front or rear side of paper

For each operation timing of the 2nd transfer control, see "Image formation timing" in "3. Drum unit."

5.2.5 Control for the prevention of the flipping of the belt cleaning blade
As countermeasures against the flipping of the belt cleaning blade and the occurrence of white stripes, the
toner band is periodically created on the transfer belt.
When the DIPSW 20-4 is set to "1" for the creation of the toner band, the control is made so that more
toner is supplied at both end of the belt cleaning blade.

5.2.6 Control against belt filming


Lubricant contained in the toner adheres to the transfer belt, and there may occur poor images such as
white stripes.
Therefore, toner is stored between the belt cleaning blade and the toner guide roller to grind regularly the
surface of the belt, thus preventing lubricant from adhering to the transfer belt.

2 2-34
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TONER SUPPLY

6. TONER SUPPLY
6.1 Composition

[11] [10] [12] [13] [14][15] [16]


PS14

DRIVE
DRIVE
A
A
B

II UNIT EXPLANATION
B
A
A
B
B
DRIVE
CLOCK
CW/CCW
LD
H/L
A
A
B
B
A
A
B
B
DRIVE
[9] [8] [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] DRIVE PRCB
DRIVE
EM TSDB 8050ma2018

Symbol Name Function or method


[1] Toner bottle clutch /C (MC16) Transmission of driving force from the toner bottle motor (M53)
to the toner bottle clutch /C
24VDC drive
[2] Toner bottle clutch /K (MC17) Transmission of driving force from the toner bottle motor (M53)
to the toner bottle /K
24VDC drive
[3] Toner bottle motor (M53) Driving of the toner bottles /Y, /M, /C, /K and driving of the toner
conveyance screw for each color
[4] Toner supply motor /K (M52) Driving of the toner supply screw
Stepping motor
[5] Toner supply motor /C (M51) Driving of the toner supply screw
Stepping motor
[6] Toner supply motor /M (M50) Driving of the toner supply screw
Stepping motor
[7] Toner level detection sensor /K (TLD K) Detection of the toner level in the toner hopper section /K
(Detection is made at the remaining quantity of about 50 g)
Toner bottle capacity: Approx. 690 g
[8] Toner level detection sensor /C (TLD C) Detection of the toner level in the toner hopper section /C
(Detection is made at the remaining quantity of about 50 g)
Toner bottle capacity: Approx. 460 g
[9] Charging intake fan (M48) Cooling around charging /Y, /M, /C, /K
Sirocco fan
[10] Toner supply interlock switch (MS2) 24VDC power line for MC13, MC14, MC15 and MC16 (toner bottle
clutch /Y, /M, /C and /K) is shut off when the toner supply door is open
[11] Toner supply door open/close Toner supply door open/close detection
sensor (PS54)

2-35
TONER SUPPLY KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Name Function or method


[12] Toner level detection sensor /M Detection of the toner level in the toner hopper section /M
(TLD M) (Detection is made at the remaining quantity of about 50 g)
Toner bottle capacity: Approx. 460 g
[13] Toner level detection sensor /Y Detection of the toner level in the toner hopper section /Y
(TLD Y) (Detection is made at the remaining quantity of about 5 g)
Toner bottle capacity: Approx. 460 g
[14] Toner supply motor /Y (M49) Driving of the toner supply screw
Stepping motor
II UNIT EXPLANATION

[15] Toner bottle clutch /M (MC14) Transmission of driving force from the toner bottle motor (M53)
to the toner bottle /M
24VDC drive
[16] Toner bottle clutch /Y (MC13) Transmission of driving force from the toner bottle motor (M53)
to the toner bottle /Y
24VDC drive
PS14 Toner supply unit open/close sensor Toner supply unit open/close detection

6.2 Operation
6.2.1 Toner supply control to the toner hopper section

A. Toner supply operation


When the toner level detection sensors /Y, /M, /C and /K (TLD /Y, /M, /C, /K) detect the toner level of about
50g in the toner hopper section, the toner bottle motor (M53) and the toner bottle clutches /Y, /M, /C and /
K (MC13, MC14, MC15 and MC16) turn on and rotate the toner bottle to supply a new toner to the toner
hopper section.

B. No-toner display on the operation LCD


When the toner level detection sensors /Y, /M, /C and /K (TLD /Y, /M, /C, /K) detect the toner level of about
50 g and no toner is supplied to the toner hopper section even after the toner supply operation above is
made, it is considered that no toner is left in the bottle. And a no-toner message is shown on the operation
LCD.

6.2.2 Toner supply control to the developing unit

A. When power on
Each of the toner density sensors /Y, /M, /C and /K (TDS Y, /M, /C and /K) detects the toner density in each
developing unit the specified period of time after the sub power switch (SW2) is turned on. When a value
detected at this time is below the reference value of the toner density that is stored in the CPU on the
printer control board (PRCB), the toner supply motors /Y, /M, /C and /K (M49, M50, M51 and M52) are
turned on to supply toner up to the specified density.

B. While in the copy/print operation


While in the copy/print operation, each of the toner density sensors /Y, /M, /C and /K (TDS Y, /M, /C and /K)
monitors the toner density. The output voltage of each of TDS Y, /M, /C and /K determines the length of the
toner supply time which is activated by turning on each of the toner supply motors /Y, /M, /C and /K (M49,
M50, M51 and M52) so that it becomes the reference value of the toner density.

1 2-36
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TONER SUPPLY

6.2.3 Copy/print operation stop control due to no toner

After the no-toner display is shown on the operation LCD, the consumption of about 50g of remaining toner
in the toner hopper is detected by the length of time during which the toner supply motor has been driven.
When it is determined by the length of time during which the toner supply motor has been driven that there
is no remaining toner in the toner hopper, the copy/print operation is stopped according to the setting of
DIPSW 1-2/1-3 of the 25 mode.
However, according to the setting of DIPSW 1-2/1-3 of the 25 mode, when the toner density in the devel-
oping unit is below the specified value while in the stop operation, the copy/print operation will stop imme-

II UNIT EXPLANATION
diately after paper in the machine is ejected.

2-37
TONER COLLECTION KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7. TONER COLLECTION
7.1 Composition

[9] DRIVE

[8]
CLOCK
M18 F/R
LOCK
H/L

[10]
II UNIT EXPLANATION

[7]
[11]
[6]

DRIVE
[12] CLOCK
M41 F/R
LOCK
H/L

[5] [13] [14] [15]


[1]

PRCB

[2]

[4]

[3]

8050ma2019

Symbol Name Function or method


[1] Waste toner door PS (PS53) Open/close detection of the toner collection door, presence/
absence detection of the toner collection box
[2] Waste toner discharge exit Discharge exit of waste toner for the toner collection box
[3] Toner collection box Waste toner collection container
Capacity: 7.0 liters, max.
[4] Waste toner full sensor (PS52) Toner collection box full detection (Detectin made at about 5.6
liters.)
[5] Vertical conveyance pipe Vertical conveyance of waste toner
[6] Toner rocking plate Toner conveyance in the vertical conveyance pipe
Cam drive method
[7] Belt collection pipe Conveyance of waste toner from the transfer belt unit
[8] Belt waste toner receiving port Receiving port of waste toner from the transfer belt unit

2-38
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TONER COLLECTION

Symbol Name Function or method


[9] Belt collection screw Waste toner conveyance from the belt waste toner receiving
port to the upper section of the vertical conveyance pipe
Screw method
[10] Drum /Y waste toner receiving port Waste toner receiving port from the drum /Y
[11] Drum /M waste toner receiving port Waste toner receiving port from the drum /M
[12] Drum /C waste toner receiving port Waste toner receiving port from the drum /C
[13] Drum /K waste toner receiving port Waste toner receiving port from the drum /K
[14] Horizontal conveyance screw Waste toner conveyance from the lower section of the vertical

II UNIT EXPLANATION
conveyance pipe to the waste toner discharge exit
Screw method
[15] Horizontal conveyance pipe Waste toner conveyance from the vertical conveyance pipe to
the toner collection box
M18 Transfer belt motor See "2.5 Transfer belt unit."
M41 Paper feed motor See "2.8 Paper feed trays 1 to 3."

7.2 Operation
7.2.1 Toner collection control

Since the toner collection section is driven by the transfer belt motor (M18)and the paper feed motor
(M41), its control depends on the transfer belt drive and the paper feed drive.

7.2.2 Waste toner full detection control

When the waste toner full sensor (PS5) is kept on for a specified period of time, it is considered that the
toner collection box is full with waste toner, and a message is shown on the operation LCD.

2-39
PAPER FEED TRAY /1 TO /3 KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

8. PAPER FEED TRAY /1 TO /3


8.1 Composition

DRIVE
PS31 PS30 PS29 CLOCK
MC7 M41 CW
LOCK
PS37 H/L
PS36 SD7 DRIVE
[11] [12] [13] [14] [15] PS35 PS32
II UNIT EXPLANATION

MC8
PS33

PS34
MC9
M40 VR1
SD8 DRIVE
[10]
PS38
MC10
PS39
[1]
PS40
[9] MC11
[2] VR2
SD9 DRIVE

PS44
MC12
[8] PS45

PS46

VR3

DRIVE
[7] DRIVE

M39 DRIVE
PRCB
[6] [5] [4] M38 [3] PS43 PS42 PS41 8050ma2047

Symbol Name Function or method


[1] Pre-registration roller /2 Conveyance of the tray /2 paper and the paper stopper plate
for the correction of paper skew
[2] Pre-registration roller /3 Conveyance of the tray /3 paper and the paper stopper plate
for the correction of paper skew
[3] Double feed prevention roller /3 Double feed prevention of the tray /3 paper, Torque limiter
[4] Feed roller /3 Feed of the tray /3 paper
[5] Paper feed roller /3 Paper feed of the Tray /3 paper
[6] Double feed prevention roller /2 Double feed prevention of the tray /2 paper, Torque limiter
[7] Paper feed roller /2 Paper feed of the tray /2 paper
[8] Up/down plate /3 Tray /3 paper stacking section
Up/down function provided
Maximum tray capacity: Up to 500 sheets (80 g/m2)
[9] Up/down plate /2 Tray /2 paper stacking section
Up/down function provided
Maximum tray capacity: Up to 500 sheets (80 g/m2)
[10] Up/down plate /1 Tray /1 paper stacking section
Up/down function provided
Maximum tray capacity: Up to 500 sheets (80 g/m2)

1 2-40
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PAPER FEED TRAY /1 TO /3

Symbol Name Function or method


[11] Feed roller /2 Feed of the tray /2 paper
[12] Double feed prevention roller /1 Double feed prevention of the tray /1 paper
[13] Paper feed roller /1 Paper feed of the tray /1 paper
[14] Feed roller /1 Feed of the tray /1 paper
[15] Pre-registration roller /1 Conveyance of the tray /1 paper and the paper stopper plate
for the correction of paper skew
M41 Paper feed motor Driving of the paper feed system
24VDC drive, DC brushless motor, PLL control

II UNIT EXPLANATION
M38 Tray up drive motor /3 Driving of the up/down plate /3
24VDC drive, DC burshless motor
M39 Tray up drive motor /2 Driving of the up/down plate /2
24VDC drive, DC burshless motor
M40 Tray up drive motor /1 Driving of the up/down plate /1
24VDC drive, DC burshless motor
MC7 Paper feed clutch /1 Transmission of the driving force from the paper feed motor
(M41) to the paper feed roller /1
24VDC drive
MC8 Pre-registration clutch /1 Transmission of the driving force from the paper feed motor
(M41) to the pre-registration roller /1
24VDC drive
MC9 Paper feed clutch /2 Transmission of the driving force from the paper feed motor
(M41) to the paper feed roller /2
24VDC drive
MC10 Pre-registration clutch /2 Transmission of the driving force from the paper feed motor
(M41) to the pre-registration roller /2
24VDC drive
MC11 Paper feed clutch /3 Transmission of the driving force from the paper feed motor
(M41) to the paper feed roller /3
24VDC drive
MC12 Pre-registration clutch /3 Transmission of the driving force from the paper feed motor
(M41) to the pre-registration roller /3
24VDC drive
SD7 Pick-up solenoid /1 Transmission of the driving force of the tray /1 paper feed
SD8 Pick-up solenoid /2 Transmission of the driving force of the tray /2 paper feed
SD9 Pick-up solenoid /3 Transmission of the driving force of the tray /3 paper feed
PS29 Pre-registration sensor /1 Detection of paper conveyance at the pre-registration roller /1 entrance
PS30 Tray upper limit sensor /1 Detection of the upper limit of the tray /1 paper
PS31 No paper sensor /1 Detection of the presence of the tray /1 paper
PS32 Remaining paper sensor /1 Detection of the remaining paper in the tray /1
PS33 Paper size /S1 Detection of the paper size along the length of the tray /1
PS34 Paper size /L1 Detection of the paper size along the length of the tray /1
PS35 Pre-registration sensor /1 Detection of paper conveyance at the pre-registration roller /2 entrance
PS36 Tray upper limit sensor /2 Detection of the upper limit of the tray /2 paper
PS37 No paper sensor /2 Detection of the presence of the tray /2 paper
PS38 Remaining paper sensor /2 Detection of the remaining paper in the tray /2
PS39 Paper size /S2 Detection of the paper size along the length of the tray /2

2-41
PAPER FEED TRAY /1 TO /3 KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Name Function or method


PS40 Paper size /L2 Detection of the paper size along the length of the tray /2
PS41 Pre-registration sensor /3 Detection of paper conveyance at the pre-registration roller /3 entrance
PS42 Tray upper limit sensor /3 Detection of the upper limit of the tray /3 paper
PS43 No paper sensor /3 Detection of the presence of the tray /3 paper
PS44 Remaining paper sensor /3 Detection of the remaining paper in the tray /3
PS45 Paper size /S3 Detection of the paper size along the length of the tray /3
PS46 Paper size /L3 Detection of the paper size along the length of the tray /3
VR1 Paper size VR/1 Detection of the paper size along the width of the tray /1
II UNIT EXPLANATION

VR2 Paper size VR/2 Detection of the paper size along the width of the tray /2
VR3 Paper size VR/3 Detection of the paper size along the width of the tray /3

8.2 Operation
Since the composition and the operation of the paper feed trays /1 to /3 are the same, the explanation is
given of the paper feed tray /1 only. The paper feed trays /2 and /3 are the same as the paper feed tray /1.
The intermediate conveyance sensor /1 (PS27) and the intermediate conveyance clutch /1 (MC13) are not
used in the paper feed control in the paper feed tray /1.

8.2.1 Paper feed control

[1]

Paper feed motor (M41)

Pick-up solenoid /1 (SD7)

Paper feed clutch /1 (MC7)

Pre-registration clutch /1 (MC8)

Pre-registration sensor /1 (PS29)

Intermediate conveyance sensor /1 (PS27)

Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 (MC13)

[2] [3] 8050ma2048

[1] START button (ON) [3] 2nd sheet pre-registration loop


[2] 1st sheet pre-registration loop

2-42
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PAPER FEED TRAY /1 TO /3

8.2.2 Up/down plate control

The up/down plate in the paper feed tray is driven by the wire.
When the paper feed tray /1 is set to the main body, the tray up drive motor /1 (M40) of the main body
starts to rotate. As a result, the wire is wound around the drive pulley and the up/down plate goes up.
When the tray upper limit sensor /1 (PS30) detects the upper limit of paper, the M40 turns off. When the
amount of paper gets reduced as a result of the passage of paper, a no paper detection is made by the
PS30. At this time, the M40 keeps on until the PS30 detects the upper limit of paper again. Accordingly,
paper is lifted up to the fixed level at all times.

II UNIT EXPLANATION
When the paper feed tray /1 is pulled out, the coupling is released from the drive section and the up/down
plate goes down by its own weight.

2-43
PAPER FEED TRAY /1 TO /3 KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

8.2.3 Remaining paper detection control

The amount of remaining paper is detected by the remaining paper sensor /1 (PS32). As the amount of
paper in the tray is getting reduced, the actuator provided at the front of the tray rotates gradually. The
PS32 turns on and off each time a slit in the actuator passes through. The main body control section
counts the number of on/off's of the PS9 after the installation of the tray to detect the amount of remaining
paper in 4 steps.
The detection of no paper is made by the no paper sensor /1 (PS31).
II UNIT EXPLANATION

No. of the slit counts Remaining paper in the tray Indication of remaining amount
on the operation board

0 100 to 75% 4 lit

1 75 to 50% 3 lit

2 50 to 25% 2 lit

3 25 to 0% 1 lit

[2] [1]

[3]

[6] [5] [4] 8050ma2049

[1] Rotational direction when the up/down plate goes up [4] Slit 2
[2] Remaining paper sensor /1 (PS32) [5] Slit 3
[3] Slit 1 [6] Actuator

2-44
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PAPER FEED TRAY /1 TO /3

8.2.4 Paper size detection control

The main scan direction is detected by the resistance value of the paper size VR/1 (VR1) of the bottom of
the paper feed tray.
The sub-scan direction is detected in the combination of the on/off of the paper size /S1 (PS33) of the up/
down plate and the paper size /L1 (PS34).

Paper size Paper size /S Paper size /L Paper size VR

13 x 19R { { 333.2

II UNIT EXPLANATION
12.6 x 18R/17.7R { { 317.0

A3 wide { { 307.4

12 x 18R { { 292.8

A3R { 280.4

A4 280.4

8.5 x 11R 252.4

11 x 17R { 252.4

8K { 235.8

16K 235.8

B4R { 216.7

B5 216.7

8.5 x 14R { 151.3

8.5 x 11R 151.3

A4R 141.9

F4 { 151.3

B5R 97.3

A5R 43.2

8.5 x 5.5R 30.0

{: Sensor on VR: VR angle

2-45
BYPASS FEED KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9. BYPASS FEED
9.1 Composition

DRIVE
CLOCK
MC6 M41 F/R
LOCK
H/L

SD5
II UNIT EXPLANATION

PRCB

DRIVE

M35 1
2

CVDB

[9] [8] [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] 8050ma2020

Symbol Name Function or method


[1] Paper size/LBP (PS49) Paper size detection along the length of the bypass tray
[2] No paper sensor/BP (PS47) Detection of the presence of the bypass feed paper
[3] Paper size/SBP (PS48) Assistance of paper size detection along the width of the
bypass tray
[4] Paper size/VR/BP (VR4) Paper size detection along the width of the bypass tray
[5] Paper feed roller/BP Paper feed
[6] Double feed prevention roller/BP Double feed prevention of paper, Torque limiter
[7] Feed roller/BP Feeding of paper
[8] Tray upper limit sensor/BP (PS25) Bypass tray paper upper limit detection
[9] Bypass conveyance sensor Bypass exit paper conveyance detection
(PS26)
M41 Paper feed motor See "8. Paper feed tray 1 to 3."
M35 Tray up drive motor/BP Bypass tray up/down plate drive
DC motor with brush
MC6 Paper feed clutch/BP Transmission of the bypass tray paper feed power
SD5 Pick-up solenoid/BP Transmission of the bypass tray paper feed power

2-46
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 BYPASS FEED

9.2 Operation
9.2.1 Tray up drive control

When Pick-up solenoid/BP (SD5) turns on after the paper feed motor (M41) turns on, the up/down plate is
raised with paper going up.
When pulling out ADU, coupling comes off the drive section and the up/down plate comes down by its own
weight.

II UNIT EXPLANATION
9.2.2 Paper feed control

[1]

Paper feed motor (M41)

Pick-up solenoid/BP (SD5)

Paper feed clutch/BP (MC6)

Bypass conveyance sensor (PS26)

8050ma2021

[1] START button (ON)

9.2.3 Paper size detection control

The paper size in the bypass tray is detected along the length by the paper size/SBP (PS48) and the
paper size/LBP (PS49), and along the width by the paper size VR/BP (VR4).

2-47
VERTICAL CONVEYANCE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

10. VERTICAL CONVEYANCE


10.1 Composition

DRIVE
CLOCK
MC13 M41 CW
LOCK
H/L
II UNIT EXPLANATION

PRCB

[1]
[2]

PS50

PS51

8050ma2050

Symbol Name Function or method


[1] Vertical conveyance door Cleaning paper jam in the vertical conveyance section
[2] Intermediate conveyance roller /1 Paper conveyance of the trays /2 and /3
M41 Paper feed motor See "8. Paper feed tray 1 to 3."
MC13 Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 Transmission of driving force from the paper feed motor
(M41) to the intermediate conveyance roller /1
24VDC drive
PS50 Vertical conveyance sensor Paper detection in the vertical conveyance section
PS51 Vertical conveyance door sensor Open/close detection of the vertical conveyance door

10.2 Operation
10.2.1 Vertical conveyance control

For operation timing of the vertical conveyance control, see "8. Paper feed tray /1 to /3."

2-48
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

11. REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT


11.1 Composition

PS24
[4] PS13 [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11]

II UNIT EXPLANATION
[21]

PS12 PS55
[12] [13] [14] [15] [16] [17] [18] [19] PS27 [20]

PS19

PS28

[3] PS20 [2] [1] PS22 PS23

MC2
PS21 MC1 MC3 MC5 MC4
PS24

SD4

HV2 M33 M32 M30 M31 M41 M34


A
A
B
B

A
A
B
B

A
A
B
B

A
A
B
B

DRIVE
CLOCK
F/R
LOCK
H/L

A
A
B
B
CVDB

DRIVE
PRCB
8050ma2022

Symbol Name Function or method


[1] ADU conveyance roller /2 Paper conveyance while in the double side copy mode and
loop formation for the correction of paper skew correction
Motor drive
[2] ADU reverse roller Paper conveyance in the ADU reverse section and switching
of the conveyance path
Motor drive
Roller type
New type: Spike roller
Old type: Rubber roller

2-49 2
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Name Function or method


[3] Reverse/exit roller /2 Paper conveyance in the reverse section
Motor drive
Roller type
New type: Spike roller
Old type: Rubber roller
[4] Paper exit roller Paper conveyance in the paper exit section
Motor drive
[5] Reverse gate Switching of the paper exit path at the fixing unit exit section
II UNIT EXPLANATION

Solenoid drive
[6] Decurler roller Paper conveyance and paper curl correction in the reverse section
Motor drive
[7] Fixing section Fixing of paper that has been transferred
See "12. FIXING UNIT."
[8] ADU conveyance roller /1 Paper conveyance while in the double side copy mode
Motor drive
[9] Separation discharge plate unit Separation of the transfer belt and the paper that has been
transferred
Constant current AC + DC bias applied neutralizing method
Constant current method AC output range: 0 to 300 µA
Constant voltage method DC output range: -60 to 0 µA
[10] 2nd transfer roller /L Transfer of toner from the transfer belt onto paper
Pressure/release mechanism by means of cam
Driven idly by the transfer belt
[11] Transfer belt unit Image formation for paper transfer
See "5. Transfer belt unit."
[12] Pre-transfer guide plate Conveyance guide of paper supplied
High voltage applied to prevent toner adhesion: -500 V ± 50 V
(constant voltage)
[13] Pressure arm 2nd transfer roller /L pressure/release
Motor drive
[14] Registration roller For paper conveyance in the registration section and the cor-
rection of paper skew caused by the paper stopper
Motor drive
[15] Registration cleaning sheet Cleaning of the registration roller
PET method
[16] Loop roller For paper conveyance in the registration section and loop for-
mation while in paper skew correction
Motor drive
[17] ADU pre-registration roller For paper conveyance while in the double side copy mode
and the correction of paper skew correction caused by the
paper stopper
Motor drive
[18] Intermediate conveyance roller /3 Paper conveyance from the paper feed trays /1 to /3, the
bypass tray and LCT
Motor drive

2 2-50
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

Symbol Name Function or method


[19] Bypass tray Bypass paper feed
See "9. Bypass feed section."
[20] Intermediate conveyance roller /2 Paper conveyance from the paper feed trays /1 to /3 and LCT
Motor drive
[21] ADU lock solenoid (SD6) ADU lock
24VDC drive
HV2 High voltage unit /2 Supply of high voltage to the separation discharge plate unit
and the pre-transfer guide plate

II UNIT EXPLANATION
Pressure rise method by the inverter from 24VDC
M30 Registration roller motor Registration roller drive
Stepping motor
M31 Loop roller motor Loop roller drive
Stepping motor
M32 ADU reverse motor ADU reverse roller drive
Stepping motor
M33 Reverse/exit motor Driving of the paper exit roller, decurler roller and the reverse/
exit roller /2
Stepping motor
M34 2nd transfer pressure/release Pressure arm drive
motor Stepping motor
M41 Paper feed motor M41 Paper feed motor Driving of ADU conveyance rollers 1/
and 2/, ADU pre-registration
roller and the intermediate conveyance rollers /2 and /3
DC brush-less motor
MC1 ADU conveyance clutch /2 Transmission of driving force from the paper feed motor
(M41) to the ADU conveyance roller /2
24VDC drive
MC2 ADU conveyance clutch /1 Transmission of driving force from the paper feed motor
(M41) to the ADU conveyance roller /1
24VDC drive
MC3 ADU pre-registration clutch Transmission of driving force from the paper feed motor
(M41) to the ADU pre-registration roller
24VDC drive
MC4 Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 Transmission of driving force from the paper feed motor
(M41) to the intermediate conveyance roller /2
24VDC drive
MC5 Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 Transmission of driving force from the paper feed motor
(M41) to the intermediate conveyance roller /3
24VDC drive
SD4 Reverse/exit solenoid Reverse gate drive
24VDC drive
PS12 Paper exit full sensor Paper exit tray full detection
Photo sensor + actuator
PS13 Paper exit sensor Detection of paper in the paper exit unit
Photo sensor + actuator

2-51
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Name Function or method


PS19 Reverse/exit sensor Detection of paper in the reverse section
Photo sensor + actuator
PS20 ADU conveyance sensor Detection of paper at the ADU reverse path entrance
Photo sensor + actuator
PS21 ADU paper reverse sensor Detection of paper in the ADU reverse section
Photo sensor + actuator
PS22 Registration sensor Detection of paper in the registration section
Photo sensor
II UNIT EXPLANATION

PS23 ADU pre-registration sensor Detection of paper in the ADU paper loop section
Photo sensor + actuator
PS24 2nd transfer HP sensor 2nd transfer roller home position detection
Photo sensor
PS27 Intermediate conveyance sen- Detection of paper at the intermediate conveyance roller /2
sor /1 exit
Photo sensor
PS28 Intermediate conveyance sen- Detection of paper at the intermediate conveyance roller /3
sor /2 exit
Photo sensor
PS55 Conveyance lever sensor ADU open/close detection
Photo sensor

2-52
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

11.2 Operation
11.2.1 Switching control of the paper exit/ADU conveyance path

A. Straight paper exit path


The straight paper exit path is applicable to the face-up paper exit after completion of copy in the single
side copy mode, as well as after completion of the back side copy in the double side copy mode.

[5] [6]

II UNIT EXPLANATION
[4]

[3]

[2]

[1]

8050ma2023

[1] Fixing paper exit sensor (PS17) [4] Paper exit roller
[2] Reverse gate [5] Paper exit sensor (PS13)
[3] Paper exit full sensor (PS12) [6] Fixing section

2-53
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

B. ADU conveyance path


The ADU conveyance path is applicable to the face-down paper exit in the single side copy mode and the
conveyance to the ADU after completion of the front side copy in the double sided copy mode.

[1]
II UNIT EXPLANATION

[5]

[2]

[3]

[4]

8050ma2024

[1] Fixing section [4] Reverse/exit sensor (PS19)


[2] Fixing paper exit sensor (PS17) [5] Reverse gate
[3] Decurler roller

2-54
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

C. Straight paper exit operation (single sided 2 copies)

[1]

Paper feed motor (M41)

Registration roller motor (M30)

Fixing motor (M29) F

II UNIT EXPLANATION
Reverse/exit motor (M33) F H

R L

Reverse/exit solenoid (SD4)

Fixing exit sensor (PS17)

Reverse/exit sensor (PS19)

Paper exit sensor (PS13)

V TOP

[2] [3] 8050ma2025

[1] START button (ON) [3] 1st paper exit


[2] Completion of the first sheet fixing

2-55
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

D. ADU conveyance operation (double sided 2 copies)

[1]

Paper feed motor (M41)

Registration roller motor (M30)

Fixing motor (M29) F

R
II UNIT EXPLANATION

Reverse/exit motor (M33) F H

R L

Reverse/exit solenoid (SD4)

Fixing exit sensor (PS17)

Reverse/exit sensor (PS19)

Paper exit sensor (PS13)

V TOP

[2] [3] [4] 8050ma2026

[1] START button (ON) [3] Completion of the back side fixing of 1st paper
[2] Completion of the front side fixing of 1st paper [4] 1st paper exit

2-56
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

11.2.2 Reverse/exit control

A. Reverse/exit path
The reverse/exit path is applicable to the face-down paper exit after completion of copy in the single side
copy mode, as well as after completion of the back side copy in the double sided copy mode.
Double sided copy mode
Face-down

[7] [8] [9]

II UNIT EXPLANATION
2

[6]

[1]
[5]
[2]
[3]

[4]
1

8050ma2027

[1] Fixing paper exit sensor (PS17) [6] Paper exit roller
[2] Decurler roller [7] Paper exit sensor (PS13)
[3] Reverse/exit sensor (PS19) [8] Reverse gate
[4] Reverse/exit roller /2 [9] Fixing section
[5] Paper exit full sensor (PS12)

2-57
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

B. Reverse/exit operation (single sided 2 copies)

[1]

Paper feed motor (M41)

Registration roller motor (M30)

Fixing motor (M29) F

R
II UNIT EXPLANATION

Reverse/exit motor (M33) F H

R L

Reverse/exit solenoid (SD4)

Fixing exit sensor (PS17)

Reverse/exit sensor (PS19)

Paper exit sensor (PS13)

V TOP

[2] [3] 8050ma2028

[1] START button (ON) [3] 2nd paper exit


[2] 1st paper exit

11.2.3 ADU conveyance control

Paper that has been copied on the front side and conveyed to the reverse/exit section while in the double
side copy mode is conveyed to the ADU reverse section by the reverse/exit roller /2.

2-58
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

11.2.4 Paper reverse control

A. Paper reverse path


(1) When conveying paper
Paper conveyed from the reverse/exit roller /2 is conveyed to the ADU reverse roller according to the form
of the conveyance path.

[4] [3] [2] [1]

II UNIT EXPLANATION
8050ma2029

[1] ADU paper reverse sensor (PS21) [3] ADU conveyance roller /1
[2] ADU reverse roller [4] Reverse/exit roller /2

(2) When paper reverse


Paper conveyed to the ADU reverse section is sent back by the reverse rotation of the ADU reverse roller.
At this time, it is conveyed to the ADU conveyance roller /1, not to the reverse/exit roller /2, according to
the form of the conveyance path. As a result, the paper is flipped over out. The paper thus reversed is con-
veyed to the loop roller through the ADU conveyance rollers /1 and /2 and the ADU pre-registration roller
to be copied on the back side.

[8] [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1]

8050ma2030

[1] Loop roller [5] ADU reverse roller


[2] ADU pre-registration roller [6] ADU conveyance sensor (PS20)
[3] ADU conveyance roller /2 [7] ADU conveyance roller /1
[4] ADU paper reverse sensor (PS21) [8] Reverse/exit roller /2

2-59
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

B. Paper reverse operation

[1]

Paper feed motor (M41)

Registration roller motor (M30)

ADU reverse motor (M32) F

R
II UNIT EXPLANATION

Reverse/exit sensor (PS19)

ADU paper reverse sensor (PS21)

V TOP

[2] [3] [4] [5] 8050ma2031

[1] START button (ON) [4] Start of 2nd paper conveyance


[2] Start of 1st paper conveyance [5] Start of reverse operation of 2nd paper
[3] Start of revere operation of 1st paper

11.2.5 ADU pre-registration control

The paper conveyed from the ADU switchback section is formed into a loop between the ADU conveyance
roller /2 and the ADU pre-registration roller, and a paper skew is corrected.

A. ADU pre-registration path

[2] [3] [4] [5]

[1] 8050ma2032

[1] ADU pre-registration loop [4] ADU pre-registration roller


[2] ADU conveyance roller /2 [5] Loop roller
[3] ADU pre-registration sensor (PS23)

2-60
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

B. ADU pre-registration operation

[1]

Paper feed motor (M41)

Registration roller motor (M30)

ADU pre-registration clutch (MC3)

ADU conveyance clutch /2 (MC1)

II UNIT EXPLANATION
Registration sensor (PS22)

ADU conveyance sensor (PS20)

ADU pre-registration sensor (PS23)

V TOP

[2] [3] 8050ma2033

[1] START button (ON) [3] 2nd paper: ADU pre-registration loop
[2] 1st paper: ADU pre-registration loop

2-61
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

11.2.6 Registration control

Paper conveyed to the loop roller is formed into a loop between the registration roller and the loop roller,
and paper skew is corrected.

A. Registration path

[6] [7] [8]


II UNIT EXPLANATION

[5] [4] [3] [2] [1] 8050ma2034

[1] Intermediate conveyance roller /2 [5] 2nd transfer roller


[2] Loop roller [6] Transfer belt unit
[3] Registration loop [7] Registration sensor (PS22)
[4] Registration roller [8] Intermediate conveyance sensor /2 (PS28)

B. Registration operation

[1]

Paper feed motor (M41)

Registration roller motor (M30)

Loop roller motor (M31)

Intermediate conveyance sensor /2 (PS28)

Registration sensor (PS22)

V TOP

[2] [3] 8050ma2035

[1] START button (ON) [3] 2nd paper: Registration loop


[2] 1st paper: Registration loop

2-62
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

11.2.7 2nd transfer control

The paper that has been conveyed from the registration roller undergoes the 2nd transfer by the pressure
of the 2nd transfer roller /L on the transfer belt.

A. 2nd transfer roller /L pressure/release mechanism

[6] [3]

II UNIT EXPLANATION
[4]

[5]

[2] [1] 8050ma2036

[1] Release [4] Cam


[2] Pressure [5] Pressure arm
[3] Transfer belt unit [6] 2nd transfer roller /L

B. 2nd transfer roller /L pressure/release operation


For timing of each operation of the 2nd transfer control, see "3. Drum unit section."

11.2.8 Paper exit full detection control

When the ON condition of the paper exit full sensor (PS12) continues for the period in which the specified
number of paper exit is completed or for the specified period of time, it is considered that the paper exit
tray is full of paper. And the paper exit is stopped and a message is displayed on the LCD on the operator
panel.

2-63 2
FIXING UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

12. FIXING UNIT


12.1 Composition

[2] L4 L3 L2 [1] TH3 TH1


II UNIT EXPLANATION

TH4

PS17 [3] FHCB ACDB

TH2

TS2

[4] CLOCK
F/R
LOCK
H/L

PS16 CVDB

M29 M54 TS1 8050ma2043e

Symbol Name Function or method


[1] Fixing roller /U Toner fixing by means of pressure and heating
Heating roller method
Silicon rubber + PFA resin layers
Temperature: 210°C *1
[2] Fixing roller /L Toner fixing by means of pressure and heating
Heating roller method (driven by the fixing roller /U)
Pressure/release by means of cam drive
Silicon rubber + PFA resin layers
Temperature: 190°C *1
[3] Cleaning roller Cleaning of the fixing roller /U
[4] Cleaning web Cleaning of the cleaning roller
M29 Fixing motor Driving of the fixing roller /U
Fixing roller /L pressure/release drive
24V brushless DC motor
M54 Web motor Driving of the cleaning web, Synchronous motor
PS16 Fixing pressure release sensor Fixing roller /L pressure/release HP detection
PS17 Fixing paper exit sensor Paper exit detection from fixing

2 2-64
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 FIXING UNIT

Symbol Name Function or method


L2 Fixing upper lamp /1 Heating of the fixing roller /U (main)
Halogen heater 750W
L3 Fixing upper lamp /2 Heating of the fixing roller /U (sub)
Halogen heater 750W
L4 Fixing lower lamp Heating of the fixing roller /L
Halogen heater 550W
TH1 Fixing temperature sensor /1 Temperature detection at the center of the fixing roller /U
(main)

II UNIT EXPLANATION
Non-contact microthermistor
TH2 Fixing temperature sensor /2 Temperature detection at the center of the fixing roller /L
(main)
Non-contact microthermistor
TH3 Fixing temperature sensor /3 Temperature detection at the edge (at rear) of the fixing roller
/U (sub)
Contact thermistor
TH4 Fixing temperature sensor /4 Temperature detection at the edge (at rear) of the fixing roller
/L (sub)
Contact thermistor
TS1 Thermostat /1 Fixing roller /U temperature abnormality detection
Non-contact bimetal
Set temperature: 190°C
TS2 Thermostat /L Fixing roller /L temperature abnormality detection
Non-contact bimetal
Set temperature: 160°C
FHCB Fixing heater control board Prevention of noise leak in the drive power for the fixing upper
lamp /1, /2 (L2, L3) 220V system only

*1 Varies depending on the mode, the paper type and the environmental conditions.

2-65 2
FIXING UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

12.2 Operation
12.2.1 Fixing drive control

Paper is conveyed with the heated fixing roller /U and the heated fixing roller /L pressed together, and is
fixed with toner. The pressure of the fixing roller is released at idling.

A. Fixing drive operation


The driving force of the fixing roller (M29) [1] is transmitted through the gear to the fixing roller [2] and the
II UNIT EXPLANATION

fixing paper exit roller [3]. There is a one-way clutch [4] provided between M29 and fixing roller /U, and the
transmission of driving force when M29 rotates in the normal direction is limited only to the fixing roller /U
and the fixing paper exit roller.
The same shaft of the one-way clutch [4] is provided with another one-way clutch [5] which is a transmis-
sion to the pressure/release drive cam mechanism [6]. The one-way clutches [4] and [5] operate one way
in the opposite direction of each other.

[2]

[3]

[1]

[6] [4] [5] [4] 8050ma2044

2-66
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 FIXING UNIT

12.2.2 Pressure/release control

The pressure of the fixing roller /L onto the fixing roller /U is made by the reverse rotation of the fixing
motor (M29) and the cam mechanism.

A. Pressure/release operation
When the fixing motor (M29) [1] rotates in the reverse direction, the cam mechanism applies pressure (a
broken line in the drawing) onto the fixing roller /L [3]. There is a one-way clutch [4] provided between M29
and the cam mechanism to provide the transmission of driving force when M29 is rotating reversely, this

II UNIT EXPLANATION
force is limited only to the cam. The detection of pressure/release is made by the fixing pressure release
sensor (PS16) provided on the same shaft as the cam.

[1]

[4]

[3]

[2] 8050ma2045

B. Pressure/release control
Pressure on the fixing roller /L is released while in warm-up. When copy starts, the fixing motor (M29)
rotates reversely to apply pressure, and it stops when the fixing pressure release sensor (PS16) turns off.
The unit is now in the pressured state. M29 returns to the forward rotation to convey paper.

[2] [3]

Fixing motor (M29) Forward

Backward

Fixing pressure release sensor (PS16)

[1] 8050ma2046

[1] START button (ON) [3] Fixing paper in conveyance


[2] Pressure operation

2-67
FIXING UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

12.2.3 Web control

The web motor (M54) is driven for a specified period of time for each print to clean the fixing roller /U
through the cleaning roller.
The operation of M54 starts at the same time as the registration roller motor (M30). In order to make web
travel distance even on the cleaning roller, the ON time of M54 is determined by the accumulated M54
drive time.

12.2.4 Temperature control


II UNIT EXPLANATION

The fixing roller /U is heated by the fixing upper lamp /1 (L2) and the fixing upper lamp /2 (L3). The fixing
roller /L heated by the fixing lower lamp /2 (L4). L2 and L3 are connected in parallel and they turn on and
off at the same time.
the fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) and the fixing temperature sensor /3 (TH3) detect the temperature
of the fixing roller /U and control it by turning on and off L2 and L3 through the AC drive board (ACDB) so
that it is held at the specified temperature.
In the same way, the fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2) and the fixing temperature sensor /4 (TH4) detect
the temperature of the fixing roller /L to turn on and off L4.

A. Warm-up
The moment the sub power switch (SW2) turns on, the lighting circuits of the fixing upper lamps 1/ and /2
(L2, L3) and the fixing lower lamp /2 (L4) inside the AC drive board (ACDB) turn on. L2, L3 and L4 are kept
on until a specified temperature is obtained.
After completion of warming-up, the printer control board (PRCB) controls the L2, L3 and L4 so that the set
temperature is maintained while in idling. At this time, L2, L3, and L4 are not turned on simultaneously.
Warm-up time: 420 sec. or less in Metric/390 sec. or less in Inch (at room temperature of 20°C)

B. Protection against abnormality


Thermostats are employed to protect the fixing roller against its abnormal temperature rise. The fixing
roller /U is provided with thermostat /1 (TS1) and the fixing roller /L is provided with thermostat /2 (TS2)
respectively.
When TS1 detects an abnormal temperature, the flow of electricity to the fixing upper lamp /1 (L2) and the
fixing upper lamp /2 (L3) is shut off at the same time.
And when TS2 detects an abnormal temperature, the flow of electricity to the fixing lower lamp /2 (L4) is
shut off.

1 2-68
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERFACE

13. INTERFACE
13.1 Composition

[1]
[2]

II UNIT EXPLANATION
[3]
[4]
[5]

8050ma2037

Symbol Name Function or method


[1] Video interface for IP-901/IP- For IP-901/IP-921
921
[2] Serial port (RS-232C) For KRDS communications
D-SUB 9-pin connector
[3] Parallel port (based on IEEE 1284) For ISW of copier
36-pin centronics connector
[4] Serial port (USB Type B) For ISW of copier
Ver.1.1
[5] RJ45 Ethernet connector Port for network

2-69 2
IMAGE STABILIZATION CONTROL KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

14. IMAGE STABILIZATION CONTROL


14.1 Toner density control
The purpose of this control is to correct the reference value of toner density for each color against variable
factors of the image density such as environmental factors.

A. Explanation of the operation


The charging amount of toner changes depending on the environmental factors such as the temperature
II UNIT EXPLANATION

and humidity.
And in proportion to the length of time since developer was last used, toner tends to be hard to get
charged.
The reference value of toner density is varied to correct these change in the charging amount of toner.

B. Timing of the operation


• When the environmental factors such as the temperature and/or humidity change.
• For each elapsed hour of the use of developer

14.2 Dmax control


The purpose of the Dmax control is to set the highest image density for each color to the reference level.
The Dmax control is carried out by the gamma sensor (PS11), drum motors /Y, /M, /C and /K (M14, M15,
M16 and M17), transfer belt motor (M18), 1st transfer pressure/release motor (M19) and the developing
motors /Y, /M, /C and /K (M20, M21, M22 and M23), and controlled by the printer control board (PRCB).
Related sensors include the temperature/humidity sensor (TEMP/HUM).

A. Explanation of the operation


With a patch image created on the transfer belt at the maximum exposure amount, each density is read by
the gamma sensor (PS11). This operation is repeated several times while changing a developing bias
value each time. The developing bias value obtained when the density reaches the reference level is
stored as an optimum developing bias value of the machine and developing is made at this developing
bias value.

B. Timing of the operation


• When the sub power switch (SW2) is turned on for the first time in 6 hours or more after it was turned
off.
• When the job starts 6 hours or more after the SW2 has been turned on.
• Every 1,000 pages of output. However at the time of completion of the job, when the 1,000th page is
contained in the job.
• When the humidity has changed more than 30% RH from the value measured at the last operation.

1 2-70
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 IMAGE STABILIZATION CONTROL

14.3 Charging potential control


14.3.1 Correction of the reference value

The purpose of this control is to set the charging potential for each color to the reference level.
The charging potential control is carried out by the drum potential sensors /Y, /M, /C and /K (DRPS Y, M, C
and K), drum potential sensor boards /Y, /M, /C and /K (DRPSB Y, M, C and K), drum motors /Y, /M, /C and
/K (M14, M15, M16 and M17), and the developing motors /Y, /M, /C and /K (M20, M21, M22 and M23), and
controlled by the printer control board (PRCB). Related sensors include the temperature/humidity sensor

II UNIT EXPLANATION
(TEMP/HUM).

A. Explanation of the operation


Based on the DC bias value determined by the Dmax control, the grid voltage is corrected by using an out-
put value read from the drum potential sensor so that the value becomes a charging potential shifted by
the specified value from this DC bias value.

B. Timing of the operation


• When the sub power switch (SW2) is turned on for the first time in 6 hours or more after it was turned
off.
• When the job starts 6 hours or more after the SW2 has been turned on.
• Every 1,000 pages of output. However at the time of completion of the job, when the 1,000th page is
contained in the job.
• When the humidity has changed more than 30% RH from the value measured at the last operation.
• When the job starts where the process speed is slowed down to 1/2 or 1/3 speed. However, once
operated under this condition after the SW2 turns on, the operation is not carried out again until the
SW2 turns off.

14.3.2 Low humidity environment correction

When in a low humidity environment, the humidity is lower in the enclosed area (near the cleaning section)
along the drum circumference. This result in an uneven charging potential along the circumference of the
drum. Accordingly, this correction method is used to prevent these conditions from happening.

A. Explanation of the operation


To ease the influence on the drum caused by the ambient humidity around the drum, the drum for each
color is rotated 45° periodically while in idling.

B. Timing of the operation


• The drums are turned once every 3 minutes when the humidity gets below 30% RH.

2-71 1
IMAGE STABILIZATION CONTROL KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

14.4 Dot diameter adjustment control


The dot diameter adjustment control is a method by which intermediate exposure potential is output stably,
regardless of the changes in the sensitivity of photosensitive materials or the stain of the writing system.
The laser output is controlled by the printer control board (PRCB) so that the intermediate exposure poten-
tial that is determined by the PWM128 value for each color is between a developing bias value determined
by the Dmax control and a maximum exposure potential.

A. Explanation of the operation


II UNIT EXPLANATION

The drum potential exposed with a PWM128 value is read by the drum potential sensor and the MPC
value for the laser is corrected to be within the standard value.

B. Timing of the operation


• When the sub power switch (SW2) is turned on for the first time in 6 hours or more after it was turned
off.
• When the job starts 6 hours or more after the SW2 has been turned on.
• Every 1,000 pages of output. However at the time of completion of the job, when the 1,000th page is
contained in the job.
• When the humidity has changed more than 30% RH from the value measured at the last operation.

1 2-72
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 IMAGE STABILIZATION CONTROL

14.5 Gamma correction control


The gamma correction control detects the gamma characteristics of the image density against the expo-
sure amount in the image creation section (drum and transfer belt) for each color, to make the relationship
between the original density and the copy density become the set one.
The gamma correction control is carried out by the gamma sensor (PS11), drum motors /Y, /M, /C and /K
(M14, M15, M16 and M17), transfer belt motor (m18), 1st transfer pressure/release motor (M19) and the
developing motors /Y, /M, /C and /K (M20, M21, M22 and M23), and controlled by the printer control board
(PRCB). Related boards and sensors include the drum potential sensor boards /Y, /M, /C and /K (DRPSB

II UNIT EXPLANATION
Y, M, C and K), drum potential sensor /Y, /M, /C and /K (DRPS Y, M, C and K) and the temperature/humid-
ity sensor (TEMP/HUM).

A. Explanation of the operation


The gradation patch is created on the transfer belt and read by the gamma sensor (PS11). The correction
value for the gamma curve is determined by the sensor output value with the predefined relationship
between the sensor output and the output image.

B. Timing of the operation


• When the sub power switch (SW2) is turned on for the first time in 6 hours or more after it was turned
off.
• When the job starts 6 hours or more after the SW2 has been turned on.
• Every 1,000 pages of output. However at the time of completion of the job, when the 1,000th page is
contained in the job.
• When the humidity has changed more than 30% RH from the value measured at the last operation.

2-73 1
OTHER CONTROLS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

15. OTHER CONTROLS


15.1 Parts to which power is supplied even when the main power
switch is turned off

CBR1 SW1

NF
II UNIT EXPLANATION

CBR2

AC(H)

AC(N)
ACDB 8050ma2038

Regardless of the on/off position of the main power switch (SW1), the following components are supplied
with power so long as the power cord is plugged into the power outlet.

A. Circuit breakers /1 and /2 (CBR 1 and 2)


When more than a specified amount of current flows due to the short-circuit of internal parts, it turns off to
shut off the current to the machine.

B. Noise filter (NF)


This reduces the level of noise that enters through the power line.

C. AC drive board (ACDB)


This supplies AC power to each unit and turns on and off the fixing heater lamps and the heaters.

1 2-74
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER CONTROLS

15.2 Parts that operate only when the power switch is turned on
15.2.1 Parts that operate when the main power switch is turned on

5VDC SW2
REMOTE
SW1 DCPS1
OACB

3.3VDC
5VDC IPB
12VDC

II UNIT EXPLANATION
5VDC
12VDC
OB1 DCPS4
24VDC (OPTION)
5VDC
PRCB Document Feeder
12VDC (OPTION)
24VDC
Finisher
(OPTION)
Large Capacity Tray
(OPTION)
5VDC
TSDB
5VDC
CVDB

ACDB DCPS2
RL2 24VDC

RL3 TRNS1 HTR1,2


TRNS2
RL1 Fixing unit

DCPS3
(OPTION) 8050ma2039e

When the main power switch (SW1) turns on, AC power is supplied to the DC power unit /1 (DCPS1), AC
drive board (ACDB) and the DC power unit /3: optional (DCPS3).
As a result, DCPS1 supplies 5VDC to the overall control board (OACB) to monitor it with the sub power
switch (SW2).
The ACDB turns ON the HTR relay (RL3) in the board and provides 24VAC to each heater via the trans-
former/main body (TRNS1) and the transformer/LCT (TRNS2).

15.2.2 Parts that operate when the sub power switch is turned on

When the sub power switch (SW2) is turned on, the overall control board (OACB) detects this condition
and sends a control signal to the DC power unit /1 (DCPS1) and the AC drive board (ACDB).
As a result, DCPS1 supplies 3.5VDC, 5VDC, 12VDC and 24VDC to all the boards and optional devices.
The ACDB turns ON the HTR relay (RL3) in the board and provides 24VAC to each heater via the trans-
former/main body (TRNS1) and the transformer/LCT (TRNS2).

2-75 2
OTHER CONTROLS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

15.3 Fan control


15.3.1 Fan composition

DRIVE DRIVE
EM EM
H/L H/L
DRIVE [17] [18] [19] [20] [21] DRIVE
EM EM
H/L
[16] H/L
DRIVE
EM [22]
H/L
SCDB
DRIVE
II UNIT EXPLANATION

EM DRIVE
EM
DRIVE
EM DRIVE
DRIVE [1] EM
EM DRIVE
H/L EM

[15] [2] H/L


DRIVE
DRIVE EM
EM [3] H/L

DRIVE [14] DRIVE


EM EM
[4]
H/L H/L

DRIVE
[13] DRIVE
EM
EM
H/L
[5] H/L

[12] DRIVE
EM
H/L
DRIVE DRIVE
EM EM
H/L
[11] [6] H/L

[7]
DRIVE
[10] EM
H/L

TSDB
DRIVE
EM PRCB-2/2
FRONT [9] [8]
PRCB-1/2 8050ma2040

Symbol Name Function or method


[1] Write exhaust fan /1 (M45) Writing section cooling
[2] Write intake fan /1 (M43) Writing section cooling
[3] Write exhaust fan /2 (M46) Writing section cooling
[4] IP cooling fan (M25) Cooling of the overall control board (OACB)
[5] IPB cooling fan (M24) Cooling of the image processing board (IPB)
[6] Write intake fan /2 (M44) Writing section cooling
[7] DCPS cooling fan (M42) Cooling around DC power unit /1 (DCPS1)
[8] Paper exit fan /3 (M63) Sheet of paper exit cooling (New type only)
[9] Paper exit fan /F (M28) Cooling around the paper reverse exit section and cooling of paper
[10] Charging intake fan (M48) Adverse wind to the charging corona
[11] Paper exit fan /R (M26) Cooling around the paper reverse exit section and cooling of paper
[12] Paper exit fan /M (M27) Cooling around the paper reverse exit section and cooling of paper
[13] Paper exit fan /2 (M62) Sheet of paper exit cooling (New type only)
[14] Paper exit fan /1 (M61) Sheet of paper exit cooling (New type only)
[15] Transfer belt cooling fan (M11) Cooling around the transfer belt
[16] Fixing cooling fan /1 (M10) Cooling around the fixing section of the paper exit side
[17] Fixing cooling fan /3 (M36) Cooling around the fixing section
[18] Fixing cooling fan /2 (M37) Cooling around the fixing section

2 2-76
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER CONTROLS

Symbol Name Function or method


[19] Drum cooling fan /1 (M12) Discharging heat around the drum drive motor out of the machine
[20] Drum cooling fan /2 (M13) Discharging heat around the drum drive motor out of the machine
[21] Scanner cooling fan (M2) Cooling of the scanner section
[22] Drum unit fan (M47) Cooling around the drum

15.4 Operation board control


15.4.1 Operation board composition

II UNIT EXPLANATION
TOUCH PANEL
BOARD

LCDB

OB INVB

OB3
OB1

OB2

SW2

OACB 8050ma2041

Symbol Name Function or method


[1] Touch panel board Touch switch board used to directly select items shown on the
LCD board (LCDB)
LCDB LCD board Information of all sorts is displayed on this
OB INVB OB inverter board Inverter that drives the LCD board (LCDB)
OB1 Operation board /1 Control of the touch panel board, LCD board (LCDB), OB
inverter board (OB INVB), operation board /3 (OB3), and the
control of the LED within the operation board /1 (OB2) and
the numeric pad
OB2 Operation board /2 LED-loaded board to grasp the on/off condition of the main
power switch (SW1)
OB3 Operation board /3 Volume loaded board to adjust the brightness of the LCD
board (LCDB)
SW2 Sub power switch Power switch of the operation board
It does not function when the main power switch (SW1) is off

2-77 1
OTHER CONTROLS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

15.5 Counter control


15.5.1 Counter composition

OACB OB1

C(T)

C(BK)
II UNIT EXPLANATION

C(K)
OPTION
[1]
COIN VENDOR
(SERIAL) OPTION

PS13
PRCB 8050ma2042

Symbol Name Function or method


[1] Coin vendor (serial) Copying is controlled depending on the presence of a coin.
(Optional) (Serial connection)
OB1 Operation board /1 This displays a copy count
C(T) Total counter This displays a total cumulative copy count in all copy modes
Mechanical counter driven by an electric signal
C(BK) Black counter This displays a cumulative copy count in the black-and-white
copy mode
Mechanical counter driven by an electric signal
C(K) Key counter (optional) This is a counter that makes a copy operation unavailable
when a specified number of copies has been counted
Mechanical counter driven by an electric signal
PS13 Paper exit sensor This detects paper in the paper exit section and sends a con-
trol signal to each counter
Photo sensor + actuator

15.5.2 Counter operation

This machine uses a counter on the software to count a number of copies.

A. Paper exit counter


The counter takes the count of 1 every time the paper exit sensor (PS13) turns off from on. In the double
side copy mode, however, this takes the count of 2.

B. Copy counter on OB1


This displays the number of copies that have been discharged.

C. C (T)
This counts up in conjunction with the paper exit counter.

2-78
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER CONTROLS

D. C (BK)
This counts up in conjunction with the paper exit counter.

E. C (K)
This counts up in conjunction with the paper exit counter.

F. Signals in serial connection

Connector Pin No. Signal name In/Out Description

II UNIT EXPLANATION
37 1 OP_SOUT Out Open collector output (LS07)
2 OP_DTR Out Open collector output (LS07)
3 OP_CTS In 5V Pull up
4 OP_SIN In 5V Pull up
5 OP_DSR In 5V Pull up
6 OP_RTS Out Open collector output (LS07)
7 SGND — Signal ground
8 COPV_ENB In 5V Pull up
9 24VDC — Power supplied to the vendor
10 PGND — Power ground
11 5VDC — Power supplied to the vendor

G. Signals for status indicator lights

Connector Pin No. Signal name Description Output timing Type of signal
391 1A DC24V Power source of At all times 24V, 500mA
status indicator
light
9B PGND Power ground — —
2A PAT1 Light on signal L signal outputted when print is Open collec-
available tor 5V,
3A PAT2 L signal outputted while scanner or 200mA
printer in operation
4A PAT3 L signal outputted when stopped
abnormally due to jamming, abnor-
mal code, no paper or no toner
5A PAT4 L signal outputted when a toner
supply warning is displayed

2-79
OTHER CONTROLS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

15.6 ACS control


15.6.1 Switching between the color mode and the black and white mode
If more than 5 black and white sheets are fed consecutively from RADF in which both the color sheets and
the black and white sheets are stored, the pressure on the 1st transfer rollers /Y/M/C are released and it
shifts to the black and white mode. At this time, the switch is performed during JOB, so there is a time lag
between the color copy and the black and white copy.

A. Switching sequence from the color mode to the black and white mode
1. The 2nd transfer for the previous copy sheet (color) is complete.
II UNIT EXPLANATION

2. The pressure is executed on the 1st transfer roller /K (the 1st transfer rollers /Y/M/C are in release
state).
3. Writing /K is started.
4. Terminate the operation of the drum unit /Y/M/C, the developing unit /Y/M/C, and the toner supply
unit /Y/M/C.

B. Switching sequence from the black and white mode to the color mode
1. The color print is instructed.
2. The 2nd transfer for the previous copy sheet (black and white) is complete.
3. Start the operation of the drum unit /Y/M/C, the developing unit /Y/M/C, and the supply unit /Y/M/C.
4. MPC or APC is executed for the write unit /Y/M/C.
5. The pressure is executed on the 1st transfer roller /Y/M/C/K.
6. Writing /Y is started.

15.6.2 Copy count when using ACS

• There are following two kinds of copy count when using ACS.

A. The black and white mode (the 1st transfer roller /Y/M/C is in the release state)

Black and white original

Total counter Counts as black and white

Developer counter Counts as black and white

B. The color mode (the 1st transfer roller /Y/M/C is in the pressure state)

Color original Black and white original

Total counter Counts as color Counts as black and white

Developer counter Counts as color Counts as color *1

*1 If the original is black and white, the output will be black and white; however, the developer counter
counts it as color copy and the total counter counts it as black and white copy.

2-80
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 EXTERIOR

III DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Caution:
• Make sure the power cord of the copier is
unplugged from the power outlet before dis-
assembly or assembly.

1. EXTERIOR
1.1 Replacing the dust filter /2
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Dust filter /2: Every 100,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Loosen 2 screws [1] and remove the filter cover
[2]. [1]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[2] 8050ma3001

3-1 1
EXTERIOR KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2. Pull out the dust filter /2 [2] from the filter cover
[1].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]

[2] 8050ma3002
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

1 3-2
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 EXTERIOR

1.2 Replacing the dust filter /1


and the ozone filter /1
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Dust filter /1: Every 100,000 copies
• Ozone filter /1: Every 100,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Loosen 4 screws [1] and remove the side cover
[1]
/2 [2].

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[2] [1] 8050ma3004

2. Pull out the filter replacement duct [1].

[1] 8050ma3005

3-3
EXTERIOR KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

3. Remove the 2 dust filters /1 [2] and the ozone fil-


ter /1 [3] from the filter replacement duct [1]. [1] [3] [2]
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note:
• When reinstalling the ozone filter /1, be care-
ful not snap and fracture it.
• When reinstalling the dust filter /1, be sure to
press it against the stopper section [4] of the
filter replacement duct.
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[4] 8050ma3006

1 3-4
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 EXTERIOR

1.3 Replacing the toner collec-


tion box
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Toner collection box: Every 50,000 copies (to be
replaced by the user)

B. Procedure
1. Open the toner collection door [1] and pull out
[1]
the toner collection box [2].

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[2] 8050ma3007

3-5
EXTERIOR KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2. Peel the label [2] off the toner collection box [1]
and plug the entrance of the toner collection box
[1].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[3]
[2]

[2]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[1] 8050ma3008

3-6
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 EXTERIOR

1.4 Angle adjustment of the


operation board
Note:
• The operation board can be set at the two
steps of 7 and 18 degrees depending on the
front cover /2 provided or not provided.
When the front cover /2 provided: 7 degrees
When the front cover /2 not provided: 18
degrees

A. Procedure
1. Open the front door [1] and the toner supply
[3] [4] [5] [3]
door [2].
2. Remove 2 screws [3] and release the fixing of
the operation board [4].
3. With the operation board raised up, remove the
front cover /2 [5] (when the angle is changed
from 7 to 18 degrees).

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
4. Fasten the operation board [4] with 2 screws [3].
5. Close the front door [1] and the toner supply
door [2].
[2]
Note:
• When changing the angle of the operation
board from 18 to 7 degrees, install the front
cover /2 by following Step 3.
[1] 8050ma3009

3-7
EXTERIOR KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

1.5 Removing and reinstalling


the main board unit
A. Procedure
1. Remove the platen cover.
2. Remove the filter cover. (See "1.1 Replacing the
deodorizing filter /1 and the dust filter /2.")
3. Loosen 2 screws [1], remove 13 screws [2], and
[8] [6] [5] [7] [6] [5] [4]
then remove the rear cover [3].

4. Remove the side cover /2. (See "1.2 Replacing


the dust filter /1 and the ozone filter /1.")
5. Remove the screws [5], one for each, and then [4]
remove the 2 original cover supports [6].
6. Remove 2 caps [4]. [2]
7. Remove 4 screws [7] and then remove the
[2]
scanner cover /R [8].
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[2]

[3] [1] 8050ma3010

8. Remove the special screw [1].


[3] [1]
9. Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the
board seal plate /2 [3].

[2] 8050ma3011

3-8
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 EXTERIOR

10. Remove 5 connectors [1].


11. With the lock lever [2] brought down this side, [1] [3] [1]
release the lock and pull out the ribbon cable
[3].

[3]
[2] [1]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
8050ma3012

Note:
• Move the lock lever [1] forward, then insert
[2]
the ribbon cable [2] firmly into the connector
while ensuring that the conductive face of the
ribbon cable [3] is positioned on the opposite
side of the lock lever.

[1]
[3]

3-9
EXTERIOR KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

• Then with the lock lever [1] brought back to its


original position, lock the ribbon cable [2]. [2]

[1]

12. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the


[1]
board seal plate /4 [2].
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[2] 8050ma3013

3-10
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 EXTERIOR

13. Remove a bracket cable clamp [1].


14. Remove 2 connectors [2]. [4] [3]
15. Remove 4 screws [3] and then remove the main
board unit [4].
16. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note:
• When removing or reinstalling the main board
unit, be careful that the battery on the memory
board (MB) does not touch with the frame.

[2]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1] [3] 8050ma3014

3-11
SCANNER KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2. SCANNER
2.1 Screws that must not be
removed
Note:
Screws that have been paint-locked are not
allowed to be removed. So, be careful not to [1]
remove them.
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[1] [1] [1] 8050ma3015

3-12
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SCANNER

2.2 Removing and reinstalling


the platen glass
A. Procedure
1. Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the origi-
[4] [2] [1] [6] [5]
nal positioning plate /R [2].
2. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the origi-
nal positioning plate /L [4].
3. Remove 2 screws [5] and the remove the scan-
ner cover /M [6].
4. Remove the platen glass [7].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note:
• Be sure to reinstall the platen glass with its
white reference plate [8] up.

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[3] [8] [7] 8050ma3016

3-13
SCANNER KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2.3 Removing and reinstalling


the CCD unit
A. Procedure for removal
1. Remove the platen glass. (See "2.2 Removing
and reinstalling the platen glass.")
2. Remove the connector [1].
3. Remove 9 screws [2] and then remove the CCD
cover [3].
4. Remove the screw [4] and then remove the rib-
bon cable cover [5].

[4] [5] [3]


III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[1] [2] 8050ma3141

5. With the lock lever [1] brought down, release the


lock and pull out the ribbon cable [2].

Note:
• Move the lock lever [1] downward, then insert
the ribbon cable [2] firmly into the connector
while ensuring that the conductive face of the
ribbon cable is positioned on the opposite
side of the lock lever.
• Then bring the lock lever back to its original
position, lock the ribbon cable.

[1] [2] 8050ma3142

3-14
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SCANNER

6. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the CCD


unit [2]. [1] [2]

Note:
• Be careful not to remove screws other than
those mentioned above. Otherwise, it
becomes necessary to make all sort of optical
adjustments which cannot be handled in the
field.
• Be careful not to touch the lens. This may
result in poor images.
• When replacing the CCD unit, be sure to
check the image by referring to the chapter I
"7.4.1 Scanner gamma adjustment" in the
Field Service. When any abnormality is found [1] 8050ma3143

with the image, be sure to make adjustments


by following the procedure.

7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
steps in reverse.

Note:
[3]
• When replacing the CCD unit, be sure to
remove the 4 screws [3] from the CCD lens
unit the parts of which have been purchased,
and then install only the CCD unit to the scan-
ner side. At this time, no mounting plate [4] is
used.

[4] 8050ma3221

3-15 2
SCANNER KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2.4 Removing and reinstalling


the exposure unit
A. Procedure for removal
1. Remove the slit glass. (See "2.2 Removing and
reinstalling the slit glass.")
2. Open the toner supply section. (See "5.1 Open-
ing and closing of the toner supply section.")
3. Remove 2 caps [2].
[2] [1] [2]
4. Remove 6 screws [1].
5. After removing the relay connector [4] with the
scanner cover /F [3] shifted to the front side
once, remove the scanner cover /F [3].
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[3] [4]

[1]

8050ma3017

3-16
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SCANNER

6. Remove 2 screws [1] and release the fixing of


the exposure unit [2]. [1] [5] [4] [2]
7. Rotate the exposure unit [2] while holding it hor-
izontally, pull it up and place it upon the scanner
room [6].

[3]
[6] [5] [1] 8050ma3018

8. Remove the connector [1].


9. Remove the screw [2] and release the cable [4] [2] [1] [3] [5]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
from the cable holder [3].
10. Remove the exposure unit [5].

[4] 8050ma3019

3-17
SCANNER KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

B. Procedure for reinstallation


1. Set the exposure unit [1] into the main body.
2. Move the V-mirror unit [2] to the paper exit side, [2] [4] [1]
and pass an optical positioning jig [3] through
each of the exposure unit [1] and the V-mirror
unit [2] from the front side.

Note:
• When reinstalling the exposure unit, be sure
to use the optical positioning jig.

3. Fasten the exposure unit [1] with 2 screws [4].


4. Remove 2 optical positioning jigs [3].
5. For the subsequent steps, reinstall the parts fol-
lowing the removal steps in reverse.
[4]
[3] 8050ma3020
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

3-18
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SCANNER

2.5 Removing and reinstalling


the exposure lamp
A. Procedure
1. Remove the exposure unit. (See "2.4 Removing
and reinstalling the exposure unit.")
2. Cut the binding band [1] and release the fixing
of the cable [2]. [1] [3] [6]
3. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the HP
detection plate [4].
4. Remove 2 screws [5] and then remove L1
(exposure lamp) [6].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[2] [4] [5] 8050ma3021

3-19
SCANNER KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2.6 Removing the scanner wire


A. Procedure
1. Remove the exposure unit. (See "2.4 Removing
and reinstalling the exposure unit.")
2. Remove 2 caps [1].
[1] [4] [3] [2] [1]
3. Remove the screw [2] and remove the scanner
cover /R [3].
4. Remove the screw [4] and remove the scanner
cover /L [5].
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[5] 8050ma3022

5. Loosen the screws [1], one for each, and


[2]
release the fixing of two spring fixing plates [2].

[1] 8050ma3023

3-20
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SCANNER

6. Remove the wire terminal [3] of the scanner wire 8. Remove the scanner wire /R [2] from the drive
/R [2] from the spring fixing plate [1], and then pulley [10].
remove the scanner wire /R [2] in the order of 9. Remove the scanner wire /F [11] by following
the pulley /3 [4], the outside of the V-mirror pul- Steps 5 to 7.
ley [5] and the pulley /2 [6].
7. Remove the metal bead [8] of the scanner wire / Note:
R [2] from the wire stopper [7], and then remove • The scanner wires /F and /R are installed sym-
the scanner wire /R [2] in the order of the inside metrically.
of the V-mirror pulley [5] and the pulley /1 [9].

[9]

[5] [10]

[2]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[4] [6] [3]

[2]

[3]

[1]
[11]
[2] [7] [8] 8050ma3024

3-21
SCANNER KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2.7 Reinstalling the scanner wire


A. Procedure
1. Move the V-mirror unit [1] to the paper exit side,
[1]
and pass the optical positioning jig [2] through
the V-mirror unit [1] from the front side.

Note:
• Be careful not to damage the mirror with the
jig.
• When reinstalling the scanner wire, be sure to
fasten the V-mirror with the optical position-
ing jig.

[2] 8050ma3025
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

2. Drop into the fitting hole of the drive pulley [4] a


[6] [5] [1]
metal bead [3] provided at the center of each of
the scanner wires /F [1] and /R [2], and starting [4]
from this hole, wind the scanner wire 2.5 turns
[5] outwards and 3.5 turns [6] inwards.
[3] [8]
[7]
Note:
• For the scanner wires /F and /R, common
wires are used. [8]
• Be sure to wind each of scanner wires so that
the wire terminal is on the outside and the [4]
metal bead [7] on the inside.
• Be sure to wind each of scanner wires so that
both ends of the wire come out under the [2] [5] [6]
drive pulley.
• Be sure to wind each of the scanner wires [4]
closely around the drive pully with no wire
running on another wire. [3] [7] 8050ma3026

3. After winding the scanner wires /F and R/, be


sure to fasten each wire end with a tape [8] so
that it will not come off.

3-22
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SCANNER

4. Pass the scanner wire /R [2] on the metal bead 6. Reinstall the scanner wire /F [11] by following
[3] side (inside) which is wound around the drive Steps 4 and 5.
pulley [1] through the pulley /1 [4] and the V-mir-
ror pulley [5] in this order, and then hook the
metal bead [3] onto the wire stopper [6].
5. Pass the scanner wire /R [2] on the wire termi-
nal [7] side (outside) which is wound around the
drive pulley [1] through the pulley /2 [8] and the
outside of V-mirror pulley [5] and the pulley /3
[9] in this order , and then hook the wire terminal
[7] onto the spring fixing plate [10].

[9]

[5] [10]

[2]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[4] [6] [3]

FRONT

[2]

[3]

[1]
[11]
[2] [7] [8] 8050ma3027

3-23
SCANNER KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7. Tighten the screws [1], one for each, and fasten


the 2 spring fixing plates [2]. [2]
8. For the subsequent steps, reinstall the parts fol-
lowing the removal steps in reverse.

[1] 8050ma3140
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

3-24
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 WRITING

3. WRITING
3.1 Screw that must not be
removed
Note:
• The screws [1] of each unit of the YMCK are
not allowed to be removed. So, be careful not
to remove them.

[1] 8050ma3028

III DIS./ASSEMBLY

3-25
WRITING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

3.2 Removing and reinstalling


the write unit

Warning:
• Be sure that the write unit should not be
powered with it slid from its normal instal-
lation position.
• Be sure not to remove the write unit cover
while being supplied with power. Otherwise,
laser beams get into your eyes and you may
lose your sight.

Note:
• Bu sure not to remove the write unit cover.
Do not loosen the screws, either.
• When removing the write unit, be careful not
to touch the dust glass (to prevent the mirror
from being stained).
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

• Be sure not to remove the write unit for at


least two minutes after the main power switch
is turned off.
• When replacing the side cover /1, insert the
prong [1] on the side cover /1 into the notch
on the main body.
[1] 8050ma3175

A. Procedure
1. Open the bypass tray [1].
2. Loosen 4 screws [2] and remove the side cover [4] [5] [2]
/2 [3].
3. Loosen 5 screws [4] and remove the side cover
/1 [5].

[3]
[1] 8050ma3029

3-26
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 WRITING

4. Remove 5 relay connectors [1].


5. Remove 10 screws [2] and then remove the fan [2] [2]
holder /R [3].

[2] [3] [1] [2] 8050ma3030

6. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the write


pressing board [2] while pressing it downward. [3] [1]
7. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove 2 write
cooling ducts [4].

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
Note:
• Be sure to hold the upper half of the write
pressing board when removing it. [4]

[3] [2] 8050ma3031

8. Remove the connectors [1], 2 each, and then


[2] [1]
remove the write unit /Y [2], write unit /M [3],
write unit /C [4] and the write unit /K [5]. [1]
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
[3]
steps in reverse.

[4]

[5] [1]
[1] 8050ma3032

3-27
WRITING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Note:
• The write units /C, /M and /Y are all common.
• The bottom of the write units /C, /M and /Y is
provided with a wire tension spring [1] which
differentiates these three write units from the
write unit /K.
• Be careful not install any other write unit in
the installation place for the write unit /K.

[1] 8050ma3034
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

3-28
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PROCESS UNIT

4. PROCESS UNIT
4.1 Flow of the disassembly of
the process unit section

Open the toner supply section

Open the front fan cover

Pull out the process unit Remove the charging corona unit

Pull out the transfer belt unit

Remove the drum cartridge Remove the developing unit

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
Remove the process unit

Remove the image correction unit

3-29
PROCESS UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4.2 Cleaning the charging


corona unit
A. Procedure

Note:
• The charging corona units are provided for
the four colors of yellow, magenta, cyan and
black. These units are common. Do not reuse
a charging corona unit that was once used for
a color since it has been stuck with the toner
of the color.

1. Open the toner supply section. (See "5.1 Open-


ing and closing the toner supply section.")
2. With the lever [2] of the charging corona unit [1]
pressed down once to the lower right side, pull
out the charging corona unit this side for
removal.
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[1]

[2]

8050ma3037

3-30
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PROCESS UNIT

3. Remove a charging cleaning block [3] from the


charging suction assembly [2] provided on the [3] [1]
outside of the toner supply unit [1].

Note:
• There are two charging cleaning blocks pro-
vided. Be sure to use either of these two
blocks when cleaning the charging corona.

[2] 8050ma3038

4. Holding the charging corona unit [2] so that the


charging control plate [1] comes up, set the

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
charging cleaning block [3] to the notch and
insert it from under the bottom on the rear side,
and turn it about 45° clockwise.

[2]
Note:
• If the charging wire is cleaned with the charg-
ing control plate facing down, there is a risk
that dust that has stuck to the charging wire
sticks to the charging control plate. So, when
cleaning the charging wire, be sure to hold
the charging corona unit so that the charging
control plate comes upward.

5. Clean the charging wire [4] by sliding back and


forth the charging cleaning block [3].
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3] 8050ma3039

3-31
PROCESS UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4.3 Cleaning/replacing, remov-


ing and reinstalling
the charging wire assy
/the charging control plate
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Charging wire assy: Every 100,000 copies
• Charging control plate: Every 200,000 copies
• Charging grid spring: Every 200,000 copies
Note:
• The charging corona unit is made up of a
charging wire assy, charging control plate
and a charging grid spring.

B. Procedure
1. Remove the charging corona unit. (See "4.2
Cleaning and replacing the charging corona
unit.")
2. Remove 2 charging control springs [1] and then
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

remove the charging control plate [2].


3. Clean the charging control plate by blowing off
dust with a blower brush.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note:
• Be sure to install the charging control plate so
that the side on which the charging control [2]
spring is hooked comes to the front of the
charging corona unit.
• Be sure to install each of the charging control
springs with its tips [3] of both ends point
toward the charging wire.

[1] [2]

[3] 8050ma3040

3-32
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PROCESS UNIT

4.4 Pulling out the process unit


Note:
• In order to prevent the main body from falling
down, the process unit and the ADU are pro-
vided with a safety mechanism so that they
cannot be pulled out at the same time.
• If the ADU has been pulled out when pulling
out the process unit, be sure to push it back
into the main body.
• When the process unit cannot be pulled out,
be sure to check the lock levers /1 and /2 to
see if they are deformed and replace them if
necessary. (See "11.13 Replacing the lock
levers /1 and /2.")

A. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section. (See "5.1 Open-
ing and closing the toner supply section.")

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
2. Loosen the screw [1] and open the front fan
[2]
cover [2].

[1] 8050ma3035

3-33 2
PROCESS UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

3. Bring down the stand handle /L [1] and the


stand handle /R [2] to the inside at the same [3]
time to release the fixing of the process unit [3].
Then, hold each of the stand handles to pull out
the process unit [3].
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2]
[1] 8050ma3036
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

3-34
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PROCESS UNIT

4.5 Removing and reinstalling


the transfer belt unit
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the process unit. (See "4.4 Pulling out
the process unit.")
2. Loosen the screws [1], 2 each.
3. After turning once the belt positioning shaft [2] [2]
counterclockwise, pull it out for removal.

[1]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1] 8050ma3043

4. Remove the supporting rod [3] from the charg-


[3] [1]
ing corona suction assembly [2] provided on the
inside of the toner supply unit [1].

Note:
• The supporting rod is an auxiliary device to
allow a removed transfer belt unit to self
stand. When removing the transfer belt unit,
be sure to make necessary arrangements in
advance.

[2] 8050ma3044

3-35
PROCESS UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

5. With the handle [1] raised up, remove the trans-


fer belt unit [2]. [1] [2]

Note:
• Be careful not to touch and damage the trans-
fer belt [3] with bare hands.
• Make sure to grab both ends of the handle of
the transfer belt with both hands.

[3] 8050ma3045

6. Set the supporting rod [2] to the transfer belt unit


[1] to allow it to self stand.
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

Note:
• Make sure not to touch and damage the trans-
fer belt unit with the drum at installation.

[2] [1] 8050ma3046

3-36
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PROCESS UNIT

Note:
• When reinstalling the transfer belt unit [1], be
[1]
sure to turn the cam [3] clockwise fully until it
will not turn any more before starting work.
• Be sure to install the transfer belt unit so that
2 transfer support blocks /F [4] and the 2
transfer support blocks /R [5] are accompa-
nied with the guide pins [2] provided at two
[2]
places each at front and rear. [2]
• Be sure not to rotate the transfer belt when
the transfer belt unit self stand with a support-
ing rod.
[3]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[5] [4] 8050ma3047

3-37
PROCESS UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4.6 Replacing the belt cleaning


roller unit
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Belt cleaning roller unit: Every 600,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer belt unit. (See "4.5 Remov-
ing and reinstalling the transfer belt unit.")
2. Remove the separation claw unit. (See "4.9
Replacing the belt separation claw.")
3. Remove 2 screws [2] while holding the belt
cleaning unit [1] by hand, and then remove the [2] [2]
belt cleaning unit.
4. Replace the belt cleaning roller unit with a new one.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note:
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

• When removing the belt cleaning unit, be sure to


[1]
handle it with care. Toner stored between the toner
guide roller section of the belt cleaning unit and the
belt cleaning belt section may spill out. This stored
toner grinds the surface of the belt. Therefore, the
condition in which the toner has been stored like
this is normal. And be sure to remove the separa-
tion claw unit in advance to prevent the separation [3]
claw from being stained with the split toner.
• The belt cleaning unit is made up of the belt
8050ma3048
cleaning roller unit and the parts listed below.
(For details of these parts, see "4.7 Replacing
the belt cleaning blade" and "4.8 Replacing
the toner collection sheet /1.")
Belt cleaning blade : 1 piece
Blade spring : 2 pieces
Stop ring : 2 pieces
Blade support shaft : 1 piece
Toner collection sheet /1 : 1 piece
Toner collection sheet /2 : 1 piece
Screw : 3 pieces
• Before installing the belt cleaning unit, apply
the setting powder on the portion [3] on the
transfer belt.
• When reinstalling it, set the guide sections
provided on both sides below the belt clean-
ing unit to the pins of the transfer belt unit,
and then attach the screws.

2 3-38
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PROCESS UNIT

4.7 Replacing the belt cleaning


blade
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Belt cleaning blade: Every 100,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the belt cleaning roller unit. (See "4.6
Replacing the belt cleaning roller unit.")
2. Remove 2 blade springs [1].
[4] [3]
3. After removing the stop ring [2], pull out the
blade support shaft [3] and remove the belt
cleaning blade [4].
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note:
• Before installing the belt cleaning unit, apply
the setting powder on the transfer belt. As for

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
where to apply the setting powder, see "4.6
[3]
Replacing the belt cleaning brush unit," 2nd [1]
item in "Note."
• Keep your hands off the blade section of the
belt cleaning blade [4]. And also be careful
not to damage the blade by hitting it against [2]
other parts.
8050ma3049

3-39 1
PROCESS UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4.8 Replacing the toner collec-


tion sheet /1
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Toner collection sheet /1: Every 200,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the belt cleaning roller unit. (See "4.6
Replacing the belt cleaning roller unit.")
2. After removing 3 screws [1], remove the toner
collection sheet /2 [2] and then remove the toner
collection sheet /1 [3].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note:
• Be careful not to fold the PET sheet of the
toner collection sheet /1, or damage it by hit-
ting it on the edge.
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[1]

[2] [3] 8050ma3159

3-40
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PROCESS UNIT

4.9 Replacing the belt separa-


tion claw
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Belt separation claw: Every 600,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer belt unit. (See "4.5 Remov-
ing and reinstalling the transfer belt unit.")
2. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the sep-
[3]
aration claw unit [2].

Note:
• Be careful not to touch and/or damage the
transfer belt [3] with bare hands. [4]
• When reinstalling the separation claw unit, be
sure to apply setting powder to the semicircle
[4] of the transfer belt [3].

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[2]

[2]
[1]
8050ma3050

3. Remove the screws [1], one each, and then


remove 3 transfer belt separation claws [2].
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1]

[2]

8050ma3051

3-41
PROCESS UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4.10 Replacing the transfer belt


A. Screw that must not be removed
Note:
• The screws [1] shown in the drawing below
are not allowed to be removed. Be careful not
to remove them.

[1] 8050ma3148

B. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


III DIS./ASSEMBLY

• Transfer belt: Every 200,000 copies

C. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer belt unit. (See "4.5 Remov-
ing and reinstalling the transfer belt unit.")
2. Remove the belt cleaning roller unit. (See "4.6
Replacing the belt cleaning roller unit.")
3. Remove the separation claw unit. (See "4.9
Replacing the belt separation claw.")
4. Remove 2 tension springs [1].
[1] [1]

8050ma3053

3-42
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PROCESS UNIT

5. Stand up the transfer belt unit [1] by using the


front side of the transfer belt unit [1] as the bot- [2] [3] [6]
tom.
6. Remove the screw [2] and release the fixing of
the handle [3].
[7]
7. Remove 2 screws [4] and then remove the shaft
stopper [5].
8. Remove the screw [6] and then remove the ten- [4] [5]
sion plate /R [7].
9. Remove 2 screws [8] and then remove the high
voltage supply curler /R [9].
10. Remove the stop ring [10] and then remove the
bearing [11].
11. Pull up the transfer belt [12] for removal.
12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[12] [1]

[11] [8]

[10] [9] 8050ma3054

3-43
PROCESS UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Note:
• When reinstalling the tension plate /R, be sure
to hit the projection of the tension plate /R
agaist the shaft stopper as shown in the draw-
ing right.
Also, when tightening the fixing screws, be
careful of the black sheet so that it does not 8050ma3152

get caught in.


• When reinstalling the stop ring, be sure to
raise the shaft so that the stop ring is set in
the groove of the shaft.
• Be sure to reinstall the transfer belt so that
the rear side stamped with "UP SIDE" at the
edge of the belt comes up.
• When holding the transfer belt by hand, hold
it within 10mm from the both end. Be careful
not touch any part other than this.
• Be careful not to touch and/or damage the
transfer belt with bare hands.
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

• Before installing the belt cleaning unit, apply


the setting powder on the transfer belt. As for
where to apply the setting powder, see "4.6
Replacing the belt cleaning brush unit," 2nd
item in "Note."

1 3-44
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PROCESS UNIT

4.11 Replacing the 1st transfer


roller
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• 1st transfer roller /Y, /M, /C, /K: Every 200,000
copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer belt. (See "4.10 Replacing
the transfer belt.") [5] [7]
2. Place the transfer belt unit as shown in the illus-
tration.
3. Remove the stop ring [1].
4. After removing 1 bearing [2], slide the stopper /4
[3] to open the tip end of the transfer release
arm [4].
5. Remove the 1st transfer roller /K [6] while sliding [7]
it. [7]
6. Remove 3 1st transfer rollers/Y, /M, /C [5].

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[4] [3] [3] [4]
Note: [7] [6]
• Be careful not to touch the roller section of
the 1st transfer roller with your hands. When
holding the 1st transfer roller with your
hands, be sure to hold the metal shaft section
of it.
• Be sure to reinstall the 1st transfer roller so
that a shallow groove near the groove of the
E-ring comes this side. [1] [2] 8050ma3055

• When reinstalling the 1st transfer roller, be


sure to check that there is no rise in the wir-
ing. Also, there should be no gathering of
wrinkles in the vinyl coating. If there is any
rise found in the wiring, press the wiring
toward the plate side for correction. Also, if
there is any gathering of wrinkles in the vinyl
coating, move the vinyl coating to the center
of the wiring.

7. Remove the E-rings [7], 2 each, from each of


the 1st transfer rollers.
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

3-45 1
PROCESS UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4.12 Replacing the 2nd transfer


roller /U
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• 2nd transfer roller /U: Every 200,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer belt. (See "4.10 Replacing
the transfer belt.")
2. After raising the 2nd transfer roller /U [1] once,
remove it diagonally from the lower side. [2]

Note:
• The fixing of the 2nd transfer roller /U was
released when the transfer belt was removed
at the time of the removal of the high voltage
supply curler.
• Be careful not to touch the roller section of
the 2nd transfer roller /U with your hand. [1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

When holding the 2nd transfer roller /U with


your hands, be sure to hold the metal shaft
section of it.
1
• Be sure to reinstall the 2nd transfer roller /U
so that the shaft end with a dent comes to the
bottom.
2

3. Remove 2 bearings [2] from the 2nd transfer


roller /U [1].
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal [2] [1] 8050ma3056

steps in reverse.

1 3-46
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PROCESS UNIT

4.13 Replacing the drum cartridge


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Drum cartridge: Every 100,000 copies

B. Procedure

Note:
• The drum cartridges are provided for the four
colors of yellow, magenta, cyan and black,
and they are all common. However, be sure to
avoid reusing a drum cartridge that was once
used for a color since it has been stuck with
the toner of that color.

1. Remove the transfer belt unit. (See "4.5 Remov-


ing and reinstalling the transfer belt unit.")
2. After raising once both ends [2] of the drum stay
[2]
/U [1], hold them and remove the drum cartridge

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
/Y [3]. [8]
3. Remove the drum cartridge /M [4], drum car-
[7]
tridge /C [5] and the drum cartridge /K [6] in the [3]
same manner as in Step 2.
[4]
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
[1]
steps in reverse.
[5]
Note:
• When reinstalling each drum cartridge, be [6]
sure to check if both ends of the cartridge
have been dropped into the grooves of the
[9] 8050ma3057
drum installation blocks /F [7] and /R [8]. (The
drum installation blocks /F [7] and /R [8] are
for yellow drum cartridges. Repeat the steps
for other cartridges in the same manner.)
• When reinstalling the drum cartridge /K [6], be
careful that the mylar [9] is not caught up.
• Be careful not touch and damage the photo-
sensitive material of the drum with bare
hands.
• When the drum cartridge is not used for a
long period of time, be sure to store it in the
dark place with a cover on it (to shield the
light).

3-47
PROCESS UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4.14 Removing and reinstalling


the drum
A. Screw that must not be removed

Note:
• Screws that are paint locked are not allowed
to be removed. Be careful not to remove them
at all costs.

[1]
[1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

8050ma3058

B. Procedure
1. Remove the drum cartridge. (See "4.13 Replac-
ing the drum cartridge.")
2. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the drum
[1]
stay /U [2].

[2] 8050ma3059

3-48
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PROCESS UNIT

3. Remove the coupling shaft /A [1] and then


remove the coupling /A [2].
4. Remove 2 screws [3].
5. Remove the position adjusting plate /R [8]. [6]
6. Remove the stop ring [4] and then remove the
screw idler gear [5].
7. Remove 3 screws [6] (be careful not to remove
black screw.).
8. Remove the position adjusting plate /F [7].
9. Hold both ends of the drum [9] and raise it up for
[9] [7] [5] [4]
removal.

Note:
• Be sure to reinstall the drum so that the cou-
pling side of the drum flange comes to the
rear side of the drum cartridge.

10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[3]

[2] [1] [8] 8050ma3060

3-49
PROCESS UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4.15 Replacing the developing


unit
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Developing unit: Every 600,000 copies

B. Procedure

Note:
• Be careful not to fold the Teflon sheet posted
at the developing sleeve side of the develop-
ing unit upper cover.
• When cleaning the developing unit, be sure to
use Hydro-Wipe which is specified as a CE
tool. Using paper or cloth other than Hydro-
Wipe will cause the developing regulation
plate in the developing unit to be stuck with
dust and lint of the paper or cloth, thus result-
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

ing in white streaks on the images.


• The developing units are provided for the four
colors of yellow, magenta, cyan and black,
and they are all common. However, be sure to
avoid reusing a developing unit that was once
used for a color since it has been stuck with
the toner of that color.

1. Open the toner supply section. (See "5.1 Open- [2]


ing and closing the toner supply section.") [3]
2. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove 4 devel-
oping support legs [3] provided inside the toner
supply unit [2].

Note:
• When placing the developing unit by itself, be
sure to set the developing support legs to the
body of the developing unit as a seat to pre- [3]
[1]
vent the toner bristles section from getting in
touch with other sections.

3. Pull out the process unit. (See "4.4 Pulling out


the process unit.")

8050ma3062

3-50
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PROCESS UNIT

4. Remove the screws [1], 3 each, and then


remove 2 developing pressing blocks [2] while [1] [1]
sliding the upper side of the developing pressing
blocks.

[2] 8050ma3063

5. Remove the relay connectors [1], 1 each, and


then remove 4 developing units [2] one at a

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
time.
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse. Place an appropriate color
label supplied with the developing unit on the
new unit.

Note:
• Be careful not to open the developing unit
cover.

[1] [2] 8050ma3064

3-51
PROCESS UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4.16 Replacing the developer


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Developer: Every 100,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the developing unit. (See "4.15 Replac-
ing the developing unit.")
2. Put the developing unit [1] on end and rotate its
upper end in drawing an arc to discharge devel-
oper. After discharging the developer, repeat
Steps 3 and 4 below to discharge all of the
developer.

8050ma3149
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

3. Install the rotating jig [1] provided inside the


toner supply unit to the coupling [2] on the agita- [1] [2]
tor screw side and turn it in the arrow-marked
direction.

8050ma3150

3-52
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PROCESS UNIT

4. Install the rotating jig to the coupling [1] on the


developing sleeve side and turn it in the arrow- [1]
marked direction.

Note:
• If the jig is turned in the reverse direction, it
sometimes occurs that the developer is not
discharged completely. Be careful not to turn
it in the reverse direction.

5. Charge a new developer. (See "7. 36 mode," "I.


Adjustment" in Field Service.)

8050ma3151

III DIS./ASSEMBLY

3-53
PROCESS UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4.17 Replacing the belt separa-


tion claw solenoid
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Belt separation claw solenoid: Every 1,500,000
copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer belt unit. (See "4.5 Remov-
ing and reinstalling the transfer belt unit.")
2. Remove the relay connector [1].
3. Remove the screw [2] and release the cable [4]
from the cable clamp [3].
4. Remove 2 screws [5] and then remove the SD1
(belt separation claw solenoid) [6].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note:
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

• When having reinstalled the solenoid bar,


check to see if the shaft of SD1 (belt separa-
tion claw solenoid) moves smoothly while [6]
sliding it.

[5]

[2] [3] [4] [1] 8050ma3069

2 3-54
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PROCESS UNIT

4.18 Removing and reinstalling


the process unit
A. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer belt unit. (See "4.5 Remov-
ing and reinstalling the transfer belt unit.")
2. Remove all of the drum cartridges. (See "4.13
Replacing the drum cartridge.")
3. Remove all of the developing units. (See "4.15
Replacing the developing unit.")
4. Remove the screws [1], 2 each.

Note:
• When removing the process unit, be sure to
remove in advance the transfer belt unit, drum
cartridge and the developing unit. [8]
[6]
• Be careful not to remove black screws.

5. Push back the process unit [6] until it becomes [4]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
possible to see the screw [5] through each hole
[2]
[4] of the guide rails /L [2] and /R [3].
[1]
6. Remove the screws [5], 1 each. [5]

Note:
• Be careful not to remove black screws.

7. Pull out the process unit [6] again. Then remove


[6] [7]
it from the guide rails /L [2] and /R [3] as
explained below:
The projection [7] on the guide rail /L is set into
the notch [8] of the process unit. The notch [10]
of the process unit is placed on the projection [9]
on the guide rail /R. Accordingly, slide the guide
rail /L a little against the process unit to remove
it from the guide rail /L, and then remove it from [4]
the guide rail /R by raising the process unit.
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal [1] [5] [3]
steps in reverse.

[10] [9]

8050ma3070

3-55
PROCESS UNIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4.19 Removing and reinstalling


the image correction unit
A. Procedure
1. Remove the process unit. (See "4.18 Removing
and reinstalling the process unit.")
2. Remove a relay connector [1].
3. Remove 2 screws and then remove the image
correction unit [3].
[4]
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
Note:
• When removing the image correction unit, be
sure to remove in advance the process unit.
• When removing the image correction unit, be
careful not to touch the drum drive shaft [4] of [3] [1] [4] 8050ma3071

each color. Otherwise, this may cause stress


to it.
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

3-56
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TONER SUPPLY

5. TONER SUPPLY
5.1 Opening and closing the
toner supply section
A. Procedure
1. Open the front door [1].
2. Loosen the screw [2] and open the toner supply
section [3].

Note:
• With the toner supply section left open, be
sure not to apply force to the toner supply
sections such as the operation board. If
applied, the hinge of the toner supply section
may be deformed.
• When closing the toner supply section,
tighten the screw with a hand before using a
driver to prevent stripping the thread. [1] [2] [3] 8050ma3072

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
3. Remove once the door lock [2] provided on the
inside of the toner supply section [1] and replace
it at a new position where it becomes a stopper.
4. Close the front door following the steps for
opening in reverse order.

Note:
• When the toner supply section is opened, be
sure to replace the door lock to a new position
where it becomes a stopper and prevent it
from getting in touch with the process unit
when being pulled out. [2] [1]

[2] [1] 8050ma3073

3-57
TONER SUPPLY KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

5.2 Replacing the charging dust


filter
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Charging dust filter: Every 600,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section. (See "5.1 Open-
ing and closing the toner supply section.")
2. Remove the charging dust filter [3] from the
charging suction assembly [2] provided on the [3] [1]
inside of the toner supply section [1].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[2] 8050ma3074

3-58
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TONER COLLECTION

6. TONER COLLECTION
6.1 Cleaning of the belt collec-
tion pipe/vertical/horizontal/
conveyance pipe
A. Procedure

Note:
• Be sure to conduct this cleaning when there
occurs an error code F13-01 (paper feed
motor abnormality) or F23-09 (transfer belt
motor abnormality).

1. Remove the process unit. (See "4.18. Removing


and reinstalling the process unit.")
2. While releasing the lock [1], pull down the ADU
release lever [2] counterclockwise.
3. While releasing the lock [3], hold the ADU

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
release lever and pull out the ADU [4].

Note:
• When the process unit has been removed, the
ADU can be pulled out only when the lock [3]
is released. This is a measure to prevent the
main body from falling down.

[2] [1] [4]

[3] 8050ma3191

3-59 2
TONER COLLECTION KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4. To prevent waste toner from dropping, put paper


[2] immediately below the horizontal convey-
ance pipe /1 [1].

[2] [1] 8050ma3192


III DIS./ASSEMBLY

2 3-60
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TONER COLLECTION

5. Remove the 7 screws [1] and loosen the screw


[2]. [1]

[1]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[1] [2] 8050ma3193

3-61 2
TONER COLLECTION KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

6. Hold the belt waste toner pouring opening [1]


and the drum /K waste toner pouring opening [2] [1]
with both hands, and remove the belt collection
pipe [3], the vertical conveyance pipes /1 [4], /2
[5], /3 [6] and /4 [7] with all these pipes left con-
nected.

Note:
• When removing the belt collection pipe and
the vertical conveyance pipes, be sure to tilt
the belt waste toner pouring opening a little to
this side.
• When reinstalling them, be sure to set the pro-
jection at the back of each pouring opening [3]
section to the main body.

[4]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[5]

[6]

[7]

[2] 8050ma3194

2 3-62
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TONER COLLECTION

7. Remove the toner collection pipe [2] from the


vertical conveyance pipe /1 [1] and pull out the [3] [2]
toner swing plate [3].

[1]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
8050ma3195

3-63 2
TONER COLLECTION KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Note:
• When reinstalling it, be sure to insert the drive [2]
hole [4] of the toner swing plate [3] into the
pin [2] of the toner collection pipe [1], and
then rotate the gear [5] to check to see if the
toner swing plate moves up and down.

[4] [3] [1] [1]


III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[5] 8050ma3196

2 3-64
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TONER COLLECTION

8. Remove the toner collection pipe /2 [2] from the


toner collection pipe /1 [1]. [2] [5] [1]
9. Remove the E-ring [3] and then remove the gear
[4].
10. Pull out the toner collection screw [5] from the
toner collection pipe /1.
11. Clear the inside of the toner collection pipes /1
and /2 of waste toner.

Note:
• When cleaning the toner collection pipe /2, be
careful that the sponges [6] and [7] do not get
lost.

[6] [7]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[4] [3] 8050ma3197

3-65 2
TONER COLLECTION KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

12. After separating the vertical conveyance pipes /


1 [1], /2 [2], /3 [3] and /4 [4], remove each pour- [4] [6] [3] [6] [2] [6] [1]
ing opening and clear the inside of each vertical
conveyance pipe of waste toner.

Note:
• When cleaning each vertical conveyance pipe,
be careful that the 4 sponges [6] do not get
lost.
• When reinstalling each pouring opening cap,
be sure to set the concave section [7] to the
convex section [8] of the vertical conveyance
pipe.
[6] [8] [7]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[5] 8050ma3198

2 3-66
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TONER COLLECTION

13. Remove the toner collection box. (See "1.3


Replacing the toner collection box.")
14. Remove the rear cover. (See "1.5. Removing
and reinstalling the main board unit.")
15. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the fly-
wheel /C [2].
16. Remove the screw [3] and then remove the fly-
wheel /K [4].

[1] [2]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[4] [3] 8050ma3199

17. Place the paper [3] beneath the connecting sec-


tion of the horizontal conveyance pipe /1 [1] and
the horizontal conveyance pipe assembly [2].

Note:
• When removing the horizontal conveyance
pipe /2 from the pipe /1, waste toner may spill
out. Be sure to place paper to prevent waste
toner from dropping into the inside of the
device.

[1]
[2] [3] 8050ma3200

3-67 2
TONER COLLECTION KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

18. Remove the 2 screws [1] and pull out the hori-
zontal conveyance pipe assembly [3] from the [1]
horizontal conveyance pipe /1 [2].

[3]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[3] [2] 8050ma3201

2 3-68
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TONER COLLECTION

19. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear
[2]. [2] [1]

Note:
• When reinstalling the gear, be sure to set the
D cut [4] of the screw [3] to the D cut [5] of the
gear.

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[4][5] [3] 8050ma3202

3-69 2
TONER COLLECTION KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

20. Remove the bearing [1].


[3]
Note:
• When installing the bearing, be sure to set it
to the detent section [3] of the horizontal con-
veyance pipe assembly [2].

[2] [1] 8050ma3203

21. Pull out the screw [2] from the horizontal con-
veyance pipe assembly [1]. [2] [1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

Note:
• The spacer [3] is provided on the gear
attached side of the screw. When reinstalling
it, be sure to insert the spacer without fail.

[2] [3] 8050ma3204

2 3-70
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TONER COLLECTION

22. Remove the 2 screws [1] and then remove the


horizontal conveyance pipe /4 [2]. [1]
23. Remove the 2 screws [3] and then remove the
horizontal conveyance pipe /3 [4].
24. Clean waste toner adhering to the inside of the
horizontal conveyance pipes /2 [5], /3 [4] and /4
[2].

[2] [2] [4] [5]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[4] [5]

[3] 8050ma3205

3-71 2
TONER COLLECTION KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

25. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the hor-
izontal conveyance pipe /1 [2].
26. Clear the inside of the horizontal conveyance
pipe /1 of waste toner.

[1] [2] 8050ma3206

27. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

2 3-72
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PAPER FEED TRAYS /1 to /3

7. PAPER FEED TRAYS /1 to /3


7.1 Removing and reinstalling
the paper feed unit
A. Procedure

Note:
• Since the composition of the paper feed trays
/1 to /3 is the same, the explanation here is
made of the steps for the paper feed tray /1.

1. Pull out the paper feed tray /1 [1].


2. Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the
paper feed unit cover [3]. [3]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[2]

[1]
[2]

8050ma3160

3-73
PAPER FEED TRAYS /1 to /3 KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

3. Remove the connector [1].


4. Remove a screw [2] and loosen a hold-down
shaft screw [3].
5. After sliding the paper feed unit [4] to the rear [3]
side, lift it up. Remove the connector [5] and
then remove the paper feed unit [4].
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
[5]
steps in reverse.
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[4]

[2]

[1]

8050ma3161

3-74
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PAPER FEED TRAYS /1 to /3

7.2 Removing and reinstalling


the paper feed trays /1 to /3
A. Procedure

Note:
• Since the composition of the paper feed trays
/1 to /3 is the same, the explanation here is
made of the steps for the paper feed tray /1.

1. Pull out the paper feed tray /1.


2. Remove the paper feed unit.
3. Remove 4 screws [1] and lift up the paper feed
[1]
tray /1 [2] for removal.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1] [2]

8050ma3162

3-75
PAPER FEED TRAYS /1 to /3 KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7.3 Replacing the paper feed


roller and the feed rubber
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Paper feed roller: Every 2,500,000 copies (Every
800,000 copies in actual replacement count)
• Feed rubber: Every 400,000 copies (Every
125,000 copies in actual replacement count)

B. Procedure

Note:
• Since the composition of the paper feed trays
/1 to /3 is the same, the explanation here is
made of the steps for the paper feed tray /1.

1. Pull out the paper feed tray /1.


2. Remove the paper feed unit.
3. Remove 2 stop rings [1], slide 2 bearings [2] to
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

the outside and then remove the paper feed [1]


roller assembly [3].

[2] [3] 8050ma3163

3-76
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PAPER FEED TRAYS /1 to /3

4. Remove a bearing [1].


5. Remove a stop ring [2] and then remove the [7]
paper feed roller [3].
6. Remove a stop ring [4] and then remove the
feed roller [5].
7. Remove the feed rubber [6] from the feed roller
[5].
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse. [6]

Note: [5]
• Be sure to install the feed rubber [6] so that
[4]
the paint mark [7] turns in the arrow-marked
direction. [1]
• Be sure to check that each roller is not stuck
with grease.

[3] [2] 8050ma3164

III DIS./ASSEMBLY

3-77
PAPER FEED TRAYS /1 to /3 KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7.4 Replacing the double feed


prevention rubber
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Double feed prevention rubber: Every 400,000
copies (Every 125,000 copies in actual replace-
ment count)

B. Procedure

Note:
• Since the composition of the paper feed trays
/1 to /3 is the same, the explanation here is
made of the steps for the paper feed tray /1.

1. Pull out the paper feed tray /1.


2. Remove the paper feed unit.
3. Remove the paper feed roller assembly.
4. Remove a stop ring [1] and then remove the
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

double feed prevention roller [2]. [5]


5. Remove the gear [3] from the double feed pre-
vention roller [2].
6. Remove the double feed prevention rubber [4]
from the double feed prevention roller [2].
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1]
Note:
• Be sure to install the double feed prevention
rubber [4] so that the paint mark [5] turns in
the arrow-marked direction.
• Be sure to check that the double feed preven-
tion roller is not stuck with grease.

[3] [4] [2] 8050ma3165

3-78
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PAPER FEED TRAYS /1 to /3

7.5 Replacing the paper feed


clutch and the pre-registra-
tion clutch
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Paper feed clutches /1 to /3 (MC7, MC9, MC11):
Every 4,000,000 copies (Every 2,000,000 copies
in actual replacement count)
• Pre-registration clutches /1 to /3 (MC8, MC10,
MC13): Every 4,000,000 copies (Every
2,000,000 copies in actual replacement count)

B. Procedure

Note:
• Since the composition of the paper feed trays
/1 to /3 is the same, the explanation here is
made of the steps for the paper feed tray /1.

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
1. Pull out the paper feed tray /1.
2. Remove the paper feed unit.
3. Remove 2 connectors [1].
4. Remove a stop ring [2] and then remove the [6]
MC7 [3].
5. Remove a stop ring [4] and then remove the
MC8 [5]. [3]
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
Note:
• When reinstalling the clutches, be sure to
check that the stopper [6] of each clutch is in [1]
the specified position.

[5] [4] 8050ma3166

3-79
PAPER FEED TRAYS /1 to /3 KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7.6 Removing and reinstalling


the tray up/down wire
Wire length:
• Up/down wire /A and up/down wire /C: 531 mm
• Up/down wire /B and up/down wire /D: 160 mm

A. Removing the wire

Note:
• Since the composition of the paper feed trays
/1 to /3 is the same, the explanation here is
made of the steps for the paper feed tray /1.

1. Pull out the paper feed tray /1.


2. Remove the paper feed unit.
3. Remove the paper feed tray /1.
4. Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the wire
cover /FR [2]. [7] [5] [6] [2]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

5. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the wire


cover /FL [4].
6. Remove 3 screws [5] and then remove the wire
cover /RR [6].
7. Remove 2 screws [7] and then remove the wire
cover /RL [8].

[1]

[3]

[8] [4] 8050ma3167

3-80
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PAPER FEED TRAYS /1 to /3

8. Remove an E-ring [1]. 14. Remove an E-ring [13].


9. Slide the drive pulley [2] to the inside and 15. Slide the drive pulley [14] to the inside and
remove the wires /C [3] and /D [4]. remove the wires /A [15] and /B [16].
10. After removing an E-ring [5], remove the pulley 16. After removing an E-ring [17], remove the pulley
[6] and release the wires /C [3] and /D [4] from [18] and release the wires /A [15] and /B [16]
the wire restraining cover [7]. from the wire restraining cover [19].
11. Remove a screw [8] from the bottom of the 17. Remove a screw [20] from the bottom of the
paper feed tray /1 and then remove the wire /D paper feed tray /1 and then remove the wire /B
[4]. [16].
12. After removing an E-ring [9], remove the pulley 18. After removing an E-ring [21], remove the pulley
[10] and release the wire /C [3] from the wire [22] and release the wire /A [15] from the wire
restraining cover [11]. restraining cover [23].
13. Remove a screw [12] from the bottom of the 19. Remove a screw [24] from the bottom of the
paper feed tray /1 and then remove the wire /C paper feed tray /1 and then remove the wire /A
[3]. [15].

[7]
[9] [11]
[6]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[3]
[10]
[5]

[3] [8]
[4]

[1]

[12] [2]

[23] [22] [19] [18]

[17]
[15]
[20]

[21] [16]

[15] [24] [14] [13] 8050ma3168

3-81
PAPER FEED TRAYS /1 to /3 KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

B. Attaching the wire 4. After winding the wire /C [3] and the wire /D [10]
around the pulley [11], insert it into the shaft [13]
Note: together with the wire restraining cover [12] and
• Since the composition of the paper feed trays fasten it with an E-ring [14].
/1 to /3 is the same, the explanation here is
made of the steps for the paper feed tray /1. Note:
• Be sure to wind the wires around the pulley
1. Install the wire /C [3] to the wire holding shaft [2] [11] so that the wire /C [3] comes to the out-
with a screw [1] from the bottom side of the side and the wire /D [10] to the inside.
paper feed tray.
2. After winding the wire /C [3] around the pulley 5. After sliding the drive pulley [15] to the outside
[4], insert it into the shaft [6] together with the with the wire /C [3] and the wire /D [10] inserted
wire restraining cover [5] and fasten it with an E- into the up/down drive shaft [14], fasten it with
ring [7]. an E-ring [16].
3. Install the wire /D [10] to the wire holding shaft
[9] with a screw [8] from the bottom side of the
paper feed tray.

[12]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[7] [5] [11]


[4] [3]
[4]
[13]

[6] [3] [8]


[10]
[9]
[16]

[2] [1] [14] [15]

[17]

[18]

[17] 8050ma3169

3-82
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PAPER FEED TRAYS /1 to /3

Note:
• Be sure to wind the wires around the pulley
[14] so that the wire /C [3] comes to the out-
side and the wire /D [10] to the inside.

6. Install the wires /A [17] and /B [18] by following


Steps 1 to 5.

Note:
• After completion of attaching the wires, be
sure to rotate the up/down drive shaft by hand
to check to see if the up/down plate goes up
and down smoothly.

7. For the subsequent steps, reinstall the parts fol-


lowing the removal steps in reverse.

III DIS./ASSEMBLY

3-83
BYPASS TRAY KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

8. BYPASS TRAY
8.1 Replacing the paper feed
roller and the feed roller
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Paper feed roller: Every 800,000 copies in actual
replacement count
• Feed roller: Every 125,000 copies in actual
replacement count

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU. (See "11.1. Removing and
reinstalling the ADU.")
2. Remove 6 screws [1] and then remove the
paper feed solenoid cover [2]. [1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[2] [1] 8050ma3075

3. Remove the stop ring [1].


4. Remove the bearing [2] and then remove the [2] [1]
paper feed roller unit [3].

[3] 8050ma3076

3-84
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 BYPASS TRAY

5. After removing the stop ring [1], pull out the feed
shaft [2] and remove the paper feed gear [2] [3]
assembly [3].
6. Remove the paper feed roller [4] from the paper
feed gear assembly [3].

[4] [1] 8050ma3077

7. Remove the feed roller assembly [2] from the


[4]
bypass drive shaft [1].
8. Remove the feed roller [3] from the feed roller
assembly [2].

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
Note:
• Be sure to install the feed roller [3] so that the
paint mark [4] turns in the direction shown in
the drawling.

9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[3] [2] [1] 8050ma3078

Note:
• Be sure to install the paper feed roller unit [1]
[4] [3] [2]
so that the actuator section [2] coincides with
the detection section of the PS47 (no paper
sensor /BP) [3].
• Be sure to install the paper feed roller unit [1]
so that the tip end of the paper feed side of
the paper up/down lever comes into contact
with the inside of the top plate of the paper
feed roller unit [1].

[1] 8050ma3079

3-85
BYPASS TRAY KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

8.2 Replacing the double feed


prevention roller
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Double feed prevention roller: Every 125,000
copies in actual replacement count

B. Procedure
1. Remove the paper feed roller and the feed
roller. (See "8.1. Replacing the paper feed roller
and the feed roller.")
2. Remove 2 double feed pressure springs [1].
[7]
3. After removing the stop ring [2], pull out the dou-
ble feed prevention shaft [3] and remove the
flange [4] and the double feed prevention roller
assembly [5].
4. Remove the double feed prevention roller [6]
from the double feed prevention roller assembly
[5].
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]
Note:
• Be sure to install the double feed prevention
roller [6] so that the paint mark [7] turns in the
direction shown in the drawing.
[1] [3] [2] [4] [6] [5] 8050ma3080

3-86
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 BYPASS TRAY

8.3 Replacing the paper feed


clutch /BP
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Paper feed clutch /BP (MC6): Every 2,000,000
copies in actual replacement count

B. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section. (See "5.1 Open-
ing and closing the toner supply section.")
2. Pull out the ADU. (See "11.1. Removing and
reinstalling the ADU.")
3. Remove the fixing unit. (See "10.2. Removing
and reinstalling the fixing unit.")
4. Remove 4 screws [1]. (1 screw is fixed from the
lower side of the ADU cover /R [2].)
5. After pulling out the ADU cover /R [2] halfway,
[1]
remove 2 relay connectors [3] and then remove
the ADU cover /R [2].

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
6. Remove the screw [4] and then remove the [1]
ADU release lever [5]. [2]
7. Remove 2 screws [6] and then remove the ADU
cover /L [7].

[7]

[6] [5] [4] [3] 8050ma3081

3-87 2
BYPASS TRAY KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

8. Remove a relay connector [1].


9. Remove the stop ring [2] and then remove the [3] [2]
paper feed clutch /BP (MC6) [3].
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1] 8050ma3082

Note:
• When reinstalling the paper feed clutch /BP
[1]
(MC6) [1], be sure to set the stopper in the
detent groove [2].
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[2] 8050ma3083

3-88
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 VERTICAL CONVEYANCE

9. VERTICAL CONVEYANCE
9.1 Removing and reinstalling
the vertical conveyance
A. Procedure
1. Loosen 2 screws [1] and remove the side cover
/4 [2].
[4]
2. Loosen 2 screws [3] and remove the side cover
/5 [4].
[2]

[1]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[3] 8050ma3170

3-89
VERTICAL CONVEYANCE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

3. Pull out the paper feed trays /1 [1], /2 [2] and /3


[3].
[5]
4. Loosen a screw [4].
5. Remove 3 screws [5].
6. Remove 2 screws [6] and then remove the side
cover /3 [7].
[6] [7]

[1]

[2]
[3]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[4]

8050ma3171

7. Push up the hooks [1] in 2 positions at both


sides, and separate the bypass up/down cover
[2] from the vertical conveyance section [3].

[3]

[2] [1] 8050ma3172

3-90
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 VERTICAL CONVEYANCE

8. Remove 7 screws [1].


9. Pull out the vertical conveyance section [2], [1]
remove a connector [3] and then remove the
vertical conveyance section [2].
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
Note:
• When installing the vertical conveyance sec-
tion, be sure to fasten it with screws with the
vertical conveyance door closed.
[3]

[2] 8050ma3173e

III DIS./ASSEMBLY

3-91 1
VERTICAL CONVEYANCE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9.2 Replacing the intermediate


conveyance clutch /1
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 (MC13):
Every 2,000,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the vertical conveyance section.
2. Remove a connector [1].
3. Remove an E-ring [2] and then remove the [4]
spacer [3] and the gear [4].
4. Remove a stop ring [5] and then remove the
MC13 [6]. [3]
[7]
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note: [2]
• When reinstalling the clutch, be sure to check
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

that the stopper [7] of the MC13 is in the spec- [1]


ified position.

[6] [5] 8050ma3174

3-92
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 FIXING

10. FIXING

Caution:
• The fixing unit is very hot immediately after
turning off the sub power switch (SW2). In
order to avoid getting burnt, be sure to start
operation after the temperature goes down
sufficiently.

10.1 Screws that must not be


removed
2 double nuts [1] are not allowed to be removed. Be
careful not to remove them. [1]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
8050ma3153

3-93 1
FIXING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

10.2 Removing and reinstalling


the fixing unit
A. Procedure
1. Open the front door.
2. Pull out the ADU.
3. Remove a screw [1] and then remove the fixing
knob [2]. [3] [4] [1] [2]
4. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the fixing
cover /F [4].
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

8050ma3098

5. Open the reverse section [1] and remove a


[1] [5] [5] [4]
screw [1] and 3 connectors [3]. And then
remove the fixing unit [4].

Note:
• When removing or reinstalling the fixing unit,
slide it toward front and raise it while holding
both ends [5] at front and rear.

6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2] [3]

8050ma3099

3-94
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 FIXING

10.3 Replacing the fixing upper


heater lamps /1 and /2
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Fixing upper lamp /1 (L2): Every 2,500,000 cop-
ies
• Fixing upper lamp /2 (L3): Every 2,500,000 cop-
ies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the fixing unit.
2. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the fixing
cover /R [2].

Note: [2]
• Be careful not to touch the glass section of
the fixing heater lamp with bare hands. This
may shorten the effective life of the heater
lamp.

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
• Be careful not to damage the surface of the
fixing heater lamp. Especially when removing
or reinstalling it, care should be taken not to
contact and damage the inner surface of the
fixing roller.
• When the installation is completed, check to
8050ma3100
see if the fixing heater lamp is set securely to
the fixing plate and the faston terminal is
properly installed.

3. Remove the connector [1] and take out the web


motor wiring harness [3] from the clamps [2] at [3]
the 3 places.

[2]

[1] 8050ma3154

3-95
FIXING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4. Remove 2 screws [1] and open the fixing upper


unit [2].

Note:
• The screw [1] is a shoulder screw. When
attaching it, be sure to set the shoulder sec-
tion securely into the screw hole.

[2]
[1]
[1]

8050ma3101
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

5. Remove 2 faston terminals [1] at the front, and a


clamp fixing screw [2], 2 faston terminals [3] and
a screw [4] at the rear. And then remove the fix-
ing plate [5] and pull out gently the fixing heater
lamps /1 and /2 [6] from the fixing roller /U [7] for
[1]
removal.

Note:
• When removing the faston terminal, be sure to
[2] [7]
hold it at the connector.

6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


[3]
steps in reverse.
[6]
Note:
• Be sure to reinstall the fixing heater lamp so
that the maker mark indication comes to the
rear.
• When reinstalling the fixing heater lamps,
please note that the lamp fitting holes on the
fixing plate are different. [5] [4] 8050ma3102

3-96
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 FIXING

10.4 Replacing the fixing lower


heater lamp
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Fixing lower lamp (L4): Every 2,500,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the fixing unit.
2. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the fixing
cover /R [2].

Note: [2]
• Be careful not to touch the glass section of
the fixing heater lamp with bare hands. This
may shorten the effective life of the heater
lamp.
[1]
• Be careful not to damage the surface of the
fixing heater lamp. Especially when removing
or reinstalling it, care should be taken not to

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
contact and damage the inner surface of the
fixing roller.
• When the installation is completed, check to
8050ma3103
see if the fixing heater lamp is set securely to
the fixing plate and the faston terminal is
properly installed.

3. Remove the connector [1] and take out the web


motor wiring harness [3] from the clamps [2] at [3]
the 3 places.

[2]

[1] 8050ma3155

3-97
FIXING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4. Remove 2 screws [1] and open the fixing upper


unit [2].

Note:
• The screw [1] is a shoulder screw. When
attaching it, be sure to set the shoulder sec-
tion securely into the screw hole.

[2]
[1]
[1]

8050ma3104
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

5. Remove the clamp fixing screw [1] and the con-


nector [2] at the front. [1]

[2] 8050ma3105

3-98
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 FIXING

6. Remove a clamp screw [1], a connector [2] and


a screw [3] at the rear to remove the fixing plate [6] [5] [1]
[4]. And then pull out gently the fixing heater
lamp [5] from the fixing roller /L [6] for removal.
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
[3]
steps in reverse.

Note:
[2]
• Be sure to reinstall the fixing heater lamp so
that the maker mark indication comes to the
rear. [4]

8050ma3106

III DIS./ASSEMBLY

3-99
FIXING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

10.5 Replacing the fixing roller /U,


ball bearing /U and the heat
insulating sleeve /U
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Fixing roller /U: Every 100,000 copies
• Heat insulating sleeve /U: Every 600,000 copies
• Ball bearing /U: Every 600,000 copies

B. Procedure [1] [2]


1. Remove the fixing unit.
2. Remove 3 screws [1] and remove the fixing unit
upper cover.

Note:
• When removing the fixing unit upper cover,
raise it up without tilting it to avoid damage to
the fixing roller /U.
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

3. Remove the fixing upper heater lamps /1 and /2.

8050ma3177

3-100
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 FIXING

4. Remove the fixing upper lamps /1 and /2.


5. Remove the rear side O-ring [3].
Remove the heat insulating sleeve /U [4] and
the ball bearing [5] at the rear side, from the fix-
ing roller /U [6].

Note:
• Be careful not to damage the surface of the
fixing roller.

6. Remove the fixing roller /U [6].


[3] [4] [5] [6]
7. Remove the O-ring [1] and then remove the fix- [5] [4] [3] [2] [1]
ing gear [2].
8. After removing the O-ring [3] of front side,
remove the heat insulating sleeve /U [4] and the
ball bearings /U [5] from the fixing roller /U [6].
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
Note:
• After replacing the fixing roller, check whether
the fixing temperature sensor /3 is contacting
with the roller.
• When fixing temperature sensor /3 is soiled [5] [4] [3] [2] [1]
with paper dust, clean the sensor with drum
cleaner and cleaning pad. [5]
• When having replaced the fixing roller /U, be [4]
sure to make adjustments by referring to the [3]
36 mode "8050 Adjustment item list." Other- 8050ma3108

wise, poor images may result.


• Be sure to apply the inner and outer peripher-
ies of the heat insulating sleeve with Multemp
FF-RM (or, Solvest 240) before reinstalling it.
• When reinstalling them, be sure to take note
of the directions of the ball bearing and the
flange of the heat insulating sleeve. Reinstall
them so that their upper surface turns to the
inside as seen in the picture in which they are
arranged after disassembly.

3-101
FIXING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

10.6 Replacing the fixing roller /L,


ball bearing /L and the heat
insulating sleeve /L
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Fixing roller /L: Every 100,000 copies
• Heat insulating sleeve /L: Every 600,000 copies
• Ball bearing /L: Every 600,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the fixing unit.
2. Remove the fixing cover /R.
3. Open the fixing upper unit.
(See "10.4. Replacing the fixing lower heater
lamp.")
4. Remove the fixing lower heater lamp.
5. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the fixing
entrance plate /L [2]. [2]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

Note:
• Be careful not to damage the paper passage
section of the entrance plate /L.
• Be careful not to damage the surface of the
fixing rollers /U and /L with the entrance plate
/L.

[1] 8050ma3109

1 3-102
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 FIXING

6. After loosening the stopper screw [1] once,


open the fixing paper exit guide [2] up to the [3] [2]
turnout position and retighten it temporarily and
then remove the fixing roller /L [3].

Note:
• Be careful not to damage the surface of the
fixing roller.

[1]
[1]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
8050ma3110

7. Remove the ball bearings /L [1], 1 each at both


[3]
sides, and the heat insulating sleeves /L [2], 1
each at both sides, from the fixing roller /L.
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note:
• Be sure to apply the inner and outer peripher-
ies of the heat insulating sleeve with Multemp
FF-RM (or, Solvest 240) before reinstalling it.
• When reinstalling them, be sure to take note
of the directions of the ball bearing and the
flange of the heat insulating sleeve.
• After replacing the fixing roller/r, check
whether the fixing temperature sensor /4 is in [2]
touch with the roller. [1]
• When fixing temperature sensor /4 is soiled
with paper dust, clean the sensor with drum
cleaner and cleaning pad.

8050ma3111

3-103
FIXING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

10.7 Replacing the fixing temper-


ature sensor /3, and remov-
ing and reinstalling the fixing
temperature sensor /1 and
the thermostat /1

Caution:
• After installing the fixing temperature sensor
/3, be sure to check that the sensor section is
in touch with the fixing roller. If not, the tem-
perature control may go abnormal or the fix-
ing temperature sensor /3 may detect the low
fixing temperature abnormality.
• Be sure to check that the wiring harness is
not in touch with the fixing roller.

Caution:
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

• The thermostat /1 is an essential safety part.


Be sure to follow the cautions and steps
given below when removing and reinstalling
(SP00-0030).

Caution:
• After completion of the installation of the
thermostat /1, be sure to check that the wir-
ing harness is not in touch with the fixing
upper roller.
• Be sure to fasten the thermostat /1 after posi-
tioning it properly with a positioning jig
(65AAJG021). Be sure to apply screws with
screw lock paint. Also be sure to conduct this
adjustment under the pressure-released con-
dition and the temperature low condition of
the fixing roller /U.

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


• Fixing temperature sensor /3: Every 2,500,000
copies

3-104
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 FIXING

B. Procedure (for replacing the fixing tempera-


ture sensor /3)
1. Remove the fixing unit.
2. Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the fixing
upper cover [2]. [1] [2]

8050ma3112

3. Remove 2 clamp screws [1] and the connector

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[2]. [1] [2]

8050ma3113

4. Remove a screw [1] and then remove the fixing


temperature sensor /3 [2]. [2] [1]

Note:
• When reinstalling it, check that the sensor
section of the fixing temperature sensor is in
touch with the fixing roller.

5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

8050ma3114

3-105
FIXING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

C. Procedure (for removing and reinstalling


the fixing temperature sensor /1)
1. Remove a screw [1] and then remove the
mounting board [2] of the fixing temperature [2] [1]
sensor /1.

8050ma3115

2. Remove a screw [1] and then remove the fixing


temperature sensor /1 [2]. [1] [2]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

Note:
• Be careful not to change the position of the
set screw of the fixing temperature sensor /1.
• Be careful not to damage the internal surface
of the sensor.
• A positioning jig is not used when reinstalling
it.

3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.
8050ma3139

D. Procedure (for removing the thermostat /1)


1. Remove 2 faston terminals [1] and 2 screws [2]
of the thermostat /1 and then remove the ther- [1] [2]
mostat section.

[1]

8050ma3116

3-106
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 FIXING

2. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the ther-


mostat /1 [3] from the thermostat mounting [1] [2]
board [2].

[3] 8050ma3117

E. Procedure (for reinstalling the thermostat)


1. Fasten the thermostat /1 [2] with 2 screws [1].
[2]

[1]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
8050ma3118

2. Fasten the thermostat mounting board [2] with 2


screws [1].
3. Connect 2 faston terminals [3] to the thermostat
/1.

[2] [1]

[3]

8050ma3119

3-107
FIXING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4. With a thermostat positioning jig (65AAJG021)


set between the thermostat /1 [1] and the fixing
upper roller [2], fasten the thermostat mounting
board with 2 screws so that the mounting board
[1]
becomes the same thickness as the positioning
jig.
5. There are three types of jigs A, B and C of differ-
ent thickness.
The usage of each thickness is as follows.
[3]
• A section: Must get into the gap between the fix-
ing upper roller and the thermostat /1
after adjustment.
[2]
• B section: Used when positioning the thermostat
/1.
• C section: Must not get into the gap between the
fixing upper roller and the thermostat
/1 after adjustment. B

C
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

A
8050ma3179

6. The dimensions of the fixing upper roller and the


thermostat /1 are as shown below. a
• Specification: a = 3.1 ± 0.2 mm

[1]

[2] 8050ma3120

7. Apply 2 screws [1] of the thermostat section with


screw lock paint.

[1] 8050ma3121

1 3-108
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 FIXING

10.8 Replacing the fixing temper-


ature sensor /4, and remov-
ing and reinstalling the fixing
temperature sensor /2 and
the thermostat /L

Caution:
• After reinstalling the fixing temperature sen-
sor /4, be sure to check that the sensor sec-
tion is in touch with the fixing roller. If not,
the temperature control may go abnormal or
the fixing temperature sensor /4 may detect
the low fixing temperature abnormality.
• Be sure to check that the wiring harness is
not in touch with the fixing roller.

Caution:
• The thermostat /L is an essential safety part.

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
Be sure to follow the cautions and steps
given below when removing and reinstalling
(SP00-0180).

Caution:
• After completion of the installation of the
thermostat /L, be sure to check that the wir-
ing harness is not in touch with the fixing
lower roller.
• Be sure to fasten the thermostat /L after posi-
tioning it properly with a positioning jig
(65AAJG031). Be sure to apply screws with
screw lock paint. And also be sure to conduct
this adjustment under the pressure-released
condition and the temperature low condition
of the fixing roller /L.

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


• Fixing temperature sensor /4: Every 2,500,000
copies

3-109
FIXING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

B. Procedure (for replacing the fixing tempera-


ture sensor /4)
1. Remove the fixing unit.
2. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the fixing
entrance plate /L [2]. [2]
Note:
• Be careful not to damage the paper passage
section of the fixing admission plate /L [2].

[1] 8050ma3122

3. Remove 2 clamp screws [1], connector [2] and a


screw [3], and then remove the fixing tempera- [1]
ture sensor /4 [4].
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

Note:
• When reinstalling it, be sure to check that the [3]
sensor section of the fixing temperature sen-
sor /4 is in touch with the fixing roller.
• Be sure to install the fixing lower roller so that
the lot No. impressed on its core metal sec-
tion comes to the front side of the fixing unit.
[4]
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2] 8050ma3123

C. Procedure (for removing and reinstalling


the fixing temperature sensor /2) [1]
1. Remove a clamp screw [1], connector [2] and 2
screws [3], and then remove the mounting
board [4] of the fixing temperature sensor /2.

[3] [2] 8050ma3124

1 3-110
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 FIXING

2. Remove a screw [1] and then remove the fixing


temperature sensor /2 [2].

Note:
• Be careful not to change the position of the
set screw of the fixing temperature sensor /2.
• Be careful not to damage the internal surface
of the sensor.
• A positioning jig is not used when reinstalling
it.

3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal [1] [2] 8050ma3125

steps in reverse.

D. Procedure (for removing the thermostat /L)


1. Remove 2 faston terminals [1] and 2 screws [2]
of the thermostat /L and then remove the ther-
mostat section.

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]

[2] 8050ma3126

3-111
FIXING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the ther-


mostat /L [3] from the thermostat mounting [1]
board /L [2].

[3]
[2]

8050ma3127

E. Procedure (for reinstalling the thermostat /


L)
1. Fasten the thermostat /L [2] with 2 screws [1].
[1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[2]

8050ma3128

2. Fasten the thermostat mounting board /L [2]


with 2 screws [1]. [3] [4]
3. Connect 2 faston terminals [4] to the thermostat
/L [3].

[2] [1] 8050ma3129

3-112
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 FIXING

4. With a thermostat positioning jig (65AAJG031)


set between the thermostat /L [1] and the fixing
lower roller [2], fasten the thermostat mounting
board /L with 2 screws so that the mounting
board becomes the same thickness as the posi- B
tioning jig.
C
5. There are three types of jigs A, B and C of differ-
ent thickness.
A
The usage of each thickness is as follows.
• A section: Must get into the gap between the fix-
[3]
ing upper roller and the thermostat /L
[2]
after adjustment.
• B section: Used when positioning the thermostat
/L.
• C section: Must not get into the gap between the
fixing upper roller and the thermostat
/L after adjustment.

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1] 8050ma3180

6. The dimensions of the fixing upper roller and the


thermostat /L are as shown below.
• Specification: a = 2.7 ± 0.2 mm

[1]

[2] 8050ma3130

7. Apply 2 screws [1] of the thermostat section with


screw lock paint.

[1] 8050ma3131

3-113 1
FIXING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

10.9 Replacing the fixing drive


gear
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Fixing drive gear: Every 1,000,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the fixing unit.
2. Remove the connector [1] and a screw [2], and
then remove the PS16 (fixing pressure release [2] [5] [4]
sensor) [3].

Note:
• Be careful not to damage the PS16 [3].

3. Remove the E-ring [4] and then remove the


actuator [5].

Note:
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

• Be sure to take note of the direction of the


actuator when reinstalling it.

[3] [1] 8050ma3132

4. Remove the connector [1] and take out the web


motor wiring harness [3] from the clamps [2] at [3]
the 3 places.

[2]

[1] 8050ma3155e

1 3-114
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 FIXING

5. Remove 3 screws [1] and the connector [2], and


then remove the fixing drive panel assembly [3].

[1]

[3]

[1]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[2]

8050ma3133

6. Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the fixing


drive gear [2]. [2]
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note:
• When installing the fixing drive gear, apply
Multemp FF-RM (or, Solvest 240) on it.

[1]

8050ma3134

3-115
FIXING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

10.10Replacing the fixing cleaning


unit
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Fixing cleaning unit: Every 200,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the fixing unit.
2. Remove 3 screws [1] and then the remove the
fixing upper cover [2]. [1] [2]

Note:
• When removing the fixing upper cover, raise it
up without tilting it to avoid damage to the fix-
ing roller /U.
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

8050ma3156

3. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the fixing


cleaning unit [2]. [2]

Note:
• Be sure to turn the web drive gear [3] to take
up the slack of the cleaning web before rein-
stalling it to the fixing unit.

[1] [3] 8050ma3157

3-116
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 FIXING

• When reinstalling it to the fixing unit, be sure


to press it against the paper exit side [2] hori- [2] [1]
zontally while being careful that the paper
entrance prevention plate [1] does not get in
touch with the roller. This is because the
paper entrance prevention plate may cause
damage to the roller.

4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

Note:
• After replacing the fixing cleaning unit, be
sure to reset the count of the fixing cleaning 8050ma3158

unit in accordance with the 25 mode "Parts


counter - Count of special parts."
If not, a problem such as image smudge may
arise because the web feed amount becomes
less than the set value or the machine dis-

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
plays the message "The fixing cleaning unit is
require to be replaced. Contact the service
manager or the authorized distributor” and is
disabled to copy or print.

3-117
FIXING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

10.11Replacing the fixing torque


limiter
A. Periodically replaced part/cycle
• Fixing torque limiter: Every 600,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the fixing unit.
2. Place it gently on an even table with its paper
feed side down.
3. Remove the E-ring [1].
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[1] 8050ma3144

4. Slide the shaft [1] to the rear side, and pull it out
with the notch [2] of the shaft aligned with the [2] [1]
panel.

8050ma3145

3-118
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 FIXING

5. Remove the E-ring [1].

[1] 8050ma3146

6. Remove the gear [1] and the fixing torque limiter


[2] and replace the fixing torque limiter with a
new one.

Note:

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
• The shaft [3] contains a pin [4]. Be careful that
the pin does not get lost.

7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[4] [3] [2] [1] 8050ma3147

3-119
FIXING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

10.12Replacing the paper exit


roller /Up (for the new type
only)
A. Periodically replaced part/cycle
• Paper exit roller /Up: Every 200,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Open the front door.
2. Pull out the ADU.
3. Open the reversal section [1].
[1] [5] [3]
4. Open the fixing paper exit guide [2] and insert a
driver [4] between the guide and the fixing sec-
tion main body [3] so that it does not close.

Note:
• When inserting a driver, be careful not to
come into contact with the fixing rollers /U [5]
and /L [6].
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[6] [2] [4] 8050ma3215

2 3-120
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 FIXING

5. Remove the spring [1].


6. Remove the E-ring [2] and slide the shaft [3] in
the arrow-marked direction [4]. And then
remove the paper exit roller /Up assembly [5].

[1] [5] [2] [4]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[3] 8050ma3216

7. Remove the 2 paper exit rollers /Up [2] from the


[2]
shaft [1].

Note:
• When the bearing [3] is being left in the fixing
roller /Up, be sure to remove it without fail,
since this is not to be replaced.

8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal [3]


[3] [1] 8050ma3217
steps in reverse.

3-121 2
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

11. REGISTRATION/ADU/
REVERSE/PAPER EXIT
11.1 Removing and reinstalling
the ADU
Note:
• In order to prevent the main body from falling
down, the process unit and the ADU are pro-
vided with a safety mechanism so that they
cannot be pulled out at the same time.
• If the process unit has been pulled out when
pulling out the ADU, be sure to put the pro-
cess unit back into the main body.
• When the ADU cannot be pulled out, be sure
to check the lock levers /1 and /2 to see if they
are deformed, and replace them if necessary.
(See "11.13 Replacing the lock levers /1 and /
2.")
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

A. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section. (See "5.1 Open-
ing and closing the toner supply section.")
2. Release the lock and pull down the ADU release
lever [1] counterclockwise and pull out the ADU
[2].
3. Remove the fixing unit. (See "10.2. Removing
and reinstalling the fixing unit.")
4. Remove the ADU cover /R, ADU release lever
and the ADU cover /L. (See "8.3. Replacing the
paper feed clutch /BP.")
5. Remove the paper feed solenoid cover. (See
"8.1. Replacing the paper feed roller and the
feed roller.")
[1] [2] 8050ma3084

2 3-122
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

6. Remove 2 relay connectors [1].


7. Remove the screw [2] and then release the fix- [1]
ing of the ADU wiring harness assembly [3].

[2]

[3]

8050ma3085

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
8. Remove 4 screws [1].
9. Remove the screw [2]. [1] [9]
10. Push back the ADU [6] so that each of the
screws [5] can be seen through the holes [4] in
the guide rail /L [3], and then remove the screws [7]
[5] one at a time.

Note: [10]
• Be careful not to remove black screws.

11. Pull out the ADU [6] once again and move the [8]
guide pin [8] of the guide rail /R [7] into the turn-
out place of the oblong hole [9].
12. Remove the ADU [6] from the guide rails /L [3]
and /R [7].

Note:
[6]
• When removing the ADU [6], please note that
this work requires two persons, with one per-
son at the paper feed side and the other at the [11]
paper exit side.
• When removing the ADU [6], a person at the
paper feed side must hold the ADU handle /R
[10]. [4] [5] [2] [3] 8050ma3086
• When removing the ADU [6], a person at the
paper exit side must hold the handle provided
at the center of the fixing positioning rail [11].

13. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

3-123
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

11.2 Replacing the registration


cleaning sheet
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Registration cleaning sheet: Every 600,000 cop-
ies

B. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section. (See "5.1 Open-
ing and closing the toner supply section.")
2. Pull out the ADU. (See "11.1. Removing and
reinstalling the ADU.")
3. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the reg-
istration cleaning sheet [2]. [2]
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[1] 8050ma3087

3-124
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

11.3 Replacing the separation


discharging plate unit
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Separation discharging plate unit: Every 100,000
copies

B. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section. (See "5.1 Open-
ing and closing the toner supply section.")
2. Pull out the ADU. (See "11.1. Removing and
reinstalling the ADU.")
3. Remove the fixing unit. (See "10.2. Removing
and reinstalling the fixing unit.")
4. Remove 2 screws [1] and remove the transfer
[2]
release cover [2].

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1] 8050ma3176

5. Remove 2 separation fitting screws [2].


[2] [3]
6. Raise the separation discharging plate unit [2]
once, remove a faston [3] and then remove the
separation discharging plate unit [2].

Note:
• When removing the faston from the separa-
tion discharging plate unit, be sure to pull out
straight the faston cover section.

7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

Note: [1] 8050ma3088

• When reinstalling the separation discharging


plate unit, be sure to fasten in advance the
separation fitting screw on the front side for
positioning.

3-125 2
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

11.4 Replacing the transfer


ground plate unit and the
2nd transfer roller /L
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Transfer ground plate unit: Every 1,000,000 cop-
ies
• 2nd transfer roller /L: Every 200,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the separation discharging plate unit
[1]. (See "11.3. Replacing the separation dis-
charging plate unit.") [4]
2. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the
transfer ground plate unit [3].
3. Remove 2 stop rings [5].
4. Slide each of 2 bearings [6] to the outside and
remove the 2nd transfer roller /L [4].
5. Remove 2 bearings [6] from the 2nd transfer
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

roller /L [4]. [1] [6]


6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note:
• Be careful not to touch with bare hands the
2nd transfer roller /L [4] on any sections other
than the shaft section.
• When installing the 2nd transfer roller /L, [6] [5]
install it with the dent on the roller shaft [2] [3] [5] 8050ma3089

comes to the rear of the machine (instead of


coming to the side contacting with the trans-
fer earth plate).

3-126
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

11.5 Replacing the registration


roller
A. Periodically replaced part/cycle
• Registration roller: Every 1,500,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the registration cleaning sheet. (See
"11.2 Replacing the registration cleansing
sheet.")
2. Remove the ADU cover /R, the ADU release
lever and the ADU cover /L. (See "8.3. Replac-
ing the paper feed clutch /BP.")
3. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the ter-
minal cover [2] (for the new type only).

Note:
• When reinstalling it, be sure to set the projec-
tion [3] of the terminal cover to the position- [4] [2]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
ing hole [4].

[3] [1] 8050ma3207

3-127 2
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4. Remove the 2 screws [1] and then remove the


gear cover [2].
5. Remove the relay connector [3].
[6]
6. Remove the stop rings [4], 1 each, and then [7]
remove the bearings [5], 1 each provided at
front and rear.
7. Remove the 2 screws [6] and then remove the
registration unit [7].

Note: [2] [8]


• When removing the registration unit [7], open [3] [6] [1]
the conveyance guide plate /U [8] and slide
the registration unit to the rear side of the
ADU. And then pull out the shaft on this side
from the ADU panel to remove it.

[5] [4]
[5] [4] 8050ma3208
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

2 3-128
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

«New type»
8. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the reg-
istration gear [2] and the pin [3]. [5]

Note:
• When installing the registration gear [2], be
sure to install the pin [3] without fail.

9. Remove the 2 registration pressure springs [4].


10. Remove the 2 E-rings [5] and the 2 bearings [6].

[6] [4]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1] [3] [2]

[5] [4] [6] 8050ma3209

3-129 2
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

11. Undo the hook [2] of the registration restriction


spring [1] and remove the registration roller [3].

[3]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[1] [2] 8050ma3210

2 3-130
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

12. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the


spacers /1 [3] and /2 [4], the registration restric-
tion plate [5] (with the registration restriction [2]
spring [6] attached), the torque limiter [7]and the
pin /A [8] from the registration roller [2].

Note:
• When reinstalling the registration restriction
plate, be sure to set the detent hole [9] to the
projection [10] of the torque limiter.
[1]
13. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note:
• When reinstalling the registration unit, be
careful not to damage the paper through sur-
face of the guide plate.
• Be sure to install the registration pressure

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
spring at its original position.
[10] [5] [4]
[3]

[7]

[6]

[9]

[8] 8050ma3211

3-131 2
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

«Old type»
8. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the reg-
istration gear [2] and the pin [3]. [5]
[6]
Note:
• When installing the registration gear [2], be
sure to install the pin [3] without fail.

[7]
9. Remove the 2 registration pressure springs [4]. [4]
10. Remove the 2 E-rings [5] and the 2 bearings [6]
and then remove the registration roller [7].
11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note:
• When reinstalling the registration unit, be
careful not to damage the paper through sur- [3]
face of the guide plate.
• Be sure to install the registration pressure
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

spring at its original position.

[6]
[1] [2] [5] [4] 8050ma3091

2 3-132
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

11.6 Replacing the intermediate


conveyance clutches /2 and /3
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 (MC4):
Every 2,000,000 copies
• Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 (MC5):
Every 2,000,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the ADU cover /R. (See "8.3. Replac-
ing the paper feed clutch /BP")
2. Remove a relay connector [1].
[5] [6]
3. Remove the stop ring [2] and then remove the
intermediate conveyance clutch /2 (MC4) [3].
4. Remove a relay connector [4].
5. Remove the stop ring [5] and then remove the
intermediate conveyance clutch /3 (MC5) [6].
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
steps in reverse.

Note:
• When reinstalling the MC4 and MC5, be sure
to take note of the position of the stopper.
[2] [3]
[4] [1] 8050ma3092

3-133
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

11.7 Replacing the ADU convey-


ance clutches /1 and /2
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• ADU conveyance clutch /2 (MC1):
Every 2,000,000 copies
• ADU pre-registration clutch (MC2):
Every 2,000,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the ADU release lever and the ADU
cover /L (See "8.3. Replacing the paper feed
clutch /BP").
2. Remove a relay connector [1].
[5] [6] [1]
3. Remove the stop ring [2] and then remove the
ADU conveyance clutch /2 (MC1) [3].
4. Remove a relay connector [4].
5. Remove the stop ring [5] and then remove the
ADU conveyance clutch /1 (MC2) [6].
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

Note:
• When reinstalling the MC1 and MC2, be sure
to take note of the position of the stopper.
[3]
[4] [2] 8050ma3093

3-134
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

11.8 Replacing the ADU pre-regis-


tration clutch
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• ADU pre-registration clutch (MC3):
Every 2,000,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the ADU cover /R, ADU release lever
and the ADU cover /L. (See "8.3. Replacing the
paper feed clutch /BP.")
2. Remove two relay connectors [1].
3. Remove 3 screws [2] and then remove the ADU [3] [1]
lock section [3].

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[2] 8050ma3094

4. Remove the stop ring [1] and then remove the


[1]
ADU pre-registration clutch (MC3) [2].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note:
• When reinstalling the ADU lock section, be
sure to take note of the stopper position of the
the MC3.

[2] 8050ma3095

3-135
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

11.9 Replacing the decurler roller


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Decurler roller: Every 100,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU. (See "11.1. Removing and
reinstalling the ADU.")
2. Remove the fixing unit. (See "10.2. Removing
and reinstalling the fixing unit.")
3. Remove the paper exit drive belt /1 [1].
4. Remove 3 screws [2] and the screw [3], and the
remove the paper exit guide plate /4 assembly
[4].

Note:
• The screw [2] and the screw [3] are different in
length. Be sure to take note of the position of
the screw [3] when reinstalling the assembly.
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[4] [3]
[2]

[1]

[2] 8050ma3096

3-136
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

5. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the


knob [2]. [16] [13] [12] [9] [17]
6. Remove the paper exit mounting plate /F [3] and
the paper exit open/close spring /F [4].
7. Remove two screw [5] and then remove the
bearing [6].
8. Remove the E-ring [7] and then remove the
paper exit drive pulley /1 [8] and the pin [9].
9. Remove the E-ring [10] and then remove the
paper exit drive gear /4 [11] and the pin [12]. [15] [14] [11] [10] [8] [7]
10. Remove the bearing [13], paper exit mounting
plate /R [14], curler /1 [15] and the paper exit
open/close spring /R [16].
11. Slide the bearing [17] to the inside and remove
the decurler [18].
12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[5] [6] [5] [18]


Note:

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
• When reinstalling the paper exit drive pulley /1
[8], be sure to take note of the direction of the
belt guide.
• When the decurler roller is replaced, reset "5.
[4]
Parts counter" and "1. Count of special
parts." If not, the fixing jam may occur.

[2] [1] [3] 8050ma3097

3-137
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

11.10Replacing the paper exit


guide roller /2
A. Periodically replaced part/cycle
• Paper exit guide roller /2: Every 200,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the 11 screws [1] and then remove the
side cover /L [2]. [2]
2. Pull out the ADU. (See "11.1. Removing and
reinstalling the ADU.")

[1]

[1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[1] 8050ma3181

3. Remove the 2 connectors [1].


4. Remove the 4 screws [2].

[2]

[2]

[1] 8050ma3182

2 3-138
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

5. Lower the front side [2] of the paper exit unit [1]
and pull out the paper exit unit [1] to this side [6]
with the hook [3] at the slant.
6. Bring the paper exit unit [1] back to the horizon- [3]
tal position and remove the belt [7] from the pul-
ley [5] toward the rear side [6].

[5] [7] [1]

[2]

[4]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
8050ma3183

7. Pull out once the rear side of the paper exit unit
[1] toward this side and remove the pin [2] while
keeping it from coming into contact with the
main body. [2]

[1] 8050ma3184

3-139 1
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

8. After removing the connector [1], remove the 2


screws [2] and then remove the sensor support [2] [3]
plate /A [3]. (For the new type only)

[1] 8050ma3218

9. Remove the 3 screws [1] and then remove the


duct [2]. (For the new type only) 2 [1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[2] 8050ma3212

2 3-140
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

10. Remove the screw [1] at each location, and then


remove the 4 paper exit guide roller holders [2]. [3] [1] [3]
11. Remove the 2 paper exit guide roller /2 assem-
blies [4] from the spring [3].

Note:
• After installing the paper exit guide roller
holder [2] at the lower section of the sensor
[5], check to see if the actuator [6] runs with-
out a hitch.
[2]

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[5] [4] [4]

[6]

[2]

8050ma3185

3-141 2
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

12. Remove the E-ring [1] and the bearing [2], and
New type
then remove the driven roller [3].
13. Remove the bearing [4] and the 2 E-rings [5], 2 [3] [5] [6] [8]
and then remove the paper exit guide roller /2
[6].
14. Remove the 2 E-rings [7] and then remove the
paper exit guide roller /2 [8].
15. In conformance to Steps 12 to 14, remove the 2
paper exit guide rollers /1 from the other paper
exit roller guide /2 assembly.
16. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3] [4] [7]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[1] [2] [5] [7] 8050ma3213

Old type

[3] [5] [6] [8]

[4] [7]

[3]

[1] [2] [5] 8050ma3186

2 3-142
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

11.11 Replacing the paper exit


roller
A. Periodically replaced part/cycle
• Paper exit roller:
Every 1,000,000 copies (Old type)
Every 200,000 copies (New type)

B. Procedure
1. Remove the paper exit unit. (See "11.10.
Replacing the paper exit guide roller /2.")
2. Remove the connector [1].
3. Remove the E-ring [2] and then remove the gear
[3] and the pin [4].
4. Remove the 4 screws [5] and the 2 screws [6],
and then remove the paper exit guide plate /U
[7].

Note:

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[7] [8] [6]
• When placing the removed paper exit guide
plate /U [7] on the desk, be careful not to
cause any damage to the guide roller [8] and
the paper-through surface.

[5] [1]

[3]

[2]

[4]

8050ma3187

3-143 2
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

«Old type»
5. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the
bearing [2]. [2]
6. Remove the E-ring [3] and then remove the
bearing [4].
7. Remove the 4 screws [5] and then remove the
paper exit holder /F [6]. [1]
8. Remove the paper exit roller [7].
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse. [6]

[5]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[7]

[4]

[3]

8050ma3188

2 3-144
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

«New type»
5. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the
[3] [2] [1]
spacer [2].
6. Remove the bearing [3].
7. Remove the E-ring [4] and then remove the
spacer [5].
8. Remove the bearing [6].
9. Remove the 2 screws [7] and the 2 screws [8],
and then remove the paper exit attaching plate /
F [9].

Note:
• The screw [7] and the screw [8] are different in
length. Take not of them when reinstalling the
plate. [8]
Screw [7] (shorter)
Screw [8] (longer)

10. Remove the paper exit roller [10].

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[6] [10] [4] [7] [9]

[5] 8050ma3219

3-145 2
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

11.12Replacing the paper presser


roller
Note:
• The paper presser roller is not installed to the
finisher-connected machine, and this is not
included in the periodically replaced parts.

A. Periodically replaced part/cycle


• Paper presser roller: Every 200,000 copies

B. Procedure
1. Remove the side cover /L. (See "11.10. Replac-
ing the paper exit guide roller /2")
2. Remove the screw [1] at each location and then
remove the 2 paper presser roller assemblies [1]
[2].
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

[2] 8050ma3189

3. Pull out the shaft [2] after removing the E-ring


[1], and then remove the paper presser roller [3]. [2]
4. In compliance to Step 3, remove the paper
presser roller from the other paper presser roller
assembly.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[3]

[1] 8050ma3190

2 3-146
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

11.13Replacing the lock levers 1/


and /2
Note:
• The main body may fall down when the pro-
cess unit and the ADU are pulled out at the
same time. The lock levers /1 and /2 are a
safety mechanism to prevent such an occa-
sion like this so that the process unit and the
ADU cannot be pulled out at the same time.
When the process unit and the ADU cannot be
pulled out separately, it can be considered
that the lock levers /1 and /2 are deformed due
to improper operations of some kind. So, they
must be replaced.
• The lock levers /1 and /2 are not the parts that
require a regular maintenance operation, and
a reinstallation method is not employed that
foresees any replacement operations. So, the

III DIS./ASSEMBLY
replacement operations are forced to be con-
ducted in a condition in which an object part
cannot be seen clearly. Be sure to conduct the
operations only after having a good under-
standing of the condition in which each part is
installed, while referring to the picture depict-
ing each procedure.

3-147 2
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

A. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section. (See "5.1 Open-
[6] [5]
ing and closing the toner supply section.")
2. While releasing the lock of the ADU release
lever, bring down the ADU release lever coun-
terclockwise and pull out the ADU until the
screw [1] can be accessed. (See "11.1. Remov-
ing and reinstalling the ADU.")

Note:
• The ADU cannot be pulled out depending on a
condition of deformation of the lock levers /1
[2] and /2 [3]. However, be sure to apply a little
more force to secure space that allows the [3] [5] [1] [2]
access to the screw [1].

[4]
3. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the
stopper [4].
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

Note:
• When installing the stopper [4], be sure to set [2]
[3]
the projection [5] to the positioning hole [6].

4. When removing the stopper [4], force applied on [7]


[1] [3] [8]
the lock levers /1 [2] and /2 [3] are taken off. Pull
further out the ADU [7] only.

Note:
• Since the main body may fall down, be abso-
lutely sure not to pull out the process unit.
[9]

5. Remove the E-ring [8] and then remove the lock


lever /2 [3]. [12] [10] [11]
6. Remove the spring [9] from the lock lever /2 [3].

Note:
• When replacing it, take note of the direction of
the installation of the spring [9] and the posi-
tion in which the hook is installed. [13]

7. Remove the 3 screws [10] and then remove the


lever reinforcing plate [11].
8. Remove the E-ring [12] and then remove the [2] 8050ma3220
lock lever /1 [2].
9. Remove the spring [13] from the lock lever /1
[2].

2 3-148
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT

Note:
• When replacing it, take note of the direction of
the installation of the spring [13] and the posi-
tion in which the hook is installed.

10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

III DIS./ASSEMBLY

3-149
REGISTRATION/ADU/REVERSE/PAPER EXIT KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
III DIS./ASSEMBLY

Blank page

3-150
Index

SERVICE MANUAL FIELD SERVICE

8050/CF5001
C500
8150

2004. 12
Ver. 3.0
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS


Read carefully the Safety and Important Warning Items described below to understand them before doing ser-
vice work.

IMPORTANT NOTICE
Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this copier as well as the risk of damage to
the copier, Konica Minolta Business Technologies, INC. (hereafter called the KMBT) strongly recommends that
all servicing be performed only by KMBT-trained service technicians.
Changes may have been made to this copier to improve its performance after this Service Manual was printed.
Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that the information contained in this Service
Manual is complete and accurate.
The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to the copier while ser-
vicing the copier for which this Service Manual is intended.
Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the course of technical
training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of the copier properly.
Keep this Service Manual also for future service.

DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER, WARNING AND


CAUTION
In this Service Manual, each of three expressions “ DANGER”, “ WARNING”, and “ CAUTION” is defined
as follows together with a symbol mark to be used in a limited meaning.
When servicing the copier, the relevant works (disassembling, reassembling, adjustment, repair, maintenance,
etc.) need to be conducted with utmost care.

DANGER :Action having a high possibility of suffering death or serious injury


WARNING:Action having a possibility of suffering death or serious injury
CAUTION :Action having a possibility of suffering a slight wound, medium trouble, and
property damage

Symbols used for safety and important warning items are defined as follows:

:Precaution when using the copier. General precaution Electric hazard High temperature

:Prohibition when using the copier.


General prohibition Do not touch with wet hand Do not disassemble

:Direction when using the copier.


General instruction Unplug Ground/Earth

S-1 1
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

SAFETY WARNINGS

1. MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY


KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Konica Minolta brand copiers are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is achieved through high-quality design
and a solid service network.
Copier design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical, physical, and electrical aspects
have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving at proper tolerances and safety factors. For this reason, unau-
thorized modifications involve a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such modifications are therefore
strictly prohibited. the points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the reasoning behind this policy.

PROHIBITED ACTIONS

DANGER

• Using any cables or power cord not specified by KMBT.

• Using any fuse or thermostat not specified by KMBT. Safety will not be
assured, leading to a risk of fire and injury.

• Disabling fuse functions or bridging fuse terminals with wire, metal clips, sol-
der or similar object.

• Disabling relay functions (such as wedging paper between relay contacts)

• Disabling safety functions (interlocks, safety circuits, etc.) Safety will not be
assured, leading to a risk of fire and injury.

• Making any modification to the copier unless instructed by KMBT

• Using parts not specified by KMBT

1 S-2
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
2. CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE
Konica Minolta brand copiers are extensively tested before shipping, to ensure that all applicable safety standards are met,
in order to protect the customer and customer engineer (hereafter called the CE) from the risk of injury. However, in daily
use, any electrical equipment may be subject to parts wear and eventual failure. In order to maintain safety and reliability,
the CE must perform regular safety checks.

2.1 Power Supply

Connection to Power Supply

WARNING
• Check that mains voltage is as specified. Plug the power cord into the dedi-
cated wall outlet with a capacity greater than the maximum power consump-
tion.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may result. kw

• If two or more power cords can be plugged into the wall outlet, the total load
must not exceed the rating of the wall outlet.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may result.

• Connect power plug directly into wall outlet having same configuration as the
plug.
Use of an adapter leads to the product connecting to inadequate power
supply (voltage, current capacity, grounding), and may result in fire or elec-
tric shock.
If proper wall outlet is not available, advice the customer to contact quali-
fied electrician for the installation.

• Make sure the power cord is plugged in the wall outlet securely.
Contact problems may lead to increased resistance, overheating, and the
risk of fire.

Ground Lead

WARNING
• Check whether the copier is grounded properly.
If current leakage occurs in an ungrounded copier, you may suffer electric
shock while operating the copier. Connect the ground lead to one of the
following points:
a. Ground terminal of wall outlet
b. Ground terminal for which Class D work has been done

S-3 2
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Ground Lead

WARNING
• Pay attention to the point to which the ground lead is connected.
Connecting the ground lead to an improper point such as the points listed
below results in a risk of explosion and electric shock:
a. Gas pipe (A risk of explosion or fire exists.)
b. Lightning rod (A risk of electric shock or fire exists.)
c. Telephone line ground (A risk of electric shock or fire exists in the case
of lightning.)
d. Water pipe or faucet (It may include a plastic portion.)

Power Plug and Cord

WARNING
• For the products that use the power cord set (inlet type), be sure to follow the
directions given below.
When securing measure is provided, secure the cord with the fixture prop-
erly.
a. Be sure to check to see if the power cord is securely inserted into the
main body side inlet.
b. When the fixing of the cord is indicated in the installation instructions,
be sure to fix it securely by using the fixing materials provided in the
same package.
c. When the power cord is damaged with its sheath broken, be sure to
replace it with the specified power cord set.
When the power cord is not securely inserted, an abnormal heat may gen-
erates due to a poor contact of the cord, thus resulting in a fire.

• Check whether the power cord is not stepped on or pinched by a table and
so on.
Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.

• Check whether the power cord is damaged. Check whether the sheath is
damaged.
If the power plug, cord, or sheath is damaged, replace with a new power
cord (with plugs on both ends) specified by KMBT. Using the damaged
power cord may result in fire or electric shock.

• Do not bundle or tie the power cord.


Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.

2 S-4
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Power Plug and Cord

WARNING

• Check whether dust is collected around the power plug and wall outlet.
Using the power plug and wall outlet without removing dust may result in
fire.

• Do not insert the power plug into the wall outlet with a wet hand.
The risk of electric shock exists.

• When unplugging the power cord, grasp the plug, not the cable.
The cable may be broken, leading to a risk of fire and electric shock.

Wiring

WARNING

• Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power cords in the same out-
let.
If used, the risk of fire exists.

• When an extension cord is required, use a specified one.


Current that can flow in the extension cord is limited, so using a too long
extension cord may result in fire.
Do not use an extension cable reel with the cable taken up. Fire may
result.

2.2. Installation Requirements

Prohibited Installation Place

WARNING
• Do not place the copier near flammable materials such as curtains or volatile
materials that may catch fire.
A risk of fire exists.

• Do not place the copier in a place exposed to water such as rain water.
A risk of fire and electric shock exists.

S-5 2
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

When not using product for a long time

WARNING

• When the copier is not used over an extended period of time (holidays, etc.),
switch it off and unplug the power cord.
Dust collected around the power plug and outlet may cause fire.

Ventilation

CAUTION
• The copier generates ozone gas during operation, but it is not sufficient to be
harmful to the human body.
If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases, ventilate the
room.
a. When the copier is used in a poorly ventilated room
b. When taking a lot of copies
c. When using multiple copiers at the same time

Fixing

CAUTION
• Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake and so on, the copier may slide, leading to a
injury.

Inspection before Servicing

CAUTION
• Before conducting an inspection, read all relevant documentation (service
manual, technical notices, etc.) and proceed with the inspection following the
prescribed procedure in safety clothes, using only the prescribed tools. Do
not make any adjustment not described in the documentation.
If the prescribed procedure or tool is not used, the copier may break and a
risk of injury or fire exists.

• Before conducting an inspection, be sure to disconnect the power plugs from


the copier and options.
When the power plug is inserted in the wall outlet, some units are still pow-
ered even if the POWER switch is turned OFF. A risk of electric shock
exists.

2 S-6
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Inspection before Servicing

CAUTION

• The area around the fixing unit is hot.


You may get burnt.

Work Performed with the Copier Powered

WARNING
• Take every care when making adjustments or performing an operation check
with the copier powered.
If you make adjustments or perform an operation check with the external
cover detached, you may touch live or high-voltage parts or you may be
caught in moving gears or the timing belt, leading to a risk of injury.

• Take every care when servicing with the external cover detached.
High-voltage exists around the drum unit. A risk of electric shock exists.

Safety Checkpoints

WARNING
• Check the exterior and frame for edges, burrs, and other damages.
The user or CE may be injured.

• Be careful not to drop metal chips such as a clip, staple and/or a screw into
the inside of the product or its gaps.
A short circuit may occurs inside the product, thus resulting in an electric
shock and/or a fire.

• Check wiring for squeezing and any other damage.


Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or fire.

• Carefully remove all toner remnants and dust from electrical parts and elec-
trode units such as a charging corona unit.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of copier trouble or fire.

• Check high-voltage cables and sheaths for any damage.


Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or fire.

• Check electrode units such as a charging corona unit for deterioration and
sign of leakage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of trouble or fire.

S-7 2
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Safety Checkpoints

WARNING
• Before disassembling or adjusting the write unit incorporating a laser, make
sure that the power cord has been disconnected.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of loss of eyesight.

• Do not remove the cover of the write unit. Do not supply power with the write
unit shifted from the specified mounting position.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of loss of eyesight.

• When replacing a lithium battery, replace it with a new lithium battery speci-
fied in the Parts Guide Manual. Dispose of the used lithium battery using the
method specified by local authority.
Improper replacement can cause explosion.

• After replacing a part to which AC voltage is applied (e.g., optical lamp and
fixing lamp), be sure to check the installation state.
A risk of fire exists.

• Check the interlock switch and actuator for loosening and check whether the
interlock functions properly.
If the interlock does not function, you may receive an electric shock or be
injured when you insert your hand in the copier (e.g., for clearing paper
jam).

• Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp edges, burrs, or
other pointed parts.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or fire.

• Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connectors, etc. that were
removed for safety check and maintenance have been reinstalled in the orig-
inal location. (Pay special attention to forgotten connectors, pinched cables,
forgotten screws, etc.)
A risk of copier trouble, electric shock, and fire exists.

2 S-8
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Consumables

WARNING
• Toner and developer are not harmful substances, but care must be taken not
to breathe excessive amounts or let the substances come into contact with
eyes, etc. It may be stimulative.
If the substances get in the eye, rinse with plenty of water immediately.
When symptoms are noticeable, consult a physician.

• Never throw the used cartridge and toner into fire.


You may be burned due to dust explosion.

HANDLING OF SERVICE MATERIALS

DANGER : HANDLING OF SERVICE MATERIALS


• When solution is used for cleaning, be sure to unplug the power cord from
the power outlet.
Drum cleaner (isopropyl alcohol) and roller cleaner (acetone-based) are
highly flammable and must be handled with care. A risk of fire exists.

• Do not replace the cover or turn the copier ON before any solvent remnants
on the cleaned parts have fully evaporated.
A risk of fire exists.

• Use only a small amount of cleaner at a time and take care not to spill any
liquid. If this happens, immediately wipe it off.
A risk of fire exists.

• When using any solvent, ventilate the room well.


Breathing large quantities of organic solvents can lead to discomfort.

S-9 2
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

SAFETY INFORMATION

IMPORTANT INFORMATION
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration implemented
regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976. Compliance is mandatory for products mar-
keted in the United States.

This copier is certified as a “Class 1” laser product under the U.S.


Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation
Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emitted inside this copier is completely confined within
protective housings and external covers, the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user opera-
tion.

S-10
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

SAFETY CIRCUITS
This machine is provided with the following safety circuits to prevent machine faults from resulting in serious accidents.

• Overall protection circuit


• Fixing upper lamp /1 (L2), Fixing upper lamp /2 (L3), Fixing lower lamp (L4) overheating prevention circuit

These safety circuits are described below to provide the service engineer with a renewed awareness of them in order to pre-
vent servicing errors that may impair their functions.

1. Overall protection circuit

CBR1

NF

CBR2

8050sf001

1.1 Protection by circuit breaker /1 (CBR1) and circuit breaker /2 (CBR2)


CBR1 and CBR2 interrupt the AC line instantaneously when an excessive current flows due to a short in the AC
line.

CAUTION:
The CBR1 and CBR2 functions must not be deactivated under any circumstances.

S-11
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
2. Fixing upper lamp /1 (L2), Fixing upper lamp /2 (L3), Fixing lower lamp (L4) overheating
prevention circuit

PRCB ACDB

TH1 L2 TS1

TH3 AC driver L3
FHCB
Control section
TH2 section
TS2
L4
TH4
RL1
RL1 8050sf002e

2.1 Protection by software


The output voltage from fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) and fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2) is read by the
CPU. If this voltage is abnormal, L2, L3, and L4 are turned OFF by opening main relay (RL1).

CAUTION:
• The clearance between the fixing upper roller and TH1 and the clearance between the fixing
lower roller and TH2 must not be changed. When replacing them, make sure to comply with
the specified clearances.
• The RL1 function must not be deactivated under any circumstances.

2.2 Protection by the hardware circuit


The output voltages from fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1), fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2), fixing temperature
sensor /3 (TH3), and fixing temperature sensor /4 (TH4) are compared with the abnormality judgment reference
value in the comparator circuit. If the output voltage from TH1, TH2, TH3, or TH4 exceeds the reference value, L2,
L3, and L4 are turned OFF by opening RL1.

CAUTION:
• The clearance between the fixing upper roller and TH1 and the clearance between the fixing
lower roller and TH2 must not be changed. When replacing them, make sure to comply with
the specified clearances.
• Periodically check the contact between the fixing upper roller and TH3 and the contact
between the fixing lower roller and TH4, and replace them if any abnormality is detected.
• The RL1 function must not be deactivated under any circumstances.

2.3 Protection by thermostat /1 (TS1) and thermostat /2 (TS2)


When the temperature of the fixing upper roller exceeds the specified value, TS1 is turned OFF, thus interrupting the
power to L2 and L3 directly. When the temperature of the fixing lower roller exceeds the specified value, TS2 is
turned OFF, thus interrupting the power to L4 directly.

CAUTION:
Do not use any other electrical conductor in place of TS1 and TS2.

S-12
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE


Caution labels shown below are attached in some areas on/in the machine.
When accessing these areas for maintenance, repair, or adjustment, special care should be taken to avoid burns and electric
shock.

8050sf003e

CAUTION

You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-
self away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.

S-13
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

8050sf004e

CAUTION

You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-
self away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.

S-14
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

8050sf005e

CAUTION

You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-
self away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.

S-15
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

8050sf006e

CAUTION

You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-
self away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.

2 S-16
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

8050sf007e

CAUTION

You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-
self away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.

PS

Unplug the machine before removing platen glass.

Debrancher le copieur avant de retirer la vitre d'exposition.

Desenchufe la maquina antes de quitar el vidrio.


~
Desconecte a unidade da tomada antes de remover o vidro de exposicao.

8050sf008e

S-17 1
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

8050sf009

CAUTION

You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-
self away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.

2 S-18
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONTENTS

CONTENTS

I ADJUSTMENT
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1

IMPORTANT NOTICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1

DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1

SAFETY WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-2

SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-10

IMPORTANT INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-10

II SERVICE TOOL
SAFETY CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-11

INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-13

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Revision history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Composition of the service manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
Notation of the service manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ix
Measures to take in case of an accident . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xi

III SERVICE
List of major differences between the old type and the new type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii

I ADJUSTMENT
1. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.1 Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
2. ADJUSTMENTS WHEN REPLACING PARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

IV JAM CODE LIST


3. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
4. MODE CHANGE MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
4.1 Setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
5. CHECKING BY THE P FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
5.1 Checking method of the P function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
6. 25 MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
6.1 List of adjustment items for 25 mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
6.2 Setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
V ERROR CODE LIST
6.3 Setting software DIPSW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
6.4 Paper size setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
6.4.1 Standard size setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
6.4.2 Non-standard size setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
6.4.3 Wide paper setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
6.5 PM count setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
6.5.1 Count reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
6.5.2 Change setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
6.6 Data collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
6.7 Parts counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40
VI DIAGRAMS

6.7.1 Count of special parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40


6.7.2 Count of each parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
6.8 Password setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49

i 2
CONTENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

6.9 Telephone number setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49


6.10 M/C serial number setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
I ADJUSTMENT

6.11 Indication of ROM version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50


6.12 KRDS setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
6.13 ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
6.14 Setting date input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51
6.15 Board change mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51
7. 36 MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52
7.1 Setting method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52
7.2 Process adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52
II SERVICE TOOL

7.2.1 High voltage adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-53


7.2.2 Drum peculiarity adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-53
7.2.3 Sensor output check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-59
7.2.4 Exclusive paper setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-59
7.2.5 Recall standard data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-61
7.3 Image adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-62
7.3.1 Magnification adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-62
7.3.2 Timing adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-68
7.3.3 RADF adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-76
III SERVICE

7.3.4 Centring adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-78


7.3.5 Non-image area erase check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-80
7.3.6 Recall standard data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-81
7.4 Image quality adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-82
7.4.1 Scanner gamma adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-82
7.4.2 Printer gamma adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-83
7.4.3 Sharpness adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-88
IV JAM CODE LIST

7.4.4 Contrast adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-89


7.4.5 Image judge adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-89
7.4.6 ACS adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-91
7.4.7 Density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-92
7.4.8 Tone adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-94
7.4.9 Recall standard data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-95
7.5 Running test mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-96
7.5.1 Setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-96
V ERROR CODE LIST

7.6 Test pattern output mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-97


7.7 Test pattern density setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-106
7.8 Finisher adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-106
7.8.1 Stitch and fold stopper adjustment (FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-107
7.8.2 Fold stopper adjustment (FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-107
7.8.3 Cover sheet tray size adjustment (PI-110 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-108
7.8.4 Trimming stopper adjustment (TU-109/TMG-3 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-108
7.8.5 Punch adjustment (PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-109
7.8.6 Three-folding adjustment (FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-111
7.8.7 2 positions staple pitch adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-112
VI DIAGRAMS

7.9 List output mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-112


8. 47 MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-113
8.1 47 mode/multi mode setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-113

2 ii
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONTENTS

8.2 Adjustment data display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-114


8.3 Hard disk check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-114

I ADJUSTMENT
8.4 Input check list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-116
8.5 Output check list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-127
9. OTHER ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-139
9.1 Paper feed roller/BP pressure adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-139
9.2 Paper feed height (upper limit) adjustment (bypass) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-140
9.3 Pick-up movement amount adjustment (bypass) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-142
9.4 Paper feed tray /1 to /3 mis-centering adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-143
9.5 Paper feed tray/1 to /3 sheet feed pressure adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-144

II SERVICE TOOL
9.6 FNS adjustment of the bypass conveyance guide plate magnet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-146
9.7 FNS adjustment of the bypass gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-147
9.8 FNS adjustment of the shift position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-149
9.9 FNS adjustment of the paper exit opening solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-150
9.10 FNS adjustment of the position of paper exit arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-152
9.11 FNS adjustment of the position of alignment plate /U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-154
9.12 FNS adjustment of the position of alignment plate /L (only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606) . . . . . . . 1-156
9.13 FNS adjustment of the stapling position (flat stapling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-158
9.14 FNS adjustment of the stapling position in a vertical direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-160

III SERVICE
9.15 FNS adjustment of the stapling position (flat stapling) (only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606). . . . . . . 1-168
9.16 FNS adjustment of the angle of the folding stopper (only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606). . . . . . . . . 1-170
9.17 FNS adjustment of the folding force (only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-172
9.18 FNS adjustment of the three-holding position (only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-173
9.19 FNS adjustment of the stapler drive belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-174
9.20 TU adjustment of the sheet cutting parallelism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-178
9.21 LCT tray mis-centering adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-179

IV JAM CODE LIST


9.22 LCT skew adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-181
9.23 LCT paper feed roller pressure adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-183
9.24 LCT up/down plate horizontal adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-184
9.25 LCT sheet feed pressure adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-185
9.26 LCT paper feed height (upper limit) adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-186
9.27 LCT pick-up release amount adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-188

II SERVICE TOOL V ERROR CODE LIST


1. Description of the ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
1.1 Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
1.1.1 Board used for the ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
1.1.2 Data flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
1.1.3 ISW transfer type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
1.1.4 Instances of ISW transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
1.1.5 Setup procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2. USB ISW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
2.1 What is the USB ISW? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
VI DIAGRAMS

3. INTERNET ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11


3.1 What is the Internet ISW? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
3.2 Operating environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
3.3 Main features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

iii 2
CONTENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

3.4 Initial setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12


3.4.1 Setting on Control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
I ADJUSTMENT

3.4.2 Setting on Web browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12


3.5 Internet ISW using E-Mail remote notification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
3.5.1 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
3.5.2 Transmitting E-Mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
3.6 Internet ISW using Web utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
3.6.1 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
3.6.2 How to use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
3.7 Precautions for use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
II SERVICE TOOL

3.7.1 Prior announcement to administrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29


3.7.2 If power failure occurs during data rewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
3.7.3 ISW of multiple programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
3.7.4 If ISW fails in low power mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
3.8 Proxy server authentication in Internet ISW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
3.8.1 What is a proxy server? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
3.8.2 Authentication of proxy server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
3.8.3 Type and command list for authentication on proxy server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
3.8.4 Remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
III SERVICE

4. MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32


4.1 What is the Mail remote notification system?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
4.2 Operation environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
4.3 Initial setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
4.4 How to use the Mail remote notification system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
4.5 Disabling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
IV JAM CODE LIST

III SERVICE
1. SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
1.1 Service schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
1.2 Maintenance items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
1.3 Periodic check items (main body) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
1.4 Periodic check items (DF-319/AFR-20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
1.5 Periodic check items (LT-211/C-208) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
1.6 Periodic check items (FS-115/215/FN-120/9/FS-513/606) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
V ERROR CODE LIST

1.7 Periodic check items (PI-110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14


1.8 Periodic check items (TU-109/TMG-3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
1.9 Replacement parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
1.10 Important maintenance parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
2. COPY MATERIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
2.1 Product. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
2.2 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
2.3 PM parts kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3. SERVICE MATERIAL LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
VI DIAGRAMS

4. CE TOOLS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

2 iv
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONTENTS

IV JAM CODE LIST

I ADJUSTMENT
1. JAM CODE LIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

V ERROR CODE LIST


1. ERROR CODE LIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
2. ABOUT ABNORMAL UNIT ISOLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29

VI DIAGRAMS
1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

II SERVICE TOOL
1.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 parts layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
1.2 DF-319/AFR-20 parts layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
1.3 LT-211/C-208 parts layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
1.4 FS-115/FS-215/FN-120/FN-9/FS-513/FS-606 parts layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
1.5 TU-109/TMG-3 parts layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
1.6 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 parts layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
2.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 connector layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
2.1.1 Relay connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31

III SERVICE
2.1.2 Connector in the board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
2.2 DF-319/AFR-20 connector layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
2.3 LT-211/C-208 connector layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
2.4 FS-115/FS-215/FN-120/FN-9/FS-513/FS-606 connector layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
2.5 TU-109/TMG-3 connector layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
2.6 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 connector layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
3. TIMING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53

IV JAM CODE LIST


3.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 timing chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
3.2 DF-319/AFR-20 timing chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
3.3 LT-211/C-208 timing chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
3.4 FS-115/215/FN-120/9/FS-513/606 timing chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62
3.5 TU-109/TMG-3 timing chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-66
3.6 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 timing chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-68
4. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69
4.1 DF-319/AFR-20 Overall Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69 V ERROR CODE LIST
4.2 LT-211/C-208 Overall Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71
4.3 FS-115/215/FN-120/9/FS-513/606 Overall Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73
4.4 TU-109/TMG-3 Overall Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-75
4.5 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 Overall Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-77
5. APPENDIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix-1
5.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (1/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix-1
5.2 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (2/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix-3
5.3 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (3/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix-5
5.4 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (4/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix-7
VI DIAGRAMS

5.5 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (5/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix-9


5.6 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (6/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix-11
5.7 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (7/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix-13
5.8 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (8/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix-15

v 2
CONTENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
I ADJUSTMENT
II SERVICE TOOL
III SERVICE

Blank page
IV JAM CODE LIST
V ERROR CODE LIST
VI DIAGRAMS

vi
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Introduction

Introduction

Revision history

After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for improvement
of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.

When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be issued
with a revision mark added as required.

Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show to the left of the revised section.
A number within represents the number of times the revision has been made.

• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the corresponding page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

Note:
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
• The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
• The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.

2004/12 3.0 Change of design and correction of errors in writing


2004/04 2.0 Change of design and correction of errors in writing
2003/08 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
Service
Date Revision mark Descriptions of revision
manual Ver.

vii
Introduction KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Composition of the service manual

This service manual consists of the following sections and chapters:

<Theory of Operation section>


I OUTLINE: System configuration, product specifications, unit configuration, paper
path, drive system, and image creation process *
II UNIT EXPLANATION: Configuration of each unit, explanation of the operating system, and
explanation of the control system
III DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY: Removal/reinstallation method of periodically replaced parts and
major parts.
As information for the CE to have a better understanding of the product, this part outlines the object of each
functions, its role, the relationship between the electrical system and the mechanical system, and the timing
of the operations of each part, and then explains the removal and reinstallation procedure of the periodically
replaced parts and the major parts.

The contents of * are described only in the service manual of the main body.

<Field service section>


I ADJUSTMENT: General description of items to be adjusted, 25 mode, 36 mode, 47
mode, and other adjustments (mechanical adjustments)
II SERVICE TOOL: Various types of ISW *, and mail remote notification system
III SERVICE: Service schedule, copy materials, service materials, and CE tools *
IV JAM CODE LIST: List of jam codes, causes, operations when a jam occurs, and removal
methods
V ERROR CODE LIST: List of error codes, causes, operations when a warning is issued, and
expected defective parts
VI DIAGRAMS: Parts layout drawing, connector layout drawing, timing chart, and
overall wiring diagram
As information that the CE requires at the job site (customer's premise), this part explains the service sched-
ule and its contents, the object and role of each adjustment, error codes and supplementary information.

viii
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Introduction

Notation of the service manual

1. Product name
In this manual, each of the products is described as follows:
(1) IC board: Standard printer
(2) KonicaMinolta 8050/CF5001/bizhub PROC500/8150:
Main body or this machine
(3) Microsoft Windows 95: Windows 95
Microsoft Windows 98: Windows 98
Microsoft Windows Me: Windows Me
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0: Windows NT 4.0 or Windows NT
Microsoft Windows 2000: Windows 2000
Microsoft Windows XP: Windows XP
When the description is made in combination of the OS's mentioned above:
Windows 95/98/Me
Windows NT 4.0/2000
Windows NT/2000/XP
Windows 95/98/Me/ NT/2000/XP

2. Brand name
The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or the registered
trademark of each company.

3. Electrical parts and signals


Those listed by way of example below are not exhaustive, but only some instances among many.

Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description


IN
PS
Sensor PS Door PS1 Sensor detection signal
SIG
102 PS
24V Power to drive the solenoid
Solenoid SD DRV
Drive signal
SOL
24V Power to drive the clutch
Clutch CL DRV
Drive signal
SOL
24V Power to drive the motor
CONT Drive signal
DRV1
Motor M
DRV2
Drive signals of two kinds
D1
D2

ix
Introduction KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description


_U
_V
_W
Drive signals (control signals) of three kinds
DRV1
DRV2
DRV3
D1

D2
D3
D4
DRV A
DRV Ā
Drive signals (control signals) of four kinds
DRV B
Motor, phases A and B control signals
DRV B̄
A
Motor M
/A
B
/B
AB
BB
CLK, PLL PLL control signal
LCK, Lock, LD PLL lock signal
FR Forward/reverse rotation signal
EM, Lock, LCK, LD Motor lock abnormality
BLK Drive brake signal
P/S Power/stop
S/S
Operating load start/stop signal
SS
CW/CCW, F/R Rotational direction switching signal
ENB Effective signal
TEMP_ER Motor temperature abnormality detection signal
Others TH1.S, ANG Analog signal
SG, S.GND, S_GND Signal ground
Ground
PG, P.GND Power ground
DCD Data carrier detection
SIN Serial input
SOUT Serial output
DTR Data terminal operation available
GND Signal ground (earth)
Serial
DSR, DSET Data set ready
communication
RTS Transmission request signal
CTS Consent transmission signal
RI Ring indicator
TXD Serial transmission data
RXD Serial reception data

x
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Measures to take in case of an accident

Measures to take in case of an accident

1. If an accident has occurred, the distributor who has been notified first must immediately take emer-
gency measures to provide relief to affected persons and to prevent further damage.
2. If a report of a serious accident has been received from a customer, an on-site evaluation must be car-
ried out quickly and KMBT must be notified.
3. To determine the cause of the accident, conditions and materials must be recorded through direct on-
site checks, in accordance with instructions issued by KMBT.
4. For reports and measures concerning serious accidents, follow the regulations given in "Serious Acci-
dent Report/Follow-up Procedures."

xi
List of major differences KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

List of major differences between the old type and the new type

Classification Old type New type


Material Developer (each Used exclusively by the old type Used exclusively by the new type
color)
Toner (each color) Used exclusively by the old type Used exclusively by the new type
Drum Common to Old type/New type
Registration/ Registration roller Torque limiter not provided Torque limiter provided
ADU/Reverse/ ADU reverse roller Rubber roller Spike roller (metal)
Paper exit (Driven roller is of resin) (Driven roller is of rubber)
Reverse/exit roller /2 Rubber roller Spike roller (metal)
(Driven roller is of resin) (Driven roller is of rubber)
Paper exit roller Normal Surface fluorine-treated
Periodic replace- Every 1,000,000 copies/prints Every 200,000 copies/prints
ment cycle of paper *1
exit roller
Exit paper upper Not provided Provided
face cooling fan
Secondary Secondary transfer White Black
transfer pressure cam Cam distance: Small Cam distance: Large
Spring pressure: Large Spring pressure: Small
Control Printer control Used exclusively by the old type Used exclusively by the new type
board
Printer control pro- Used exclusively by the old type Used exclusively by the new type
gram
Image control pro- Used exclusively by the old type Used exclusively by the new type
gram
Fixing Paper exit roller /Up Resin roller Ceramic coated roller
Paper exit roller / — Every 200,000 copies/prints
Up replacement
cycle

*1 For the old type, the paper exit roller is replaced only when it is provided with a kit against uneven wax.

The discrimination of the old type from the new type is made according to the list of product numbers as
shown below. The judgement is made based on the upper 4-digit alphanumeric characters of the serial num-
ber.
And also in this manual the model name is not given, but only "Old type" and "New type" given.

Product number
Model name
Old type New type
8050 65AE, 65AJ, 65AF, 65AN, 65AK, 65AT, 65AP 65LT, 65LU
CF5001 65BE, 65BF 65LQ
C500 — 65LE, 65LF, 65LJ, 65LN, 65LG
8150 — 65LK, 65LP

2 xii
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT SECTION

I ADJUSTMENT is shut off. So, be sure to unplug the power cord


from the power outlet. Also, when operating the

I ADJUSTMENT
machine with the power supplied, be careful of
1. HOW TO USE THE the scan of the exposure unit and be sure not to
get caught by the gear.
ADJUSTMENT SECTION
2. The fixing section may be very hot. Be careful
1.1 Composition not to get burnt when handling it.
3. The developing unit is strongly magnetized. Be
This part "Adjustment" describes items to be careful not to bring a watch and instrument near
adjusted and their method of adjustment that are to the unit.
required by this machine and gives detailed expla- 4. Be careful not to damage the drum with a tool.
nations. 5. Be careful not to touch IC directly with bare
hands.
A. Checking before starting work
When conducting claims in the field, it is necessary
to check in advance the following: 2. ADJUSTMENTS WHEN
REPLACING PARTS
1. Are the power source and voltage secured in
accordance with the specifications?
2. Is the power source properly grounded? Adjustments and setting are required when there
3. Is any equipment that consumes repeatedly a occurs a claim for poor image quality. However,
lot of electricity connected to the same power these adjustments (including checking) and setting
source? (e.g.: Electric noise sources such as are also required when a part is replaced with a new
elevator and air conditioner) one.
4. Are environmental conditions suitable for the
machine? [How to use the tables]
• High temperature and high humidity, direct sun- Each item represents the following:
light, ventilation, etc. 1. Mode
• Levelness of the location on which the machine Shows which mode is used for adjustments.
is installed. "25": 25 mode
5. Does the cause of poor images lie in the original "36": 36 mode
itself? "47": 47 mode
6. Is density selected properly? 2. A circle "{" in the table
7. Is the original glass stained? , ................. : Shows that the order of
8. Is proper paper used for copy? priority has been speci-
9. Are copy materials replaced with new ones at fied for adjustments
their life? (e.g.: Developer, drum, cleaning (including checking) and
blade, etc.) setting.
10. Is toner filled? { (Empty circle) : Shows that adjustments
(including checking) and
B. Checkpoints when conducting on-site ser- setting can be done
vice independently.
Due attention should be paid to the following when
repairing the machine.

1. In this machine, when the main power switch


(SW1) is turned off, only one side of the AC line

1-1 1
LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

3. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS


I ADJUSTMENT

• This table shows the list of adjustment items when replacing a part. Items are numbered in " " by the pri-
ority if there is any.

Replacement parts

Drum cartridge (drum) /Y, M, C, K

Belt cleaning blade


Adjustment items

Developer *1

Transfer belt
Mode
PM count PM counter resetting 25
PM cycle set
Parts counter Count of special parts 1st transfer roller /Y, M, C, K
Fixing cleaning unit
Developer /Y, M, C, K 4
Decurler roller
ISW
Board change mode
Process adjustment Drum peculiarity adjustment Blade setting mode 36 2 2
LD bias adjustment
Automatic gamma adjustment (0) 5 3 7
Automatic developer charge 1
L detection initial auto. adjustment 2
Initial drum rotation 2
Image adjustment Magnification adjustment Printer vertical mag. adjustment
Printer horizontal mag. adjustment
Belt line speed adjustment 3*3
Fixing line speed adjustment 4
Timing adjustment Printer lead edge timing adj.
Auto. color registration adj. 3 5
Color registration manual adjustment 4 6
Image quality Scanner gamma adjustment
adjustment Printer gamma adjustment Printer gamma offset adj.
Printer gamma sensor adj.
Printer screen gradation adj.
Sharpness adjustment
Image judge adjustment Dot detect adjustment
Color text adjustment
ACS adjustment
Other adjustment FNS stapler position adjustment —
Setting powder application 1 1 1
Mirror unit positioning (require the jig)
*1 After replacing the developer, be sure that you do not make any copies until you have first performed
the L detection adjustment.
*2 When replacing memory board (MB), be sure to replace the developer, 1st transfer roller /Y, M, C, K,
and fixing cleaning unit.
*3 When adjust the belt line speed adjustment, be sure to adjust the fixing line speed adjustment and auto
color registration adj.

• When replacing the overall control board (OACB) due to the OACB being damaged, the memory board
(MB) that was installed on the damaged OACB should be used on the new OACB. Contact the service
manager of the authorized distributor if it is considered that the MB is also damaged. Never perform the
47 mode - 92 (output).

2 1-2
Drum cartridge (drum) /Y, M, C, K
Developer, Transfer belt,

1
6
5
9
3
2
7
4
0

8*3
Belt cleaning blade

1st transfer roller /Y, M, C, K

2
1
Image correction unit

4
2
1
3
Charging corona /Y, M, C, K

Fixing roller /U, L

Fixing cleaning unit

Decurler roller

Write unit /K

6
5
2
7
1
Write unit /Y, M, C

5
4
4 3
6
1

3*3 2*3
Dust-proof glass /Y, M, C, K

CCD unit

5
6
7
3
2
1
4

1-3
Each scanner mirror

1
5
6
7
3
2
4
Exposure lamp (L1)

2
3
4
1
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Original glass

2
3
4
1
Overall control board (OACB)
2
1

Printer control board (PRCB)


2
1

Image processing board (IPB)

Operation board /1 (OB1)


2
1

Memory board (MB) *2


1

Registration roller

3
2
1

RADF control board (DFCB)

FNS control board (FNSCB)

Stapler unit

2
LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS

I ADJUSTMENT
MODE CHANGE MENU KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4. MODE CHANGE MENU 5. CHECKING BY


THE P FUNCTION
I ADJUSTMENT

4.1 Setting method


The P function is a function that allows you to con-
From this screen, the following modes can be firm the following various numeric values by using
selected without turning off/on the power. the P button.
"1 Basic screen"
"2 36 mode" [1] Total counter
"3 25 mode" [2] Full color counter
"4 Key operator mode" [3] Mono color counter
"5 47 mode" [4] Monochrome counter
[5] Copier counter
A. Procedure [6] Printer counter

1. Turn ON the main power switch (SW1) and the


sub power switch (SW2).
5.1 Checking method of the
P function
2. Press the P button and wait until "Enter 4-digit
password to change mode" appears. A. Procedure

3. Input 9272 as the password and press the 1. Turn ON the main power switch (SW1) and the
START button. (The password is fixed and sub power switch (SW2).
cannot be changed.) "Mode changing menu
2. Press the P button.
screen" is displayed.
3. "Counter list screen" appears.
4. Press any desired key.
4. Press the ! button in "Counter list screen," and
5. To return to the "Mode changing menu
the PM counter is displayed.
screen," press the P button and wait until the
"Mode changing menu screen" appears. 5. To output the counter value list, press the
[Counter list output] key.
6. After completion of adjustment, press the [Exit]
key to return to the basic screen. 6. Pressing the [Exit] key, or the stop or clear but-
ton returns to the basic screen.

1 1-4
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

6. 25 MODE

I ADJUSTMENT
6.1 List of adjustment items for
25 mode
Adjustment item menu Remarks
1. Software SW setting See the "List of software DIPSW".
2. Paper size setting LCT paper size setting
3. PM count 1. Count reset
2. Change setting
4. Data collection 1. Total count of each paper setting
2. Copy count of each paper size
3. Print count of each paper size
4. RADF count
5. Page fill of each section
6. JAM data of time series
7. JAM count
8. Count of each copy mode
9. SC count
10. JAM count of each section
11. SC count of each section
5. Parts counter 1. Count of special parts
2. Count of each parts
6. Password setting 1. Key operator password 4 digits
2. EKC master key code 8 digits
3. Weekly timer password 4 digits
7. Telephone number setting 1. Service centre Telephone number 16 digits
2. Service centre FAX number 16 digits
8. M/C serial number setting 1. Main body
2. Option tray
3. RADF
4. Finisher
9. Indication of ROM version
10. KRDS setting See the KRDS manual
provided separately
11. ISW
12. Setting date input
13. Board change mode

1-5
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

6.2 Setting method 6.3 Setting software DIPSW


I ADJUSTMENT

This machine is provided with the 25 mode as an A. Setting method


adjustment method. This mode is used when the The software DIPSW is set on "Software SW setting
memory board (MB) is rewritten or various settings screen."
are made.
Note:
A. Procedure • Please note that DIPSW bits are written into
the memory board (MB) each time a change is
1. Turn OFF the sub power switch (SW2) with the
made.
main power switch (SW1) left ON.
B. Meaning of the values displayed on the
2. While pressing the numeric keys 2 and 5 at the
screen
same time, turn on the SW2. the "25 mode
menu screen" appears.
At this point, the machine enters the 25 mode
with normal copy operations unavailable.

3. Press the item keys on the liquid crystal dis-


play (LCD). A setting screen corresponding to
each item appears.

4. Confirm the input data on the setting screen of [1] [2] [3] [4] 8050fs1026e

each item.
[1] DIPSW number
5. Turn off the SW2 to release the 25 mode. [2] Bit number (0 to 7)
[3] Bit data : 1:ON, 0:OFF
6. New data will be effective after restarting. [4] 8-bit switch values in indicated in hexadec-
imals from 00 to FF.

C. Procedure

1. Enter the 25 mode.

2. "25 mode menu screen"


Press the [1. Software SW setting] key.

3. "Software SW setting screen"


Select a DIPSW number by using the arrow
key on the left.

4. Select a bit number of the DIPSW by using the


arrow key on the right.

5. Select the ON (1) or OFF (0) of the DIPSW by


using the [ON] or [OFF] key.

6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


to the "25 mode menu screen".

• For each function of the DIPSW, see "List of soft-


ware DIPSW."

1 1-6
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

List of software DIPSW

I ADJUSTMENT
Note:
• Be sure not to change bits data with no particular reference made of the function.
• Bit number of the default values in parentheses is the default value for the new type.

DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default values


Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW1 0 — — — 1 1 1
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 Print stop method after toner *1 *1 1 1 1
3 supply or waste toner full dis- *1 *1 0 0 0
play
4 Prohibition of printing when Not prohibited Prohibited 0 0 0
the PM count is reached
5 Print number setting until *2 *2 0 0 0
6 printing is prohibited after PM *2 *2 0 0 0
7 is displayed *2 *2 0 0 0
DIPSW2 0 Hard disk connection Disconnected Connected 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 Switchover of the main body For machines with For machines with 1 1 1
paper exit speed (measures measures not taken measures taken
against uneven wax) Speed increased while Speed not increased
in the paper exit while in the paper exit
3 Paper exit full sensor (PS12) For machines with For machines with 1 1 1
type (Measure against measures not taken measures taken
uneven wax) Photo interrupter type Reflective type
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 Switchover of the rotational *4 *4 1 1 1
7 speed of the polygon motor *4 *4 0 0 0
DIPSW3 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 SC latch (SC34/35/36) Unlatched Latched 0 0 0
2 Password request for 25, 36, Not requested Requested 0 0 0
47 mode (password: 9272)
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 47 mode 15-01, 02 counter clear Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0

1-7 2
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default values


Japan Inch Metric
I ADJUSTMENT

DIPSW4 0 — — — 0 (1) 0 (1) 0 (1)


1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 1 0
3 — — — 0 0 1
4 Recovery from removal of the Disabled Enabled 0 1 0
key counter
5 APS when change magnifica- Enabled Disabled 0 1 0
tion
6 Change of fixed magnifications Enabled Disabled 1 0 0
setting in key operator mode
7 Large size paper counting Count as 1 Count as 2 0 0 0
method (Other than PM
counter)
DIPSW5 0 Image background restraint *27 Standard *27 Restrained 0 0 0
(toner density) Y
1 Image background restraint *27 Standard *27 Restrained 0 0 0
(toner density) M
2 Image background restraint *27 Standard *27 Restrained 0 0 0
(toner density) C
3 Image background restraint *27 Standard *27 Restrained 0 0 0
(toner density) K
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 Change of the size of the B4, 8.5 x 14 or A3, 11 x 17 or 0 0 0
large size paper larger larger
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW6 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0

2 1-8
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default values


Japan Inch Metric

I ADJUSTMENT
DIPSW7 0 Image background restraint *33 Standard *33 Restrained 0 0 0
(potential difference) Y
1 Image background restraint *33 Standard *33 Restrained 0 0 0
(potential difference) M
2 Image background restraint *33 Standard *33 Restrained 0 0 0
(potential difference) C
3 Image background restraint *33 Standard *33 Restrained 0 0 0
(potential difference) K
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW8 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 Large size paper PM counting Count as 1 Count as 2 1 1 1
method
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW9 0 Operation when the key Same as Immediate stop 0 0 0
counter is removed (copier) the stop button jam
1 Operation when the key Ignored Same as 0 0 0
counter is removed (IP) DIPSW9-0
2 Message switchover *5 *5 0 0 0
3 *5 *5 0 0 0
4 Copy quantity limit selection *6 *6 0 0 0
5 *6 *6 0 0 0
6 *6 *6 0 0 0
7 *6 *6 0 0 0
DIPSW10 0 Page memory reservation at No reservation 94MB (177MB 0 0 0
power on when MU-412
is installed)
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 Black characters for printer *28 *28 0 0 0
7 output (IP) 0 0 0

1-9 2
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default values


Japan Inch Metric
I ADJUSTMENT

DIPSW11 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 Filter for jagged edges on Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
slanting lines
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 Jam code display Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
DIPSW12 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Adjustment of the image qual- Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
ity in the key operator mode
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 Black text screen with overlay *7 Screen *7 Error diffusion 0 0 0
function
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW13 0 Size detection switchover 1 A5, A4R 5.5 x 8.5, 8.5x11R 0 1 0
1 Size detection switchover 2 A6R Post card 1 0 0
2 Size detection switchover 3 8.5 x 14 F4 0 0 0
3 Size detection switchover 4 *8 *8 0 0 0
4 *8 *8 0 1 0
5 F4 size setting *9 *9 0 0 0
6 *9 *9 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW14 0 Size detection switchover 5 B4, 11 x 17 / B5, 8K / 16K / 16KR 0 0 0
(main body) 8.5 x 11 / B5R
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 Size detection switchover 5 B4, 11 x 17 / B5, 8K / 16K / 16KR 0 0 0
(bypass) 8.5 x 11 / B5R
4 Size detection switchover 5 B4, 11 x 17 / B5, 8K / 16K / 16KR 0 0 0
(platen) 8.5 x 11/B5R
5 Size detection switchover 5 B4, 11 x 17 / B5, 8K/16K / 16KR 0 0 0
(ADF) 8.5 x 11 / B5R
6 Size detection switchover 5 B4, 11 x 17 / B5, 8K / 16K / 16KR 0 0 0
(PI) 8.5 x 11 / B5R
7 0 0 0

2 1-10
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default values


Japan Inch Metric

I ADJUSTMENT
DIPSW15 0 Selection of the KRDS type Telephone line E-mail 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 FNS alarm stop method *10 *10 0 0 0
4 *10 *10 0 0 0
5 KRDS connection Disconnected Connected 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW16 0 Remote diagnostic system KRDS RD mode 0 0 0
selection
1 Recognizing the copy reser- Copy reservation Copy reservation 0 0 0
vation function/coin vendor function enabled function prohibited
Coin vendor disabled Coin vendor enabled
2 Coin vendor type Parallel Serial 0 0 0
communication communication
3 Counting of the key counter in Not counted Counted 0 0 0
the printer mode (IP)
4 Display of the total count start Displayed Not displayed 0 0 0
date (P function)
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 NIC selection for E-Mail IP NIC Copier NIC 0 0 0
KRDS
DIPSW17 0 Summer time setting *11 *11 0 0 0
1 *11 *11 1 1 1
2 *11 *11 1 1 1
3 *11 *11 0 0 0
4 Density selection at scanning *12 *12 0 0 0
5 the tabed paper *12 *12 0 0 0
6 *12 *12 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW18 0 Tray 1 faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
1 Tray 2 faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
2 Tray 3 faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
3 Tray 4 (LCT) faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 Folding, stitch & folding, tri-fold, Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
trimmer faulty part isolation
6 PI faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
7 HDD faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0

1-11 2
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default values


Japan Inch Metric
I ADJUSTMENT

DIPSW19 0 — — — 0 0 1
1 Fixing upper and lower roller *13 *13 1 1 1
2 temperature selection *13 *13 1 1 1
3 *13 *13 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 PK faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
6 Default resolution of the IP *14 *14 0 0 0
7 scanner *14 *14 0 0 0
DIPSW20 0 Group stapling mode Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
1 Image scanning area with *15 Normal * 15 Original priority 0 0 0
shift function
2 Selection of the stamped Based on Based on 0 0 0
page number original transfer paper
3 Keyboard layout ABC layout QWERTY layout 0 0 0
4 Periodical black toner band *29 Normal *29 Increased at 0 0 0
creation on the transfer belt the edges
5 Switchover of the fixing con- *30 Measures *30 Measures 1 1 1
trol table (Old type only) against uneven against uneven
wax not provided wax provided
6 — — — 1 1 1
7 Front and back registration of *31 Not provided *31 Provided 0 0 0
the tray
DIPSW21 0 Paper exit cooling fan (M61, Not provided Provided 0 (1) 0 (1) 0 (1)
62, 63)
1 LCT size setting in the key Disabled Enabled 1 1 1
operator mode
2 Display of the original count Displayed Not displayed 0 0 0
3 2 Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
210 to 256 g/m paper exit
with its face up
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 Type of paper selection with *34 Special paper *34 Paper weight 0 0 0
APS not applicable 6 not applicable
7 — — — 0 0 0

2 1-12
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default values


Japan Inch Metric

I ADJUSTMENT
DIPSW22 0 IP address setting Disabled Enabled 1 1 1
1 Number of punch holes *16 *16 0 1 0
2 *16 *16 0 0 1
3 Image reference position for Based on user Based on APS at 0 0 0
the non-standard size original selection ADF
4 Function of the power save Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
button
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 Operation when FNS runs out Staple supply Selecting between 0 0 0
of staple request staple supply or
staple release
7 IP gamma correction when Not requested Requested 0 0 0
machine is powered ON
DIPSW23 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Output when EKC (ECM) Enabled (counted Disabled (regis- 0 0 0
user ID is unmatched (IP) as the other user) tered in JOB list)
2 Precision of the color registration *17 Normal *17 Fine 0 0 0
automatic correction (periodical correction)
3 Control of the color registration automatic *18 Enabled *18 Disabled 0 0 0
correction (periodical correction)
4 Main scan correction of the color *19 Enabled *19 Disabled 0 0 0
registration automatic correction
(periodic correction)
5 IP gamma correction *20 Enabled *20 Disabled 0 0 0
6 Job memory registration of the spe- Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
cial paper setting on the bypass tray
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW24 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Vs/Vp switch control *21 Disabled *21 Enabled 0 0 0
2 Image stabilization control *22 *22 0 0 0
3 timing *22 *22 1 1 1
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW25 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 Color registration correction *23 *23 0 0 0
4 control *23 *23 0 0 0
5 Color registration fine correction Yes No 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 De-humid heater ON OFF 0 0 0

1-13 2
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default values


Japan Inch Metric
I ADJUSTMENT

DIPSW26 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW27 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW28 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 Toner refresh mode (at job end) *24 Disabled *24 Enabled 0 0 0
3 Toner refresh mode (periodical) *24 Disabled *24 Enabled 0 0 0
4 Printer gamma offset adjust- *25 Only high light *25 Whole area 0 0 0
ment
5 PK punch mode restriction Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW29 0 Toner refresh mode cycle *24 *24 0 0 0
1 (periodical) 0 0 0
2 Increase transfer current against Not Correspond 1 1 1
white spots image (Old type only) correspond
3 Include of proof copy to the Not included Included 0 0 0
set copy quantity
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW30 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Restriction of the display of Restricted Not restricted 0 0 0
the 25 mode data correction
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 1 1 1
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0

2 1-14
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default values


Japan Inch Metric

I ADJUSTMENT
DIPSW31 0 — — — 1 1 1
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW32 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Reset condition for the spe- Auto reset, reset Power OFF 0 0 0
cial paper setting of the button, tray selec-
bypass tray tion, power OFF
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 Measures against paper For machines with For machines with 1 1 1
reverse/exit jam measures not taken measures taken
Rubber roller Spike roller
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0

1-15 2
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

*1 Print stop method after toner supply or waste *6 Copy quantity limit selection
toner full display
I ADJUSTMENT

Mode 9-7 9-6 9-5 9-4


Mode 1-3 1-2 No limit 0 0 0 0
Stops after ejecting 0 0 1 sheet 0 0 0 1
paper in the machine 3 sheets 0 0 1 0
Stops at a break 0 1 5 sheets 0 0 1 1
between copy set 9 sheets 0 1 0 0
Stops at the end of the 1 0 10 sheets 0 1 0 1
current job 20 sheets 0 1 1 0
Does not stop 1 1 30 sheets 0 1 1 1
50 sheets 1 0 0 0
99 sheets 1 0 0 1
*2 Print number setting until printing is prohibited
No limit 1 0 1 0
after PM is displayed
No limit 1 0 1 1
Mode 1-7 1-6 1-5 No limit 1 1 0 0
1,000 prints 0 0 0 No limit 1 1 1 0
2,000 prints 0 0 1 No limit 1 1 1 1
3,000 prints 0 1 0
4,000 prints 1 1 0
*7 Black text screen with overlay function
5,000 prints 1 0 0
When using the overlay of the applied func-
1,000 prints 1 0 1
tion, the image creation method of black char-
1,000 prints 0 1 1
acters is switched between the error diffusion
1,000 prints 1 1 1
and the screen.

Mode 12-6
Screen 0
Error diffusion 1
*4 Switchover of the rotational speed of the poly-
gon motor
*8 Size detection switchover 4
Mode 2-7 2-6
1/1 speed 0 0 Mode 13-4 13-3
1/1 speed 0 1 A5R 0 0
2/3 speed 1 0 B6R 0 1
1/2 speed 1 1 5.5 x 8.5R 1 0
— 1 1

*5 Message switchover
*9 F4 size setting
Mode 9-3 9-2
Please insert key 0 0 Mode 13-6 13-5
counter 8 x 13 0 0
Please insert copy card 0 1 8.25 x 13 0 1
Please insert coin 1 0 8.125 x 13.25 1 0
Please insert key 1 1 8.5 x 13 1 1
counter

2 1-16
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

*10 FNS alarm stop method *12 Density selection when scanning the tabed
This setting is used to determine when to stop paper

I ADJUSTMENT
if a FNS full alarm is detected.
Mode 17-6 17-5 17-4
Functions detected are;
80 0 0 0
Lower limit of the FNS tray, the number of the
40 (most lighter) 0 0 1
FNS trays, FNS booklet tray, PK punch
60 0 1 0
scraps, TU scraps and TU stacker
100 0 1 1
Mode 15-4 15-3 120 1 0 0
Stops immediately after 0 0 160 1 0 1
detection 200 1 1 0
Stops at a break 0 1 255 (most darker) 1 1 1
between copy set after
detection
*13 Fixing upper and lower roller temperature
Does not stop while in 1 0
selection
printing
Temperature up: Decrease a insufficient
Does not stop while in 1 1
fixing or fixing winding
printing
jam
Temperature down: Decrease paper exit curl-
*11 Summer time setting ing or waving

Mode 17-3 17-2 17-1 17-0


Note:
0 minute 0 0 0 0
• Parentheses are setting value for the new
10 minutes 0 0 0 1
type.
20 minutes 0 0 1 0
30 minutes 0 0 1 1
40 minutes 0 1 0 0 Mode 19-3 19-2 19-1
50 minutes 0 1 0 1 -30°C (-15°C) 0 0 0
60 minutes 0 1 1 0 -20°C (-10°C) 0 0 1
70 minutes 0 1 1 1 -10°C (-5°C) 0 1 0
80 minutes 1 0 0 0 Standard 0 1 1
90 minutes 1 0 0 1 Upper roller: standard (+5°C) 1 0 0
100 minutes 1 0 1 0 Lower roller: +10°C (+5°C)
110 minutes 1 0 1 1 Standard (+10°C) 1 0 1
120 minutes 1 1 0 0 Standard (-25°C) 1 1 0
130 minutes 1 1 0 1 Standard (-20°C) 1 1 1
140 minutes 1 1 1 0
150 minutes 1 1 1 1
*14 Default resolution of the IP scanner

Mode 19-7 19-6


400dpi 0 0
600 dpi 0 1
200 dpi 1 0
300 dpi 1 1

1-17 2
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

*15 Image scanning area with shift function *19 Main scan correction of the color registration
Normal: Compare the original size and the auto correction (periodical correction)
I ADJUSTMENT

transfer paper size and the smaller The color registration corrections, in the main
one is to be the image area. scanning direction that are periodically per-
Original priority: formed can be omitted. This is used tempo-
Original size is to be the image rarily when there is a registration error along
area. the main scan as a result of a trouble around
the transfer belt unit, or when separating
Mode 20-1
faulty points.
Normal 0
Original priority 1 Mode 23-4
Enabled 0
Disabled 1
*16 Number of punch holes

Mode 22-2 22-1


*20 IP gamma correction
2 holes (for Japan) 0 0
In order to separate defective items when
3 holes (for inch area) 0 1
there is poor images sent from IP. The gamma
4 holes (for metric area) 1 0
correction can be omitted. The gamma correc-
— 1 1
tion table is stored in the printer controller.

*17 Precision of the color registration automatic Note:


correction (periodical correction) • When installing the printer controller, be sure
"Fine" is used when the precision of the color that the setting is made to "1."
registration correction that is periodically con-
ducted is increased with the amount of error
Mode 23-5
reduced. However, it takes about 2 minutes
Enabled 0
longer for correction.
Disabled 1
Mode 23-2
Normal 0
*21 Vs/Vp switch control
Fine 1
This Vs/Vp switch control is used when there
is an image erasure around a solid image in
*18 Color registration auto correction control (peri- the half-tone section in early stage after the
odical correction) change of developer.
Down time while in the continuous printing is
Mode 24-1
reduced with the color registration correction
Disabled 0
omitted that is periodically performed (color
Enabled 1
registration correction at power ON is not
omitted).

Mode 23-3
Enabled 0
Disabled 1

1 1-18
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

*22 Image stabilization control timing *24 Toner refresh mode


Correction made: When printing coverage is low (5% or less of

I ADJUSTMENT
Correction is performed by sus- each color), rough image, white spot or toner
pending print at specified print. spillage tend to occur due to toner deteriora-
No correction made: tion.
Correction is omitted temporarily to The effective measure against these are as
reduce down time when the follows.
machine cannot be used with SC • DIPSW 28-2
due to the malfunction of the drum Toner refresh mode (at Job end)
potential sensor or gamma sensor. For the colors of which print coverage of
No correction while in printing: the previous job is 5% or less (convert into
Correction that is performed by A4), solid toner of the difference amount
suspending print at every specified from the 5% is developed to consume
print is performed after the print job toner.
to reduce down time.
Mode 28-2
Mode 24-3 24-2 Disabled 0
Correction made 0 0 Enabled 1
Correction not made 0 1
• DIPSW 28-3
No correction while in 1 0
Toner refresh mode (periodical)
printing
Check the average print coverage for each
— 1 1
color at prescribed distance of developing
sleeve drive develops the toner amount
*23 Color registration correction control equivalent of 8-sheet A3 solid for the color
Correction made: of which the average print coverage is 5%
Correction is performed by sus- or less (convert into A4).
pending print at specified print.
Mode 28-3
No correction made:
Disabled 0
Correction is omitted temporarily to
Enabled 1
reduce down time when the
machine cannot be used with SC • DIPSW29-0,1
due to malfunctions around the Toner refresh mode cycle (periodical)
color registration sensor. Effective only when the DIPSW 28-3 is set
No correction while in printing: to "1". The execution cycle of the toner
Correction that is performed by sus- refresh mode is changed. The cycle varies
pending print at every specified according to the developer drive distance
print is performed after the print job and the temperature.
to reduce down time.
Mode 29-1 29-0
Mode 25-4 25-3 Equivalent to every 0 0
Correction made 0 0 1,000 prints
Correction not made 0 1 Equivalent to every 500 0 1
No correction while in 1 0 prints
printing Equivalent to every 330 1 0
— 1 1 prints
— 1 1

1-19 2
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

*25 Printer gamma offset adjustment *28 Black characters for printer output (IP)
Change the area in which the printer gamma Change the black laser PWM for printing from
I ADJUSTMENT

offset of the 36 mode can be adjusted. PC.


0: High light area only However, if the black laser is set thinner, the
1: Possible in whole area gradation changed. Check the gradation after
changing the setting.
Mode 28-4
High light area only 0 Mode 10-7 10-6
Possible in whole area 1 Standard 0 0
Make black characters thin. (Mild) 0 1
Make black characters thin. 1 0
*27 Image background restraint (toner density)
(Medium)
Y, M, C, K
Make black characters thin. 1 1
Restrain image background by reducing the
(Intense)
toner density of the developer (toner and car-
rier ratio) by about 0.2%.
This setting changes the toner density of the *29 Periodical black toner band creation on the
developer so that image density does not transfer belt
change at once. When set to "1," the black toner band periodi-
After changing the DIPSW, set the test pattern cally created on the transfer belt, more toner
density of the color changed to 128 (with the is supplied to the both edges of the belt clean-
density of other colors set to 0), and output 10 ing blade to prevent the occurrence of white
sheets of the test pattern No. 1 to check stripes on the image and the flipping of the
image background. both edges of the belt cleaning blade.
And also, after changing the DIPSW, be sure
Mode 20-4
to conduct the automatic gamma adjustment
Normal 0
(0) of the process adjustment.
Increased at the edges 1
There are two DIPSW that restrain image
background: toner density (DIPSW 5-0 to 3)
and a potential difference (DIPSW 7-0 to 3). *30 Switchover of the fixing control table (Old type only)
Image background can be restrained more When set to "1", the fixing temperature in the
effectively with the DIPSW 7-0 to 3. When slower line speed mode is controlled low to
image background occurs, be sure to use the improve uneven wax. However, when tray
DIPSW 7-0 to 3 for the first priority. If it is not switches to a tray in which paper of different
sufficiently effective, use the DIPSW 5-0 to 3 fixing temperature control is loaded (tempera-
at the same time. ture is lowered), it takes long waiting time.
Max. approx. 150 seconds. (It takes long only
Note: when the memory switch "No.52 Time lag to
• Since the DIPSW 7-0 to 3 changes the poten- switch tray" is set to "Standard" in the key
tial, the carrier may stick to the drum and operator mode.)
damage the drum and the cleaning blade.
Mode 20-5
Therefore, use this DIPSW only when neces-
Measures against uneven wax not 0
sary.
provided
Measures against uneven wax pro- 1
Mode 5-3 5-2 5-1 5-0 vided
K C M Y
Standard 0 0 0 0
Restrained 1 1 1 1

2 1-20
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

*31 Front and back registration of the tray *34 Type of paper selection with APS
The image timing and the magnification for Select a type of paper that can be selected for

I ADJUSTMENT
each tray and paper type can be adjusted. the APS.
(user mode) Special paper not applicable:
Coated, tab and exclusive paper are
Mode 20-7
not applicable. All types of paper from
Not provided 0
paper weight 4 (106 to 162 g/m2) to 6
Provided 1
(210 to 256 g/m2) are not applicable.
Paper weight 6 not applicable:
All types of paper in paper weight 6
(210 to 256 g/m2) are not applicable.
*33 Image background restraint (potential differ-
Mode 21-6
ence)
Special paper not applicable 0
Increase the potential difference between the
Paper weight 6 not applicable 1
charging potential and the developing bias to
restrain image background. After changing
the DIPSW, be sure to conduct the automatic
gamma adjustment (0) of the process adjust-
ment.
There are two DIPSW that restrain image
background: toner density (DIPSW 5-0 to 3)
and a potential difference (DIPSW 7-0 to 3).
Image background can be restrained more
effectively with the DIPSW 7-0 to 3. When
image background occurs, be sure to use the
DIPSW 7-0 to 3 for the first priority. If it is not
sufficiently effective, use the DIPSW 5-0 to 3
at the same time.

Note:
• Since the DIPSW 7-0 to 3 changes the poten-
tial, the carrier may stick to the drum and
damage the drum and the cleaning blade.
Therefore, use this DIPSW only when neces-
sary.

Mode 7-3 7-2 7-1 7-0


K C M Y
Standard 0 0 0 0
Restrained 1 1 1 1

1-21 2
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

6.4 Paper size setting 6.4.3 Wide paper setting


I ADJUSTMENT

Conduct this setting when changing the paper size A. Procedure


of the LCT.
The paper size is available in the standard size, 1. Enter the 25 mode.

non-standard size and wide paper.


2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Paper size setting] key.
6.4.1 Standard size setting
3. "Paper size setting screen"
A. Procedure Press the [Wide paper] key.

1. Enter the 25 mode. 4. Press the arrow keys and select the standard
size of the wide paper.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Paper size setting] key. 5. Press the [Enter size] key.

3. "Paper size setting screen" 6. Press the main scan direction key and enter
Press the [Standard size] key. the paper size using the arrow keys or numeric
keys.
4. Press the arrow key to select the paper size.
7. Press the sub-scan direction key and enter the
5. Press the [OK] key to return to "25 Mode menu screen."
paper size using the arrow keys or numeric
To invalidate the setting that you have
keys.
changed, press the [Cancel] key and return to
"25 mode menu screen." 8. Press the [OK] key to return to "25 Mode menu
screen."
To invalidate the setting that you have
6.4.2 Non-standard size setting
changed, press the [CANCEL] key and return
to "25 mode menu screen."
A. Procedure

1. Enter the 25 mode.

2. "25 mode menu screen"


Press the [2. Paper size setting] key.

3. "Paper size setting screen"


Press the [Non-standard size] key.

4. Press the main scan direction key and enter


the paper size using the arrow keys or numeric
keys.

5. Press the sub-scan direction key and enter the


paper size using the arrow keys or numeric keys.

6. Press the [OK] key to return to "25 Mode menu


screen."
To invalidate the setting that you have
changed, press the [CANCEL] key and return
to "25 mode menu screen."

1-22
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

6.5 PM count setting 6.5.2 Change setting

I ADJUSTMENT
Reset the PM count after implementation of the PM A. Procedure
and set and/or change the PM cycle.
The selection of the PM cycle is available in the 1. Enter the 25 mode.

total count and the distance in operation of the


2. "25 mode menu screen"
developing unit /K. In default, the total count is set.
Press the [3. PM count] key.

6.5.1 Count reset 3. "PM count/cycle screen"


Press the [Page] or [Distance] key.
A. Procedure
4. Enter a cycle value through the numeric keys.
1. Enter the 25 mode. Only the upper three digits can be entered.

2. "25 mode menu screen" 5. Press the [OK] key to return to "25 Mode menu
Press the [3. PM count] key. screen."
To invalidate the setting that you have
3. "PM count/cycle screen"
changed, press the [CANCEL] key and return
Press the [Count reset] key.
to "25 mode menu screen."

4. "PM count reset confirmation screen"


Press the [YES] key when resetting the PM
count. The PM count is reset and the starting
date of the PM count is automatically entered.
When the [NO] key is pressed, the PM count is
not reset and return to "PM count/cycle
screen."

1-23
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

6.6 Data collection B. Data collection confirmation method


(1) Procedure
I ADJUSTMENT

It is possible to confirm various data held in the


1. Enter the 25 mode.
machine. It is also possible to confirm collected data
by the KRDS, list output and the mail remote notifi- 2. "25 mode menu screen"
cation system. Press the [4. Data collection] key.

A. Data that can be confirmed 3. "Data collection menu screen"


1. Total count of each paper size Press the key of a data collection item that you
2. Copy count of each paper size want to confirm.
3. Print count of each paper size To select any succeeding key to the key 11,
4. RADF count press the arrow key.
5. Page fill of each section
4. "Individual data confirmation screen"
6. JAM data of time series
Press the arrow key to scroll the screen.
7. JAM count
8. Count of each copy mode
5. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
• Count of each copy mode (1)
to "25 mode menu screen."
• Count of each copy mode (2)
9. SC count
10. JAM count of each section
Note:
11. SC count of each section
• The [Count reset] key is shown in the individ-
ual data confirmation screen of the [10. JAM
Note:
count of each section] and the [11. SC count
• When setting DIPSW30-1 to 1, 6 to 11 can be
of each section].
confirmed.
When pressing the [COUNT RESET] key,
"Count reset confirmation screen" is shown,
and when pressing the [YES] key, the section
data is reset.
Pressing the [NO] key returns to "Individual
data confirmation screen" with the interval
data not reset.
Reset these data while in the PM implementa-
tion to confirm the jam or SC occurrence
count after it was visited last time.

1-24
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

C. Details of the data collection


(1) Data collection No. 1 to 3: Total, copy and

I ADJUSTMENT
printer counts of each paper size

NO KRDS parameter For Remark


(B1, B6, B8, BD, BE, BF) Japan Inch Metric
1 00 A2 17 x 22 A2 Not used
2 01 A3 11 x 17 A3
3 02 B4 8.5 x 14 B4 (8K)
4 03 A4 8.5 x 11 A4
5 04 B5 5.5 x 8.5 B5 (16K)
6 05 A5 — A5
7 06 B6 — F4
8 07 8.5 x 14 — —
9 08 8.5 x 11 A4 —
10 09 Special Special Special

• Maximum count: 99,999,999


• 1 count is made for paper of All types regardless
of the paper size.
• All sheets of paper that do not come under the
size of No. 1 to No. 9 are counted as special.
However, SEL and LEF are counted as the same
size.
• The non-standard and the wide paper are
counted as special.

1-25
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(2) Data collection No. 4: RADF count


I ADJUSTMENT

NO KRDS parameter (F0) Item Remark


1 00 No. of originals fed in ADF mode
2 01 No. of originals fed in RADF mode
3 02 No. of originals fed in RDH mode Not used
4 03 No. of originals fed in RRDH mode
5 04 No. of originals fed in LDH mode
6 05 No. of originals fed in CFF mode
7 06 No. of 1 sided SDF original fed
8 07 No. of mix originals fed in ADF mode
9 08 No. of mix originals fed in RADF mode
10 09 No. of originals fed in 2 in 1 mode Not used
11 0A No. of 1 sided z-folded original fed
12 0B No. of 2 sided z-folded original fed
13 0C No. of 2 sided SDF original fed Not used
14 0D —

• Maximum count: 99,999,999

(3) Data collection No. 5: Page fill of each sec-


tion
It is possible to confirm the average pixel ratio of
5,000 print sheets of the latest 30 data for each of Y,
M, C and K.
This pixel ratio is a calculated value based on the
dot area of pixels and the transfer paper area, and
is different from the print ratio when actually printed.

(4) Data collection No. 6: JAM date of time


series
With respect to the latest 100 jam data, it is possible
to confirm originating jam code, total count, date of
occurrence, time of occurrence, tray, paper size and
magnification.

1-26
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

(5) Data collection No. 7: Jam count / No. 10. NO KRDS Jam code is shown on Section
JAM count of each section Parameter the LCD display when

I ADJUSTMENT
(J0) DIPSW11-7 is set to 1
NO KRDS Jam code is shown on Section
33 20 J72-16 FNS
Parameter the LCD display when
(J0) DIPSW11-7 is set to 1 34 21 J72-17
1 00 J10-01 Bypass 35 22 J72-18
2 01 J10-02 36 23 J72-19
3 02 J10-03 37 24 J72-20
4 03 J11-01 Tray 1 38 25 J72-21
5 04 J12-01 Tray 2 39 26 J72-22
6 05 J13-01 Tray 3 40 27 J72-23
7 06 J14-01 LCT 41 28 J72-24
8 07 J17-01 Paper 42 29 J72-25
9 08 J17-02 feed 43 2A J72-26
10 09 J17-03 44 2B J72-28
11 0A J17-04 45 2C J72-29
12 0B J17-05 46 2D J72-30
13 0C J17-06 47 2E J72-32 TU
14 0D J17-07 48 2F J72-33
15 0E J17-08 49 30 J72-34
16 0F J17-09 50 31 J72-35 PI
17 10 J31-02 Reversed 51 32 J72-38 Not used
18 11 J32-08 paper exit 52 33 J72-39
19 12 J32-04 53 34 J72-40
20 13 J32-01 54 35 J72-41
21 14 J32-05 55 36 J72-42
22 15 J32-07 56 37 J72-43 PK
23 16 J32-02 57 38 J72-44 Not used
24 17 J32-03 58 39 J72-45
25 18 J92-01 ADU 59 3A J72-46
26 19 J93-01 60 3B J72-47
27 1A J94-02 61 3C J72-48 FNS
28 1B J19-01 Vertical 62 3D J72-49 PI
conveyance 63 3E J72-50
29 1C J19-02 LCT 64 3F J72-51
30 1D J51-01 Main body 65 40 J72-60 Not used
31 1E J71-01 FNS 66 41 J72-61
32 1F J71-02 TU 67 42 J72-62
68 43 J72-63
69 44 J72-64
70 45 J72-80 PK
71 46 J72-81 FNS
72 47 J72-82
73 48 J72-83
74 49 J72-90

1-27
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

NO KRDS Jam code is shown on Section


Parameter the LCD display when
I ADJUSTMENT

(J0) DIPSW11-7 is set to 1


75 4A J61-01 DF
76 4B J61-02
77 4C J61-03
78 4D J62-01
79 4E J62-02
80 4F J62-03
81 50 J62-04
82 51 J62-05
83 52 J62-06
84 53 J62-07
85 54 J17-10 LCT
86 55 — Not used
87 56
88 57
89 58
90 59

• Maximum count: 99,999,999

1-28
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

(6) Data collection No. 8-1: Count of each copy mode (1)

I ADJUSTMENT
NO KRDS Item Count conditions
Parameter
(F1)
1 00 1-1 mode
2 01 1-2 mode
3 02 2-1 mode
4 03 2-2 mode
5 04 ADF 1-1 mode
6 05 ADF 1-2 mode
7 06 Mixed original mode
8 07 Tab original mode
9 08 Z-folded original mode
10 09 LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Reg.)
11 0A LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Reg.)
12 0B LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Rev.)
13 0C LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Rev.)
14 0D Enhance Mode: text/photo
15 0E Enhance Mode: Text
16 0F Enhance Mode: Photo
17 10 Enhance Mode: Map
18 11 Non STD size
19 12 1 oblique staple (Upper left)
20 13 1 oblique staple (Upper right)
21 14 2 parallel staples (Left binding)
22 15 2 parallel staples (Upper binding)
23 16 Left binding
24 17 Right binding
25 18 Upper binding
26 19 Three-Folding
27 1A Stapling & Folding
28 1B Folding
29 1C Main tray: Group
30 1D Main tray: Sort
31 1E Main tray: Non sort
32 1F Subtray: Group (FACE DOWN)
33 20 Subtray: Group (FACE UP)
34 21 Subtray: Sort (FACE DOWN)
35 22 Subtray: Sort (FACE UP)
36 23 Subtray: Non sort (FACE DOWN)
37 24 Subtray: Non sort (FACE UP)
38 25 Cover sheet
39 26 Trimmer
40 27 Real size copy
41 28 Preset magnification E4
42 29 Preset magnification E3
43 2A Preset magnification E2

1-29
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

NO KRDS Item Count conditions


Parameter
I ADJUSTMENT

(F1)
44 2B Preset magnification E1
45 2C Preset magnification R4
46 2D Preset magnification R3
47 2E Preset magnification R2
48 2F Preset magnification R1
49 30 User lens mode 1
50 31 User lens mode 2
51 32 User lens mode 3
52 33 Zoom
53 34 Vertical/Horizontal zoom
54 35 Maximum zoom
55 36 Minimum zoom
56 37 APS
57 38 AMS
58 39 AE (AES)
59 3A User density level 1 (Not used)
60 3B User density level 2 (Not used)
61 3C Interrupted copy
62 3D Auto image rotation cancellation
63 3E Sheet insertion
64 3F Chapter control
65 40 Combination
66 41 Booklet copy
67 42 OHP interleave (copy) (Not used)
68 43 OHP interleave (blank) (Not used)
69 44 Image insert
70 45 Book copy
71 46 Program job
72 47 Non-image area erase
73 48 Reverse image
74 49 Auto repeat
75 4A Manual repeat
76 4B STD size repeat
77 4C Frame erasure
78 4D Fold erasure
79 4E Auto layout
80 4F All-image area (Not used)
81 50 Image Shift
82 51 Reduction shift
83 52 Overlay
84 53 Water mark
85 54 Stamp
86 55 Date/Time
87 56 Page

1-30
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

NO KRDS Item Count conditions


Parameter

I ADJUSTMENT
(F1)
88 57 Numbering
89 58 Set quantity 1
90 59 Set quantity 2-5
91 5A Set quantity 6-10
92 5B Set quantity 11 or more
93 5C Time while power remote 1 is ON Accumulation of time during which the
overall control board is powered
94 5D Time while power remote 2 is ON Accumulation of time during which the
remote power 1 is on (in minutes)
95 5E Time while power remote 3 is ON Accumulation of time during which the
remote power 2 is on (in minutes)
96 5F Time while power remote 4 is ON Accumulation of time during which the
built-in controller operates (in minutes)
97 60 Time during Low Power mode Accumulation of time in the low power
mode (1 count for each minute)
98 61 Time during warm up time Accumulation of warm-up time (in min-
utes)
99 62 Time during front door open Accumulation of time during which the front
door is open (in minutes)
100 63 Ope. Time in 1side straight exit Accumulation of time from the start of
101 64 Ope. Time in 1side reverse exit print to the end of print (in minutes)
102 65 Operation time in 2 side print Down time due to jam omitted
103 66 Operation time in ADF mode Accumulation of time during which ADF
operates (in minutes)
104 67 Morning Correction count (Not used)
105 68 Time during APS sensor ON Accumulation of time during which the
APS sensor is on (in minutes)
106 69 N of main tray used jobs
107 6A N of subtray used jobs
108 6B N of stapling & folding used jobs
109 6C N of folding used jobs
110 6D N of ADF NF occurred
111 6E N of ADF special error1 occurred Wrong detection of original size
112 6F N of ADF special error2 occurred Next original information error
113 70 N of ADF special error3 occurred Error in size for which mixed paper is
not allowed
114 71 N of scanner scanned No. of scans in platen mode
115 72 N of electrode cleaned (Not used)
116 73 N of memory overflow
117 74 N of fixing alarm occurred (Not used)
118 75 N of no toner stop occurred (Not used)
119 76 N of AGC retry (Not used)
120 77 N of sub scan beam correct error (Not used)
121 78 N of mis-centering correct error (Not used)

1-31
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

NO KRDS Item Count conditions


Parameter
I ADJUSTMENT

(F1)
122 79 N of distortion adjust error (Not used)
123 7A N of ADF distortion data error (Not used)
124 7B Compression memory overflow
125 7C Page memory overflow (scan)
126 7D Page memory overflow (print)
127 7E FNS alarm (tray/trimming)
128 7F FNS alarm (staple)
129 80 Scanner count
130 81 N of ADF special error4 occurred (Not used)
131 82 Store for HDD (Sync. With Copying)
(Not used)
132 83 Store for HDD (SRVmode Scan → HDD)
(Not used)
133 84 Store for PC (SRVmode Scan → PC)
(Not used)
134 85 Store for PC (SRVmode HDD → PC)
(Not used)
135 86 Recall from HDD (SRVmode HDD) (Not used)
136 87 Recall from PC (SRVmode PC) (Not used)
137 88 Image edit count by SRV
138 89 Wide paper count (A3W) or (11 x 17R)
139 8A Wide paper count (A4W) or (8.5 x 11W)
140 8B Wide paper count (A4WR) or (8.5 x 11RW)
141 8C Wide paper count (A5W) or (5.5 x 8.5W)
142 8D Wide paper count (Others)
143 8E Punch
144 8F Z-Folding (Not used)
145 90 —
146 91 MixPlex (1 side)
147 92 MixPlex (2 side)
148 93 ADF original-thin
149 94
150 95
151 96
152 97
153 98
154 99
155 9A
156 9B
157 9C
158 9D
159 9E
160 9F

• Maximum count: 99,999,999

2 1-32
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

(7) Data collection No. 8-2: Count of each copy mode (2)

I ADJUSTMENT
NO KRDS Item Count conditions
Parameter
(F1)
1 00 ACS
2 01 Full color
3 02 Monochrome
4 03 Mono color (Y)
5 04 Mono color (M)
6 05 Mono color (C)
7 06 Mono color (R)
8 07 Mono color (G)
9 08 Mono color (B)
10 09 DF thick paper
11 0A DF thin paper
12 0B Original type: Printed paper
13 0C Original type: Photo paper
14 0D Original type: Copied paper
15 0E Original type: Inkjet paper
16 0F Original type: Pencil
17 10 Original type: Newspaper
18 11 Screen: Line screen/Smooth tone
19 12 Screen: Line screen/High resolution
20 13 Screen: Dot screen/Smooth tone
21 14 Screen: Dot screen/High resolution
22 15 Screen: High compression
23 16 Gloss mode
24 17 Density shift
25 18 Background adjustment
26 19 Red adjust
27 1A Green adjust
28 1B Blue adjust
29 1C Hue adjustment
30 1D Saturation adjustment
31 1E Brightness adjustment
32 1F Color balance adjustment
33 20 Sharpness adjustment
34 21 Contrast adjustment
35 22 Image judge adjustment
36 23 Paper Type: Normal paper
37 24 Paper Type: Recycle paper
38 25 Paper Type: Color paper
39 26 Paper Type: High quality paper
40 27 Paper Type: Coated paper
41 28 Paper Type: Tab paper
42 29 Paper Type: Color specific paper
43 2A Paper Type: Exclusive paper A

1-33
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

NO KRDS Item Count conditions


Parameter
I ADJUSTMENT

(F1)
44 2B Paper Type: Exclusive paper B
45 2C Paper Type: Exclusive paper C
46 2D Paper Type: Exclusive paper D
47 2E Paper Weight: 1
48 2F Paper Weight: 2
49 30 Paper Weight: 3
50 31 Paper Weight: 4
51 32 Paper Weight: 5
52 33 Paper Weight: 6
53 34 Multi page enlargement
54 35 Main Tray: Face up
55 36 N of no toner stop occurred (Y)
56 37 N of no toner stop occurred (M)
57 38 N of no toner stop occurred (C)
58 39 N of no toner stop occurred (K)
59 3A N of toner recovery box is full
60 3B N of color regist. auto. adj. Counts 1 per every correction operation
61 3C N of auto stability control Counts 1 per every correction operation
62 3D —
63 3E —
64 3F —
65 40 OFF mode time Sum of the OFF mode time (unit: minute)
66 41 ON time of heater (Main body) Sum of the time the heater is on (unit: minute)
67 42 ON time of heater (tray 4) Sum of the time the LCT heater is on (unit: minute)
68 43 Polygon motor operation time Sum of the time the polygon motor is on (unit: minute)
69 44 Develop motor ope. time (color) Sum of the time the developing motor
(color) operates (unit: minute)
70 45 Develop motor ope. time (black) Sum of the time the developing motor
(black) operates (unit: minute)
71 46 ON time of PCL (color) Sum of the time the PCL (color) is on
(unit: minute)
72 47 ON time of PCL (black) Sum of the time the PCL (black) is on
(unit: minute)
73 48 Operation time in Scanner motor Sum of the time the scanner motor oper-
ates (unit: minute)
74 49 Time while power (ADF) Sum of the time the 24V is applied to the
ADF (unit: minute)
75 4A —
76 4B —
77 4C —
78 4D Number of the executions of the toner 1 count for each execution
refresh Y (auto)
79 4E Number of the executions of the toner 1 count for each execution
refresh M (auto)

1 1-34
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

NO KRDS Item Count conditions


Parameter

I ADJUSTMENT
(F1)
80 4F Number of the executions of the toner 1 count for each execution
refresh C (auto)
81 50 Number of the executions of the toner 1 count for each execution
refresh K (auto)
82 51 Number of the manual executions of the 1 count for each execution
toner refresh
83 52 Number of the executions of the filming 1 count for each execution
recovery mode
84 53 Paper type selection: Exclusive paper E
85 54 Paper type selection: Exclusive paper F
86 55 Paper type selection: Exclusive paper G
87 56 Paper type selection: Exclusive paper H
88 57 Paper type selection: Exclusive paper I
89 58 Paper type selection: Exclusive paper J

• Maximum count: 99,999,999

1-35 1
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(8) Data collection No. 9: SC occurrence count/ NO KRDS SC code Section


No. 11: Sectional SC occurrence count Parameter
I ADJUSTMENT

(E0)
NO KRDS SC code Section
36 23 SC28-01 High voltage
Parameter
37 24 SC28-02 abnormality
(E0)
1 00 SC10-10 Communication 38 25 SC28-03
abnormality 39 26 SC28-04
2 01 SC13-01 Paper feed motor 40 27 SC29-01
3 02 SC13-02 abnormality 41 28 SC29-02
4 03 SC18-01 Paper feed tray 42 29 SC29-03
5 04 SC18-02 abnormality 43 2A SC29-04
6 05 SC18-03 44 2B SC29-06 Process
7 06 SC18-04 45 2C SC29-07 abnormality
8 07 SC18-50 LT abnormality 46 2D SC29-08
9 08 SC18-51 47 2E SC29-09
10 09 SC18-60 48 2F SC29-10
11 0A SC18-61 49 30 SC29-11
12 0B SC18-70 50 31 SC29-12
13 0C SC18-71 51 32 SC29-13
14 0D SC20-10 Communication 52 33 SC29-14
15 0E SC20-11 abnormality 53 34 SC29-15
16 0F SC20-12 54 35 SC29-16
17 10 SC21-01 PCL abnormality 55 36 SC29-17
18 11 SC21-02 56 37 SC29-18
19 12 SC21-03 57 38 SC29-19
20 13 SC21-04 58 39 SC29-20
21 14 SC23-01 Developing motor 59 3A SC29-21
22 15 SC23-02 abnormality 60 3B SC29-22
23 16 SC23-03 61 3C SC29-23
24 17 SC23-04 62 3D SC30-01
25 18 SC23-05 Drum motor 63 3E SC30-02
26 19 SC23-06 abnormality 64 3F SC30-10 Communication
27 1A SC23-07 abnormality
28 1B SC23-08 65 40 SC32-01 Fan abnormality
29 1C SC23-09 Transfer belt 66 41 SC32-02
30 1D SC23-10 section abnormality 67 42 SC32-03
31 1E SC23-11 Toner supply 68 43 SC32-04
abnormality 69 44 SC32-05
32 1F SC27-01 L-detection 70 45 SC32-06
abnormality 71 46 SC33-01 Motor
33 20 SC27-02 L-detection 72 47 SC33-02 abnormality
34 21 SC27-03 abnormality
73 48 SC33-03
35 22 SC27-04 74 49 SC33-04

1-36
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

NO KRDS SC code Section NO KRDS SC code Section


Parameter Parameter

I ADJUSTMENT
(E0) (E0)
75 4A SC34-01 High fixing 115 72 SC45-01 Color registration
76 4B SC34-02 temperature 116 73 SC45-03 abnormality
abnormality
77 4C SC34-03 117 74 SC45-07
78 4D SC34-04 118 75 SC45-08
79 4E SC34-05 119 76 SC45-09
80 4F SC34-06 120 77 SC45-10
81 50 SC34-07 121 78 SC45-11
82 51 SC34-08 122 79 SC45-12
83 52 SC35-01 Low fixing 123 7A SC45-20
84 53 SC35-02 temperature 124 7B SC46-01 Image
abnormality processing
85 54 SC35-03 125 7C SC46-02
abnormality
86 55 SC35-04 126 7D SC46-03
87 56 SC35-05 127 7E SC46-05
88 57 SC35-06 128 7F SC46-06
89 58 SC36-02 Fixing sensor 129 80 SC46-07
90 59 SC36-04 abnormality 130 81 SC46-08
91 5A SC36-05 131 82 SC46-09
92 5B SC36-06 132 83 SC46-11
93 5C SC36-07 133 84 SC46-12
94 5D SC36-08 134 85 SC46-13
95 5E SC36-09 135 86 SC46-14
96 5F SC36-10 136 87 SC46-15
97 60 SC36-11 137 88 SC46-16
98 61 SC36-12 138 89 SC46-17
99 62 SC38-02 139 8A SC46-18
100 63 SC38-03 140 8B SC46-19
101 64 SC39-01 141 8C SC46-21
102 65 SC41-01 Scanner 142 8D SC46-23
abnormality 143 8E SC46-24
103 66 SC41-02 Write 144 8F SC46-25
104 67 SC41-03 abnormality
145 90 SC46-26
105 68 SC41-04 146 91 SC46-31
106 69 SC41-05 147 92 SC46-32
107 6A SC41-06 Scanner 148 93 SC46-35
abnormality
149 94 SC46-40
108 6B SC41-07 Write
150 95 SC46-41
109 6C SC41-08 abnormality
151 96 SC46-42
110 6D SC41-09
152 97 SC46-43
111 6E SC41-10
153 98 SC46-58
112 6F SC41-11
154 99 SC46-59
113 70 SC42-01 Fan abnormality
155 9A SC46-62
114 71 SC42-02
156 9B SC46-63
157 9C SC46-64
158 9D SC46-66

1-37
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

NO KRDS SC code Section NO KRDS SC code Section


Parameter Parameter
I ADJUSTMENT

(E0) (E0)
159 9E SC46-80 Image 197 C4 SC77-02 FNS abnormality
160 9F SC46-81 processing 198 C5 SC77-03
abnormality
161 A0 SC46-82 199 C6 SC77-04
162 A1 SC46-83 200 C7 SC77-05
163 A2 SC46-90 201 C8
164 A3 SC46-91 202 C9 SC77-06
165 A4 SC46-98 203 CA SC77-07
166 A5 SC46-99 204 CB SC77-08
167 A6 SC49-00 Communication 205 CC SC77-11
168 A7 SC49-01 abnormality 206 CD SC77-12
169 A8 SC49-02 207 CE SC77-13
170 A9 SC50-01 208 CF SC77-14
171 AA SC50-02 209 D0 SC77-21
172 AB SC50-03 210 D1 SC77-22
173 AC SC50-04 211 D2 SC77-25
174 AD SC50-05 212 D3 SC77-26
175 AE SC50-10 213 D4 SC77-31 TU abnormality
176 AF SC50-11 214 D5 SC77-32
177 B0 SC52-01 Fan abnormality 215 D6 SC77-33
178 B1 SC52-02 216 D7 SC77-34
179 B2 SC52-03 217 D8 SC77-35
180 B3 SC56-02 Operation board 218 D9 SC77-36
181 B4 SC56-11 abnormality 219 DA SC37-37
182 B5 SC56-12 220 DB SC77-41 PI abnormality
183 B6 SC56-13 221 DC SC77-42
184 B7 SC60-01 DF abnormality 222 DD
185 B8 SC61-01 223 DE SC77-43
186 B9 SC61-02 224 E0 SC77-44 PK abnormality
187 BA SC61-03 225 E0 SC77-45 Not used
188 BB SC61-04 226 E1 SC77-46
189 BC SC61-05 227 E2 SC77-47 PK abnormality
190 BD SC61-06 228 E3 SC77-52 Not used
191 BE SC61-07 229 E4 SC77-53
192 BF SC61-08 230 E5 SC77-54 PK abnormality
193 C0 SC61-09 231 E6 SC77-55 Not used
194 C1 SC61-10 232 E7 SC77-56
195 C2 SC70-01 233 E8 SC77-57
196 C3 SC77-01 234 E9 SC77-81 FNS abnormality
235 EA SC77-91
236 EB SC77-92
237 EC SC77-98
238 ED SC77-99

1 1-38
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

NO KRDS SC code Section


Parameter

I ADJUSTMENT
(E0)
239 EE SC80-01 Communication
240 EF SC80-02 abnormality
241 F0 SC80-03
242 F1 SC80-11 ISW abnormality
243 F2 SC80-21
244 F3 SC80-30
245 F4 SC80-31
246 F5 SC80-32
247 F6 SC80-40 Main body
248 F7 SC89-01 abnormality
249 F8 SC89-02
250 F9 SC89-03
251 FA SC89-04
252 FB SC32-07 Fan abnormality
253 FC —
254 FD
255 FE
256 FF
257 G0
258 G1
259 G2
260 G3
262 G4
263 G5
264 G6
265 G7
266 G8
267 G9
268 GA
269 GB
270 GC
271 GD
272 GE

• Maximum count: 99,999,999

1-39 2
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

6.7 Parts counter


I ADJUSTMENT

The following are conducted with respect to each


replacement part: display of copy count used, reset-
ting of count, setting of limit value, and new registra-
tion of replacement parts.
The copy count by parts that need to be replaced
includes the following:
• Count of special parts
• Count of each parts

6.7.1 Count of special parts

When a periodically replaced part is replaced, reset


the counter of the part that has been replaced.
Display the name, part number and the copy count
of a replacement part that has been registered, and
reset the count.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the 25 mode.

2. "25 mode menu screen"


Press the [5. Parts counter] key.

3. "Parts counter menu screen"


Press the [1. Count of special parts] key.

4. "Parts counter (fixed) screen"


Press the arrow key to select a part that you
want to reset.

5. Press the [Count reset] key.

6. "Parts count reset screen"


Press the [YES] key when resetting the part
count. The part count is reset.
Pressing the [NO] key returns to "Parts counter
menu screen" with the part count not reset.

1-40
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

B. Count of special parts list

I ADJUSTMENT
NO KRDS Parts name P/N Count conditions
Parameter (Parts No.)
(F1)
1 00 Toner collection box 65AA-245 *1
2 01 Ozone filter /1 (Right side) 65AA1043
3 02 Deodorant filter (Rear side) 65AA1137
4 03 Dust-proof filter /1 (Right side) 65AA1044
5 04 Dust-proof filter /2 (Rear side) 65AA-142
6 05 Charging dust proof filter 65AA-387
7 06 Drum cartridge /Y 65AA-200 *2
8 07 Drum /Y 65AA-219
9 08 Drum cleaning blade /Y 65AA2003
10 09 Lubricant applying unit /Y 65AA-202
11 0A — —
12 0B Drum cartridge /M 65AA-200
13 0C Drum /M 65AA-219
14 0D Drum cleaning blade /M 65AA2003
15 0E Lubricant applying unit /M 65AA-202
16 0F — —
17 10 Drum cartridge /C 65AA-200 *2
18 11 Drum /C 65AA-219
19 12 Drum cleaning blade /C 65AA2003
20 13 Lubricant applying unit /C 65AA-202
21 14 — —
22 15 Drum cartridge /K 65AA-200 *1
23 16 Drum /K 65AA-219
24 17 Drum cleaning blade /K 65AA2003
25 18 Lubricant applying unit /K 65AA-202
26 19 — —
27 1A Charging corona /Y 65AA-250 *2
28 1B Charging wire assy /Y 65AA-252
29 1C Charging grid plate /Y 65AA2507
30 1D Charging corona /M 65AA-250
31 1E Charging wire assy /M 65AA-252
32 1F Charging grid plate /M 65AA2507
33 20 Charging corona /C 65AA-250
34 21 Charging wire assy /C 65AA-252
35 22 Charging grid plate /C 65AA2507
36 23 Charging corona /K 65AA-250 *1
37 24 Charging wire assy /K 65AA-252
38 25 Charging grid plate /K 65AA2507
39 26 Transfer belt unit Old type:
65AA-260
New type:
65LA-260
40 27 Transfer belt 65AA2642

1-41 2
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

NO KRDS Parts name P/N Count conditions


Parameter (Parts No.)
I ADJUSTMENT

(F1)
41 28 1st transfer roller /Y 65AA2612 *2
42 29 1st transfer roller /M 65AA2612
43 2A 1st transfer roller /C 65AA2612
44 2B 1st transfer roller /K 65AA2604 *1
45 2C 2nd transfer roller /U 65AA2611
46 2D Transfer belt separation claw 65AA-287
47 2E Transfer belt cleaning Old type:
unit 65AA-275
New type:
65LA-275
48 2F Belt cleaning brush unit Old type:
65AA-288
New type:
65LA-288
49 30 Toner collection sheet /1 65AA-293
50 31 Belt cleaning blade 65AA2630
51 32 2nd transfer roller /L 65AA4501
52 33 Separation discharging 65AA-452
unit
53 34 Fixing cleaning unit 65AA-573
54 35 Fixing roller /U 65AA5301
55 36 Fixing roller /L 65AA5302
56 37 Developer /Y (Page) Old type: *2
65AA3079
New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3079
57 38 Developer /M (Page) 6Old type:
65AA3080
New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3080
58 39 Developer /C (Page) Old type:
65AA3081
New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3081
59 3A Developer /K (Page) Old type: *1
65AA3082
New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3082
60 3B Developing unit /Y 65AA-300 *2
61 3C Developing unit /M 65AA-300
62 3D Developing unit /C 65AA-300
63 3E Developing unit /K 65AA-300 *1

2 1-42
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

NO KRDS Parts name P/N Count conditions


Parameter (Parts No.)

I ADJUSTMENT
(F1)
64 3F Developer /Y (Distance) Old type: Displays developing sleeve travel distance
65AA3079 (in meters)
New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3079
65 40 Developer /M (Distance) Old type:
65AA3080
New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3080
66 41 Developer /C (Distance) Old type:
65AA3081
New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3081
67 42 Developer /K (Distance) Old type:
65AA3082
New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3082
68 43 — — —
69 44 FNS tray up/down motor 13QE-115 1 count for each FNS main tray paper exit
1 count for each 1 paper exit in staple mode
70 45 FNS stapler /F 20AK4241 1 count for each paper exit in each of
the 1-staple at front, 2-staple and the
stitch-and-fold modes
71 46 FNS stapler /R 20AK4241 1 count for each paper exit in each of
the 1-staple at front, 2-staple and the
stitch-and-fold modes
72 47 FNS shift motor 12QR-361 1 count for each paper exit at even num-
ber of copies in the sort mode
73 48 FNS exit opening motor 12QR-361 1 count for starting the job of "large size"
(A4R/8.5 x 11R or larger) in the staple
mode, and 1 count for each paper exit
1 count for starting each of the stitch-
and-fold and folding jobs
74 49 FNS folding knife motor 13QJ-502 1 count for each copy exit in each of the
stitch-and-fold and folding and the three-
folding modes
75 4A Bypass gate solenoid 12QR-263 1 count for each A4 / B5 / 8.5 x 11 / 16K
copy exit in the staple mode
76 4B Tri-folding gate SD 12QR-263 1 count for each copy exit in the three-
folding mode
77 4C Pl conveyance clutch /U 13QN8201 1 count for each paper feed in PI upper
78 4D Pl feed roller /A /U 50BA-574 stand
79 4E Pl feed roller /B /U 50BA-575
80 4F Pl reverse roller /U 13QN-443 1 count for each paper feed in PI upper
81 50 Pl torque limiter /U 13QN4073 stand

1-43 2
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

NO KRDS Parts name P/N Count conditions


Parameter (Parts No.)
I ADJUSTMENT

(F1)
82 51 Pl conveyance clutch /L 13QN8201 1 count for each paper feed in PI lower
83 52 Pl feed roller /A /L 50BA-574 stand
84 53 Pl feed roller /B /L 50BA-575
85 54 Pl reverse roller /L 13QN-443
86 55 Pl torque limiter /L 13QN4073
87 56 Trimmer blade 13LHK001/002 1 count for each cutter operation
88 57 PK punching unit (2 hole) 14EA/14EF 1 count for each punch operation
89 58 PK punching unit (3 hole) 14EB
90 59 PK punching unit (4 hole) 14EE/14EG
91 5A — — —
92 5B ADF paper feed roller 13YH4064 Original passage count in all modes
93 5C ADF feed roller 13YH4039
94 5D — —
95 5E ADF Dfeed prevention 20AJ4015 Original passage count in all modes
roller
96 5F ADF exit solenoid 20AJ8251 1 count for each original passage in the
double side copy mode and the mixing
original mode
97 60 ADF feed clutch 13YH8059 Single side copy mode: 1 count for each
original
Double side copy mode: 3 counts for
each original
98 61 ADF reversal solenoid 20AJ8251 1 count for each original passage in the
double side copy mode and the mixing
original mode
99 62 — — —
100 63 Exposure ON time 65AA8301 Accumulation of on-time (in: minute)
101 64 Sub power switch 65AA8603 1 count each time the sub power switch
turns off the power
102 65 Door SW 40AA8501 1 count each time the front door is
opened
103 66 Toner supply door switch 13GG-802 1 count each time the toner supply door
is opened
104 67 Main power SW 55GA8601 1 count each time the main power
switch turns off the power
105 68 Pl regist clutch 13QN8202 1 count each time PI feeds a sheet
106 69 Punch motor 54008004 1 count for each punch operation
107 6A — — —
108 6B Paper exit roller /A 122H4825 1 count for each FNS main tray paper exit
109 6C Intermediate conveyance 13QE4531 1 count for each sheet in each of the
roller FNS flat stapling, stitch-and-fold, folding
110 6D Stacking assist roller 20AK4210 and three-folding modes
111 6E — — —
112 6F Fixing torque limiter 65AA5365 *1

2 1-44
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

NO KRDS Parts name P/N Count conditions


Parameter (Parts No.)

I ADJUSTMENT
(F1)
113 70 Registration cleaning 65AA462 1 count for each paper exit in the single
sheet side copy mode
2 counts in the double side copy mode
114 71 Ball bearing /U 45407504 *1
115 72 Heat insulating sleeve /U 45405339
116 73 Intermediate convey. clutch /1 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit in the single
117 74 Intermediate convey. clutch /2 56AA8201 side copy mode
118 75 Intermediate convey. clutch /3 56AA8201 1 counts in the double side copy mode
119 76 Feed/Dfeed rubber (Tray-1) 25SA4096 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the tray 1
120 77 Feed/Dfeed rubber (Tray-2) 25SA4096 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the tray 2
121 78 Feed/Dfeed rubber (Tray-3) 25SA4096 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the tray 3
122 79 Feed/Dfeed rubber (Bypass) 25SA4096 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the bypass tray
123 7A Registration roller 65AA4601 1 count for each paper exit in the single
124 7B Separation claw solenoid 26NA8251 side copy mode
2 counts in the double side copy mode
125 7C Fixing upper lamp /1 65AA8303/ 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
65AF8303 plied from the tray 1
126 7D Fixing upper lamp /2 65AA8304/ *1
65AF8304 65AA: For Japan and inch area
127 7E Fixing lower lamp 65AA8305/ 65EA: For metric area
65AF8305
128 7F Fixing temp. sensor /3 65AA-553
129 80 Fixing temp. sensor /4 65AA-554
130 81 Paper feed roller (Tray-1) 56AA-458 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the tray 1
131 82 Paper feed roller (Tray-2) 56AA-458 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the tray 2
132 83 Paper feed roller (Tray-3) 56AA-458 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the tray 3
133 84 Paper feed roller (Bypass) 65AA-520 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the bypass tray
134 85 ADU conveyance clutch /1 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit in the double
135 86 ADU conveyance clutch /2 56AA8201 side copy mode (no count is made in the
136 87 ADU pre-registration clutch 56AA8201 single side copy mode)
137 88 Ball bearing /L 26NA5371 *1
138 89 Heat insulating sleeve /L 65AA5341
139 8A Fixing drive gear 65AA7727
140 8B Decurler roller 65AA4905 1 count for each paper exit in the single
side copy mode
2 counts in the double side copy mode

1-45 2
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

NO KRDS Parts name P/N Count conditions


Parameter (Parts No.)
I ADJUSTMENT

(F1)
141 8C LCT paper feed roller 55VA-484 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
142 8D LCT feed/Dfeed roller 55VA-483 plied from the LCT
143 8E LCT feed clutch 56AA8201
144 8F LCT pre-registration clutch 56AA8201
145 90 Paper feed clutch (Tray-1) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
146 91 Pre-regist. clutch (Tray-1) 56AA8201 plied from the tray 1
147 92 Paper feed clutch (Tray-2) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
148 93 Pre-regist. clutch (Tray-2) 56AA8201 plied from the tray 2
149 94 Paper feed clutch (Tray-3) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
150 95 Pre-regist. clutch (Tray-3) 56AA8201 plied from the tray 3
151 96 Paper feed clutch 56AA8202 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
(Bypass) plied from the bypass tray
152 97 Transfer earth plate unit 65AA-456 1 count for each paper exit in the single
side copy mode
2 counts in the double side copy mode
153 98 Center fixing temp. sensor /U 65AA8801 *1
154 99 Center fixing temp. sensor /L 65AA8802
155 100 Paper exit guide roller /2 65AA4818
(New type only)
156 101 Paper exit roller 65LA4808
(New type only)
157 102 Paper exit roller /U 65LA5343
(New type only)

• Maximum count: 99,999,999


*1 Count in all color modes
25DIPSW8-6 = 0: 1 count for each paper exit
in the single side copy mode, and 2 counts in
the double side copy mode
= 1: 2 counts for each large size paper exit in
the single side copy mode, and 4 counts in the
double side copy mode
*2 Count only in full color or single color mode
25DIPSW8-6 = 0: 1 count for each paper exit
in the single side copy mode, and 2 counts in
the double side copy mode
= 1: 2 counts for each large size paper exit in
the single side copy mode, and 4 counts in the
double side copy mode

2 1-46
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

6.7.2 Count of each parts B. Resetting of each replacement part


(1) Procedure

I ADJUSTMENT
This is used when you want to control the part
counter. 1. Enter the 25 mode.

Set the part name, part number and the limit value,
2. "25 mode menu screen"
and display and reset the copy count.
Press the [5. Parts counter] key.
Up to 30 data from No. 01 to No. 30 can be set. A
count is taken for each passage of paper, regard- 3. "Parts counter menu screen"
less of the paper size. Press the [2. Count of each parts] key.

Reference: 4. "Count of each part screen"

• When the copy count is in excess of a limit Press the arrow key to select a number you

value, an asterisk [*] is shown to the left of No. want to set or change.

5. Press the [COUNT RESET] key.


A. Setting of each replacement part and dis-
play of the copy count 6. "Parts count reset screen"
(1) Procedure Press the [YES] key when resetting a part
count. This resets the part counter.
1. Enter the 25 mode.
Pressing the [NO] key returns to "Count of
each part" with the part count not reset.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Parts counter] key.

3. "Parts counter menu screen"


Press the [2. Count of each parts] key.

4. "Copy count of each part screen"


Press the arrow key to select a number you
want to set or change.

5. Press one of the [Parts name setting], [P/N


setting] and [Limit setting] key.

6. Press an item you want to set or change out of


the [Parts name setting], [P/N setting] and
[Limit setting] key, and enter it with the alpha-
numeric keys.
• [Part name setting]: Enter a part name (8 digits
in alphanumeric)
• [P/N setting]: Enter a part number (9 digits in
alphanumeric)
• [Limit setting]: Limit value (8 digits in numeric)

7. Press the [OK] key to update the data.


To invalidate the setting that you have
changed, press the [CANCEL] key.

1-47
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

C. Relationship between each data No. and


KRDS parameter
I ADJUSTMENT

NO PARTS NAME P/N COUNT LIMIT


1 Z4:00 Z3:00 G0:00 H0:00
2 Z4:01 Z3:01 G0:01 H0:01
3 Z4:02 Z3:02 G0:02 H0:02
4 Z4:03 Z3:03 G0:03 H0:03
5 Z4:04 Z3:04 G0:04 H0:04
6 Z4:05 Z3:05 G0:05 H0:05
7 Z4:06 Z3:06 G0:06 H0:06
8 Z4:07 Z3:07 G0:07 H0:07
9 Z4:08 Z3:08 G0:08 H0:08
10 Z4:09 Z3:09 G0:09 H0:09
11 Z4:0A Z3:0A G0:0A H0:0A
12 Z4:0B Z3:0B G0:0B H0:0B
13 Z4:0C Z3:0C G0:0C H0:0C
14 Z4:0D Z3:0D G0:0D H0:0D
15 Z4:0E Z3:0E G0:0E H0:0E
16 Z4:0F Z3:0F G0:0F H0:0F
17 Z4:10 Z3:10 G0:10 H0:10
18 Z4:11 Z3:11 G0:11 H0:11
19 Z4:12 Z3:12 G0:12 H0:12
20 Z4:13 Z3:13 G0:13 H0:13
21 Z4:14 Z3:14 G0:14 H0:14
22 Z4:15 Z3:15 G0:15 H0:15
23 Z4:16 Z3:16 G0:16 H0:16
24 Z4:17 Z3:17 G0:17 H0:17
25 Z4:18 Z3:18 G0:18 H0:18
26 Z4:19 Z3:19 G0:19 H0:19
27 Z4:1A Z3:1A G0:1A H0:1A
28 Z4:1B Z3:1B G0:1B H0:1B
29 Z4:1C Z3:1C G0:1C H0:1C
30 Z4:1D Z3:1D G0:1D H0:1D

1-48
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

6.8 Password setting 6.9 Telephone number setting

I ADJUSTMENT
Set the following passwords. Set the customer support center telephone and FAX
• Key operator password (4 digits): Password numbers that are used in an emergency for a ser-
used to enter the key operator mode. vice call and shown on the basic screen for help.
• EKC master key code (8 digits): Password
required when entering various EKC setting A. Procedure
modes.
• Weekly timer password (4 digits): Password 1. Enter the 25 mode.

required when entering various weekly timer set-


2. "25 mode menu screen"
ting modes.
Press the [7. Telephone number setting] key.
Note:
• A password can be set only when the set- 3. "Customer support TEL/FAX setting screen"
ting for use of the weekly timer is set to Press either of the [Service centre Telephone
"Use" in the key operator mode. number (16 digits)] and [Service centre FAX
number (16)] keys that you want to set.
A. Procedure
4. Enter a TEL or FAX number through the
1. Enter the 25 mode. numeric keys.

2. "25 mode menu screen" 5. Press the [OK] key to update the data.
Press the [6. Password setting] key. To invalidate the setting that you have
changed, press the [CANCEL] key.
3. "Password setting mode screen"
Press the key of an item you want to set.
• Key operator password (4 digits)
Note:
• EKC master key code (8 digits)
• When a number is less than 16 digits, be sure
• Weekly timer password (4 digits)
to use hyphens to fill up the blanks.

4. Enter a new password through the numeric


keys.

5. Press the [OK] key to update the data.


To invalidate the setting that you have
changed, press the [CANCEL] key.

Note:
• Setting "0000" for the key operator password
and the weekly timer password allows you to
use each mode with no password.

1-49
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

6.10 M/C serial number setting 6.11 Indication of ROM version


I ADJUSTMENT

Display and set the serial numbers of the main body Display the ROM versions of the main body and the
and options. option and a product number that discriminates a
new ROM from an old ROM.
A. Procedure
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 25 mode.
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [8. M/C serial number setting] key. 2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [9. Indication of ROM version] key.
3. "Serial number setting mode screen"
Press the key of an item you want to set and 3. "Indication of ROM version screen"
enter a serial number through the alphanu- Each ROM version and product number are
meric keys. displayed.
Old type New type
4. Press the [OK] key to update the data.
Image control I 65AA 65LA
5. To invalidate the setting that you have Printer control C 65AA 65LA
changed, press the [CANCEL] key. Operation O 65A* 65L*
Finisher N 20AK 20GA

Note:
Note:
• * varies according to the destination.
• The serial number of the main body cannot be
changed. 4. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to "25 mode menu screen."

6.12 KRDS setting


See the "KRDS manual."

6.13 ISW
See chapter "Service tools."

2 1-50
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

6.14 Setting date input 6.15 Board change mode

I ADJUSTMENT
Set the starting date of the total counter that is dis- When changing any of the following four types of
played on the LCD in the P function. boards, be sure to set the serial number of the main
body in this setting.
A. Procedure • OPERATION (operation board /1)
• OVERALL CB (overall control board)
1. Enter the 25 mode.
• NVRAM (memory board)
• PRINTER (printer control board)
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [12.Setting date input] key.
Note:
3. "Setting date input screen" • The number of boards that can be replaced at
Enter an installation date through the numeric the same time is restricted only to two boards.
keys.
A. Procedure
4. Press the [OK] key to update the data.
1. Enter the 25 mode.
5. To invalidate the setting that you have
changed, press the [CANCEL] key. 2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [13. Board change mode] key.

3. "Board change mode screen"


Select a key of the board that you have
replaced a part.

4. "Serial number input screen"


Enter the serial number of the main body
through the alphanumeric keys.

5. Press the [OK] key to update the data.


To invalidate the setting that you have
changed, press the [CANCEL] key.

1-51
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7. 36 MODE 7.2 Process adjustment


I ADJUSTMENT

7.1 Setting method Make various adjustments around the process.

This machine is provided with the 36 mode to make A. Procedure


various adjustment in this mode.
1. Enter the 36 mode.

A. Procedure
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.
1. With the main power switch (SW1) left ON,
turn OFF the sub power switch (SW2). 3. "Process adjustment mode menu screen"
For the process adjustment, there are the fol-
2. Turn ON the SW2 while pressing the numeric
lowing items provided:
buttons 3 and 6 at the same time. The "36
[1. High voltage adjustment]
mode menu screen" is shown.
[2. Drum peculiarity adjustment]
At this point, the machine enters the 36 mode
[3. Sensor output adjustment]
with the normal copy operation unavailable.
[4. Exclusive paper setting]
3. Press the item key on the liquid crystal display [5. Recall standard data]
(LCD) to show a setting screen of each item.
4. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
4. Confirm the details of input in the setting
5. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
screen of each item.
from each of the adjustment screen to the
5. Turn OFF the SW2 to release the 36 mode. "Process adjustment menu screen."

6. New data will be effective after restarting.

1 1-52
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

7.2.1 High voltage adjustment (1) Blade setting mode


Perform this adjustment when changing the belt

I ADJUSTMENT
For the high voltage adjustment, the following items cleaning blade or the transfer belt. In this mode,
are provided. However, be sure not to conduct a apply toner onto the transfer belt then clean with the
high voltage adjustment in the field. belt cleaning blade. This prevents the damages of
[1. 1st transfer manual adj.] the transfer belt and the belt cleaning blade.
[2. 2nd transfer manual adj.]
[3. HV adjustment (Separation AC)] a. Procedure
[4. HV adjustment (Separation DC)]
[5. Pre-transfer guide HV check] 1. Enter the 36 mode.

2. "36 mode menu screen"


7.2.2 Drum peculiarity adjustment
Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.

Conduct the blade setting, charging potential cor- 3. "Process adjustment menu screen"
rection, gamma, developer charge, L-detection Press the [2. Drum peculiarity adjustment] key.
adjustment and the initial drum rotation.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen"

A. Procedure Press [1. Blade setting mode] key.

1. Enter the 36 mode. 5. "Blade setting mode screen"


Press the [Start] key. This process completes
2. "36 mode menu screen" in about 15 seconds and complete message is
Press the [1. Process adjustment] key. shown on the screen.

3. "Process adjustment menu screen" 6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
Press the [2. Drum peculiarity adjustment] key. to the "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu
screen."
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen"
For the drum peculiarity adjustment, the follow-
ing items are provided:
[1. Blade setting mode]
[2. Automatic drum potential adj.]
[3. Automatic gamma adjustment]
[4. LD bias adjustment]
[5. Automatic developer charge]
[6. L-detect initial auto. adj.]
[7. Initial drum rotation]

5. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.

6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


from each of the adjustment screens to the
"Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen.

1-53
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(2) Automatic drum potential adjustment


2. "36 mode menu screen"
Measure the charging potential of each drum of Y,
I ADJUSTMENT

Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.


M, C and K to adjust automatically the developing
bias value and the charging voltage. 3. "Process adjustment menu screen"
This adjustment is not necessary because of the Press the [2. Drum peculiarity adjustment] key.
automatic gamma adjustment contain this adjust-
ment. 4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen"
Press the [3. Automatic gamma adjustment]
a. Procedure key.

1. Enter the 36 mode. 5. "Automatic gamma adjustment 0 screen"


There are 8 kinds of the gamma adjustment (0
2. "36 mode menu screen" to 7). However, conduct "Gamma auto adjust-
Press the [1. Process adjustment] key. ment 0" in the field.
"Automatic gamma adjustment 0": Perform the
3. "Process adjustment menu screen"
Dmax density adjustment, dot diameter adjust-
Press the [2. Drum peculiarity adjustment] key.
ment, automatic drum potential adjustment,
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen" and the gamma adjustment. The developing
Press [2. Automatic drum potential adjustment] bias value is shown for each line speed (1/1
key. speed, 1/2 speed and 1/3 speed) and for each
color (Y, M, C and K) with a complete mes-
5. "Automatic drum potential adjustment screen" sage.
Press the [Start] key. This process completes Press the [Start] key. This process completes
in about 20 seconds and the charging potential in about 2.5 minutes and the developing bias
is displayed for each line speed (1/1 speed, 1/ value is displayed for each line speed (1/1
2 speed and 1/3 speed) and for each color (Y, speed, 1/ 2 speed and 1/3 speed) and for each
M, C and K) on the screen, with an exit mes- color (Y, M, C and K) on the screen with a com-
sage shown. plete message.
Note:
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
• When an abnormality occurs, an error code
to the "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu
is displayed. Correct the error referring to
screen."
the following.
Error 1: The gamma correction is unavailable
due to the abnormal gamma sensor
(3) Automatic gamma adjustment
output. When an error occurs,
The gamma adjustment is performed automatically.
machine is controlled by using a
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
correction value previously used.
mode by setting DIPSW12-1 to 1.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
a. Procedure to the "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu
screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.

2 1-54
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

(4) LD bias adjustment


6. "LD bias adjustment Y (LS 1/1) screen"

I ADJUSTMENT
For the LD bias adjustment, the following items
Perform this adjustment when replacing the write
are provided. Press the arrow key to select the
unit.
color of the write unit you just replaced.
• "LD bias adjustment Y (LS 1/1)"
Note:
• "LD bias adjustment Y (LS 1/2)"
• Do not perform this adjustment except when
• "LD bias adjustment Y (LS 1/3)"
replacing the write unit.
• "LD bias adjustment M (LS 1/1)"
• "LD bias adjustment M (LS 1/2)"
a. Procedure
• "LD bias adjustment M (LS 1/3)"
1. Read the numeric value on the bar code • "LD bias adjustment C (LS 1/1)"
labeled [1] on the replacing write unit. • "LD bias adjustment C (LS 1/2)"
• "LD bias adjustment C (LS 1/3)"
• "LD bias adjustment K (LS 1/1)"
• "LD bias adjustment K (LS 1/2)"
• "LD bias adjustment K (LS 1/3)"

7. Enter the numeric value on the bar code


labeled on the replacing write unit through the
numeric keys and press the [SET] key.
Note:
• Be sure to enter the same numeric value in
LS 1/1, LS 1/2, and LS 1/3.

[1] 8050fs1025 8. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


to the "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu
2. Enter the 36 mode. screen."

3. "36 mode menu screen"


Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.

4. "Process adjustment menu screen"


Press the [2. Drum peculiarity adjustment] key.

5. "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen"


Press the [4. LD bias adjustment] key.

1-55
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(5) Automatic developer charge


3. Set the developer charging plate /L [2] to the
In this mode, after discharging developer from the
I ADJUSTMENT

shoulder screws [1] provided above the devel-


developing unit manually, a new developer is auto-
oping unit of a color the developer of which is
matically charged.
changed.

Note:
• Do not open the upper cover of the develop-
[2]
ing unit. Otherwise, dust gets in the unit caus-
ing image failure.

a. Procedure [1]

1. Open the toner supply section.

2. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the


developer charging plate [3] provided inside
the toner supply section [2]. Remove 2 screws
[4] and then remove the developer charging
funnel /L [5].

[2]

[4]
[1]
[2]

[3] [5] 8050fs1002


[1]

8050fs1003

1-56
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

4. Set the developer charging funnel /L [2] to the 7. "36 mode menu screen"

I ADJUSTMENT
developer charging plate [1]. Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.
Note:
• Be sure to attach the tip of the developer 8. "Process adjustment menu screen"

charging funnel /L [2] securely to the toner Press the [2. Drum peculiarity adjustment] key.

supply opening [3].


9. "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen"
Press the [5. Automatic developer charge] key.
[1]
10. "Automatic developer charge Y screen"
Press the arrow key to select the color of
developer you want to charge.
For the automatic developer charge, the fol-
lowing items are provided:
• Automatic developer charge Y
• Automatic developer charge M
• Automatic developer charge C
• Automatic developer charge K

11. Press the [Start] key to introduce a new devel-


oper into the developer charging funnel /U.

[3] [2] 8050fs1004 12. Make sure that the developer has been
charged successfully before pressing the

5. Set the developer charging funnel /U [2] pack- [CANCEL] key.

aged together with developer to the developer


13. When charging another developer, repeat
charging funnel /L [1]. steps 3 to 11.
Note:
• The developer charge funnel /U [2] is pack- 14. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
aged together with each developer. So, be to the "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu
sure to avoid its reuse. screen."

15. Return the installed parts back to their original


positions.
Note:
• After completion of this adjustment, be sure
to perform the L-detect initial auto. adjust-
ment. If printing is started without perform-
ing the L-detect initial auto. adjustment, a
proper image density cannot be obtained,
thus resulting in the change of developer
again.

[1] [2] 8050fs1005

6. Enter the 36 mode.

1-57
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(6) L-detect initial automatic adjustment (7) Initial drum rotation


Be sure to conduct this adjustment after a new When remove the drum cartridge, be sure to con-
I ADJUSTMENT

developer is charged. duct this operation to securely set the drum cou-
pling.
Note:
• Do not print without conducting the L-detect a. Procedure
initial auto. adjustment. Otherwise, a proper
image density cannot be obtained, thus 1. Enter the 36 mode.

resulting in the change of developer again.


2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.
a. Procedure
3. "Process adjustment menu screen"
1. Enter the 36 mode.
Press the [2. Drum peculiarity adjustment] key.

2. "36 mode menu screen"


4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen"
Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.
Press the [7. Initial drum rotation] key.

3. "Process adjustment menu screen"


5. "Initial drum rotation screen"
Press the [2. Drum peculiarity adjustment] key.
Press the [Start] key. This process completes

4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen" in about 10 seconds and complete message is

Press the [6. L-detect initial auto. adjustment] shown on the screen.

key.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu
5. "L-detect initial auto. adj. ALL screen"
screen."
Press the arrow key to select the color of a
developer that has been newly charged, and
then press the [Start] key.
For the L-detect initial auto. adj., the following
items are provided:
• L-detect initial auto. adj. All: Conduct all colors
of Y, M,C and K.
• L-detect initial auto. adj. YMC: Conduct Y, M
and C only.
• L-detect initial auto. adj. K: Conduct K only.
• L-detect initial auto. adj. Y: Conduct Y only.
• L-detect initial auto. adj. M: Conduct M only.
• L-detect initial auto. adj. C: Conduct C only.

6. A message "Completed" is displayed.

7. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


to the "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu
screen."

1-58
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

7.2.3 Sensor output check 7.2.4 Exclusive paper setting

I ADJUSTMENT
For the sensor output check, the following items are This setting is used when the user cannot obtain the
provided; however, do not conduct them in the field: satisfactory results of transfer, separation or fixing
[1. Surface potential sensor output] with the standard setting due to a special paper
[2. Max. density sensor output] being used.
[3. Gamma sensor output] This setting is applicable when [Exclusive paper A
to J] is selected in the key operator mode [Paper
type/ Special paper size set].
In default, the following paper data is entered for
each destination area.
• For Japan: 80 g/m2 color specified paper
• For inch area: 105 g/m2 color specified paper
• For metric area: 90 g/m2 color specified paper

Note:
• When setting data, be sure to follow the
instructions given by Konica Minolta Technol-
ogy Support Section.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the 36 mode.

2. "36 mode menu screen"


Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.

3. "Process adjustment menu screen"


Press the [4. Exclusive paper setting] key.

4. "User paper setting menu screen"


For the user paper setting menu, the following
items are provided which correspond to the
setting key of the same name in the key opera-
tor mode.
[1. Exclusive paper A setting]
[2. Exclusive paper B setting]
[3. Exclusive paper C setting]
[4. Exclusive paper D setting]
[5. Exclusive paper E setting]
[6. Exclusive paper F setting]
[7. Exclusive paper G setting]
[8. Exclusive paper H setting]
[9. Exclusive paper I setting]
[10. Exclusive paper J setting]

1-59 1
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

5. For setting, press the key of an item you want • Fixing (L) roller temp (print) *1
I ADJUSTMENT

to set. Set the following 12 types of setting for Change the fixing lower roller control tempera-
each exclusive paper A to J. ture while in the printing.
• 2nd transfer offset Side 1 Setting range: 0 to 255 (unit: °C)
Change the 2nd transfer current for 1-sided • Fixing (U and L) roller temp. difference
mode. Change the control temperature difference
+ direction: decrease current value between fixing upper and lower rollers from
- direction: increase current value print start to 20th print.
• 2nd transfer offset Side 2 Setting range: 0 (1°C) to 255 (256°C)
Change the 2nd transfer current for 2-sided • Compulsion off (upper heater) paper width <
mode. 261 mm
+ direction: decrease current value Temperature to turn off the fixing upper roller
- direction: increase current value edge heater when printing paper less than 261
• Separation AC offset Side 1 mm width (main scan direction). If it is lowered,
Change the separation AC current for 1-sided the paper edge crease is improved, however,
mode. do not lower more than 10°C from the default
+ direction: increase current value up (215°C). Fixing related SC may occur.
- direction: decrease current value down Setting range: 0 to 255 (unit: °C)
• Separation AC offset Side 2 • Compulsion off (upper heater) paper width >=
Change the separation AC current for 2-sided 261 mm
copy mode. Temperature to turn off the fixing upper roller
+ direction: increase current value up edge heater when printing paper 261 mm or
- direction: decrease current value down more width (main scan direction). If it is low-
• Separation DC offset Side 1 ered, the paper edge crease is improved, how-
Change the separation DC current for 1-sided ever, do not lower more than 10°C from the
copy mode. default (235°C). Fixing related SC may occur.
+ direction: increase current value up Setting range: 0 to 255 (unit: °C)
- direction: decrease current value down • Line speed
• Separation DC offset Side 2 Select from 1/1, 1/2 and 1/3.
Change the separation DC current for 2-sided • CPM down
copy mode. Widen paper intervals without changing the line
+ direction: increase current value up speed and make the print speed 1/2 to prevent
- direction: decrease current value down tacking.
• Fixing (U) roller temp (idle) *1 • LCT fan
Change the fixing upper roller control tempera- ON/OFF setting of LCT paper feed assist fan.
ture while in the idling.
Setting range: 0 to 255 (unit: °C) *1 For safety reasons, there is a temperature
• Fixing (U) roller temp (print) *1 limit. The temperature limit changes accord-
Change the fixing upper roller control tempera- ing to other setting values.
ture while in the printing.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
Setting range: 0 to 255 (unit: °C)
to the "User paper setting menu screen."
• Fixing (L) roller temp (idle) *1
Change the fixing lower roller control tempera-
ture while in the idling.
Setting range: 0 to 255 (unit: °C)

2 1-60
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

7.2.5 Recall standard data

I ADJUSTMENT
Reset the adjusted set values of process adjust-
ment to the standard data. (factory default data)

Note:
• Data for automatic drum potential, automatic
gamma, L-detect initial auto. and exclusive
paper setting adjustment cannot be reset to
the standard data.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the 36 mode.

2. "36 mode menu screen"


Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.

3. "Process adjustment menu screen"


Press the [5. Recall standard data] key.

4. "Recall standard data: Process adjustment


screen"
Press the [YES] key when recalling the stan-
dard data. Pressing the [NO] key or the [PRE-
VIOUS SCREEN] key returns to the "Process
adjustment menu screen" without recalling the
standard data.

1-61
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7.3 Image adjustment 7.3.1 Magnification adjustment


I ADJUSTMENT

Conduct various image adjustments. Adjust various magnifications.

A. Procedure A. Procedure

1. Enter the 36 mode. 1. Enter the 36 mode.

2. "36 mode menu screen" 2. "36 mode menu screen"


Press the [2. Image adjustment] key. Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.

3. "Image adjustment menu screen" 3. "Image adjustment menu screen"


For the image adjustment, the following items Press the [1. Magnification adjustment] key.
are provided:
4. "Magnification adjustment menu screen"
[1. Magnification adjustment]
For the magnification adjustment, the following
[2. Timing adjustment]
items are provided:
[3. RADF adjustment]
[1. Printer vertical mag.adj.]
[4. Centring adjustment]
[2. Printer horizontal mag.adj.]
[5. Non-image area erase check]
[3. Scanner vertical mag.adj.]
[6. Recall standard data]
[4. Belt line speed adjustment]
4. Press the key of an item you want to adjust. [5. Fixing line speed adjustment]

5. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return 5. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
from each of the adjustment screens to the
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
"Image adjustment menu screen."
from each of the adjustment screens to the
"Magnification adjustment menu screen."

1-62
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

(1) Printer vertical magnification adjustment


6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
Adjust the vertical magnification of the printer sys-

I ADJUSTMENT
START button to output a test pattern (No. 16).
tem.
This adjustment changes the line speed of the reg- 7. Measure the vertical magnification with a scale.
istration roller, drum, transfer belt and the fixing. • Standard value: 0.5% or less (when in life-size)
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator Within ± 1 mm against 205.7 mm
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.

Note:
• For the printer vertical magnification adjust-
ment, the following two methods are avail- 205.7 1
able. Be sure to take care when an adjustment
is made.
8050fs1006
(1) Printer vertical magnification adjustment
Used when the vertical magnification has
been changed due to the wear of the regis- 8. When the value is not within the standard,
tration roller or the heat shrinkage of press the C button while pressing the P button.
paper.
9. "Printer vertical magnification adjustment
(2) Belt line speed adjustment
screen"
Used when the vertical magnification has
For the printer vertical magnification adjustment, the
been changed due to causes other than
following items are provided. Press the [NEXT
the above.
ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS ADJUSTMENT]
• In default, the printer vertical magnification
key to select an item you want to adjust.
adjustment on side 2 is not reflected to the
image. When adjusting the vertical magnifica-
• "Printer vertical mag. adjustment": Side 1 and
tion on side 2, use the memory switch in the
side 2 are adjusted at the same time.
key operator mode to turn ON side 2 drum
Setting range: -300 to +300, 1 step = 0.01%
clock adjustment mode. However, since the
• "Tray 1 offset (ADU)": Tray 1 side 2 adjustment
line speed is switched for each image creation
Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
process on side 1 and side 2, the print speed
• "Tray 2 offset (ADU)": Tray 2 side 2 adjustment
is reduced to about 1/4.
Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
• "Tray 3 offset (ADU)": Tray 3 side 2 adjustment
a. Procedure
Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
1. Enter the 36 mode. • "Bypass tray offset (ADU)": Bypass tray side 2
adjustment
2. "36 mode menu screen" Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key. • "Back tray 4 offset": LCT side 2 adjustment
Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
Press the [1. Magnification adjustment] key. 10. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
4. "Magnification adjustment menu screen"
Press the [1. Printer vertical mag. adj.] key. 11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the standard value
can be obtained.
5. "Printer vertical mag. adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.

1-63
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return 8. When the value is not within the standard,
I ADJUSTMENT

to the "Magnification adjustment menu press the C button while pressing the P button.
screen."
9. "Printer horizontal magnification adjustment
screen"
(2) Printer horizontal magnification adjustment For the printer horizontal magnification adjust-
Adjust the horizontal magnification of the printer ment, the following items are provided. Press
system. the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS
This adjustment changes the horizontal magnifica- ADJUSTMENT] key to select an item you want
tion in image processing prior to the laser exposure. to adjust.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1. • "Printer horizontal magnification adjustment":
Side 1 and side 2 are adjusted at the same
a. Procedure time.
Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
1. Enter the 36 mode.
• "Tray 1 offset (ADU)": Tray 1 side 2 adjustment

2. "36 mode menu screen" Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%

Press the [2. Image adjustment] key. • "Tray 2 offset (ADU)": Tray 2 side 2 adjustment
Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
3. "Image adjustment menu screen" • "Tray 3 offset (ADU)": Tray 3 side 2 adjustment
Press the [1. Magnification adjustment] key. Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
• "Bypass tray offset (ADU)": Bypass tray side 2
4. "Magnification adjustment menu screen" adjustment
Press the [2. Printer horizontal magnification Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
adjustment] key. • "Tray 4 offset (ADU)": LCT side 2 adjustment
Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
5. "Printer horizontal magnification adjustment
screen"
10. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
keys and press the [SET] key.

6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the 11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the standard value
START button to output a test pattern (No. 16). can be obtained.

7. Measure the horizontal magnification with a 12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
scale. to the "Magnification adjustment menu
• Standard value: 0.5% or less (when in life-size) screen."
Within ± 1 mm against 190 mm

190 8050fs1007

1-64
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

(3) Scanner vertical magnification adjustment


11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
Adjust the vertical magnification of the scanner sys-

I ADJUSTMENT
to the "Magnification adjustment menu
tem.
screen."
This adjustment changes the scan speed.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1. (4) Belt line speed adjustment
Adjust the vertical magnification of the printer sys-
a. Procedure tem.
This adjustment charges line speed of the transfer
1. Enter the 36 mode.
belt.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key. Note:
• For the printer vertical magnification adjust-
3. "Image adjustment menu screen" ment, the following two methods are avail-
Press the [1. Magnification adjustment] key. able. Be sure to take care when an adjustment
is made.
4. "Magnification adjustment menu screen"
(1) Printer vertical magnification adjustment
Press the [3. Scanner vertical mag. adj.] key.
Used when the vertical magnification has
5. "Scanner vertical mag. adjustment screen" been changed due to the wear of the regis-
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key. tration roller or the heat shrinkage of
paper.
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the (2) Belt line speed adjustment
START button with a test chart set to the origi- Used when the vertical magnification has
nal glass. been changed due to causes other than
the above.
7. Measure the vertical magnification with a
scale.
a. Procedure
• Standard value: 0.5% or less (when in life-size)
Within ± 1 mm against 200 mm 1. Enter the 36 mode.

2. "36 mode menu screen"


Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.

3. "Image adjustment menu screen"


Press the [1. Magnification adjustment] key.

200 8050fs1008
4. "Magnification adjustment menu screen"
Press the [4. Belt line speed adjustment] key.

8. When the value is not within to the standard, 5. "Belt line speed adjustment screen"
press the C button while pressing the P button. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.

9. "Scanner vertical mag. adjustment screen" 6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
Enter a numeric value through the numeric START button to output a test pattern (No. 16).
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -40 to +40, 1 step = 0.05%

10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value


can be obtained.

1-65
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(5) Fixing line speed adjustment


7. Measure the vertical magnification with a
When replacing the fixing roller /U, /L and transfer
I ADJUSTMENT

scale.
belt, use this adjustment method to adjust the fixing
• Standard value: 0.5% or less (when in life-size)
roller line speed.
Within ± 1 mm against 205.7 mm
These parts are made from rubber. Accordingly,
every parts has different diameter and thickness,
they must be adjusted for each one.
When the fixing line speed is faster than the transfer
belt, the vertical magnification gets large, thus
205.7 1
resulting in a transfer jitter. When it is slower than
the transfer belt, the trailing edge of the image gets
8050fs1006 soiled or the toner scattering occurs.

8. If the specification is not satisfied, press the C Note:


button while pressing the P button. • When adjusting it, be sure to use the "paper
for fixing speed adjustment" (P/N 65AA-991*).
9. "Belt line speed adjustment screen" Otherwise, the fixing line speed cannot be
Enter a numeric value through the numeric accurately adjusted.
keys and press the [SET] key. • Be sure to conduct this adjustment after
• Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01% checking to see if the key operator mode
memory switch [No. 52: Time lag to switch
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
tray] is set to "Short."
can be obtained.
When the switch is set to "Standard," change
11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return it to "Short" before conducting this adjust-
to the "Magnification adjustment menu ment. After completion of the adjustment, be
screen." sure to bring it back to "Standard." When con-
ducting this adjustment with the switch set to
"Standard," 8 sheets of test pattern may not
be output.

a. Procedure

1. Enter the 36 mode.

2. "36 mode menu screen"


Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.

3. "Image adjustment menu screen"


Press the [1. Magnification adjustment] key.

4. "Magnification adjustment menu screen"


Press the [5. Fixing line speed adjustment]
key.

5. "Set the cyan density screen"


Press the [DENSITY] key.

2 1-66
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

6. With the fixing adjustment paper set to the 14. The fixing roller line speed varies automatically

I ADJUSTMENT
bypass tray, press the START button to output at intervals of about 25 seconds to output 8
a test pattern. sheets of test pattern based on a cyanic half
Based on a cyan half-tone, a test pattern is tone.
output.
15. With a pen, write serial numbers from 1 to 8 on

Note: the output sheets in order of the paper exit

• When adjusting it, be sure to use the "paper (bottom to top).

for fixing speed adjustment." Otherwise, it


16. Comparing the output image on the first sheet
cannot be accurately adjusted.
with the remaining 7 output sheets, find the

7. Compare the fixing adjustment density patches next greatest number in which the distance

(upper and lower limit samples of density that between the magenta line at the lead edge and

are packed with the "paper for fixing speed the first black line at the trail edge (10 lines at

adjustment") with the cyan density of the out- intervals of 1 mm) becomes greater than 1 mm

putted paper, and check to see if the cyan den- longer.

sity of the output paper is within the limit of the


fixing density standard patches.

Note:
• An accurate adjustment is available only
when the density is correctly set.

8. When it is not within the limit, press the C but-


ton while pressing the P button.
8050fs1009

9. "Set the cyan density screen"


Enter a numeric value through the numeric
Note:
keys and press the [SET] key.
• The image does not stretch gradually for
• Setting range: 0 to 255
each output sheet. It suddenly stretches at a

10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the density ges inside certain sheet. Therefore, be sure to measure

the limit. each sheet in order of output.

17. Press the C button while pressing the P button.


11. "Set the cyan density screen"
Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key.
18. "Set the cyan density screen"

12. "Push [Sample] and print 8 sheets screen" Enter the number of the output sheet that

Press the [8 SAMPLES] key. stretches 1 mm through the numeric keys and
press the [SET] key.
13. With 8 sheets of the fixing adjustment paper
set to the bypass tray, press the START button 19. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return

to output a test pattern. to the "Magnification adjustment menu


screen."

Note:
• Be sure to conduct this operation with the
copy count set to 1.

1-67 2
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7.3.2 Timing adjustment (1) Printer lead edge timing adjustment


Adjust the lead edge timing.
I ADJUSTMENT

Adjust various timings. This adjustment changes the paper restart timing
from the registration roller.
A. Procedure This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting DIPSW12-1 to 1.
1. Enter the 36 mode.

Note:
2. "36 mode menu screen"
• Be sure the printer vertical magnification has
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
been adjusted.
3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Timing adjustment] key. a. Procedure

4. "Timing adjustment menu screen" 1. Enter the 36 mode.


For the timing adjustment, the following items
are provided: 2. "36 mode menu screen"

[1. Printer lead edge timing adj.] Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.

[2. Printer registration loop adj.]


3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
[3. Printer pre-registration adj.]
Press the [2. Timing adjustment] key.
[4. Printer erasure amount adj.]
[5. Scanner re-start timing adj.] 4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
[6. RADF registration loop adj.] Press the [1. Printer lead edge timing adj.] key.
[7. Writing unit skew initial adj.]
[8. Auto. color registration adj.]
[9. Color registration manual adj.]

5. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.

6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


from each of the adjustment screens to the
"Timing adjustment menu screen."

1-68
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

5. "Lead edge timing (Tray 1) screen" 9. Measure the lead edge timing with a scale.

I ADJUSTMENT
For the printer lead edge timing adjustment, • Standard value: 20 mm ± 0.5 mm
the following items are provided. Press the
[NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS

20
ADJUSTMENT] key to select an item you want
to adjust.
• "Lead edge timing (Tray 1)"
• "Lead edge timing (Tray 2)"
• "Lead edge timing (Tray 3)"
• "Lead edge timing (Bypass)"
8050fs1010
• "Lead edge timing (Tray 4)"
• "Lead edge timing (ADU)"
• "Tray large size normal paper offset" 10. When the value is not within the standard,

• "Tray large size thick paper offset" press the C button while pressing the P button.

• "Tray small size normal paper offset"


11. "Printer lead edge timing screen"
• "Tray small size thick paper offset"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric
• "Bypass large size normal paper offset"
keys and press the [SET] key.
• "Bypass large size thick paper offset"
• Setting range: -60 to +60, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• "Bypass small size normal paper offset"
• "Bypass small size thick paper offset" 12. Repeat steps 6 to 10 until the standard value is
• "Large size normal paper offset (ADU)" obtained.
• "Large size thick paper offset (ADU)"
• "Small size normal paper offset (ADU)" 13. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return

• "Small size thick paper offset (ADU)" to the "Timing adjustment mode menu screen."

Note:
(2) Printer registration loop adjustment
• Large size: 300 mm or more in length in the
Adjust the paper loop amount in the registration
paper feed direction
roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or
• Small size: 300 mm or less in length in the
paper jamming in the registration section.
paper feed direction
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
• Thick Paper: 106 g/m2 or more
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.

6. Enter a numeric value through the numeric


a. Procedure
keys and press the [SET] key.

1. Enter the 36 mode.


7. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.

8. Set the copy setting according to the item 2. "36 mode menu screen"

adjusted and press the START button to output Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.

a test pattern (No. 16).


3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Timing adjustment] key.

4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"


Press the [2. Printer registration loop adj.] key.

1-69 1
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

5. "Printer registration loop adjustment screen 12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
I ADJUSTMENT

(Tray 1)" to the "Timing adjustment mode menu screen."


For the printer registration loop adjustment, the
following items are provided. Press the [NEXT
(3) Printer pre-registration adjustment
ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS ADJUST-
Adjust the paper loop amount in each tray and the
MENT] key to select an item you want to
ADU pre-registration roller section to remove paper
adjust.
skew and wrinkle, or paper jamming in the pre-reg-
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Tray 1 L)"
istration section.
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Tray 1 S)"
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Tray 2 L)" This adjustment can be shown in the key operator

• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Tray 2 S)" mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.

• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Tray 3 L)"


• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Tray 3 S)" a. Procedure

• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Bypass L)"


1. Enter the 36 mode.
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Bypass S)"
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Tray 4 L)" 2. "36 mode menu screen"
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Tray 4 S)" Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (ADU L)"
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (ADU S)" 3. "Image adjustment menu screen"

• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Thick)" Press the [2. Timing adjustment] key.

4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"


Note:
Press the [3. Printer pre-registration adj.] key.
• Large size: 300 mm or more in length in the
paper feed direction 5. "Printer pre-registration adj. screen (Tray 1)"
• Small size: 300 mm or less in length in the For the printer pre-registration adjustment, the
paper feed direction following items are provided. Press the [NEXT
• Thick Paper: 106 g/m2 or more ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS ADJUST-
MENT] key to select an item you want to
6. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
adjust.
keys and press the [SET] key.
• "Printer pre-registration adj. (Tray 1)"
• "Printer pre-registration adj. (Tray 2)"
7. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
• "Printer pre-registration adj. (Tray 3)"
8. Set the copy according to the item that has • "Printer pre-registration adj. (Tray 4)"
been adjusted and press the START button to • "Printer pre-registration adj. (ADU)"
output a test pattern (No. 16).
6. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
9. If the printer registration loop amount is not keys and press the [SET] key.
appropriate, press the C button while pressing
the P button. 7. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.

8. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the


10. "Printer registration loop adj. screen"
START button to output a test pattern (No. 16).
Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key. 9. When the printer pre-registration amount is not
• Setting range: -99 to +99, 1 step = 0.1 mm appropriate, press the C button while pressing
the P button.
11. Repeat steps 6 to 10 until the standard value is
obtained.

1-70
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

(5) Scanner re-start timing adjustment


10. "Printer pre-registration adj. screen"
Adjust re-start timing of original scanning.

I ADJUSTMENT
Enter a numeric value through the numeric
In this adjustment, the starting position for reading
keys and press the [SET] key.
while in the original scanning mode is adjusted.
• Setting range: -99 (large) to +99 (small),
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
1 step = 0.1 mm
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.
11. Repeat steps 6 to 10 until the standard value is obtained.
Note:
12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return • Make sure that the printer timing adjustment
to the "Timing adjustment mode menu screen." has been completed.

a. Procedure
(4) Printer erasure amount adjustment
Conduct an erasure amount adjustment. 1. Enter the 36 mode.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1. 2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
a. Procedure
3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
1. Enter the 36 mode. Press the [2. Timing adjustment] key.

2. "36 mode menu screen" 4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"


Press the [2. Image adjustment] key. Press the [5. Scanner re-start timing adj.] key.

3. "Image adjustment menu screen" 5. "Scanner re-start timing adjustment screen"


Press the [2. Timing adjustment] key. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.

4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen" 6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
Press the [4. Printer erasure amount adj.] key. START button with a test chart set to the origi-
nal glass.
5. "Printer erasure amount adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key. 7. Check the scanner re-start timing.
• Standard value: 3 mm or less
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the START
button with a test chart set to the original glass. 8. When the value is not within the standard,
press the C button while pressing the P button.
7. Check the printer erasure amount.
• Standard value: 3 mm or less 9. "Scanner re-start timing adjustment screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric
8. When the value is not within the standard, keys and press the [SET] key.
press the C button while pressing the P button. • Setting range: -10 to +20, 1 step = 0.1 mm

9. "Printer erasure amount adjustment screen" 10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 until the standard value is
Enter a numeric value through the numeric obtained.
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -20 to +40, 1 step = 0.1 mm 11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Timing adjustment mode menu screen."
10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 until the standard value is obtained.

11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


to the "Timing adjustment mode menu screen."

1-71 2
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(6) RADF registration loop adjustment (7) Writing unit skew initial adjustment
Adjust the original loop amount in the RADF regis-
I ADJUSTMENT

tration roller section to remove paper skew and Note:


wrinkle, or paper jamming in the registration sec- • This adjustment is inhibited in the field.
tion.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.

a. Procedure

1. Enter the 36 mode.

2. "36 mode menu screen"


Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.

3. "Image adjustment menu screen"


Press the [2. Timing adjustment] key.

4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"


Press the [6. RADF registration loop adj.] key.

5. "RADF registration loop adjustment screen"


Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.

6. Select the A3 paper and press the START but-


ton with a test chart set to the original glass.

7. If the RADF registration loop amount is not


appropriate, press the C button while pressing
the P button.

8. "RADF registration loop adjustment screen"


Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -7 to +7, 1 step = 0.5 mm

9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value is


obtained.

10. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


to the "Timing adjustment mode menu screen."

1 1-72
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

(8) Auto. color registration adjustment


7. "Color registration adj. screen"
Make this adjustment when there is a color registra-

I ADJUSTMENT
When pressing the [LIST] key, the main scan,
tion error. The main scan, sub-scan, horizontal
sub-scan, horizontal magnification and the
magnification and the skew of color registration
skew of Y, M and C compared based on K after
error are automatically adjusted.
adjustment are shown.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1. 8. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Timing adjustment mode menu screen."
Note:
• This auto. color registration adjustment has a
larger correction area than that of the color (9) Color registration manual adjustment (par-
registration auto correction in the user mode. tial horizontal adjustment)
So, be sure to perform this adjustment when a With respect to the main scan, entire horizontal
SC45-20 occurs. magnification, partial horizontal magnification, sub-
scan, inclination and the scan inclination, the regis-
a. Procedure tration error amount of Y, M and C compared based
on K is shown on the operation panel. The partial
1. Enter the 36 mode. horizontal magnification that cannot be corrected
automatically is manually adjusted.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
Note:
3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen" • Be sure that the printer vertical and horizontal
Press the [2. Timing adjustment] key. magnifications have been complete.
• Make sure that the auto. color registration
4. "Timing adjustment menu screen" adjustment has been completed.
Press the [8. Auto. color registration adj.] key.
a. Procedure
5. "Color registration adj. screen"
Press the [Start] key. 1. Enter the 36 mode.

6. The color registration adjustment starts and a 2. "36 mode menu screen"
message "Complete" is shown in about 2 min- Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
utes.
When the error message appears, perform an 3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
error correction referring to the below. Press the [2. Timing adjustment] key.
• Error 1: It does not converge within the stan-
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
dard value.
Press the [9. Color registration manual adj.]
The patch density may be too light.
key.
Check around the drum unit and per-
form the gamma automatic adjustment 5. "Color registration manual adj. screen"
(0). Then perform this adjustment. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
• Error 2: The difference of the color registration
is too much.
• Error 3: The other error
SC other than the color registration
automatic adjustment may occur.
Restart the main body in the normal
mode to check for SC code.

1-73
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the 9. The amount of error of the "MainScan" (main
I ADJUSTMENT

START button to output a test pattern. scan), "Mag(ALL)" (entire horizontal magnifica-
Place the test pattern [1] outputted securely tion), "Mag(PART)" (partial horizontal magnifi-
against the original positioning plate /L [2] and cation), "SubScan" (sub-scan), "Incline"
the original positioning plate /R [3] to set it to (inclination) and the "ScanBend" (scan incline)
the original glass, and close the DF or platen of Y, M and C are compared based on K and
cover. result are shown at "Rest" section on the oper-
ation panel (unit is pixel).
Note:
• When setting the test pattern to the original 10. Make sure that "OK" is displayed for all the items.

glass, be sure to take check of the setting When any item is not within the standard, an

direction (with printing face down) and posi- error code is displayed for each cause together

tion. with an NG. Make an error correction referring

• Check that the settings for all colors (Y, M, C, to the below:

K) in the [Test pattern density setting] of 36 When a "NG" occurs in the "MainScan",

mode is set to 255. If not, it results in an "Mag(ALL)", "SubScan" or "Incline," perform

error. the auto. color registration adjustment again.


• Error 1: A chart pattern cannot be detected.
Improper positioning of the chart.
[3] • Error 2: The setting direction of a chart is
[2] upside down.
Improper positioning of the chart.
• Error 3: A chart pattern cannot be detected.
A different type of chart.
• Error 4: Adjustment is impossible.
Software bugged.
• Error 5: Not within the standard value.
Re-adjust it.
• Error 6: Nonvolatile data abnormality.
Check the installation of memory board.
[1] • Error 7: Memory other than those specified is
accessed.
Software bugged.
• Error 8: Memory related error.
Software bugged.
• Error 9: Program error.
Software bugged.
• Error 10: The chart is skew.
Improper positioning of the chart.
8050fs1011 • Error 11: Image header information read error.
Software bugged.
7. Press the C button while pressing the P button. • Error 12: An argument set error.
Software bugged.
8. "Color registration manual adj. screen" • Error 13: A measurement error.
Press the [SCAN] key to scan the test pattern. Improper positioning of the chart, or a
defective chart.

2 1-74
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

11. When a "NG" occurs in the "MainScan", 15. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return

I ADJUSTMENT
"Mag(ALL)" or "Mag(PART)," open the toner to the "Timing adjustment mode menu screen."
supply section and loosen 2 screws [1] pro-
vided near the developing unit of a color from
which an "NG" is displayed. Then, slide the
adjustment plate [2] up and down to adjust the
partial horizontal magnification. Moving the
adjustment plate [2] upward reduces the partial
horizontal magnification data (minus) and mov-
ing the plate downward increases it (plus).
• Adjustment target
Move the adjustment plate [2] by referring to
the "Rest" of "Mag(PART)" (partial horizontal
magnification) (unit: pixel) displayed at the
operation panel. The scale of the adjustment
plate [2] changes about 0.5 pixel per notch.

[2]

[1] 8050fs1012

12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


to the "Timing adjustment menu screen."

13. Conduct the color registration adjustment


referring to (8) Auto. color registration adjust-
ment.

14. Repeat steps 4 to 13 until "OK" is displayed.

1-75 1
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7.3.3 RADF adjustment


5. "RADF original size adjustment (A4) or (8.5 x
I ADJUSTMENT

11) screen"
Conduct the original size adjustment, original stop
With the A4 (for metric machine) or 8.5 x 11
position adjustment and the sensor adjustment of
(for inch machine) paper set to the RADF,
the RADF.
press the [Start] key.

A. Procedure 6. After confirmation of a message "Complete,"


press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key.
1. Enter the 36 mode.
7. "RADF original size adjustment (A5R) or (5.5 x
2. "36 mode menu screen"
8.5R) screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
With the A5R (for metric machine) or 5.5 x
3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen" 8.5R (for inch machine) paper set to the RADF,
Press the [3. RADF adjustment] key. press the [Start] key.

4. "RADF adjustment menu screen" 8. After confirmation of a message "Complete,"


For the RADF adjustment, the following items press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key.
are provided:
9. "RADF original size adjustment (A4R) or (8.5 x
[1. RADF original size adjustment]
11R) screen"
[2. RADF orig. stop position adj.]
With the A4R (for metric machine) or 8.5 x 11R
[3. RADF sensor adjustment]
(for inch machine) paper set to the RADF,
5. Press the key of an item you want to adjust. press the [Start] key.

6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return 10. After confirmation of a message "Complete,"
from each of the adjustment screens to the press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
"RADF adjustment menu screen."
11. Make sure that the RADF original size is prop-
erly detected.

(1) RADF original size adjustment 12. Press the C button while pressing P button.
Conduct this adjustment when the RADF original
size is not properly detected. 13. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "RADF adjustment menu screen."
a. Procedure

1. Enter the 36 mode.

2. "36 mode menu screen"


Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.

3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen"


Press the [3. RADF adjustment] key.

4. "RADF adjustment menu screen"


Press the [1. RADF original size adjustment]
key.

1-76
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

(2) RADF original stop position adjustment


11. Repeat steps 6 to 10 until the standard value
Conduct the original stop position leading edge tim-

I ADJUSTMENT
can be obtained.
ing (leading edge timing) adjustment of the RADF.
12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
Note: to the "RADF adjustment mode menu screen."
• Make sure that the printer lead edge timing
adjustment and the scanner re-start timing
adjustment have been completed. (3) RADF sensor adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when malfunction occurs
a. Procedure in the reflective type sensors.

1. Enter the 36 mode. a. Procedure

2. "36 mode menu screen" 1. Enter the 36 mode.


Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen" Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
Press the [3. RADF adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen"
4. "RADF adjustment menu screen" Press the [3. RADF adjustment] key.
Press the [2. RADF orig. stop position] key.
4. "RADF adjustment menu screen"
5. "Front plain paper/thick paper screen" Press the [3. RADF sensor adjustment] key.
For the RADF orig. stop position adj., the fol-
lowing items are provided. Press the [NEXT 5. "RADF sensor adjustment screen"
ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS ADJUST- Close the RADF and press the [Start] key.
MENT] key to select an item you want to The sensitivity of the RADF sensors are auto-
adjust. matically adjusted.
[Normal & Thick paper (Front side)]
[Thin paper (Front side)] 6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
[Normal & Thick paper (Back side)] to the "RADF adjustment mode menu screen."
[Thin paper (Back side)]

6. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.

7. With the original setting set to the copy mode


according to an item you want to adjust, set the
test chart to the RADF. And select the A3
paper and press the START button.

8. Check the RADF leading edge timing.


• Standard value: 3 mm or less

9. When the value is not within the standard,


press the C button while pressing the P button.

10. Enter a numeric value through the numeric


keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -14 to +14, 1 step = 0.5 mm

1-77
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7.3.4 Centring adjustment


4. "Centring adjustment mode menu screen"
I ADJUSTMENT

Press the [1. Printer centring adjustment] key.


Adjust the mis-centering of images vertical to the
paper feed direction. 5. "Printer centring adj. (Tray 1) screen"
For the printer centering adjustment, the fol-
A. Procedure lowing items are provided. Press the [NEXT
ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS ADJUST-
1. Enter the 36 mode.
MENT] key to select an item you want to
2. "36 mode menu screen" adjust.
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key. • "Printer centring adj. (Tray 1)"
• "Printer centring adj. (Tray 2)"
3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen" • "Printer centring adj. (Tray 3)"
Press the [4. Centring adjustment] key. • "Printer centring adj. (Bypass)"
• "Printer centring adj. (Tray 4)"
4. "Centring adjustment mode menu screen"
• "Printer centring adj. (ADU)"
For the centering adjustment, the following
• "Large size offset (Tray 1)"
items are provided:
• "Small size offset (Tray 1)"
[1. Printer centring adjustment]
• "8.5 x 5.5 offset (Tray 1)"
[2. Scanner centring adjustment]
• "Large size offset (Tray 2)"
[3. RADF centring adjustment]
• "Small size offset (Tray 2)"
5. Press the key of an item you want to adjust. • "8.5 x 5.5 offset (Tray 2)"
• "Large size offset (Tray 3)"
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return • "Small size offset (Tray 3)"
from each of the adjustment screens to the • "8.5 x 5.5 offset (Tray 3)"
"Centring adjustment mode menu screen." • "Large size offset (Bypass)"
• "Small size offset (Bypass)"
• "8.5 x 5.5 offset (Bypass)"
(1) Printer centring adjustment • "Large size offset (Tray 4)"
This adjustment changes the laser writing start tim- • "Small size offset (Tray 4)"
ing. • "Large size normal paper offset (ADU)"
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator • "Large size thick paper offset (ADU)"
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1. • "Small size normal paper offset (ADU)"
• "Small size thick paper offset (ADU)"
Note: • "8.5 x 5.5 normal paper offset (ADU)"
• Be sure that the printer horizontal magnifica- • "8.5 x 5.5 thick paper offset (ADU)"
tion has been completed.
Note:
a. Procedure • Large size: 300 mm or more in length in the
paper feed direction
1. Enter the 36 mode.
• Small size: 300 mm or less in length in the
2. "36 mode menu screen" paper feed direction
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key. • Thick Paper: 106 g/m2 or more

3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen" 6. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
Press the [4. Centring adjustment] key.

1-78
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

7. Select the paper size and the type of paper 5. "Scanner (platen) centring adjustment screen"

I ADJUSTMENT
according to an item you want to adjust, and Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
press the START button to output a test pat-
tern (No. 16). 6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
START button with a test chart set to the origi-
8. Fold the outputted paper in the paper feed nal glass.
direction and check the amount of error of the
lines on both sides. 7. Fold the outputted paper in the paper feed

• Standard value: Within ± 2 mm direction and check the amount of error of the
lines on both sides.
9. When the value is not within the standard, • Standard value: Within ± 2 mm
press the C button while pressing the P button.
8. When the value is not within the standard,
10. Enter a numeric value through the numeric press the C button while pressing the P button.
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -40 to +40, 1 step = 0.1 mm 9. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
11. Repeat steps 6 to 10 until the standard value • Setting range: -30 to +30, 1 step = 0.1 mm
can be obtained.
10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 until the standard value is
12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return obtained.
to the "Centring adjustment mode menu
11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
screen."
to the "Centring adjustment mode menu
screen."
(2) Scanner centring adjustment
Adjust the centring when scanning the platen origi-
(3) RADF centring adjustment
nal.
Adjusts the centring when scanning the RADF origi-
nal.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.
Note:
• Make sure that the printer centering adjust-
Note:
ment has been completed.
• Make sure that the printer centering and scan-
ner centring adjustment has been completed.
a. Procedure

1. Enter the 36 mode. a. Procedure

2. "36 mode menu screen" 1. Enter the 36 mode.


Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen" Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
Press the [4. Centring adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen"
4. "Centring adjustment mode menu screen" Press the [4. Centring adjustment] key.
Press the [2. Scanner centring adjustment]
key. 4. "Centring adjustment menu screen"
Press the [3. RADF centring adjustment] key.

1-79 1
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7.3.5 Non-image area erase check


5. "RADF centring adjustment (Front) screen"
I ADJUSTMENT

For the RADF centering adjustment, the follow-


When installing this machine or when moving the
ing items are provided. Press the [NEXT
installation site, check to see if the erasure function
ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS ADJUST-
on the outside of the original of the copy-applied
MENT] key to select an item you want to
functions operates correctly at this installation site.
adjust.
Preparations made in advance:
• "RADF centring adjustment (Front)"
• Open fully the RADF or platen cover.
• "RADF centring adjustment (Back)"
• There should not be anything on the original
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
glass.
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the • Clean the original glass.
START button with a test chart set to the origi-
nal glass. A. Procedure

7. Fold the outputted paper in the paper feed 1. Enter the 36 mode.
direction and check the amount of error of the
2. "36 mode menu screen"
lines on both sides.
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
• Standard value: Within ± 2 mm
3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen"
8. When the value is not within the standard,
Press the [5. Non-image area erase check]
press the C button while pressing the P button.
key.
9. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
4. "Non-image area erase check screen"
keys and press the [SET] key.
Press the [Start] key.
• Setting range: -30 to +30, 1 step = 0.1 mm
5. Make sure that a message "Normal adjustment
10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 until the standard value is
selected..." is shown on the operation panel.
obtained.
When a message "Does not function satisfac-
11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return torily..." is shown, refer to "B. Error message
to the "Centring adjustment mode menu and Handling," to conduct the non-image area
screen." erase check again.

6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


to the "Image adjustment menu screen."

2 1-80
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

B. Error message and Handling 7.3.6 Recall standard data

I ADJUSTMENT
If the error is detected while perform the "non-image Reset the adjustment values of image adjustment to
area erase check" mode, following error message the standard data. (factory default data)
will be displayed on the operation panel.
Note:
(1) Error message 1 • Data for the printer vertical magnification,
Adjust for Moderate Brightness. RADF registration loop, auto. color registra-
The Non-image area erase function may not oper- tion, color registration manual, RADF original
ate correctly with dark (density) originals. size, RADF original stop position and RADF
Please confirm "adjustment" - "36 MODE", columns sensor adjustment cannot be reset to stan-
of Service Manual. dard data.

Handling 1 A. Procedure
When the "non-image area erase" function is not
used very frequently, or when copy originals that 1. Enter the 36 mode.

have a dark background are not copied very fre-


2. "36 mode menu screen"
quently in the "non-image area erase," the copier
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
can be used in the current installation location.
However, when copy originals that have a dark 3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
background are frequently copied, install the copier Press the [5. Recall standard data] key.
in a location or in a direction where less external
light get in (darker) than the present installation 4. "Recall standard data (image adjustment data)

location, and check the "non-image area erase screen"

check mode" again. Press the [YES] key when recalling the stan-
dard data. Pressing the [NO] key or [PREVI-

(2) Error message 2 OUS SCREEN] key returns to the "Image

Adjust for Extreme Brightness. adjustment menu screen" without recalling the

In many case, the non-image area erase function standard data.

will not operate correctly.


Please confirm "adjustment" - "36 MODE", columns
of Service Manual.

Handling 2
When the "non-image area erase" function is not
used very frequently, the copier can be used in the
current installation location. However, the outside-
original erasure function is frequently used, install
the copier in a location or in a direction where less
external light get in (darker) than the present instal-
lation location, and check the "non-image area
erase check mode" again. At this time, when there
is a bright light source such as a fluorescent light
installed directly above this machine, reconsider the
installation location or direction, or take some mea-
sures to shield the light source and check the "non-
image area erase check mode" again.

1-81 2
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7.4 Image quality adjustment 7.4.1 Scanner gamma adjustment


I ADJUSTMENT

Conduct various image quality adjustments. Conduct the gradation correction of the scanner.
When color reproduction is a poor condition, usually
A. Procedure conduct the printer gamma correction of the pro-
cess adjustment.
1. Enter the 36 mode.
When changing the CCD unit, exposure lamp (L1),
original glass or each scanner mirror, conduct this
2. "36 mode menu screen"
adjustment.
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.

3. "Image quality mode menu screen" Note:


For the image quality adjustment, the following • Scanner gamma has been adjusted for each
items are provided: machine. Please be noted that the scanner
[1. Scanner gamma adjustment] gamma data is rewritten to the mean value if
[2. Printer gamma adjustment] the [Adj. data reset] key in the "Scanner
[3. Sharpness adjustment] gamma adjustment screen" is pressed.
[4. Contrast adjustment]
[5. Image judge adjustment] A. Procedure
[6. ACS adjustment]
[7. Density adjustment] 1. After replacing a part, place a test chart on the

[8. Tone adjustment] original glass, select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and

[9. Recall standard data] press the START button.

4. Press the key of an item you want to adjust. Note:


• For the start button, be sure to press the
5. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
hard button, not the soft key on the LCD.
from each of the adjustment screen to the
"Image quality mode menu screen." 2. Check for the foggy background or color bal-
ance.

3. If there is abnormality, enter the 36 mode.

4. "36 mode menu screen"


Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.

5. "Image quality mode menu screen"


Press the [1. Scanner gamma adjustment] key.

6. "Scanner gamma adjustment screen"


Press the [Adj. data reset] key.
Press the [YES] key when rewriting the scan-
ner gamma mean value. Press the [NO] to
return to the "Scanner gamma adjustment
screen" without rewriting.

7. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


to the "Image quality mode menu screen."

2 1-82
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

7.4.2 Printer gamma adjustment (1) Printer gamma offset adjustment


Conduct this adjustment when the color reproduc-

I ADJUSTMENT
When the color reproduction is in poor condition, tion varies with copy modes to correct the gradation
conduct this adjustment to correct the gradation. in a high light density section and adjust the density
This adjustment is not reflected on the output from in the background.
the IP.
Note:
A. Procedure • For the printer gamma offset adjustment,
adjustment methods of 0 to 5 are available for
1. Enter the 36 mode.
each screen type. It is possible to divide the
gradation in 256 into 6 parts of 0 to 5 and
2. "36 mode menu screen"
adjust the entire ranges from "0: Low density
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
section" to "5: High density section."
3. "Image quality mode menu screen" • In default, adjustment is limited only to "0 (low
Press the [2. Printer gamma adjustment] key. density section)." When setting DIPSW 28-4 to
1, adjustment can be made on the entire
4. For the printer gamma adjustment, the follow- ranges of 0 to 5.
ing items are provided: • Be sure not make the adjustment of "Printer
[1. Printer gamma offset adj.] gamma offset adjustment (ED-8) (0 to 5)."
[2. Printer gamma sensor adj.]
[3. Printer screen gradation adj.] a. Procedure

5. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.


1. Enter the 36 mode.

6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


2. "36 mode menu screen"
from each of adjustment screen to the "Printer
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
gamma adjustment menu screen."
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Printer gamma adjustment] key.

4. "Printer gamma adjustment menu screen"


Press the [1. Printer gamma offset adj.] key.

1-83 2
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

5. "Printer gamma offset adj. (LS200) (0) screen" 10. "Printer gamma offset adjustment screen"
I ADJUSTMENT

For the printer gamma offset adjustment, the Press the key of a color (C or K) you want to
following items are provided. Press the [NEXT adjust, enter a numeric value through the
ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS ADJUST- numeric keys and press the [SET] key.
MENT] key to select an item you want to • Setting range: -128 (lighter) to +127 (darker)
adjust.
• "Printer gamma offset adj. (LS200) (0 to 5)" Note:
• "Printer gamma offset adj. (LS150) (0 to 5)" • There are three keys: [1/1], [1/2] and [1/3]
• "Printer gamma offset adj. (DS200) (0 to 5)" provided for each line speed. Be sure to use
• "Printer gamma offset adj. (DS150) (0 to 5)" the key [1/1] for adjustment. A value entered
• "Printer gamma offset adj. (ED-8) (0 to 5)" by the key [1/1] is automatically inputted into
• "Printer gamma offset adj. (ED-2) (0 to 5)" keys [1/2] and [1/3].
The following shows the copy mode to which
each adjustment is reflected. 11. Repeat steps 6 to 10 until the standard value is

(LS200): Line screen/High resolution obtained.

(LS150): Line screen/Smooth tone


12. Take notice of the gray gradation pattern [1]
(DS200): Dot screen/High resolution
created in C, M and Y, make sure that the gray
(DS150): Dot screen/Smooth tone
balance at the square marks line [2] and [3] is
(ED-8): Text section to be used together with
the same.
the screens above.
(ED-2): High compression

6. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key. Y


M
7. Set A4 or 8.5 x 11 paper in the bypass tray and C
K
press the START button to print a test pattern.

8. Check the test pattern that has been outputted.


• Make sure that the high light density starting
section of C and K is uniform, and even
between the gray reference lines [1].
[1]
[6] [5] [4] [2] [3] 8050fs1016
[1]

Y
M
C
K

8050fs1015

9. When they are not even, press the C button


while pressing the P button.

2 1-84
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

(2) Printer gamma sensor adjustment


13. When the gray balance is not the same, press
When a poor color reproduction results even after

I ADJUSTMENT
the key of a color (Y or M) you want to adjust,
the automatic gamma adjustment of the process
enter a numeric value through the numeric
adjustment, conduct this adjustment to correct gra-
keys and press the [SET] key.
dation.
• Setting range: -128 (lighter) to +127 (darker)
The printer gamma correction that is carried out
automatically and periodically uses a gamma sen-
Note:
sor to read patterns on the transfer belt. So, there is
• There are three keys: [1/1], [1/2] and [1/3]
a possibility of the gamma sensor not being accu-
provided for each line speed. Be sure to use
rately adjusted due to the change in characteristic
the key [1/1] for adjustment. A value entered
of the gamma sensor. This adjustment use the
by the key [1/1] is automatically inputted into
scanner to correct the gamma sensor for accurate
keys [1/2] and [1/3].
printer gamma adjustment.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
• How to match the gray balance
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.
Take notice of the gray patches [4] made up of
49 colors of C, M and Y. In the 49 patches, M
a. Procedure
gets darker as going right to left. And Y gets
darker as going down from up. However, C is 1. Enter the 36 mode.
fixed. The patch [5] at the center is the same
color as the gray [2]. The patches [6] positioned 2. "36 mode menu screen"
at the four corners of the patch [5] is the same Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
color as the gray [3]. Out of the 49 patches,
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
select a gray of the same gray balance as the
Press the [2. Printer gamma adjustment] key.
gray [6].
e.g.) When a patch on the lower right side is 4. "Printer gamma adjustment menu screen"
more suitable than the patch [5] at the center: Press the [2. Printer gamma sensor adj.] key.
Adjust M and Y in the positive direction.
When a patch on the upper left side is more
suitable than the patch [5] at the center: Adjust
M and Y in the negative direction.

14. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.

15. Set A4 or 8.5 x 11 paper in the bypass tray and


press the START button to print a test pattern.

16. Repeat steps 13 to 15 until you can get a satis-


factory result.

17. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


to the "Printer gamma adjustment menu
screen."

1-85 2
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

5. "Printer gamma sensor adj. (LS200) screen" 8. "Please load output paper... screen"
I ADJUSTMENT

For the printer gamma sensor adjustment, the After completion of the test pattern output, the
following items are provided. Press the [NEXT display returns automatically to the adjustment
ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS ADJUST- screen.
MENT] key to select an item you want to The outputted test pattern [1] pressed securely
adjust. against the original positioning plate /L [3] and
• "Printer gamma sensor adjustment (LS200)" the original positioning plate /R [4], set it to the
• "Printer gamma sensor adjustment (LS150)" original glass.
• "Printer gamma sensor adjustment (DS200)" Note:
• "Printer gamma sensor adjustment (DS150)" • Make sure to set it with the green triangular
• "Printer gamma sensor adjustment (CONTONE)" mark [2] on the left side.
• "Printer gamma sensor adjustment (ED)" (with printing face down)
The following shows the copy mode to which
each adjustment is reflected:
[3] [4]
(LS200): Line screen/High resolution
(LS150): Line screen/Smooth tone
(DS200): Dot screen/High resolution
(DS150): Dot screen/Smooth tone
(CONTONE): Text section to be used
together with the screens
[2]
above.
(ED): High compression
Note:
• A screen in which the screen selection is
turned off by the key operator mode-memory
switch is not displayed.
• When any one of the screen adjustments is [1]
made, be sure to conduct the CONTONE
8050fs1017
adjustment at the same time.

6. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key. 9. With 10 sheets of copy paper (white) placed on
the test chart, close the RADF or platen cover.
7. With the A4 (for metric machine) or 8.5 x 11
Note:
(for inch machine) paper set in the bypass tray,
• Be sure to use white copy paper. Otherwise,
press the START button to output a test pat-
the printer gradation cannot be corrected
tern.
properly.

10. Press the [Start] key.


Note:
• Start cannot be made when paper is not set
in the bypass tray.

11. When the chart is scanned with no problem


found, the gamma sensor is adjusted, the
printer gamma correction is made and a mes-
sage "Complete" is displayed.

2 1-86
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

12. If any trouble should be found, an error code is 13. "Printer gamma sensor adj. screen"

I ADJUSTMENT
displayed for each cause. Repair the error Press the [Adj. data reset] key if you want to
referring to the below. return to the factory default data.
• Error 1: Improper positioning of the chart. Press the [YES] key to reset the adjusted
• Error 2: The setting direction of a chart is printer gamma sensor data and return to the
upside down. factory default data.
Improper positioning of the chart. Press the [NO] key to return to the "Printer
• Error 3: A chart pattern cannot be detected. gamma sensor adj. screen" without data reset.
A different type of chart.
• Error 4: Adjustment is impossible. 14. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return

Software bugged. to the "Printer gamma adjustment menu

• Error 5: Not within the standard value. screen."

Re-adjust it.
• Error 6: Nonvolatile data abnormality.
(3) Printer screen gradation adjustment
Check the installation of memory
Adjust a tone jump (in which gradation is not contin-
board.
uous).
• Error 7: Memory other than those specified is
accessed.
a. Procedure
Software bugged.
• Error 8: Memory related error. 1. Enter the 36 mode.
Software bugged.
• Error 9: Program error—Software bugged. 2. "36 mode menu screen"

• Error 10: The chart is skew. Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.

Improper positioning of the chart.


3. "Image quality adjustment menu screen"
• Error 11: Image header information read error.
Press the [2. Printer gamma adjustment] key.
Software bugged.
• Error 12: RGB data abnormality. 4. "Printer gamma adjustment menu screen"
Chart is wrong, or software is bugged. Press the [3. Printer screen gradation adj.] key.
• Error 13: Argument set error.
Software bugged. 5. "Printer screen gradation adj. (Y) screen"

• Error 31: Sensor value abnormality - Re-adjust For the printer screen gradation adjustment,

it. the following items are provided.

• Error 51: Regression calculation abnormality - "Printer screen gradation adj. (Y)"

Re-adjust it. "Printer screen gradation adj. (M)"

• Error 52: Array number overflow - Software "Printer screen gradation adj. (C)"

bugged. "Printer screen gradation adj. (K)"

• Error 53: Regression order abnormality - Soft-


6. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
ware bugged.
• Error 54: Selected screen information abnor- 7. Set the A4 or 8.5 x 11 paper in the bypass tray
mality - Software bugged. and press the START button to output a test
• Error 55: Color information abnormality - Soft- pattern.
ware bugged.
8. Five sheets of test pattern are automatically
outputted. Check them to see if there is a tone
jump found in them.

1-87 1
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7.4.3 Sharpness adjustment


9. When a tone jump is found in them, press the
I ADJUSTMENT

C button while pressing the P button.


Conduct the sharpness adjustment or, this is carried
10. "Printer screen gradation adj." out when moire reproduced.
Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key or [PRE- Use this adjustment for changing the center value
VIOUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select a color in for the sharpness adjustment in the user mode.
which a tone jump has occurred.
A. Procedure
11. Enter one less numeric value than the current
and press the [SET] key. 1. Enter the 36 mode.
• Setting range: -3 to +1
2. "36 mode menu screen"
12. Repeat steps 6 to 11 until the tone jump disap- Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
pears.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
13. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return Press the [3. Sharpness adjustment] key.
to the "Printer gamma adjustment menu
4. "Sharpness adjustment menu screen"
screen."
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.

5. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the


START button with a test chart set to the origi-
nal glass.

6. Press the C button while pressing the P button.

7. Enter a numeric value through the numeric


keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -5 (soft/less moire) to +5 (sharp/
more moire)

8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 until it becomes suitable.

9. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


to the "Image quality mode menu screen."

1-88
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

7.4.4 Contrast adjustment 7.4.5 Image judge adjustment

I ADJUSTMENT
Adjust the contrast. Adjust the threshold value of the original image
Use this adjustment for changing the center value judgement.
for the contrast adjustment in the user mode.
A. Procedure
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
2. "36 mode menu screen" Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
3. "Image quality mode menu screen" Press the [5. Image judge adjustment] key.
Press the [4. Contrast adjustment] key.
4. "Image judge adjustment mode menu screen"
4. "Contrast adjustment menu screen" For the image judge adjustment, the following
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key. items are provided:
[1. Dot detect adjustment]
5. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the [2. Color text adjustment]
START button with a test chart set to the origi- [3. Dot/Text area adjustment]
nal glass.
5. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
6. Press the C button while pressing the P button.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
7. Enter a numeric value through the numeric from each of the adjustment screens to the
keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key. "Image judge adjustment mode menu screen."
• Setting range: -5 (contrast increased) to +5
(contrast reduced)

(1) Dot detect adjustment


8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 until it becomes suitable.
Adjust the dot discrimination threshold value of the
9. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return original image.
to the "Image quality mode menu screen."
a. Procedure

1. Enter the 36 mode.

2. "36 mode menu screen"


Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.

3. "Image quality mode menu screen"


Press the [5. Image judge adjustment] key.

4. "Image judge adjustment menu screen"


Press the [1. Dot detect adjustment] key.

5. "Dot detect adjustment R screen"


Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.

1-89
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(2) Color text adjustment


6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
Adjust the color text discrimination threshold value
I ADJUSTMENT

START button with a test chart set to the origi-


of the original image.
nal glass.
Use this adjustment for changing the center value
7. A dot detection pattern is outputted. for the color text adjustment in the user mode.
This output pattern shows how the original
image is discriminated as an image. a. Procedure
• Cyan section: Discriminated as a dot.
1. Enter the 36 mode.
• White section: Discriminated as a picture.
• Black section: Discriminated as a black text. 2. "36 mode menu screen"
• Magenta section: Discriminated as a color text. Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.

8. Press the C button while pressing the P button. 3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Image judge adjustment] key.
9. "Dot detect adjustment R screen"
For the dot detection adjustment, the following 4. "Image judge adjustment menu screen"
items are provided: Press the [2. Color text adjustment] key.
[Dot detect adjustment R]
[Dot detect adjustment G] 5. "Color text screen"
[Dot detect adjustment B] Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.

10. Select a color you want to adjust as necessary, 6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
enter a numeric value through the numeric START button with a test chart set to the origi-
keys, and press the [SET] key. nal glass.
• Setting range: -5 (dot area reduced) to +5 (dot
7. A color text detection pattern is outputted.
area increased)
This output pattern shows how the original
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until it becomes suitable. image is discriminated as an image.
• Black section: Discriminated as a black text.
12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return • Magenta section: Discriminated as a color text.
to the "Image judge adjustment mode menu
screen." 8. Press the C button while pressing the P button.

9. "Color text screen"


Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -5 (color text area reduced) to +5
(color text area increased)

10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until it becomes suitable.

11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


to the "Image judge adjustment menu screen."

1-90
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

(3) Dot/Text area adjustment 7.4.6 ACS adjustment


Adjust the dot discrimination and text discrimination

I ADJUSTMENT
threshold values of the original image. Conduct this adjustment when the ACS (Auto color
Use this adjustment for changing the center value selection) does not function properly.
for the letter adjustment in the user mode.
A. Procedure
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
2. "36 mode menu screen" Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality adjustment menu screen"
3. "Image quality mode menu screen" Press the [6. ACS adjustment] key.
Press the [5. Image judge adjustment] key.
4. "Set the chart and push [SCAN] screen"
4. "Image judge adjustment mode menu screen" With an original in which the ACS does not
Press the [3. Dot/Text adjustment] key. function properly set to the original glass,
press the [SCAN] key.
5. "Dot/Text adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key. 5. In the "JUDGE," the result of the ACS is shown
as "COLOR" or "MONOCHROME."
6. Select the A3 paper and press the START but-
ton with a test chart set to the original glass. 6. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key.
7. A dot and text detection pattern is outputted. • Setting range: -5 (MONOCHROME) to +5
This output pattern shows how the original (COLOR)
image is discriminated as an image.
• Cyan section: Discriminated as a dot. 7. Repeat steps 4 to 6 until it becomes suitable.
• White section: Discriminated as a picture.
• Black section: Discriminated as a black text. 8. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return

• Magenta section: Discriminated as a color text. to the "Image quality mode menu screen."

8. Press the C button while pressing the P button.

9. "Dot/Text area adjustment screen"

10. Enter a numeric value through the numeric


keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -5 (dot area reduced and text
area increased) to +5 (dot area increased and
text area reduced)

11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until it becomes suitable.

12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


to the "Image judge adjustment menu screen."

1-91
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7.4.7 Density adjustment


6. A numeric value is shown in the "RESULT."
I ADJUSTMENT

Adjust the AE (AES) density, copy density and the 7. When the adjustment result is other than 0,
background density. enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key (e.g.: if the
A. Procedure adjustment result is 2, input -2).
• Setting range: -5 to +5
1. Enter the 36 mode.
8. Repeat steps 5 to 7 until the adjustment result
2. "36 mode menu screen"
becomes 0.
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
9. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
to the "Density adjustment mode menu
Press the [7. Density adjustment] key.
screen."
4. "Density adjustment mode menu screen"
For the density adjustment, the following items
are provided:
(2) Copy density adjustment
[1. AE (AES) adjustment]
Adjust the copy density.
[2. Copy density adjustment]
Use this adjustment for changing the center value
[3. Background adjustment]
for the density shift function in the user mode.
5. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
a. Procedure
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
from each of the adjustment screens to the 1. Enter the 36 mode.
"Density adjustment mode menu screen."
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.

(1) AE (AES) adjustment 3. "Image quality mode menu screen"


Conduct this adjustment when you want to change Press the [7. Density adjustment] key.
the center value selected by the AE (Auto density
selection) in the user mode. 4. "Density adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Copy density adjustment] key.
a. Procedure

1. Enter the 36 mode.

2. "36 mode menu screen"


Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.

3. "Image quality mode menu screen"


Press the [7. Density adjustment] key.

4. "Density adjustment mode menu screen"


Press the [1. AE (AES) adjustment] key.

5. With a chart in which you want to change the


AE density set to the original glass, press the
[SCAN] key.

1-92
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

a. Procedure
5. "Copy density adjustment screen"

I ADJUSTMENT
For the copy density adjustment, the following 1. Enter the 36 mode.
items are provided. Press the arrow key to
select an item you want to adjust. 2. "36 mode menu screen"
• "Text/Photo (Full color)" Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
• "Photo (Full color)"
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
• "Text (Full color)"
Press the [7. Density adjustment] key.
• "Map (Full color)"
• "Text/Photo (Mono color)" 4. "Density adjustment mode menu screen"
• "Photo (Mono color)" Press the [3. Background adjustment] key.
• "Text (Mono color)"
• "Map (Mono color)" 5. "Background adjustment screen"
• "Text/Photo (Monochrome)" For the background adjustment, the following
• "Photo (Monochrome)" items are provided. Press the arrow key to
• "Text (Monochrome)" select an item you want to adjust.
• "Map (Monochrome)" • "Text/Photo (Full color)"
• "Photo (Full color)"
6. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key. • "Text (Full color)"
• "Map (Full color)"
7. Select a mode you want to adjust and then
• "Text/Photo (Mono color)"
select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper. With the test
• "Photo (Mono color)"
chart set to the original glass, press the START
• "Text (Mono color)"
button.
• "Map (Mono color)"
8. Press the C button while pressing the P button. • "Text/Photo (Monochrome)"
• "Photo (Monochrome)"
9. Enter a numeric value through the numeric • "Text (Monochrome)"
keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key. • "Map (Monochrome)"
• Setting range: -5 (lighter) to +5 (darker)
6. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 until it becomes suitable.
7. Select a mode you want to adjust and then
11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper. With the test
to the "Density adjustment mode menu chart set to the original glass, press the START
screen." button.

8. Press the C button while pressing the P button.


(3) Background adjustment
Adjust the copy background density. 9. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
The background adjustment in the user mode only keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key.
supports the batch adjustment. It is not possible to • Setting range: -5 (lighter) to +5 (darker)
adjust the background for each color mode or origi-
10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 until it becomes suitable.
nal mode.
11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Density adjustment mode menu
screen."

1-93
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7.4.8 Tone adjustment


6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
I ADJUSTMENT

START button with a test chart set to the origi-


Conduct the tone adjustment of red, green or blue.
nal glass.
Use this adjustment for changing the center value
for the tone adjustment in the user mode. 7. Press the C button while pressing the P button.

A. Procedure 8. Enter a numeric value through the numeric


keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key.
1. Enter the 36 mode. • Setting range: -5 (lighter) to +5 (darker)

2. "36 mode menu screen" 9. Repeat steps 6 to 8 until it becomes suitable.


Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
10. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
3. "Image quality mode menu screen" to the "Image quality adjustment menu
Press the [8. Tone adjustment] key. screen."

4. "Tone adjustment mode menu screen"


For the tone adjustment, the following items (2) Green adjustment
are provided: Adjust the density of green.
[1. Red adjustment]
[2. Green adjustment] a. Procedure
[3. Blue adjustment]
1. Enter the 36 mode.
5. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
from each of the adjustment screen to the
"Image quality mode menu screen." 3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [8. Tone adjustment] key.

4. "Tone adjustment mode menu screen"


(1) Red adjustment
Press the [2. Green adjustment] key.
Adjust the density of red.
This adjustment is not reflected to the IP. 5. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.

a. Procedure 6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the


START button with a test chart set to the origi-
1. Enter the 36 mode. nal glass.

2. "36 mode menu screen" 7. Press the C button while pressing the P button.
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
8. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
3. "Image quality mode menu screen" keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key.
Press the [8. Tone adjustment] key. • Setting range: -5 (lighter) to +5 (darker)

4. "Tone adjustment mode menu screen" 9. Repeat steps 6 to 8 until it becomes suitable.
Press the [1. Red adjustment] key.
10. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
5. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key. to the "Image quality mode menu screen."

1-94
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

(3) Blue adjustment 7.4.9 Recall standard data


Adjust the density of blue.

I ADJUSTMENT
Reset the adjustment values of image quality
a. Procedure adjustment to the standard data. (factory default
data)
1. Enter the 36 mode.

Note:
2. "36 mode menu screen"
• Data for the scanner gamma adjustment and
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
the printer gamma sensor adjustment cannot
3. "Image quality mode menu screen" be reset to standard data.
Press the [8. Tone adjustment] key.
A. Procedure
4. "Tone adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Blue adjustment] key. 1. Enter the 36 mode.

5. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key. 2. "36 mode menu screen"


Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
START button with a test chart set to the origi- 3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
nal glass. Press the [9. Recall standard data] key.

7. Press the C button while pressing the P button. 4. "Recall standard data: Image quality adj.
screen"
8. Enter a numeric value through the numeric Press the [YES] key when recalling the stan-
keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key. dard date. Pressing the [NO] key or [PREVI-
• Setting range: -5 (lighter) to +5 (darker) OUS SCREEN] key returns to the [Image
quality mode menu screen] without recalling
9. Repeat steps 6 to 8 until it becomes suitable.
the standard data.
10. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Image quality mode menu screen."

1-95
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7.5 Running test mode 7.5.1 Setting method


I ADJUSTMENT

Conduct a test while in the continuous copy opera- A. Procedure


tion.
1. Enter the 36 mode.
Select [4. Running test mode] in the 36 mode menu
screen to show the running mode menu screen. 2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [4. Running test mode] key.
For this adjustment, the following items can be
selected: 3. "Running test mode menu screen"
A. Intermittent copy mode Press the mode key of one of the modes 1 to
After completion of the copy operation for the set 5.
copy count, the copier changes into the copy ready
4. "Basic screen"
state and waits for 0.5 sec. before resuming the
Press the [Start] key.
same operation.

5. After confirmation of the copy operation, press


B. Paperless running mode
the STOP button and turn OFF the sub power
Without detecting paper or jam, the copy operation
switch (SW2).
is made nearly at the same timing as the normal
copy operation. In the same manner as the intermit-
tent copy mode, after completion of the copy opera-
tion for the set copy count, the copier changes into
the copy ready state and waits for 0.5 sec. before
resuming the same operation.

C. Paperless mode
Without detecting paper or jam, the copy operation
is made nearly at the same timing as the normal
copy operation.

D. Paperless endless mode


The copier operates with the copy count infinitely
set automatically. In the same manner as the paper-
less mode, without detecting paper or jam, the copy
operation is made nearly at the same timing as the
normal copy operation.

E. Running mode
The copy operation is made in the paperless end-
less mode plus the scanner each-time scan and the
auto paper feed tray switching.

1 1-96
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

7.6 Test pattern output mode

I ADJUSTMENT
Output various test patterns to separate abnormali-
ties. Select [5. Test pattern output mode] in the 36
mode screen to show "Test pattern output mode
screen."

Note:
• As for modes specifically not given in the Ser-
vice Manual, be sure not to output test pat-
terns.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the 36 mode.

2. "36 mode menu screen"


Press the [5. Test pattern output mode] key.

3. "Test pattern output mode screen"


After entering an output pattern number
through the numeric keys, press the [SET] key.

4. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.

5. "Basic screen"
Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and press the
START button to output a test pattern.

6. When outputting another test pattern, repeat


steps 3 to 5 while pressing the C button with
the P button being pressed at the same time.

7. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] to return to


the "36 mode menu screen."

1-97 1
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
I ADJUSTMENT

No.1 Overall halftone


[Check Items]
• When the density is set to 70 (halftone)
When there are image stripes or uneven density found, check the printer system for any abnormality.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Developing unit, cleaning unit and transfer belt unit.
• When the density is set to 0 (white)
When there is image foggy back ground, check the printer system for any abnormality.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charging corona, and high voltage contact.
• When the density is set at 255 (Y, M, C, K)
When the density is light, check the printer system for any abnormality.
[Recommended check point]: Write unit

* For information about setting the density, see "7.7 Test pattern density setting."

Test Pattern

When the density is set to 70 When the density is set to 0 When the density is set to 255

8050fs1019

1-98
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

I ADJUSTMENT
No.11 Beam check

[Check Items 1]
• For development and analysis of the write unit

[Check Items 2]
• Check the solid black pattern [1] to see if there is uneven density found in the main scanning and sub-
scanning directions.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charging corona, developing unit, transfer belt unit, and 2nd transfer unit

[Check Items 3]
• Check to see if there is any image repelling in the gradation pattern [2] at the leading/trailing edge of the
test pattern in the feed direction.
[Recommended checkpoint]: Transfer/separation corona unit

Test Pattern

[1]

[2]

8050fs1020

[1] Solid black pattern [2] Gradation pattern

1-99
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
I ADJUSTMENT

No.16 Linearity evaluation pattern

[Check Items]

Judge from this test pattern which of the scanner system and the printer system is abnormal.
Items that can be checked include horizontal magnification, vertical magnification, skew, and leading
edge timing, etc. of the printer system. If the copy image is defective despite no abnormality being visible
on the test pattern, the scanner system is defective.

Test Pattern

[1]
30mm 237mm 20mm

[1]
190mm
m
0m
28
205.7mm

28
0m
m

190mm

190mm 8050fs1021

[1] Edge of paper

1-100
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

I ADJUSTMENT
No.80 Line screen resolution priority evaluation pattern

While in use of the copier, check the gradationality of the primary color to the tertiary color when the line
screen high resolution is selected on the screen.

[Check item 1]
• Check to see if the gradation of each color is smooth and even with no tone jump found.
[Recommended checkpoint]: Conduct the adjustment of the printer gamma sensor.

[Check item 2]
• For development and analysis.

Test Pattern

b
[1] c

[2]

8050fs1120

a: Primary color b: Secondary color c: Tertiary color

1-101 2
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
I ADJUSTMENT

No.81 Line screen gradation priority evaluation pattern

While in use of the copier, check the gradationality of the primary color to the tertiary color when the line
screen smooth tone is selected on the screen.

[Check item 1]
• Check to see if the gradation of each color is smooth and even with no tone jump found.
[Recommended checkpoint]: Conduct the adjustment of the printer gamma sensor.

[Check item 2]
• For development and analysis.

Test Pattern

b
[1] c

[2]

8050fs1120

a: Primary color b: Secondary color c: Tertiary color

2 1-102
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

I ADJUSTMENT
No.82 Dot screen resolution priority evaluation pattern

While in use of the copier, check the gradationality of the primary color to the tertiary color when the dot
screen high resolution is selected on the screen.

[Check item 1]
• Check to see if the gradation of each color is smooth and even with no tone jump found.
[Recommended checkpoint]: Conduct the adjustment of the printer gamma sensor.

[Check item 2]
• For development and analysis.

Test Pattern

b
[1] c

[2]

8050fs1120

a: Primary color b: Secondary color c: Tertiary color

1-103 2
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
I ADJUSTMENT

No.83 Dot screen gradation priority evaluation pattern

While in use of the copier, check the gradationality of the primary color to the tertiary color when the dot
screen smooth tone is selected on the screen.

[Check item 1]
• Check to see if the gradation of each color is smooth and even with no tone jump found.
[Recommended checkpoint]: Conduct the adjustment of the printer gamma sensor.

[Check item 2]
• For development and analysis.

Test Pattern

b
[1] c

[2]

8050fs1120

a: Primary color b: Secondary color c: Tertiary color

2 1-104
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

I ADJUSTMENT
No.84 Character area evaluation pattern

While in use of the copier, check the gradationality of CONTONE used in the character area when the
line screen (smooth tone/high resolution) or the dot screen (smooth tone/high resolution) is selected on
the screen.

[Check item 1]
• Check to see if the density increases in incremental step from the lower density side and if the density
in the high density section of each color is dark enough.
[Recommended checkpoint]: Conduct the adjustment of the printer gamma sensor.

[Check item 2]
• For development and analysis.

Test Pattern

[1]

[2]

8050fs1121

1-105 2
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7.7 Test pattern density setting 7.8 Finisher adjustment


I ADJUSTMENT

Set the density of the test pattern. Adjusting the FNS, PI, PK, TU.

A. Procedure A. Procedure

1. Enter the 36 mode. 1. Enter the 36 mode.

2. "36 mode menu screen" 2. "36 menu screen"


Press the [6. Test pattern density setting] key. Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key.

3. "Test pattern density setting-Y screen" 3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key or [PRE- [1. Stitch & Fold stopper adj.]
VIOUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select one of [2. Fold stopper adjustment]
the colors: "Y, M, C and K" that you want to [3. Cover sheet tray size adj.]
adjust. [4. Trimming stopper adjustment]
[5. Punch adjustment]
4. Enter a numeric value through the numeric [6. Three-Fold position adj.]
keys and press the [SET] key. [7. 2 positions staple pitch adj.]
• Setting range: 0 (lighter) to 255 (darker)
4. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
5. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
5. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
6. "Basic screen"
from each of the adjustment screen to the "Fin-
Select the paper size and press the START
isher adjustment mode menu screen."
button to output a test pattern.

7. When outputting another test pattern, repeat


steps 3 to 5 while pressing the C button with
the P button being pressed at the same time.

8. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] to return to


the "36 mode menu screen."

1-106
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

7.8.1 Stitch and fold stopper adjustment (FS- 7.8.2 Fold stopper adjustment (FS-215/FN-9/FS-
215/FN-9/FS-606 only) 606 only)

I ADJUSTMENT
Adjusting the stapling position when stitch and fold Adjusting the fold position when stitch and fold or
mode. folding mode.

A. Procedure A. Procedure

1. Enter the 36 mode. 1. Enter the 36 mode.

2. "36 mode menu screen" 2. "36 mode menu screen"


Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key. Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key.

3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen" 3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Stitch and Fold stopper adj.] key. Press the [2. Fold stopper adjustment] key.

4. "Stitch and Fold stopper adj. (A3) screen" 4. "Fold stopper adjustment (A3) screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.

5. Set paper in the tray, set originals (more than 2 5. Set paper in the tray, set originals on RADF,
sheets) on RADF, and press the START but- and press the START button.
ton.
6. Check the paper center and folding position.
For the machine with platen cover, scan origi-
• Standard value: ± 1 mm
nals (more than 2 sheets) with [Store] key.

6. Check the paper center and stapling position. 7. When the value is not within the standard,

• Standard value: ± 1 mm press the C button while pressing the P button.

7. When the value is not within the standard, 8. "Fold stopper adjustment screen"

press the C button while pressing the P button. Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] or [PREVI-
OUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select a desired
8. "Stitch and Fold stopper adj. screen" paper size.
Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] or [PREVI-
9. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
OUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select a desired
keys and press the [SET] key.
paper size.
• Setting range: -128 to +127, 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key. 10. Repeat steps 4 to 9 until the standard value is

• Setting range: -128 to +127, 1 step = 0.1 mm obtained.

10. Repeat steps 4 to 9 until the standard value is 11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return

obtained. to the "Finisher adjustment mode menu


screen."
11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Finisher adjustment mode menu
screen."

1-107 2
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7.8.3 Cover sheet tray size adjustment (PI-110 7.8.4 Trimming stopper adjustment (TU-109/
only) TMG-3 only)
I ADJUSTMENT

This adjustment should be performed when the Adjusting the trimming amount.
cover sheet tray size cannot be detected properly
and when centring adjustment for cover sheet tray A. Procedure
is performed.
1. Enter the 36 mode.

A. Procedure
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key.
1. Enter the 36 mode.

3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen"


2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [4. Trimming stopper adjustment]
Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key.
key.
3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen"
4. "Trimming stopper adjustment (A3) screen"
Press the [3. Cover sheet tray size adj.] key.
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
4. Set a A4R (for metric machine) or 8.5 x 11R
5. Set paper in the tray, set originals (more than 2
(for inch machine) paper on the cover sheet
sheets) on RADF, and press the START but-
tray (upper/lower) [1] and press the [Start] key.
ton.
A complete message appears on the screen.
For the machine with platen cover, scan origi-
nals (more than 2 sheets) with [Store] key.
[1]
6. Check the trimming amount.
• Standard value: 2.5 to 4.5 mm
Note:
• Setting a trimming amount of 2.5 mm or
less may cause a trimming error.

7. When the value is not within the standard,


press the C button while pressing the P button.
8050fs1022

8. "Trimming stopper adjustment screen"


5. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] or [PREVI-
to the "Finisher adjustment menu screen." OUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select a desired
paper size.

9. Enter a numeric value through the numeric


keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -128 to +127, 1 step = 0.1 mm

10. Repeat steps 4 to 9 until the standard value is


obtained.

11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


to the "Finisher adjustment menu mode
screen."

2 1-108
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

7.8.5 Punch adjustment (PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 (1) Punch kit vertical position adjustment (PK-
only) 120/PK-5/PK-507 only)

I ADJUSTMENT
Adjusting the punch vertical position.
This adjusts the punch vertical positions, punch hor-
izontal positions, and punch registration loop a. Procedure
amount.
1. Enter the 36 mode.

A. Procedure
2. "36 mode menu screen"

1. Enter the 36 mode. Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key.

3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen"


2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Punch adjustment] key.
Press the [5. Punch adjustment] key.

3. "Punch adjustment mode menu screen" 4. "Punch adjustment mode menu screen"

Punch adjustment includes the following items: Press the [1. Punch kit vertical pos. adj.] key.

[1. Punch kit vertical pos. adj.]


5. "Punch kit ver. pos. adj. (A3) screen"
[2. Punch kit horizontal pos. adj.]
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
[5. Punch registration loop adj.]
6. Set paper in the tray, set originals on RADF,
4. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
and press the START button.

5. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


7. Check the punch vertical position.
each adjustment screen to the "Finisher
adjustment mode menu screen." 8. When the value is not appropriate, press the C
button while pressing down the P button.

9. "Punch kit ver. pos. adj. screen"


Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] or [PREVI-
OUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select a desired
paper size.

10. Enter a numeric value through the numeric


keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm

11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the value is appro-


priate.

12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


to the "Punch adjustment mode menu screen."

1-109 2
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(2) Punch kit horizontal position adjustment (3) Punch registration loop adjustment
(PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 only) Adjusting the registration loop amount for the
I ADJUSTMENT

Adjusting the punch horizontal position. reversed paper exit, the ADU paper exit (straight
exit) and cover sheet upper/lower.
a. Procedure
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key. 2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key.
3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Punch adjustment] key. 3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Punch adjustment] key.
4. "Punch adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Punch kit Horizontal pos. adj.] 4. "Punch adjustment mode menu screen"
key. Press the [5. Punch registration loop adj.] key.

5. "Punch kit horizontal position adj. screen" 5. Press [1. Punch registration loop adj. (main
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key. body)] key. or [2. Punch registration loop adj.
(PI)] key.
6. Set paper in the tray, set originals on RADF,
and press the START button. 6. "Punch registration loop adj. menu screen"
Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] or [PREVI-
7. Check the position of punch holes.
OUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select the item to
• Specification (Length between the edge of
be adjusted.
paper and the center of punch hole): 10.5 mm
The screen changes as follows; reverse →
(2 holes /4 holes/swedish 4 holes), 9.5 mm (3
ADU or upper tray → lower tray.
holes/inch 2 holes)
7. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
8. When the value is not within the standard,
press the C button while pressing the P button. 8. Press the START button to make a copy.

9. "Punch kit horizontal position adj. screen" 9. Check the punch registration loop amount.
Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] or [PREVI-
OUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select a desired 10. When the value is not appropriate, press the C

paper size. button while pressing the P button.

10. Enter a numeric value through the numeric 11. "Punch registration loop adj. screen"

keys and press the [SET] key. Enter a numeric value through the numeric

• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -20 to +20, 1 step = 0.8 mm
11. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the value is obtained.
12. Repeat steps 6 to 11 until the value is appropri-
12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return ate.
to the "Punch adjustment mode menu screen."
13. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Punch registration loop adj. menu
screen."

2 1-110
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE

7.8.6 Three-folding adjustment (FS-215/FN-9/FS-


8. "Three-Fold adjustment screen"
606 only)

I ADJUSTMENT
Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] or [PREVI-
OUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select a desired
Adjusting the folding positions during the three-
paper size.
folded copy.
9. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
a. Procedure keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -128 to +127, 1 step = 0.1 mm
1. Enter the 36 mode.
10. Repeat steps 4 to 9 until the standard value is
2. "36 mode menu screen"
obtained.
Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key.
Note:
3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen" • See "9. OTHER ADJUSTMENTS" to adjust
Press the [6. Three-fold position adj.] key. the folded positions "b" and "c."

4. "Three-Fold adjustment screen" 11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key. to the "Finisher adjustment mode menu
screen."
5. Set paper in the tray, set originals on RADF,
and press the START button.

6. Check the three-folded position "a."

c
a

b 8050fs1023

Folded Standard value Specification


positions A4R 8.5 x 11R
a 95 mm 89.4 mm ± 2 mm
b 101 mm 95 mm ± 2 mm
c 101 mm 95 mm ± 2 mm

7. When the value is not within the standard,


press the C button while pressing the P button.

1-111 2
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7.8.7 2 positions staple pitch adjustment 7.9 List output mode


I ADJUSTMENT

Adjusting the pitch of the 2 positions staple. Output a variety of data.

A. Procedure A. Procedure

1. Enter the 36 mode. 1. Enter the 36 mode.

2. "36 mode menu screen" 2. "36 mode menu screen"


Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key. Press the [8. List output mode] key.

3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen" 3. "List output mode menu screen"
Press the [7. 2 positions staple pitch adj.] key. List output mode items are as follows:
[1. Machine management list 1]
4. "2 positions staple pitch adjustment screen" [2. Adjustment data list]
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key. [3. Page fill data list]
[4. Machine management list 2]
5. Set paper in the tray, set originals (more than 2
[5. Parameter list]
sheets) on RADF, and press the START but-
[6. Memory dump list]
ton.
[7. Font pattern]
For the machine with platen cover, scan origi-
Note:
nals (more than 2 sheets) with [Store] key.
• Setting DPSW 30-1 to 1, [4. Machine manage-
6. Check the pitch of the 2 positions staple. ment list 2] and later appear.

4. Press the key of an item you want to output.

5. Select A4 or 8.5 x 11 paper and press the


START button.
A
6. Press the C button while pressing the P button.

8050fs1024 7. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


to the "36 mode menu screen."
7. When changing the dimension A, press the C
button while pressing the P button.

8. "2 positions staple pitch adjustment screen"


Enter a value with numeric keys and press the
[SET] key.
• Setting range: 120 to 160, 1 step: 1 mm

9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the dimension A is


appropriate.

10. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return


to the "Finisher adjustment mode menu
screen."

2 1-112
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE

8. 47 MODE 5. Input check result will appear in the input

I ADJUSTMENT
check result display area.
8.1 47 mode/multi mode setting
method 6. Repeat steps 2 to 5 to perform the other signal
input check.
A. 47 Mode
This mode provides self-diagnostic functions (input/ *1 See "8.5 Input check list".
output check function) to check and adjust the vari-
(3) Output check method
ous signals and loads.
Follow the following procedure.

B. Operation method for 47 mode


a. Procedure
(1) Starting 47 mode
a. Turn off the sub power switch (SW2). 1. Enter the 47 mode.
b. Turn on the SW2 while holding down 4 and 7
of the numeric keys. 2. "47 mode menu screen"
c. The 47 mode is activated if the moment "I/O Enter the output check code with the numeric keys.
check mode" is displayed in the message *2
display area at the center of the screen.
3. Press the P button when using the multi mode.

"47 mode menu screen" 4. Enter the multi code with the numeric keys.* 2

5. Press the [Start] key to perform the output


check.

6. Press the [STOP] key to exit from the output


check.

7. Repeat steps 2 to 6 to check other signal out-


[2]
put check.
[1] [3] [4] 8050fs1001

*2 See "8.6 Output check list".


[1] Input/Output check code
[2] Multi code
(4) Exiting from the 47 mode
[3] Input check
Turn off the SW2 to exit from the 47 mode.
[4] Output check

(2) Input check method


Follow the following procedure.

a. Procedure

1. Enter the 47 mode.

2. "47 mode menu screen"


Enter the input check code with the numeric keys.
*1

3. Press the P button when using the multi mode.

4. Enter the multi code with the numeric keys. *1

1-113 1
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

8.2 Adjustment data display 8.3 Hard disk check


I ADJUSTMENT

Lists the adjustment values of the machine (factory- Perform this operation if you want to check the HDD
set values and current values). total capacity, the HDD remaining capacity, and the
No adjustment value can be changed in this mode. error code related to HDD.

A. Procedure A. Procedure

1. Enter the 47 mode. 1. Enter the 47 mode.

2. "47 mode menu screen" 2. "47 mode menu screen"


Press "94" with the numeric keys. Check that Press "99" with the numeric keys. Check that
"94-00" appears in the message display area. "99-00" appears in the message display area.

3. Press the [Start] key. 3. Press the P button.

4. Press the [STOP] key at the lower right corner 4. Enter one of the followings with the numeric
of the screen. keys. Check that "99-xx" (xx represents the
input number) appears in the message display
5. Turn off the sub power switch (SW2) to exit
area.
from the 47 mode.
01: HDD total capacity check
02: HDD remaining capacity check
Note: 03: HDD bad sectors check and recovery
• Turn off the SW2 to exit from the 47 mode.
5. Press the [Start] key.
At checking the total capacity: the total capac-
ity is displayed
At checking the remaining capacity: the
remaining capacity is displayed
At checking and recovering the bad sectors:
During the operation-"NOW" appears
The operation succeeded-"OK" appears
The operation failed-"NG" appears
Press the [Start] key to perform the HDD bad
sectors check and recovery again when "NG"
appears.

6. Press the [STOP] key to exit from the output


check.

7. Turn off the SW2 to exit from the 47 mode.

Note:
• The operation can not be canceled during the
HDD bad sectors check and recovery (the
[STOP] button or the [Change Mode] key are
disabled).

1 1-114
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE

• The hard disk is vulnerable to vibrations and


physical shocks. Be sure to remove the hard

I ADJUSTMENT
disk when you move the main body.

1-115
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

8.4 Input check list


I ADJUSTMENT

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal


source
001 000
High voltage, TEMP/HUM 00 0 Temp/humidity sensor (machine-inside 0 to 255
analog signal humidity)
TEMP/HUM 1 Temp/humidity sensor (machine-inside
temperature)
— 2 — — —
TDB 3 Temp detection board 0 to 255
TLD Y 01 4 Remaining toner detection sensor /Y Toner No toner
TLD M 5 Remaining toner detection sensor /M
TLD C 6 Remaining toner detection sensor /C
TLD K 7 Remaining toner detection sensor /K
PS53 8 Waste toner door sensor Box No box
PS52 9 Waste toner full sensor FULL EMPTY
HV1 02 0 High voltage unit /1 (charging /Y) Abnormal Normal
1 High voltage unit /1 (charging /M)
2 High voltage unit /1 (charging /C)
3 High voltage unit /1 (charging /K)
4 High voltage unit /1 (charging /Y)
5 High voltage unit /1 (charging /M)
6 High voltage unit /1 (charging /C)
7 High voltage unit /1 (charging /K)
HV2 03 0 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer Y) Abnormal Normal
1 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer M)
2 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer C)
3 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer K)
4 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer Y, M, C, K) One or more Normal
5 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer Y, M, C, K) color is
abnormal
6 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer Y, M, C, K)
7 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer K) Abnormal Normal
8 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer Y)
9 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer M)
10 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer C)
11 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer K)
12 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer K)
HV2 04 0 High voltage unit /2 (separation) Abnormal Normal
1 High voltage unit /2 (separation)
PS11 05 2 Gamma sensor 0 to 255
6 Gamma sensor
11 Gamma sensor
DRPS Y 06 0 Drum potential sensor /Y
DRPS M 1 Drum potential sensor /M
DRPS C 2 Drum potential sensor /C
DRPS K 3 Drum potential sensor /K

2 1-116
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal


source

I ADJUSTMENT
001 000
High voltage, HV2 7 4 High voltage unit /2 (guide plate) Abnormal Normal
analog signal 5
6
7
HV2 08 0 High voltage unit/2 (2nd transfer) Abnormal Normal
1
2
3
4
HV1 09 0 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /Y) Abnormal Normal
1 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /M)
2 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /C)
3 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /K)
Paper feed, PS31 11 0 No paper sensor /1 Paper No paper
conveyance PS37 1 No paper sensor /2
PS43 2 No paper sensor /3
PS47 3 No paper sensor /BP
PS108 4 No paper sensor (LT-211, C-208)
PS32 12 0 Remaining paper sensor /1 Paper No paper
PS38 1 Remaining paper sensor /2
PS44 2 Remaining paper sensor /3
PS102 to 3 Remaining paper sensor /1 to /4 0 to 7
105 (LT-211, C-208)
PS33 13 0 Paper size /S1 Paper No paper
PS34 1 Paper size /L1
PS39 2 Paper size /S2
PS40 3 Paper size /L2
PS45 4 Paper size /S3
PS46 5 Paper size /L3
PS48 6 Paper size /SBP
PS49 7 Paper size /LBP
VR1 14 0 Paper sizeVR /1 0 to 255
VR2 1 Paper sizeVR /2
VR3 2 Paper sizeVR /3
VR4 3 Paper sizeVR /BP
PS30 16 0 Tray upper limit sensor /1 Upper limit Not at
PS36 1 Tray upper limit sensor /2 upper limit
PS42 2 Tray upper limit sensor /3
PS25 3 Tray upper limit sensor /BP
PS109 4 Upper limit sensor (LT-211, C-208) Upper:1, lower:2,
middle:0
— 17 0 Tray set detection /1 Yes No
— 1 Tray set detection /2
— 2 Tray set detection /3

1-117 2
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal


source
I ADJUSTMENT

001 000
Paper feed, PS29 19 0 Pre-registration sensor /1 Paper No paper
conveyance PS35 1 Pre-registration sensor /2
PS41 2 Pre-registration sensor /3
PS26 3 Bypass conveyance sensor
PS106 4 Feed sensor (LT-211, C-208)
PS107 20 0 Paper feed sensor (LT-211, C-208) Paper No paper
PS23 1 ADU pre-registration sensor
PS20 2 ADU conveyance sensor
PS27 3 Intermediate conveyance sensor /1
PS28 4 Intermediate conveyance sensor /2
— 5 — — —
PS22 6 Registration sensor Paper No paper
PS50 7 Vertical conveyance sensor
PS13 8 Paper exit sensor
PS19 9 Reverse paper exit sensor
PS21 10 ADU paper reverse sensor
PS12 11 Paper exit full sensor Full Other than full
PS30 23 0 Tray upper limit sensor /1 Upper limit Other than
upper limit
PS36 1 Tray upper limit sensor /2
PS42 2 Tray upper limit sensor /3
PS25 3 Tray upper limit sensor /BP
4
PS101, 5 Lower limit sensor (LT-211, C-208) Upper limit:1, lower
PS109 6 Upper limit sensor (LT-211, C-208) limit:2, middle:0
PS24 24 0 2nd transfer HP sensor Home Other than
1 position home position
2
PS18 25 0 Front door open/close sensor Open Close
PS51 1 Vertical conveyance door open/close
sensor
PS54 2 Toner supply door open/close sensor
PS14 3 Toner supply unit open/close sensor
— 4 Fixing unit set detection Installed Not
installed
PS100 5 Top cover open/close sensor1 (LT-211, C-208) Open Close
PS115 6 Front door open/close sensor (LT-211, C-208)
SW100 7 Tray down switch (LT-211, C-208) ON OFF
M41 28 0 Paper feed motor Abnormal Normal
Light PS1 30 0 Scanner HP sensor Home Other than
position home position
PS3 1 APS detection sensor /S Paper No paper
PS4 2 APS detection sensor /L
PS2 3 APS timing sensor OPEN CLOSE

2 1-118
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal


source

I ADJUSTMENT
001 000
Light M3 32 0 Polygon motor /Y (abnormal rotation Abnormal Normal
detection)
M4 1 Polygon motor /M (abnormal rotation
detection)
M5 2 Polygon motor /C (abnormal rotation
detection)
M6 3 Polygon motor /K (abnormal rotation
detection)
M3, M4, 4 Polygon motor /Y, /M, /C, /K One or more Normal
M5, M6 (abnormal rotation detection) colors are
abnormal
M3 5 Polygon motor /Y (abnormal tempera- Abnormal Normal
ture detection)
M4 6 Polygon motor /M (abnormal tempera-
ture detection)
M5 7 Polygon motor /C (abnormal tempera-
ture detection)
M6 8 Polygon motor /K (abnormal tempera-
ture detection)
M3, M4, 9 Polygon motor /Y, /M, /C, /K One or more Normal
M5, M6 (abnormal temperature detection) colors are
abnormal
INDX SB Y 33 0 Index sensor /Y Abnormal Normal
INDX SB M 1 Index sensor /M
INDX SB C 2 Index sensor /C
INDX SB B 3 Index sensor /K
INDX SB 4 Index sensor /Y, /M, /C, /K One or more Normal
Y, M, C, K 5 colors are
abnormal
PS5, PS6, PS7 35 0 Laser correction HP sensor /Y, /M, /C Edge detected Edge
from one or undetected
more color
PS5 1 Laser correction HP sensor /Y Edge Edge
PS6 2 Laser correction HP sensor /M detected undetected
PS7 3 Laser correction HP sensor /C
PS5, PS6, PS7 4 Laser correction HP sensor /Y, /M, /C Edge detected Edge
from one or undetected
more color
PS5 5 Laser correction HP sensor /Y Edge Edge
PS6 6 Laser correction HP sensor /M detected undetected
PS7 7 Laser correction HP sensor /C
PS5, PS6, PS7 8 Laser correction HP sensor /Y, /M, /C Edge detected Edge
from one or undetected
more color
PS5 9 Laser correction HP sensor /Y Edge Edge
detected undetected

1-119
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal


source
I ADJUSTMENT

001 000
Light PS6 35 10 Laser correction HP sensor /M Edge Edge
PS7 11 Laser correction HP sensor /C detected undetected
PS8 36 3 Color registration sensor /F 0 to 255
PS9 4 Color registration sensor /R
LDB Y 37 1 Laser drive board /Y 0 to 255
LDB M 2 Laser drive board /M
LDB C 3 Laser drive board /C
LDB K 4 Laser drive board /K
PS1 38 5 Scanner HP sensor Home Other than
position home position
Main body PS60, 41 0 Encoder sensor /Y1, /Y2 Abnormal Normal
PS61 1
2
PS62, 3 Encoder sensor /M1, /M2
PS63 4
5
PS64, 6 Encoder sensor /C1, /C2
PS65 7
8
PS66, 9 Encoder sensor /K1, /K2
PS67 10
11
PS69, 12 Encoder sensor /belt 1, /belt 2
PS68 13
14
PS15 15 1st transfer HP sensor Home Other than
16 position home position
17
18
M2 42 0 Scanner cooling fan Abnormal Normal
M42 2 DCPS cooling fan
M10 3 Fixing cooling fan /1
M48 4 Charger intake fan
M47 5 Drum unit fan
M43, M44, 6 Writing intake fan /1, /2, Writing
M45, M46 exhaust fan /1, /2
M24 7 IP cooling fan
M28, M27, 8 Paper exit fan /F, /M, /R
M26
M12, M13 9 Drum cooling fan /1, /2
M11 10 Transfer belt cooling fan
M25 11 ICP cooling fan
M61, M62, 12 Paper exit fan /1, /2, /3
M63

2 1-120
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal


source

I ADJUSTMENT
001 000
Main body DCPS1 43 0 DC power supply unit /1 (12VDC) Abnormal Normal
DCPS2 1 DC power supply unit /2 (24VDC)
2 DC power supply unit /2 (24VDC)
3 DC power supply unit /2 (24VDC)
4 DC power supply unit /2 (24VDC)
C (T) 5 Total counter Yes No
C (K) 6 Checking to see if the key counter- Yes No
equipped machine is provided with a
key counter or not.
TH1 45 0 Fixing temperature sensor /1 0 to 255
TH3 1 Fixing temperature sensor /3
TH2 2 Fixing temperature sensor /2
TH4 3 Fixing temperature sensor /4
TH1 4 Fixing temperature sensor /1
TH1 5 Fixing temperature sensor /1
TH2 6 Fixing temperature sensor /2
— 7 TH1 correction temperature
— 8 TH2 correction temperature
— 9 TH1 correction temperature
M29 47 0 Fixing motor Abnormal Normal
1
2
PS16 3 Fixing pressure release sensor Home Other than
4 position home position
5
M29 9 Fixing motor Abnormal Normal
10
11
PS15 48 0 1st transfer HP sensor Home Other than
1 position home position
2
3
PRCB 49 Printer control board Displays abnormal
(drum motor control) code

1-121
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal


source
I ADJUSTMENT

001 000
Intrinsic M20 50 0 Developing motor /Y Abnormal Normal
functions 1
2
M21 3 Developing motor /M
4
5
M22 6 Developing motor /C
7
8
M23 9 Developing motor /K
10
11
TDS Y 12 Toner density sensor /Y output value (a 0 to 255
value reduced when the peak voltage
is set to 128 while in the L detection
adjustment)
TDS M 13 Toner density sensor /M output value (a
value reduced when the peak voltage
is set to 128 while in the L detection
adjustment)
TDS C 14 Toner density sensor /C output value (a
value reduced when the peak voltage
is set to 128 while in the L detection
adjustment)
TDS K 15 Toner density sensor /K output value (a
value reduced when the peak voltage
is set to 128 while in the L detection
adjustment)
PCL Y 51 4 Pre-charging lamp /Y Abnormal Normal
PCL M 5 Pre-charging lamp /M
PCL C 6 Pre-charging lamp /C
PCL K 7 Pre-charging lamp /K
TDS Y 54 0 Toner density sensor /Y output value (a 0 to 255
1 value reduced when the peak voltage
2 is set to 128 while in the L detection
adjustment)
TDS M 3 Toner density sensor /M output value (a
4 value reduced when the peak voltage
5 is set to 128 while in the L detection
adjustment)
TDS C 6 Toner density sensor /C output value (a
7 value reduced when the peak voltage
8 is set to 128 while in the L detection
adjustment)

2 1-122
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal


source

I ADJUSTMENT
001 000
Intrinsic TDS K 54 9 Toner density sensor /K output value (a 0 to 255
functions 10 value reduced when the peak voltage
11 is set to 128 while in the L detection
adjustment)
— 57 0 FS Connected Unconnected
— 1 LT-211, C-208
— 2 DF-319, AFR-20
TDS Y 58 0 Control voltage for the correction of the 0 to 255
toner density /Y
TDS M 1 Control voltage for the correction of the
toner density /M
TDS C 2 Control voltage for the correction of the
toner density /C
TDS K 3 Control voltage for the correction of the
toner density /K
PS17 59 3 Fixing paper exit sensor Paper No paper
DF-319, PS304 60 1 No paper sensor Paper No paper
AFR-20 PS301 2 Registration sensor
PS302 3 Timing sensor
PS305 4 Reverse sensor
PS306 5 Paper exit sensor
PS303 6 Paper feed cover sensor Open Close
PS308 7 Paper feed tray sensor
PS307 8 Paper exit cover sensor
RS1 9 DF-319, AFR-20 open/close sensor
FS PS701 76 0 Sub-tray paper exit sensor Paper No paper
PS702 1 Tray upper limit sensor Upper limit Other than
upper limit
PS703 2 Tray lower limit sensor Lower limit Other than
lower limit
PS704 3 FNS entrance sensor No paper Paper
PS705 4 Stacker entrance sensor Paper No paper
PS706 5 Main tray paper exit sensor
PS707 6 Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor Other than Standby
standby position position
PS708 7 Alignment HP sensor /U Home Other than
position home position
PS709 8 Paper exit belt HP sensor Other than Home
home position position
PS713 9 Stapler rotation HP sensor Home Other than
PS711 10 Stapler movement HP sensor position home position
PS712 11 Paper exit opening HP sensor Other than Close
close position position
PS714 12 Clincher rotation HP sensor Home Other than
position home position

1-123 2
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal


source
I ADJUSTMENT

001 000
FS PS715 76 13 Counter reset sensor Paper No paper
PS718 14 Shift HP sensor Other than Home
home position position
PS720 15 Stacker no paper sensor Paper No paper
SW702 16 Staple switch /R No staple Staple
PS730 17 Stapler HP sensor /R Other than Home
home position position
SW701 18 Cartridge switch /R No cartridge Cartridge
M710 19 Clincher motor /R Other than start Start
— 20 — — —
PS732 21 Clincher HP sensor /R Other than Home
home position position
PS719 22 Sub-tray full sensor Full Other than full
MS701 23 FNS interlock switch Front door Front door
opened closed
SW704 24 Staple switch /F No staple Staple
PS731 25 Stapler HP sensor /F Other than Home
home position position
SW703 26 Cartridge switch /F No cartridge Cartridge
M715 27 Clincher motor /F Other than start Start
— 28 — — —
PS733 29 Clincher HP sensor /F Other than Home
home position position
M707 30 Paper exit roller motor lock detection Other than Control
control speed speed
— 31 FNS connection detection Connected Unconnected
PS722 32 Folding knife HP sensor Home Other than
PS723 33 Stopper HP sensor position home position
PS724 34 Alignment HP sensor /L Other than Home
home position position
PS725 35 Folding exit sensor Paper No paper
PS726 36 Folding passage sensor
PS729 37 Folding full sensor Full Other than full
— 38 — — —
M720 39 Folding conveyance motor Other than Control
control speed speed
— 40 — — —
— 41 — — —
— 42 — — —
— 43 — — —
PI-110 M203 44 PI conveyance motor Other than Control
control speed speed
— 45 DIPSW0 Other than Single
single operation operation
— 46 — — —
— 47 — — —

2 1-124
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal


source

I ADJUSTMENT
001 000
PI-110 — 76 48 — — —
— 49 — — —
— 50 — — —
— 51 — — —
PS201 52 PI passage sensor /U Paper No paper
PS206 53 PI passage sensor /L
— 54 — — —
— 55 — — —
— 56 — — —
— 57 — — —
— 58 — — —
FS — 59 Folding connection detection Unconnected Connected
— 60 — — —
PS716 61 Gate HP sensor
PI-110 — 62 — — —
— 63 — — —
PS202 64 No sheet sensor /U No paper Paper
PS203 65 Sheet set sensor /U
PS205 66 Tray lower limit sensor /U Lower limit Other than
lower limit
PS204 67 Tray upper limit sensor /U Upper limit Other than
upper limit
— 68 Sheet feeder manual start/clear switch Switch Switch ON
— 69 Sheet feeder manual punch button OFF
switch
— 70 Sheet feeder manual function selection
button switch
MS201 71 PI interlock switch Open Close
PS207 72 No sheet sensor /L No paper Paper
PS208 73 Sheet set sensor /L
PS210 74 Tray lower limit sensor /L Lower limit Other than
lower limit
PS209 75 Tray upper limit sensor /L Upper limit Other than
upper limit
— 76 — — —
PS212 77 Sheet size sensor /L
— 78 — — —
— 79 PI connection detection Unconnected Connected
— 80 — — —
— 81 — — —
— 82 — — —

1-125 2
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal


source
I ADJUSTMENT

001 000
PK-120, PS801 76 83 Punch HP sensor Other than Home
PK-5, home position position
PK-507 — 84 — — —
— 85 — — —
PS802 86 Punch scraps full sensor Other than full Full
PS804 87 Punch scraps box set sensor Set Other than set
— 88 Rocking End face detection 1 No paper Paper
89 Rocking End face detection 2
90 Rocking End face detection 3
91 Rocking End face detection 4
92 Rocking End face detection 5
PS803 93 Rocking Punch movement home posi- Home Other than
tion position home position
— 94 Connection detection Unconnected Connected
— 95 — — —
TU-109, PS101 77 0 Cutting entrance detection Paper No paper
TMG-3 PS102 1 Cutting conveyance detection
PS103 2 Cutting end stopper HP detection Home Other than
PS104 3 Cutting clear HP detection position home position
PS105 4 Cutting press HP detectin Other than Home
home position position
PS106 5 Cutting knife upper limit HP detection Home Other than
position home position
PS108 6 Cutting booklet discharge Paper No paper
PS110 7 Holder board of upper limit detection Other than Upper limit
upper limit
PS111 8 Holder board of lower limit detection Lower limit Other than
lower limit
PS112 9 Pusher HP Home Other than
position home position
PS114 10 Cutting stacker cover detection 24V Open Close
MS2 11 Cutting front door detection 24V
— 12 Cutting conveyance M lock signal Locked Unlocked
under operation
— 13 — — —
— 14 — — —
— 15 — — —
PS107 16 Cutting end scraps box set detection Not set Other than set
PS109 17 Cutting end scraps box full detection Other than full Full
PS113 18 Cutting stucker full detection No paper Paper
— 19 TU connection detection Unconnected Connected
— 20 — — —
— 21 — — —
— 22 — — —
— 23 — — —

2 1-126
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE

8.5 Output check list


• Do not output items with "x" in the "Cannot be

I ADJUSTMENT
Note: set or change in the field" column. These
• Do not output items which cannot be set or items are only for the developping/manufuct-
changed in the field and codes which are not ing process.
described in the output check list." Outputs of them may damage the machine.

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or


changed in the field
High voltage, L1 00 0 Exposure lamp
analog signal M53, MC14 01 0 Toner bottle motor (low speed), toner
bottle clutch /Y
1 Toner bottle motor (high speed), toner
bottle clutch /Y
2 Toner bottle motor (nonvolatile value),
toner bottle clutch /Y
M53, MC15 3 Toner bottle motor (low speed), toner
bottle clutch /M
4 Toner bottle motor (high speed), toner
bottle clutch /M
5 Toner bottle motor (nonvolatile value),
toner bottle clutch /M
M53, MC16 6 Toner bottle motor (low speed), toner
bottle clutch /C
7 Toner bottle motor (high speed), toner
bottle clutch /C
8 Toner bottle motor (nonvolatile value),
toner bottle clutch /C
M53, MC17 9 Toner bottle motor (low speed), toner
bottle clutch /K
10 Toner bottle motor (high speed), toner
bottle clutch /K
11 Toner bottle motor (nonvolatile value),
toner bottle clutch /K
HV1 02 0 High voltage unit /1 (charging /Y) x
1 High voltage unit /1 (charging /M) x
2 High voltage unit /1 (charging /C) x
3 High voltage unit /1 (charging /K) x
4 High voltage unit /1 (charging /Y: for x
current measurement)
5 High voltage unit /1 (charging /M: for x
current measurement)
6 High voltage unit /1 (charging /C: for x
current measurement)
7 High voltage unit /1 (charging /K: for x
current measurement)

1-127
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or


changed in the field
I ADJUSTMENT

High voltage, HV2 03 0 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /Y) x


analog signal 1 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /M) x
2 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /C) x
3 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /K) x
4 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /Y, / x
5 M, /C, /K)
6
7 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /K) x
8 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /Y: for x
current measurement)
9 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /M: x
for current measurement)
L1 10 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /C: x
for current measurement)
11 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /K: for x
current measurement at color mode)
12 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /K: for x
current measurement at color mode)
HV2 04 0 High voltage unit /2 (separation) x
1 High voltage unit /2 (separation, meas- x
urement)
PS11 05 2 Gamma sensor
6 Gamma sensor (for individual check) x
DRPS Y 06 0 Drum potential sensor /Y
DRPS M 1 Drum potential sensor /M
DRPS C 2 Drum potential sensor /C
DRPS K 3 Drum potential sensor /K
HV2 07 4 High voltage unit /2 (belt cleaning+output) x
5 High voltage unit /2 (belt cleaning-output) x
6 High voltage unit /2 (belt clean- x
ing+output: for individual check)
7 High voltage unit /2 (belt cleaning-out- x
put: for individual check)
08 0 High voltage unit /2 (2nd transfer x
output1)
1 High voltage unit /2 (2nd transfer x
output2)
2 High voltage unit /2 (2nd transfer x
output1: for current measurement)
3 High voltage unit /2 (2nd transfer x
output2: for current measurement)
4 High voltage unit /2 (2nd transfer x
output3: for cleaning consideration)*
5 High voltage unit /2 (guide plate) x

2 1-128
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or


changed in the field

I ADJUSTMENT
High voltage, HV1 09 0 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /Y) x
analog signal 1 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /M) x
2 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /C) x
3 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /K) x
— 15 1 Counter reset
— 2 Job memory clear
— 98 KRDS setup
Paper feed, SD7 20 0 Pick up solenoid /1
conveyance SD8 1 Pick up solenoid /2
SD9 2 Pick up solenoid /3
SD5 4 Pick up solenoid /BP
SD100 5 Paper feed solenoid (LT-211, C-208)
MC7 21 0 Paper feed clutch /1
MC9 1 Paper feed clutch /2
MC11 2 Paper feed clutch /3
MC6 4 Paper feed clutch /BP
MC101 5 Paper feed clutch (LT-211, C-208)
MC8 22 0 Pre-registration clutch /1
MC10 1 Pre-registration clutch /2
MC12 2 Pre-registration clutch /3
MC102 5 Pre-registration clutch (LT-211, C-208)
M40 23 0 Tray up drive motor /1
M39 1 Tray up drive motor /2
M38 2 Tray up drive motor /3
M35 3 Tray up drive motor /BP (down)
4 Tray up drive motor /BP (up)
M100 5 UP/DOWN motor (LT-211, C-208: down)
6 UP/DOWN motor (LT-211, C-208: up)
M34 24 0 2nd transfer pressure/release motor
(continuous rotation)
1 2nd transfer pressure/release motor
(pressure)
2 2nd transfer pressure/release motor
(release)
M30 25 0 Registration motor (1/3 speed)
1 Registration motor (1/2 speed)
2 Registration motor (1/1speed)
3 Registration motor (paper feed line
speed)
4 Registration motor (hard timer on: 1/1
speed)
M31 26 0 Loop roller motor (1/3 speed)
1 Loop roller motor (1/2 speed)
2 Loop roller motor (1/1speed)

1-129 2
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or


changed in the field
I ADJUSTMENT

Paper feed, M31 26 3 Loop roller motor (paper feed line


conveyance speed)
M33 27 0 Reverse/exit motor (normal rotation:1/3
speed)
1 Reverse/exit motor (normal rotation:1/2
speed)
2 Reverse/exit motor (normal rotation:1/1
speed)
3 Reverse/exit motor (normal rotation:3
times speed)
4 Reverse/exit motor (reverse rotation:1/
3 speed)
5 Reverse/exit motor (reverse rotation:1/
2 speed)
6 Reverse/exit motor (reverse rotation:1/
1 speed)
7 Reverse/exit motor (reverse rotation:3
times speed)
M41 28 0 Paper feed motor
M101 1 Paper feed motor (LT-211, C-208)
MC13 29 0 Intermediate conveyance clutch /1
MC4 1 Intermediate conveyance clutch /2
MC5 2 Intermediate conveyance clutch /3
SD1 3 Transfer belt separating claw
M136, M137 5 Paper feed assist fan /F, /R (LT-211, C-208)
SD6 6 ADU lock solenoid
M3 32 0 Polygon motor /Y (1/1 rotation)
M4 1 Polygon motor /M (1/1 rotation)
M5 2 Polygon motor /C (1/1 rotation)
M6 3 Polygon motor /K (1/1 rotation)
M3, M4, 4 Polygon motor /Y, /M, /C, /K (1/1 rota-
M5, M6 tion)
M3 5 Polygon motor /Y (rotates at nonvola-
tile setting)
M4 6 Polygon motor /M (rotates at nonvola-
tile setting)
M5 7 Polygon motor /C (rotates at nonvola-
tile setting)
M6 8 Polygon motor /K (rotates at nonvola-
tile setting)
M3, M4, 9 Polygon motor /Y, /M, /C, /K (rotates at
M5, M6 nonvolatile setting)

2 1-130
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or


changed in the field

I ADJUSTMENT
Paper feed, LDB Y 33 0 Laser drive board /Y
conveyance LDB M 1 Laser drive board /M
LDB C 2 Laser drive board /C
LDB K 3 Laser drive board /K
LDB Y, M, 4 Laser drive board /Y, /M, /C, /K
C, K
— 34 Shading correction
PS8 36 3 Color registration sensor /F
PS9 4 Color registration sensor /R
— 37 0 LD alarm level detection all colors
91 LD alarm level clear (Y)
92 LD alarm level clear (M)
93 LD alarm level clear (C)
94 LD alarm level clear (K)
95 LD alarm level clear (all colors)
M1 38 0 Scanner motor (back and forth drive 1:
continuous)
1 Scanner motor (back and forth drive 2:
continuous)
2 Scanner motor (back and forth drive 3:
continuous)
3 Scanner motor (back and forth drive 4:
continuous)
4 Scanner motor (back and forth drive 5:
continuous)
5 Scanner motor (HP search)
6 Scanner motor(moves to the back
scan position)
7 Scanner motor (back scan ACS oper-
ation+scan operation: one operation)
Main body ACDB 40 0 AC drive board (RL1 (main relay)ON)
1 AC drive board (HTR1, 2 (HTR1, 2
(heater /1, /2) OFF)
M14 41 0 Drum motor /Y (1/3 speed)
1 Drum motor /Y (1/2 speed)
2 Drum motor /Y (1/1speed)
M15 3 Drum motor /M (1/3 speed)
4 Drum motor /M (1/2 speed)
5 Drum motor /M (1/1speed)
M16 6 Drum motor /C (1/3 speed)
7 Drum motor /C (1/2 speed)
8 Drum motor /C (1/1speed)
M17 9 Drum motor /K (1/3 speed)
10 Drum motor /K (1/2 speed)
11 Drum motor /K (1/1speed)

1-131 2
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or


changed in the field
I ADJUSTMENT

Main body M18 41 12 Transfer belt motor (1/3 speed)


13 Transfer belt motor (1/2 speed)
14 Transfer belt motor (1/1speed)
15 Transfer belt motor (1/3 speed: for nip x
measurement)
M18 16 Transfer belt motor (1/2 speed: for nip x
measurement)
17 Transfer belt motor (1/1 speed: for nip x
measurement)
M2 42 0 Scanner cooling fan
M25 1 IPB cooling fan
M42 2 DCPS cooling fan
M10, M36, 3 Fixing cooling fan /1, /3, /2
M37
M48 4 Charger intake fan
M47 5 Drum unit fan
M43, M44, 6 Writing intake fan /1, /2,
M45, M46 Writing exhaust fan /1, /2
M24 7 IP cooling fan
M26, M27, 8 Paper exit fan /R, /M, /F
M28
M12 9 Drum cooling fan /1
M13 10 Drum cooling fan /2
M11 11 Transfer belt cooling fan
M61, M62, 12 Paper exit fan /1, /2, /3
M63
T (C) 43 1 Total counter
T (BK) 2 Black counter
T (K) 6 Key counter
DCPS2 44 DC power supply unit /2 (24VDC
breaking)
L2, L3, L4 45 0 Fixing upper lamp /1, /2,
1 Fixing lower lamp
2
3
L2 4 Fixing upper lamp /1
L3 5 Fixing upper lamp /2
L4 6 Fixing lower lamp
L2, L3, L4 7 Fixing upper lamp /1, /2,
8 Fixing lower lamp
9
10

2 1-132
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or


changed in the field

I ADJUSTMENT
Main body M29 47 0 Fixing motor (1/3 speed)
1 Fixing motor (1/2 speed)
2 Fixing motor (1/1speed)
3 Fixing motor (reverse rotation: release
operation on, full-time rotation)
4 Fixing motor (reverse rotation: moves
to the pressure position)
5 Fixing motor (reverse rotation: moves
to the release position)
9 Fixing motor (pressure continuous rota-
tion: 1/3 speed)
10 Fixing motor (pressure continuous rota-
tion: 1/2 speed)
11 Fixing motor (pressure continuous rota-
tion: 1/1 speed)
M29, L2, 13 Fixing motor, Fixing upper lamp /1, /2,
L3, L4 fixing lower lamp (fixing roller pres-
sure+all heater lamps on)
M54 15 Web motor
M19 48 0 1st transfer pressure/release motor
(full-time rotation)
1 1st transfer pressure/release motor
(stops at the release position)
2 1st transfer pressure/release motor (stops
at black and white pressure position)
3 1st transfer pressure/release motor (stops
at color mode pressure position)
M18 49 0 Transfer belt motor (for checking photo- x
sensitive material control 1: 1/1 speed)
1 1st transfer pressure/release motor (for check- x
ing photosensitive material control 2: 1/2 speed)
2 1st transfer pressure/release motor (for check- x
ing photosensitive material control 3: 1/3 speed)
3 1st transfer pressure/release motor (for check- x
ing photosensitive material control 4: 1/1 speed)
4 1st transfer pressure/release motor (for check- x
ing photosensitive material control 5: 1/2 speed)
5 1st transfer pressure/release motor (for check- x
ing photosensitive material control 6: 1/3 speed)
Intrinsic M20 50 0 Developing motor /Y (1/1speed)
functions 1 Developing motor /Y (1/2 speed)
2 Developing motor /Y (1/3 speed)
M21 3 Developing motor /M (1/1speed)
4 Developing motor /M (1/2 speed)
5 Developing motor /M (1/3 speed)

1-133
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or


changed in the field
I ADJUSTMENT

Intrinsic M22 50 6 Developing motor /C (1/1speed)


functions 7 Developing motor /C (1/2 speed)
8 Developing motor /C (1/3 speed)
M23 9 Developing motor /K (1/1speed)
10 Developing motor /K (1/2 speed)
11 Developing motor /K (1/3 speed)
PCL Y 51 0 Pre-charging lamp /Y
PLC M 1 Pre-charging lamp /M
PCL C 2 Pre-charging lamp /C
PCL K 3 Pre-charging lamp /K
PCL Y 4 Pre-charging lamp /Y (turns on the
control signal)
PCL M 5 Pre-charging lamp /M (turns on the
control signal)
PLC C 6 Pre-charging lamp /C (turns on the
control signal)
PCL K 7 Pre-charging lamp /K (turns on the
control signal)
— 52 0 L detection reference for all colors x
— 1 L detection reference for colors (Y, M, C) x
— 2 L detection reference for K x
— 3 L detection reference for Y x
— 4 L detection reference for M x
— 5 L detection reference for C x
M49 54 0 Toner supply motor /Y (high speed)
1 Toner supply motor /Y (low speed)
2 Toner supply motor /Y (setting value)
M50 3 Toner supply motor /M (high speed)
4 Toner supply motor /M (low speed)
5 Toner supply motor /M (setting value)
M51 6 Toner supply motor /C (high speed)
7 Toner supply motor /C (low speed)
8 Toner supply motor /C (setting value)
M52 9 Toner supply motor /K (high speed)
10 Toner supply motor /K (low speed)
11 Toner supply motor /K (setting value)
MC14 12 Toner bottle clutch /Y
MC15 13 Toner bottle clutch /M
MC16 14 Toner bottle clutch /C
MC17 15 Toner bottle clutch /K
SD2 55 0 Color registration shutter solenoid
SD3 1 Gamma sensor shutter solenoid

1-134
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or


changed in the field

I ADJUSTMENT
Intrinsic — 56 0 Indicator lamp (PAT1 on)
functions 1 Indicator lamp (PAT2 on)
2 Indicator lamp (PAT3 on)
3 Indicator lamp (PAT4 on)
— 57 0 FS connection check
— 1 LT-211, C-208 connection check
— 2 DF-319, AFR-20 connection check
TDS Y 58 0 Toner density sensor /Y
TDS M 1 Toner density sensor /M
TDS C 2 Toner density sensor /C
TDS K 3 Toner density sensor /K
DF-319, M301 60 1 Paper feed motor (normal rotation: 300
AFR-20 mm/sec)
2 Paper feed motor (normal rotation: 400
mm/sec)
3 Paper feed motor (normal rotation: 900
mm/sec)
4 Paper feed motor (reverse rotation: 300
mm/sec)
5 Paper feed motor (reverse rotation: 400
mm/sec)
6 Paper feed motor (reverse rotation: 900
mm/sec)
M302 7 Conveyance motor (normal rotation:
300 mm/sec)
8 Conveyance motor (normal rotation:
400 mm/sec)
9 Conveyance motor (normal rotation:
900 mm/sec)
10 Conveyance motor (reverse rotation:
300 mm/sec)
11 Conveyance motor (reverse rotation:
400 mm/sec)
12 Conveyance motor (reverse rotation:
900 mm/sec)
M303 13 Paper exit motor (normal rotation: 300
mm/sec)
14 Paper exit motor (normal rotation: 400
mm/sec)
15 Paper exit motor (normal rotation: 900
mm/sec)
16 Paper exit motor (reverse rotation: 300
mm/sec)

1-135 2
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or


changed in the field
I ADJUSTMENT

DF-319, M303 60 17 Paper exit motor (reverse rotation: 400


AFR-20 mm/sec)
18 Paper exit motor (reverse rotation: 900
mm/sec)
SD302 19 Reverse solenoid
SD301 20 Paper exit solenoid
MC301 21 Registration clutch
FS M701 75 1 FNS conveyance motor
M702 2 Shift motor (HP search)
3 Shift motor (moves to the shift position)
4 Shift motor (rotation)
M703 5 Tray up/down motor (HP search)
6 Tray up/down motor (down)
7 Tray up/down motor (up)
M705 8 Alignment motor /U (HP search)
M707 9 Paper exit roller motor (HP search)
10 Paper exit roller motor (reverse rota-
tion)
M708 11 Paper exit opening motor (HP search)
M708 12 Paper exit opening motor (moves to
opening)
M709 13 Stapler motor /R (initianl operation)
14 Stapler motor /R (stapling)
M714 15 Stapler motor /F (initianl operation)
16 Stapler motor /F (stapling)
M711 17 Stapler movement motor (HP search)
18 Stapler movement motor (movement
by size)
M713 19 Stacker entrance motor
M718 20 Stopper motor (HP search)
M716 21 Alignment motor /L
M719 23 Folding knife motor
M720 24 Folding conveyance motor
SD704 31 Paper exit opening solenoid
SD705 32 Bypass gate solenoid
M705 33 Alignment motor /U (open)
34 Alignment motor /U (close)
35 Alignment motor /U (rocking)
M716 36 Alignment motor /L (open)
37 Alignment motor /L (close)
38 Alignment motor /L (rocking)
M718 39 Stopper motor (moves to the A4R position)

2 1-136
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or


changed in the field

I ADJUSTMENT
TU-109, M101 75 55 Conveyance motor
TMG-3 M102 56 Cutter motor (normal rotation)
57 Cutter motor (reverse rotation)
M103 58 Stopper motor (HP search)
M104 59 Stopper release motor (HP search)
60 Stopper release motor (release)
61 Stopper release motor (set)
M105 62 Press motor (HP search)
63 Press motor (press)
PI-110 MC202 64 Conveyance clutch /L
M202 65 Tray up/down motor /L (down)
66 Tray up/down motor /L (up)
SD202 67 Sheet feed solenoid /L
PK-120, PK-5, M801 78 Punch motor
PK-507 M802 79 Punch shift motor (HP search)
PI-110 MC201 83 Conveyance clutch /U
M201 84 Tray up/down motor (down)
85 Tray up/down motor (up)
SD201 86 Sheet feed solenoid /U
M203 87 PI conveyance motor
FS M712 88 Gate drive motor (HP search)
89 Gate drive motor (stacker direction
switching)
90 Gate drive motor (straight direction
switching)
M721 91 Sub-tray paper exit motor
M704 92 Clincher rotation motor (HP search)
93 Clincher rotation motor (skew shift)
M706 94 Stapler rotation motor (HP search)
95 Stapler rotation motor (skew shift)
SD706 96 Three-folding gate solenoid
— 99 FNS paperless running mode
ADU SD4 80 Reverse/exit solenoid
MC2 81 0 ADU conveyance clutch /1
MC1 1 ADU conveyance clutch /2
MC3 2 ADU pre-registration clutch
M32 84 0 ADU reverse motor (forward rotation:
1/3 speed)
1 ADU reverse motor (forward rotation:
1/2 speed)
2 ADU reverse motor (forward rotation:
1/1 speed)
3 ADU reverse motor (forward rotation:
paper feed line speed)

1-137 2
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or


changed in the field
I ADJUSTMENT

ADU M32 84 4 ADU reverse motor (forward rotation:


3 times speed)
5 ADU reverse motor (reverse rotation:
1/3 speed)
6 ADU reverse motor (reverse rotation:
1/2 speed)
7 ADU reverse motor (reverse rotation:
1/1 speed)
8 ADU reverse motor (reverse rotation:
paper feed line speed)
9 ADU reverse motor (reverse rotation:3
times speed)
Others — 94 0 Adjustment data display
— 1 Illuminate all LEDs on the operation
board
— 2 Message display
— 97 1 E-RDH (DRAM) capacity display
— 98 2 E-RDH (DRAM) check
— 99 3 HDD bad sectors check and recovery

1-138
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

9. OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

I ADJUSTMENT
Caution:
• Make sure the power cord of the copier is
unplugged from the power outlet

9.1 Paper feed roller/BP pres-


sure adjustment
Perform the paper feed roller/BP pressure adjust-
ment when the no feed jam occurs at the bypass
feed.

A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU.
2. Install the piled plate [3] on the paper feed roller/
[1] [3] [2]
BP [2] with 2 screws [1].
3. Replace the ADU.
4. Perform the copy to check the paper feed oper-
ation.
5. Repeat steps 1 to 4 if the no feed jam continues
to occur at the paper feed.

Note:
• The weight plate (P/N:13FG4062*) is a supply
part. It should be purchased separately.
• Up to 4 plates can be used at a time.
• Perform "9.3 Pick-up movement amount
adjustment (bypass)" when the weight plate is
8050fs1050
added.

1-139
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9.2 Paper feed height (upper


limit) adjustment (bypass)
I ADJUSTMENT

Perform the paper feed height (upper limit) adjust-


ment when the no feed jam occurs, the edge of the
fed paper is folded, or you want to feed curled
paper.

Note:
• This adjustment affects the pick-up move-
ment amount. When the adjustment is com-
plete, perform "9.3 Pick-up movement amount
adjustment (bypass)".

A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU.
2. Remove 6 screws [1] and remove the paper
feed solenoid cover [2]. [1]

[2] [1] 8050fs1051

1-140
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

3. Loosen a screw [1] and adjust the position of the


tray upper limit sensor/BP (PS25) [2].

I ADJUSTMENT
Note:
• Take note of the original scale.

(1) If it is not within the standard value:


Adjust the vertical position of the sensor mounting
bracket to make the height of the entrance guide
upper surface and the up/down plate upper surface
to be within the standard value.
• When raising the height of the up/down plate: [2]
lower the sensor mounting bracket.
• When lowering height of the up/down plate:
lower the sensor mounting bracket.

(2) If any problem occurs: [1]


• When the edge of the fed paper is folded: raise
the position of the sensor mounting bracket.
• When paper with a concave curl is fed: raise the 8050fs1052

position of the sensor mounting bracket.


• When paper with a convex curl is fed: lower the
position of the sensor mounting bracket.

1. Replace the paper feed solenoid cover.


2. Replace the ADU.
3. Perform the copy to check the paper feed oper-
ation.
4. Repeat steps 1 to 6 to adjust the position of
PS25 again if the problem continues to occur.

1-141
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9.3 Pick-up movement amount


adjustment (bypass)
I ADJUSTMENT

Perform the pick-up movement amount adjustment


when a no feed jam occurs frequently.

A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU.
2. Remove 6 screws [1] and remove the paper
feed solenoid cover [2]. [1]

[2] [1] 8050fs1053

3. Loosen a screw [1] and adjust the position of the


pick-up solenoid/BP (SD5) [2].

Note:
• Take note of the original scale.

4. Replace the paper feed solenoid cover.


5. Replace the ADU.
6. Perform the copy to check the paper feed oper-
ation.
7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 to adjust the position of SD5 [2]
again if the no feed jam continues to occur.

[1]

8050fs1054

1-142
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

9.4 Paper feed tray /1 to /3 mis-


centering adjustment

I ADJUSTMENT
Perform this adjustment when the mis-centering
occurs even after "Printer-centering adjustment" in
the 36 mode, has been performed.

A. Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray.
2. Loosen 3 screws [2] for the up/down plate [1].
[1] [2]
3. Move the guide plate and adjust the center posi-
tion.
4. Tighten 3 screws [2].
5. Print the test pattern (No.16).

[3]

8050fs1055

6. Fold the output in half vertically and check


whether the mis-centering [3] of the center of
[2]
image [2] against the center of paper [1] is
within the standard value. [3]
Standard value: ± 3 mm or less
[1]
7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 until the mis-centering
amount is within the standard value.

8050fs1056

1-143
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9.5 Paper feed tray/1 to /3 sheet


feed pressure adjustment
I ADJUSTMENT

Perform the sheet feed pressure adjustment when


the no feed jam or the double feed jam occurs at the
paper feed. The sheet feed pressure is affected by
the paper type and the operating environment (the
no feed jam is likely in the low temperature environ-
ment and the double feed is likely in the high tem-
perature environment). Excess adjustment may
reverse the symptom.

A. Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray [1].
2. Remove 4 screws [2] and remove the paper
feed unit cover [3]. [3]

[2]

[1]
[2]

8050fs1057

1-144
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

3. Unplug the connector [1].


4. Remove a screw [2] and loosen a hold-down

I ADJUSTMENT
shaft screw [3].
5. Slide the paper feed unit [4] toward the rear side [3]
and lift it up. Then, unplug the connector [5] and
remove the paper feed unit [4].

[5]

[4]

[2]

[1]

8050fs1058

6. Change the hook position of the spring [1] at the


bottom of the paper feed unit.
Weak[2]: Double feed jam is corrected.
Strong [3]: No feed jam is corrected.
7. Replace the paper feed unit and the paper feed
tray. [1]

[2] [3] 8050fs1059

1-145
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9.6 FNS adjustment of the


bypass conveyance guide
I ADJUSTMENT

plate magnet
A. Procedure
1. Open the finisher door.
2. Check whether the stopper piece [4] of the
bypass conveyance guide plate is in contact [1]
[5]
with the bypass conveyance guide plate /L [5] [3]
when the magnet [2] for the bypass conveyance [2]
guide plate [1] is attached to the front panel [3].
If not, perform the following adjustment.

[4]

[1]
[5]

[2]

[4]

8050fs1075

3. Loosen the magnet screw [1].


4. Push the bypass conveyance guide plate [2] [2]
toward the arrow until the stopper piece [4]
[6]
comes into contact with the conveyance guide [5]
plate /L [4].
5. Attach the magnet [5] to the front panel [6].
Then, tighten the magnet screw [1].
[1]
6. Close the finisher door. [4]

[3]

8050fs1076

1-146
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

9.7 FNS adjustment of the


bypass gate

I ADJUSTMENT
A. Procedure
1. Open the finisher door.
2. Pull out the stacker unit [1].
3. Remove 2 rail stopper screws [2]. Then, pull out
the stacker unit further.

[2]
Note:
• To avoid FNS from falling, make sure to place
a support [3] under the stacker unit.

[1]
[2]

[3] 8050fs1077

4. Open the bypass conveyance guide plate [1].


5. Visually check whether the clearance between [2]
the bypass gate [2] and the bypass conveyance
plate [3] is within the standard value when the [1]
bypass gate solenoid (SD705) is off.
Standard value: A = 3.2 ± 0.5 mm
If not, perform the following adjustment.

mm [3]
0.5
3.2
A=

[2]

8050fs1078

1-147
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

6. Remove the rear cover.


7. Unplug all connectors [2] from the FNS control
I ADJUSTMENT

board (FNSCB) [1] and remove the wiring har- [2] [3]
ness from the clamp [3]. [4]
8. Remove 5 screws [4]. Then, remove the FNSCB
[1] with the bracket [5].
[5]

[1]
8050fs1079

9. Loosen 2 screws [2] for the bypass gate sole-


noid (SD705) [1] and adjust the position of SD
[4] A=
705 [1] based on the mark [5] to make the clear- 3.2
ance between the bypass gate [3] and the 0.5
mm
bypass conveyance plate [4] to be within the
[3]
standard value when SD705 [1] is off.
Standard value: A = 3.2 ± 0.5 mm
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal [2]
steps in reverse.

[5]

[1] 8050fs1080

1-148
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

9.8 FNS adjustment of the shift


position

I ADJUSTMENT
A. Procedure
1. Remove the following parts.
• Top cover or optional PI (if installed)
• Top cover /2
2. Turn on the main body, and then drive the shift
motor (M702) in the 47 mode (code 75-2/75-3).
3. Check whether the edge of the actuator [5] for
the slide gear is placed in the notched hole [3] at [5]
[3]
the slide stay [2] for the shift unit [1] for both the
HP search (home position) and the shift posi- [4]
tion.
If not, perform the following adjustment.

[2]

[1]
8050fs1081

4. Loosen the bracket screw [2] for the shift HP


sensor (PS718) and adjust the position of the
bracket [4] based on the mark [3].
5. Tighten the bracket screw [2] when the adjust- [1]
ment is complete. [4]
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[3]
[2]
8050fs1082

1-149
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9.9 FNS adjustment of the paper


exit opening solenoid
I ADJUSTMENT

A. Procedure
1. Remove the following parts.
• Top cover /1 or optional PI (if installed)
• Top cover /2
• Rear cover
2. Turn on the main body, and then turn on the
paper exit opening solenoid (SD704) in the 47
mode (code 75-31).
3. Check whether the clearance between the
plunger [2] on the solenoid and the stopper [3]
on the bracket is within the standard value when [1]
SD704 [1] is on.
Standard value: A = 6.5 ± 0.5 mm
If not, perform the following adjustment. A=6.5 0.5mm

[2]

8050fs1083

4. Remove 2 solenoid bracket screws [1] and


remove the solenoid [2] with the bracket [3].

[1]

[2]

[3] 8050fs1084

1-150
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

5. Loosen 2 solenoid screws [1], adjust the posi-


tion of the solenoid [2], and then tighten the [2]

I ADJUSTMENT
screws.
Standard value: A = 6.5 ± 0.5 mm

A=6.5 0.5mm

[1]
8050fs1085

6. Replace the solenoid bracket [1] and tighten the


solenoid bracket screws [5] at the position [1] [5]
where the paper exit guide [2] is in contact with
the stopper (rubber) [4] on the paper exit guide
[4]
stay [3].
[3]
Note:
• There should be the gap of 1 mm or more [2]
between the paper exit guide [2] and the paper
exit guide stay [3].
[3]
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

1mm
[2]
8050fs1086

1-151
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9.10 FNS adjustment of the posi-


tion of paper exit arm
I ADJUSTMENT

A. Procedure
1. Open the finisher door and pull out the stacker
unit.
2. Check whether the upper face of the paper exit
belt arm [4] is located at the center of 2 marks
[5] when the edge of the actuator [2] for the belt [3]
detection gear [1] is placed in the notched hole
[3] at the rear panel.
If not, perform the adjustment.
3. Remove the rail stopper screws for the stacker
unit. Then, pull out the stacker unit further.
[2]
Note:
[1]
• To avoid the finisher from falling, make sure
to place a support under the stacker unit.

[4]

[5]
8050fs1087

1-152
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

4. Remove a screw [2] for the belt detection gear


[1]. Place the paper eject belt arm at the speci- [1]

I ADJUSTMENT
fied position. Then, fix the detection gear [1] at
the specified position.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2]

8050fs1088

1-153
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9.11 FNS adjustment of the posi-


tion of alignment plate /U
I ADJUSTMENT

A. Procedure
1. Turn on the main body. Once the finisher com-
pletes its initial operation, turn off the main body.
2. Open the finisher door and pull out the stacker
unit.
3. Remove the rail stopper screws for the stacker
unit. Then, pull out the stacker unit further.

Note:
• To avoid the finisher from falling, make sure
to place a support under the stacker unit.

4. Check whether the actuator [2] for the alignment


HP sensor /U (PS708) [1] is aligned with the [1]
home position. [2]

8050fs1089

5. Check whether the clearance A for the align-


ment plate /U [1] is within the standard value. A=340.6 mm

Standard value: A = 340.6 + 0/ -0.5 mm (in to in)


If not, perform the following adjustment.

[1] PS708
8050fs1090

1-154
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

6. Loosen 2 screws [1]. Align the rear side of the


alignment plate /U [2] with the long line at the [4] [1] [2]

I ADJUSTMENT
center of the marking lines [3]. Then, adjust the
front side of the alignment plate /U [4] to be
within the standard value based on the rear
side.

[2]

[1] [3]
8050fs1091

1-155
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9.12 FNS adjustment of the posi-


tion of alignment plate /L
I ADJUSTMENT

(only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-


606)
A. Procedure
1. Check whether "Adjustment of the position of
FNS alignment plate /U" has been completed.
2. Turn on the main body. In the 47 mode, use one
of the following codes to drive a motor and turn
off the main body.
• Code 75-8: alignment motor /U (M705) home
position search
• Code 75-21: alignment motor /L (M716) home
position search
• Code 75-39: stopper motor (M718) moves to the
A4R or larger position
3. Open the finisher door and pull out the stacker
unit.
4. Remove the rail stopper screws for the stacker
unit. Then, pull out the stacker unit further.

Note:
• To avoid the finisher from falling, make sure
to place a support under the stacker unit.

5. Remove the stapler unit cover.


6. Check whether the actuator for the alignment
HP sensor /U (PS708) is aligned with the home
position.
7. Check whether the actuator [3] for the alignment
HP sensor /L (PS724) for the alignment plate /L
[1] is aligned with the home position.

[1]

[2]

[3]
8050fs1092

2 1-156
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

8. Place a sheet larger than A4R in the stacker


section and check the position of the alignment [3]
[1]

I ADJUSTMENT
plate /U (rear) [1] and alignment plate /L (rear)
[2] by placing a sheet [3]. Check whether the
space A between the alignment plate /L (rear)
[2] and the alignment plate /L (front) [4] is within
the standard value.
Standard value: A = 340.6 + 0/ -0.5 mm (in to in)
If not, perform the following adjustment.
[4] [2]

A=340.6 mm
8050fs1093

9. Loosen 2 screws [1] and adjust the position of


the alignment plate /L [2] to be within the stan- [2]
dard value.

[2]
[1] [1]

[1]
8050fs1094

1-157
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9.13 FNS adjustment of the sta-


pling position (flat stapling)
I ADJUSTMENT

Note:
• Never move the stapler unit in a horizontal
direction manually (it may cause the teeth to
skip between the belt and gear).

A. Procedure
1. Perform a stapling operation to check whether it
is performed within the standard value.
• Standard value for the one-corner stapling (at
rear) [1]: A = 8.5 ± 3 mm [1] [2]
• Standard value for the one-corner stapling (at A=8.5 3mm

front) [2]: B=8.5 ± 3 mm


• Standard value for the flat stapling [3]: C= B=8.5
± 3 mm
(In the flat stapling, the paper edge and the line [4]
connecting 2 staples must become parallel)
If not, perform the following adjustment.
B=8.5 3mm
2. Open the finisher door and pull out the stacker
unit. [3]
C=8.5 3mm
3. Remove the rail stopper screws for the stacker
unit. Then, pull out the stacker unit further.

Note:
• To avoid the finisher from falling, make sure
to place a support under the stacker unit.

4. Remove the stapler unit cover.

[4] 8050fs1095

1-158
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

5. Loosen the adjustment screws [3] for the


clincher /F [1] and the clincher /R [2] and adjust

I ADJUSTMENT
the position of the flat-stapling stopper [5] based
[5]
on the mark [4].
6. Perform a stapling operation to check whether it
is performed within the standard value.

[1]

[2]

[1] [2]

[4]
[4] [3]
8050fs1096

1-159
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9.14 FNS adjustment of the sta-


pling position in a vertical
I ADJUSTMENT

direction
A. Type of cartridge
Note:
• The adjustment method of the FNS stapler
[3] [2] [1]
upper and lower positions varies according to
the form of the cartridge.
• The adjustment of a cartridge for the new type
can be made by using a stapler positioning jig
(129 X JG 011) for the old type and the old car-
tridge.

[1] New cartridge


[2] Reinforcing board
[3] Old cartridge
8050fs1122

B. Procedure (New type)


Note:
• Be sure to avoid the manual horizontal move-
ment of the stapler unit. (This may cause the
jumping of the belt and the gear teeth)

1. Conduct an actual stapling operation and check


to see if any poor clinch occurs.
• No buckled stapling [1] is allowed.
• Floating stapling [2] must be less than the stipu-
[1]
lated value (L = 1 mm).
• The height of the belt staple-needle [3] must be
less than the stipulated value (L = 0.7 mm).
L

When any defect is found, conduct the following [2] L=1mm


adjustments.

[3]
L

L=0.7mm
Note:
8050fs1123
• When the clincher or stapler is replaced or
removed, make adjustments after reinstalling
it.

2 1-160
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

2. Open the door of the finisher and pull out the


stacker unit.

I ADJUSTMENT
3. Remove the rail stopper fixing screw of the
stacker unit and pull further out the stacker unit.

Note:
• To prevent the finisher from falling down, be
sure to place a support beneath the unit that
has been pulled out.

4. Remove the stapler unit cover.


5. Remove the cartridge.
6. Loosen the fixing screws [3], 4 each, of the
[2]
clincher /F [1] and the clincher /R [2]. [1]

[3]
[1] [2]

[3] [3]
8050fs1124

1-161 2
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

7. Attach the stapler positioning jig [1] to the car-


tridge set section.
I ADJUSTMENT

Note:
• Be sure to push the stapler positioning jig
until it gets locked.

[1]

8050fs1125

2 1-162
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

8. Rotate the stapler gear [1] in the lower direction


and adjust the clincher position so that the 2

I ADJUSTMENT
pins [2] of the stapler positioning jig get
smoothly into the positioning holes [4] of the
clincher [3]. And then rotate the gear [1] in the
lower direction to set the pin securely into the
positioning hole.

Note:
• When fitting forcibly the pin of the stapler
positioning jig, this may result in the pin
being hard to draw out. Be sure to rotate the
[1] [3]
stapler gear with care.

9. Tighten up each of 4 clincher fixing screws.


10. Rotate the stapler gear in the upper direction to
remove the jig.

[4]

[2] 8050fs1126

11. Bring the cartridge back to the original position.


12. Check the stapling operations.

1-163 2
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

C. Procedure (Old type)


Note:
I ADJUSTMENT

• Never move the stapler unit in a horizontal


direction manually (it may cause the teeth to
skip between the belt and gear).

1. Perform a stapling operation to check for the


clinch failure.
• Buckled staple-needles [1]
• Floating stapling [2] (standard value: L = 1 mm or
[1]
less)
• Height of belt staple-needle [3] (standard value:
L = 0.7 mm or less)

L
If there is a failure, perform the following adjust- [2] L=1mm
ment.

[3]

L
L=0.7mm
Note:
8050fs1097
• Adjust the clincher or stapler if it is replaced
or removed.

2. Open the finisher door and pull out the stacker


unit.
3. Remove the rail stopper screws for the stacker
unit. Then, pull out the stacker unit further.

Note:
• To avoid the finisher from falling, make sure
to place a support under the stacker unit.

4. Remove the stapler unit cover.


5. Remove the cartridge [1], open the cover [2],
and then remove the staple sheet [3] by sliding
it.
[1]
[3]

[2] 8050fs1098

2 1-164
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

6. Remove the plate [2] from the stapler position-


ing jig [1], insert the hooks [3] on the plate into [1]

I ADJUSTMENT
the hook holes [4] on the cartridge, and then
close the cover [5].
7. Attach the cartridge onto the stapler.
[5]
[3]

[2]

[4]

8050fs1099

8. Loosen 4 screws [3] for the clincher /F [1] and


the clincher /R [2]. [2]
[1]

[3]
[1] [2]

[3] [3]
8050fs1100

1-165
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9. Fold the stacking assist unit [1] and insert 2


guide pins [3] on the stapler positioning jig [2] [2]
I ADJUSTMENT

into the holes [5] on the clincher [4].

Note:
[1]
• The stapler positioning jig is adequate to be
hooked on the clincher.

[5] [4]

[2]
[3]

8050fs1101

1-166
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

10. Rotate the gear [1] for the stapler downward.


Adjust the position of the clincher [4] for the

I ADJUSTMENT
plate [2] attached to the cartridge to be inserted
into the slot [3] on the jig smoothly. Rotate the
gear [1] downward further. Then, place the plate
[2] onto the slot [3] on the jig and fully insert the
jig into the clincher unit [4].
11. Tighten 4 screws for each clincher.
12. Remove the jig by rotating the gear for the sta- [1]
pler upward.

[3]
Note:
• Make sure not to snag on Mylar on the
[2]
clincher when removing the stapler position- [4]
ing jig.

13. Remove the cartridge and plate. Then, replace


the staple sheet removed at the step 5. Replace
the cartridge.
14. Check the operation of the stapler.

[1] 8050fs1102

1-167
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9.15 FNS adjustment of the sta-


pling position (flat stapling)
I ADJUSTMENT

(only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-


606)
A. Procedure
Note:
• Never move the stapler unit in a horizontal
direction manually (it may cause teeth to skip
between the belt and gear).

1. Perform a stapling operation to check whether


the paper edge and the line [2] connecting 2 sta- [1]
ples [1] becomes parallel [3] and the discrep-
ancy L is within the standard value. [2]
Standard value: discrepancy L = 1 mm or less
If the discrepancy is not within the standard
value, perform the following adjustment.
2. Check whether "adjustment of the position of [3]
L
FNS alignment plate /U" and "adjustment of the
position of alignment plate /L" has been com-
8050fs1103
plete.
3. Open the finisher door and pull out the stacker
unit.
4. Remove the rail stopper screws for the stacker
unit. Then, pull out the stacker unit further.

Note:
• To avoid the finisher from falling, make sure
to place a support under the stacker unit.

5. Remove the stapler unit cover.


6. Loosen 3 screws [2] for the alignment plate /L
[1].
[1]

[2] 8050fs1104

2 1-168
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

7. Adjust the position based on the mark [3] to


make the upper edge [1] and lower edge [2] of

I ADJUSTMENT
paper to be horizontal.
8. Tighten the 3 screws, then perform a stapling
operation to check whether the stitch-and-fold
position is within the standard value.
[1]

[3]

[2]

[3]
8050fs1105

1-169
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9.16 FNS adjustment of the angle


of the folding stopper (only
I ADJUSTMENT

for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606)
Note:
• Never move the stapler unit in a horizontal
direction manually (it may cause teeth to skip
between the belt and gear).
• Never loosen the screw [1] that must not be
removed.

[1]

8050fs1106

A. Procedure
1. Perform a folding operation with A3 paper to
check whether the discrepancy at the folding
edge is within the standard value.
Standard value: A = 1 mm or less
A
If the discrepancy is not within the standard
value, perform the following adjustment.
2. Open the finisher door and pull out the stacker
unit.
3. Remove the rail stopper screws for the stacker
unit. Then, pull out the stacker unit further.

Note:
• To avoid the finisher from falling, make sure
8050fs1107
to place a support under the stacker unit.

4. Remove the stapler unit cover.

2 1-170
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

5. Loosen 5 screws [2] for the folding stopper [1]


and adjust the angle based on the mark [3].

I ADJUSTMENT
Note:
• Never loosen the screw [4] that must not be
removed.

6. Tighten the 5 screws [2], then perform the fold-


ing to check whether the discrepancy is within
the standard value.

[4]
[2]

[1]
[3]

8050fs1108

1-171
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9.17 FNS adjustment of the fold-


ing force (only for FS-215/
I ADJUSTMENT

FN-9/FS-606)
A. Procedure
1. Perform the followings to change the pressure
of the folding roller.
2. Remove the rear cover.
3. Open the finisher door and pull out the stacker
unit.
4. Remove the stacker unit cover.
5. Change the positions of each 2 pressure
springs [3] at front [1] and rear [2]. A
B
Note: [3] C
• The 4 pressure springs [3] must be hooked on
the hook holes with same symbol.

B
A
[1]

C C
B B
A A

[3] [2]
8050fs1109

2 1-172
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

9.18 FNS adjustment of the three-


holding position (only for

I ADJUSTMENT
FS-215/FN-9/FS-606)
A. Procedure
1. Check whether "adjustment of the angle of the
folding stopper" has been completed.

Folding Standard value Specification


position A4R 8.5 x 11R
a 95 mm 89.4 mm ± 2 mm
b 101 mm 95 mm ± 2 mm
c 101 mm 95 mm ± 2 mm c
a
2. Perform a three-folding operation to check
whether the three-folding position is within the
specification. b 8050fs1110

If it is not within the specification, perform the


following adjustment.
3. Turn on the main body, adjust the first folding
position (standard value a) in "Finisher adjust-
ment" ⇒ "Three-holding position adjustment" in
the 36 mode. Then, perform the three-folding for
confirmation.
4. Once the first folding line is adjusted within the
specification, open the finisher door and pull out
the stacker unit.
5. Open the three-folding guide plate [1], loosen 2
three-folding stopper screws [2], and then adjust
the position of the three-folding stopper [4]
based on the mark [3].
6. Tighten the 2 screws [2], then perform the three-
folding to check whether the three-folding posi-
tion is within the standard value. [3]

[2]
[4]
[2] [1]

8050fs1111

1-173 2
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9.19 FNS adjustment of the sta-


pler drive belt position
I ADJUSTMENT

A. Procedure
Note:
• This adjustment is performed only if the posi-
tion between the drive belt and the gear is dis-
placed during another adjustment by mistake.

1. Open the finisher door and pull out the stacker


unit.
2. Remove the rail stopper screws for the stacker
unit. Then, pull out the stacker unit further.

Note:
• To avoid the finisher from falling, make sure
to place a support under the stacker unit.

3. Remove the following parts.


• Rear cover
• Stapler unit cover
4. Insert the stacker unit.
5. Loosen 2 screws (M3) [2] for the staple slide
pulley /B [1] from the rear side with the hexago-
nal wrench [3].
6. Move the stapler and clincher simultaneously
toward center until they contacts with the bear-
ing.

Note:
• Make sure to move them simultaneously. The
flat-stapling stopper may be damaged at the
metal frame of the stapler if they are moved
individually.

[1] [3]
[2]
8050fs1112

1-174
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

7. Remove the cartridge [1] for the stapler /R, open


the cover [2], and then remove the staple sheet

I ADJUSTMENT
[3] by sliding it.
[1]
[3]

[2] 8050fs1113

8. Remove the plate [2] from the stapler position-


ing jig [1], insert the hooks [3] on the plate into [1]
the hook holes [4] on the cartridge, and then
close the cover [5].
9. Attach the cartridge onto the stapler /R.
[5]
[3]

[2]

[4]

8050fs1114

1-175
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

10. Fold the stacking assist unit [1] and insert 2


guide pins [3] on the stapler positioning jig [2] [2]
I ADJUSTMENT

into the holes [5] on the clincher [4].

Note: [1]
• The stapler positioning jig is adequate to be
hooked on the clincher.

[5] [4]

[2]
[3]

8050fs1115

11. Rotate the gear [1] for the stapler /R downward.


Adjust the horizontal position of the clincher [4]
for the plate [2] attached to the cartridge to be [3]
inserted into the slot [3] on the jig smoothly.
Then, adjust the horizontal position of the sta- [2]
[4]
pler /R and the clincher /R. Then, rotate the gear
[1] downward further. Place the plate [2] onto
the slot [3] on the jig and fully insert the jig into
the clincher unit [4].

Note:
• Do not loosen the screws for the clincher at
this time.
[1] 8050fs1116
• The stapler /R and the clincher /R must be
finely adjusted if the position is not matched.

1-176
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

12. Insert the stacker with the jig attached (with the
plate and the jig joined). Then, tighten 2 screws

I ADJUSTMENT
for the staple slide pulley /B from the rear side.
13. Pull out the stacker unit. Then, remove the jig by
rotating the gear for the stapler upward.

Note:
• Make sure not to snag on Mylar on the
clincher when removing the stapler position-
ing jig.

14. Remove the cartridge for the stapler /R and


plate. Replace the staple sheet removed at the
step 7 and replace the cartridge. Then check fol-
lowing 3 stapling operations.
• 1-staple (at rear)
• 1-staple (at front)
• 2-staple
15. Replace the rear cover and the stapler cover.

1-177
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9.20 TU adjustment of the sheet


cutting parallelism
I ADJUSTMENT

A. Procedure
1. Measure the length between the folding face [1]
and trimming surface [2] and calculate the paral- A
lelism. Then, check whether it is within the stan-
dard value.
Standard value: parallelism = A-B = ± 1 mm or
less
If not, perform the following adjustment. [1] [2]

B 8050fs1117

2. Open the front door [1].


[2]
3. Push up the pressure release lever [2].
4. Loosen the screw [3]. Then adjust the convey-
[1]
ance guide plate [5] based on the mark [4].
5. Tighten the screw [3].

[5]

[4]
[3]
8050fs1118

1-178
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

9.21 LCT tray mis-centering


adjustment

I ADJUSTMENT
Perform this adjustment when the positioning cor-
rection cannot be done (the mis-centering amount
exceeds the automatic adjustment range of ± 5 mm)
even if "Printer centring adjustment (tray 4)" in the
36 mode, has been performed.

A. Procedure
1. Print the test pattern No.16 to check the mis-
centering amount.
2. Lift up the up/down plate [1].
3. Open the top cover [2]. [4] [3] [3] [5]
4. Loosen 4 screws [3] at the top of LCT. Then,
slide the guide plate/front [4] and the guide
plate/rear [5] in the same direction at the same
amount.

[2]

[1]
8050fs1064

1-179
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

5. Loosen 2 screws [2] for the center positioning


bracket [1] at the bottom of LCT. Then, slide the
I ADJUSTMENT

guide plate in the same direction at the same


amount with step 4
6. Tighten the 2 screws [2].
7. Replace the LCT and print the test pattern
No.16 again.
8. Repeat steps 1 to 7 until the mis-centering
amount becomes within the automatic adjust-
ment range.

[2]

[1] 8050fs1065

1-180
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

9.22 LCT skew adjustment

I ADJUSTMENT
Perform the LCT skew adjustment when the paper
skew is different with paper supplied from the other
tray in such case as LCT is placed on the inclined
surface. However, it has just a little effect because
all paper is corrected at the second paper feed sec-
tion.

A. When all printouts are skewed:


1. Print the test pattern No.16 in the continuous
copy mode to check the skew amount.
2. Open the front door of the LCT.
3. Loosen 2 screws [2] for the positioning bracket
[1] at the bottom of the LCT.
4. Adjust the position of the positioning bracket [2].
5. Tighten the 2 screws [2].

[1] [2]

8050fs1066

1-181
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

B. When some printouts are skewed:


1. Print the test pattern No.16 in the continuous
I ADJUSTMENT

copy mode to check the skew amount.


2. Open the top cover [1].
3. Loosen 6 screws [2] at the top of LCT to loosen [3] [2] [2] [4]
the guide plate/front [3], the guide plate/rear [4],
and the guide plate/right side [5].
4. Tighten the 6 screws at the position where each
guide plate is in contact with paper.

[1]
Reference:
• The size indicator on the guide plate is
approximately 2 mm wider than the actual
standard size paper. It may cause the skew for
some paper. The skew amount is reduced if
paper is fixed with each guide plate in tight.

[2]

[5]
8050fs1067

1-182
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

9.23 LCT paper feed roller pres-


sure adjustment

I ADJUSTMENT
Perform the LCT paper feed roller pressure adjust-
ment when the no feed jam occurs at the paper feed
(when coated paper is being used).

Note:
• The piled plate kit (P/N: SE95-4330) is a sup-
ply part. It should be purchased separately.

A. Procedure
1. Open the top cover [1].
2. Remove the spring [2]. [5] [4]
3. Install the piled plate holder [4] on the paper
feed roller [3] with 2 screws [5].
[6]
Note:
[3]
• The piled plate kit is accompanied with the 5
piled plates [6]. However, the number of the
piled plates [6] should be adjusted while
checking no feed condition. (When the piled
plates are too heavy, this may result in double [1] [7] [2]
feeding.)
The piled plates [6] can be removed by loos-
ening the 2 screws [7].

4. Replace the spring [2].


5. Close the top cover.
6. Perform the continuous copy to check the paper
feed.
7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 if the no feed jam continues
to occur at the paper feed.

8050fs1068

1-183 1
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9.24 LCT up/down plate horizon-


tal adjustment
I ADJUSTMENT

Perform the LCT up/down plate horizontal adjust-


ment when the paper feed jam occurs frequently or
the up/down wire is replaced.

A. Procedure
1. Lift up the up/down plate [1].
2. Open the top cover [2].
3. Loosen 4 screws [3] at the front and rear side.
4. Position the mark [5] to make the up/down plate
to be horizontal with 2 adjusting screws [4] at
the front and rear side.
5. Tighten the 4 screws [3].

[5] [1] [3] [4]

[2]

[4] [3] [1] [5]

8050fs1069

1-184
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

9.25 LCT sheet feed pressure


adjustment

I ADJUSTMENT
Perform the LCT sheet feed pressure adjustment
when a no feed jam or a double feed jam occurs at
the paper feed.
The sheet feed pressure is affected by the paper
type and the operating environment (the no feed
jam is likely in the low temperature environment and
the double feed is likely in the high temperature
environment).

A. Procedure
1. Remove LCT from the main body.
2. Check the adjusting spring mechanism [2] from
the top left side of the LCT (paper exit side) [1].
3. Change the spring hook position [2] depending
on the symptom.
• The load of the spring changes approximately
10% for a change in its position.

Note:
• Excess adjustment may reverse the symptom.
For example, a no feed jam becomes a double
feed jam.
[2] [1]
Weak: Double feed jam is corrected.
Strong: No feed jam is corrected.

8050fs1070

1-185
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9.26 LCT paper feed height


(upper limit) adjustment
I ADJUSTMENT

Perform the LCT paper feed height (upper limit)


adjustment when the no feed jam occurs, the edge
of the fed paper is folded, or you want to feed curled
paper. The adjustment is performed by changing
the vertical position of the upper limit sensor
(PS109).

A. Procedure
1. Lift up the up/down plate [1].
2. Open the top cover [2]. [6]
3. Measure the height of the entrance guide upper
surface [3] and up/down plate upper surface [4]
with a scale to check whether it is within the [5]
[3]
standard value.
Standard value: 2 to 5 mm [1]
Perform the following adjustment if it is not within [4]
the standard value or the edge of the fed paper is
folded even if it is within the standard value.

Note: [2]
• This adjustment affects the pick-up release
amount.
When the adjustment is complete, perform
"9.27 LCT pick-up release amount adjust-
ment".

4. Remove the sprint [6] from the paper feed unit


[5].
5. Remove 4 screws [7].
6. Remove the paper feed pick-up cover /B [8]
toward right.

[8]

[7]

8050fs1071

1-186
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

7. Loosen a screw [1].


8. Move the sensor mounting bracket [2] vertically [1] [2]

I ADJUSTMENT
to make the height of the entrance guide upper
surface and the up/down plate upper surface to
be within the standard value.
If it is not within the standard value and the
height of the up/down plate has to be raised:
• When paper with a convex curl is fed:
Lower the position of the sensor mounting
bracket
If it is not within the standard value and the
height of the up/down plate has to be lowered:
• When the edge of the fed paper is folded:
• When paper with a concave curl is fed: 8050fs1072

Raise the position of the sensor mounting


bracket
9. When the adjustment is complete, tighten a
screw [1].

1-187
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

9.27 LCT pick-up release amount


adjustment
I ADJUSTMENT

Perform the LCT pick-up release amount adjust-


ment when a no feed jam occurs frequently. The
adjustment is performed by changing the horizontal
position of the paper feed solenoid (SD100).

A. Procedure
1. Lift up the up/down plate [1].
2. Open the top cover [2]. [4]
3. Remove the sprint [4] from the paper feed unit
[3].
4. Remove 4 screws [5]. [3]
5. Remove the paper feed pick-up cover /B [6]
toward right.
[1]

[2]

[6]

[5]

8050fs1073

1-188
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

6. Pull the moving section of SD100 (paper feed


solenoid) [1] and measure the distance between

I ADJUSTMENT
the paper feed roller [2] and the upper surface of [2] [1]
the up/down plate [3] to check whether it is
within the standard value.
Standard value: 0.5 to 2.5 mm
Perform the following adjustment if it is not
within the standard value.
7. Loosen a screw [4].
[3] [4]
Note:
• Before starting the operation, note the origi-
nal position of the solenoid.

8. Move the paper feed solenoid (SD100) [1] hori-


zontally to make the distance between the
paper feed roller and the upper surface of the
up/down plate to be within the standard value.
9. Tighten the screw [4] for the paper feed sole-
noid.

8050fs1074

1-189
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
I ADJUSTMENT

Blank page

1-190
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Description of the ISW

II SERVICE TOOL 1.1 Setup


1.1.1 Board used for the ISW
1. Description of the ISW
ISWTrns supports the following boards for rewriting
the control program in 8050.
ISW (In-system Writer) is an operation to rewrite the • Overall control board (OACB)
control program stored in the flash ROM on a vari- • Printer controller board (PRCB)
ety of control boards in the digital copier without • Operation board/1 (OB1)
removing the boards from the main body of the • RADF control board (DFCB)

II SERVICE TOOL
copier. ISW allows you to update the version of the • FNS control board (FNSCB)
control program without replacing the board or to • See IP Service Manual for the printer controller.
install the latest program when replacing the board. ROM replacement is needed for boards other than
[ISWTrns (PC software)] is provided to execute the above.
ISW, which rewrite the program by connecting a PC
to the digital copier. The software rewrites the con- 1.1.2 Data flow
trol program stored in the flash ROM in the copier
main body directly. The following shows the ISW data flow.
This chapter only describes the set up procedure on PC OACB OB1
the main body for executing ISW. See the "ISW (In- PRCB DFCB
System Writer) Service Manual" for information on FNSCB
operating the ISWTrns.

Note: Note:
• When rewrite control program for new type, • The control program on other boards cannot
be sure to use the ISWTrns Ver. 3.51 or the be written until that for the overall control
above. board (OACB) is written.
• When upgrading ISWTrns, be sure to uninstall
the current ISWTrns before installing the new 1.1.3 ISW transfer type
version. Installing it by overwriting may result
in the installation of the USB driver unavail- The copier supports three ISW transfer modes as
able. follows.
• It is required to install the USB driver for
ISWTrns to perform ISW via USB on this A. Power ON mode
machine. See the installation procedure for The power ON mode is used if no program is
the "2. USB ISW". installed on the overall control board (OACB) or it is
• Before performing ISW via USB, be sure to faulty.
turn on the USB radio button in [Setting (S)] - If no program is installed on OACB, the OACB pro-
[Set Communication (C)] in ISWTrns and gram becomes possible to be written at power ON.
press the OK button. No display appears on the operation panel and the
• From "machine" list box of ISWTrns, be sure timer LED flashes even if the operation board con-
to select "8050" for old type and "bizhub trol program is installed because the OACB controls
C500" for new type. the power for the operation board.

2-1 2
Description of the ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

B. HELP + CHECK mode


The HELP + CHECK mode is started when the sub
power switch (SW2) is pressed while pressing
"HELP" and "CHECK button." This mode is
designed specifically for ISW to be started when the
overall control program is installed but the operation
board control program is not installed because the
25 mode cannot be started in such case.

C. 25 mode
II SERVICE TOOL

The 25 mode is available only if both the overall


control program and the operation board control
program are installed.

1 2-2
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Description of the ISW

1.1.4 Instances of ISW transfer

A. When writing a new program (because


replacing a board or failed to rewrite the
program)

Normal startup display ISW transfer method Condition


Overall control Flashing timer LED Power ON mode Overall control program is not installed
board No display on the or faulty
operation panel
Operation board /1 Error code display HELP + CHECK The overall control program is installed

II SERVICE TOOL
mode but the operation board program is not
installed or faulty
Others Error code display 25 mode Both the overall control program and
the operation board program is
installed

B. When updating the version of the program

Normal startup display ISW transfer method Condition


Overall control Normal 25 mode All program has been installed
board
Operation board /1 Normal 25 mode
Others Normal 25 mode

2-3
Description of the ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

1.1.5 Setup procedure Note:


• Before performing ISW via USB, be sure to
A. Connecting a PC turn on the USB radio button in [Setting (S)] -
a. Procedure [Set Communication (C)] in ISWTrns and
press the OK button.
1. Loosen 4 screws [1] and remove the side
cover/2 [2].
B. Power on mode
a. Procedure
[1]
1. Turn ON the sub power switch (SW2).
II SERVICE TOOL

2. Check the timer LED is flushing.


The control program becomes possible to be
written in this state.

3. Execute the operation according to the proce-


dures specified in the "ISW (In-System Writer)
Service Manual."
Note:
• Do not turn OFF the copier while writing the
ISW data is being rewritten.

4. The operation screen appears if it is completed


successfully.
[2] [1] 8050fs2012
If it is terminated abnormally, see "E. The rela-
tionship between ISW resulting operation and
2. Connect either of IEEE1284 port [1] or USB the operational LEDs."
(Type B) port [2] to the PC via a cable.

C. HELP + CHECK mode


a. Procedure

1. Turn ON the copie while pressing "HELP" and


"CHECK button."

2. "ISW write mode select menu screen"


Press 1 (PC) with the numeric keys.
ISW WRITE MODE SELECT MENU

1.PC

[1] PLEASE PUSH TEN-KEY 9.EXIT


[2]

8050fs2040

1 2-4
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Description of the ISW

3. "ISW device select menu screen" 6. "ISW executing screen"


Select 3 (OPERATION CONTROL) with the Execute the operation according to the proce-
numeric keys. dures specified in the "ISW (In-System Writer)
Press 9 (EXIT) to exit from the menu or press 0 Service Manual."
(PREVIOUS) to return to the previous screen. "Result screen" appears once ISW is com-
ISW DEVICE SELECT MENU [MODE:PC] plete.
1. GRAPHIC CONTROL
2. PRINTER CONTROL
3. OPERATION CONTROL
4. ADF EXECUTING

II SERVICE TOOL
5. VIF

PLEASE PUSH TEN-KEY 0. PREVIOUS 9. EXIT

Note:
• Rewrite programs other than 3 (OPERATION
CONTROL) in the 25 mode because this 7. "Result screen"

mode does not support them. • The operation is completed successfully


"NORMAL END" appears.
4. "Operation control - item select menu screen"
Select an item from 1 - 5 to rewrite it individu-
*** NORMAL END ***
ally or select 6 (ALL) to rewrite all items at a
time.
Press 9 (EXIT) to exit from the menu or press 0
(PREVIOUS) to return to the previous screen.
OPERATION CONTROL - ITEM SELECT MENU [MODE:PC]
PLEASE PUSH TEN-KEY 0. CONTINUE 9. EXIT
1. 01
2. 02
3. 03 • The operation is terminated abnormally
4. 04
"ABNORMAL END" appears.
5. 05
Check the error code on the screen if the
6. ALL
rewriting is terminated abnormally.

PLEASE PUSH TEN-KEY 0. PREVIOUS 9. EXIT *** ABNORMAL END ***


INPUT DEVICE ERROR
(ERROR CODE : XX)
5. "ISW start screen"
Select 1 (YES) to start ISW.
Select 2 (NO) to cancel.
OPERATION CONTROL - 01 [MODE:PC]

PLEASE PUSH TEN-KEY 0. CONTINUE 9. EXIT

ISW START OK?


8. Select 0 (CONTINUE) to continue ISW or
select 9 (EXIT) to exit.
"PLEASE TURN OFF A POWER SUPPLY"
appears when pressing 9, then turn OFF the
PLEASE PUSH TEN-KEY 1. YES 2. NO
sub power switch (SW2).

2-5 1
Description of the ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

b. Error code

Error code Causes No. of resulting


operation
01 Error in the instruction against the ISW processing unit (1)
1F Program error (1)
41 Input data format error (at ISW for the operation board program) (2)
42 Model name error in input data (at ISW for the operation board program) (2)
43 Board name error in input data (at ISW for the operation board program) (2)
81 Input device error such as the input time out (at ISW for the operation (3)
board program)
II SERVICE TOOL

C1 Flash ROM erasing failure (at ISW for the overall control program) (5)
C2 Flash ROM writing failure (at ISW for the overall control program) (5)
C3 ROM check sum error (at ISW for the overall control program) (8)
C4 Output device error such as the input time out (6)
E1 Erase error (9)
E2 Write error (9)
E3 Communication error (4)
E9 I/F communication parameter error between the overall control board (4)
and the operation board (at ISW for the operation board program)
EA I/F command sequence error between the overall control board and the (4)
operation board (at ISW for the operation board program)
EB I/F communication timeout error between the overall control board and (4)
the operation board (at ISW for the operation board program)
F0 Flash ROM error (at ISW for the operation board program) (7)
F1 Flash ROM verify error (at ISW for the operation board program) (7)
F2 Flash ROM write error (at ISW for the operation board program) (7)
F3 Flash ROM erase error (at ISW for the operation board program) (7)
F8 I/F receive checksum error between the overall control board and the (7)
operation board (at ISW for the operation board program)
F9 I/F receive header code error between the overall control board and the (7)
operation board (at ISW for the operation board program)
FA I/F receive parity error between the overall control board and the opera- (7)
tion board (at ISW for the operation board program)
FB I/F receive framing error between the overall control board and the oper- (7)
ation board (at ISW for the operation board program)
FC I/F receive overflow error between the overall control board and the (4)
operation board (at ISW for the operation board program)

• Resulting operations
(1) The program is not operating normally. Turn (4) Check I/F between the overall control board
OFF and ON the sub power switch (SW2) and and the operation board.
then start ISW again. (5) The flash ROM on the overall control board is faulty.
(2) Check the ISW transfer data file. Execute ISW again. If the same error occurs, the
(3) Check the connection of the communication flash ROM on the overall control board may be faulty
cable from the input device (PC). or it may have reached its life. Replace the overall
control board.

1 2-6
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Description of the ISW

(6) An error is detected from the board on which D. 25 mode


you want to rewrite the program. Check the
board on which you want to execute ISW. a. Procedure
(7) The flash ROM on the operation board/1 is
faulty. 1. Enter the 25 mode.

Execute ISW again. If the same error occurs,


2. "25 mode menu screen"
the flash ROM on the operation board/1 may be
Press the [11 ISW] key.
faulty or it may have reached its life. Replace
the operation board/1. 3. "ISW mode menu screen"
(8) The checksum calculated after the program is Select a program for which ISW is executed.

II SERVICE TOOL
written does not become equal to the ROM
checksum data. Execute ISW again. If the 4. Pressing the [Start] key, cause the machine to

same error occurs, the ISW transfer data file be data waiting condition.

may not be downloaded properly. Note:

(9) It cannot write/erase data to/from area on which • See "C. HELP + CHECK mode" since select-

ISW is executed. ing "Operation panel" switches to the HELP

The flash ROM may be faulty or have reached + CHECK mode.

its life. Replace the object board.


5. Execute the operation according to the proce-
The checksum calculated after the program is
dures specified in the "ISW (In-System Writer)
written does not become equal to the ROM
Service Manual."
checksum data. Execute ISW again. If the
Note:
same error occurs, the ISW transfer data file
• Do not turn OFF the copier while rewriting
may not be downloaded properly.
the ISW data is being written.

Note:
• If an error occurs during rewriting the pro-
gram on the overall control board, the opera-
tion panel cannot be displayed even if the sub
power switch is ON because the program con-
trolling the whole components has been lost.
Execute ISW in the power ON mode if such is
the case.
• If an error occurs during rewriting the pro-
gram on the operation board/1, it cannot be
started in the 25 mode because the error code
is displayed. Execute ISW in the HELP +
CHECK mode if such is the case.

2-7 1
Description of the ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

E. The relationship between ISW operation and


the operational LEDs
The following shows the display of the operation
panel in the power ON mode with ISW executed.

No. Operation Timer LED Power save LED


1 CPU initialization OFF OFF
2 During memory check OFF OFF
3 Memory check error (waiting data from PC) Blink OFF
II SERVICE TOOL

4 ISW processing (receiving data) OFF Blink


5 ISW processing (writing to flash ROM) OFF Blink
6 Transfer data error Blink Blink
7 Flash ROM write error Blink Steady lit
8 Memory check successful and reboot OFF OFF

2-8
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 USB ISW

2. USB ISW
2.1 What is the USB ISW?
The ISW RNs tool for transfer can be installed in the PC by using the setup disk. However, the USB driver
(KCAUSB.SYS) is required to be installed by the plug-and-play of the Windows after connecting the PC and
the copier with the USB cable.
The installation of the USB driver is required only when the PC is connected to the copier for the first time.
(No installation is required on and after the second connection.)

II SERVICE TOOL
A. USB driver installation procedure (Windows 2000/XP)
When the PC and the copier are connected with the USB cable, the USB driver is automatically installed by
the plug-and-play.
However, this may cause the USB driver (USBPRINT.SYS) of the Windows to be installed. Accordingly, the
USB driver should be set by following the procedure given below:
1. Select "Install from a list or specific location [Advanced]" in the display shown below, and then click
[Next].

2. Select "Display a list of the known drivers for this device so that I can choose a specific driver" in the
"Install Hardware Device Drivers" screen, and then click [Next].

2-9 1
USB ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

3. Select the USB driver in the driver selection screen, and then click [Next] for installation.
• USB driver: Konica Minolta 8050 USB Driver (ISW)
II SERVICE TOOL

4. When the "Completing the Upgrade Device Driver Wizard" screen is displayed, click [Finish] to finish the
installation.
5. In the "Device Manager" screen, check to see if the installation of the USB driver is carried out correctly.
• USB driver: Konica Minolta 8050 USB Driver (ISW)

1 2-10
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW

3. INTERNET ISW
3.1 What is the Internet ISW?
The Internet ISW is the system to perform ISW, by indicating ISW using the Internet mail (E-mail) or
browser to let copier automatically acquire the subject program from program server and rewrite its own
program.
With this Internet ISW, you can update copier's programs just by transmitting E-mail with simple keyword
described, without visiting customer's office. With the Web function, you can perform the ISW on customer
site, without carrying the actual programs with you.

II SERVICE TOOL
3.2 Operating environment
To use the Internet ISW function, the following conditions must be satisfied.
A. The copier is connected to a built in network where programs can be downloaded from the
Internet using ftp or http protocol. *1
B. The Internet ISW does not function in copier under the following conditions.
(1) The main power switch (SW1) is OFF.
(2) The sub power switch (SW2) is OFF.
(3) The copier is shut OFF by the auto shut off function.
*1 Programs can be downloaded using Firewall.

Note:
• The Internet ISW does not function even if the copier receives the Internet ISW designating mail,
as long as it is in any of the above conditions. The Internet ISW starts when the above condi-
tions are released.
However, the mails are able to have period of validity.
• The Internet ISW continues to function in the condition of a paper jam or SC occurs, or in the
low power mode.

3.3 Main features


With the Internet ISW, the following functions are available.
A. Internet ISW using E-Mail remote notification system *2
By sending simple keywords to a copier by E-Mail, the programs in the copier are rewritten automatically.
The boards of which programs can be rewritten with the Internet ISW are as follows. *3
(1) Overall control board (I)
(2) Printer control board (C)
(3) Operation board /1 (O)
(4) RADF control board (F)
(5) FNS control board (N)
*2 To use the function, the E-Mail remote notification system must be setup separately.
*3 The available boards are different depending on the copier models.

B. Internet ISW using Web utility


By accessing copier main body's homepage via PC web browser, programs in the copier are rewritten
automatically. To use the function, a Web terminal that is networked to the copier is necessary. *4
*4 In case it is connected to a LAN, it can only be used within the LAN.

2-11 1
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

3.4 Initial setting


To use the Internet ISW, the related settings such as network parameter, program server address, firewall
address must be performed in the copier main body beforehand.
Also, to use the [3.5 Internet ISW using E-Mail remote notification system], the related settings such as
account registration must be set on the mail server separately.
For the details, please refer to "4. Mail remote notification system".

3.4.1 Setting on Control panel


II SERVICE TOOL

First, set the copier's IP address on the control panel, to network the copier. If it has already been set, go
to "3.4.2 Setting on Web browser".

a. Procedure
1. Select "Key operator mode" on the control panel.
2. Select "[1] System initial setting".
3. Select "[3] IP address setting".
4. Enter [IP address], [Subnet mask] and [Gateway address]. *5
5. Reboot the copier.
*5 Copier's IP address, etc. are usually assigned by the system administrator.
For the details, please contact the customer's system administrator.

3.4.2 Setting on Web browser

Next, set the program server, etc. from the Web browser. To use the Web browser, prepare a networked
PC *6.
*6 Prepare a PC by borrowing customer's PC or carrying laptop PC, for example.

(Considerations)
• In any setting item, space cannot be set.
• If there is a mistake in input process on the Web browser, be sure to correct it according to error mes-
sage displayed. If the mistake is left without correction, program download error may occur.
• Web's layout may change without prior notice.

2-12
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW

a. Procedure
1. Start the Web browser. *7
2. Specify the copier's IP address that you have entered at "3.4.1 Setting on Control panel".
If you access the copier's http address, the [Main page] as the top figure on next page appears.
*7 If proxy is set on the web browser, it may not be able to access the copier's http address (web page).
For the details, please contact the customer's system administrator. As Web browser, Internet
Explorer or Netscape is recommended.
Do not perform setting from two or more browsers concurrently.

II SERVICE TOOL
Copyright © 2000 GoAhead Software, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Copier Web Utility Main Page

3. On the [Main page], click the [Environment setup], to display [Login to Environment setup] page.

Login window to Environment setting

2-13 2
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4. On [Login to Environment setup] page, enter the key operator password (the same password as key
operator mode password) and click Apply. The environment setup list appears. Then click [Extension
for maintenance].
II SERVICE TOOL

Environment setup screen

5. On [Login to Extension for maintenance] page, enter the password (the same password as mode
change menu password) and click Apply. The environment setting list appears. Then click [Internet
ISW].

Login window to Extension for maintenance Extension for maintenance screen

2 2-14
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW

6. Click [Initial Setting].

II SERVICE TOOL
Internet ISW main screen

7. Set proxy server.


When you don't use proxy server (firewall), go to Step 9.

2-15
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

„ Enableproxy Select [no] if you do not use proxy


Select [Use ftp proxy] if you use ftp proxy
Select [Use http proxy] if you use http proxy
„ Proxy server Type *8 If you selected [Use ftp proxy] for [Use of proxy], select the type of proxy
from the following.
Type1 [USER USER@HOST]
Type2 [OPEN HOSTNAME]
Type3 [FW USERNAME→FW PASSWORD→SITE HOSTNAME]
Type4 [FW USERNAME→FW PASSWORD→USER USER@HOST]
II SERVICE TOOL

„ Proxy server IP Address If you use proxy server, enter the IP address of the proxy server.
„ Port Number If you use proxy server, set the port No. that is used by the proxy server.
„ User name on the proxy If you selected Type1 or Type2 for [Type of proxy server], set an
server account name for the proxy server.
„ Password for the proxy If you selected Type1 or Type2 for [Type of proxy server], set a pass-
server word for the proxy server.

*8 Types 2, 3 and 4 are not guaranteed.

When you finish entering all items, click [Next] and check the contents on the setting confirmation screen.
If all are fine, click [Next]. If there is any input error, click [Back] and reset the item according to the mes-
sage in red.

8. Set the program server. (Proxy server is used)

2-16
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW

„ Program server address Enter the address of the server where programs to download are
stored. Select the protocol you use from the drop down list at the left
and enter the following address in the test box at the right.
In case of ftp, it is the relative path from the home directory.
Example: ftp://210.226.5.5/EUR/8050/
„ User name on the program Enter the account name of the program server.
server
„ Password for the program Enter the program server password.
server

II SERVICE TOOL
„ Receiving time out Set the program reception timeout. (Default: 30 minutes)
If timeout occurs, the program downloading is forcibly terminated. With-
out performing ISW, the machine recovers to normal mode.

When you finish entering all items, click [Next] and check the contents on the setting confirmation screen.
If all are fine, click [Finish]. If there is any input error, click [Back] and reset the item according to the mes-
sage in red.

9. Set the program server. (Proxy is not used.)

„ Protocol Select a protocol to receive programs.


„ Program server IP Address Enter the IP address of the server where programs to download are
stored.
„ Target directory For http, enter path that follows the host domain. For ftp, enter the rela-
tive path from the home directory.
Example: EUR/8050/
„ User name on the program Enter the account name of the program server.
server
„ Password for the Program Enter the program server password.
server
„ Receiving time out Set the program reception timeout. (Default: 30 minutes)
If timeout occurs, the program downloading is forcibly terminated. With-
out performing ISW, the machine recovers to normal mode.

2-17
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

When you finish entering all items, click [Next] and check the contents on the setting confirmation screen.
If all are fine, click [Finish]. If there is any input error, click [Back] and reset the item according to the mes-
sage in red.

10. Perform the download test.


This test downloads "test.dat" from the program server set in the initial setting, to ensure all items
have been set appropriately. If the download test fails, check the setting items again according to the
error message.

When the test finished successfully, the communication speed and estimated download time are displayed
II SERVICE TOOL

as shown below. Draw upon the data to decide [Reception timeout].

2-18
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW

If the download test fails, response error code sent from the server is displayed as follows. There may be
input errors. Check the initial setting again.

II SERVICE TOOL

2-19
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

3.5 Internet ISW using E-Mail remote notification system


3.5.1 Function

Customer engineer sends an E-mail with simple keyword description. Then, the copier that received the
mail downloads specified program from the program server and rewrites its program.
This function is executed by a different command (keyword) from the list print acquisition function of the [E-
Mail remote notification system].
A. The boards of which programs can be rewritten with the Internet ISW are as follows.
(1) Overall control board: I0
II SERVICE TOOL

(2) Printer control board: C0


(3) Operation board /1: O0, O1, O2, O3, O4, O5
(4) RADF control board: F0
(5) FNS control board: N0
B. You can acquire version information of programs to be rewritten.
C. You can find out how to use [Internet ISW] by mail.

To use the above functions, it is necessary to send the copier E-mail with the specified simple keyword
(command) description. The following are the commands and the options.

Command Option Description


ISW Subject board name Specifies name of a board to ISW. (must be entered)
The specifiable boards are as follows.
[I0, C0, O0, O1, O2, O3, O4, O5, F0, N0]
The available boards are different depending on mod-
els. File name can be specified with "=" as [Subject
board name=File name].
Timeout Specifies period of validity of mail.
(From 5 to 1,440 minutes. Unit is minute. If none is
specified, timeout takes place at 90 minutes.)
When the time from mail transmission by CE to mail
reception at copier exceeds the specified period, ISW is
not performed due to expiration.
ISWHELP — Returns a help mail with the above command use
descriptions.

When no file name is specified, the following files are acquired from the program server address set
beforehand.

I0 bootI1.bin C0 bootC1.bin O0 bootO0.bin F0 bootF1.bin N0 bootN1.bin


O1 bootO1.bin
O2 bootO2.bin
O3 bootO3.bin
O4 bootO4.bin
O5 bootO5.bin

2-20
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW

3.5.2 Transmitting E-Mail

The following is an example of transmitting an E-mail with the aforementioned command to a copier.
You can use either upper and lower case characters when typing a command (option) in E-mail. *9
When transmitting an E-mail to a copier, take care of the following.
• The ISW-designated mail has the period of validity. Therefore, set the date of mailer and time zone of
the copier *10 accurately.
• One mail can be described with only one ISW command. If two or more commands are described, the
second and later ones are ignored.
• Any mail software can be used. For example, mobile device mail, browser mail and so on.

II SERVICE TOOL
• With the mail software in use, transmit mails in text mode.
(Commands in mails in HTML mode cannot be handled correctly.)
• Place at least one space or TAB *11 between command and option, and option and option described
in mails.
• Type every command in mails only with alphanumeric one-byte characters (ASCII characters). If other
characters *12 are typed, an error mail with [Command not found] is returned.
• Type every command in mails from the line head. Line head starting with a space or TAB is ignored.
• Do not attach files or others to the mails transmitted to copiers.
Depending on the size of files, such mails may be handled as illegal mails and copier may refuse to
receive.
• Do not type signatures in the mails transmitted to copiers. If auto signature addition is set on the mail
software, turn off the setting. Signatures may be handled as commands and error mails may be
returned from the copier.

*9 Case sensitivity is on for the file name. Take care when typing.
*10 Set in the E-mail transmission setting for [E-mail transmission setting].
*11 Linefeed is not available.
*12 Two-byte characters also cause errors. Take care not to use them.

(1) Transmitting ISW command


The transmission mail must have the following descriptions.
• In Subject, type a CE password that has been entered in the mail reception setting.
For the details, please refer to the "4. E-Mail remote notification system".
• In To, type mail address of a copier.
• In Body, type a command.

2-21
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

An example of I0 ISW:

Copier's mail address

Password for authentication


II SERVICE TOOL

Command

An example of return mail (ISW start) *13


When the copier allows the ISW, it moves into the ISW mode, displaying [Remote ISW executing] on the
operation panel. The copier cannot be used while it is in the ISW mode. *14 Then, a mail like the following
is returned from the copier.

*13 The return mail is in English regardless of the language selected for the copier's main body operation
panel display.
*14 During the ISW, sub power switch (SW2) of the copier does not function. The copier cannot be shut-
down.

1 2-22
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW

An example of return mail (ISW complete)


When ISW completes and copier reboots automatically, a mail like the following is returned from the
copier. You can confirm that the ROM version is upgraded.

II SERVICE TOOL
However, if transmission of the above two kinds of return mails fails, the mails are not retransmitted.

When specifying a file name


When specifying a file name for ISW command, type the name with "=" following the subject board name.
In this case, "65FAI012UGH0.bin" must exist in the program server address that has been set in the Inter-
net ISW setting.

Transmission mail
ISW I0 = 65FAI012UGH0.bin 30

When transmission mail exceeds the period of validity


On ISW command, period of validity (timeout) can be changed set for every mail. (Default: 90 minutes) If
period from the mail transmission to mail reception at copier (duration) is longer than the timeout period,
ISW is not performed by that mail.

2-23
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Transmission mail

5 minutes is set for timeout


II SERVICE TOOL

Return mail

Timeout took place as 6 minutes had passed.

2-24
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW

(2) Transmitting ISWHELP command


Manual that shows how to use command is returned by mail.
It is useful if you forget how to use command and options.

Transmission mail
ISWHelp

Return mail

II SERVICE TOOL

2-25
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

3.6 Internet ISW using Web utility


3.6.1 Function

Using the copier's web utility, just by clicking on the browser *15, customer engineer can let the copier
automatically download programs from the program server and rewrite its own programs.
The boards of which programs can be rewritten are the same as those of [Internet ISW using E-mail
remote notification system].
*15 Usually, it is not possible to access company-inside copier from outside exceeding firewall.
II SERVICE TOOL

3.6.2 How to use

A. Going to Internet ISW page


The same as instructed in "3.4 Initial Setting", go to the [Internet ISW] page on the Web browser.

Internet ISW main screen

Next to each board name, the program version is displayed.

2-26
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW

B. Performing ISW
From the [ISW] items, select a board to ISW and check the box. When specifying a name of file to down-
load, type the name in the text box of [File name]. When no file name is specified, the following files are
acquired from the program server address set beforehand.

I0 bootI1.bin C0 bootC1.bin O0 bootO0.bin F0 bootF1.bin N0 bootN1.bin


O1 bootO1.bin
O2 bootO2.bin
O3 bootO3.bin
O4 bootO4.bin
O5 bootO5.bin

II SERVICE TOOL
When the above input completes, click [ISW].

C. Starting ISW
When ISW starts, the following screen appears. If there is any input error, click [Back] and reset the item
according to the message in red.

ISW execution screen

When ISW completes successfully, the copier automatically reboots.


If you click [Check status], you can check the current ISW status.
If you click [Cancel], you can stop the ISW only while program is being downloaded

2-27
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

D. Checking ISW status


II SERVICE TOOL

ISW status check screen

This screen shows the current performance or error. The display items are as follows.
• ISW is downloading
• ISW is writing
• Finished *16
• ISW was cancelled due to transferring problem
• ISW was cancelled due to transferring overtime
• ISW was cancelled due to writing problem to flash memory
*16 Copier reboots after ISW completes normally. Do not click [Refresh] on the browser.

E. Ending ISW
When ISW completes and copier reboots, ensure that the program version is upgraded on the [Internet
ISW main screen].

2-28
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW

3.7 Precautions for use


3.7.1 Prior announcement to administrator

When performing the Internet ISW, be sure to contact the copier's administrator or the like and get his/her
agreement beforehand.
Perform ISW in condition that the copier is not being used.
If the copier is being used (a job is being processed), the Internet ISW is not performed.

3.7.2 If power failure occurs during data rewriting

II SERVICE TOOL
While ISW rewriting is in progress *17, the operation panel and sub power switch (SW2) are locked. How-
ever, if the main power goes down due to power failure or other, the copier becomes unable to start up. *18
This is only the problem on rewriting the overall control board and the operation board /1. Even if errors
occur on rewriting other boards, the boards can be overwritten again with the Internet ISW.
If the copier becomes unable to start for the above reason, go to the copier's site and rewrite the program
using the ISWTrns.
<How to recover> Overall control board: Turn ON the sub power switch (SW2) and then perform ISW.
Operation board /1: Turn ON the sub power switch (SW2) while pressing HELP and
CHECK button and then perform ISW.
For the details, please refer to "1. ISW"
*17 Rewriting takes maximum 10 minute.
*18 No problem is cased by power failure during program downloading process.

3.7.3 ISW of multiple programs

It is not possible with the Internet ISW to ISW several programs concurrently. Always perform ISW one by
one. If several programs must be rewritten at the same time, perform ISW from board of higher priority. *19

Priority 1 RADF control board (F), FNS control board (N)


Priority 2 Printer control board (C), Operation board /1 (O)
Priority 3 Overall control board (I)

When rewriting several programs, SC may occur during rewriting intervals between programs.
However, such SC will clear when all the subject programs are rewritten.
*19 In case of the Internet ISW using the E-mail remote notification system, the sequence of transmitted
ISW designating mails and mails received by copier may change. Transmit multiple mails while
ensuring reception of completion mail or putting enough intervals.

3.7.4 If ISW fails in low power mode

If ISW fails due to errors in program download, data check, and so on, the copier recovers into normal
mode. Only in low power mode, the copier reboots when ISW fails.

2-29 1
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

3.8 Proxy server authentication in Internet ISW


3.8.1 What is a proxy server?

It is a server that receives request (HTTP or FTP etc.) from a client inside the firewall, and represents the
client. With this server, access to outside the firewall is enabled.

3.8.2 Authentication of proxy server

Following are the lists of commands of each authentication type:


II SERVICE TOOL

All the 4 types below are supported in the Internet ISW.

3.8.3 Type and command list for authentication on proxy server

The following shows the brief description of each authentication type and the list of commands being used.

A. Type 1: USER user@host


This type does not require an authentication to the proxy sever when accessing outside via proxy.
In case it is possible to access outside via proxy server without entering user name and password of the
proxy server, this type may be used.

Command

Command Parameter Reply Code Description


USER user@host 331 Sends user name of the program server and program
server's address
PASS password 230 Sends password for the above user name

B. Type 2: OPEN host


It is almost the same as Type 1. The only difference is a command at the authentication.
Apply this type when all the settings are set properly but communication fails with Type 1.

Command

Command Parameter Reply Code Description


OPEN host ftp expanded Sends program server's address
function:
Defined by
each server
USER user 331 Sends user name of the program sever
PASS password 230 Sends password for the above user name

2-30
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW

C. Type 3: FW user → FW password → SITE host


This type requires an authentication to the proxy server itself when accessing outside.
It is necessary to enter information of the server that you wish to access, user name and password of the
proxy sever (firmware).
In case the user name and password of the proxy server are required when accessing outside via proxy
sever, this type may be used.

Command

Command Parameter Reply Code Description


USER FW user 331 Sends user name of the proxy server

II SERVICE TOOL
PASS FW password 230 Sends password for the above user name
SITE host ftp expanded Sends program server's address
function:
Defined by
each server
USER user 331 Sends user name of the program sever
PASS password 230 Sends password for the above user name

D. FW user name → FW password → USER user@host


It is almost the same as Type 3. The only difference is a command at the authentication.
Apply this type when all the settings are set properly but communication fails with Type 3.

Command

Command Parameter Reply Code Description


USER FW user 331 Sends user name of the proxy server
PASS FW password 230 Sends password for the above user name
USER user@host 331 Sends user name of the program server and program
server's address
PASS password 230 Sends password for the above user name

3.8.4 Remarks
• For fwtk2.1 (for unix) and Black Jumbo Dog (for Windows), authentication Type 1 is used.
• Type 1 is used in many proxy servers.
If you are not sure about the authentication type of the proxy server, KC recommends that you use
Type 1 in the meantime.

2-31
MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4. MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM


4.1 What is the Mail remote notification system?
Mail remote notification system allows to acquire machine data, that have been available as "List Output
Mode" in 36 mode from copier, through internet mail (E-mail). This function is achieved without visiting
customer site and printing on paper if the simple keyword is e-mailed.

4.2 Operation environment


II SERVICE TOOL

Following conditions should be satisfied in order to use mail remote notification system. The function
works during JAM, SC or Low power mode, but does not work during shut-off. However, the sent mail does
not disappear and the copier process the mail after next starting up. During low power mode, the machine
operation is as usual.
A. The mail server *1 that allows copier to receive mail in POP3 or IMAP protocol.
(It is preferred that mail server can receive external mail and service constantly.)
B. The mail server *2 that allows copier to transmit mail in SMTP protocol.
(It is preferred that mail server can send external mail and service constantly.).
C. Mail remote notification system disabling conditions on copier are as follows.
(1) Main power switch is OFF.
(2) Sub power switch is OFF.

*1 qpopper, Lotus Notes, Mercury Mail etc. Assign one account per one copier. It can be the same
machine to the SMTP server. "Mail remote notification system" corresponds to "POP before SMTP".
*2 Sendmail 8.9, qmail, Lotus Notes, Mercury Mail etc. It can be the same machine to the receiving
server.

4.3 Initial setting


In order to use Mail remote notification system, settings such as network parameter on copier and account
registration on mail server are necessary.

A. Setting on operation panel


In order to connect the copier main body to network, IP address of the copier should be set on opera-
tion panel. If it is already set, please go to "B. Setting on Web.

a. Procedure
1. Select [Key operator mode] on operation panel.
2. Select [1. System initial setting].
3. Select [3. IP address setting].
4. Input [IP address], [Subnetmask] and [Gateway address]*1.
5. Turn OFF/ON power switch of copier.

*1 System administrator usually assigns IP address and network related setting to copier. Please ask
system administrator for details.

2-32
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM

B. Setting on Web
Next, input setting for mail server from Web browser. Please use PC*2 connected to the network in
order to use Web browser.

*2 Prepare PC; borrow the customer's one or bring notebook computer.

Note:
• No blank space should be entered for any column. Following characters cannot be used for the
E-mail address.
()<> ;:¥"[]

II SERVICE TOOL
When the error message is displayed on the web browser, correct the input error following to
the message. If the error is not corrected, mail sending or receiving may fail.
• Web design is subject to change without notice.

(1) How to set


a. Procedure
1. Start up Web browser *1.
2. Type IP address of the copier you input to the [A. Setting on operation panel].
When accessing Web, the [main page] (see upper figure in next page) is displayed.

*1 If proxy is set on Web browser, it may not possible to access web utilities of copier. Please ask sys-
tem administrator for details. KC recommends to use Internet explorer or Netscape as the Web
browser. Do not perform setting from the two or more browsers concurrently.

Copyright © 2000 GoAhead Software, Inc. All Rights Reserved.


Copier Web utilities main page

3. In [Main] page, click [Environment Setup] button and display [Environment setup log in] page.

2-33 2
MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
II SERVICE TOOL

Environment setup log in page

4. Input key operator password in [Environment setup log in] page, then click [Apply].
[Environment set up] page is displayed. Then click [E-Mail transmission setting].
Even key operator password set "0000" in 25-mode setting, input "0000".

Environment setup page

5. Set the transmission setting.


In order to use Mail remote notification system, registration of E-mail address of manager (machine
administrator), and sending (SMTP) server input is mandatory.

Manager Address *1 To specify E-mail address of machine manager.


The e-mail address to notify error from SMTP.
DNS Server IP Address Input as needed. If not needed, leave it blank.
Time difference *1 The send time of mail is calculated referring this value.
Input the time difference from UTC within the range -1200 (-
12h00min) to +1200 (+12h00min).
If setting is not made, it is +0000 (the same as UTC).
For example, the time difference in New York is -5 hours, - 500 is
input.

2 2-34
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM

Sending mail (SMTP) sever *1 The IP address of SMTP sever.


Condition Informing Address *1 It is for mail transmission system. *2
You may leave it blank when mail transmission system is not used.
E-Mail Transmission *1 It is for mail transmission system. *2
You may leave it blank when mail transmission system is not used.

*1 The same setting can be set on LCD of the copier. But do not set concurrently from web browser and
Web.
*2 Please see the "INSTRUCTION MANUAL" of copier if use the mail transmission system.

II SERVICE TOOL
E-Mail transmission setting page

6. Click [Apply] button to finish input.

2-35
MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(2) Test mail sending


Click [Sending test] button and then a test mail is sent to SMTP server. Test mail is sent to [Manager
address] set on Step5. Click [Sending test] to display result of the test mail. If it is failed, please re-con-
firm the setting following to error message.

a. Procedure
1. Set the reception setting.
In the [Extension for maintenance] column at the bottom of the page, input the password to change
the mode then click the initial setting.
Use the password for changing modes.
II SERVICE TOOL

Extension for maintenance page (for customer engineer)


The records of sent and received mails listed on mail log on the [Extension for maintenance] page are the
latest 10 mails. Even the main power switch is turned OFF, the communication is logged and kept though
there are some restrictions.

2-36
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM

II SERVICE TOOL
E-Mail reception setting page
2. Set the e-mail reception screen based on the following.

Enable E-mail notification Select [Yes] to use Mail remote notification system.
Default is [No].
Interval between fetching mails Interval between checking mail on receiving mail server from
copier. The interval can be set within the range from 1 min. to 60
min.
Usually, set around 10 min. considering load for network.
Receiving mail server The IP address of receiving mail server.
Kind of mail spool Select [POP3] or [IMAP]. Default is [POP3].
User name on the server *1 The account name for copier assigned on receiving mail server.
Password *2 The password for the above user name.
E-Mail Address of this copy E-mail address of the copier.
machine Usually, the name is [User name@receiving mail server name].
Nickname *3 The name added to the mail subject sent from the copier.
It can be blank.
CE Password *2 Input password used for the "Subject" of the mail sent to the copier.
The copier uses this password for security check.
Also Notice to the administrator (CC mail)
- No Default (Do not send the e-mail to the administrator)
- Only illegal mails Specify whether to transfer mail in following conditions; When the
- All mails mail received by copier does not match to the registered password
or the mail size is 10 k-byte or larger.
Transfer all sending mails from Mail remote notification system.

2-37
MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Administrator E-Mail address Input address for the transfer if above [Only illegal mail] or [all
mails] is selected.
Announce delay time in reply mail *4 Select whether to contain the time difference from CE`s transmis-
sion and copier reception on the mail.
Default is [No].
Enable POP (IMAP) before SMTP Select whether SMTP server transmits the mail after POP (IMAP)
server attests.
Default is [Yes].

*1 Consult system administrator and create mail account for copier on receiving mail server.
II SERVICE TOOL

*2 No echo back from the password.


*3 Use it as identifier, when managing multiple copiers.
*4 Use it to check the copier. is turned ON or not. If the time of the copier or the mail application software
is not set correctly (including time difference), wrong time is described. In that case, select [No].

3. Click "Apply" to finish input.


4. Test mail sending and receiving.
Click [Sending and receiving test] button and then sending and receiving tests are performed by one
transaction. It checks whether the sent mail is correctly received. Click [Sending and receiving test]
to display result of the test. If it is failed, please re-confirm the setting following to error message.

Sending mail test Mail sending test is performed to SMTP server.


Test mail is sent to [E-Mail Address of the copy machine] set on
Step2.
Receiving mail test Receiving test from receiving mail server is performed.
Test mail is received by [E-Mail Address of the copy machine] set
on Step2.

5. Turn OFF/ON power switch of copier.

2-38
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM

4.4 How to use the Mail remote notification system


A. Function
CE can use following functions of Mail remote notification system by e-mailing simple keyword to copier.
CE can receive the data of the desired copier data list by the e-mail.

• JOB memory list


• User management list
• Font pattern list
• Machine management list 1

II SERVICE TOOL
• Adjustment data list
• Parameter list
• E.K.C. management list
• Machine management list 2
• Counter list
• Pixel ratio data list

In order to use above function, the simple keyword (command) must be sent by e-mail.
The following table shows the command and options.

Command Options Explanation Mini-


mum
GETLOG [List output] The [List output] specified by the following is returned by G
mail.
JOB [JOB memory list] J
USER [User management list] U
FONT [Font pattern list] F
MANAGEMENT [Machine management list 1] M
ADJUSTMENT [Adjustment data list] A
PARAMETER [Parameter list] P
EKC [EKC management list] E
2MANAGEMENT [Machine management list 2] 2
COUNTER [Counter list] C
PIXEL [Pixel ratio data list] PI
ALL All of above list data. AL
Not specified Edited [Counter list] for the cellular phone display.
CHPASS [OldPasswd] [New- To change the password used to certify mail. C
Passwd]
[OldPasswd] Specify current password
[NewPasswd] Specify new password
HELP Not specified Help mail explaining usage of the above commands is H
sent.

2-39
MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

B. Send mails
The example of the mail containing the command to the copier is shown. The command and option on
the mail are recognized by the top letters without distinction between capital and small letters. Accord-
ingly, not all letters of the command must be typed. It is recognized by the minimum letters in the above
table *1. When sending mail to the copier, please note followings.

Note:
• Mail software on any OS, handy terminal, free-mail using browser can be used without any differ-
ence.
• When sending mail on mail software, be sure to use text mode.
II SERVICE TOOL

(Mail in HTML mode cannot be handle properly.)


• As for the reception on mail software, the desirable maximum displayable letters per one line is
128 and over (single-byte).
(The length of the one line reaches to 128 letters in the part of the data list mail. Accordingly, mail
may not be easily seen on the cellular phone or other mobile devices.)
• Put minimum one space or TAB*2 between the command and option on the mail.
• Use only single-byte alphanumeric character (ASCII character) for the command on mail. Other-
wise, an error mail, [Command Not Found], is returned.
• Type command from the beginning of the line. If the line starts with blank or TAB, the line is
ignored.
• Maximum number of commands that can be contained in one mail is 10. The eleventh and onwards
commands are ignored.
• Do not attach file to the mail sent to the copier. Depending on file size, it is handled as illegal mail.
• Do not attach signature to the mail sent to the copier. If automatic attachment of the signature is
already set to the mail software, change the setting not to attach the signature. The signature is
regarded as command and error mail may be returned.
• While copier is sending or receiving the mail, if the power switch of the copier is turned OFF or list
output is performed on the copier, two mails may be returned.
• The maximum number of the mails that copier receives from the mail server is 5 per one time. If the
mail server has more received mails at a time, remaining mails are processed after the [interval
between fetching mails].

*1 Example: All of G, GE, GET, GETL, GETLO, GETLOG equal to specify GETLOG.
*2 Return cannot be used.

2-40
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM

(1) Send GETLOG command


Following should be described in the sending mail.
• Subject: Input "CE password" set in reception setting.
• To: Input E-mail address of the copier.
• Body: Input command.

a. Example of mail requesting counter list

II SERVICE TOOL
Mail address
of the copier
CE Password

Command

2-41
MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

b. Example of mail requesting counter list*1

Serial number
of copier
Mail address
of the sender
II SERVICE TOOL

Nickname
of the copier

Requested
counter
list

*1 Language of the returned mail is English only.

2-42
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM

c. When option is not specified


GETLOG command without option is specified, Counter list for the cellular phone display is returned.
Sending mail [GetLog]
Example of returned mail

II SERVICE TOOL

2-43
MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

d. To receive multiple data list


Data lists in reply to GETLOG command are separately returned by mails; one list per mail. If the
same list is requested twice or more in a mail, the list is returned only once.
When followings are described in a mail, both counter list mail and machine management list 1 mail
are returned.
[GetLog Counter]
[GetLog Management]

When the commands are written in one line continuously, Management (the later command) is
ignored and only counter list (the first command) is returned.
II SERVICE TOOL

[GetLog Counter Management]

e. When unrecognizable option is specified.


Sending mail
[GetLog Log]
Returned mail
[Option Not Found → GetLog Log]

(2) Send CHPASS command


The sending mail password described on the subject can be changed remotely. Specify 20 or less let-
ters to [OldPasswd] and [NewPasswd]. Use ASCII characters except space.
Password cannot be changed by mail if you don't remember the old password. Change the [CE pass-
word] from the browser, explained in Chapter 2.

a. Example of correct password change


In this case, old password [U-BIX] is changed to new password [Sitios].
Sending mail
[ChPass U-BIX Sitios]
Returned mail
[SE's Password was changed successfully. → New Password [Sitios]]

When the password is changed, use [NewPasswd] from the next mail. When the mail is sent with
[OldPasswd], it is treated as illegal mail.

2-44
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM

b. Example of invalid password change


Old password [U-BIX] is changed to new password [Sitios].
Sending mail
[ChPass Sitios U-BIX]
Returned mail
[Old Password is Invalid. → ChPass Sitios U-BIX]

Then, password was not changed. Accordingly, the password is unchanged and [U-BIX].

Sending mail

II SERVICE TOOL
[ChPass Sitios]
Returned mail
[Violation on format by new password. → ChPass Sitios]

When the new password is blank, password is not changed.

2-45
MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(3) Send HELP command


The manual describing above usage of the commands is returned by mail. Use this function when you
forget how to use command and option.
Sending mail [Help]
Returned mail
II SERVICE TOOL

2-46
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM

4.5 Disabling system


In order to disable Mail remote notification system, in Mail reception setting, select [No] for the "Enable
E-Mail notification" and then click [Apply] button.

II SERVICE TOOL

2-47
MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
II SERVICE TOOL

Blank page

2-48
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE

III SERVICE

1. SERVICE SCHEDULE
1.1 Service schedule
Guarantee period (5 years or 5,000,000 copies)
Service item x 10,000 copies Service
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 150 180 200 250 300 350 360 400 450 500 count
Main Maintenance 49
body Every 100,000 z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z times
copies
Periodic check (1) 24
Every 200,000 z z z z z z z z times
copies
Periodic check (2) 12
Every 400,000 z z z z times
copies
Periodic check (3) 8

III SERVICE
Every 600,000 z z times
copies
Periodic check (4) 4
Every 1,000,000 z z z z times
copies
Periodic check (5) 3
Every 1,500,000 z z z times
copies
Periodic check (6) 2
Every 2,000,000 z z times
copies
Periodic check (7) 1
Every 2,500,000 z time
copies
Periodic check (8) 1
Every 4,000,000 z time
copies
DF-319/ Maintenance 49
AFR-20 *1 Every 100,000 z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z times
copies
Periodic check (1) *1 2
Every 1,800,000 z z times
copies
*1 Perform the periodic check (1) for the DF-319/AFR-20 at 2 times (18,000,000 copies and 36,000,000
copies).

3-1 2
SERVICE SCHEDULE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Service item x 10,000 copies Service


0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 150 180 200 250 300 350 360 400 450 500 count
LT-211/ Maintenance 49
C-208 Every 100,000 z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z times
copies
Periodic check (1) 8
Every 600,000 z z times
copies
Periodic check (2) 1
Every 2,500,000 z time
copies
FS Maintenance 49
Every 100,000 z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z times
copies
Periodic check (1) 24
Every 200,000 z z z z z z z z times
copies
Periodic check (2) 12
Every 400,000 z z z z times
copies
Periodic check (3) 4
III SERVICE

Every 1,000,000 z z z z times


copies
Periodic check (4) 1
Every 2,500,000 z time
copies
PI-110 Maintenance 49
Every 100,000 z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z times
copies
Periodic check (1) 9
Every 500,000 z z z z z times
copies
Periodic check (2) 4
Every 1,000,000 z z z z times
copies
Periodic check (3) 1
Every 3,000,000 z time
copies
PK-120/ Maintenance 49
5/507 Every 100,000 z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z times
copies
TU-109/ Maintenance 49
TMG-3 Every 100,000 z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z times
copies
Periodic check (1) 1
Every 4,000,000 z time
copies

2 3-2
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE

1.2 Maintenance items


A. Main body (Every 100,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Preparations (1) Image check z
2 Drum (1) Drum cartridge 4 z *3
(2) Drum unit cleaning Hydro wipe
z (cleaning pad is
not available)
3 Charging (1) Charging wire assy /Y,
corona /M, /C, /K
4 z
(2) Changing grid plate / Blower brush
z
Y, /M, /C, /K
(3) Charging corona dust-
1 (z) z
proof filter
4 Developer (1) Developer (Y, M, C, K) 4 z *3
(2) Developer unit cleaning Hydro wipe (cleaning
z pad is not available)
5 Transfer (1) Belt cleaning blade *3

III SERVICE
belt
1 z
6 ADU (1) Separation corona unit 1 z
(2) Paper feed roller /BP z Cleaning pad/
drum cleaner
(3) Feed roller /BP z
(4) Double feed
prevention roller /BP
z
(5) Registration roller
cleaning
z
(6) Conveyance roller
section cleaning
z
(7) ADU paper through Blower brush
sensor cleaning
z
7 Exterior (1) Ozone filter /1 1 z
(2) Dust proof filter /1 2 z
(3) Dust proof filter /2 1 z
8 Fixing (1) Fixing roller /U *2 Multemp FF-RM
1 z (or Solvest 240)*3
(2) Fixing roller /L *2 Multemp FF-RM
1 z (or Solvest 240)*3
(3) Cleaning roller z Roller cleaner
9 Reverse/ (1) Decurler roller *1
exit 25 mode count reset
1 z
*1 Reset "5. Parts counter" and "1. Count of special parts" in the 25 mode to prevent the fixing jam when
replacing the decurler roller.
*2 When replacing the fixing roller /U or /L, be sure to apply Multemp FF-RM on the heat insulating sleeve
/U or /L, respectively.
*3 Be sure to conduct the adjustment properly according to the adjustment items given in "LIST OF
ADJUSTMENT ITEMS FOR 8050."

3-3 1
SERVICE SCHEDULE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
10 Paper feed (1) Paper feed roller /1, /2, /3 z Cleaning pad/
drum cleaner
(2) Feed roller /1, /2, /3 z
(3) Double feed prevention
roller /1, /2, /3
z
11 Vertical (1) Conveyance roller, Cleaning pad/drum
sensor z cleaner/blower brush
conveyance
12 Scanner (1) Original glass, exposure lamp, Hydro wipe/drum
reflector, lens, mirror, sensor
z cleaner/blower brush
13 Write unit (1) Dust-proof glass (Y, M, C, K) z Hydro wipe
14 Toner (1) Toner supply unit Hydro wipe
supply cleaning
z
15 Toner (1) Toner collection box Cleaning pad
z (z)
collection replacing/cleaning
16 Final check (1) W.U.T. check z
(2) Exterior cleaning Cleaning pad/
z drum cleaner
(3) Image and paper
through check
z
III SERVICE

(4) PM counter resetting (25 mode) z

B. DF-319/AFR-20 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
Preparations (1) Paper through check z
1 Paper feed (1) Paper feed roller Cleaning pad/
z drum cleaner
(2) Feed roller Cleaning pad/
z drum cleaner
(3) Double feed Cleaning pad/
prevention roller
z drum cleaner
(4) Pre-separation rubber Cleaning pad/
z drum cleaner
(5) Rubber roller z Blower brush
(6) Reflective sensor z Blower brush
(7) Conveyance belt Cleaning pad/
z drum cleaner
2 Exterior (1) Exterior cleaning Cleaning pad/
z drum cleaner
3 Final check (1) Paper through check z

2 3-4
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE

C. LT-211/C-208 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Preparations (1) Paper through check z
2 Paper feed (1)Paper feed roller Cleaning pad/
z drum cleaner
(2) Feed roller Cleaning pad/
z drum cleaner
(3) Double feed Cleaning pad/
prevention roller
z drum cleaner
(4) Paper dust removing z
(5) Sensor z Blower brush
(6) Gear z (z) Plus guard No.2 *1
3 Exterior (1) Exterior cleaning Cleaning pad/
z drum cleaner
4 Final check (1) Paper through check z

D. FS-115/FN-120/FS-513 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)

III SERVICE
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Preparations (1) Paper through check z
2 Conveyance (1) Conveyance roller Cleaning pad/
z drum cleaner
3 Drive (1) Main drive unit z (z) Plus guard No.2 *1
(2) Tray up/down drive Plus guard No.2 *1
z (z)
unit
(3) Shift drive unit z (z) Plus guard No.2 *1
(4) Paper exit drive section z (z) Plus guard No.2 *1
(5) Staple unit z (z) Plus guard No.2 *1
4 Stapler (1) Staple check Actual durable
z z count: 5,000
5 Exterior (1) Exterior cleaning z
6 Final check (1) Paper through check z
*1 If abnormal sound is heard due to insufficient oil, lubricate it.

3-5 2
SERVICE SCHEDULE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

E. FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Preparations (1) Paper through check z
2 Conveyance (1) Conveyance roller Cleaning pad/
z drum cleaner
3 Drive (1) Main drive unit z (z) Plus guard No.2 *1
(2) Tray up/down drive Plus guard No.2 *1
z (z)
unit
(3) Shift drive unit z (z) Plus guard No.2 *1
(4) Paper exit drive section z (z) Plus guard No.2 *1
(5) Staple unit z (z) Plus guard No.2 *1
(6) Folding unit z (z)
4 Folding (1) Folding roller z
5 Stapler (1) Staple check Actual durable
z z count: 5,000
6 Exterior (1) Exterior cleaning z
7 Final check (1) Paper through check Stapler
z
III SERVICE

positioning jig
*1 If abnormal sound is heard due to insufficient oil, lubricate it.

F. PI-110 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Conveyance (1) Conveyance roller Cleaning pad/
z drum cleaner
2 Paper feed (1) Feed roller Cleaning pad/
z drum cleaner
(2) Paper feed Cleaning pad/
conveyance roller
z drum cleaner
(3) Double feed Cleaning pad/
prevention roller
z drum cleaner
3 Final check (1) Paper through check z
(2) Exterior cleaning Cleaning pad/
z drum cleaner

2 3-6
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE

G. PK-120/5/507 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Punch unit (1) Punch die z Blower brush
2 Punch scraps (1) Punch scraps dump z
section
(2) Punch scraps full sensor z Blower brush
3 Final check (1) Paper through check z
(2) Interior cleaning Cleaning pad/
z drum cleaner

H. TU-109/TMG-3 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Conveyance (1) Conveyance roller Cleaning pad/
z drum cleaner
(2) Conveyance belt z
2 Trimmer (1) Trimmer blade /U Cleaning pad/
z drum cleaner

III SERVICE
(2) Trimmer blade /L z
(3) Trimming box and its
periphery
z z
3 Stacker (1) Pusher section z (z) Plus guard No.2 *1
(2) Stacker section z (z) Plus guard No.2 *1
4 Drive (1) Conveyance drive
section
z
5 Final check (1) Paper through check z
(2) Exterior cleaning Cleaning pad/
z drum cleaner
*1 If abnormal sound is heard due to insufficient oil, lubricate it.

3-7 2
SERVICE SCHEDULE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

1.3 Periodic check items (main body)


A. Periodic check (I) (Every 200,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Charging (1) Changing grid plate
corona 65AA2507*
4 z
(2) Changing grid spring
65AA2509*
8 z
2 Transfer (1) 1st transfer roller /K *1
belt 65AA2604* 1 z
25 mode count reset
(2) 1st transfer roller /C 1
65AA2612* 3 z
25 mode count reset
(3) 2nd transfer roller /U
65AA2611*
1 z
(4) Belt drive roller cleaning Hydro wipe/
z drum cleaner
(5) Transfer belt
65AA2642*
1 z
III SERVICE

(6) Toner collection sheet /1


65AA-293*
1 z
3 2nd transfer (1) 2nd transfer roller /L
65AA4501*
1 z
4 Fixing (1) Fixing cleaning unit *2
65AA-573* 1 z
25 mode count reset
(2) Paper exit roller /Up
(New type only) 2 z
65LA5343*
5 Paper exit (1) Paper exit roller
(New type only) 1 z
65LA4808*
(2) Paper exit guide roller /2 *3
65AA4818*
4 z
(3) Paper presser roller *4
65AA4849*
2 z
*1 Reset "5. Parts counter" and "1. Count of special parts" to prevent a image disturbances in the 25 mode
when replacing the 1st transfer roller /Y/M/C/K.
*2 Reset "5. Parts counter" and "1. Count of special parts" in the 25 mod when replacing the fixing clean-
ing unit. Otherwise, the message "You need to replace the fixing cleaning unit. Please call the service."
appears and the copy/print prohibition state is started.

2 3-8
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE

3 For the old types, the paper exit guide roller /2 is replaced only for machines provided with a kit against
uneven wax. For identification of a measure against uneven wax, see the table below.
Identification method Details
Identification by Those on and after the following S/N are machines
means of the S/N provided with a measure against uneven wax.
• Main body: 65AE01429 —
65AF00476 —
65AN00169 —
65AP00005 —
65AK00016 —
65BE01391 —
65BF01416 —
• FS-115: 20AK01550 —
20BK00236 —
• FS-215: 20AL01551 —
20BL00320 —
Proposed kit Machines provided with the following proposed kits
against uneven wax in the field.
• Main body: SE95-4280

III SERVICE
• FS-115/215: SE95-4290

*4 Since machines connected to the finisher are not provided with the paper presser roller, this is
excluded from the periodically replaced parts.

B. Periodic check (II) (Every 400,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed (1) Feed rubber (tray/1, /2, /3) Actual durable
25SA4096*
3 z count: 125,000
(2) Double feed prevention Actual durable
rubber (tray/1, /2, /3) 3 z count: 125,000
25SA4096*

3-9 2
SERVICE SCHEDULE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

C. Periodic check (III) (Every 600,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Charging (1) Charging corona dust-
corona proof filter 1 z
65AA-387*
2 Developer (1) Developing unit /Y, /M,
/C, /K 4 z
65AA-972*
3 Transfer (1) Transfer belt
belt separation claw 3 z
65AA-287*
(2) Belt cleaning roller unit
65LA-288*
1 z
4 Registration (1) Registration cleaning
sheet 1 z
65AA-462*
5 Fixing (1) Ball bearing /U
45407504*
2 z
(2) Ball bearing /L
26NA5371*
2 z
III SERVICE

(3) Heat insulating sleeve /U Multemp FF-RM


45405339*
2 z (or Solvest 240)
(4) Heat insulating sleeve /L Multemp FF-RM
65AA5341*
2 z (or Solvest 240)
(5) Fixing torque limiter
65AA5365*
1 z

D. Periodic check (IV) (Every 1,000,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Fixing (1) Fixing drive gear Multemp FF-RM
65AA7727*
1 z z (or Solvest 240)
2 2nd transfer (1) Transfer ground plate unit
65AA-456*
1 z
3 Paper exit (1) Paper exit roller *1
(Old type only) 1 z
65AA4808*
*1 For the old type, the paper exit roller is replaced only when the proposed kit against uneven wax is
installed.

2 3-10
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE

E. Periodic check (V) (Every 1,500,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Registration (1) Registration roller
65AA4601*
1 z
2 Transfer (1) Separation claw solenoid
belt 26NA8251*
1 z
3 ADU (1) Feed rubber /BP Actual durable
25SA4096*
1 z count: 125,000
(2) Double feed Actual durable
prevention rubber /BP 1 z count: 125,000
25SA4096*

F. Periodic check (VI) (Every 2,000,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Vertical (1) Intermediate Actual durable
conveyance conveyance clutch /1 1 z count: 2,000,000
56AA8201*

III SERVICE
2 ADU (1) Intermediate Actual durable
conveyance clutch /2 1 z count: 2,000,000
56AA8201*
(2) Intermediate Actual durable
conveyance clutch /3 1 z count: 2,000,000
56AA8201*

G. Periodic check (VII) (Every 2,500,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Fixing (1) Fixing upper lamp /1
65AF8303*
1 z
(2) Fixing upper lamp /2
65AF8304*
1 z
(3) Fixing lower lamp
65AF8305*
1 z
(4) Fixing temperature
sensor /3 1 z
65AA-553*
(5) Fixing temperature
sensor /4 1 z
65AA-554*
2 Paper feed (1) Paper feed roller Actual durable
(tray/1, /2, /3) 3 z count: 800,000
56AA-458*

3-11 1
SERVICE SCHEDULE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

H. Periodic check (VIII) (Every 4,000,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed (1) Paper feed clutch Actual durable
(tray/1, /2, /3) 3 z count: 2,000,000
56AA8201*
(2) Pre-registration clutch Actual durable
(tray/1, /2, /3) 3 z count: 2,000,000
56AA8201*
2 ADU (1) ADU conveyance Actual durable
clutch /1 1 z count: 2,000,000
56AA8201*
(2) ADU conveyance Actual durable
clutch /2 1 z count: 2,000,000
56AA8201*
(3) ADU pre-registration clutch Actual durable
56AA8201*
1 z count: 2,000,000
(4) Paper feed roller /BP Actual durable
65AA-520*
1 z count: 800,000
(5) Paper feed clutch /BP Actual durable
56AA8201*
1 z count: 2,000,000
III SERVICE

1.4 Periodic check items (DF-319/AFR-20)


A. Periodic check (I) (Every 1,800,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed (1) Paper feed roller Actual durable
13YH4064*
1 z count: 625,000
(2) Feed roller Actual durable
13YH4039*
1 z count: 625,000
(3) Double feed Actual durable
prevention roller 1 z count: 625,000
20AJ4015*

1.5 Periodic check items (LT-211/C-208)


A. Periodic check (I) (Every 600,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed (1) Paper feed roller Actual durable
55VA-484*
1 z count: 500,000
(2) Feed roller Actual durable
55VA-483*
1 z count: 500,000
(3) Double feed Actual durable
prevention roller 1 z count: 500,000
55VA-483*

2 3-12
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE

B. Periodic check (II) (Every 2,500,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed (1) Paper feed clutch Actual durable
56AA8201*
1 z count: 2,000,000
(2) Pre-registration clutch Actual durable
56AA8201*
1 z count: 2,000,000

1.6 Periodic check items (FS-115/215/FN-120/9/FS-513/606)


A. Periodic check (I) (Every 200,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Conveyance (1) Paper exit roller /A Actual durable
(sponge roller) 10 z count: 200,000
122H4825*
(2) Intermediate conveyance Actual durable
roller /4 (sponge roller) 4 z count: 200,000
13QE4531*

III SERVICE
B. Periodic check (II) (Every 400,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Conveyance (1) Stack assist roller
(sponge roller) 1 z
20AK4210*

C. Periodic check (III) (Every 1,000,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Stapler (1) Stapler unit Stapler
20AK4241* positioning jig
2 z Actual durable
count: 200,000

D. Periodic check (IV) (Every 2,500,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Drive (1) FNS up/down motor Actual durable
13QE-115*
1 z count: 2,500,000

3-13 2
SERVICE SCHEDULE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

1.7 Periodic check items (PI-110)


A. Periodic check (I) (Every 500,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed (1) Feed roller assembly /B Actual durable
50BA-575*
2 z count: 100,000
(2) Double feed prevention Actual durable
roller assembly 2 z count: 100,000
13QN-443*

B. Periodic check (II) (Every 1,000,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed (1) Feed roller assembly /A Actual durable
50BA-574*
2 z count: 200,000

C. Periodic check (III) (Every 3,000,000 copies/prints)0


III SERVICE

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed (1) Torque limiter Actual durable
13QN4073*
2 z count: 600,000

1.8 Periodic check items (TU-109/TMG-3)


A. Periodic check (I) (Every 4,000,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•


Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Trimmer (1) Trimmer blade /U Actual durable
13LHK001*
1 z count: 500,000
(2) Trimmer blade /L Actual durable
13LHK002*
1 z count: 500,000

2 3-14
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE

1.9 Replacement parts list

Note:
• No. in this list is identical with No. in "5. Parts counter" and "1. Count of special parts" in the 25
mode.

No. Unit Parts name Parts No. Quantity Actual durable


count
001 Toner collection Toner collection box 65AA-245* 1 50,000
002 Main body Ozone filter /1 65AA1043* 1 100,000
004 Dust proof filter /1 65AA1044* 2 100,000
005 Dust proof filter /2 65AA-142* 1 100,000
006 Charging corona Charging corona dust-proof filter 65AA-387* 1 600,000
007 Drum Drum cartridge /Y 65AA-200* 1 100,000
012 Drum cartridge /M 65AA-200* 1 100,000
017 Drum cartridge /C 65AA-200* 1 100,000
022 Drum cartridge /K 65AA-200* 1 100,000
028 Charging corona Charging wire assy /Y 65AA-252* 1 100,000

III SERVICE
029 Charging grid plate /Y 65AA2507* 1 200,000
031 Charging wire assy /M 65AA-252* 1 100,000
032 Charging grid plate /M 65AA2507* 1 200,000
034 Charging wire assy /C 65AA-252* 1 100,000
034 Charging grid plate /C 65AA2507* 1 200,000
037 Charging wire assy /K 65AA-252* 1 100,000
038 Charging grid plate /K 65AA2507* 1 200,000
— Charging grid spring 65AA2509* 8 200,000
040 Transfer belt Transfer belt 65AA2642* 1 200,000
041 1st transfer roller /Y 65AA2612* 1 200,000
042 1st transfer roller /M 65AA2612* 1 200,000
043 1st transfer roller /C 65AA2612* 1 200,000
044 1st transfer roller /K 65AA2604* 1 200,000
045 2nd transfer roller /U 65AA2611* 1 200,000
046 Transfer belt separation claw 65AA-287* 3 600,000
048 Belt cleaning roller unit 65LA-288* 1 600,000
049 Toner collection sheet /1 65AA-293* 1 200,000
050 Belt cleaning blade 65AA2630* 1 100,000
051 2nd transfer 2nd transfer roller /L 65AA4501* 1 200,000
052 ADU Separation Discharging board unit 65AA-452* 1 100,000
053 Fixing Fixing cleaning unit 65AA-573* 1 200,000
054 Fixing roller /U 65AA5301* 1 100,000
055 Fixing roller /L 65AA5302* 1 100,000

3-15 2
SERVICE SCHEDULE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

No. Unit Parts name Parts No. Quantity Actual durable


count
056 Developing Developer /Y New type: 1 100,000
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3079*
Old type:
65AA3079*
057 Developer /M New type: 1 100,000
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3080*
Old type:
65AA3080*
058 Developer /C New type: 1 100,000
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3081*
Old type:
65AA3081*
059 Developer /K New type: 1 100,000
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3082*
Old type:
65AA3082*
060 Developing unit /Y (color label included) 65AA-972* 1 600,000
III SERVICE

061 Developing unit /M (color label included) 65AA-972* 1 600,000


062 Developing unit /C (color label included) 65AA-972* 1 600,000
063 Developing unit /K (color label included) 65AA-972* 1 600,000
069 FS FNS up/down motor 13QE-115* 1 2,500,000
070 Stapler unit 20AK4241* 1 200,000
071 Stapler unit 20AK4241* 1 200,000
— Staple 12QRK001* 2 5000
108 Paper exit roller /A (sponge roller) 122H4825* 10 200,000
109 Intermediate conveyance roller 13QE4531* 4 200,000
(sponge roller)
110 Stacking assist roller (sponge roller) 20AK4210* 1 400,000
078 PI-110 Feed roller assembly /A 50BA-574* 1 200,000
079 Feed roller assembly /B 50BA-575* 1 100,000
080 Double feed prevention roller 13QN-443* 1 100,000
assembly
081 Torque limiter 13QN4073* 1 600,000
083 Feed roller assembly /A 50BA-574* 1 200,000
084 Feed roller assembly /B 50BA-575* 1 100,000
085 Double feed prevention roller 13QN-443* 1 100,000
assembly
086 Torque limiter 13QN4073* 1 600,000
087 TU-109/TMG-3 Trimmer blade /U 13LHK001* 1 500,000
087 Trimmer blade /L 13LHK002* 1 500,000
092 DF-319/AFR-20 Paper feed roller 13YH4064* 1 625,000
093 Feed roller 13YH4039* 1 625,000
095 Double feed prevention roller 20AJ4015* 1 625,000
113 Registration Registration cleaning sheet 65AA-462* 1 600,000

2 3-16
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE

No. Unit Parts name Parts No. Quantity Actual durable


count
112 Fixing unit Fixing torque limiter 65AA5365* 1 600,000
114 Ball bearing /U (for upper roller) 45407504* 2 600,000
115 Heat insulating sleeve /U 45405339* 2 600,000
(for upper roller)
116 Vertical conveyance Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
117 ADU Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
118 Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
119 Main body paper feed Paper feed rubber /1 25SA4096* 1 125,000
119 Double feed prevention rubber /1 25SA4096* 1 125,000
120 Paper feed rubber /2 25SA4096* 1 125,000
120 Double feed prevention rubber /2 25SA4096* 1 125,000
121 Paper feed rubber /3 25SA4096* 1 125,000
121 Double feed prevention rubber /3 25SA4096* 1 125,000
122 Paper feed rubber /BP 25SA4096* 1 125,000
122 Double feed prevention rubber /BP 25SA4096* 1 125,000
130 Paper feed roller /1 56AA-458* 1 800,000
131 Paper feed roller /2 56AA-458* 1 800,000

III SERVICE
132 Paper feed roller /3 56AA-458* 1 800,000
133 Paper feed roller (Bypass) 65AA-520* 1 800,000
123 Registration Registration roller 65AA4601* 1 1,500,000
124 Transfer belt Separation claw solenoid 26NA8251* 1 1,500,000
125 Fixing Fixing upper lamp /1 65AF8303* 1 2,500,000
126 Fixing upper lamp /2 65AF8304* 1 2,500,000
127 Fixing lower lamp 65AF8305* 1 2,500,000
128 Fixing temperature sensor /3 65AA-553* 1 2,500,000
129 Fixing temperature sensor /4 65AA-554* 1 2,500,000
134 ADU ADU conveyance clutch /1 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
135 ADU conveyance clutch /2 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
136 ADU pre-registration clutch 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
137 Fixing Ball bearing /L (for lower roller) 26NA5371* 2 600,000
138 Heat insulating sleeve/L 65AA5341* 2 600,000
(for lower roller)
139 Fixing drive gear 65AA7727* 1 1,000,000
140 Reverse/exit unit Decurler roller 65AA4905* 1 100,000
141 LT-211/C-208 Paper feed roller 55VA-484* 1 500,000
142 Feed roller 55VA-483* 1 500,000
Double feed prevention roller 55VA-483* 1 500,000
143 Paper feed clutch 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
144 Pre-registration clutch 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000

3-17 2
SERVICE SCHEDULE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

No. Unit Parts name Parts No. Quantity Actual durable


count
145 Main body paper feed Paper feed clutch /1 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
146 Pre-registration clutch /1 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
147 Paper feed clutch /2 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
148 Pre-registration clutch /2 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
149 Paper feed clutch /3 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
150 Pre-registration clutch /3 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
151 Paper feed clutch /BP 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
152 2nd transfer Transfer ground plate unit 65AA-456* 1 1,000,000
153 Paper exit Paper exit guide roller /2 65AA4818* 4 200,000
154 (New type only) Paper exit roller 65LA4808* 1 200,000
155 Paper exit roller /Up 65LA5343* 2 200,000

Note:
• For the old type, the parts listed below are not registered in [1. Count of special parts] of the 25
mode [5. Parts counter.] Therefore, be sure to register these parts in [2. Count of each parts] (See
"6.7.2 Count of each parts") for proper management.
III SERVICE

No. Unit Parts name Parts No. Quantity Actual durable


count
— Paper exit Paper exit guide roller/2 65AA4818* 4 200,000
— Paper exit roller 65AA4808* 1 1,000,000

Note:
• When installed with no finisher, the parts listed below are not registered in [1. Count of special
parts] of the 25 mode [5. Parts counter.] Therefore, be sure to register these parts in [2. Count of
each parts] (See "6.7.2 Count of each parts") for proper management.

No. Unit Parts name Parts No. Quantity Actual durable


count
— Paper exit Paper presser roller 65AA4849* 2 200,000

2 3-18
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE

1.10 Important maintenance parts


• The important parts specified by Konica Minolta
in order to maintain safety of the products are
referred to as "important maintenance parts".
The important maintenance parts for this
machine are as described below:

No. Unit Parts name Parts No. Quantity


1 Fixing unit Thermostat /1 SP00-0030 1
2 Fixing unit Thermostat /L SP00-0180 1

Note:
• "SP" is indicated in front of the parts number
of the important maintenance part. Exercise
care when installing the parts according to
"III. Directions for disassembly and assembly"
in this manual.

III SERVICE

3-19 1
COPY MATERIAL KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2. COPY MATERIAL
2.1 Product
A. Drum cartridge

2.2 Materials
A. Single unit supply

Drum DR501 (New type/Old type)


Toner black TN510K (New type) /TN501K (Old type)
Toner yellow TN510Y (New type) /TN501Y (Old type)
Toner magenta TN510M (New type) /TN501M (Old type)
Toner cyan TN510C (New type) /TN501C (Old type)

B. Kit
a Developer black set

Developer black DV510K (New type) /DV501K (Old type)


III SERVICE

Developer charging funnel/U —


Developer collection sheet (rubber band) —

b Developer yellow set

Developer yellow DV510Y (New type) /DV501Y (Old type)


Developer charging funnel/U —
Developer collection sheet (rubber band) —

c Developer magenta set

Developer magenta DV510M (New type) /DV501M (Old type)


Developer charging funnel/U —
Developer collection sheet (rubber band) —

d Developer cyan set

Developer cyan DV510C (New type) /DV501C (Old type)


Developer charging funnel/U —
Developer collection sheet (rubber band) —

2 3-20
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 COPY MATERIAL

2.3 PM parts kit


A. 100,000 copies/1 set
<For old type>

Name Part No. Quantity


USA Europe/Other
Ozone filter /1 65AA1043* 1 1
Dust proof filter /1 65AA1044* 2 2
Dust proof filter /2 65AA-142* 1 1
Belt cleaning blade 65AA2630* 1 1
Separation corona unit 65AA-452* 1 1
Fixing roller /U 65AA5301* 1 1
Fixing roller /L 65AA5302* 1 1
Decurler roller 65AA4905* 1 1
Charging wire assy 65AA-252* 4 4
Paper for fixing speed adjustment 65AA-991* 1 1
(16 sheets/A3)
Dust bag (rubber band) 000V-3070* — 1
Hand case for collection 000V-3080* — 1

III SERVICE
Cotton swab (x4) 000V-3090* — 1
Hydro wipe (x10) 65AA-992* — 1

<For new type>

Name Part No. Quantity


USA Europe/Other
Toner collection box 65AA-245* 2 1
Ozone filter /1 65AA1043* 1 1
Dust proof filter /1 65AA1044* 2 2
Dust proof filter /2 65AA-142* 1 1
Belt cleaning blade 65AA2630* 1 1
Separation corona unit 65AA-452* 1 1
Fixing roller /U 65AA5301* 1 1
Fixing roller /L 65AA5302* 1 1
Decurler roller 65AA4905* 1 1
Charging wire assy 65AA-252* 4 4
Paper for fixing speed adjustment 65AA-991* 1 1
(16 sheets/A3)
Dust bag (rubber band) 000V-3070* — 1
Hand case for collection 000V-3080* — 1
Cotton swab (x4) 000V-3090* — 1
Hydro wipe (x10) 65AA-992* — 1

3-21 2
COPY MATERIAL KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

B. 200,000 copies/1set (total)


<For old type>

Name Part No. Quantity


USA Europe/Other
Transfer belt 65AA2642* 1 1
1st transfer roller /K 65AA2604* 1 1
1st transfer roller /Y, /M, /C 65AA2612* 3 3
Toner collection sheet /1 65AA-293* 1 1
2nd transfer roller /U 65AA2611* 1 1
2nd transfer roller /L 65AA4501* 1 1
Fixing cleaning unit 65AA-573* 1 1
Changing grid plate 65AA2507* 4 4
Changing grid spring 65AA2509* 8 8

<For new type>

Name Part No. Quantity


USA Europe/Other
Transfer belt 65AA2642* 1 1
III SERVICE

1st transfer roller /K 65AA2604* 1 1


1st transfer roller /Y, /M, /C 65AA2612* 3 3
Toner collection sheet /1 65AA-293* 1 1
2nd transfer roller /U 65AA2611* 1 1
2nd transfer roller /L 65AA4501* 1 1
Fixing cleaning unit 65AA-573* 1 1
Changing grid plate 65AA2507* 4 4
Changing grid spring 65AA2509* 8 8
Paper exit guide roller /2 65AA4818* 4 4
Paper exit roller 65LA4808* 1 1
Paper exit roller /U 65LA5343* 2 2

2 3-22
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE MATERIAL LIST

3. SERVICE MATERIAL LIST


Material No. Name Shape Remark
000V-16-0 Drum cleaner 200ml

000V-17-0 Roller cleaner 200ml

000V-19-0 Setting powder 25g

000V-18-1 Cleaning pad 10pcs/1pack

65AA-9920 Hydro wipe 10pcs/1pack

III SERVICE
00GR00260 Multemp grease 25g
FF-RM

00GR00210 Solvest 240 Multemp FF-RM is


recommended

00GR00020 Plasguard No.2

3-23
CE TOOLS LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4. CE TOOLS LIST
Tool No. Name Shape Quantity Remark
65AAJG021 Fixing thermostat 1
positioning jig
(for upper roller)
65AAJG031 Fixing thermostat 1
positioning jig
(for lower roller)
7050K0020 Mirror positioning jig 2

00M6-2-00 Door switch jig 1

25TU00480 Color chart (metric) 1


III SERVICE

111T96110 Color chart (inch) 1

00VD-5000 New Pyramid chart 1

120A9711* Adjustment chart 1

00VC-2-00 Drum cover 4

00VD-1000 Blower brush 1

00VE-1004 Tester 1

129XJG011 Stapler positioning jig 1 For old type cartridge

13QEJG010 Stapler positioning jig 1 For new type cartridge

2 3-24
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 JAM CODE LIST

IV JAM CODE LIST

1. JAM CODE LIST

Classifi- Jam Causes Resulting Correction


cation code operation
Bypass J10-01 After the pickup solenoid /BP (SD5) is If copy is pro- Remove the paper
During operation

feed turned ON, bypass feed feeder sensor gressing when from the bypass feed
(PS26) is not turned ON within the jam arises, main tray once and remove
specified time. body stops after jammed paper, if any.
J10-02 After no paper sensor /BP (PS47) is completion of Remove paper from
turned ON, tray up drive motor /BP paper exit. the bypass feed tray
(M35) is not turned ON within specified once, decrease the
time. stacked sheets and set
J10-03 After the tray up drive motor /BP (M35) again.
is turned ON, tray upper limit sensor /
BP (PS25) is not turned ON within
specified time.
J10-11 Bypass feed conveyance sensor — Remove the paper
During operation When idling

(PS26) was turned ON in the idling con- from the bypass feed
dition. tray once and remove
jammed paper, if any.
Paper J11-01 After the pick-up solenoid /1 (SD7) is If copy is pro- Pull out the paper feed
feed turned ON, pre-registration sensor /1 gressing when tray /1 and remove

IV JAM CODE LIST


tray /1
(PS29) is not turned ON within the jam arises, main jammed paper, if any.
specified time. body stops after
completion of
paper exit.
J11-11 Pre-registration sensor /1 (PS29) was —
During operation When idling

turned ON in the idling condition.

Paper J12-01 After pick-up solenoid /2 (SD8) is If copy is pro- Pull out the paper feed
feed turned ON, pre-registration sensor /2 gressing when tray /2 and remove
tray /2
(PS35) is not turned ON within speci- jam arises, main jammed paper, if any.
fied time. body stops after
completion of
paper exit.
J12-11 Pre-registration sensor /2 (PS35) was —
When idling

turned ON in the idling condition.

4-1
JAM CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Classifi- Jam Causes Resulting Correction


cation code operation
Paper J13-01 After the pick-up solenoid /3 (SD9) is If copy is pro- Pull out the paper feed

During operation
feed turned ON, pre-registration sensor /3 gressing when tray /3 and remove
tray /3
(PS41) is not turned ON. jam arises, main jammed paper, if any.
body stops after
completion of
paper exit.
J13-11 Pre-registration sensor /3 (PS41) was —
During operation When idling

turned ON in the idling condition.

LT-211 J14-01 After the paper feed solenoid (SD100) If copy is pro- Open the LCT top
C-208 is turned ON, paper feed sensor gressing when cover and remove
(PS107) is not turned ON within speci- jam arises, main jammed paper, if any.
fied time. body stops after
completion of
paper exit.
J14-11 Feed sensor (PS106) was turned ON in —
When idling

the idling condition.

Paper J17-01 After the loop roller motor (M31) is If copy is pro- Pull out ADU and
During operation

feed turned ON, registration sensor (PS22) gressing when remove jammed paper,
is not turned ON within specified time. jam arises, main if any.
body stops after
IV JAM CODE LIST

completion of
paper exit.
J17-02 After the ADU pre-registration clutch Printer section
(MC3) is turned ON, registration sensor stops immedi-
(PS22) is not turned ON within the ately.
specified time.
J17-03 After the pre-registration clutch /3 If copy is pro- Open the vertical con-
(MC12) is turned ON, vertical convey- gressing when veyance door and
ance sensor (PS50) is not turned ON jam arises, main remove jammed paper,
within specified time. body stops after if any.
J17-04 After the pre-registration clutch /2 completion of Pull out the paper feed
(MC10) is turned ON, vertical convey- paper exit. tray /2 and remove
ance sensor (PS50) is not turned ON jammed paper, if any.
within specified time.

2 4-2
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 JAM CODE LIST

Classifi- Jam Causes Resulting Correction


cation code operation
Paper J17-05 After the intermediate conveyance If copy is pro- Open the vertical con-

During operation
feed clutch /1 (MC13) is turned ON, interme- gressing when veyance door and
diate conveyance sensor /1 (PS27) is jam arises, main remove jammed paper,
not turned ON within the specified time. body stops after if any.
J17-06 After the pre-registration clutch /1 completion of
(MC7) is turned ON, intermediate con- paper exit.
veyance sensor /1 (PS27) is not turned
ON within the specified time.
J17-07 After the pre-registration clutch Open the LCT front
(MC102) is turned ON, intermediate door and remove
conveyance sensor /1 (PS27) is not jammed paper, if any.
turned ON within the specified time.
J17-08 After the intermediate conveyance sen- Pull out ADU and
sor /1 (PS27) is turned ON, intermedi- remove jammed paper,
ate conveyance sensor /2 (PS28) is not if any.
turned ON within specified time.
J17-09 After the bypass feed conveyance sen- Remove paper from
sor (PS26) is turned ON, the intermedi- the bypass feed tray
ate conveyance sensor /2 (PS28) is not and remove jammed
turned ON within the specified time. paper, if any.
LT-211 J17-10 After the pre-registration clutch Open the LCT top
C-208 (MC102) is turned ON, paper feed sen- cover and remove
sor (PS107) is not turned ON within the jammed paper, if any.
specified time.

IV JAM CODE LIST


Paper J17-11 Vertical conveyance sensor (PS50) — Open the vertical con-
When idling

feed was turned ON in the idling condition. veyance door and


remove jammed paper,
if any.
J17-12 Intermediate conveyance sensor /1 Pull out ADU and
(PS27) was turned ON in the idling con- remove jammed paper,
dition. if any.
J17-13 Intermediate conveyance sensor /2
(PS28) was turned ON in the idling con-
dition.
J17-14 Registration sensor (OS22) was turned
in the idling condition.
LT-211 J17-15 Paper feed sensor (PS107) was turned Open the LCT front
C-208 ON in the idling condition. door and remove
jammed paper, if any.

4-3 2
JAM CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Classifi- Jam Causes Resulting Correction


cation code operation
Others J19-01 Vertical conveyance door open jam. If copy is pro- Close the vertical con-

During operation
Vertical conveyance door sensor gressing when veyance door.
(PS51) was turned OFF when copying / jam arises, main
printing. body stops after
completion of
paper exit.
Others J19-02 LCT top cover open jam or LCT front In case of LCT Close the LCT top
LT-211 door open jam. Top cover open/close paper feed, main cover or LCT front
C-208
sensor (PS100) or front door open/ body stops after door.
close sensor (PS115) was turned OFF completion of
when copying/printing. paper exit. In
case of paper
feed other than
LCT, main body
does not stop.
Paper J31-02 After the registration roller motor (M30) Printer section Pull out ADU and
exit is turned ON, fixing paper exit sensor stops immedi- remove jammed paper,
(PS17) is not turned ON. ately. if any.
J32-01 After the fixing paper exit sensor
(PS17) is turned ON, paper exit sensor
(PS13) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J32-02 After the fixing paper exit sensor
(PS17) is turned ON, reverse paper exit
IV JAM CODE LIST

sensor (PS19) is not turned ON within


the specified time.
J32-03 In the reverse paper exit mode, after
the reverse paper exit sensor (PS19) is
turned ON, paper exit sensor (PS13) is
not turned ON within the specified time.
J32-04 After the fixing paper exit sensor
(PS17) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.
J32-05 After the paper exit sensor (PS13) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time (in straight paper exit
mode).
J32-07 After the paper exit sensor (PS13) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time (in reverse paper exit
mode).
J32-08 When the registration roller motor
(M30) is ON, fixing paper exit sensor
(PS17) is ON.

2 4-4
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 JAM CODE LIST

Classifi- Jam Causes Resulting Correction


cation code operation
Paper J32-11 Paper exit sensor (PS13) is ON in the — Pull out ADU and

When idling
exit idling condition. remove jammed paper,
J32-12 Fixing paper exit sensor (PS17) is if any.
turned ON in the idling condition.
J32-13 Reverse paper exit sensor (PS19) is
ON in the idling condition.
Others J51-01 Front door open jam. Front door open/ Printer section Close the front door.
During operation

close sensor (PS18) was turned OFF stops immedi-


while copying/printing. ately.
DF-319 J61-01 Paper feed section cover open jam. RADF stops Close the paper feed
AFR-20 Paper feed cover sensor (PS303) was immediately. section cover.
turned OFF when copying. If there is paper
J61-02 Paper feed tray open jam. Tray open/ in or after trans- Close the paper feed
close sensor (PS308) was turned OFF fer process, tray.
when copying. main body stops
J61-03 Paper exit section cover open jam. after paper exit. Close the paper exit
Paper exit cover sensor (PS307) was section cover.
turned OFF when copying.
J62-01 Registration sensor (PS301) is not Open the paper feed
turned OFF within specified time after section cover and
paper feed is started. remove jammed paper,
J62-02 After reversal of paper feed motor if any.
(M301) is started, timing sensor Remove jammed paper
(PS302) is not turned ON within the in the main body con-

IV JAM CODE LIST


specified time. veyance section, if any.
J62-03 After the timing sensor (PS302) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J62-04 After the reverse/paper exit motor Open the paper exit
(M303) is turned ON, reverse sensor section cover and
(PS305) is not turned ON within the remove jammed paper,
specified time. if any.
J62-05 After the reverse sensor (PS305) is Remove jammed paper
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within in the main body con-
the specified time. veyance section, if any.
J62-06 In the one-sided original exit mode,
paper exit sensor (PS306) is not turned
ON within the specified time after the
start of paper exit.
In the double-sided original exit mode,
original exit sensor (PS306) is not
turned ON within the specified time
after the reverse sensor (PS305) is
turned ON.

4-5 2
JAM CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Classifi- Jam Causes Resulting Correction


cation code operation
DF-319 J62-07 After the paper exit sensor (PS306) is RADF stops Open the paper exit

During operation
AFR-20 turned ON, it is not turned OFF within immediately. section cover and
the specified time. If there is paper remove jammed paper,
in or after trans- if any.
fer process, Remove jammed paper
main body stops in the main body con-
after paper exit. veyance section, if any.
J65-01 Registration sensor (PS301) is ON in — Open the paper feed
When idling

the idling condition. section cover and


remove jammed paper,
if any.
J65-02 Reverse sensor (PS305) is ON in the Open the paper exit
idling condition. section cover and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
J65-03 Timing sensor (PS302) is ON in the Open the paper feed
idling condition. section cover and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
J65-04 Paper exit sensor (PS306) is ON in the Open the paper exit
idling condition. section cover and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
Others J71-01 FNS front door open jam. FNS interlock Printer section Close the FNS front
During operation
IV JAM CODE LIST

FS switch (MS701) was turned OFF when stops immedi- door.


copying/printing. ately.
Others J71-02 TU front door open jam. Front door Close the TU front
TU-109 MS2 (MS2) was turned OFF when door.
TMG-3
copying/printing.
FS J72-16 After the paper exit sensor (PS13) is FNS/main body Remove jammed paper
turned ON, FNS inlet sensor (PS704) is stop immedi- in the FNS/main body,
not turned ON within the specified time. ately. if any.

J72-17 After the FNS inlet sensor (PS704) is


turned ON, main tray paper exit sensor
(PS706) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J72-18 After the FNS inlet sensor (PS704) is
turned ON, stacker inlet sensor
(PS705) is not turned ON within the
specified time (when stapling).

2 4-6
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 JAM CODE LIST

Classifi- Jam Causes Resulting Correction


cation code operation
FS J72-19 After the stacker inlet motor (M713) is FNS/main body Remove jammed paper

During operation
turned ON, stacker inlet sensor stop immedi- in the FNS/main body,
(PS705) is not turned ON within the ately. if any.
specified time.
J72-20 After paper exit operation is started,
main tray paper exit sensor (PS706) is
not turned ON within the specified time
(when stapling).
J72-21 After the main tray paper exit sensor
(PS706) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time (in the
large-size staple mode).
J72-22 After the FNS inlet sensor (PS704) is
turned ON, sub-tray paper exit sensor
(PS701) is not turned ON within the
specified time within the specified time
(in the sub-tray paper exit mode).
J72-23 After the sub-tray paper exit sensor
(PS701) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time (in the
large-size staple mode).
J72-24 After completion of stapling, folding
passage sensor (PS726) is not turned
ON.

IV JAM CODE LIST


J72-25 After the folding knife motor (M719) is
turned ON, folding paper exit sensor
(PS725) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J72-26 After the folding paper exit sensor
(PS725) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.
J72-28 After the stacker inlet sensor (PW705)
is turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J72-29 After the main tray paper exit sensor
(PS706) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time (in the
non-staple mode).
J72-30 After the main tray paper exit sensor
(PS706) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time (in the
small-size staple mode).

4-7 2
JAM CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Classifi- Jam Causes Resulting Correction


cation code operation
TU-109 J72-32 After the folding paper exit sensor TU/FNS/main Remove jammed paper

During operation
TMG-3 (PS725) is turned ON, inlet sensor body stop imme- in TU/FNS/main body,
(PS101) is not turned ON within the diately. if any.
specified time.
J72-33 After the inlet sensor (PS101) is turned
ON, inlet sensor (PS101) is not turned
ON within the specified time.
J72-34 After the conveyance motor (M101) is
turned ON, paper exit sensor (PS108)
is not turned OFF within the specified
time.
PI-110 J72-35 After the conveyance clutch /L (MC202) FNS/main body Remove jammed paper
is turned ON, PI passage sensor /L stop immedi- in the FNS/main body,
(PS206) is not turned ON within speci- ately. if any.
fied time.
PK-120 J72-43 After the punch motor (M801) is turned
PK-5 ON, punch HP sensor (PS801) is not
PK-507
turned ON within the specified time.
FS J72-48 After the folding passage sensor
(PS726) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.
PI-110 J72-49 After the conveyance clutch /U
(MC201) is turned ON, PI passage sen-
sor (PS201) is not turned ON within the
IV JAM CODE LIST

specified time.
J72-50 After the PI passage sensor (PS201) is
turned ON, FNS inlet sensor (PS704) is
not turned ON within the specified time.
J72-51 After the PI passage sensor /L (PS206)
is turned ON, FNS inlet sensor (PS704)
is not turned ON within the specified
time.
FS J72-81 After the stapler motor /F (M714) and
clincher motor /F (M715) are turned
ON, stapler HP sensor /F (PS731) and
clincher HP sensor /F (PS733) are not
turned ON within specified time.
J72-82 After the stapler motor /R (M709) and
clincher motor /R (M710) are turned
ON, stapler HP sensor /R (PS730) and
clincher HP sensor (PS732) are not
turned ON within the specified time.

2 4-8
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 JAM CODE LIST

Classifi- Jam Causes Resulting Correction


cation code operation
FS J72-83 After the stapler motor /F, /R (M714), FNS/main body Remove jammed paper

During operation
M709), and clincher motor /F, /R (M715, stop immedi- in the FNS/main body,
M710) are turned ON, stapler HP sen- ately. if any.
sor /F, /R (PS731, PS730) and clincher
HP sensor /F, /R (PS733, PS732) are
not turned ON within the specified time.
J72-90 After operation stop signal is transmit-
ted from the main body to FNS, FNS
does not stop within the specified time.
J73-01 Main tray paper exit sensor (PS706) is — Open the FNS front
When idling

ON in the idling condition. door and remove


J73-02 Stacker inlet sensor (PS705) is ON in jammed paper, if any.
the idling condition.
J73-05 FNS inlet sensor (PS704) is ON in the
idling condition.
J73-07 Sub-tray paper exit sensor (PS701) is Remove jammed paper
ON in the idling condition. in the sub-tray, if any.
J73-08 Stacker no-paper sensor (PS720) is Open the FNS front
ON in the idling condition. door and remove
J73-09 Folding passage sensor (PS726) is ON jammed paper, if any.
in the idling condition.
J73-10 Folding paper exit sensor (PS725) is
ON in the idling condition.
TU-109 J73-11 Inlet sensor (PS101) is ON in the idling Open the TU front door

IV JAM CODE LIST


TMG-3 condition. and remove jammed
J73-12 Conveyance sensor (PS102) is ON in paper, if any.
the idling condition.
J73-13 Paper exit sensor (PS108) is ON in the
idling condition.
PI-110 J73-14 PI passage sensor (PS206) is ON in Remove paper from
the idling condition. the cover sheet feeder
/L and remove jammed
paper, if any.
J73-17 PI passage sensor /U (PS201) is ON in Remove paper in the
the idling condition. cover sheet feeder /U
once and remove
jammed paper, if any.
ADU J92-01 After the reverse paper exit sensor Printer section Pull out ADU and
During operation

(PS19) is turned ON, ADU reverse sen- stops immedi- remove jammed paper,
sor (PS21) is not turned ON within the ately. if any.
specified time.

4-9 2
JAM CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Classifi- Jam Causes Resulting Correction


cation code operation
ADU J92-11 ADU reverse sensor (PS21) is ON in — Pull out ADU and

When idling
the idling condition. remove jammed paper,
if any.

J93-01 After reversal of ADU reverse motor Printer section


During operation

(M32) is turned ON, ADU conveyance stops immedi-


sensor (PS20) is not turned ON within ately.
the specified time.

J93-11 ADU conveyance sensor (PS20) is ON —


When idling

in the idling condition.

J94-02 After the ADU conveyance sensor Printer section


During operation

(PS20) is turned ON, ADU pre-registra- stops immedi-


tion sensor (PS23) is not turned ON ately.
within the specified time.

J94-11 ADU pre-registration sensor (PS23) is —


When idling

ON in the idling condition.


IV JAM CODE LIST

4-10
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(2) Top of the main body

[5] [6]

[1]

[4] [3] [2] 8050fs6601

[1] DF reset switch (RS1) [4] APS sensor /S (PS3)


[2] Toner supply unit open/close sensor (PS14) [5] Scanner HP sensor (PS1)
[3] APS sensor /L (PS4) [6] AAPS timing sensor (PS2)

(3) Front of the main body

[3] [4]

[2] [1] 8050fs6602


VI DIAGRAMS

[1] Front door open/close sensor (PS18) [3] Sub power switch (SW2)
[2] Front door interlock switch (MS1) [4] Main power switch (SW1)

1 6-2
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

(4) Right side of the main body

[1] 8050fs6603

[1] Temp/humidity sensor (TEMP/HUM)

(5) Front side of the main body

[1] 8050fs6604

[1] 1st transfer HP sensor (PS15)


VI DIAGRAMS

6-3
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(6) Write unit

[5] [6] [7]

[4] [3] [2] [1] 8050fs6605

[1] Index sensor board /Y (INDX SB Y) [5] Laser correction HP sensor /Y (PS5)*
[2] Index sensor board /M (INDX SB M) [6] Laser correction HP sensor /M (PS6)*
[3] Index sensor board /C (INDX SB C) [7] Laser correction HP sensor /C (PS7)*
[4] Index sensor board /K (INDX SB K)

* Laser correction HP sensor does not attached to write unit /K.

(7) Process unit

[4] [3] [2] [1] 8050fs6606

[1] Drum potential sensor /K (DRPS K) [3] Drum potential sensor /M (DRPS M)
[2] Drum potential sensor /C (DRPS C) [4] Drum potential sensor /Y (DRPS Y)
VI DIAGRAMS

6-4
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

(8) Developing unit

[4] [3] [2] [1] 8050fs6607

[1] Toner density sensor /K (TDS K) [3] Toner density sensor /M (TDS M)
[2] Toner density sensor /C (TDS C) [4] Toner density sensor /Y (TDS Y)

(9) Image correction unit

[2] [3]

[1] 8050fs6608

[1] Gamma sensor (PS11) [3] Color registration sensor /R (PS9)


[2] Color registration sensor /F (PS8)

VI DIAGRAMS

6-5
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(10) Toner supply unit

[4] [5] [6]

[3] [2] [1] 8050fs6609

[1] Toner level detection sensor /K (TLD K) [4] Toner supply door open/close sensor (PS54)
[2] Toner level detection sensor /C (TLD C) [5] Toner level detection sensor /M (TLD M)
[3] Toner supply interlock switch (MS2) [6] Toner level detection sensor /Y (TLD Y)

(11) Paper feed tray 1 to 3

[4] [5] [6]

[9] [8] [7]


[3] [2] [1]
[18] [17] [16] [15] [14] [13] [12] [11] [10] 8050fs6630

[1] Pre-registration sensor /1 (PS29) [10] Paper size VR/1 (VR1)


[2] Pre-registration sensor /2 (PS35) [11] Paper size VR/2 (VR2)
[3] Pre-registration sensor /3 (PS41) [12] Paper size VR/3 (VR3)
[4] No paper sensor /1 (PS31) [13] Paper size /S1 (PS33)
[5] No paper sensor /2 (PS37) [14] Paper size /S2 (PS39)
VI DIAGRAMS

[6] No paper sensor /3 (PS44) [15] Paper size /S3 (PS45)


[7] Tray upper limit sensor /1 (PS30) [16] Paper size /L1 (PS34)
[8] Tray upper limit sensor /2 (PS36) [17] Paper size /L2 (PS40)
[9] Tray upper limit sensor /3 (PS42) [18] Paper size /L3 (PS46)

6-6
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

(12) Bypass feed unit

[4] [3] [2] [1] 8050fs6610

[1] Paper size /LBP (PS49) [3] Paper size VR/BP (VR4)
[2] No paper sensor /BP (PS47) [4] Paper size /SBP (PS48)

(13) Vertical conveyance unit

[2] [1]

8050fs6631

[1] Vertical conveyance door sensor (PS51) [2] Vertical conveyance sensor (PS50)

VI DIAGRAMS

6-7
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(14) ADU

[6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11]

[5] [4] [3] [2] [1] 8050fs6611

[1] Intermediate conveyance sensor /1 (PS27) [7] ADU conveyance sensor (PS20)
[2] Intermediate conveyance sensor /2 (PS28) [8] ADU reverse sensor (PS21)
[3] ADU pre-registration sensor (PS23) [9] Registration sensor (PS22)
[4] 2nd transfer HP sensor (PS24) [10] Bypass conveyance sensor (PS26)
[5] Conveyance lever sensor (PS55) [11] Tray upper limit sensor (PS25)
[6] Reverse/exit sensor (PS19)

(15) Paper exit section (left side of the main body)

[2] [1]

8050fs6612

[1] Paper exit sensor (PS13) [2] Paper exit full sensor (PS12)
VI DIAGRAMS

6-8
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

(16) Fixing unit

[1]
[8]

[7]
[2]

[6]

[5]

[3]

[4]
8050fs6632

[1] Fixing temperature sensor /3 (TH3) [5] Thermostat /2 (TS2)


[2] Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) [6] Fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2)
[3] Thermostat /1 (TS1) [7] Fixing paper exit sensor (PS17)
[4] Fixing pressure/release sensor (PS16) [8] Fixing temperature sensor /4 (TH4)

VI DIAGRAMS

6-9
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

B. Loads
(1) Rear of the main body

[12] [13] [14] [15] [16] [17] [18] [19] [20] [21] [22] [23]

[5] [4] [3] [2] [1]

[11] [10] [9] [8] [7] [6] 8050fs6613

[1] 1st transfer pressure/release motor (M19) [13] DCPS cooling fan (M42)
[2] Drum motor /Y (M14) [14] Developing motor /K (M23)
[3] Drum motor /M (M15) [15] Developing motor /C (M22)
[4] Drum motor /C (M16) [16] Developing motor /M (M21)
[5] Drum motor /K (M17) [17] Scanner motor (M1)
[6] Fixing cooling fan /1 (M10) [18] Developing motor /Y (M20)
[7] IP cooling fan (M24) [19] Drum cooling fan /2 (M13)
[8] IPB cooling fan (M25) [20] Drum cooling fan /1 (M12)
[9] Tray up drive motor /1 (M40) [21] Fixing cooling fan /3 (M36)
[10] Tray up drive motor /2 (M39) [22] Fixing cooling fan /2 (M37)
[11] Tray up drive motor /3 (M38) [23] Transfer belt motor (M18)
[12] Paper feed motor (M41)
VI DIAGRAMS

6-10
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

(2) Top of the main body

[1]

[2] 8050fs6614

[1] Scanner cooling fan (M2) [2] Exposure lamp (L1)

(3) Front of the main body

[1] 8050fs6615

[1] Transfer belt cooling fan (M11)


VI DIAGRAMS

6-11
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(4) Right side of the main body

[4] [5] [6] [7]

[3] [2] [1] 8050fs6616

[1] Writing exhaust fan /2 (M46) [5] Writing intake fan /1 (M43)
[2] Heater /1 (HTR1) [6] Writing exhaust fan /1 (M45)
[3] Heater /2 (HTR2) [7] Drum unit fan (M47)
[4] Writing intake fan /2 (M44)

(5) Left side of the main body

[4] [5] [6]

[3] [2] [1] 8050fs6617


VI DIAGRAMS

[1] Paper exit fan /F (M28) [4] Paper exit fan /3 (M63) (New type only)
[2] Paper exit fan /M (M27) [5] Paper exit fan /2 (M62) (New type only)
[3] Paper exit fan /R (M26) [6] Paper exit fan /1 (M61) (New type only)

2 6-12
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

(6) Write unit

[7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] 8050fs6618

[1] Polygon motor /Y (M3) [5] Laser correction motor /Y (M7)*


[2] Polygon motor /M (M4) [6] Laser correction motor /M (M8)*
[3] Polygon motor /C (M5) [7] Laser correction motor /C (M9)*
[4] Polygon motor /K (M6)

* Laser correction motor does not attached to write unit /K.

(7) Process unit

[5] [4] [3] [2] [1]

8050fs6619

[1] Pre-charging lamp /Y (PCL Y) [4] Pre-charging lamp /K (PCL K)


[2] Pre-charging lamp /M (PCL M) [5] Belt separation claw solenoid (SD1)
[3] Pre-charging lamp /C (PCL C)
VI DIAGRAMS

6-13
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(8) Image correction unit

[2] [1] 8050fs6620

[1] Gamma shutter solenoid (SD3) [2] Color registration shutter solenoid (SD2)

(9) Toner supply unit

[9] [10]

[1]

[2]

[8] [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] 8050fs6621

[1] Toner bottle clutch /M (MC15) [6] Toner supply motor /C (M51)
[2] Toner bottle motor (M53) [7] Toner supply motor /M (M50)
[3] Toner bottle clutch /C (MC16) [8] Charger intake fan (M48)
[4] Toner bottle clutch /K (MC17) [9] Toner supply motor /Y (M49)
[5] Toner supply motor /K (M52) [10] Toner bottle clutch /Y (MC14)
VI DIAGRAMS

6-14
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

(10) Paper feed tray 1 to 3

[7] [8] [9]

[6] [5] [4]


[3] [2] [1]

8050fs6633

[1] Pick up solenoid /1 (SD7) [6] Paper feed clutch /3 (MC11)


[2] Pick up solenoid /2 (SD8) [7] Pre-registration clutch /1 (MC8)
[3] Pick up solenoid /3 (SD9) [8] Pre-registration clutch /2 (MC10)
[4] Paper feed clutch /1 (MC7) [9] Pre-registration clutch /3 (MC12)
[5] Paper feed clutch /2 (MC9)

(11) Vertical conveyance unit

[1] 8050fs6634

[1] Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 (MC13)


VI DIAGRAMS

6-15
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(12) ADU

[9] [10] [11] [12] [13] [14] [15]

[8] [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] 8050fs6622

[1] Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 (MC4) [9] ADU reverse motor (M32)
[2] Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 (MC5) [10] 2nd transfer pressure/release motor (M34)
[3] ADU lock solenoid (SD6) [11] Registration motor (M30)
[4] ADU pre-registration clutch (MC3) [12] Loop roller motor (M31)
[5] ADU conveyance clutch /2 (MC1) [13] Pick up solenoid /BP (SD5)
[6] Reverse/exit motor (M33) [14] Paper feed clutch /BP (MC6)
[7] ADU conveyance clutch /1 (MC2) [15] Tray up drive motor /BP (M35)
[8] Reverse/exit solenoid (SD4)
VI DIAGRAMS

6-16
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

(13) Fixing unit

[1]

[5]

[2]

[3]

[4]
8050fs6635

[1] Fixing upper lamp /1 (L2) [4] Fixing motor (M29)


[2] Fixing upper lamp /2 (L3) [5] Fixing lower lamp (L4)
[3] Web motor (M54)

VI DIAGRAMS

6-17
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

C. PCBs and others


(1) Rear of the main body

[17] [18] [19] [20] [21] [22] [23]

[24]

[9]

[10]

[11]
[12]

[8] [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1]

[16] [15] [14] [13] 8050fs6623

[1] AC drive board (ACDB) [13] HDD: option (HD-106)


[2] Noise filter (NF) [14] HDD I/F board: option (HDD IFB)
[3] Circuit breaker /2 (CBR2) [15] Extended memory: option (MU-412)
[4] Circuit breaker /1 (CBR1) [16] Memory board (MB)
[5] Transformer /LCT (TRNS2) [17] High voltage unit /1 (HV1)
[6] Transformer /main body (TRNS1) [18] Overall control board (OACB)
[7] DC power supply unit /2 (DCPS2) [19] Image processing board (IPB)
[8] DC power supply unit /1 (DCPS1) [20] Scanner drive board (SCDB)
[9] Drum drive board /Y (DRDB Y) [21] DC power supply unit /4:Option (DCPS4)
[10] Drum drive board /M (DRDB M) [22] High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
[11] Drum drive board /C (DRDB C) [23] Printer control board (PRCB)
[12] Drum drive board /K (DRDB K) [24] Fixing heater control board: only in EU (FHCB)
VI DIAGRAMS

6-18
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

(2) Top of the main body

[3] [2]

[1]

8050fs6624

[1] CCD board (CCDB) [3] L1 inverter board (L1 INVB)


[2] Key counter (C (K))

(3) Front of the main body

[3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8]

[2] [1] 8050fs6625

[1] Black counter (C (BK)) [5] OB inverter board (OB INVB)


[2] Total counter (C (T)) [6] LCD board (LCDB)
VI DIAGRAMS

[3] Operation board /2 (OB2) [7] Touch panel board


[4] Operation board /3 (OB3) [8] Operation board /1 (OB1)

6-19
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

(4) Write unit

[2] [3] [4] [5]

[1] 8050fs6626

[1] Temp detection board (TDB) [3] Laser drive board /M (LDB M)
(attached to write unit /K only) [4] Laser drive board /C (LDB C)
[2] Laser drive board /Y (LDB Y) [5] Laser drive board /K (LDB K)

(5) Process unit

[4] [3] [2] [1] 8050fs6627

[1] Drum potential sensor board /K (DRSPSB K) [3] Drum potential sensor board /M (DRSPSB M)
[2] Drum potential sensor board /C (DRSPSB C) [4] Drum potential sensor board /Y (DRSPSB Y)
VI DIAGRAMS

6-20
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

(6) Image correction unit

[1] [2] 8050fs6636

[1] Color registration board /F (CRB/F) [2] Color registration board /R (CRB/R)

(7) Toner supply section

[1] 8050fs6628

[1] Toner supply drive board (TSDB)

(8) ADU

[1] 8050fs6629

[1] Conveyance drive board (CVDB)


VI DIAGRAMS

6-21 1
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

1.2 DF-319/AFR-20 parts layout drawing

[18] [3] [11] [10]


[2] [9]
[7]

[15]

[1]

[16]

[5] [14]
[6] [13]
[8] [17] [4] [12] 8050fs6031

[1] Paper feed motor (M301) [11] Paper exit cover sensor (PS307)
[2] Conveyance motor (M302) [12] Tray open/close sensor (PS308)
[3] Reverse/exit motor (M303) [13] Size sensor /S (PS309)
[4] Registration clutch (MC301) [14] Size sensor /L (PS310)
[5] Registration sensor (PS301) [15] Paper exit solenoid (SD301)
[6] Timing sensor (PS302) [16] Reverse solenoid (SD302)
[7] Paper feed cover sensor (PS303) [17] Size VR (VR301)
[8] No paper sensor (PS304) [18] RADF control board (DFCB)
[9] Reverse sensor (PS305) [19] Size sensor board (SSB)
[10] Paper exit sensor (PS306)
VI DIAGRAMS

2 6-22
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

1.3 LT-211/C-208 parts layout drawing

[13] [14] [15] SW100 SD100 [1]

FRONT

[2]

[3]
[12] [11] [10]
[4]

[9] M100 [8] M101 [16] [7] [6] [5] 8050fs6700

[1] Front door interlock switch (MS101) [9] Remaining paper sensor /4 (PS105)
[2] Paper mis-centering sensor (PS120) [10] Remaining paper sensor /3 (PS104)
[3] No paper sensor (PS108) [11] Remaining paper sensor /2 (PS103)
[4] Paper feed sensor (PS107) [12] Remaining paper sensor /1 (PS102)
[5] Feed sensor (PS106) [13] Top cover interlock switch (MS102)
[6] Upper limit sensor (PS109) [14] Top cover open/close sensor (PS100)
[7] Pre-registration clutch (MC102) [15] Paper feed clutch (MC101)
[8] Lower limit sensor (PS101) [16] LT drive board (LTDB)

VI DIAGRAMS

6-23 2
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

1.4 FS-115/FS-215/FN-120/FN-9/FS-513/FS-606 parts layout drawing

[26]
[25] [27]

[24]

[23] [1]

[2]
[21]
[22]
[20]
[3]

[19]

[4]
[18]
[5]

[17] [6]
[16]
[7]

[8]

[9]

[10]

[11]
[12]
[15] [13]
FRONT
[14] 8050fs6701

[1] Sub-tray paper exit sensor (PS701) [13] Clincher rotation HP sensor(PS714)
[2] Paper exit opening HP sensor (PS712) [14] Folding passage sensor (PS726) (FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)
[3] Gate HP sensor (PS716) [15] Stopper HP sensor (PS723)
[4] FNS inlet sensor (PS704) (FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)
[5] Stapler movement motor (M711) [16] Stacker inlet sensor (PS705)
[6] FNS interlock switch (MS701) [17] Stacker no paper sensor (PS720)
[7] Clincher rotation motor (M704) [18] Stacker auxiliary solenoid (SD702)
[8] Alignment HP sensor /L (PS724) [19] Stack auxiliary motor (M722)
(FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only) [20] Alignment HP sensor /U (PS708)
[9] Alignment motor /L (M716) [21] Paper exit belt HP sensor (PS709)
(FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only) [22] Stacker inlet motor (M713)
[10] Folding knife HP sensor (PS722) [23] Shift HP sensor (PS718)
VI DIAGRAMS

(FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only) [24] Shift motor (M702)


[11] Folding knife motor (M719) [25] Main tray paper exit sensor (PS706)
(FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only) [26] Sub-tray full sensor (PS719)
[12] Stopper motor (M718) (FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only) [27] Paper exit opening solenoid (SD704)

2 6-24
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

[12] [13]
[11] [14]

[10] [1]

[2]
[9]
[3]

[4]

[8]

[5]

[7]

[6]

8050fs6702

[1] Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS707) [8] Relay board (RB)
[2] Tray upper limit sensor (PS702) [9] FNS control board (FNSCB)
[3] Counter rest sensor (PS715) [10] Gate drive motor (M712)
[4] Bypass gate solenoid (SD705) [11] FNS conveyance motor (M701)
[5] Tray lower limit sensor (PS703) [12] Paper exit opening motor (M708)
[6] Tray up/down motor (M703) [13] Sub-tray paper exit motor (M721)
[7] Folding conveyance motor (M720) [14] Paper exit opening roller motor (M707)
(FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)

VI DIAGRAMS

6-25 2
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

[8]

[7]

[6]

[5]

[4] [3] [2] [1] 8050fs6703

[1] Folding paper exit sensor (PS725) [5] Three-folding gate solenoid (SD706)
(FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only) (FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)
[2] Folding full LED (LED729) [6] Stapler rotation motor (M706)
(FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only) [7] Stapler movement HP sensor (PS711)
[3] Folding full sensor (PS729) [8] Alignment motor /U (M705)
(FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)
[4] Stapler rotation HP sensor (PS713)
VI DIAGRAMS

2 6-26
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

[6]

[5]

[4] [3]

[2] [1] 8050fs6704

[1] Clincher motor /R (M710)/ clincher motor / [4] Stapler HP sensor /R (PS730) /stapler HP
F (M715) sensor /F (PS731)
[2] Clincher HP sensor /R (PS732) / clincher [5] Cartridge switch/R (SW701) / cartridge
HP sensor /F (PS733) switch/F (SW703)
[3] Stapler motor /R (M709) /stapler motor /F [6] Stapler switch/R (SW702) /stapler switch/F
(M714) (SW704)

VI DIAGRAMS

6-27
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

1.5 TU-109/TMG-3 parts layout drawing

[11]

[1]
[10]

[2]

[3]

[9]
[8] [4]
[7]
[6] [5] 8050fs6705

[1] Upper limit sensor (PS110) [7] Relay 2 (RL28)


[2] DC power unit (DCPS) [8] Coil (COL)
[3] Lower limit sensor (PS111) [9] Scrap box detection sensor (PS107)
[4] Holder motor (M106) [10] Conveyance motor (M101)
[5] Circuit breaker (CBR) [11] TU drive board (TUDB)
[6] Relay 1 (RL1)
VI DIAGRAMS

2 6-28
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

[13] [14] [15] [16]

[12] [1]
[2]
[3]

[4]

[11]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[7] [5]
[6] 8050fs6706

[1] Scrap removal fan motor (M108) [9] Front door MS2 (MS2)
[2] Scrap full LED (LED101) [10] Paper exit sensor (PS108)
[3] Scrap full sensor (PS109) [11] Stacker S3 (MS3)
[4] Entrance sensor (PS101) [12] Stacker door sensor (PS114)
[5] Trimmer motor (M102) [13] Stacker MS4 (MS4)
[6] Trimmer HP sensor (PS106) [14] Stacker full sensor (PS113)
[7] Press HP sensor (PS105) [15] Pusher HP sensor(PS112)
[8] Press motor (M105) [16] Pusher motor (M107)

[1]

[5]
[2]

[4]

[3]
8050fs6707

[1] Stopper movement motor(M103) [4] Stopper release motor (M104)


VI DIAGRAMS

[2] Conveyance sensor (PS102) [5] Stopper HP sensor (PS103)


[3] Stopper release HP sensor (PS104)

6-29
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

1.6 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 parts layout drawing

M801
Punch motor
PAPER EDGE SENSOR
Paper edge sensor
(PK-120 only)
PS802
PS804 Punch scraps full PS
Punch scraps box set PS
(PK-110 only) PS801
Punch HP PS

PS804
Punch scraps box set PS
(PK-120 only)

PKDB
Punch drive board
(PK-110 only) PS803
Punch shift HP PS
(PK-120 only)

PKDB M802
Punch drive board Punch shift motor
(PK-120 only) (PK-120 only)
FRONT 8050fs6119e
VI DIAGRAMS

2 6-30
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING


2.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 connector layout drawing
2.1.1 Relay connector

A. Main body rear side - 1

621 (W : 7 pin) 622 (W : 4 pin)

127 (BK : 8 pin)

128 (BK : 8 pin)


623 (GY : 18 pin)

493 (BK : 4 pin)

269 (W : 4 pin)

501 (W : 34 pin)

504 (W : 8 pin)

146 (W : 2 pin)

471 (W : 9 pin)
141 (W : 2 pin)

140 (W : 4 pin)

479 (W : 3 pin)

456 (W : 7 pin) 124 (BK : 8 pin)

457 (W : 4 pin) 123 (BK : 10 pin) 143 (W : 2 pin) 142 (W : 4 pin) 8050fs6107
VI DIAGRAMS

6-31 2
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

B. Main body rear side - 2

377 (W : 22 pin)

304 (W : 6 pin)

292 (W : 9 pin)
341 (W : 7 pin) 293 (W : 2 pin)
345 (W : 4 pin) 496 (W : 22 pin)
342 (W : 7 pin) 354 (W : 7 pin)
346 (W : 4 pin) 294 (W : 9 pin)

355 (W : 4 pin)
343 (W : 7 pin) 295 (W : 2 pin)
347 (W : 4 pin) 358 (W : 6 pin)
344 (W : 7 pin) 296 (W : 9 pin)
348 (W : 4 pin) 297 (W : 2 pin)

291 (W : 3 pin)
126 (BK : 10 pin)
298 (W : 9 pin)

299 (W : 2 pin)
125 (BK : 10 pin)

8050fs6108
VI DIAGRAMS

1 6-32
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

C. Main body upper side

703 (W : 6 pin) 161 (W : 4 pin)

614 (W : 3 pin) 617 (W : 9 pin) 615 (W : 6 pin)

701 (W : 26 pin)

492 (W : 4 pin) 487 (W : 4 pin) 8050fs6109

VI DIAGRAMS

6-33 1
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

D. Main body right side

652 (W : 2 pin) 653 (W : 2 pin) 654 (W : 2 pin) 655 (W : 2 pin)

443 (W : 12 pin)

466 (W : 8 pin)

465 (W : 11 pin)

452 (W : 8 pin)

8050fs6110
VI DIAGRAMS

1 6-34
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

E. Main body left side

754 (W : 3 pin)
(New type only)

751 (W : 6 pin)
(New type only)

468 (W : 6 pin)

469 (W : 6 pin)

483 (W : 6 pin)

482 (W : 12 pin)

8050fs6111e

F. Writing section

273 (W : 17 pin)

656 (W : 15 pin)

277 (W : 17 pin)

660 (W : 15 pin)

281 (W : 17 pin)

664 (W : 15 pin)

668 (W : 15 pin)
VI DIAGRAMS

285 (W : 17 pin)

8050fs6112

6-35 2
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

G. Process unit section

361 (BK : 60 pin) 367 (W : 12 pin)


366 (W : 8 pin)

8050fs6113

H. Toner supply section

170 (W : 12 pin) 171 (W : 6 pin)


741 (W : 8 pin)

8050fs6115
VI DIAGRAMS

1 6-36
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

I. Paper supply tray 1 to 3

566 (W : 2 pin)
567 (W : 2 pin)
568 (W : 2 pin)

401 (BK : 32 pin)


415 (BK : 32 pin)
429 (BK : 32 pin)
402 (W : 13 pin) 409 (W : 5 pin)
416 (W : 13 pin) 423 (W : 5 pin)
430 (W : 13 pin) 437 (W : 5 pin)
8050fs6116

J. ADU section

511 (W : 11 pin) 514 (W : 6 pin)


557 (W : 3 pin)
505 (W : 8 pin)

502 (W : 34 pin) 555 (W : 6 pin)

521 (W : 6 pin)

556 (W : 3 pin)

508 (W : 4 pin)

509 (W : 3 pin)

530 (B : 3 pin)
570 (W : 4 pin)
551 (BK : 3 pin)
552 (W : 3 pin) 554 (W : 3 pin) 8050fs6117
VI DIAGRAMS

6-37 1
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

K. Fixing section

130 (BK : 12 pin)

516 (W : 3 pin)

131 (BK : 12 pin)

8050fs6118
VI DIAGRAMS

1 6-38
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

2.1.2 Connector in the board

A. Printer control board

650 (W : 20 pin) 357 (W : 9 pin) 360 (W : 40 pin) 391 (GY : 18 pin)


651 (W : 20 pin) 384 (W : 30 pin)
572 (W : 10 pin)
(New type only)

340 (W : 28 pin) 700 (W : 26 pin)


572 (W : 10 pin)
(Old type only) 376 (W : 28 pin)
620 (BN : 7 pin) 564 (W : 2 pin)
600 (BN : 20 pin) 309 (W : 36 pin)
393 (W : 24 pin)

300 (BN : 18 pin) 573 (W : 3 pin)


353 (BN : 12 pin)
303 (W : 2 pin)

302 (W : 6 pin)
574 (W : 3 pin)

500 (BN : 34 pin)


467 (BN : 6 pin)

400 (BN : 32 pin)


2 (N.C.) 1 (N.C.)

4 (N.C.)

414 (B : 32 pin)
459 (W : 10 pin) 151 (GY : 8 pin)
36 (N.C.) 730 (W : 32 pin)
301 (W : 4 pin)
428 (BN : 30 pin)

464 (BN : 19 pin) 736 (W : 24 pin)


442 (W : 34 pin) 37 (N.C.) 150 (GY : 24 pin) 8050fs6033e

VI DIAGRAMS

6-39 2
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

B. AC drive board

120 (W : 5 pin)

156 (W : 5 pin) 121 (W : 8 pin)


152 (W : 11 pin)
153 (W : 4 pin)

155 (W : 5 pin) 157 (W : 4 pin) 8050fs6034

C. CCD drive board

511 (W : 50 pin) 8050fs6035

D. Conveyance drive board

534 (W : 12 pin) 536 (W : 6 pin) 3 (N.C.) 5 (N.C.) 539 (W : 22 pin)

524 (W : 7 pin)

518 (W : 15 pin) 569 (B : 4 pin) 513 (W : 6 pin)


548 (W : 6 pin) 507 (W : 6 pin)

527 (W : 15 pin) 1 (N.C.) 503 (W : 34 pin) 510 (W : 11 pin) 8050fs6036


VI DIAGRAMS

6-40
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

E. DC power unit/1

102 (W : 4 pin)

103 (W : 6 pin)

108 (W : 4 pin)

106 (W : 8 pin)
101 (W : 3 pin)
107 (W : 7 pin)

104 (W : 10 pin)

105 (W : 6 pin)

8050fs6037

F. DC power unit/2

111 (W : 12 pin)
110 (W : 4 pin)
112 (W : 6 pin)

113 (W : 4 pin)

114 (W : 9 pin)

115 (W : 8 pin)

8050fs6038

G. DC power unit/3

109 (W : 6 pin)

8050fs6100
VI DIAGRAMS

6-41
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

H. Drum drive board /Y, /M, /C, /K

316,323,330,337 (W : 3 pin)

313,320,327,334 (W : 6 pin) 312,319,326,333 (W : 2 pin)

311,318,325,332 (W : 9 pin) 8050fs6039

I. Fixing heater control board

158 (W : 4 pin)

8050fs6040

J. High voltage unit/1

731 (W : 8 pin)

732 (W : 8 pin)

735 (W : 3 pin)

733 (W : 8 pin)

734 (W : 8 pin)

8050fs6041
VI DIAGRAMS

6-42
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

K. High voltage unit/2

737 (W : 12 pin)

739 (W : 3 pin)

738 (W : 10 pin)

740 (N.C.)
8050fs6042

L. Image processing board

271 (W : 6 pin)

270 (BK : 60 pin)

260 (W : 68 pin)

253 (BK : 100 pin)

220 (W : 120 pin) 254 (BK : 120 pin)


272 (W : 34 pin)

280 (B : 34 pin)

9 (N.C.) 8 (N.C.) 8050fs6043


VI DIAGRAMS

6-43
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

M. Index sensor /Y, /M, /C, /K

274,278,282,286 (GY : 5 pin)

8050fs6044

N. L1 inverter board

606 (W : 3 pin)
?? (W : 4 pin)
8050fs6045

O. Laser drive board /Y, /M, /C, /K

275,279,283,287 (W : 12 pin)

8050fs6046

P. Memory board

141 (W : 40 pin)

142 (W : 20 pin)
8050fs6047
VI DIAGRAMS

6-44
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

Q. Overall control board

250 (W : 18 pin) 217 (BN : 50 pin) 258 (N.C.)

13 (N.C.)

251 (W : 16 pin) 252 (W : 4 pin)


9 (N.C.)

270 (W : 60 pin) 12 (N.C.)

257 (BK : 9 pin)

253 (W : 100 pin) 10 (N.C.)

256 (BK : 36 pin)

259 (BK : 4 pin)

255 (BK : 8 pin)


254 (W : 120 pin) 11 (N.C.)

6 (N.C.) 7 (N.C.)

5 (N.C.) 14 (N.C.) 8 (N.C.) 8050fs6048

R. OB inverter board

166 (W : 4 pin) 165 (W : 3 pin)


8050fs6049
VI DIAGRAMS

6-45
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

S. Operation board /1

176 (W : 6 pin) 173 (W : 6 pin) 172 (W : 12 pin)

175 (W : 4 pin)

174 (W : 14 pin)

8050fs6050

T. Operation board /2

162 (W : 3 pin)

8050fs6051

U. Operation board /3

158 (W : 3 pin)

8050fs6101
VI DIAGRAMS

6-46
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

V. Scanner drive board

607 (W : 3 pin) 609 (W : 14 pin) 1 (N.C.)

601 (W : 20 pin)

603 (W : 3 pin)

602 (W : 4 pin) 605 (W : 3 pin) 8050fs6052

W. Temperature detection board

670 (W : 3 pin)

8050fs6053

X. Toner supply drive board

704 (W : 6 pin) 724 (W : 18 pin)

702 (W : 26 pin)
711 (W : 8 pin)
726 (W : 12 pin)

706 (W : 6 pin)

705 (W : 7 pin) 708 (W : 11 pin) 8050fs6054

Y. Gamma sensor

558 (W : 5 pin)
VI DIAGRAMS

8050fs6055

6-47
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Z. Color registration board /F, /R

498 (W : 4 pin)
381 (W : 4 pin)

379 (W : 4 pin)
382 (W : 4 pin)
8050fs6056
VI DIAGRAMS

1 6-48
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

2.2 DF-319/AFR-20 connector layout drawing


A. DF drive board

14 (W : 9 pin) 13 (W : 15 pin)

3 (W : 7 pin)
12 (W : 5 pin)

1 (N.C.) 2 (W : 6 pin)

5 (W : 5 pin)
4 (W : 6 pin)
8 (N.C.)

7 (W : 9 pin) 10 (W : 8 pin) 6 (W : 2 pin) 8050fs6102

VI DIAGRAMS

6-49 2
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2.3 LT-211/C-208 connector layout drawing

802 (W : 10 pin) 807 (W : 14 pin)

5 (N.C.)
804 (W : 12 pin) 805 (W : 11 pin)

4 (N.C.)

800 (W : 6 pin)
808 (W : 2 pin)
3 (N.C.)
801 (W : 11 pin)
803 (W : 6 pin)

806 (W : 15 pin) 2 (N.C.) 1 (N.C.) 8050fs6103


VI DIAGRAMS

2 6-50
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

2.4 FS-115/FS-215/FN-120/FN-9/FS-513/FS-606 connector layout drawing


A. FNS control board

61 (W : 2 pin) 51 (W : 32 pin) 33 (W : 38 pin)

12 (W : 24 pin)
62 (W : 40 pin) 52 (W : 6 pin)
1 (W : 18 pin) 8 (W : 8 pin)
10 (W : 4 pin)
43 (W : 8 pin)
11 (W : 9 pin)
FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only

7 (W: 6 pin) 42 (W : 5 pin)


5 (W : 22 pin) FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only
6 (W : 5 pin) 41 (GY : 30 pin)
FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only

9 (W : 28 pin)
FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only
4 (W : 40 pin) 2 (W : 5 pin) 3 (W : 11 pin) 8050fs6104e

B. Relay board

6 (W : 30 pin) 5 (W : 30 pin)

10 (W : 8 pin)

4 (W : 24 pin) 8 (W : 34 pin)
FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only
9 (W : 2 pin) FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only
1 (W : 40 pin)
7 (W : 28 pin) FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only

2 (W : 22 pin) 3 (W : 28 pin) FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only 8050fs6105e


VI DIAGRAMS

6-51 2
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2.5 TU-109/TMG-3 connector layout drawing

402 (GY : 28 pin) 404 (GY : 18 pin) 406 (GY : 20 pin)

403 (W : 5 pin)
401 (GY : 40 pin) 405 (W : 4 pin)

408 (W : 3 pin)
407 (W : 2 pin)

409 (W : 4 pin) 8050fs6106

2.6 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 connector layout drawing


A. Punch control board

69 (W : 6 pin) 70 (W : 15 pin) 68 (W : 8 pin)

64 (W : 2 pin) 66 (GY : 9 pin)


65 (W : 5pin) 67 (W : 3 pin) 63 (GY : 38 pin) 8050fs6120

B. Paper edge sensor

25 (W : 7 pin)

8050fs6121
VI DIAGRAMS

2 6-52
Time (sec)
Item

3.1
Paper feed motor (M41)
Pick up solenoid /1 (SD7)
Paper feed clutch /1 (MC7)
Pre-registration clutch /1 (MC8)

Pre-registration sensor /1 (PS29)


Intermediate conveyance sensor /1 (PS27)
Intermediate conveyance sensor /2 (PS28)
Registration sensor (PS22)

Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 (MC13)


Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 (MC4)
Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 (MC5)

V_TOP

Loop roller motor (M31)


Register out roller motor (M30)
3. TIMING CHART

Fixing motor (M29) F


R

Fixing paper exit sensor (PS17)


Paper exit sensor (PS13)
Reverse/exit sensor (PS19)
ADU reverse sensor (PS21)
ADU conveyance (PS20)
ADU pre-registration sensor (PS23)

1st transfer pressure/release motor (M19)


2nd transfer pressure/release motor(M34)
Reverse/exit motor (M33) F
R

6-53
ADU reverse motor (M32) F
R
ument of 2 copies, paper feed tray /1 paper feed

Reverse/exit solenoid (SD4)


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

ADU conveyance clutch /1 (MC2)


ADU conveyance clutch /2 (MC1)
8050/CF5001/C500/8150 timing chart

ADU pre-registration clutch (MC3)

Drum motor /Y (M14)


Drum motor /M (M15)
Drum motor /C (M16)
Drum motor /K (M17)
Transfer belt motor (M18)

Charging /Y
Charging /M
Charging /C
Charging /K
Developer bias DC /Y
Developer bias DC /M
Developer bias DC /C
Developer bias DC /K

Developer bias AC /Y
Developer bias AC /M
Developer bias AC /C
Developer bias AC /K
1st transfer /Y
1st transfer /M
1st transfer /C
1st transfer /K

2nd transfer
Separation AC/DC
Transfer Drum separation claw solenoid (SD1)

8050fs6324

2
TIMING CHART

A. Full color, life size, ADF single sided original document of 2 sheets, double sided original doc-

VI DIAGRAMS
VI DIAGRAMS

2
3.2
0

No paper sensor PS304 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded
TIMING CHART

Registration sensor PS301 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded
Registration clutch MC301 OFF
ON
Paper feed motor M301 CW 300 mm/s
CW 67 mm/s
Stop
CCW 300 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s

Timing sensor PS302 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded

Conveyance motor M302 CW 710 mm/s


DF-319/AFR-20 timing chart

Stop
CCW 138 mm/s

6-54
CCW 300 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s

Reverse sensor PS305 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded

Reverse/exit motor M303 CW 710 mm/s


CW 400 mm/s
CW 350 mm/s
CW 150 mm/s
Stop
CCW 150 mm/s
CCW 400 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s
CCW 900 mm/s
A. A4, life size, single-sided original document, original document of 3 sheets (1/3)

Paper exit sensor PS306 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded

Reverse solenoid SD302 OFF


ON
Paper exit solenoid SD301 OFF

8050fs6310
ON
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
No paper sensor PS304 Paper unloaded
Paper loaded

Registration sensor PS301 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded

Registration clutch MC301 OFF


ON
Paper feed motor M301 CW 300 mm/s
CW 67 mm/s

Stop
CCW 300 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s

Timing sensor PS302 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded

Conveyance motor M302 CW 710 mm/s

Stop
CCW 138 mm/s

6-55
CCW 300 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Reverse sensor PS305 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded

Reverse/exit motor M303 CW 710 mm/s


CW 400 mm/s
CW 350 mm/s
CW 150 mm/s

Stop
CCW 150 mm/s
CCW 400 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s
CCW 900 mm/s
A. A4, life size, single sided original document, original document of 3 sheets (2/3)

Paper exit sensor PS306 Paper unloaded

Paper loaded

Reverse solenoid SD302 OFF


ON
Paper exit solenoid SD301 OFF

8050fs6311
ON
TIMING CHART

VI DIAGRAMS
VI DIAGRAMS

No paper sensor PS304 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded
Paper unloaded
TIMING CHART

Registration sensor PS301


Paper loaded

Registration clutch MC301 OFF


ON
Paper feed motor M301 CW 300 mm/s
CW 67 mm/s

Stop
CCW 300 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s

Timing sensor PS302 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded

Conveyance motor M302 CW 710 mm/s

Stop
CCW 138 mm/s

6-56
CCW 300 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s

Reverse sensor PS305 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded

Reverse/exit motor M303 CW 710 mm/s


CW 400 mm/s
CW 350 mm/s
CW 150 mm/s
Stop
CCW 150 mm/s
CCW 400 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s
CCW 900 mm/s
A. A4, life size, single sided original document, original document of 3 sheets (3/3)

Paper exit sensor PS306 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded

Reverse solenoid SD302 OFF


ON
Paper exit solenoid SD301 OFF

8050fs6312
ON
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
0

No paper sensor PS304 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded

Registration sensor PS301 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded

Registration clutch MC301 OFF


ON
Paper feed motor M301 CW 300 mm/s
CW 67 mm/s

Stop
CCW 300 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s

Timing sensor PS302 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded

Conveyance motor M302 CW 710 mm/s

Stop
CCW 138 mm/s

6-57
CCW 300 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Reverse sensor PS305 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded

Reverse/exit motor M303 CW 710 mm/s


CW 400 mm/s
CW 350 mm/s
CW 150 mm/s
Stop
CCW 150 mm/s
CCW 400 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s
CCW 900 mm/s

Paper unloaded
B. A4, life size, double sided original document, original document of 3 sheets (1/4)

Paper exit sensor PS306


Paper loaded

Reverse solenoid SD302 OFF


ON
Paper exit solenoid SD301 OFF

8050fs6313
ON
TIMING CHART

VI DIAGRAMS
VI DIAGRAMS

No paper sensor PS304 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded
Paper unloaded
TIMING CHART

Registration sensor PS301


Paper loaded

Registration clutch MC301 OFF


ON
Paper feed motor M301 CW 300 mm/s
CW 67 mm/s

Stop
CCW 300 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s

Timing sensor PS302 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded

Conveyance motor M302 CW 710 mm/s

Stop
CCW 138 mm/s

6-58
CCW 300 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s

Reverse sensor PS305 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded

Reverse/exit motor M303 CW 710 mm/s


CW 400 mm/s
CW 350 mm/s
CW 150 mm/s

Stop
CCW 150 mm/s
CCW 400 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s
CCW 900 mm/s
B. A4, life size, double sided original document, original document of 3 sheets (2/4)

Paper exit sensor PS306 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded
Reverse solenoid SD302 OFF
ON
Paper exit solenoid SD301 OFF

8050fs6314
ON
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
No paper sensor PS304 Paper unloaded
Paper loaded

Registration sensor PS301 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded

Registration clutch MC301 OFF


ON
Paper feed motor M301 CW 300 mm/s
CW 67 mm/s

Stop
CCW 300 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s

Timing sensor PS302 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded

Conveyance motor M302 CW 710 mm/s

Stop
CCW 138 mm/s

6-59
CCW 300 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Reverse sensor PS305 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded

Reverse/exit motor M303 CW 710 mm/s


CW 400mm/s
CW 350mm/s
CW 150mm/s

Stop
CCW 150mm/s
CCW 400 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s
CCW 900 mm/s

Paper exit sensor PS306 Paper unloaded


B. A4, life size, double sided original document, original documents of 3 sheets (3/4)

Paper loaded

Reverse solenoid SD302 OFF


ON
Paper exit solenoid SD301 OFF

8050fs6315
ON
TIMING CHART

VI DIAGRAMS
VI DIAGRAMS

No paper sensor PS304 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded
Paper unloaded
TIMING CHART

Registration sensor PS301


Paper loaded

Registration clutch MC301 OFF


ON
Paper feed motor M301 CW 300 mm/s
CW 67 mm/s

Stop
CCW 300 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s

Timing sensor PS302 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded
Conveyance motor M302 CW 710 mm/s

Stop
CCW 138 mm/s

6-60
CCW 300 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s

Reverse sensor PS305 Paper unloaded


Paper loaded
Reverse/exit motor M303 CW 710 mm/s
CW 400 mm/s
CW 350 mm/s
CW 150 mm/s

Stop
CCW 150 mm/s
CCW 400 mm/s
CCW 710 mm/s
CCW 900 mm/s

Paper exit sensor PS306 Paper unloaded


B. A4, life size, double sided original document, original document of 3 sheets (4/4)

Paper loaded

Reverse solenoid SD302 OFF


ON
Paper exit solenoid SD301 OFF

8050fs6316
ON
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
Time (sec)
3.3
Item 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Paper feed motor (M101)

Paper feed clutch (MC101)

Paper feed solenoid (SD100)


A. A4, single sided, 2-sheet paper feed
LT-211/C-208 timing chart

Pre-registration clutch (MC102)

6-61
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Paper feed sensor (PS107)

Feed sensor (PS106)

Intermediate conveyance sensor /1


(PS27)

Start button ON

8050fs6317

2
TIMING CHART

VI DIAGRAMS
VI DIAGRAMS

2
Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4
3.4
Item Code
FNS Entrance sensor PS704
TIMING CHART

670 mm/s
FNS Conveyance motor M701
400 mm/s
Shift motor M702
Shift HP sensor PS718
A
Paper exit opening solenoid SD704
253 mm/s
Paper exit roller motor M707
400 mm/s
Main tray paper exit sensor PS706
Tray upper limit sensor PS702
UP
Tray up/down motor M703
DOWN
FNS operation start signal ON Copy 1 Page 1 Copy 1 Page 2 Copy 2 Page 1

6-62
6 7 8 9 Time (sec)
Item Code
FNS Entrance sensor PS704
670 mm/s
A. Sort, A4, document of 2 sheets, 3-copy setting, single sided

FNS Conveyance motor M701


400 mm/s
FS-115/215/FN-120/9/FS-513/606 timing chart

Shift motor M702


Shift HP sensor PS718
A
Paper exit opening solenoid SD704
253 mm/s
Paper exit roller motor M707
400 mm/s
Main tray paper exit sensor PS706
Tray upper limit sensor PS702
UP
Tray up/down motor M703
DOWN
Copy 2 Page 2 Copy 3 Page 1 Copy 3 Page 2

8050fs6318
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
Time (sec) Code 0 1 2 3 4 5 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Item
FNS Entrance sensor PS704
FNS Conveyance drive motor 670 mm/s M701
Bypass gate solenoid SD705
Stacker entrance sensor PS705
Stacker entrance motor M713
Stack drive motor M722
Stack drive solenoid SD702
Alignment motor /U
Close
M705
Open
Stapler movement motor M711
Stapler, clincher motor /F M714, M715
A
Stapler, clincher motor /R M709, M710
Paper exit belt HP sensor PS709
Main tray paper exit sensor PS706
Paper exit opening solenoid SD704
950 mm/s
Paper exit roller motor 660 mm/s M707
280 mm/s
Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor
PS707
Tray up/down motor UP M703
DOWN
FNS operation start signal ON Copy 1 Page 1 Copy 1 Page 2 Copy 1 Page 3 Copy 1 Page 9 Copy 1 Page 10 Copy 1 Page 11 Copy 2 Page 1 Copy 2 Page 2 Copy 2 Page 3 Copy 2 Page 4

6-63
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Time (sec) Item Code
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

FNS Entrance sensor PS704


670 mm/s FNS conveyance drive motor M701
Bypass gate solenoid SD705
Stacker entrance sensor PS705
Stacker entrance motor M713
Stack drive motor M722
Stack drive solenoid SD702
Close Alignment motor /U
Open M705
B. Flat stapling at 2 points, A4, document of 11 sheets, 2-copy setting

A Stapler movement motor M711


Stapler, clincher motor /F M714, M715
Stapler, clincher motor /R M709, M710
Paper exit belt HP sensor PS709
Main tray paper exit sensor PS706
Paper exit opening solenoid SD704
950 mm/s
660 mm/s Paper exit roller motor M707
280 mm/s
Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor PS707
UP
Tray up/down motor M703
DOWN

8050fs6319
Copy 2 Page 9 Copy 2 Page 10 Copy 2 Page 11
TIMING CHART

VI DIAGRAMS
VI DIAGRAMS

Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Item Code
FNS Entrance sensor PS704
FNS Conveyance drive motor M701
Stacker Entrance sensor PS705
Stacker 670 mm/s
TIMING CHART

entrance motor 500 mm/s M713


Alignment HP sensor /U PS708
Alignment Close
motor /U Open M705
Alignment HP sensor /L PS724
Alignment motor /L Close M716
Open A
Stapler motor,clincher motor /F M714, M715
Stapler motor,clincher motor /R M709, M710
Stopper HP sensor PS723
Stopper motor Down M718
Up
Folding con- 670 mm/s
veyance motor 500 mm/s M720
Folding conveyance sensor PS725
Folding knife motor M719
Folding knife HP sensor PS722
Folding passage sensor PS726
Paper exit opening HP sensor PS712
Paper exit opening motor M706
FNS Operation Open start signal ON Copy 1 Page 1 Copy 1 Page 2 Copy 1 Page 3

6-64
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Time (sec) Item Code
FNS Entrance sensor PS704
FNS Conveyance motor M701
Stacker Entrance sensor PS705
670 mm/s Stacker entrance motor M713
500 mm/s
Alignment HP sensor /U PS708
Close Alignment motor /U
Open M705
Alignment HP sensor /L PS724
Close Alignment motor /L M716
Open
Stapler motor,clincher motor /F M714, M715
A
Stapler motor,clincher motor /R M709, M710
Stopper HP sensor PS723
Down Stopper motor
Up M718
400 mm/s Folding Conveyance motor
800 mm/s
M720
C. Stitch and fold, A4R, original document of 3 sheets, 2-copy setting, single sided

Folding conveyance sensor PS72


Folding knife motor M719
Folding knife HP sensor PS722
Folding passage sensor PS726
Paper exit opening HP sensor PS712
Paper exit opening HP sensor M708
Copy 2 Page 1 Copy 2 Page 2 Copy 2 Page 3

8050fs6320
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Item Code
Paper exit roller motor M707
Paper exit belt HP sensor PS709
FNS Entrance sensor PS704
Gate drive motor M712
Close
Alignment motor /U M705
Open
Close
Alignment motor /L M716
Open
Stacker Entrance sensor PS705 A
670 mm/s
Stacker entrance motor 500 mm/s
M713
Folding passage sensor PS726
Folding knife motor M719
Folding knife HP sensor PS722
FNS Conveyance motor M701
Stopper motor Down M718
Up
Three-folding gate solenoid SD706
Folding Conveyance motor M720
Folding exit sensor PS725

6-65
FNS operation start signal ON 16 17 18 19 20 Time (sec) Item Code
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Paper exit roller motor M707


Paper exit belt HP sensor PS709
FNS Entrance sensor PS704
Gate drive motor M712
Close
Alignment motor /U M705
Open
Close
Open Alignment motor /L M716

A Stacker Entrance sensor PS705


670 mm/s
Stacker entrance motor M713
500 mm/s
Folding passage sensor PS726
Folding knife motor M719
Folding knife HP sensor PS722
D. Three-folding, A4R, original document of 3 sheets, 2-copy setting, single sided

FNS Conveyance motor M701


Down
Stopper motor M718
Up
Three-folding gate solenoid SD706
Folding Conveyance motor M720
Folding exit sensor PS725

8050fs6321
TIMING CHART

VI DIAGRAMS
VI DIAGRAMS

2
3.5
TIMING CHART

Time (sec)
Code -52 -51 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93
Item
Folding Conveyance motor M720 (FNS)
Conveyance motor M101
A. Cutting mode, A3, 16 sheets, 2 copies
TU-109/TMG-3 timing chart

Entrance sensor PS101


Stopper motor M103
Conveyance sensor PS102

6-66
Press motor M105
Cutter motor M102
Stopper clear motor M104
Holder motor M106
Pressure motor M107
Paper exit sensor PS108
Copy 1 Copy 2

8050fs6322
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
Time (sec)
-52 -51 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93
Code Item
Folding Conveyance motor M720 (FNS)
Conveyance motor M101
B. Through mode, A3, 16 sheets, 2 copies

Entrance sensor PS101


Stopper motor M103

6-67
Conveyance sensor PS102
Press motor M105
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Cutter motor M102


Stopper clear motor M104
Holder motor M106
Pressure motor M107
Paper exit sensor PS108

Copy 1 Copy 2

8050fs6323
TIMING CHART

VI DIAGRAMS
VI DIAGRAMS

2
3.6
TIMING CHART

Symbol Items Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

PS37 Paper exit PS


M712 Gate drive motor PS
PS704 FNS entrance PS
Paper edge sensor
M802 Punch shift motor F
R
M801 Punch motor
PS801 Punch HP PS

M701 FNS conveyance motor

6-68
SD705 Bypass gate SD
PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 timing chart

PS705 Stacker entrance PS


M713 Stacker entrance motor
M705 Alignment motor /U CLOSE
OPEN
M714
M715 Stapler, clincher motor /F
M709
M710 Stapler, clincher motor /R
M707 Paper exit roller motor
PS709 Paper exit belt HP PS

PS706 Main tray paper exit PS


A. Punch, 2-staple flat stapling, A4, 2 sheets, 3 copies set, single sided

SD704 Paper exit SD

Start signal for FNS ON

8050fs6122
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

4. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM


4.1 DF-319/AFR-20 Overall Wiring Diagram

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A DFCB A
M301 PAPER FEED MOTOR
PAPER FEED
COVER SENSOR
PS303

B NO PAPER SENSOR
PS304 M302 CONVEYANCE MOTOR B
REGISTRATION
SENSOR
PS301

C TIMING SENSOR
M303 REVERSE/EXIT MOTOR C
PS302

TRAY OPEN/CLOSE
SENSOR
PS308
SIZE SENSOR BOARD
D D
SIZE SSB
SENSOR/L
PS310
REVERSE SOLENOID
SD302
SIZE
SENSOR/S
E PS309
PAPER EXIT SOLENOID
E
SD301

SIZE VR
VR301
REGISTRATION CLUTCH
MC301
F F
REVERSE SENSOR
PS305

PAPER EXIT
SENSOR
PS306
G G
PAPER EXIT
COVER SENSOR
PS307

H Symbol H

Connector Faston
Crimp Relay connector
I I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

6-69 2
OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Part name Location


DFCB RADF control board 4-A
M301 Paper feed motor 7-A
M302 Conveyance motor 7-B
M303 Reverse/exit motor 7-C
MC301 Registration clutch 7-F
PS301 Registration sensor 1-B
PS302 Timing sensor 1-C
PS303 Paper feed cover sensor 1-A
PS304 No paper sensor 1-B
PS305 Reverse sensor 1-F
PS306 Paper exit sensor 1-G
PS307 Paper exit cover sensor 1-G
PS308 Tray open/close sensor 1-D
PS309 Size sensor /S 1-E
PS310 Size sensor /L 1-D
SD301 Paper exit solenoid 7-E
SD302 Reverse solenoid 7-D
SSB Size sensor board 2-D
VR301 Size VR 1-E

6-70
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

4.2 LT-211/C-208 Overall Wiring Diagram

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

PAPER FEED MOTOR


A PAPER MIS-CENTERING SENSOR
FRONT DOOR UPPER COVER
OPEN/CLOSE OPEN/CLOSE
PRE-
REGIST-
A
TRAY DOWN SENSOR SENSOR
PAPER FEED RATION
SWITCH CLUTCH CLUTCH M101
PS120 PS115 PS100

CW/CCW
SW100 MC101 MC102

CONT
832-1
832-2
832-3

833-1
833-2
833-3

S.G.

P.G.
P.G.
CLK

24V
24V
H/L
LD
5V
810-10
810-1
810-2
810-3
810-4
810-5
810-6
810-7
810-8
810-9

815-10
815-11
B B

815-1
815-2
815-3
815-4
815-5
815-6
815-7
815-8
815-9
826-2-1
826-1-2

830-2-1
830-1-2
813-1
813-2
834-1
HTR100
834-2
835-1
HTR101
835-2 817-2 MS102

839-1-5
839-2-4

839-3-3
839-4-2
839-5-1
MAIN BODY 836-1
HTR102 817-1
836-2
816-2 MS101
816-1
C C
466-8
153-3 24VAC(H)
ACDB 153-4 24VAC(N)
466-7

466-6

802-1 VIDEO
802-2 SGND
802-3 5V2
802-4 -5V
802-5 SGND
802-6 SI
802-7 SGND
802-8 CLOCK
802-9 LED
802-10 24V2

804-1 DW_SW
804-2 SGND

804-9 24V2
804-10 CONT

804-11 24V2
804-12 CONT

805-1 5V2
805-2 SGND
805-3 LCTMCONT
805-4 LCTM_CLOCK
805-5 LCTM_F/R
805-6 LCTM_EM
805-7 LCTMGAIN
805-8 PGND
805-9 PGND
805-10 24V2
805-11 24V2
804-3 5V2
804-4 PS
804-5 SGND

804-6 5V2
804-7 PS
804-8 SGND
111-10 PGND 800-6 PGND
DCPS2 111-7 24V2
466-5
800-3 24V2

D 106-8 SGND
466-4
800-5 SGND
D
466-3
106-7 12V 800-2 12V
DCPS1 106-6 SGND
466-2
800-4 SGND
466-1
106-3 5V2 800-1 5V2

464-1 LTNP_SIG 465-1 801-11 LTNP_SIG

E 464-2 LTRP_SIG
464-3 LTSO_SIG
465-2
465-3
801-10 LTRP_SIG
801-9 LTSO_SIG
LTDB E
464-4 SGND 465-4 801-8 SGND
464-5 LTCCL 465-5 801-7 LTCCL
464-6 LTSSD 465-6 801-6 LTSSD
PRCB 465-7
464-7 LTRCL 801-5 LTRCL

808-1 DRIVE1
808-2 DRIVE2

806-13 SGND

806-10 SGND

807-14 SGND

807-11 SGND
806-7 SGND

806-4 SGND

806-1 SGND

807-6 SGND

807-3 SGND

807-2 CONT
465-8

803-4 DRIVE

803-1 DRIVE
803-6 PGND

803-3 PGND
803-5 LOCK

803-2 LOCK
801-4 LTSCL

806-15 5V2

806-12 5V2

807-12 5V2
464-8 LTSCL

806-9 5V2

806-6 5V2

806-3 5V2

807-9 5V2

807-8 5V2

807-5 5V2
806-14 PS

806-11 PS

807-13 PS

807-10 PS

807-1 24V
806-8 PS

806-5 PS

806-2 PS

807-7 PS

807-4 PS
464-9 SGND 465-9 801-3 SGND
465-10
F 464-10 SOUT(TXD)
464-11 SIN(RXD) 465-11
801-2 SIN(RXD)
801-1 SOUT(TXD) F

837-6-1

837-5-2

837-4-3

837-3-4

837-2-5

837-1-6

841-14-1
841-13-2
841-12-3

841-11-4
841-10-5

841-5-10
841-4-11
841-3-12

841-2-13
841-1-14
841-9-6

841-8-7
841-7-8
841-6-9
G G

812-3-1

812-2-2

812-1-3

811-3-1

811-2-2

811-1-3
H Symbol H

829-2-1
829-1-2
814-1
814-2

818-1
818-2
818-3

819-1
819-2
819-3

820-1
820-2
820-3

821-1
821-2
821-3

822-1
822-2
822-3

823-1
823-2
823-3

824-1
824-2
824-3

825-1
825-2
825-3

831-1
831-2
831-3
M136 M137
M100 PS101 PS102 PS103 PS104 PS105 PS106 PS107 PS108 PS109 SD100
PAPER FEED PAPER FEED
ASSIST FAN/F ASSIST FAN/R
UP/DOWN LOWER LIMIT REMAINING REMAINING REMAINING REMAINING FEED PAPER NO PAPER UPPER PAPER
Connector Faston MOTOR SENSOR PAPER PAPER PAPER PAPER SENSOR FEED SENSOR LIMIT FEED
SENSOR/1 SENSOR/2 SENSOR/3 SENSOR/4 SENSOR SENSOR SOLENOID
Crimp Relay connector
I I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

6-71 2
OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Part name Location


LT211 LT211 4-D
M101 Paper feed motor 8-A
M100 Up/down motor 5-H
M136 Paper feed assist fan/F 7-H
M137 Paper feed assist fan/R 7-H
MC101 Paper feed clutch 7-B
MC102 Pre-registration clutch 7-B
MS101 Front door interlock switch 9-C
MS102 Upper cover interlock switch 9-C
PS120 Paper mis-centering sensor 6-A
PS100 Upper cover open/close sensor 7-A
PS101 Lower limit sensor 5-H
PS102 Remaining paper sensor /1 5-H
PS103 Remaining paper sensor /2 6-H
PS104 Remaining paper sensor /3 6-H
PS105 Remaining paper sensor /4 6-H
PS106 Feed sensor 7-H
PS107 Paper feed sensor 8-H
PS108 No paper sensor 8-H
PS109 Upper limit sensor 8-H
PS115 Front door open/close sensor 7-A
SD100 Paper feed solenoid 8-H
SW100 Tray down switch 6-B
HTR100 Heater/1 5-B
HTR101 Heater/2 5-B
HTR102 Heater/3 5-C
LTDB LT drive board 4-D

6-72
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
4.3

1
1

150-1 100-2
150-2
7-A1 24V 8-1 24V 100-5
150-3
7-A2 24V 8-2 24V
ALIGNMENT 7-A3 A 100-1 FNS CONVEYANCE
M716 150-4 8-3 A 100-3 M701
MOTOR/L 150-5
7-A4 A 8-4 A MOTOR
7-A5 B 100-4
150-6 8-5 B 100-6
7-A6 B 8-6 B
172-1 191-4 4-A9 5V 142
ALIGNMENT HP 172-2 191-5 4-A8 PS 1 3 121-1
SENSOR/L PS724 172-3 191-6 12-A2 5V 2 2 121-2 FNS ENTRANCE
4-A7 GND 12-A8 PS 3 1 121-3 PS704 SENSOR
12-B5 GND
151-2 7-A7 24V
151-5 7-A8 24V
FOLDING STOPPER 151-4 7-A9 A
MOTOR M718 151-6 7-A10 A
151-3 1-A1 4-A1 24V
151-1
7-A11 B 1-A2 4-A2 24V 105
7-A12 B 1-A3 4-A3 24V 4 3
1-A4 4-A4 24V 12-B12 B 2 5
171-1 190-1 4-A6 5V 12-B11 B
FOLDING STOPPER 171-2 190-2
1-A5 4-A5 NC 3 4 GATE DRIVE
PS723 4-A5 PS 1-A6 4-A6 PGND 12-B10 A 1 6 M712
HP SENSOR 171-3 190-3 4-A4 GND 12-B9 A
1-A7 4-A7 PGND 6 1 MOTOR
1-A8 4-A8 PGND 12-B8 24V 5 2
1-A9 4-A9 PGND 12-B7 24V
FOLDING KNIFE 152-1 7-A13 24V 1-A10 4-A10 M713 CLOCK
MOTOR M719 152-2 7-A14 DRIVE 1-A11 4-A11 M713 RESET 123-1
1-A12 4-A12 M713 CONT 12-A4 5V 123-2
153-1 1-A13 4-A13 M704 A 12-A10 PS GATE HP SENSOR

2
2

123-3 PS716
170-1 4-A3 5V 1-A14 4-A14 M704 A 12-B3 GND
FOLDING KNIFE 170-2 1-A15 4-A15 M704 B
PS722 4-A2 PS
HP SENSOR 170-3 4-A1 GND 1-A16 4-A16 M704 B
1-A17 4-A17 M705 A
1-A18 4-A18 M705 A
153-1 1-A19 4-A19 M705 B
153-7
7-B1 5V
7-B2 BRAKE 1-A20 4-A20 M705 B
153-3 7-B3 CONT 1-B1 4-B1 SG
153-4 7-B4 CLOCK 1-B2 4-B1 SG
153-6 7-B5 PLL 1-B3 4-B3 SG
FOLDING CONVEYANCE 153-5
M720 7-B6 F/R 1-B4 4-B4 5V
MOTOR 153-10 7-B7 24V 1-B5 4-B5 5V
153-11 7-B8 24V 1-B6 4-B6 5V
153-8 7-B9 PGND 1-B7 4-B7 M711 A
153-9 7-B10 PGND 1-B8 4-B8 M711 A 102-1
153-2 7-B11 SGND 1-B9 4-B9 M711 B 10-1 24V 102-2 SHIFT MOTOR
1-B10 4-B10 M711 B 10-2 DRIVE M702
THREE-FOLDING GATE 160-1 7-B13 24V 1-B11 4-B11 M706 A
SD706 160-2 7-B14 CONT 1-B12 4-B12 M706 A
SOLENOID 1-B13 127-1
4-B13 M706 B 11-3 5V

FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 ONLY
1-B14 4-B14 M706 B 127-2
1-B15 11-6 PS 127-3 PS718 SHIFT HP SENSOR
4-B15 M709 CONT 11-9 GND
173-1 191-1 1-B16 4-B16 M709 F/R
FOLDING EXIT 4-A12 5V 1-B17 4-B17 M710 CONT
173-2 191-2 4-A11 PS
SENSOR PS725 173-3 191-3 1-B18 4-B18 M714 CONT
4-A10 GND 1-B19 4-B19 M714 F/R
1-B20 4-B20 M715 CONT

3
3

174-1 193-1 2-A1 5-A1 PS705


FOLDING PASSAGE 4-B3 5V 2-A2 5-A2 PS708
174-2 193-2 4-B2 PS
SENSOR PS726 174-3 193-3 2-A3 5-A3 PS709
4-B1 GND 2-A4 5-A4 PS711
2-A5 5-A5 PS713
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2-A6 5-A6 PS714 104-1


FOLDING FULL 175-1 194-2 4-B6 5V 2-A7 5-A7 PS720 1-A1 5V 104-2 NC
2-A8 5-A8 F_CHP 104-3
LED LED729 175-3 194-1 4-B4 GND 2-A9 5-A9 R_CHP 1-A3 P/S 104-4
2-A10 5-A10 1-A4 CLOCK 104-5
2-A11 5-A11 1-A5 F/R 104-6 PAPER EXIT
2-B1 5-B1 1-A6 LOCK
176-1 9-2 GND 2-B2 104-7 NC M707 ROLLER MOTOR
FOLDING FULL 5-B2 F_LS 1-A7 H/L 104-8
PS729 2-B3 5-B3 F_DHP 1-A8 PGND
SENSOR 176-3 9-1 PS 2-B4 104-9
5-B4 F_CS 1-A9 PGND
2-B5 5-B5 F_LST 104-10
1-B2 24V 104-11
2-B6 5-B6 F_CD 1-B1 24V
179-4 5-B12 24V 2-B7 5-B7 R_LS
CLINCHER DRIVE2 179-3 2-B8 5-B8 R_DHP
MOTOR/R M710 179-2
5-B13 24V 101-1 PAPER EXIT
DRIVE2 5-B14 M710 DRIVE2 2-B9 5-B9 R_CS 8-8 DRIVE 101-2
179-1 5-B15 M710 DRIVE2 2-B10 5-B10 R_LST 8-7 24V M708 OPENING MOTOR
SGND 179-5 5-B4 SGND 2-B11 5-B11 R_CD
CLINCHER HP PS 179-6 122-1
PS732 179-7
5-B5 PS732 12-A3 5V PAPER EXIT
SENSOR/R 122-2
FS-115/215/FN-120/9/FS-513/606 Overall Wiring Diagram

5V 5-B6 5V 12-A9 PS 122-3 PS712 OPENING


12-B4 GND HP SENSOR
178-4 5-B8 24V
CLINCHER 178-3 3-A1 NC 9-A1 SUBIN5PI 110
DRIVE2 5-B9 24V

4
3-A2
4

M715 DRIVE2 178-2 9-A2 SD706 CONT


MOTOR/F 5-B10 M715 DRIVE2 3-A3 9-A3 PS722 10-3 24V PAPER EXIT
178-1 5-B11 M715 DRIVE2 10-4 DRIVE SD704
178-5 3-A4 9-A4 PS723 OPENING SOLENOID
CLINCHER HP SGND 178-6
5-B1 SGND 3-A5 9-A5 PS724
SENSOR/F PS733 PS 178-7
5-B2 PS733 3-A6 9-A6 PS725
5V 5-B3 5V 3-A7 9-A7 PS726
3-A8 9-A8 PS729
154-1 5-A1 24V 3-A9 9-A9 PS730
154-2 3-A10 SGND 9-A10 BMSET 125-1
154-5
5-A2 24V 3-A11 9-A11 M716 A 11-1 5V 125-2
CLINCHER ROTATION 5-A3 A 11-4 PS MAIN TRAY PAPER
M704 154-6 5-A4 A 3-A12 9-A12 M716 A 125-3 PS706 EXIT SENSOR
MOTOR 154-3 3-A13 9-A13 M716 B 11-7 GND
154-4
5-A5 B 3-A14 9-A14 M716 B
5-A6 B 3-B1 9-B1 M719 DRIVE1
3-B2 9-B2 M719 DRIVE2
3-B3 NC 9-B3 SUBOUT1
3-B4 9-B4 M718 MODE
3-B5 9-B5 M718 CLOCK
177-3 5-A15 5V 3-B6 9-B6 M718 RESET
CLINCHER ROTATION 177-2 3-B7 9-B7 M718 F/R
PS714 5-A14 IN
HP SENSOR 177-1 5-A13 SGND 3-B8 9-B8 M718 CONT1
3-B9 9-B9 M718 CONT2
180-11 3-B10 9-B10 M720 BRAKE
DRIVE1 180-12
8-A1 M709 DRIVE1 3-B11 9-B11 M720 CONT
STAPLER MOTOR/R DRIVE1 180-8
8-A2 M709 DRIVE1 3-B12 9-B12 M720 CLOCK
M709 DRIVE2 8-A3 M709 DRIVE2 3-B13 9-B13 M720 PLL
180-9 106-1
FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 ONLY

DRIVE2 180-6
8-A4 M709 DRIVE2 3-B14 9-B14 M720 F/R 2-1 DRIVE-F TRAY UP/DOWN
SGND 8-A5 5V 106-2 M703
180-3 2-2 DRIVE-R MOTOR

5
5

STAPLER HP SENSOR/R PS730 PS 180-5


8-A6 R_LS
5V 180-2
8-A7 PS730
R_CST 180-4
8-A8 R_CS
CARTRIDGE SWITCH/R SW701 5V 180-1
8-A9 R_CST-IN
8-A10 R_CD 130-1
R_LS 180-7 8-A11 SGND 2-3 5V
STAPLE SWITCH/R SW702 130-2 TRAY LOWER
5V 2-4 PS 130-3 PS703
2-5 GND LIMIT SENSOR

DRIVE1 181-11 8-B1 M714 DRIVE1


181-12 131-1
DRIVE1 8-B2 M714 DRIVE1 3-1 5V 131-2 TRAY UPPER
STAPLER MOTOR/F M714 181-8 3-4 PS
DRIVE2 181-9
8-B3 M714 DRIVE2 131-3 PS702 LIMIT SENSOR
DRIVE2 8-B4 M714 DRIVE2 3-7 GND
181-6 8-B5 5V
SGND 181-3
STAPLER HP SENSOR/F PS 8-B6 F_LS
PS731 181-5 132-1
5V 8-B7 PS731 3-2 5V 132-2 STAPLER PAPER EXIT
181-2 8-B8 F_CS 3-5 PS
F_CST 181-4 8-B9 F_CST-IN
132-3 PS707 UPPER LIMIT SENSOR
CARTRIDGE SWITCH/F SW703 5V 181-1
3-8 GND
181-7
8-B10 F_CD
F_LS 8-B11 SGND 133-1
STAPLE SWITCH/F SW704 5V 3-3 5V 133-2 COUNTER RESET
3-6 PS 133-3 PS715
156-1 3-9 GND SENSOR
156-2
8-A12 24V
156-5
8-A13 24V
STAPLER ROTATION 8-A14 A 111-1 BY-PASS GATE
M706 156-6 8-A15 A 3-10 24V 111-2
MOTOR 156-3 3-11 DRIVE SD705
8-A16 B SOLENOID
156-4 8-A17 B

6
6

182-3 8-B17 GND


STAPLER ROTATION 182-2
PS713 8-B16 PS
HP SENSOR 182-1 8-B15 5V

155-1 5-A7 24V


155-2 5-A8 24V
STAPLER MOVEMENT 155-5 5-A9 A
MOTOR M711 155-6 5-A10 A
155-3 5-A11 B
155-4 5-A12 B
103-4
1-B8 B 104-3
187-1 199-3 1 1-B7 B
STAPLER MOVEMENT 187-2 199-2 2 6-B6 5V 104-6 SUB-TRAY PAPER
PS711 6-B5 PS 1-B6 A 104-5 M721
HP SENSOR 187-3 199-1 3 1-B5 A EXIT MOTOR
6-B4 GND 104-2
1-B4 24V 104-1
157-1
RB

157-2 6-A1 24V 1-B3 24V


FNS CB

157-3 6-A2 24V


ALIGNMENT 6-A3 A 141
MOTOR/U M705 157-4
157-5 6-A4 A 1 4 120-1
6-A5 B 12-A1 5V 2 3 120-2 SUB-TRAY PAPER
157-6 12-A7 PS
6-A6 B 3 2 120-3 PS701 EXIT SENSOR
12-B6 GND
7
7

ALIGNMENT HP 183-1 195-6 4


183-2 195-5 5 6-A9 5V 140
SENSOR/U PS708 183-3 195-4 6 6-A8 PS 124-1
6-A7 GND 1 3
12-A5 5V 2 2 124-2 SUB-TRAY
158-1 12-A11 PS 3 1 124-3 PS719
6-B10 24V 12-B2 GND FULL SENSOR
158-6
158-3 6-B11 24V
STACKER ENTRANCE 6-B12 A
M713 158-4
MOTOR 158-5 6-B13 A
158-6 6-B14 B
6-B15 B
186-1 198-3 1
STACKER ENTRANCE 186-2 198-2 2 6-B3 5V
PS705 186-3 198-1 3 6-B2 PS
SENSOR 6-B1 GND
6-73

184-1 195-9 1
PAPER EXIT BELT 184-2 195-8 2 6-A12 5V
HP SENSOR PS709 184-3 195-7 3 6-A11 PS 29-2
6-A10 GND 6-1 24V-PS FNS INTERLOCK
185-1 195-3 7 29-1 MS701 SWITCH
STACKER NO PAPER 185-2 195-2 8 6-A15 5V
SENSOR PS720 185-3 195-1 9 6-A14 PS
6-A13 GND
10-8 CONT
10-7 24V
10-6 N.C.
10-5 N.C.
10-4 N.C.
10-3 DRIVE
10-2 N.C.
10-1 24V

753-1
1-1 24V
8
8

753-2
6-2 5V 753-3 1-2 5V
6-3 SGND 1-3 SGND
6-4 PGND 753-4
753-5 1-4 PGND
6-5 PGND 753-6 1-5 PGND
1-6 FGND
113-2
113-1
111-2
111-1

752-1 752-6 106-1 MTXD


7-1 SRXD 752-2 752-5
7-2 SGND 106-2 SGND
752-3 752-4
Crimp

7-3 SRTS 106-3 MCTS


752-4 752-3 106-4 MRXD
7-4 STXD
Symbol

752-5 752-2 106-5 SGND


7-5 SGND 752-6 752-1
MAIN BODY

7-6 SCTS 106-6 MRTS1


M722

Connector
SD702

9
9

Relay connector
Faston
STACKING ASSIST MOTOR

STACKING ASSIST SOLENOID

I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

2
OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location


FNSCB FNS control board 1-C PS718 Shift HP sensor 3-B
M701 FNS conveyance motor 1-A PS719 Sub-tray full sensor 7-A
M702 Shift motor 3-A PS720 Stacker no paper sensor 8-H
M703 Tray up/down motor 5-B PS722 Folding knife HP sensor 2-H
M704 Clincher rotation motor 4-H PS723 Folding stopper HP sensor 2-H
M705 Alignment motor/U 7-H PS724 Alignment HP sensor/L 1-H
M706 Stapler rotation motor 6-H PS725 Folding exit sensor 3-H
M707 Paper exit roller motor 3-A PS726 Folding passage sensor 3-H
M708 Paper exit opening motor 4-A PS729 Folding full sensor 3-H
M709 Stapler motor/R 5-H PS730 Stapler HP sensor/R 5-H
M710 Clincher motor/R 4-H PS731 Stapler HP sensor/F 5-H
M711 Stapler movement motor 6-H PS732 Clincher HP sensor/R 4-H
M712 Gate drive motor 2-B PS733 Clincher HP sensor/F 4-H
M713 Stacker entrance motor 7-H LED729 Folding full LED 3-H
M714 Stapler motor/F 5-H SW701 Cartridge switch/R 5-H
M715 Clincher motor/F 4-H SW702 Staple switch/R 5-H
M716 Alignment motor/L 1-H SW703 Cartridge switch/F 6-H
M718 Folding stopper motor 2-H SW704 Staple switch/F 6-H
M719 Folding knife motor 2-H
M720 Folding conveyance motor 2-H
M721 Sub-tray paper exit motor 7-A
M722 Stacking assist motor 9-E
SD702 Stacking assist solenoid 9-E
SD704 Paper exit opening solenoid 4-B
SD705 Bypass gate solenoid 6-B
SD706 Three-folding gate solenoid 3-H
MS701 FNS interlock switch 8-A
PS701 Sub-tray paper exit sensor 7-A
PS702 Tray upper limit sensor 5-B
PS703 Tray lower limit sensor 5-B
PS704 FNS entrance sensor 1-A
PS705 Stacker entrance sensor 7-H
PS706 Main tray paper exit sensor 4-B
PS707 Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor 6-B
PS708 Alignment HP sensor/U 7-H
PS709 Paper exit belt HP sensor 8-H
PS711 Stapler movement HP sensor 7-H
PS712 Paper exit opening HP sensor 4-A
PS713 Stapler rotation HP sensor 6-H
PS714 Clincher rotation HP sensor 5-H
PS715 Counter reset sensor 6-B
PS716 Gate HP sensor 2-A

6-74
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

4.4 TU-109/TMG-3 Overall Wiring Diagram

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A A

B B

C C

D D

E E

F F

G G

H Symbol H

Connector Faston
Crimp Relay connector
I I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

6-75 2
OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Part name Location


CBR Circuit breaker 2-H
Coil Coil 4-H
DCPS DC power supply unit 5-H
LED101 Scraps full LED 2-D
M101 Conveyance motor 1-D
M102 Trimmer motor 3-D
M103 Stopper motor 3-C
M104 Stopper release motor 3-C
M105 Press motor 5-D
M106 Holder motor 7-B
M107 Pusher motor 7-B
M108 Scraps removal motor 1-C
MS2 Front door MS 3-H
MS3 Stacker MS3 6-D
MS4 Stacker MS4 7-D
PS101 Entrance PS 2-D
PS102 Conveyance PS 4-D
PS103 Stopper HP PS 4-D
PS104 Stopper release HP PS 4-D
PS105 Press HP PS 5-D
PS106 Trimmer HP PS 3-D
PS107 Scraps box detection PS 2-D
PS108 Exit PS 6-D
PS109 Scraps full PS 2-D
PS110 Upper limit PS 6-D
PS111 Lower limit PS 6-D
PS112 Pusher PS 6-D
PS113 Stacker full PS 5-C
PS114 Stacker door PS 5-C
RL1 Relay 1 2-H
RL2 Relay 2 2-H
TUDB TU drive board 1-E

6-76
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
4.5

1
1

2
2

CN62-A 1 5V CN63-A 1 5V
CN62-A 2 5V CN63-A 2 5V
CN62-A 3 CN63-A 3 OUT-1 P
CN62-A 4 CN63-A 4 OUT-2 P
CN62-A 5 CN63-A 5 OUT-3 P
CN62-A 6 CN63-A 6 OUT-4 P
CN62-A 7 CN63-A 7 OUT-5 P CN551-1
CN65-1 M801 DRV1
CN62-A 8 CN63-A 8 OUT-6 P CN551-2 M801 PUNCH MOTOR
CN65-2 M801 DRV2
CN62-A 9 CN63-A 9 OUT-7 P
CN62-A10 CN63-A10 OUT-8 P
CN62-A11 CN63-A11 OUT-9 P
CN62-A12 CN63-A12 OUT-10 P
CN62-A13 N.C. CN63-A13 N.C.
CN62-A14 CN63-A14 PS801 L

3
3

CN62-A15 N.C. CN63-A15 N.C.


CN62-A16 N.C. CN63-A16 N.C.
CN62-A17 CN63-A17 PS802 IN H
PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 Overall Wiring Diagram
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

CN62-A18 CN63-A18 PS804 IN H


CN62-A19 N.C. CN63-A19 N.C.
CN62-A20 N.C. CN63-A20 N.C.
CN62-B 1 N.C. CN63-B 1 N.C.
CN62-B 2 N.C. CN63-B 2 N.C.
CN62-B 3 PKSET2 CN63-B 3 PKSET2 L
CN62-B 4 PKSET CN63-B 4 PKSET L
P CN62-B 5 SIG_1 CN63-B 5
P CN62-B 6 SIG_2 CN63-B 6 CN501-1

FNS CB
CN65-3 PS801 5V PUNCH HP
P CN62-B 7 SIG_3 CN63-B 7 CN501-2
H CN65-4 PS801 IN PS801
P CN62-B 8 SIG_4 CN63-B 8 CN501-3 SENSOR
CN65-5 PS801 SG
P CN62-B 9 SIG_5 CN63-B 9
P CN62-B10 SIG_6 CN63-B10
P CN62-B11 SIG_7 CN63-B11
P CN62-B12 SIG_8 CN63-B12

4
4

P CN62-B13 SIG_9 CN63-B13


P CN62-B14 SIG_10 CN63-B14
CN62-B15 M801CONT CN63-B15
CN62-B16 M801F/R CN63-B16
CN62-B17 N.C. CN63-B17 N.C.
CN62-B18 N.C. CN63-B18 N.C.
CN62-B19 SG CN63-B19 SG
CN62-B20 SG CN63-B20 SG

CN61-1 24V CN64-1 24V CN504-1


CN68-1 5V
CN61-2 PG CN64-2 PG CN504-2
L CN68-2 IN1
CN504-3
L CN68-3 IN2
CN504-4 PAPER EDGE
L CN68-4 IN3
CN504-5
L CN68-5 IN4 SENSOR
CN504-6
L CN68-6 IN5
CN504-7
CN68-7 SG
CN68-8 N.C.

5
5

CN504-1
CN66-2 PS804 5V PUNCH SCRAPS
CN504-2
H CN66-5 PS804 IN PS804
CN504-3 BOX SET SENSOR
CN66-8 PS804 SG

CN66-3 5V NC
CN66-6 IN NC
CN66-9 SG NC
CN531-3 CN531-1 CN502-1
CN66-1 PS802 5V PUNCH SCRAPS
CN531-2 CN531-2 CN502-2 PS802
H CN66-4 PS802 IN CN531-1 CN531-3 CN502-3
CN66-7 PS802 SG FULL SENSOR

6
6

PKDB

CN158-3
7
7

CN69-1 24V
CN158-9
CN69-2 24V
CN158-1 PUNCH SHIFT
P CN69-3 M802 DRVA
CN158-5 M802
P CN69-4 M802 DRVA MOTOR
CN158-7
P CN69-5 M802 DRVB
CN158-11
P CN69-6 M802 DRVB
6-77

CN505-1
CN67-1 PS803 5V PUNCH SHIFT HP
CN505-2
H CN67-2 PS803 IN PS803
CN505-3 SENSOR
CN67-3 PS803 SG
8
8

Crimp
Symbol

Connector

9
9

Relay connector
Faston

I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

2
OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Part name Location


PKDB Punch drive board 2-D
FNS CB FNS control board 2-H
M801 Punch motor 3-B
PS801 Punch HP PS 4-B
— Paper edge sensor 5-B
PS804 Paper scraps box set PS 5-B
PS802 Paper scraps full PS 6-B
M802 Punch shift motor 7-A
PS803 Punch shift HP PS 8-B

6-78 2
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
5.1

F/G
623-1-1

F/G
623-1B-8B
24V
623-2B-7B

1
24V
1
623-3B-6B
PGND
623-4B-5B
PGND
5. APPENDIX

622-3-3 623-5B-4B

15
5V
622-4-4 623-6B-3B

16
5V
622-1-1 623-7B-2B

114
SGND
622-2-2 623-8B-1B

115
SGND
621-7-1 623-9A-1A

134
DTXD
621-6-2 623-8A-2A

135
SGND
621-5-3 623-7A-3A

136
CTS
621-4-4 623-6A-4A
ADF (OPTION)

137
DRXD
621-3-5 623-5A-5A

138
SGND
621-2-6 623-4A-6A

139
RTS

2
2

621-1-7 623-3A-7A

140
DSET
623-2A-8A

623-1A-9A

603-1 U 604-7

141
601-20
604-6

142
601-19 604-5

143
601-18 604-4 SCANNER
M1

603-2 V 604-3

144
601-17 MOTOR
604-2

145
601-16 604-1
603-3 W

146
601-15

147
601-14
617-9-1 606-1
605-1 24V4

148
601-13

149
601-12
617-8-2 606-2
605-2 CONT EXPOSURE

150
601-11
L1

L1 INVB

LAMP

151
601-10

3
3

617-7-3 606-3
605-3 PGND

152
601-9

153
601-8

154
617-6-4 615-6-1 612-3
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

601-7
274-5 273-17 - 1 272-17A IDXYJTB 609-7 5V2

155
601-6 617-5-5 615-5-2 612-2
274-4 273-16 - 2 609-8 PS APS

156
272-16A SGND 601-5
PS3

617-4-6 615-4-3 612-1 SENSOR/S

157
274-3 273-15 - 3 272-15A LDYIDX 601-4 609-9 SGND

158
601-3
274-2 273-14 - 4 272-14A SGND 617-3-7 615-3-4 613-3

159
601-2 609-10 5V2

INDEX SB Y
MU-412
274-1 273-13 - 5 272-13A LD5V

160
601-1 617-2-8 615-2-5 613-2 APS
609-11 PS

(OPTION)
PS4

275-12 273-12 - 6 272-12A LDYJTB 617-1-9 615-1-6 613-1 SENSOR/L


609-12 SGND
8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (1/8)

SCDB

275-11 273-11 - 7 272-11A MPCYLD


11 602-1 5V2
275-10 273-10 - 8
12
272-10A MPCYDI 602-2 SGND
614-3-1 610-3
275-9 273- 9 - 9 609-1 SGND
13
272-9A MPCYCK 602-3 24V2
614-2-2 610-2 SCANNER HP
275-8 273- 8 - 10 609-2 PS
14
272-8A /ALMYRST 602-4 PGND
PS1

614-1-3 610-1 SENSOR

4
4

275-7 273- 7 - 11 609-3 5V2


272-7A /LDYALM
275-6 273- 6 - 12 611-3
272-6A PWMY- 609-4 SGND

LDB Y
275-5 273- 5 - 13 611-2
272-5A PWMY+ 609-5 PS APS TIMING
PS2

275-4 273- 4 - 14 611-1 SENSOR


272-4A /LDYENB 609-6 5V2
275-3 273- 3 - 15 272-3A /S/H_Y 616-2
609-13 SIG
275-2 273- 2 - 16 272-2A SGND 616-1 RESET SWITCH
609-14 SGND
RS1

275-1 273- 1 - 17 272-1A LD5V 608-3-1


607-1 CONT

608-2-2
278-5 277-17 - 1 607-2 EM SCANNER
M2

272-17B IDXMJTB COOLING FAN


278-4 277-16 - 2 608-1-3
272-16B SGND 607-3 PGND
278-3 277-15 - 3 272-15B LDMIDX
278-2 277-14 - 4 272-14B SGND

INDEX SB M

5
5

278-1 277-13 - 5 272-13B LD5


279-12 277-12 - 6 272-12B LDMJTB
279-11 277-11 - 7 272-11B MPCMLD
279-10 277-10 - 8 272-10B MPCMDI
279-9 277- 9 - 9
IFB

272-9B MPCMCK
HDD

CN220(PCi B to B)

279-8 277- 8 - 10 272-8B /ALMMRST


279-7 277- 7 - 11 272-7B /LDMALM
279-6 277- 6 - 12 272-6B PWMM-

LDB M
279-5 277- 5 - 13 272-5B PWMM+
279-4 277- 4 - 14 272-4B /LDMENB
HD-106 (OPTION)

279-3 277- 3 - 15 272-3B /S/H_Y


279-2 277- 2 - 16 272-2B SGND
279-1 277- 1 - 17

6
6

HD

272-1B LD5V
-106

269-1
266-1 12V
282-5 281-17 - 1 280-17A IDXCJTB 269-2
266-2 SGND
IPB 1/2

282-4 281-16 - 2 280-16A SGND 269-3


131

266-3 SGND
282-3 281-15 - 3 280-15A LDCIDX 269-4
132 133 130

266-4 5V2
282-2 281-14 - 4 280-14A SGND
INDEX SB C

282-1 281-13 - 5 280-13A LD5V


283-12 281-12 - 6 280-12A LDCJTB
269-5
283-11 281-11 - 7 280-11A MPCCLD 267-1 12V
269-6
283-10 281-10 - 8 280-10A MPCCDI 267-2 SGND
269-7
283-9 281- 9 - 9 280-9A MPCCCK 267-3 SGND
HDD

269-8
136 137 135 134

283-8 281- 8 - 10 280-8A /ALMCRST 267-4 5V2


283-7 281- 7 - 11
7
7

280-7A /LDCALM
SCANNER UNIT 1/2

283-6 281- 6 - 12 280-6A PWMC-


LDB C
138

280-1 SGND
283-5 281- 5 - 13 280-5A PWMC+
280-2 SGND
283-4 281- 4 - 14 280-4A /LDCENB
139 140

280-3 5V3
283-3 281- 3 - 15 280-3A /S/H_C
141

280-4 5V3
283-2 281- 2 - 16 280-2A SGND
283-1 281- 1 - 17 280-1A LD5V
260-B34 GND
260-B33 N.C
260-B32 WAKEUP-
286-5 285-17 - 1 260-B31 CPRDY+
280-17B IDXKJTB 260-B30 CTS-
Appendix-1

286-4 285-16 - 2 260-B29 RXD+


280-16B SGND 260-B28 ONLINE-
286-3 285-15 - 3 260-B27 AC_DOWN+
280-15B LDKIDX 260-B26 ENG_SLP-
286-2 285-14 - 4 260-B25 ENG_SET+
280-14B SGND 260-B24 RTS-
260-B23 TXD+
INDEX SB K

286-1 285-13 - 5
8
8

280-13B LD5V 260-B22 PSIG0-


287-12 285-12 - 6 260-B21 GND
280-12B LDKJTB 260-B20 PSIG1-
287-11 285-11 - 7 260-B19 PSIG2-
280-11B MPCKLD 260-B18 GND
287-10 285-10 - 8 260-B17 PCLK-
280-10B MPCKDI 260-B16 PSIG3-
287-9 285- 9 - 9 260-B15 GND
280-9B MPCKCK 260-B14 PSIG4-
287-8 285- 8 - 10 260-B13 PSIG5-
280-8B /ALMKRST 260-B12 GND
287-7 285- 7 - 11 260-B11 PSIG6-
IP-921 (OPTION) 1/2

280-7B /LDKALM 260-B10 PSIG7-


287-6 285- 6 - 12 260-B8 SSIG3+
280-6B PWMK- 260-B7 SCLK+
LDB K

287-5 285- 5 - 13 260-B5 SSIG2+


280-5B PWMK+ 260-B4 SSIG1+
287-4 285- 4 - 14 260-B3 GND
280-4B /LDKENB 260-B2 SSIG0+
287-3 285- 3 - 15 260-B1 GND
280-3B /S/H_K 260-A34 GND
IP-901(OPTION) 1/2

287-2 285- 2 - 16 260-A33 N.C


280-2B SGND 260-A32 WAKEUP+
287-1 285- 1 - 17 260-A31 CPRDY-
280-1B LD5V 260-A30 CTS+
9
9

260-A29 RXD-
260-A28 ONLINE+
260-A27 AC_DOWN-
260-A26 ENG_SLP+
260-A25 ENG_SET-
260-A24 RTS+
260-A23 TXD-
260-A22 PSIG0+
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

2
APPENDIX
APPENDIX KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Part name Location


ADF ADF (option) 1-A
HD-106 HD-106 (option) 6-D
HDD HDD (IP-921) 7-D
HDD IFB HDD I/F board 5-D
INDX SB Y INDEX sensor board /Y 3-I
INDX SB M INDEX sensor board /M 5-I
INDX SB C INDEX sensor board /C 6-I
INDX SB K INDEX sensor board /K 8-I
IP-901 IP-901 (option) 7-D
IP-921 IP-921 (option) 7-D
L1 Exposure lamp 3-A
LDB Y Laser drive board /Y 4-I
LDB M Laser drive board /M 5-I
LDB C Laser drive board /C 7-I
LDB K Laser drive board /K 8-I
M1 Scanner motor 2-A
M2 Scanner cooling fan 5-A
MU-412 MU-412 (option) 3-F
PS1 Scanner HP sensor 4-A
PS2 APS timing sensor 4-A
PS3 APS sensor /S 3-A
PS4 APS sensor /L 4-A
RS1 DF Reset switch 4-A
L1INVB L1 inverter 3-B
IPB Image processing board 3-F
SCDB Scanner drive board 2-C

Appendix-2 2
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
5.2

1
1

260-A21 GND
260-A20 PSIG1+
260-A19 PSIG2+
260-A18 GND
271-1 12V 260-A17 PCLK+
260-A16 PSIG3+

5 6
271-2 SGND 260-A15 GND
260-A14 PSIG4+

7
271-3 5V2 260-A13 PSIG5+
260-A12 GND
271-4 SGND 260-A11 PSIG6+
260-A10 PSIG7+

8 9
271-5 3.5V 260-A9 GND
260-A8 SSIG3-

10
271-6 SGND 260-A7 SCLK-
260-A6 GND

2
2

260-A5 SSIG2-

IPB 2/2
260-A4 SSIG1-
260-A3 GND
260-A2 SSIG0-
260-A1 GND

IP-901(OPTION) 2/2
IP-921 (OPTION) 2/2
CCDB

250-1

161
162
250-2 217-50 GND 551-50
217-49 AD_12V 551-49
250-3

163
217-48 AD_12V 551-48
217-47 GND 551-47

164
250-4 217-46 AD_5V 551-46
217-45 AD_5V 551-45

165
250-5 217-44 AD_5V 551-44
217-43 AD_5V 551-43
250-6

166
217-42 AD_5V 551-42
SCANNER UNIT 2/2

217-41 ADRST 551-41

3
3

167
250-7 217-40 LVDSCK1+ 551-40
217-39 LVDSCK1- 551-39

168
250-8 217-38 GND 551-38
217-37 AD_D4+ 551-37
250-9
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

169
217-36 AD_D4- 551-36
217-35 GND 551-35
250-10

170
217-34 AD_D3+ 551-34
217-33 AD_D3- 551-33
250-11

171
217-32 GND 551-32
217-31 LVDSCK0+ 551-31
250-12

172
217-30 LVDSCK0- 551-30
217-29 GND 551-29
250-13

173
217-28 AD_D2+ 551-28
217-27 AD_D2- 551-27

174
250-14 217-26 GND 551-26
217-25 AD_D1+ 551-25
8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (2/8)

175
250-15 217-24 AD_D1- 551-24
217-23 GND 551-23
250-16

176
217-22 AD_D0+ 551-22
217-21 AD_D0- 551-21

177
250-17 217-20 GND 551-20
217-19 SDO 551-19

178
250-18 217-18 SDI 551-18
217-17 /SEN 551-17

4
4

217-16 SCK 551-16


217-15 GND 551-15
217-14 LVDSCK- 551-14
217-13 LVDSCK+ 551-13
217-12 GND 551-12
217-11 RCK- 551-11
217-10 RCK+ 551-10
217-9 GND 551-9
217-8 TCK- 551-8
217-7 TCK+ 551-7
217-6 GND 551-6
217-5 BCLAMP 551-5
217-4 ACLAMP 551-4
217-3 CLAMP 551-3
217-2 TG 551-2
217-1 GND 551-1

5
5

OACB

252-1 5V1

252-2 SGND 171-1-6 175-4 Y1CONT


173-1 5V2
3 252-3 REM/1
171-2-5 175-3 X1CONT
75 78

173-2 5V2
1 2 4 252-4 AC_OFF 175-2 Y2CONT
4PIN

171-3-4
76

173-3 SGND 175-1 X2CONT


BOARD

171-4-3
173-4 SGND
TOUCH PANEL

171-5-2
CT6PIN

77 79

173-5 12V
171-6-1
173-6 174-14 LCD_ADJ

170-12-1 174-13 LCD_24V


MB

251-1 DATA_M 172-12

6
6

170-11-2 174-12 LD3


251-2 DATA_OP 172-11
LCDB

170-10-3 174-11 LD2


251-3 ACK_M 172-10
170-9-4 174-10 LD1
251-4 ACK_OP 172-9
170-8-5 174- 9 LD0
251-5 REQ_M 172-8
170-7-6 174- 8 LCD_24V
251-6 REQ_OP 172-7
259-1 VBUS 174- 7 GND
170-6-7
14PIN

259-2 D- 172-6
251-7 CARDIN
USB

259-3 D+ 174- 6 5V
259-4 GND 170-5-8
CT12PIN

251-8 CARD_RXD 172-5


170-4-9 174- 5 CP
256-1 HT_CLOCK 172-4
251-9 CARD_TXD
256-2 CENTD0 LP
170-3-10 174- 4
256-3 CENTD1 172-3
251-10 WT_LED
256-4 CENTD2 174- 3 FLM
256-5 CENTD3 170-2-11
251-11 ST_LED 172-2
256-6 CENTD4 174- 2 NC
256-7 CENTD5 170-1-12
251-12 ST_SIG 172-1
256-8 CENTD6 174- 1 DSP_OFF
256-9 CENTD7
251-13 SW_SIG
256-10 PR_CLOCK
7
7

256-11 PR_BUSY
251-14 SGND
256-12 ADREQ
256-13 XFLAG
251-15 5V
256-14 HT_BUSY
256-15 N.C
251-16 SGND
256-16 N.C
256-17 N.C
161-1-4
161-2-3
161-3-2
161-4-1

256-18 N.C
256-19 GND
256-20 GND
Amphenol 36pin

256-21 GND
256-22 GND
256-23 GND 176-1 165-3 5V
256-24 GND
256-25 GND 176-2 165-2 GND
OB_INVB

256-26 GND
256-27 GND 176-3 165-1 PWM
Appendix-3
FT-31
FT-32

256-28 N.C
256-29 N.C
256-30 N.C 176-4 158-3 SGND
6PIN

256-31 INT_ISWB
256-32 DAVALB 176-5 158-2 LCD_ADJ
256-33 N.C
162-3

256-34 N.C
162-2

176-6
162-1

158-1 LCD_24V
256-35 N.C
8
8

256-36 AC1284
DB-9 RJ-45
SW2
OB3

OB2

257-9 RI
257-8 CTS
257-7 RTS
257-6 DSR
257-5 GND
257-4 DTR
257-3 TXD
257-2 RXD
257-1 DCD
255-8 GND
255-7 GND
255-6 RX-
255-5 GND
255-4 GND
255-3 RX+
255-2 TX-
255-1 TX+
SWITCH
OB1
SUB POWER

LAN I/F

(RS-232)
KRDS I/F

9
9

I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

2
APPENDIX
APPENDIX KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Part name Location


SW2 Sub power switch 8-D
OB INVB OB inverter board 7-A
LCDB LCD board 6-A
Touch panel board 5-A
CCDB CCD board 2-A
OB1 Operation board /1 5-C
OB2 Operation board /2 8-E
OB3 Operation board /3 8-A
OACB Overall control board 3-F
MB Memory board 6-G

Appendix-4 1
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
5.3
620-1 SIN

134
361A-1-10

135
361A-2-9 620-2 SGND

620-3 RTS

136
PRE- 362-1-2 361A-3-8
CHARGING 24V2 360-1A 24V2

137
362-2-1 361A-4-7 620-4 SOUT
LAMP/Y
PCL Y CONT 360-2A PCLCONTY

138
620-5 SGND
PRE- 363-1-2 361A-5-6
24V2 360-3A 24V2

139
CHARGING 620-6 CTS

1
1

363-2-1 361A-6-5 360-4A PCLCONTM


LAMP/M
PCL M CONT

140
620-7 DSET
PRE- 364-1-2 361A-7-4

141
24V2 360-5A 24V2 600-1 L1 CONT
CHARGING
364-2-1 361A-8-3

142
LAMP/C PCL C CONT 360-6A PCLCONTC 600-2 SGND

143
600-3 PS4
PRE- 365-1-2 361A-9-2

144
24V2 360-7A 24V2 600-4 PS3
CHARGING
365-2-1 361A-10-1 360-8A PCLCONTK 600-5 PS2 145
LAMP/K PCL K CONT
600-6 PS1 146
TONER
12V
368-1-4 361C-1-12
360-9A 12V
600-7 SGND 147
DENSITY TDS_SIG 368-2-3 361C-2-11 360-10A TONERY_S
600-8 M2 EM 148
149

368-3-2 361C-3-10 600-9 M2 CONT


SENSOR/Y TDS Y SGND 360-11A SGND
150

368-4-1 361C-4-9 600-10 APS1


TDS_VREF 360-12A TDSYVREF
151

600-11 APS2
152

369-1-4 361C-5-8 600-12 APS3


12V 360-13A 12V
153

TONER 369-2-3 361C-6-7 600-13 SCAN_CW


TDS_SIG 360-14A TONERM_S
DENSITY
154

369-3-2 361C-7-6 600-14 SCAN_PC

PROCESS UNIT
SENSOR/M TDS M SGND 360-15A SGND
155

600-15 SGND

2
2

369-4-1 361C-8-5
TDS_VREF 360-16A TDSMVREF
156

600-16 SCANVREF
370-1-4 361C-9-4
157

600-17 SGND
12V 360-17A 12V
158

TONER 370-2-3 361C-10-3 600-18 SCAN_EN


TDS_SIG 360-18A TONERC_S
DENSITY
159

370-3-2 361C-11-2 600-19 SGND


SENSOR/C TDS C SGND 360-19A SGND
160

370-4-1 361C-12-1 600-20 SCAN_CK


TDS_VREF 360-20A TDSCVREF

371-1-4 366-1-8 361B-1-20


12V 360-1B 12V 573-1 5V
TONER 371-2-3 366-2-7 361B-2-19
TDS_SIG 360-2B TONERK_S
DENSITY 371-3-2 366-3-6 361B-3-18 573-2 M_TEMP1
TDS K SGND 360-3B SGND
SENSOR/K 371-4-1 366-4-5 361B-4-17
TDS_VREF 360-4B TDSKVREF 573-3 GND

372-4 366-5-4 361B-5-16


24V2 360-5B 24V2
574-1 5V
372-3 366-6-3 361B-6-15
SURFY_EV 360-6B SURF_EVY
574-2 M_TEMP2
372-2 366-7-2 361B-7-14
SGND 360-7B SGND
574-3 GND
372-1 366-8-1 361B-8-13

3
3

PGND 360-8B PGND

DRPS Y
DRUM POTENTIAL
SENSOR BOARD/Y
373-4 367-1-12 361B-9-12 652-1-2 656-1-15
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

24V2 360-9B 24V2 657-1


373-3 367-2-11 361B-10-11 652-2-1 656-2-14
SURFM_EV 360-10B SURF_EVM 657-2
17 18

373-2 367-3-10 361B-11-10 656-3-13


SGND 360-11B SGND 650-13A CONT 657-3
M3

373-1 367-4-9 361B-12-9 656-4-12


PGND 360-12B PGND 650-12A CLOCK 657-4

DRPS M
656-5-11
POLYGON
MOTOR/Y

657-5

DRUM POTENTIAL
SENSOR BOARD/M
650-11A LOCK
656-6-10
367-5-8 361B-13-8 650-10A TEMP.ERROR 657-6
374-4
24V2 360-13B 24V2
8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (3/8)

374-3 367-6-7 361B-14-7 656-7-9 658-1


SURFC_EV 360-14B SURF_EVC 650-9A 5V2
374-2 367-7-6 361B-15-6 656-8-8 658-2
SGND 360-15B SGND 650-8A PS
PS5

374-1 367-8-5 361B-16-5 656-9-7 658-3


PGND 360-16B PGND 650-7A SGND

DRPS C
LASER

DRPSB Y DRPSB M DRPSB C


SENSOR/Y

656-10-6 659-6

DRUM POTENTIAL
SENSOR BOARD/C

4
4

CORRECTION

650-6A B
375-4 367-9-4 361B-17-4 656-11-5 659-5
24V2 360-17B 24V2 650-5A B
375-3 367-10-3 361B-18-3 656-12-4 659-3
SURFK_EV 360-18B SURF_EVK 650-4A A
375-2 367-11-2 361B-19-2 656-13-3 659-4
M7

SGND 360-19B SGND 550-3A A


375-1 367-12-1 361B-20-1 656-14-2 659-2
LASER

PGND 360-20B PGND 650-2A 5V2


MOTOR/Y

DRPS K
656-15-1 659-1
CORRECTION

DRPSB K
650-1A 5V2

DRUM POTENTIAL
SENSOR BOARD/K
477-1 361D-8-11 476-6

477-2 361D-7-12 476-5


PRCB 1/2

477-3 361D-6-13 476-4


653-1-2 660-1-15
477-4 361D-5-14 476-3 661-1
653-2-1 660-2-14
477-5 361D-4-15 476-2 661-2
19 20

660-3-13
477-6 361D-3-16 476-1 661-3
650-13B CONT
M4

660-4-12
661-4
POLYGON
MOTOR/M

475-2-1 361D-2-17 650-12B CLOCK


564-2 DRIVE 660-5-11

5
5

DRUM SEPARATION 661-5


475-1-2 361D-1-18 650-11B LOCK
CLAW SOLENOID 564-1 24V2
SD1 650-10B TEMP.ERROR
660-6-10
661-6

660-7-9 662-1
378-2 377-1A-11A 496-1A-11A 650-9B 5V2
COLOR REGISTRATION 376-1A 24V2
660-8-8 662-2
SHUTTER SOLENOID 378-1 377-2A-10A 496-2A-10A 650-8B PS
376-2A DRIVE
PS6

660-9-7
LASER

662-3
650-7B SGND
SENSOR/M

499-1 498-1 379-4 377-3A-9A 496-3A-9A


CORRECTION

376-3A CREG1MON

SENSOR/F
499-2 498-2 379-3 377-4A-8A 496-4A-8A 660-10-6 663-6
376-4A CREG1LED 650-6B B
499-3 498-3 379-2 377-5A-7A 496-5A-7A 660-11-5 663-5
376-5A SGND
PS8 499-4 498-4 379-1 377-6A-6A 496-6A-6A 650-5B B
SD2 CRB/F

376-6A 5V2 660-12-4 663-3


COLOR REGISTRATION 376-12A N.C 650-4B A
660-13-3 663-4
M8

376-13A N.C
LASER

550-3B A
MOTOR/M

376-14A N.C 660-14-2 663-2


CORRECTION

383-1 381-1 382-4 377-1B-11B 496-1B-11B 650-2B 5V2


376-1B CREG2MON 660-15-1 663-1
383-2 381-2 382-3 377-2B-10B 496-2B-10B 650-1B 5V2
376-2B CREG2LED
383-3 381-3 382-2 377-3B-9B 496-3B-9B
376-3B SGND
SENSOR/R
PS9

6
6

383-4 381-4 382-1 377-4B-8B 496-4B-8B


CRB/R

376-4B 5V2

558-5 377-5B-7B 496-5B-7B


376-5B DS2_VREF 654-1-2 664-1-15
558-4 377-6B-6B 496-6B-6B 665-1
376-6B DS2_CNT
654-2-1 664-2-14
COLOR REGISTRATION

558-3 377-7B-5B 496-7B-5B 665-2


21 22

GAMMA SENSOR 376-7B SGND


558-2 377-8B-4B 496-8B-4B 664-3-13
PS11

376-8B 12V 665-3


651-20 CONT
M5

558-1 377-9B-3B 496-9B-3B


376-9B DS2_SIG 664-4-12
665-4
POLYGON
MOTOR/C

651-19 CLOCK
377-10B-2B 496-10B-2B 664-5-11
306-2 376-10B 24V2 651-18 LOCK 665-5
GAMMA SHUTTER
377-11B-1B 496-11B-1B 664-6-10
SOLENOID 306-1 665-6
SD3

376-11B DRIVE 651-17 TEMP.ERROR


IMAGE CORRECTION UNIT

376-12B N.C 664-7-9 666-1


651-16 5V2
376-13B N.C
664-8-8 666-2
376-14B N.C 651-15 PS
PS7

664-9-7
LASER

491-1-4 666-3
384-1A DRIVE 651-14 SGND
SENSOR/C
CORRECTION

491-2-3
384-2A EM 664-10-6 667-6
651-13 B
7
7

FIXING COOLING FAN/1 491-3-2


664-11-5 667-5
M10

384-3A H/L
491-4-1 651-12 B
384-4A SGND 664-12-4 667-3
483-1-6 651-11 A
388-3 664-13-3 667-4
384-5A SGND
M9

551-10 A
LASER

388-2 483-2-5
384-6A PS 664-14-2 667-2
MOTOR/C

PAPER EXIT FULL SENSOR


651-9 5V2
CORRECTION

388-1 483-3-4
384-7A 5V 664-15-1 667-1
483-4-3 651-8 5V2
387-3 384-8A SGND
387-2 483-5-2
PAPER EXIT SENSOR 384-9A PS
483-6-1
PS12 PS13

387-1 384-10A 5V
655-1-2 668-1-15
669-1
559-1-2
Appendix-5

384-11A TCNT_DRIVE2 655-2-1 668-2-14


669-2
23 24

BLACK COUNTER C(BK) 559-2-1


384-12A SHUT_24V 668-3-13
669-3
651-7 CONT
M6

390-1-2 668-4-12
669-4
384-13A TCNT_DRIVE1 651-6 CLOCK
TOTAL COUNTER C(T) 390-2-1 668-5-11
669-5
8
8

384-14A SHUT_24V 651-5 LOCK


668-6-10
669-6
POLYGON MOTOR/K

384-15A 651-4 TEMP.ERROR


488-1-3 492-1 487-4
384-1B DRIVE 668-7-9 670-1
488-2-2 492-2 487-3 651-3 5V2
384-2B EM 668-8-8 670-2
TRANSFER BELT 651-2 KHP_SIG
492-3 487-2
668-9-7
TDB

COOLING FAN
M11

384-3B H/L 670-3


488-3-1 492-4 487-1 651-1 SGND
384-4B GND
668-10-6
489-1-4
TEMP

384-5B DRIVE 668-11-5


BOARD

489-2-3
384-6B EM 668-12-4
DETECTION

DRUM COOLING FAN/1 489-3-2


M12

384-7B H/L 668-13-3


489-4-1
384-8B SGND 668-14-2
490-1-4
384-9B DRIVE 668-15-1
490-2-3
384-10B EM
DRUM COOLING FAN/2 490-3-2
M13

384-11B H/L
9
9

490-4-1
384-12B SGND
389-3
384-13B SGND
389-2
TONER SUPPLY DOOR OPEN/CLOSE SENSOR 384-14B PS
PS14

389-1
384-15B 5V
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

2
APPENDIX
APPENDIX KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location


TDS Y Toner density sensor /Y 2-H CRB /F Color registration board /F 5-H
TDS M Toner density sensor /M 2-H CRB /R Color registration board /R 6-H
TDS C Toner density sensor /C 2-H
TDS K Toner density sensor /K 3-H
M3 Polygon motor /Y 3-A
M4 Polygon motor /M 5-A
M5 Polygon motor /C 6-A
M6 Polygon motor /K 8-A
M7 Laser correction motor /Y 4-A
M8 Laser correction motor /M 6-A
M9 Laser correction motor /C 7-A
M10 Fixing cooling fan /1 7-G
M11 Transfer belt cooling fan 8-H
M12 Drum cooling fan /1 9-G
M13 Drum cooling fan /2 9-G
PCL Y Pre-charging lamp /Y 1-H
PCL M Pre-charging lamp /M 1-H
PCL C Pre-charging lamp /C 1-H
PCL K Pre-charging lamp /K 1-H
PS5 Laser correction motor /Y 4-A
PS6 Laser correction motor /M 5-A
PS7 Laser correction motor /C 7-A
PS8 Color registration sensor /F 5-I
PS9 Color registration sensor /R 6-I
PS11 Gamma sensor 6-H
PS12 Paper exit full sensor 7-G
PS13 Paper exit sensor 7-G
PS14 Toner supply unit open/close sensor 9-G
SD1 Drum separation claw solenoid 5-H
SD2 Color Registration shutter solenoid 5-H
SD3 Gamma shutter solenoid 7-H
DRPS Y Drum potential sensor /Y 3-I
DRPS M Drum potential sensor /M 3-I
DRPS C Drum potential sensor /C 4-I
DRPS K Drum potential sensor /K 4-I
DRPSB Y Drum potential sensor board /Y 3-H
DRPSB M Drum potential sensor board /M 3-H
DRPSB C Drum potential sensor board /C 4-H
DRPSB K Drum potential sensor board /K 4-H
TDB Temp detection board 8-A
PRCB Printer control board 1-D
C (T) Total counter 8-G
C (BK) Black counter 8-G

Appendix-6 1
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
5.4

293-2-1

1
1

317-3 312-1
316-1 U
293-1-2

28 32
DRUM 317-2 312-2
316-2 V
MOTOR/Y

M14
317-1 292-1-9
316-3 W
311-9 309-1A CLOCK
292-2-8 301-1 5V2
315-1 313-6 SGND 311-8 309-2A FH
292-3-7
ENCODER 315-2 313-5 PS 311-7 309-3A ENABLE 301-2 12V
SENSOR/Y1 292-4-6
315-3 311-6 309-4A H/L1

55
313-4 5V2 292-5-5 301-3 SGND
311-5 309-5A H/L2
292-6-4 301-4 SGND

DRDB/Y
314-1 313-3 SGND 311-4 309-6A ENA1
292-7-3
ENCODER 314-2 311-3 309-7A ENA2
313-2 PS 292-8-2
SENSOR/Y2 314-3 311-2 302-1 24V1
313-1 5V2 309-8A 5V2

PS60 PS61
292-9-1

58
311-1 309-9A SGND 302-2 PGND

295-2-1 302-3 24V2


324-3 319-1
DCPS1
323-1 U
295-1-2 302-4 PGND 53 54 56 57 59 60

27 31
DRUM 324-2 319-2
323-2 V
MOTOR/M 302-5 N.C

M15
324-1 294-1-9

2
2

323-3 W
318-9 309-10A CLOCK 302-6 N.C
294-2-8
322-1 320-6 SGND 318-8 309-11A FH
294-3-7 303-1 5V2
ENCODER 322-2 320-5 PS 318-7 309-12A ENABLE
294-4-6
63 64

SENSOR/M1 322-3 318-6 303-2 SGND


320-4 5V2 309-13A H/L1
294-5-5
318-5 309-14A H/L2
161

294-6-4 300-18 P_CMD


321-1 318-4 309-15A ENA1

DRDB/M
320-3 SGND 294-7-3
162

ENCODER 321-2 318-3 309-16A ENA2 300-17 P_RTS


320-2 PS 294-8-2
SENSOR/M2 321-3 318-2 309-17A 5V2
163

320-1 5V2 300-16 P_STS

PS62 PS63
294-9-1
318-1 309-18A SGND
164

300-15 P_CTS
297-2-1
165

331-3 326-1 300-14 SGND


330-1 U
297-1-2
166

300-13 PY_IDX

26 30
DRUM 331-2 326-2
330-2 V
MOTOR/C

M16
167

331-1 296-1-9 300-12 PM_IDX


330-3 W
325-9 309-1B CLOCK
168

296-2-8 300-11 PC_IDX


329-1 327-6 SGND 325-8 309-2B FH
296-3-7
169

ENCODER 329-2 325-7 309-3B ENABLE 300-10 PK_IDX


327-5 PS 296-4-6

3
3

SENSOR/C1 329-3 325-6 309-4B H/L1


170

327-4 5V2 296-5-5 300-9 SGND


325-5 309-5B H/L2
171

296-6-4 300-8 P_VTOP

DRDB/C
328-1 327-3 SGND 325-4 309-6B ENA1
296-7-3
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

172

ENCODER 328-2 325-3 309-7B ENA2 300-7 P_PTOP


327-2 PS 296-8-2
SENSOR/C2 328-3 325-2 309-8B 5V2
173

300-6 SGND

PS64 PS65
327-1 5V2 296-9-1
325-1 309-9B SGND
174

300-5 REM/4
299-2-1
175

338-3 333-1 300-4 S_VV


337-1 U
299-1-2
176

300-3 EE_VV

25 29
DRUM 338-2 333-2
337-2 V
MOTOR/K

M17
177

338-1 300-2 AC_OFF


337-3 W 298-1-9
332-9 309-10B CLOCK
8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (4/8)

178

298-2-8 300-1 MRL_OFF


336-1 334-6 SGND 332-8 309-11B FH
298-3-7
ENCODER 336-2 334-5 PS 332-7 309-12B ENABLE
298-4-6 35-1 CVM1_SIG
SENSOR/K1 336-3 332-6 309-13B H/L1
334-4 5V2 298-5-5 35-2 CVFD_SIG
332-5 309-14B H/L2
298-6-4

DRDB/K
335-1 334-3 SGND 332-4 309-15B ENA1 35-3 CV_SIZE0
298-7-3

4
4

ENCODER 335-2 332-3 309-16B ENA2


334-2 PS 298-8-2 35-4 CV_SIZE1
SENSOR/K2 335-3 332-2 309-17B 5V2
334-1 5V2

PS66 PS67
298-9-1 35-5 CV_SIZE2
332-1 309-18B SGND
35-6 CV_SIZE3
CV

305-1 304-3-4
353-13 SGND 35-7 CVUP_SIG
305-2 304-2-5
ENCODER SENSOR/BELT1 353-12 PS
305-3 304-1-6 35-8 CPF0

PS69
353-11 5V2
(PARALLEL)

35-9 CPF1
289-1 304-6-1
COIN VENDOR

353-10 SGND 35-10 PGND


289-2 304-5-2
ENCODER SENSOR/BELT2 353-9 PS
289-3 304-4-3
PS68 353-8 5V2 37-11 5V2

37-10 GND
356-1 354-7-1
353-7 5V2
356-2 354-6-2 37-9 24V
353-6 SGND
356-3 354-5-3 37-8 COPV_ENB
353-5 CONT
356-4 354-4-4
353-4 CLOCK 37-7 SGND

5
5

356-5 354-3-5
353-3 CW/CCW
TRANSFER BELT 356-6 354-2-6 37-6 OP_RTS
353-2 LOCK
CV

MOTOR 356-7 354-1-7


M18

353-1 H/L 37-5 OP_DSR


356-8 355-4-1
52

37-4 OP_SIN
(SERIAL)

356-9 355-3-2
51

356-10 355-2-3 37-3 OP_CTS


50

356-11 355-1-4 37-2 OP_DTR


49
COIN VENDOR

358-1-6 37-1 OP_SOUT


357-1 A
358-2-5 466-8
357-2 A PGND
358-3-4 466-7
1st TRANSFER 357-3 B 24VAC
PRESSURE/RELEASE 358-4-3 466-6
M19
71

MOTOR 357-4 B PGND


358-5-2 466-5
357-5 24V2 24V2
358-6-1 466-4
357-6 24V2 SGND
359-3 291-1-3 466-3
357-7 SGND 12V
117

6
6

1st TRANSFER 359-2 291-2-2 466-2


PRCB 2/2

357-8 PS SGND
HP SENSOR 359-1 291-3-1
PS15

357-9 5V2 466-1


70 69 72 116 73 74

5V2
349-1 341-7-1 465-11-1
340-14A 5V2 464-1 LTNPSIG
349-2 341-6-2 465-10-2
340-13A SGND 464-2 LTPR_SIG
349-3 341-5-3
340-12A START/STOP 465-9-3
349-4 341-4-4 464-3 LTSO_SIG
340-11A CLOCK
349-5 341-3-5 465-8-4
340-10A CW/CCW 464-4 SGND
DEVELOPING 349-6 341-2-6 465-7-5
MOTOR/Y 340-9A LOCK 464-5 LTCCLCNT
349-7 341-1-7
LCT (OPTION)

M20

340-8A H/L 465-6-6


349-8 345-4-1 464-6 LTSSDCNT
45

349-9 345-3-2 465-5-7


464-7 LTRCLCNT
46

349-10 345-2-3 465-4-8


47

349-11 345-1-4 464-8 LTSCLCNT


48

465-3-9
464-9 SGND
350-1 342-7-1 465-2-10
340-7A 5V2 464-10 SOUT2-2
350-2
7
7

342-6-2 465-1-11
340-6A SGND 464-11 SIN2-2
350-3 342-5-3
340-5A START/STOP 471-9-1
350-4 342-4-4
340-4A CLOCK 471-8-2 470-4-1
350-5 342-3-5 464-12 DRIVE
340-3A CW/CCW
350-6 342-2-6 (24V1) 471-7-3 470-3-2
DEVELOPING 340-2A LOCK 464-13 STFAN_ER IPB
MOTOR/M 350-7 342-1-7
471-6-4 470-2-3
M21

340-1A H/L COOLING FAN


M24

350-8 346-4-1 464-14 H/L


41

350-9 471-5-5 470-1-4


346-3-2 464-15 PGND
42

350-10 346-2-3
471-4-6 463-4-1
43

350-11 346-1-4 464-16 DRIVE


44

(24V1) 471-3-7 463-3-2


464-17 STFAN_ER IP
351-1 343-7-1 471-2-8 463-2-3 COOLING FAN
M25

340-14B 5V2
Appendix-7

464-18 H/L
351-2 343-6-2
340-13B SGND 471-1-9 463-1-4
351-3 343-5-3 464-19 PGND
340-12B START/STOP
351-4 343-4-4 572-1 N.C
340-11B CLOCK
351-5 343-3-5
340-10B CW/CCW 572-2 N.C
DEVELOPING 351-6 343-2-6
8
8

340-9B LOCK
MOTOR/C 351-7 343-1-7 572-3 N.C
M22

340-8B H/L
351-8 347-4-1 572-4 N.C
37

351-9 347-3-2 468-1-6


38

351-10 467-6 RTS


347-2-3
39

468-2-5
351-11 347-1-4 467-5 SGND
40

468-3-4
467-4 SIN
352-1 344-7-1 468-4-3
340-7B 5V2 467-3 CTS
352-2 344-6-2
340-6B SGND 468-5-2
352-3 344-5-3 467-2 SGND
340-5B START/STOP
352-4 344-4-4 468-6-1
340-4B CLOCK 467-1 SOUT
352-5 344-3-5 469-4
340-3B CW/CCW PGND
DEVELOPING 352-6 344-2-6
340-2B LOCK 469-1
MOTOR/K 352-7 344-1-7 24V2
M23

340-1B H/L
352-8 469-3
FNS (OPTION)

348-4-1
67

SGND
33

352-9 348-3-2 469-2


34
65 66 68

352-10 5V2
348-2-3
35

469-5
9
9

352-11 348-1-4
36

469-6
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

2
APPENDIX
APPENDIX KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Part name Location


PS60 Encoder sensor /Y1 1-I
PS61 Encoder sensor /Y2 2-I
PS62 Encoder sensor /M1 2-I
PS63 Encoder sensor /M2 2-I
PS64 Encoder sensor /C1 3-I
PS65 Encoder sensor /C2 3-I
PS66 Encoder sensor /K1 4-I
PS67 Encoder sensor /K2 4-I
PS69 Encoder sensor /BELT1 4-G
PS68 Encoder sensor /BELT2 5-G
FNS FNS (option) 8-A
LCT LCT (option) 6-A
M14 Drum motor /Y 1-I
M15 Drum motor /M 2-I
M16 Drum motor /C 3-I
M17 Drum motor /K 4-I
M18 Transfer belt motor 5-G
M19 1st transfer pressure/release motor 6-G
M20 Developing motor /Y 7-G
M21 Developing motor /M 7-G
M22 Developing motor /C 8-G
M23 Developing motor /K 9-G
M24 IP cooling fan 7-A
M25 IPB cooling fan 8-A
PS15 1st transfer HP sensor 6-G
CV Coin vendor (parallel) 4-A
CV Coin vendor (serial) 5-A
DRDB /Y Drum drive board /Y 1-G
DRDB /M Drum drive board /M 2-G
DRDB /K Drum drive board /C 3-G
DRDB /C Drum drive board /K 4-G

Appendix-8 2
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
5.5
130-1 - 1

96

179
130-2 - 2

180
FT16 AC_H

POWER PLUG
130-3 - 3 146-1

181
FT17 AC_N

1
1

ACDB
Y/G
130-4 - 4 146-2

182
FT18 AC_N FT1

FT2
146-2
FT17

97
130-A1 - A4

183
146-1
FT18

98
130-A2 - A3

184
CBR2
CBR1

99
130-A3 - A2

185
FT4
FT3

130-A4 - A1

BT-1
BT-3
BT-2
BT-4
130-B1 - B4

PRCB
130-B2 - B3

101

186
158-4 157-1 SGND
FT5

FT6
130-B3 - B2
158-3 157-2 L3_CONT
130-B4 - B1

100

187
158-2 157-3 L2_CONT

FHCB
158-1 157-4 5V2
NF

131-2 - 2

2
2

EUROPE ONLY

188
131-3 - 3

189
FT19 AC_N
FT7

FT8

131-4 - 4
131-1 - 1

190
107
153-1 24V1

F/G
FT15
153-2 NC
131-A1 - A4

191
102
69
153-3 24VAC(H)

AC(H)
131-A2 - A3

192
103
70
153-4 24VAC(N)
131-A3 - A2

193
104
120-1
131-A4 - A1
120-2
131-B1 - B4
120-3

PRCB
131-B2 - B3

194
105
120-4
131-B3 - B2

3
3

152-11 PGND 120-5


131-B4 - B1

195
AC(N)

106
152-10 PGND
FT9

152-9 -24VIN
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

196
152-8

197
152-7

198
152-6
SW1

RL1

199
152-5

200
152-4 24V1
MAIN POWER SWITCH

201
8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (5/8)

152-3
109

121A-1
FT10

202
152-2

203
152-1

96
24V1

204
121A-2
RL2

97

205

4
4

98

206
121A-3
140-1

99

207
121A-4
142-1

208
100
140-2
24V1

101

209
RL3

142-2

210
102

140-3
FIXING UNIT

211
103

142-3

212
104

121B-2

213
105

121B-3
140-4
CH12

214
106

121B-4
142-4

482-1-12 486-1

215
482-2-11 486-2

5
5

216
PAPER EXIT
482-3-10 486-3 FAN/R
M26

217
482-4-9 486-4

218
156-5
156-4
156-2
156-1

155-5 H1(N)
155-4 H1(H)
155-2 H1(N)
155-1 H1(H)

482-5-8 485-1
TRNS2
TRNS1

219
482-6-7 485-2
TRANSFORMER/LCT

220
PAPER EXIT
482-7-6 485-3
TRANSFORMER/MAIN BODY

M27

FAN/M

221
482-8-5 485-4

222
143-1
482-9-4 484-1

223
143-2
482-10-3 484-2

224
PAPER EXIT 141-1
482-11-2 484-3 FAN/F
M28

225
141-2
482-12-1 484-4

226
145-2
145-1
144-2
144-1

401-1B-16B 402-1-13 403-1


AC(N)

227

6
6

PRE-
101-2 NC

401-2B-15B 402-2-12 403-2


228

REGISTRATION
101-1 AC(H)

PS29

401-3B-14B 402-3-11 403-3 SENSOR/1


229

401-4B-13B 402-4-10 404-1


230

401-5B-12B 402-5-9 404-2 TRAY UPPER LIMIT


231
1

SENSOR/1 102-1 5V1


PS30

401-6B-11B 402-6-8 404-3


232
2

102-2 SGND
401-7B-10B 402-7-7 405-1
233
3

OACB

102-3 REM/1
401-8B-9B 402-8-6 405-2 NO PAPER
234
4

SENSOR/1 102-4 AC_OFF


401-9B-8B 402-9-5 405-3
235
5

HTR2
HTR1

401-10B-7B 402-10-4 406-1 103-1 12V


236

PAPER FEED
6

401-11B-6B 402-11-3 406-2 CLUTCH/1 103-4 SGND


237
7

401-12B-5B 402-12-2 407-1 103-2 5V2


IPB

PRE-
238
8

401-13B-4B 402-13-1 407-2 REGISTRATION 103-5 SGND


239

7
7

CLUTCH/1
9

103-3 3.5V
401-14B-3B 566-1-2 408-1
240
10

PICK UP 103-6 SGND


401-15B-2B 566-2-1 408-2
PS31 MC7 MC8 SD7

SOLENOID/1
241

401-16B-1B
53

104-1 5V2
242
54

104-3 12V
55

104-6 SGND
401-1A-14A 410-1
56

104-7 SGND
243

401-2A-13A 410-2
PRCB

REMAINING PAPER
57

104-4 24V1
244

SENSOR/1
PS32

401-3A-12A 410-3
58

104-9 PGND
245

401-4A-11A 411-1
Appendix-9
63

104-2 5V2
246
TRAY /1

401-5A-10A 411-2
64

104-8 SGND
247

PAPER SIZE/S1
PS33

401-6A-9A 411-3 123-2


248

401-7A-8A 412-1 123-3


249

123-1 104-5 24V1


8
8

401-8A-7A 412-2 123-4


250

PAPER SIZE/L1
PS34

401-9A-6A 412-3 123-5


251

401-10A-5A 409-1-5 413-3 123-6


DRDB

252

401-11A-4A 409-2-4 413-2 123-7


253

PAPER SIZE VR/1 123-10 104-10 PGND


VR1

401-12A-3A 409-3-3 413-1 123-8


254

401-13A-2A 409-4-2 123-9


25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

255

401-14A-1A 409-5-1 105-3 SGND


67

256

DCPS4
FNS

105-1 5V2
415-1B-16B 416-1-13 417-1
68 107

105-5 24V1
257

415-2B-15B 416-2-12 417-2 PRE-


DCPS1 1/2

105-6 N.C
258

REGISTRATION
PS35

415-3B-14B 416-3-11 417-3 105-2 5V2


84

SENSOR/2
259

415-4B-13B 416-4-10 418-1 268-1 12V


ACDB CVDB

105-4 SGND
85

260
132 133

268-2 GND
9
9

415-5B-12B 416-5-9 418-2 TRAY UPPER LIMIT


261

SENSOR/2 268-4 5VIN 108-1 5V2


PS36

415-6B-11B 416-6-8 418-3


262
130 131

268-3 5VOUT 108-2 SGND


415-7B-10B 416-7-7 419-1
263

268-6 24V 108-3 24V1


415-8B-9B 416-8-6 419-2 NO PAPER
264

SENSOR/2 268-5 GND 108-4 SGND


PS37

415-9B-8B 416-9-5 419-3


265
TRAY /2 1/2

I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

2
APPENDIX
APPENDIX KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Part name Location


CBR1 Circuit breaker /1 1-A
CBR2 Circuit breaker /2 1-B
DCPS1 DC power suply unit /1 6-A
DCPS4 DC power suply unit /4 (HD-106) 9-D
RL1 Main relay 4-D
RL2 DCPS2 relay 4-D
RL3 HTR relay 4-D
HTR1 Heater /1 6-E
HTR2 Heater /2 6-E
M26 Paper exit fan /R 5-F
M27 Paper exit fan /M 5-F
M28 Paper exit fan /F 6-F
MC7 Paper feed clutch /1 7-F
MC8 Pre-registration clutch /1 7-F
PS29 Pre-registration sensor /1 6-F
PS30 Tray upper limit sensor /1 6-F
PS31 No paper sensor /1 6-F
PS32 Remaining paper sensor /1 8-F
PS33 Paper size /S1 8-F
PS34 Paper size /L1 8-F
PS35 Pre-registration sensor /2 9-F
PS36 Tray upper limit sensor /2 9-F
PS37 No paper sensor /2 9-F
SD7 Pick up solenoid /1 7-F
SW1 Main power switch 3-A
TRNS1 Transformer/main body 5-C
TRNS2 Transformer/LCT 5-C
VR1 Paper size VR /1 8-F
NF Noise filter 2-A
Power plug 1-B
ACDB AC drive board 1-D
FHCB Fixing heater control board 2-F

Appendix-10 1
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
5.6

415-10B-7B 416-10-4 420-1

266
11
PAPER FEED 106-2 5V2
415-11B-6B 416-11-3 420-2
CLUTCH/2

267
SCDB
12
106-5 SGND
415-12B-5B 416-12-2 421-1

73
PRE- 106-6 SGND

268
415-13B-4B 416-13-1 421-2 REGISTRATION

74
106-3 5V2

269
CLUTCH/2

1
1

LCT
116
415-14B-3B 567-1-2 422-1 106-8 SGND

270
PICK UP
415-15B-2B 567-2-1 422-2 106-7 12V
SOLENOID/2

MC9 MC10 SD8

271
117 114
415-16B-1B 106-1 5V2

272
ADF
115
106-4 SGND

86
107-3 5V2
415-1A-14A 424-1

273
TSDB
87
107-6 SGND
415-2A-13A 424-2 REMAINING PAPER

274
75
SENSOR/2 107-1 5V2

PS38
415-3A-12A 424-3

275
76
107-4 SGND
DCPS1 2/2
415-4A-11A 425-1

276
77
107-5 SGND

OB1
415-5A-10A 425-2

277
PAPER SIZE/S2

78
107-2 5V2

PS39
415-6A-9A 425-3

278
79
107-7 12V
415-7A-8A 426-1

TRAY /2 2/2

279

2
2

415-8A-7A 426-2

280
PAPER SIZE/L2

PS40
415-9A-6A 426-3

281
415-10A-5A 423-1-5 427-3

282
415-11A-4A 423-2-4 427-2

283
PAPER SIZE VR/2

VR2
415-12A-3A 423-3-3 427-1

284
112-3
112-2
112-1

415-13A-2A 423-4-2

285
415-14A-1A 423-5-1

286
429-1B-16B 430-1-13 431-1
138

109-1 SGND

287
429-2B-15B 430-2-12 431-2 PRE-
139

109-2 SGND

288
REGISTRATION
429-3B-14B 430-3-11 431-3

PS41
SENSOR/3
140
DCPS3

IP-921

109-3 5V3

289
429-4B-13B 430-4-10 432-1 109-4 5V3

290
3
3

429-5B-12B 430-5-9 432-2 TRAY UPPER LIMIT


141 134

109-5 5V2

291
SENSOR/3
429-6B-11B 430-6-8 432-3

PS42
135

109-6 SGND

292
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

429-7B-10B 430-7-7 433-1


137

109-7 SGND

293
429-8B-9B 430-8-6 433-2 NO PAPER
136

109-8 12V

294
IP-921 (OPTION)

429-9B-8B 430-9-5 433-3 SENSOR/3

295
429-10B-7B 430-10-4 434-1

296
PAPER FEED
429-11B-6B 430-11-3 434-2 CLUTCH/3
109

297
429-12B-5B 430-12-2 435-1

298
PRE-
8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (6/8)

429-13B-4B 430-13-1 435-2 REGISTRATION

299
CLUTCH/3
429-14B-3B 568-1-2 436-1

300
110-3 NC
110-2 NC

PICK UP
429-15B-2B 568-2-1 436-2
110-4 AC(N)
110-1 AC(H)

SOLENOID/3

PS43 MC11 MC12 SD9

301
429-16B-1B

302
4
4

13

111-1 24V2
SCDB
14

111-4 PGND
429-1A-14A 438-1

303
15

111-2 24V2
TRAY /3

429-2A-13A 438-2 REMAINING


ADF

304
16

PAPER SENSOR/3 111-5 PGND


PS44

429-3A-12A 438-3

305
65

111-6 PGND
429-4A-11A 439-1
FNS

306
111-3 24V2
66

429-5A-10A 439-2

307
PAPER SIZE/S2 111-10 PGND
71

PS45

429-6A-9A 439-3
LCT

308
111-7 24V2
72

429-7A-8A 440-1

309
111-8 24V2
88

429-8A-7A 440-2

310
PAPER SIZE/L2 111-9 24V2
89

PS46

429-9A-6A 440-3

311
TSDB

111-11 PGND
90

429-10A-5A 437-1-5 441-3

312
111-12 PGND
91

5
5

429-11A-4A 437-2-4 441-2 PAPER SIZE VR/3

313
VR3

429-12A-3A 437-3-3 441-1 127-2

314
112-1 24V2
M3

429-13A-2A 437-4-2 127-3 127-1


17 19

315
429-14A-1A 437-5-1 127-4

316
127-6
112-2 24V2
M4

127-7 127-5
21 23

443-1-12 444-1 127-8

317
443-2-11 444-2 128-2

318
NO PAPER SENSOR/BP
112-3 PGND
M5

PS47

443-3-10 444-3 128-3 128-1


18 20

319
443-4-9 445-1 128-4

320
443-5-8 445-2 128-6
321
PAPER SIZE VR/BP
112-5 PGND
M6

VR4

443-6-7 445-3 128-7 128-5


22 24

322
443-7-6 446-1 128-8
323

6
6

443-8-5 446-2
324
PAPER SIZE/SBP
112-4 N.C
PS48

443-9-4 446-3
325

443-10-3 447-1 112-6 N.C


326

443-11-2 447-2 126-2


327

PAPER SIZE/LBP
PS49

443-12-1 447-3 126-3


328

126-1 113-2 PGND


126-4
BY-PASS TRAY

449-1
329

126-5
449-2 TRAY UP DRIVE MOTOR/3
M38

330

126-6
126-7
450-1 126-10 113-4 PGND
DCPS2

331

126-8
450-2 TRAY UP DRIVE MOTOR/2
M39

332

126-9
125-2
7
7

451-1
333

125-3
TRAY UP DRIVE MOTOR/1 125-1
M20,M21,M22,M23

451-2 113-1 24V2


M40

334

125-4

452-1-8 125-5
453-1
335

452-2-7 INTERMEDIATE CONVEYANCE CLUTCH/1 125-6


453-2
336

125-7
452-3-6 454-1 125-10 113-3 24V2
337

125-8
452-4-5 454-2
338

VERTICAL CONVEYANCE SENSOR 125-9


33 34 37 38 41 42 45 46 35 36 39 40 43 44 47 48

MC13 PS50

452-5-4 454-3
339

452-6-3 114-1 NC
455-1
340
59

114-2 24V2
Appendix-11

452-7-2
PRCB

455-2
341

VERTICAL CONVEYANCE DOOR SENSOR


60

114-6 PGND
PS51

452-8-1 455-3
342
92

114-3 24V2
456-1-7 458-1
HV1

343

114-7 PGND
456-2-6 458-2
8
8

344
93 110

456-3-5 458-3 114-8 PGND


345

456-4-4
111

458-4 114-9 PGND


346

456-5-3
M41

458-5
347
112

114-4 24V2
456-6-2 458-6
348
113

114-5 24V2
M41

456-7-1 458-7
349

457-1-4 458-8
110
80

457-2-3 458-9 115-1 24V2


111
PAPER FEED MOTOR

457-3-2
81

458-10 115-2 24V2


112

457-4-1 458-11
113
82

115-3 PGND
CVDB

479-1-3
83

460-1 115-4 PGND


350

479-2-2 460-2 115-6 PGND


351

WASTE TONER FULL SENSOR


PS52

479-3-1 460-3 115-7 PGND


352

461-1 115-8 PGND


353
M18

461-2 124-4
354

WASTE TONER DOOR SENSOR


9
9

121

PS53

461-3 124-3 124-1 115-5 N.C


355

124-2
52 51 95 49 50 94

356

462-1-4 124-6
357

462-2-3 DCPS COOLING FAN 124-7 124-5


M42

358

462-3-2 124-8
359

462-4-1
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

2
APPENDIX
APPENDIX KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Part name Location


DCPS2 DC power supply unit /2 4-A
DCPS3 DC power supply unit /3 (IP-921) 3-A
M38 Tray up drive motor /3 7-F
M39 Tray up drive motor /2 7-F
M40 Tray up drive motor /1 7-F
M41 Paper feed motor 8-F
M42 DCPS cooling fan 9-F
MC9 Paper feed clutch /2 1-F
MC10 Pre-registration clutch /2 1-F
MC11 Paper feed clutch /3 3-F
MC12 Pre-registration clutch /3 4-F
MC13 Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 7-F
PS38 Remaining paper sensor /2 2-F
PS39 Paper size /S2 2-F
PS40 Paper size /L2 2-F
PS41 Pre-registration sensor /3 3-F
PS42 Tray upper limit sensor /3 3-F
PS43 No paper sensor /3 3-F
PS44 Remaining paper sensor /3 4-F
PS45 Paper size /S2 5-F
PS46 Paper size /L2 5-F
PS47 No paper sensor /BP 6-F
PS48 Paper size /SBP 6-F
PS49 Paper size /LBP 6-F
PS50 Vertical conveyance sensor 7-F
PS51 Vertical conveyance door sensor 8-F
PS52 Waste toner full sensor 9-F
PS53 Waste toner door sensor 9-F
SD8 Pick up solenoid /2 1-F
SD9 Pick up solenoid /3 4-F
VR2 Paper size VR /2 2-F
VR3 Paper size VR /3 5-F
VR4 Paper size VR /BP 6-F

Appendix-12 1
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
5.7

528-2-1

F/G
179
518-15 24V2
511-1-11 512-1

ADU
528-1-2 510-11 5V2
518-14 DRIVE

MC1
510-10 SGND
511-2-10 512-2

CLUTCH/2
180

CONVEYANCE
510-9 START/STOP
511-3-9 512-3 FIXING UPPER HEATER LAMP/1
519-2-1 511-4-8 512-4

FT23
518-13 24V2 510-8 CLOCK
181

ADU
519-1-2 510-7 CW/CCW
511-5-7 512-5 TS1
L2
518-12 DRIVE

MC2

1
1

FIXING

CLUTCH/1
511-6-6 512-6

FT25
FT27
510-6 LOCK

CONVEYANCE
UPPER HEATER LAMP/2
510-5 H/L
511-7-5 512-7

M29
526-1 518-11 24V2

FT20
511-8-4 512-8
182

510-4 PGND L3

FT21
FT22

FIXING MOTOR

EXIT
526-2

SD4
518-10 DRIVE 510-3 PGND
511-9-3 512-9
FT26
FT28

FT24

REVERSE/
510-2 24V2
511-10-2 512-10
520-1 552-3-1 132-3-1
183

518-9 5V2 510-1 24V2


511-11-1 512-11
520-2 552-2-2 132-2-2
184

518-8 PS

EXIT
TH1

PS19
520-3 552-1-3 514-1-6 132-1-3
185

515-1

SENSOR
FIXING
518-7 SGND 513-6 5V2

SOLENOID REVERSE/
SENSOR/1
522-1 521-6-1 513-5 PS
514-2-5 515-2
518-6 5V2

TEMPERATURE

PS16
522-2 521-5-2 513-4 SGND
514-3-4 515-3
518-5 PS

FIXING PRESSURE/

ADU
FIXING UNIT
133-2-1

PS20
522-3 521-4-3 514-4-3 516-1-3
186

517-1

SENSOR
518-4 SGND 513-3 5V2

CONVEYANCE
523-1 521-3-4 513-2 PS
514-5-2 516-2-2 517-2
518-3 5V2
133-1-2

PS17
FIXING
523-2 521-2-5 514-6-1 516-3-1 TH3
187

518-2 PS 513-1 SGND 517-3

FIXING
SENSOR/3

ADU
PS21
EMPERATURE
523-3 521-1-6

SENSOR
RELEASE SENSOR EXIT SENSOR
518-1 SGND

REVERSE

2
2
188

FIXING LOWER HEATER LAMP


529-2-1 TS2
527-17 24V2 570-4-1 571-4-1
569-1 A
189

529-1-2 L4

ADU
PRE-
527-16 DRIVE

MC3
570-3-2 571-3-2 137-1

CLUTCH
569-2 A

STRATION
FT29
FT30

570-2-3 571-2-3
3191-01P1
533-1 530-3-1 527-15 SGND 569-3 B

M54
F/G
190

570-1-4 571-1-4

WEB MOTOR
533-2 530-2-2 527-14 PS 569-4 B

PS22
533-3 530-1-3

SENSOR
527-13 5V2 134-3-1
191

REGISTRATION
531-1 551-3-1 527-12 5V2 509-1-3 532-1 134-2-2
192

118
FIXING

531-2 551-2-2 TH2


SENSOR/2

527-11 PS 509-2-2 532-2 134-1-3


193

ADU
119

PRE-
TEMPERATURE

PS23
531-3 551-1-3

SENSOR
527-10 SGND
PS18
509-3-1 532-3
SENSOR

120

REGISTRATION
OPEN/CLOSE
FRONT DOOR

527-9 5V2

118
508-4 506-2B
527-8 PS

119
508-3 506-1B 135-2-1
194

CVDB
527-7 SGND

120
FIXING

3
3

549-1 554-3-1
SENSOR/4

DOOR

MS1

527-6 5V2
FRONT

508-2 506-2A 135-1-2


SWITCH
195

TH4
TEMPERATURE

INTERLOCK

549-2 554-2-2 527-5 PS

HP
508-1

2nd
506-1A

PS24
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

549-3 554-1-3

SENSOR
527-4 SGND

TRANSFER
196

565-1 505-1 504-1 151-1 5V2


80

527-3 5V2 507-1 24V2


197

565-2 505-2 504-2 151-2 S_GND


81

527-2 PS 507-2 24V2


198

505-3 504-3 151-3 H1_DRIVE

PS55
565-3
82

527-1 SGND 507-3 PGND

LEVER
199

151-4 MRL_DRIVE

SENSOR
505-4 504-4
83

537-2 507-4 PGND

CONVEYANCE
536-1 24V2
200

537-5 505-5 504-5 151-5 L2_DRIVE


84

536-2 24V2 507-5 5V2


537-1
201
8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (7/8)

536-3 A
505-6 504-6 151-6 L3_DRIVE
85

507-6 SGND
537-3 536-4 A

M30
202

505-7 504-7 151-7 L4_DRIVE


121

MOTOR
ROLLER
537-4 536-5 B 151-8 PWRL_DRIVE
203

537-6 505-8 504-8

REGISTRATION
536-6 B (REM/2)
204

503-17A DDRV_Txd
502-1A-17A 501-1A-17A 150-6A FUSERSET
538-2 500-1A
534-1 24V2
205

502-2A-16A 501-2A-16A 150-1A FIXTEMP1

4
4

538-5 534-2 24V2 503-16A DDRV_Rxd 500-2A


538-1
206

534-3 A 503-15A SGND


502-3A-15A 501-3A-15A 150-2A FIXTEMP1
500-3A
538-3 534-4 A

LOOP
207

M31
503-14A ADUP_SIG
502-4A-14A 501-4A-14A 150-3A FIXTEMP1

MOTOR
ROLLER
538-4 500-4A
534-5 B
208

538-6 503-13A ADUH_SIG


502-5A-13A 501-5A-13A 150-4A FIXTEMP2
534-6 B 500-5A
535-3
209

534-7 24V2 503-12A BMAX_SIG


502-6A-12A 501-6A-12A 150-5A FIXTEMP2
500-6A
535-9 534-8 24V2
210

503-11A REG_SIG
502-7A-11A 501-7A-11A 150-12B FIXTEMP3
535-1 500-7A
534-9 A
211

535-5 503-10A ADUR_SIG


502-8A-10A 501-8A-10A 150-11B FIXTEMP3
500-8A

ADU
534-10 A

M32

MOTOR
535-7
212

502-9A-9A 501-9A-9A 150-10B FIXTEMP3

REVERSE
534-11 B 503-9A FEXT_SIG 500-9A
535-11 534-12 B
213

503-8A FD_OPEN
502-10A-8A 501-10A-8A 150-9B FIXTEMP4
535-2 500-10A
214

535-4 503-7A HAN1_SIG


502-11A-7A 501-11A-7A 150-8B FIXTEMP4
500-11A
535-6 502-12A-6A 501-12A-6A 150-7B N.C
503-6A HAN2_SIG 500-12A
535-8 502-13A-5A 501-13A-5A
535-10 503-5A REV_SIG 500-13A
215

150-7A PGND
503-4A BPNF_SIG
502-14A-4A 501-14A-4A
500-14A

5
5
216

150-8A H/L
525-2 524-1 24V2
502-15A-3A 501-15A-3A
503-3A FRL_SIG 500-15A
217

525-5 150-9A EM
524-2 24V2 502-16A-2A 501-16A-2A
525-1 503-2A 12V 500-16A
218

524-3 A 150-10A DRIVE


525-3 503-1A REG_CONT
502-17A-1A 501-17A-1A
524-4 A 500-17A

M33
219

150-11A PGND
525-4 502-1B-17B 501-1B-17B

REVERSE/
524-5 B 503-17B BPSDCONT

EXIT MOTOR
500-1B
220

525-6 150-12A H/L


524-6 B 502-2B-16B 501-2B-16B
503-16B EXSDCONT 500-2B
221

524-7 N.C 150-1B EM

CONVEYANCE UNIT
503-15B AMC1CONT
502-3B-15B 501-3B-15B
550-1 500-3B
222

548-6 24V2 150-2B DRIVE


550-2 503-14B AMC2CONT
502-4B-14B 501-4B-14B
548-5 24V2 500-4B
223

150-3B PGND
550-3 548-4 A
502-5B-13B 501-5B-13B
503-13B APCLCONT 500-5B
224

550-4 150-4B H/L


548-3 A
M34

502-6B-12B 501-6B-12B
MOTOR

550-5 503-12B MCL2CONT 500-6B


225

548-2 B 150-5B EM
550-6 502-7B-11B 501-7B-11B
2nd TRANSFER

548-1 B 503-11B MCL3CONT 500-7B


226

150-6B DRIVE
502-8B-10B 501-8B-10B
PRESSURE/RELEASE

503-10B BPCLCONT 500-8B


553-1 503-9B START/STOP
502-9B-9B 501-9B-9B
400-16A 5V2
227

539-B11 2 500-9B

6
6

553-2 503-8B CLOCK


502-10B-8B 501-10B-8B
M35

400-15A PS
228

500-10B
DRIVE

539-B10 1
TRAY UP

502-11B-7B 501-11B-7B
MOTOR/BP

503-7B CW/CCW 400-14A SGND


229

500-11B
546-1 555-6-1 503-6B LOCK
502-12B-6B 501-12B-6B
400-13A 5V2
230

539-B9 5V2 500-12B


546-2 555-5-2 503-5B H/L
502-13B-5B 501-13B-5B
400-12A PS
231

539-B8 PS 500-13B
LIMIT
TRAY
PS25

546-3 555-4-3 503-4B TR4_CONT


502-14B-4B 501-14B-4B
400-11A SGND
232

539-B7 SGND 500-14B


SENSOR/BP

547-1 555-3-4 503-3B TR4_CW


502-15B-3B 501-15B-3B
400-10A 5V2
233

539-B6 5V2 500-15B


547-2 555-2-5 503-2B N.C 563-2-1 502-16B-2B 501-16B-2B 400-9A PS
234

539-B5 PS 500-16B LOCK SD


PS26

547-3 555-1-6
BY-PASS

503-1B N.C 563-1-2 502-17B-1B 501-17B-1B


SENSOR

400-8A SGND
235

SD6

539-B4 SGND 500-17B 24V


UPPER CONVEYANCE
PRCB(2/2) 1/2

542-1 556-3-1
236

539-B3 SGND 400-7A 24V2


542-2 556-2-2
237

539-B2 PS 400-6A DRIVE


92

735-1 24V2
PS27

542-3 556-1-3
ADU LOCK
SOLENOID

539-B1 5V2
238

735-2 NC 400-5A 24V2


SENSOR/1
CONVEYANCE
INTERMEDIATE
93

735-3 PGND
239

540-2-1 400-4A DRIVE


7
7

539-A11 24V2
731-1 730-16A CHGYCONT
GRID/Y

540-1-2
240

400-3A 24V2
MC4

539-A10 DRIVE 731-2 730-15A CHGYDCV


241

731-3 730-14A GYDCV 400-2A DRIVE


CLUTCH/2
CONVEYANC
INTERMEDIATE

731-4 730-13A CHGY_ER


CHARGER/Y

541-2-1 400-1A N.C


242

539-A9 24V2
731-5 730-12A DEVEDCY
541-1-2 400-16B N.C
MC5

539-A8 DRIVE 731-6 730-11A DEVEACY


CLUTCH/3

400-15B N.C
CONVEYANC

731-7 730-10A DEVEYDCV


INTERMEDIATE

543-1 557-3-1 731-8


GRID/M

730-9A SGND
243

539-A7 SGND 400-14B 5V2


543-2 557-2-2
244

539-A6 PS 732-1 730-8A CHGMCONT 400-13B PS


PS28

543-3 557-1-3 732-2 730-7A CHGMDCV


245

400-12B SGND
CHARGER/M

539-A5 5V2
SENSOR/2

732-3 730-6A GMDCV


CONVEYANCE
INTERMEDIATE
246

400-11B 5V2
Appendix-13

544-2-1 732-4 730-5A CHGM_ER


539-A4 24V2
247

732-5 730-4A DEVEDCM 400-10B PS


BP

544-1-2
SD5

539-A3 DRIVE
GRID/C

732-6 730-3A DEVEACM


248

400-9B SGND
PICK UP

732-7 730-2A DEVEMDCV


249

400-8B 5V2
8
8

545-2-1 732-8 730-1A DEVECCLOCK


539-A2 24V2
250

400-7B PS
CHARGER/C
HV1

BP

545-1-2 733-1
SOLENOID/ FEED

730-16B CHGCCONT
MC6

539-A1 DRIVE
PAPER

400-6B SGND
251

CLUTCH/

733-2 730-15B CHGCDCV


252

733-3 730-14B GCDCV 400-5B 3.3V


GRID/K

733-4 730-13B CHGC_ER


253

400-4B VR
733-5 730-12B DEVEDCC
254

400-3B SGND
733-6 730-11B DEVEACC
255

400-2B T1DET(H)
CHARGER/K

733-7 730-10B DEVECDCV


733-8 730-9B SGND
256

400-1B SGND

DEVELOPING BIAS/Y 734-1 730-8B CHGKCONT


734-2 730-7B CHGKDCV
257

414-16A 5V2
DEVELOPING BIAS/M 734-3 730-6B GKDCV
258

414-15A PS
734-4 730-5B CHGK_ER
DEVELOPING BIAS/C
259

734-5 730-4B DEVEDCK 414-14A SGND


734-6 730-3B DEVEACK
260

414-13A 5V2
DEVELOPING BIAS/K
9
9

734-7 730-2B DEVEKDCV


261

414-12A PS
734-8 730-1B DEVEKCLOCK
262

414-11A SGND
F/G
263

414-10A 5V2
264

414-9A PS
265

414-8A SGND
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

2
APPENDIX
APPENDIX KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location


TS1 Thermostat /1 1-C Developing bias /Y 9-E
TS2 Thermostat /2 2-C Developing bias /M 9-E
HV1 High voltage unit /1 7-C Developing bias /C 9-E
L2 Fixing upper heater lamp /1 1-B Developing bias /K 9-E
L3 Fixing upper heater lamp /2 1-B Charger /Y 7-E
L4 Fixing lower heater lamp 2-B Charger /M 8-E
M29 Fixing motor 1-D Charger /C 8-E
M30 Registration roller motor 4-H Charger /K 8-E
M31 Loop roller motor 4-H Grid /Y 7-E
M32 ADU reverse motor 4-H Grid /M 7-E
M33 Reverse/exit motor 5-H Grid /C 8-E
M34 2nd transfer pressure/release motor 6-H Grid /K 8-E
M35 Tray up drive motor /BP 6-H PRCB Printer control board 3-A
M54 Web motor 2-D CVDB Conveyance drive board 1-F
MC1 ADU conveyance clutch /2 1-H
MC2 ADU conveyance clutch /1 1-H
MC3 ADU Pre-registration clutch 2-I
MC4 Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 7-H
MC5 Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 7-H
MC6 Paper feed clutch /BP 8-H
PS16 Fixing pressure/release sensor 2-D
PS17 Fixing exit sensor 2-D
PS18 Front door open/close sensor 3-D
PS19 Reverse/Exit sensor 1-I
PS20 ADU conveyance sensor 2-I
PS21 ADU reverse sensor 2-I
PS22 Registration sensor 2-I
PS23 ADU Pre-registration sensor 3-I
PS24 2nd Transfer HP sensor 3-I
PS25 Tray upper limit sensor /BP 6-I
PS26 By-pass conveyance sensor 7-I
PS27 Intermediate conveyance sensor /1 7-I
PS28 Intermediate conveyance sensor /2 8-I
PS55 Conveyance lever sensor 3-I
SD4 Reverse/Exit solenoid 1-H
SD5 Pick up solenoid /BP 8-H
SD6 ADU lock solenoid 7-F
MS1 Front door interlock switch 3-D
TH1 Fixing temperature sensor /1 1-C
TH2 Fixing temperature sensor /2 3-C
TH3 Fixing temperature sensor /3 2-C
TH4 Fixing temperature sensor /4 3-C

Appendix-14
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
5.8

266
414-7A 24V2
752-1-3 751-1-6

267
414-6A DRIVE
572-1
752-2-2 751-2-5

268
572-2 414-5A 24V2

FAN/1
M61
752-3-1 751-3-4

(New type only)


572-3 414-4A DRIVE
269

PAPER EXIT

1
1
270

414-3A 24V2
753-1-3 751-4-3
572-4
271

414-2A DRIVE
753-2-2 751-5-2
572-5
272

414-1A N.C

FAN/2
M62
753-3-1 751-6-1
572-6 414-16B N.C

PAPER EXIT
414-15B N.C
754-1-3
572-7
273

414-14B 5V2
754-2-2
572-8
274

414-13B PS

FAN/3
M63
754-3-1
572-9
275

PAPER EXIT
414-12B SGND
572-10
276

414-11B 5V2

737-12
277

736-1A TRANSY 414-10B PS


1st TRANSFER/Y
737-11 736-2A TRANSYI
278

414-9B SGND
737-10 736-3A TRANSYER
279

737-9 414-8B 5V2


736-4A TRANSM

2
2

1st TRANSFER/M
737-8
280

736-5A TRANSMI 414-7B PS


737-7 736-6A TRANSMER
281

414-6B SGND
737-6 736-7A TRANSC
282

737-5 736-8A TRANSCI 414-5B 3.3V


1st TRANSFER/C
737-4
283

736-9A TRANSCER 414-4B VR


737-3 736-10A TRANSK
284

414-3B SGND
737-2 736-11A TRANSKI
285

737-1 736-12A TRANSKER 414-2B T2DET(H)

Crimp
286

1st TRANSFER/K 736-1B N.C 414-1B SGND

Symbol
736-2B N.C
738-10 736-3B SGND
738-9 736-4B GPCONT
287

2nd TRANSFER
HV2 738-8 736-5B 2ND_CONT
428-16A 5V2
288

428-15A PS
738-7 736-6B 2ND_VI
289

738-6 736-7B 2ND_GAIN 428-14A SGND

Connector
738-5 736-8B 2ND_ER
290

428-13A 5V2

3
3

SEPARATION 738-4 736-9B SEPA_CNT


291

428-12A PS
738-3 736-10B SEPA_ACI
292

738-2 736-11B SEPA_DCI 428-11A SGND


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

738-1 736-12B SEPA_ER


293

428-10A 5V2
GUIDE PLATE
294

94

739-1 24V2 428-9A PS

Relay connector
Faston
739-2 NC
295

428-8A SGND
95

F/G

739-3 PGND
296

428-7A 24V2
494-4 493-4
391-8B 24V
297

428-6A DRIVE
494-3 493-3
391-7B KEY_CONT
KEY
C(K)
298

428-5A 24V2
8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (8/8)

494-1 493-1
COUNTER

391-6B PGND
299

494-2 493-2 428-4A DRIVE


391-5B KEY_SET
300

307-1 428-3A 24V2


391-4B DRIVE
301

307-2 428-2A DRIVE


391-3B EM
302

428-1A N.C

4
4

307-3 391-2B H/L


M36

FAN/3
FIXING
COOLING

307-4 428-16B N.C


391-1B PGND
392-1 428-15B N.C
391-9A DRIVE
428-14B 5V2
303

710-1-2 392-2
391-8A FFAN_ER
428-13B PS
304

392-3
M37

391-7A H/L
FAN/2
FIXING

710-2-1
COOLING

428-12B SGND
305

SWITCH
392-4
391-6A PGND

INTERLOCK
428-11B 5V2
306

TONER SUPPLY
495-6
391-9B PGND

MS2
428-10B PS
307

495-4
391-5A PAT4_DRIVE
428-9B SGND
308

495-3
391-4A PAT3_DRIVE
741-8-1 428-8B 5V2
309

713-1 711-8 24V2 495-2


391-3A PAT2_DRIVE
428-7B PS
310

TONER
BOTTLE
741-7-2 495-1
713-2 391-2A PAT1_DRIVE
711-7 CONT 428-6B SGND
311

INDICATOR LAMP

495-5
716-1 741-6-3 391-1A 24V
711-6 24V2
312

428-5B 3.3V

5
5

PRCB(2/2) 2/2

TONER
313

741-5-4 428-4B VR

BOTTLE
716-2 711-5 CONT 724-18 PGND
472-1-3
314

719-1 741-4-5 428-3B SGND


711-4 24V2
394-1-4
315

724-17 EM 393-1A DRIVE 428-2B T3DET(H)


472-2-2
M48

719-2 741-3-6 394-2-3


CHAGER

711-3 CONT

TONER
316

393-2A EM 428-1B SGND

BOTTLE
INTAKE FAN

722-1 741-2-7 724-16 DRIVE


711-2 24V2 472-3-1 394-3-2 393-3A H/L
M43
WRITING

(24V1)
712-1 394-4-1 442-17A N.C
722-2 741-1-8 724-15 5V 393-4A PGND
MC14 MC15 MC16 MC17 711-1 CONT
317

712-2 395-1-4 442-16A 5V2

TONER
393-5A DRIVE

BOTTLE
724-14 TLD_SIG
LEVEL
TONER

CLUTCH/Y CLUTCH/M CLUTCH/C CLUTCH/K


318

712-3 395-2-3 442-15A PS


SENSOR/Y

724-13 SGND 393-6A ER


319

715-1 395-3-2 442-14A SGND


724-12 5V 393-7A H/L
M44
WRITING
320

715-2 395-4-1 442-13A 3.3V3


724-11 TLD_SIG 393-8A PGND
LEVEL
TONER
321

715-3 396-1-4 442-12A VR


724-10 SGND 393-9A DRIVE
322

718-1 396-2-3 442-11A SGND


724-9 5V 393-10A EM
323

6
6

718-2 396-3-2 442-10A 5V2


724-8 TLD_SIG 393-11A H/L
M45
WRITING
324

TONER

718-3 396-4-1 442-9A PS


724-7 SGND 393-12A PGND
SENSOR/C

TSDB
325

721-1 397-1-4 442-8A SGND


724-6 5V 393-1B DRIVE
326

721-2 397-2-3 442-7A 5V2


724-5 TLD_SIG 393-2B ER
LEVEL
327

397-3-2 442-6A PS
TONER

724-4 SGND
721-3 393-3B H/L
M46

DETECTION LEVEL DETECTION


328

725-1 397-4-1 442-5A SGND


WRITING

724-3 5V2 393-4B PGND


725-2
INTAKE FAN/1 INTAKE FAN/2 EXHAUST FAN/1 EXHAUST FAN/2

724-2 PS 398-1-3
393-5B DRIVE
329

442-4A 24V2
TLD_Y TLD_M TLD_C TLD_K PS54

724-1 SGND
725-3
DOOR
SUPPLY
330

442-3A DRIVE
SENSOR

398-2-2
393-6B EM
DETECTION SENSOR/M DETECTION SENSOR/K OPEN/CLOSE

706-1 A
FAN
M47

703-1
86

706-2 A 704-1 5V2 398-3-1


DRUM UNIT

393-7B PGND
331

706-3 B 703-2 442-2A 24V2


87

704-2 SGND
TONER DCPS1

399-4 393-8B TEMP


332

706-4 B 703-3 442-1A DRIVE


M49

MOTOR/Y
88

706-5 24V2 704-3 24V2 399-3 393-9B SGND


TONER SUPPLY

703-4
7
7

399-2 393-10B HUM


89

706-6 24V2 704-4 24V2


/HUM
TEMP
333

703-5 399-1 442-17B 24V2


393-11B 5V2
90

707-1-6 704-5 PGND


SENSOR

705-1 A
334

442-16B DRIVE
DCPS2

707-2-5 703-6 393-12B N.C


91

705-2 A 704-6 PGND


TEMP/HUMIDITY

707-3-4 705-3 B
701-13A-1A
335

707-4-3 702-1A 700-13A DRV_ERR 442-15B 24V2


705-4 B
M50

707-5-2 701-12A-2A
336

442-14B DRIVE
MOTOR/M

705-5 24V2 702-2A 700-12A H/L


707-6-1
TONER SUPPLY

705-6 24V2 701-11A-3A


337

702-3A 700-11A TBY_CLOCK 442-13B 5V2


705-7 N.C
701-10A-4A
338

727-1-6 702-4A 700-10A TBY_EN 442-12B PS


726-1 A
701-9A-5A
339

727-2-5 702-5A 700-9A YBCL_DRIVE 442-11B SGND


726-2 A
727-3-4 701-8A-6A
340

726-3 B 702-6A 700-8A TBY_SIG 442-10B 5V2


727-4-3
Appendix-15

726-4 B 701-7A-7A
341

702-7A 700-7A TBM_CLOCK 442-9B PS


M51

727-5-2
MOTOR/C

726-5 24V2
701-6A-8A
342

727-6-1 702-8A 700-6A TBM_EN 442-8B SGND


TONER SUPPLY

726-6 24V2
702-9A
701-5A-9A 700-5A MBCL_DRIVE
343

728-1-6 726-7 A 442-7B 5V2


701-4A-10A
8
8
344

728-2-5 726-8 A 702-10A 700-4A TBM_SIG 442-6B SGND


345

728-3-4 726-9 B 701-3A-11A 442-5B CONT


702-11A 700-3A TB_5V_SIG
346

728-4-3 726-10 B 442-4B CLOCK


702-12A
701-2A-12A 700-2A SGND
M52
347

728-5-2 442-3B CW/CCW


MOTOR/K

726-11 24V2
701-1A-13A
348

728-6-1 702-13A 700-1A TBO_SIG 442-2B EM


TONER SUPPLY

726-12 24V2
349

701-13B-1B 442-1B H/L


702-1B 700-13B CHFAN_ER

702-2B
701-12B-2B 700-12B CHFAN_ON
709-1 708-11 5V2 702-3B
701-11B-3B 700-11B SGND
709-2 708-10 SGND 701-10B-4B
702-4B 700-10B TBC_SIG
709-3 708-9 CONT 701-9B-5B
350

709-4 702-5B 700-9B CBCL_DRIVE 459-10 5V2


708-8 CLOCK
709-5 701-8B-6B
351

708-7 CW/CCW 702-6B 700-8B TBC_EN 459-9 PS


709-6 708-6 LOCK 701-7B-7B
352

702-7B 700-7B TBC_CLOCK 459-8 SGND


709-7
M53

708-5 H/L 701-6B-8B


353

709-8 702-8B 700-6B TBK_SIG 459-7 5V2


708-4 PGND
709-9 701-5B-9B
354

708-3 PGND 702-9B 700-5B KBCL_DRIVE 459-6 PS


9
9

709-10
TONER BOTTLE MOTOR

708-2 24V2 701-4B-10B


355

702-10B 700-4B TBK_EN 459-5 SGND


709-11 708-1 24V2
702-11B
701-3B-11B 700-3B TBK_CLOCK
356

459-4 PGND
702-12B
701-2B-12B 700-2B DBLT_CNT
357

459-3 H/L
702-13B
701-1B-13B 700-1B DBLT_CLOCK
358

459-2 EM
359

459-1 DRIVE
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

2
APPENDIX
APPENDIX KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Part name Location


C(K) Key counter 3-D
TEMP/HUM Temp/Humidity sensor 7-D
HV2 High voltage unit /2 2-C
M36 Fixing cooling fan /3 4-D
M37 Fixing cooling fan /2 4-E
M43 Writing intake fan /1 5-D
M44 Writing intake fan /2 6-D
M45 Writing exhaust fan /1 6-D
M46 Writing exhaust fan /2 6-D
M47 Drum unit fan 7-D
M48 Chager intake fan 5-E
M49 Toner supply motor /Y 7-I
M50 Toner supply motor /M 7-I
M51 Toner supply motor /C 8-I
M52 Toner supply motor /K 8-I
M53 Toner bottle motor 9-H
M61 Paper exit fan /1 1-D
M62 Paper exit fan /2 1-D
M63 Paper exit fan /3 1-D
MC14 Toner bottle clutch /Y 5-I
MC15 Toner bottle clutch /M 5-I
MC16 Toner bottle clutch /C 5-I
MC17 Toner bottle clutch /K 5-I
PS54 Toner supply door open/close sensor 6-E
TLD Y Toner level detection sensor /Y 5-E
TLD M Toner level detection sensor /M 6-E
TLD C Toner level detection sensor /C 6-E
TLD K Toner level detection sensor /K 6-E
MS2 Toner supply interlock switch 4-I
Indicator lamp 5-D
Guide plate 3-F
Separation 3-F
2nd transfer 3-E
1st transfer /Y 2-F
1st transfer /M 2-F
1st transfer /C 2-F
1st transfer /K 2-E
TSDB Toner supply drive board 5-F

Appendix-16 2
Index

PARTS GUIDE MANUAL


DECEMBER 2004

bizhub PRO C500


8050
8150
Dialta Color CF5001
INFORMATION FOR PARTS GUIDE MANUAL パーツ ガ イ ド マニ ュ アルのご案内
To find correct Parts No., refer to the “HOW TO MAKE THE BEST USE OF サービ ス部品を ご発注の際には、 下記に示す “パーツ ガ イ ド マニ ュ アルの
THIS MANUAL” in the following page. 活用にあた っ て” を ご参照の上、 正 し い部品番号にてお願い致 し ます。

HOW TO MAKE THE BEST USE OF THIS MANUAL パーツ ガ イ ド マニ ュ アルの活用にあた っ て

1 When you order, please check the proper figures beforehand that are on 1 部品発注の際には、 掲載 さ れてい る部品番号の桁数を確認 し 、 掲載 さ れ
Our Parts Guide Manual, and order with the appropriate figures. ている桁数で発注願います。

2 For screws, Nuts, Washers, retaining rings and Pins which are used in this 2 こ の製品に使用 さ れてい る ネ ジ、 ナ ッ ト 、 ワ ッ シ ャ ー、 止め輪、 ピ ン な
model, one letter is shown on the Standard parts column of Parts list and どは、 リ ス ト の右側の Standard parts 欄に a,b,c,……で表示 し 、 イ ラ ス ト
exploded diagrams. に も a,b,c,……表示 し てあ り ます。

3 In order to maintain safety of the product, some specific parts composed 3 製品の安全性を維持す る為に、 製品に使用 さ れる特定の部品を 「重要保
of this product are set up as "essential safety parts". 安部品」 と し て設定 し ています。

4 The assigned parts number for the "essential safety parts" is indicated as 4 重要保安部品の部品番号は、"SP00-****" と 記載 さ れていますので、部品
"SP00-****". 交換時は、 サー ビ ス マ ニ ュ アル記載の分解 ・ 組み立ての注意事項に従 っ
When replacing these parts, follow precautions for disassembling and て作業を し て下 さ い。
installing which are listed in the Service Manual. また、 指定以外の部品は一切使用 し ないで下 さ い。
Do not use any parts that are not set up as
5 本文に が表示 さ れている部品は、仕向け地毎に専用部品がある事を意
5 means that there are exclusive parts for each destination. 味 し ています。
Please check the appropriate destination when you order. オーダー さ れる時は、 仕向け地を確認 し て下 さ い。

6 Revision Mark 6 改訂記号について


Marked as on the illustration shows that the revision has been made. イ ラ ス ト 上に 印が表示 さ れている部分は、 改訂 さ れた事を表 し ます。

7 All rights reserved. (any reprints or quotations are prohibited.) 7 版権所有   (無断転載及び無断引用の禁止)
Use of this parts guide manual should be strictly supervised to avoid dis- 本パー ツ ガ イ ド マ ニ ュ アルについては、 機密保持等その扱いには十分注
closure of confidential information. 意 し て下 さ い。 万一取 り 扱い を誤 っ た場合には、 法律で処罰 さ れる こ と
があ り ます。

12/09/2004
SYSTEM OUTLINE

6 2 10

8 3
4 5

9
1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


GENERAL CONTENTS
No. Description Model

KONICA MINOLTA bizhub PRO C500/


1 DIGITAL MFP COLOR Konica 8050/Konica 8150/Minolta Dialta
Color CF5001

2 DOCUMENT FEEDER DF-319

3 PAPER FEEDER LT-211

4 SORTER/FINISHER FS-513

5 SORTER/FINISHER FS-606

6 OTHER OPTION PI-110

7 PUNCH UNIT PK-507/PK-508

8 OTHER OPTION TU-109

9 OTHER OPTION TU-109A KIT

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


No. Description Model

10 OTHER OPTION CV-131

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


DIAGRAMS OF MAIN PARTS SECTION
4 3 10
2 9
5
10
7
9
8 5
7 10
9
7 5
10
9
23
7 5
19
13
24

22

15
16
21

16
20

20 16

20 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


CONTENTS 1/7
No. DESCRIPTION 名称 PAGE No.
1 MAIN FRAME 骨格 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
2 EXTERNAL PARTS 外装 P6 P7 P8 P9
3 OPERATION UNIT 操作部 P10
4 OPTICS UNIT 光学部 P11 P12 P13 P14
5 WRITING UNIT 書込みユニット P15 P16 P17
6 DRIVING SECTION 駆動部 P18 P19 P20 P21 P22
7 DRUM CARTRIDGE ドラムカートリッジ P23 P24
8 INTERMEDIATE TRANSFER UNIT 中間転写ユニット P25 P26 P27 P27A P28 P29
9 CHARGING UNIT 帯電極 P30
10 DEVELOPING UNIT 現像ユニット P31
11 TONER SUPPLY UNIT トナー補給部 P32 P33 P34 P35 P36 P37
12 TONER COLLECTING SECTION トナー回収部 P38
13 FIXING UNIT 定着部 P39 P40 P41 P42 P43 P44 P44A
14 PROSE ユ CARRIAGE UNIT プロセス架台 P45 P46 P47 P48 P49
15 REGISTRATION UNIT レジストユニット P50
16 PAPER FEED UNIT 給紙部 P51 P52
17 PAPER FEED DRIVING UNIT 給紙駆動ユニット P53
18 VERTICAL CONVEYANCE UNIT 垂直搬送ユニット P54 P55
19 MANUAL FEED UNIT 手差 し ユニット P56 P57 P58 P59
20 CASSETTE カセット P60 P61 P62 P63 P64 P65 P66
21 ADU CARRIAGE ADU 架台 P67 P68 P69 P70 P71 P72 P73 P74 P75
22 SECONDARY TRANSFER UNIT 二次転写 P76
23 PAPER EXIT UNIT 排紙部 P77 P78
24 PAPER EXIT GUIDE UNIT 排紙ガイド部 P79 P80 P81 P82
25 ELECTRIC PARTS 電装 P83 P84 P85
P86 P87 P88 P89 P90 P91 P92 P93 P94
26 WIRING 束線
P95 P96 P97 P98

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


2/7
INDEX
Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No.
0590 7651 0 52-25 12AR 7705 0 31-8 25BA 8554 0 38-31 26NA 4082 0 68-21 3080 6136 0 2-3
0676 4258 0 66-5 12EJ 1113 0 58-12 25HA 3033 0 22-11 26NA 4082 0 69-8 3080 6136 0 4-1
07AA 7730 2 53-14 12QR 8601 1 32-15 25SA 1020 0 1-14 26NA 4082 0 71-9 3220 7601 0 36-3
07BA 1587 1 29-6 12QV 4065 0 77-13 25SA 1020 0 2-4 26NA 4082 0 75-7 35EA 7715 1 36-12
07BA 7519 0 19-16 12VG 7703 0 37-10 25SA 1020 0 4-2 26NA 4082 0 76-6 35EA 7722 0 37-7
08AA 7601 0 51-10 12VL 4224 0 31-13 25SA 1043 1 1-23 26NA 4082 0 78-7 3920 1110 1 79-4
08AA 7601 0 52-5 12VR 7551 0 81-3 25SA 1043 1 4-10 26NA 4206 1 51-12 3960 4068 1 9-17
08AA 7606 0 69-6 12VR 7552 0 82-15 25SA 3016 0 31-2 26NA 4256 0 51-3 3960 4068 1 37-4
08AA 7606 0 75-11 13HA 8002 0 56-1 25SA 4096 0 51-7 26NA 4256 0 54-9 3960 4068 1 57-14
08AA 8003 0 19-11 13NG 4520 0 71-10 25SA 4096 0 57-17 26NA 4256 0 68-4 40AA 3232 0 27-5
08AA 8004 0 37-6 13NT 8051 0 4-3 25SA 6107 0 11-11 26NA 4256 0 72-19 40AA 3232 0 31-16
08AA 8551 0 1-13 13NT 8051 0 77-4 25SA 6154 0 14-4 26NA 4256 0 73-2 40AA 3232 0 34-11
08AA 8551 0 9-6 13NT 8051 0 84-9 25SA 6155 0 14-1 26NA 4256 0 79-2 40AA 3232 0 35-11
08AA 8551 0 11-19 13QA 4061 0 81-14 25SA 6165 0 12-7 26NA 4537 1 50-3 40AA 3232 0 40-12
08AA 8551 0 12-13 13QA 7704 0 57-18 25SA 6171 0 11-4 26NA 4707 0 63-3 40AA 4626 1 81-7
08AA 8551 0 19-4 13QA 7704 0 82-2 25SA 7504 0 18-2 26NA 5371 0 43-4 40AA 4634 2 81-9
08AA 8551 0 33-2 13RN 7321 1 37-1 25SA 7504 0 19-8 26NA 5377 0 44-15 40AA 7755 0 69-1
08AA 8551 0 38-33 14GE 4547 0 82-5 25SA 7504 0 22-7 26NA 5378 0 44-4 40AA 7766 0 36-1
08AA 8551 0 40-3 1900 4092 1 12-2 25SA 7504 0 26-8 26NA 5403 0 42-15 40AA 8501 1 9-7
08AA 8551 0 52-16 25AA 4750 0 71-14 25SA 7504 0 29-7 26NA 5403 0 44-18 40AA 8803 0 34-5
08AA 8551 0 54-11 25AA 5008 0 72-4 25SA 7504 0 31-12 26NA 5423 0 44-2 40AA 8803 0 35-5
08AA 8551 0 57-1 25AA 5008 0 75-3 25SA 7504 0 44-28 26NA 5423 0 79-6 40LA 3285 0 33-11
08AA 8551 0 59-14 25AA 7509 0 77-7 25SA 7504 0 82-7 26NA 6141 0 13-4 40LA 7011 1 10-11
08AA 8551 0 64-13 25AA 7509 0 81-6 25SA 7742 0 53-13 26NA 6194 0 11-3 40LA 7012 1 10-12
08AA 8551 0 65-4 25AA 7509 0 82-6 26MA 7404 0 24-7 26NA 6216 0 11-7 40LA 7013 0 10-9
08AA 8551 0 71-8 25AA 7553 0 40-14 26MA 7410 0 19-12 26NA 7601 0 57-6 40LA 7017 0 10-6
08AA 8551 0 72-11 25AA 7553 0 51-2 26NA 1245 0 4-4 26NA 7601 0 58-1 40LA 7019 1 10-13
08AA 8551 0 74-2 25AA 7553 0 54-8 26NA 1558 0 57-10 26NA 8051 1 12-17 40LA 7024 0 7-4
08AA 8551 0 78-2 25AA 7553 0 68-3 26NA 1728 0 24-3 26NA 8251 3 48-6 4500 5339 0 42-7
08AA 8551 0 79-9 25AA 7553 0 72-18 26NA 1758 0 18-1 26NA 9706 0 11-8 4540 5339 1 44-10
0900 7553 0 53-9 25AA 7553 0 73-1 26NA 3266 0 36-2 26NE 9706 0 11-8 4540 7504 0 44-11
129U 8003 0 67-6 25AA 7553 0 79-1 26NA 3287 0 33-6 26NF 9706 0 11-8 4540 7803 0 42-3
129X 4835 0 67-9 25AA 7772 0 69-11 26NA 4082 0 52-10 26TA 3077 0 31-6 4540 7805 0 22-6
129X 4836 0 67-2 25AA 7773 0 55-10 26NA 4082 0 55-3 26WA 8001 2 19-23 4540 7805 0 24-13
129X 4836 0 77-8 25AA 7773 0 69-10 26NA 4082 0 56-3 3040 7807 0 40-7 4620 7601 0 71-15
12AJ 4585 0 68-14 25AA 7789 0 36-10 26NA 4082 0 57-9 3040 7807 0 42-2 5000 7501 0 12-8
12AJ 4585 0 73-5 25BA 7717 1 36-7 26NA 4082 0 64-8 3080 6136 0 1-15 5000 7501 0 42-1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


3/7
Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No.
5380 8826 0 83-1 55VA 5397 0 42-17 56AA 1732 0 26-4 56AA 1764 0 1-18 56AA 4611 0 43-9
5400 7605 0 19-21 55VA 5397 0 44-8 56AA 1732 0 36-14 56AA 1776 0 52-23 56AA 5024 0 70-2
5400 7605 0 22-3 55VA 5583 0 43-7 56AA 1732 0 57-7 56AA 2070 0 25-4 56AA 5053 0 3-1
5400 7605 0 26-17 55VA 6202 0 11-15 56AA 1732 0 58-3 56AA 4001 0 51-5 56AA 5070 0 71-3
5400 7605 0 29-5 55VA 7713 0 53-5 56AA 1732 0 67-5 56AA 4003 2 52-12 56AA 5073 0 71-5
5400 7605 0 40-2 55VA 7903 0 51-9 56AA 1732 0 68-2 56AA 4007 0 52-26 56AA 5238 0 72-8
5400 7605 0 44-32 55VA 7903 0 57-13 56AA 1732 0 69-13 56AA 4010 0 52-1 56AA 5242 0 72-1
5400 7605 0 50-5 55VA 7915 0 63-14 56AA 1732 0 73-8 56AA 4012 0 52-33 56AA 5245 1 72-9
5400 7605 0 53-1 55VA 7930 0 36-11 56AA 1732 0 77-9 56AA 4017 1 52-15 56AA 6129 0 11-13
5400 7605 0 67-11 55VA 8552 0 42-4 56AA 1732 0 81-8 56AA 4019 0 52-17 56AA 6129 0 14-2
5400 7605 0 72-7 55VA 8754 2 10-10 56AA 1736 0 72-5 56AA 4023 0 52-34 56AA 6140 0 11-18
5440 7720 1 44-9 55VA 8755 0 10-3 56AA 1746 0 36-5 56AA 4029 0 52-21 56AA 6140 0 20-14
5540 7713 0 53-10 55WA 1030 0 1-29 56AA 1746 0 53-4 56AA 4030 0 52-28 56AA 6140 0 21-14
55FA 1210 1 9-9 55WA 1030 0 4-8 56AA 1746 0 71-11 56AA 4031 0 52-14 56AA 6141 0 11-17
55FA 4032 0 52-11 55WA 1031 0 1-22 56AA 1747 0 22-8 56AA 4037 0 52-13 56AA 6142 0 12-11
55FA 8052 0 2-2 55WA 3001 0 24-8 56AA 1747 0 36-8 56AA 4038 0 52-8 56AA 6143 0 12-12
55GA 4044 0 79-10 56AA -040 0 71-7 56AA 1747 0 53-12 56AA 4038 0 57-8 56AA 7356 0 85-2
55GA 7503 1 41-7 56AA -408 0 51-8 56AA 1747 0 72-2 56AA 4039 0 52-30 56AA 7733 0 34-2
55GA 8601 0 1-10 56AA -457 0 52-22 56AA 1747 0 82-11 56AA 4041 1 51-11 56AA 7733 0 35-2
55TA 8456 0 83-1 56AA -458 0 52-20 56AA 1748 0 40-6 56AA 4041 1 57-12 56AA 7733 0 36-13
55VA 1219 0 8-2 56AA -710 0 1-27 56AA 1748 0 44-34 56AA 4042 0 51-14 56AA 7759 0 52-27
55VA 1247 0 4-12 56AA 1030 0 2-1 56AA 1748 0 50-6 56AA 4045 0 52-41 56AA 7772 0 52-38
55VA 1554 1 56-5 56AA 1030 0 65-1 56AA 1748 0 52-36 56AA 4046 0 52-7 56AA 7773 0 52-37
55VA 1554 1 67-14 56AA 1212 0 9-8 56AA 1748 0 53-3 56AA 4047 0 52-39 56AA 8003 0 66-6
55VA 2068 0 32-2 56AA 1214 0 9-10 56AA 1748 0 67-15 56AA 4048 0 51-4 56AA 8007 1 22-10
55VA 3253 0 67-12 56AA 1215 0 9-28 56AA 1748 0 68-17 56AA 4049 0 24-1 56AA 8007 1 37-3
55VA 4023 0 57-20 56AA 1216 0 9-29 56AA 1748 0 72-16 56AA 4049 0 26-14 56AA 8007 1 40-1
55VA 4060 0 64-11 56AA 1224 1 9-4 56AA 1748 0 77-10 56AA 4049 0 51-6 56AA 8054 0 2-6
55VA 4093 0 65-8 56AA 1236 0 8-4 56AA 1748 0 78-4 56AA 4049 0 52-19 56AA 8201 2 52-31
55VA 4099 1 57-21 56AA 1256 0 9-5 56AA 1748 0 81-2 56AA 4050 0 52-35 56AA 8201 2 55-9
55VA 4212 0 26-16 56AA 1549 0 69-5 56AA 1748 0 82-12 56AA 4051 0 52-40 56AA 8201 2 68-20
55VA 4212 0 50-12 56AA 1549 0 75-10 56AA 1749 0 20-2 56AA 4052 0 52-6 56AA 8201 2 75-6
55VA 4212 0 52-32 56AA 1709 0 56-4 56AA 1749 0 21-2 56AA 4269 0 20-17 56AA 8352 1 10-4
55VA 4212 0 55-12 56AA 1709 0 67-13 56AA 1751 0 52-24 56AA 4269 0 21-17 56AA 8552 0 50-1
55VA 4212 0 68-19 56AA 1712 1 52-29 56AA 1753 0 27-12 56AA 4269 0 40-13 56AA 8552 0 68-7
55VA 4212 0 75-5 56AA 1730 0 19-15 56AA 1753 0 31-7 56AA 4414 0 54-6 56AA 8552 0 78-12
55VA 4212 0 76-4 56AA 1730 0 54-5 56AA 1753 0 41-8 56AA 4415 0 54-3 56AA 8553 0 11-2
55VA 4222 0 57-5 56AA 1731 0 51-15 56AA 1753 0 42-12 56AA 4420 0 54-1 56AA 8560 1 59-9
55VA 5375 0 33-1 56AA 1731 0 57-11 56AA 1762 0 1-19 56AA 4420 0 68-10 56AA 8560 1 63-12
55VA 5385 0 32-14 56AA 1732 0 19-14 56AA 1763 0 1-17 56AA 4611 0 42-13 56AA 8831 0 1-2

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


4/7
Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No.
56AA 8842 0 83-2 65AA -156 0 20-3 65AA -358 0 34-3 65AA -650 1 17-3 65AA 1114 0 16-2
56AA 9061 0 89-10 65AA -156 0 21-3 65AA -358 0 35-3 65AA -651 1 15-1 65AA 1114 0 17-2
56AA 9710 0 39-6 65AA -178 0 19-24 65AA -364 1 34-7 65AA -651 1 16-3 65AA 1117 0 3-8
56AA 9791 0 60-2 65AA -191 0 5-3 65AA -364 1 35-7 65AA -735 0 83-7 65AA 1120 0 1-4
56AA 9792 0 61-2 65AA -192 0 5-1 65AA -368 1 34-6 65AA -738 0 83-6 65AA 1131 0 1-20
56AA 9793 0 62-2 65AA -202 0 24-19 65AA -368 1 35-6 65AA -743 0 85-5 65AA 1132 0 1-6
56AE 9710 0 39-6 65AA -216 0 23-2 65AA -380 0 32-3 65AA -901 1 84-5 65AA 1135 0 4-9
56AF 8452 0 83-3 65AA -228 2 49-9 65AA -386 0 32-22 65AA -902 2 84-3 65AA 1136 0 1-25
56GA 4226 1 1-31 65AA -234 1 46-3 65AA -387 0 32-7 65AA -903 3 85-1 65AA 1138 0 2-5
56GA 8006 1 73-9 65AA -234 1 47-2 65AA -395 0 32-6 65AA -905 0 71-18 65AA 1143 0 1-5
56GK 9711 0 39-6 65AA -236 0 46-4 65AA -400 0 51-1 65AA -906 0 37-2 65AA 1150 0 1-30
56GK 9712 0 45-9 65AA -236 0 47-4 65AA -401 0 52-18 65AA -907 0 11-12 65AA 1153 0 4-7
56QA 4008 0 51-13 65AA -237 0 48-3 65AA -403 0 52-3 65AA -908 2 20-4 65AA 1201 0 9-23
65AA -033 0 71-19 65AA -240 0 38-29 65AA -424 1 77-14 65AA -908 2 21-4 65AA 1204 0 9-11
65AA -046 0 67-1 65AA -242 0 38-23 65AA -430 0 54-17 65AA -909 0 19-25 65AA 1205 0 9-15
65AA -049 0 72-17 65AA -245 0 38-34 65AA -432 0 54-15 65AA -909 0 20-7 65AA 1206 1 9-1
65AA -058 0 82-9 65AA -250 1 30-1 65AA -437 0 54-12 65AA -909 0 21-7 65AA 1213 0 7-7
65AA -063 0 81-1 65AA -251 0 32-1 65AA -452 0 76-1 65AA -912 0 84-4 65AA 1214 0 7-8
65AA -096 0 16-1 65AA -252 1 30-11 65AA -456 0 76-3 65AA -921 0 7-6 65AA 1215 0 7-9
65AA -096 0 17-1 65AA -255 0 38-18 65AA -457 0 76-2 65AA -922 0 10-17 65AA 1216 0 7-2
65AA -099 0 16-5 65AA -256 0 38-15 65AA -462 0 50-2 65AA -972 2 31-1 65AA 1217 0 12-5
65AA -099 0 17-5 65AA -261 0 25-6 65AA -477 0 63-6 65AA 1019 0 3-7 65AA 1223 0 8-1
65AA -120 1 9-30 65AA -270 0 25-1 65AA -479 0 64-1 65AA 1026 0 1-24 65AA 1230 0 6-7
65AA -126 0 6-3 65AA -274 0 29-1 65AA -490 0 60-3 65AA 1037 0 5-2 65AA 1241 0 1-3
65AA -127 1 12-1 65AA -277 0 26-20 65AA -491 0 61-3 65AA 1043 0 3-11 65AA 1242 0 12-10
65AA -128 0 12-4 65AA -277 0 70-1 65AA -492 0 62-3 65AA 1044 0 3-10 65AA 1246 0 12-9
65AA -136 0 6-5 65AA -278 0 26-22 65AA -500 0 56-6 65AA 1063 0 3-4 65AA 1252 0 6-6
65AA -137 0 6-1 65AA -279 0 26-11 65AA -508 0 59-5 65AA 1064 0 3-5 65AA 1254 0 9-12
65AA -138 0 6-2 65AA -280 0 26-23 65AA -509 0 59-1 65AA 1065 0 3-9 65AA 1255 0 9-13
65AA -139 0 6-4 65AA -281 0 29-8 65AA -520 0 57-22 65AA 1066 0 1-16 65AA 1258 0 9-3
65AA -141 1 8-7 65AA -282 0 29-11 65AA -522 0 57-4 65AA 1069 0 1-28 65AA 1260 0 9-16
65AA -142 1 8-5 65AA -283 0 32-18 65AA -536 0 44-25 65AA 1070 0 1-21 65AA 1263 0 9-14
65AA -144 1 8-8 65AA -287 0 25-7 65AA -537 1 43-1 65AA 1071 0 1-26 65AA 1264 0 9-21
65AA -145 0 1-8 65AA -290 1 27-4 65AA -553 0 44-21 65AA 1084 0 3-3 65AA 1268 0 7-1
65AA -150 0 20-18 65AA -292 0 27-11 65AA -554 0 43-13 65AA 1087 0 16-4 65AA 1269 0 1-1
65AA -151 0 21-18 65AA -295 0 28-10 65AA -561 0 41-6 65AA 1087 0 17-4 65AA 1276 0 9-26
65AA -153 0 20-10 65AA -298 0 28-4 65AA -562 1 41-16 65AA 1088 0 1-9 65AA 1280 0 9-27
65AA -153 0 21-10 65AA -335 0 33-4 65AA -630 0 13-5 65AA 1090 0 1-7 65AA 1287 0 6-13
65AA -155 0 20-15 65AA -354 0 34-10 65AA -632 0 12-3 65AA 1097 0 3-2 65AA 1287 0 60-5
65AA -155 0 21-15 65AA -356 1 35-10 65AA -650 1 15-2 65AA 1114 0 4-5 65AA 1287 0 61-5

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


5/7
Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No.
65AA 1287 0 62-5 65AA 2246 0 45-4 65AA 2604 0 26-10 65AA 3246 1 35-1 65AA 4263 0 59-6
65AA 1503 0 21-1 65AA 2257 1 46-6 65AA 2609 0 26-13 65AA 3250 1 34-4 65AA 4266 0 59-13
65AA 1504 0 20-1 65AA 2257 1 47-6 65AA 2610 0 29-9 65AA 3250 1 35-4 65AA 4267 0 59-8
65AA 1520 0 20-5 65AA 2259 0 48-5 65AA 2611 1 26-9 65AA 3263 0 33-8 65AA 4268 0 59-7
65AA 1520 0 21-5 65AA 2265 0 47-5 65AA 2612 0 29-13 65AA 3267 1 33-7 65AA 4269 0 59-17
65AA 1523 0 20-9 65AA 2268 0 45-1 65AA 2613 0 29-12 65AA 3271 0 33-10 65AA 4270 0 59-4
65AA 1523 0 21-9 65AA 2275 0 48-4 65AA 2614 0 26-5 65AA 3285 1 34-8 65AA 4276 1 59-2
65AA 1524 0 20-11 65AA 2276 0 48-1 65AA 2619 0 26-21 65AA 3285 1 35-8 65AA 4277 0 59-3
65AA 1524 0 21-11 65AA 2280 0 49-8 65AA 2629 1 27-14 65AA 3294 0 34-9 65AA 4279 0 58-10
65AA 1608 0 22-1 65AA 2281 0 49-5 65AA 2634 0 25-2 65AA 3294 0 35-9 65AA 4283 0 58-8
65AA 1713 0 19-2 65AA 2403 0 38-21 65AA 2640 0 27-16 65AA 3304 0 32-4 65AA 4287 0 59-22
65AA 1714 0 19-1 65AA 2404 0 38-16 65AA 2642 0 26-1 65AA 3305 0 32-5 65AA 4410 0 54-13
65AA 1718 0 19-3 65AA 2406 0 38-8 65AA 2653 0 29-2 65AA 3321 0 32-16 65AA 4413 0 55-5
65AA 1722 0 19-7 65AA 2407 0 38-19 65AA 2657 0 28-9 65AA 3329 0 35-12 65AA 4420 0 55-2
65AA 1723 0 19-26 65AA 2408 0 38-24 65AA 2658 0 28-7 65AA 3333 0 33-9 65AA 4422 0 55-4
65AA 1806 0 18-6 65AA 2412 0 38-11 65AA 2660 0 25-5 65AA 4001 0 52-2 65AA 4423 0 54-2
65AA 1807 0 18-3 65AA 2413 0 38-9 65AA 2663 0 27-13 65AA 4006 0 52-4 65AA 4424 0 54-7
65AA 2003 1 24-15 65AA 2420 0 38-4 65AA 2674 0 26-2 65AA 4010 0 52-9 65AA 4425 0 54-10
65AA 2006 0 24-10 65AA 2421 0 38-1 65AA 2675 0 26-3 65AA 4204 0 57-2 65AA 4427 0 54-14
65AA 2006 0 27-17 65AA 2422 0 38-14 65AA 2684 0 27-10 65AA 4205 0 57-3 65AA 4430 0 55-1
65AA 2012 0 24-9 65AA 2424 0 38-27 65AA 2687 0 26-12 65AA 4207 0 57-19 65AA 4433 0 55-8
65AA 2025 0 24-4 65AA 2425 0 38-28 65AA 2692 0 26-15 65AA 4217 0 57-15 65AA 4435 0 55-11
65AA 2030 0 24-14 65AA 2431 0 38-10 65AA 2697 0 26-7 65AA 4226 0 59-12 65AA 4438 0 54-16
65AA 2030 0 27-18 65AA 2433 0 38-5 65AA 2702 0 26-6 65AA 4232 0 58-11 65AA 4444 0 55-6
65AA 2033 1 24-12 65AA 2434 0 38-22 65AA 2711 0 28-6 65AA 4233 0 58-2 65AA 4446 0 54-4
65AA 2046 0 24-17 65AA 2436 0 38-30 65AA 2712 0 26-19 65AA 4234 0 56-2 65AA 4448 0 55-7
65AA 2051 0 24-5 65AA 2438 0 38-32 65AA 2724 0 26-18 65AA 4237 0 58-5 65AA 4501 1 76-10
65AA 2052 0 24-18 65AA 2440 0 38-2 65AA 2724 0 29-4 65AA 4238 0 58-6 65AA 4507 0 76-7
65AA 2053 0 24-11 65AA 2441 0 38-17 65AA 2727 0 25-3 65AA 4241 0 59-19 65AA 4512 0 76-5
65AA 2213 0 49-4 65AA 2442 0 38-20 65AA 2730 0 28-2 65AA 4243 0 59-16 65AA 4518 0 76-8
65AA 2214 0 49-1 65AA 2444 0 38-3 65AA 2736 0 28-8 65AA 4244 0 59-15 65AA 4522 0 67-8
65AA 2229 0 49-3 65AA 2501 1 30-4 65AA 2740 0 29-14 65AA 4245 0 59-18 65AA 4523 0 67-7
65AA 2232 0 46-1 65AA 2502 1 30-10 65AA 3024 0 31-10 65AA 4252 0 58-14 65AA 4601 2 50-10
65AA 2235 0 49-2 65AA 2504 0 30-3 65AA 3025 0 31-15 65AA 4253 0 58-13 65AA 4602 0 50-9
65AA 2236 0 49-6 65AA 2505 0 30-8 65AA 3069 0 32-20 65AA 4256 0 58-9 65AA 4603 0 50-11
65AA 2237 0 48-2 65AA 2506 0 30-9 65AA 3070 1 32-19 65AA 4258 0 58-4 65AA 4608 0 50-4
65AA 2241 0 46-2 65AA 2507 1 30-6 65AA 3091 0 32-21 65AA 4259 0 58-7 65AA 4705 0 63-1
65AA 2241 0 47-1 65AA 2508 0 30-5 65AA 3239 1 33-3 65AA 4261 0 59-11 65AA 4709 0 63-4
65AA 2242 0 45-3 65AA 2509 0 30-2 65AA 3242 0 33-5 65AA 4261 0 63-13 65AA 4713 0 64-14
65AA 2243 0 45-2 65AA 2510 0 30-7 65AA 3246 1 34-1 65AA 4262 0 59-10 65AA 4715 0 64-12

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


6/7
Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No.
65AA 4722 0 5-5 65AA 4834 0 77-2 65AA 5076 0 71-1 65AA 5359 0 44-16 65AA 7326 0 84-8
65AA 4722 0 66-1 65AA 4835 0 77-1 65AA 5081 0 71-4 65AA 5360 0 44-17 65AA 7341 0 84-6
65AA 4724 0 63-7 65AA 4836 0 78-17 65AA 5082 0 68-15 65AA 5365 1 42-18 65AA 7349 0 84-12
65AA 4727 0 63-11 65AA 4840 0 78-19 65AA 5083 0 71-13 65AA 5378 0 43-8 65AA 7505 1 20-8
65AA 4732 0 65-6 65AA 4844 0 78-18 65AA 5104 1 73-15 65AA 5379 0 42-16 65AA 7505 1 21-8
65AA 4739 0 66-3 65AA 4846 0 78-16 65AA 5112 0 68-22 65AA 5382 1 39-2 65AA 7506 0 38-26
65AA 4742 0 63-10 65AA 4849 0 78-15 65AA 5112 0 75-4 65AA 5383 0 39-3 65AA 7507 0 38-7
65AA 4748 0 65-2 65AA 4850 0 78-14 65AA 5131 1 72-13 65AA 5386 0 44-24 65AA 7508 1 49-7
65AA 4752 0 65-9 65AA 4905 0 82-10 65AA 5131 1 79-8 65AA 5389 0 41-1 65AA 7509 0 29-3
65AA 4753 0 65-10 65AA 4910 0 81-4 65AA 5140 0 68-5 65AA 5390 0 44-14 65AA 7651 0 11-14
65AA 4755 0 63-16 65AA 4911 0 80-3 65AA 5141 0 72-20 65AA 5392 0 41-14 65AA 7652 0 12-16
65AA 4755 0 64-4 65AA 4912 1 82-21 65AA 5142 0 73-4 65AA 5393 0 43-2 65AA 7653 0 73-6
65AA 4758 0 65-7 65AA 4914 1 81-17 65AA 5144 0 73-12 65AA 5398 0 41-3 65AA 7654 0 72-15
65AA 4759 0 63-18 65AA 4917 0 82-22 65AA 5145 0 73-10 65AA 5399 0 41-10 65AA 7654 0 77-12
65AA 4760 0 63-15 65AA 4919 0 81-18 65AA 5146 0 73-3 65AA 5409 0 44-30 65AA 7654 0 78-8
65AA 4762 0 64-2 65AA 4920 0 82-19 65AA 5147 0 74-3 65AA 5419 0 39-5 65AA 7654 0 81-12
65AA 4763 0 63-17 65AA 4926 0 82-1 65AA 5149 0 72-10 65AA 6112 0 14-6 65AA 7654 0 82-14
65AA 4763 0 64-3 65AA 4927 0 82-18 65AA 5150 0 72-14 65AA 6118 0 12-6 65AA 7701 0 57-16
65AA 4767 0 63-8 65AA 4929 0 82-8 65AA 5150 0 79-7 65AA 6120 0 13-3 65AA 7707 0 22-5
65AA 4768 0 63-19 65AA 4932 0 81-10 65AA 5154 0 75-2 65AA 6120 0 14-3 65AA 7708 0 22-4
65AA 4775 0 65-5 65AA 4939 0 79-5 65AA 5155 0 75-1 65AA 6121 0 12-14 65AA 7709 0 22-9
65AA 4778 0 63-2 65AA 4941 0 68-1 65AA 5156 0 75-13 65AA 6125 0 11-5 65AA 7716 0 40-4
65AA 4780 0 64-9 65AA 4941 0 81-13 65AA 5160 0 73-11 65AA 6135 0 12-15 65AA 7717 0 40-11
65AA 4782 0 64-5 65AA 4945 0 80-1 65AA 5171 0 72-3 65AA 6140 0 11-20 65AA 7718 0 40-10
65AA 4783 1 63-5 65AA 4950 0 59-21 65AA 5173 0 74-1 65AA 6143 0 14-5 65AA 7719 0 40-5
65AA 4786 0 65-3 65AA 4952 0 81-15 65AA 5301 0 44-5 65AA 6144 0 11-1 65AA 7720 0 40-8
65AA 4793 0 64-7 65AA 4953 0 82-20 65AA 5302 0 43-6 65AA 6151 0 13-2 65AA 7721 0 31-4
65AA 4794 0 64-10 65AA 5012 0 68-13 65AA 5306 0 42-20 65AA 6562 0 16-6 65AA 7722 0 31-5
65AA 4795 0 64-6 65AA 5013 0 68-9 65AA 5308 1 41-5 65AA 6562 0 17-6 65AA 7723 0 31-11
65AA 4797 0 66-4 65AA 5015 0 68-8 65AA 5318 0 44-31 65AA 7001 0 10-2 65AA 7726 0 31-14
65AA 4807 0 80-2 65AA 5016 0 68-6 65AA 5323 0 43-14 65AA 7014 0 10-7 65AA 7727 0 40-9
65AA 4809 0 77-6 65AA 5017 0 68-12 65AA 5325 0 43-10 65AA 7015 0 10-8 65AA 7728 0 44-6
65AA 4810 1 77-16 65AA 5017 0 73-13 65AA 5329 0 42-8 65AA 7016 0 10-5 65AA 7729 0 42-9
65AA 4811 1 77-17 65AA 5017 0 79-3 65AA 5335 0 42-10 65AA 7021 0 10-1 65AA 7730 0 42-6
65AA 4812 1 77-15 65AA 5024 0 71-6 65AA 5341 0 43-5 65AA 7028 0 10-16 65AA 7731 0 24-6
65AA 4813 0 77-5 65AA 5032 0 71-2 65AA 5352 0 42-5 65AA 7313 0 84-7 65AA 7732 0 24-2
65AA 4814 1 72-12 65AA 5035 0 71-16 65AA 5354 0 41-15 65AA 7315 0 1-11 65AA 7733 0 41-13
65AA 4817 1 78-10 65AA 5042 0 71-17 65AA 5355 0 41-11 65AA 7316 0 1-12 65AA 7734 0 24-16
65AA 4818 2 78-11 65AA 5061 0 70-4 65AA 5357 0 41-9 65AA 7317 0 84-1 65AA 7738 0 37-8
65AA 4819 0 78-9 65AA 5063 0 70-5 65AA 5358 0 44-3 65AA 7318 0 84-2 65AA 7739 0 36-4

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


7/7
Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No. Parts No. Page No.
65AA 7740 0 37-9 65AA 7788 0 19-5 65AA 8501 0 11-9 65AA 9045 0 98-8 65AA 9093 0 93-3
65AA 7741 0 36-6 65AA 7789 0 19-6 65AA 8603 0 7-5 65AA 9047 0 95-2 65AA 9094 0 66-2
65AA 7747 0 42-19 65AA 7790 0 19-10 65AA 8801 0 44-20 65AA 9048 1 98-3 65AA 9094 0 94-2
65AA 7748 0 42-11 65AA 7791 0 19-9 65AA 8802 0 43-12 65AA 9049 0 95-3 65AA 9095 0 97-1
65AA 7751 0 50-8 65AA 7794 0 27-9 65AA 8809 0 31-3 65AA 9050 0 90-2 65AA 9096 0 88-4
65AA 7752 0 68-18 65AA 7795 0 27-8 65AA 9001 0 86-3 65AA 9051 0 94-1 65AA 9097 0 93-1
65AA 7753 0 53-2 65AA 7796 0 38-13 65AA 9002 0 86-1 65AA 9052 0 90-6 65AA 9098 0 97-4
65AA 7754 0 53-8 65AA 7797 0 38-12 65AA 9005 0 44-19 65AA 9053 0 91-4 65AA 9101 0 95-6
65AA 7754 0 67-10 65AA 7798 0 53-6 65AA 9005 0 86-6 65AA 9054 0 91-5 65AA 9102 0 87-3
65AA 7755 0 69-7 65AA 7799 0 53-7 65AA 9006 0 42-14 65AA 9055 0 92-5 65AA 9103 0 87-4
65AA 7755 0 75-8 65AA 7801 0 22-2 65AA 9006 0 86-7 65AA 9056 0 92-2 65AA 9106 0 87-5
65AA 7760 0 75-12 65AA 7802 0 18-5 65AA 9007 0 86-4 65AA 9058 0 91-6 65AA 9107 0 88-5
65AA 7762 0 73-7 65AA 7803 0 18-4 65AA 9008 0 86-5 65AA 9059 0 96-6 65AA 9108 0 98-4
65AA 7763 0 69-2 65AA 7804 0 36-9 65AA 9009 0 87-1 65AA 9060 0 98-2 65AA 9109 0 98-9
65AA 7764 0 81-5 65AA 7806 0 44-27 65AA 9010 0 5-4 65AA 9063 0 96-1 65AA 9110 0 32-17
65AA 7765 0 82-16 65AA 7807 0 44-33 65AA 9010 0 88-1 65AA 9065 0 93-4 65AA 9110 0 98-6
65AA 7766 0 82-13 65AA 7808 0 44-29 65AA 9011 0 88-2 65AA 9066 0 96-2 65AA 9111 0 98-5
65AA 7767 0 82-17 65AA 7809 0 40-15 65AA 9012 0 87-2 65AA 9067 0 92-4 65AA 9709 1 6-10
65AA 7769 0 75-9 65AA 8001 0 20-16 65AA 9013 0 89-1 65AA 9068 0 93-7 65AA 9711 0 45-9
65AA 7769 0 81-11 65AA 8001 0 21-16 65AA 9015 0 89-2 65AA 9069 0 89-3 65AA 9714 0 39-4
65AA 7770 0 77-11 65AA 8002 0 53-16 65AA 9016 0 90-1 65AA 9071 0 94-3 65AA 9715 0 7-3
65AA 7771 0 67-3 65AA 8011 1 68-16 65AA 9017 0 90-5 65AA 9072 0 94-4 65AA 9716 1 8-9
65AA 7772 0 69-9 65AA 8011 1 69-3 65AA 9018 0 4-6 65AA 9073 0 93-2 65AA 9718 1 7-10
65AA 7773 0 69-12 65AA 8013 0 11-16 65AA 9018 0 98-1 65AA 9074 0 97-2 65AA 9724 0 9-18
65AA 7775 0 69-4 65AA 8017 0 44-26 65AA 9019 0 87-6 65AA 9075 2 94-6 65AA 9725 0 9-19
65AA 7776 0 20-13 65AA 8056 0 4-11 65AA 9020 0 88-3 65AA 9076 0 96-5 65AA 9726 0 9-20
65AA 7776 0 21-13 65AA 8058 0 3-12 65AA 9021 0 88-6 65AA 9077 0 96-3 65AA 9727 0 9-22
65AA 7777 0 20-12 65AA 8059 0 3-6 65AA 9025 0 89-7 65AA 9078 0 86-2 65AA 9728 0 9-25
65AA 7777 0 21-12 65AA 8059 0 32-9 65AA 9026 0 89-5 65AA 9079 0 92-6 65AA 9729 0 71-12
65AA 7778 0 19-20 65AA 8202 0 37-5 65AA 9029 1 89-6 65AA 9080 0 94-5 65AA 9730 0 9-24
65AA 7779 0 19-19 65AA 8301 0 13-1 65AA 9030 0 91-1 65AA 9081 0 97-5 65AA 9732 0 59-20
65AA 7780 0 19-18 65AA 8303 0 44-12 65AA 9031 0 90-3 65AA 9083 0 97-6 65AA 9740 0 52-42
65AA 7781 0 19-22 65AA 8304 0 44-13 65AA 9032 0 91-2 65AA 9084 0 97-7 65AA 9741 0 60-1
65AA 7783 0 19-17 65AA 8305 0 43-3 65AA 9033 0 91-3 65AA 9085 0 96-7 65AA 9741 0 61-1
65AA 7784 0 19-13 65AA 8307 0 46-5 65AA 9034 0 95-1 65AA 9086 0 96-4 65AA 9741 0 62-1
65AA 7784 0 38-6 65AA 8307 0 47-3 65AA 9036 1 98-7 65AA 9087 0 97-3 65AA 9742 0 65-11
65AA 7785 0 38-25 65AA 8351 0 11-10 65AA 9037 0 90-4 65AA 9088 0 95-4 65AA 9743 0 63-9
65AA 7785 0 53-11 65AA 8401 0 85-4 65AA 9039 0 92-1 65AA 9089 0 92-3 65AA 9744 0 45-5
65AA 7786 0 53-15 65AA 8402 0 85-3 65AA 9043 0 93-5 65AA 9092 0 38-35 65AA 9745 0 45-6
65AA 7787 0 50-7 65AA 8451 0 85-6 65AA 9044 0 93-6 65AA 9092 0 95-5 65AA 9746 0 45-7

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


Parts No. Page No.
65AA 9747 0 45-8
65AA 9748 0 68-11
65AA 9749 0 60-4
65AA 9749 0 61-4
65AA 9749 0 62-4
65AA 9786 0 68-24
65AA 9787 0 68-23
65AA 9788 0 41-12
65AA 9789 0 82-4
65AA 9790 0 81-16
65AA 9791 0 72-6
65AA 9792 0 73-14
65AE -738 0 83-6
65AE 7028 0 10-16
65AE 9711 0 45-9
65AF -738 0 83-6
65AF -953 0 83-5
65AF 7028 1 10-16
65AF 7038 0 10-16
65AF 7048 0 10-16
65AF 7058 0 10-16
65AF 8303 1 44-12
65AF 8304 1 44-13
65AF 8305 0 43-3
65AF 9104 0 89-4
65AF 9703 0 6-12
65AK -738 0 83-6
65AK 7028 0 10-16
65AK 8601 0 1-10
65AK 9002 0 86-1
65AN -738 0 83-6
65AP -738 0 83-6
65LA -288 0 27-1
65LA -289 0 27-2
65LA -320 0 32-8
65LA -420 0 77-3
65LA -464 0 50-13
65LA -530 0 39-1
65LA -700 0 10-15
65LA -710 0 10-14
65LA 1222 0 8-3
65LA 4517 0 76-9
65LA 4808 0 78-3
65LA 5343 0 41-4
65LA 5353 0 41-2 bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
Parts No. Page No. Page. 1
65LA 9720 1 32-10
65LA 9721 0 32-11
65LA 9722 0 32-12
65LA 9723 0 32-13
65LE -320 0 32-8
65LE -700 0 10-15
65LE -710 0 10-14
65LE 9709 0 6-14
65LF -320 0 32-8
65LF -530 0 39-1
65LF -700 0 10-15
65LF -710 0 10-14
65LG -700 0 10-15
65LG -710 0 10-14
65LG -738 0 83-6
65LG 7028 0 10-16
65LK -700 0 10-15
65LK -710 0 10-14
65LP 9703 0 6-8
65LU -700 0 10-15
65LU -710 0 10-14
65LU 7028 0 10-16
SP00 -003 0 44-23
SP00 -018 0 43-11

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


MAIN FRAME
P1
30 e
a
1 b 24
24
e e
2 11
2 3 DETAIL 'B' DETAIL 'A'
12
4

10 13
5 6 d
7 14
8 25
9 15
b b

A
17 h 16
18 26
B
d
19 31
b g 27
20 26 b d
b
f 23
22
21 16
d 27, 31
d g
16 b
28
20
f 23
29 bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
MAIN FRAME Page. 2
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 1269 0 FRONT COVER LOWER 前面カバー   下 C 1 a-00Z3 5308 1
2 56AA 8831 0 TOTAL COUNTER ト ー タ ルカ ウ ン タ D 2 b-00Z1 9406 1
3 65AA 1241 0 FRONT COVER UPPER 前面カバー   上 C 1 d-00ZA A000 7
e-00Z6 7040 6
4 65AA 1120 0 CLEANER COOLING DUCT ク リ ーナー冷却ダ ク ト C 1 f-00ZA A001 3
5 65AA 1143 0 FAN SEALING PART 3 フ ァ ン シール材   3 D 1 g-00ZA A001 1
6 65AA 1132 0 DUCT SEALING PART 5 ダ ク ト シール材   5 D 1 h-00Z6 7080 6
7 65AA 1090 0 DUCT SEALING PART 3 ダ ク ト シール材   3 D 1
8 65AA -145 0 COOLING FAN UNIT キナ イ レ イ キ ャ ク フ ア ン フ ゛ ク ミ B 1
9 65AA 1088 0 FRONT COVER 前面カバー C 1
10 55GA 8601 0 POWER SOURCE SWITCH 電源ス イ ッ チ A,B,E,G1,G2,C,I,F2,D1, B 1
D3,K,J
10 65AK 8601 0 POWER SOURCE SWITCH 電源ス イ ッ チ H C 1
11 65AA 7315 0 DETECTING PLATE セ ンサ検知板 D 1
12 65AA 7316 0 DETECTING SPRING セ ンサ検知バネ D 1
13 08AA 8551 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサー B 1
14 25SA 1020 0 READ SUPPORT RUBBER 読み取 り 支持ゴム D 1
15 3080 6136 0 STEPPED SCREW 段付き ネジ C 1
16 65AA 1066 0 MOUNTING PLATE 5 取付け板   5 D 6
17 56AA 1763 0 ADJUSTING PART 調整部材 D 1
18 56AA 1764 0 ADJUSTING PART 2 調整部材   2 D 1
19 56AA 1762 0 CARRIAGE ADJUSTING PART 架台調整部材 D 1
20 65AA 1131 0 MAIN BODY LIFTING HANDLE 本体持ち上げ把手 D 2
21 65AA 1070 0 MAIN BODY SUPPORT PART LEF 本体支持部材   左 D 1
T
22 55WA 1031 0 MAIN BODY SUPPORT ROLLER Y 本体支持ロー ラ   Y C 1
23 25SA 1043 1 LOCKING SCREW ロ ッ ク ネジ C 6
24 65AA 1026 0 LOCKING ROLLER ロッ クコロ D 4
25 65AA 1136 0 WIRING GUIDE PART 束線ガ イ ド 部材 D 1
26 65AA 1071 0 TONER SUPPLY OPEN SHUT HIN ト ナー補給開閉 ヒ ン ジ   下 D 2
GE LOWER
27 56AA -710 0 HEATER MOUNTING PLATE ASSY ヒ ー タ ー取 り 付け板部組 B 2
28 65AA 1069 0 MAIN BODY SUPPORT PART RIG 本体支持部材   右 D 1
HT
29 55WA 1030 0 MAIN BODY SUPPORT ROLLER X 本体支持ロー ラ   X C 1
30 65AA 1150 0 INSULATING COVER 絶縁カバー D 1
31 56GA 4226 1 HEATER COVER ヒ ー タ ー カバー D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


MAIN FRAME
P2
j
e
b
n
m

a 3 f 5
4
a 2

f
D

1 c E

c F
1
f

1 g
g h
c k
6
c i
A D
1 c E i
F
B k
6
1 A a
c B
C
b
C 6
1 i
a j
6
i
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
MAIN FRAME Page. 3
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 56AA 1030 0 SLIDE RAIL A ス ラ イ ド レ ール   A D 6 a-00Z1 9406 1
2 55FA 8052 0 MAIN BODY FAN MOTOR 本体 フ ァ ン モー タ B 2 b-00Z1 9306 1
3 3080 6136 0 STEPPED SCREW 段付き ネジ C 1 c-00Z1 8406 1
e-00Z1 8412 1
4 25SA 1020 0 READ SUPPORT RUBBER 読み取 り 支持ゴム D 1 f-00ZA A000 7
5 65AA 1138 0 EXTERNAL MOUNTING STAY 外装取付けス テー D 1 g-00Z9 2002 2
6 56AA 8054 0 FAN MOTOR 1 フ ァ ン モー タ   1 B 4 h-00Z9 2137 0
i-00Z1 8430 1
j-00Z3 5308 1
k-00ZA A000 7
m-00Z5 1040 1
n-00Z6 2040 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


MAIN FRAME
P3
c
c

g
d c
12
6
1
f
a
7
VIEW A 4 8
b a
a
5 g
A
5

2 e
5
c 9
b

1
a

a 10
1
a 10
11
h b
b 3
d
1
3
1 d
d
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
MAIN FRAME Page. 4
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 56AA 5053 0 ADU MOUNTING COLLAR A D U 取 り 付け カ ラ ー C 6 a-00Z1 8406 3
2 65AA 1097 0 PRESSING SPRING セ ンサ押圧バネ D 2 b-00Z6 7040 6
3 65AA 1084 0 CARRIAGE LOCKING SPRING 架台ロ ッ ク バネ D 2 c-00Z1 9306 1
d-00Z1 8406 1
4 65AA 1063 0 OZONE SEAL 2 オゾ ン シール   2 D 1 e-00Z3 5308 1
5 65AA 1064 0 OZONE SEAL 3 オゾ ン シール   3 D 3 f-00Z1 9408 1
6 65AA 8059 0 MAIN BODY FAN 本体 フ ァ ン C 4 g-00Z1 9406 1
7 65AA 1019 0 FAN SEALING PART 1 フ ァ ン シール材   1 D 1 h-00Z1 8304 1
8 65AA 1117 0 DUCT SEALING PART 4 ダ ク ト シール材   4 D 1
9 65AA 1065 0 FAN SEALING PART 2 フ ァ ン シール材   2 D 1
10 65AA 1044 0 DUST PROOF FILTER 防塵 フ ィ ル タ A 2
11 65AA 1043 0 OZONE FILTER 1 オゾ ン フ ィ ル タ   1 A 1
12 65AA 8058 0 INTERNAL COOLING FAN 機内冷却 フ ァ ン B 3

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


MAIN FRAME
P4
3 d
b
FRONT
1 c
2
3
a
4
d
e
c

3
A a
d

g
5 b 6

7 6 h
a h
i d
7 12
8 a

9 k
5
k
10
b a
7 a
7 i
a 11
a 8
10 m
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
MAIN FRAME Page. 5
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 3080 6136 0 STEPPED SCREW 段付き ネジ C 1 a-00ZA A000 7
2 25SA 1020 0 READ SUPPORT RUBBER 読み取 り 支持ゴム D 1 b-00Z1 9306 1
3 13NT 8051 0 FAN MOTOR 1 フ ァ ン モー タ   1 C 2 c-00Z1 8430 1
d-00Z1 9406 1
4 26NA 1245 0 CORD COVER B コ ー ド カバー   B D 1 e-00Z1 8406 2
5 65AA 1114 0 EARTH PLATE アース板 D 6 g-00Z9 2002 0
6 65AA 9018 0 AC DRIVE WIRING A C 駆動束線 D 2 h-00Z1 6410 1
7 65AA 1153 0 MAIN BODY LIFTING HANDLE 2 本体持ち上げ取 っ 手   2 D 4 i-00Z9 2137 0
k-00Z9 2002 2
8 55WA 1030 0 MAIN BODY SUPPORT ROLLER X 本体支持ロー ラ   X C 1 m-00Z1 8420 1
9 65AA 1135 0 DUST PROOF FILTER 4 防塵 フ ィ ル タ   4 D 1
10 25SA 1043 1 LOCKING SCREW ロ ッ ク ネジ C 6
11 65AA 8056 0 POWER SOURCE FAN 電源 フ ァ ン C 1
12 55VA 1247 0 SCREW PROTECT CUSHION ネジ保護 ク ッ シ ョ ン D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


MAIN FRAME
P5

FRONT

a
3 a
3
a
a

1 2
3

3 5

c c
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
MAIN FRAME Page. 6
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -192 0 HIGH VOLTAGE COVER ASSY 高圧カバー部組 D 4 a-00Z1 9306 1
2 65AA 1037 0 DEVELOPING DUCT Y 現像ダ ク ト   Y D 1 b-00Z1 9406 1
3 65AA -191 0 POWERING BLOCK 1 ASSY 給電ブ ロ ッ ク   1 部組 D 5 c-00ZA A000 7
4 65AA 9010 0 PROCESS DETECTING WIRING 1 プ ロ セ ス検知束線   1 D 1
5 65AA 4722 0 MOUNTING SCREW 取付けネジ D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


EXTERNAL PARTS
P6

See P8 See P8

4
1 See P7
8
Konica
8150
5

A
10 2
S i t i os 8050 3 13
a

a 6
12
Konica
8050 c 7
14
b
i zhub PRO
C500 See P9 b
DETAIL 'A'
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
EXTERNAL PARTS Page. 7
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -137 0 SIDE COVER 2 ASSY 側面カバー   2 部組 C 1 a-00Z1 4406 2
2 65AA -138 0 SIDE COVER 3 ASSY 側面カバー   3 部組 C 1 b-00Z1 4410 2
3 65AA -126 0 TONER COLLECTING DOOR ASSY ト ナー回収扉部組 C 1 c-00ZA B000 1
4 65AA -139 0 WORKING TABLE ワーキン グテーブル C 1
5 65AA -136 0 SIDE COVER 1 ASSY 側面カバー   1 部組 C 1
6 65AA 1252 0 LCT ENTRANCE COVER L C T 進入カバー D 1
7 65AA 1230 0 CASSETTE REGULATION COVER カ セ ッ ト 規制カバー   右 C 1
RIGHT
8 65LP 9703 0 FRONT LABEL 1 前面 ラ ベル   1 H,I,F2,D3 H 1
10 65AA 9709 1 FRONT LABEL 3 前面 ラ ベル   3 A D 1
12 65AF 9703 0 FRONT LABEL 1 前面 ラ ベル   1 F2,K D 1
13 65AA 1287 0 PAPER INDICATING LABEL 給紙表示 ラ ベル B,E,G1,G2 D 1
14 65LE 9709 0 FRONT LABEL 3 前面 ラ ベル   3 B,E,G1,G2,C,J,D3 H 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


EXTERNAL PARTS
P7

1
c

1
8
c c
2
c
3
1
c
1
c

4
1
c

1
6 5
c 9
b
a
a

a 10
b
a

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


EXTERNAL PARTS Page. 8
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 1268 0 SCREW COVER ネジ カバー D 6 a-00Z3 5308 1
2 65AA 1216 0 READ COVER LEFT 読み取 り カバー   左 C 1 b-00Z9 2007 6
3 65AA 9715 0 ORIGINAL CAUTION LABEL 原稿注意 ラ ベル A D 1 c-00Z1 4406 2
4 40LA 7024 0 OPERATION UNIT BUTTON M 操作部ボ タ ン   M C 1
5 65AA 8603 0 POWER SOURCE SWITCH 電源ス イ ッ チ C 1
6 65AA -921 0 OPERATION BOARD 2 ASSY 操作基板   2 部組 C 1
7 65AA 1213 0 READ COVER FRONT 読み取 り カバー   前 C 1
8 65AA 1214 0 READ COVER REAR ASSY 読み取 り カバー   奥部組 D 1
9 65AA 1215 0 READ COVER RIGHT 読み取 り カバー   右 C 1
10 65AA 9718 1 LASER CAUTION LABEL /3 レーサ ゛ ーチ ュ ウ イ ラ ヘ ゛ ル/ 3   1 カ ゛ ツ D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


EXTERNAL PARTS
P8
c
d

3 5

a
2

4
7 (OLD PARTS)

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


EXTERNAL PARTS Page. 9
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 1223 0 PAPER EXIT COVER 2 排紙カバー   2 C 1 a-00Z1 4406 2
2 55VA 1219 0 SIDE COVER 側面蓋 C 1 b-00Z3 5308 1
3 65LA 1222 0 PAPER EXIT COVER LEFT 排紙カバー   左 C 1 c-00Z1 4414 2
d-00ZA B000 1
4 56AA 1236 0 EXTERNAL AUXILIARY PART LE 外装補助部材   左 C 2
FT
5 65AA -142 1 DUST PROOF FILTER 2 ASSY 防塵 フ ィ ル タ ー   2 部組 A 1
7 65AA -141 1 REAR COVER 2 背面カバー   2 C 1
8 65AA -144 1 REAR COVER ASSY 背面カバー部組 C 1
9 65AA 9716 1 LASER LABEL 1 レーザー ラ ベル/ 1 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


EXTERNAL PARTS
P9

12
a
1 11
13

27

d 14
9 e 15
21

3 df
c
d
16
17 18
d
5 30 f
a 22 g
f 19
c
26 4
20
c
6
23
f
7
24
A
f
9 8 25
28
29 d

10
DETAIL 'A'
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
EXTERNAL PARTS Page. 10
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 1206 1 FRONT COVER LEFT 前面カバー   左 C 1 a-00Z1 9406 1
3 65AA 1258 0 FRONT DOOR AUXILIARY COVER 前扉補助カバー C 1 c-00Z3 5308 1
4 56AA 1224 1 EXTERNAL LOCK PLATE 外装ロ ッ ク 板 D 1 d-00Z1 9306 1
e-00Z2 4308 1
5 56AA 1256 0 EXTERNAL LOCKING COVER C 外装ロ ッ ク カバー   C C 1 f-00Z1 9306 2
6 08AA 8551 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサー B 1 g-00Z9 2130 2
7 40AA 8501 1 DOOR SWITCH ト ゛ ア ス イ ッ チ. B 1
8 56AA 1212 0 SWITCH GUIDE PART ス イ ッ チガ イ ド 部材 C 1
9 55FA 1210 1 MAGNET CATCH X マグネ ッ ト キ ャ ッ チ   X C 2
10 56AA 1214 0 SWITCH CONNECTING ACTUATOR ス イ ッ チ連結ア ク チ ェ タ C 1
11 65AA 1204 0 FRONT COVER RIGHT 前面カバー   右 C 1
12 65AA 1254 0 FRONT COVER 2 前面カバー   2 C 1
13 65AA 1255 0 TONER SUPPLY COVER 2 ト ナー補給 カバー   2 C 1
14 65AA 1263 0 FULCRUM COVER 支点カバー C 1
15 65AA 1205 0 TONER SUPPLY COVER ト ナー補給 カバー C 1
16 65AA 1260 0 TONER SUPPLY HANDLE ト ナー補給把手 C 1
17 3960 4068 1 STOPPER RING 止め輪 B 1
18 65AA 9724 0 TONER SUPPLY LABEL 1 ト ナー補給 ラ ベル   1 D 1
19 65AA 9725 0 TONER SUPPLY LABEL 2 ト ナー補給 ラ ベル   2 D 1
20 65AA 9726 0 TONER SUPPLY LABEL 3 ト ナー補給 ラ ベル   3 D 1
21 65AA 1264 0 OPEN SHUT SPRING 開閉バネ D 1
22 65AA 9727 0 JAM OPERATION LABEL ジ ャ ム処理 ラ ベル D 1
23 65AA 1201 0 ADU COVER RIGHT A D U カバー   右 C 1
24 65AA 9730 0 OPERATION GUIDE LABEL 操作ガ イ ド ラ ベル D 1
25 65AA 9728 0 OPERATION CAUTION LABEL 操作注意 ラ ベル D 1
26 65AA 1276 0 GUIDE PLATE 案内プ レー ト D 1
27 65AA 1280 0 SHAFT PRESSING SPRING 軸押圧バネ D 1
28 56AA 1215 0 SWITCH PRESSING ACTUATOR ス イ ッ チ押圧ア ク チ ェ タ C 1
29 56AA 1216 0 CONTACT PRESSING SPRING 1 接点押圧バネ   1 C 1
30 65AA -120 1 FRONT DOOR ASSY 前扉部組 C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


OPERATION UNIT
P 10

15

16

2
a

17

d 3 4
5
8
b
6 7 9
b
d 11 12 13
c
10 14 c

b
b
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
OPERATION UNIT Page. 11
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 7021 0 OPERATION UNIT BUTTON K 操作部ボ タ ン   K C 1 a-00Z6 7040 6
2 65AA 7001 0 OPERATION UNIT COVER UPPER 操作部カバー   上 D 1 b-00Z1 9304 1
3 55VA 8755 0 TOUCH KEY BOARD タ ッ チキー基板 C 1 c-00Z6 7030 6
d-00Z3 5308 1
4 56AA 8352 1 INDICATING STARTER 表示点灯機 C 1
5 65AA 7016 0 OPERATION UNIT BUTTON F 操作部ボ タ ン   F C 1
6 40LA 7017 0 OPERATION UNIT BUTTON G 操作部ボ タ ン   G C 1
7 65AA 7014 0 OPERATION UNIT BUTTON D 操作部ボ タ ン   D C 1
8 65AA 7015 0 OPERATION UNIT BUTTON E 操作部ボ タ ン   E C 1
9 40LA 7013 0 OPERATION UNIT BUTTON C 操作部ボ タ ン   C C 1
10 55VA 8754 2 INDICATION BOARD 表示基板 C 1
11 40LA 7011 1 OPERATION UNIT BUTTON A 操作部ボ タ ン   A C 1
12 40LA 7012 1 OPERATION UNIT BUTTON B 操作部ボ タ ン   B C 1
13 40LA 7019 1 OPERATION UNIT BUTTON I 操作部ボ タ ン   I C 1
14 65LA -710 0 OPERATION BOARD UNIT 操作基板ユニ ッ ト   国内 A D 1
14 65LE -710 0 OPERATION BOARD UNIT 操作基板ユニ ッ ト B,E,G1,G2 D 1
14 65LF -710 0 OPERATION BOARD UNIT 操作基板ユニ ッ ト C,I,F2,D1,D3 D 1
14 65LG -710 0 OPERATION BOARD UNIT 操作基板ユニ ッ ト   中国 J D 1
14 65LK -710 0 OPERATION BOARD UNIT 操作基板ユニ ッ ト   台湾 H D 1
14 65LU -710 0 OPERATION BOARD UNIT 操作基板ユニ ッ ト   韓国 K D 1
15 65LA -700 0 OPERATION PANEL 操作部   国内 A D 1
15 65LE -700 0 OPERATION PANEL 操作部 B,E,G1,G2 D 1
15 65LF -700 0 OPERATION PANEL 操作部 C,I,F2,D1,D3 D 1
15 65LG -700 0 OPERATION PANEL 操作部   中国 J D 1
15 65LK -700 0 OPERATION PANEL 操作部   台湾 H D 1
15 65LU -700 0 OPERATION PANEL 操作部   韓国 K D 1
16 65AA 7028 0 OPERATION UNIT SHEET 操作部シー ト A D 1
16 65AE 7028 0 OPERATION UNIT SHEET 操作部シー ト B,E,G1,G2,C,I,F2,D1,D3 D 1
16 65AF 7028 1 OPERATION UNIT SHEET 操作部シー ト C D 1
16 65AF 7038 0 OPERATION UNIT SHEET 操作部シー ト C D 1
16 65AF 7048 0 OPERATION UNIT SHEET 操作部シー ト C D 1
16 65AF 7058 0 OPERATION UNIT SHEET 操作部シー ト C D 1
16 65AK 7028 0 OPERATION UNIT SHEET 操作部シー ト H D 1
16 65LG 7028 0 OPE UNIT SHEET 操作部シー ト   中国 J H 1
16 65LU 7028 0 OPE UNIT SHEET 操作部シー ト   韓国 K H 1
17 65AA -922 0 OPERATION BOARD 3 ASSY 操作基板   3 部組 C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


OPTICS UNIT
P 11
d
d 3 d
c
d d
20 10
5 f
d 11 12 d
4 h
d
4

c h i
e
f
7 19
3 11
8 h

d
1
e c 13 d
j
d
9
k 18
e c
13
a
h
d k 17
2 d 14
m

k 16
b
b 2 d
15

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


OPTICS UNIT Page. 12
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 6144 0 LENS LIGHT SHIELD COVER レ ンズ遮光 カバー D 2 a-00Z1 6408 1
2 56AA 8553 0 APS SENSOR 2 A P S セ ンサー   2 B 2 b-00Z1 1320 1
3 26NA 6194 0 WIRE PULLEY ワ イヤープー リ C 2 c-00Z6 7040 6
d-00Z1 9406 1
4 25SA 6171 0 SPRING FIXING PLATE バネ固定板 D 2 e-00Z1 9304 1
5 65AA 6125 0 WIRE TENSION SPRING ワ イヤーテ ン シ ョ ンバネ D 1 f-00Z9 2625 2
7 26NA 6216 0 GLASS HOLDING PLATE ガ ラ ス押え板 C 1 h-00Z1 9306 1
8 26NA 9706 0 OPTICS CAUTION LABEL 光学注意 ラ ベル A,J,H,I,F2,D1,D3,K D 1 i-00Z9 2511 8
j-00Z9 2009 3
8 26NE 9706 0 OPTICS CAUTION LABEL 光学注意 ラ ベル B,E,G1,G2 D 1 k-00Z4 7406 3
8 26NF 9706 0 OPTICS CAUTION LABEL 光学注意 ラ ベル C D 1 m-00Z1 1410 1
9 65AA 8501 0 ADF DETECTING SENSOR A D F 検知セ ンサ B 1
10 65AA 8351 0 LAMP STARTER ラ ン プ点灯器 B 1
11 25SA 6107 0 REINFORCE PLATE 補強板 D 2
12 65AA -907 0 SCANNER DRIVE BOARD ASSY スキ ャ ナー駆動基板部組 B 1
13 56AA 6129 0 OPTICS IDLING PULLEY 光学ア イ ド ラ ープー リ C 2
14 65AA 7651 0 READ DRIVING PULLEY 読み取 り 駆動プー リ C 1
15 55VA 6202 0 MOTOR FIXING PART モー タ 固定部材 C 1
16 65AA 8013 0 OPTICS DRIVING MOTOR 光学駆動モー タ C 1
17 56AA 6141 0 MOTOR AUXILIARY RUBBER モー タ 補助ゴム C 3
18 56AA 6140 0 MOTOR AUXILIARY SCREW モー タ 補助ネジ C 3
19 08AA 8551 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサー B 1
20 65AA 6140 0 CORD HOLDER コ ー ド 押え D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


OPTICS UNIT
2 P 12
a
9

b 10
1 4 a
j
3 10
2 j 9
11
a

12

c d

13 6 e
7
f g
a
j
h i
14
8
5
16
g 15

g
k
6 h
7
17
g 8

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


OPTICS UNIT Page. 13
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -127 1 ORIGINAL POSITION PLATE LE 原稿位置決め板   左 C 1 a-00Z1 4406 2
FT b-00Z1 9304 1
2 1900 4092 1 SCALE PLATE FIXED SCREW スケール板固定ネジ C 2 c-00Z9 2231 0
d-00Z9 2009 3
3 65AA -632 0 ORIGINAL GLASS ASSY 原稿ガ ラ ス部組 C 1
e-00Z9 2463 5
4 65AA -128 0 ORIGINAL POSITION PLATE RE 原稿位置決め板   奥部組 D 1 f-00Z2 5308 1
AR ASSY g-00Z6 7090 6
5 65AA 1217 0 READ COVER MIDDLE 読み取 り カバー   中 D 1 h-00Z4 7406 3
6 65AA 6118 0 OPTICS WIRE 光学ワ イ ヤー C 2 i-00Z1 6310 1
7 25SA 6165 0 DRIVE PULLEY 駆動プー リ C 2 j-00Z1 9406 1
k-00Z1 8430 1
8 5000 7501 0 READ DRIVING SHAFT HOLDER 読み取 り 駆動軸受 C 2
9 65AA 1246 0 READ AUXILIARY COVER 読み取 り 補助カバー D 2
10 65AA 1242 0 ORIGINAL COVER SUPPORT PAR 原稿カバー支持部材 D 2
T
11 56AA 6142 0 ADF DETECTING ACTUATOR A D F 検知ア ク チ ェ タ C 1
12 56AA 6143 0 ADF DETECTING SPRING A D F 検知バネ C 1
13 08AA 8551 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサー B 1
14 65AA 6121 0 BELT TENSION SPRING ベル ト テ ン シ ョ ンバネ D 1
15 65AA 6135 0 READ DRIVING BELT 読み取 り 駆動ベル ト C 1
16 65AA 7652 0 READ DRIVEN PULLEY 読み取 り 従動プー リ C 1
17 26NA 8051 1 MAIN FAN MOTOR ホ ン タ イ フ ァ ン モー タ ー                 G B 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


OPTICS UNIT
P 13

b
1 2

c
e
3
b f
a

b 5

4
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
OPTICS UNIT Page. 14
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 8301 0 EXPOSURE LAMP 露光 ラ ン プ B 1 a-00Z1 9308 1
2 65AA 6151 0 REFLECTING MIRROR 反射カ ガ ミ C 1 b-00Z1 9306 1
3 65AA 6120 0 OPTICS SLIDE PART 光学ス ラ イ ド 部材 D 2 c-00Z6 6030 6
d-00Z1 6306 1
4 26NA 6141 0 MIRROR PRESSURE SPRING ミ ラ ー押圧バネ B 2 e-00Z2 5308 1
5 65AA -630 0 FIRST MIRROR ASSY 第 1 ミ ラ ー部組 C 1 f-00Z9 2241 5

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


OPTICS UNIT
P 14
d

4
e
a 5 g
c
a

6 e
f 5
c

6 2
2

1
f
2
e

3
2
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
OPTICS UNIT Page. 15
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 25SA 6155 0 MIRROR HOLDER 4 ミ ラ ー押え   4 C 2 a-00Z1 9406 1
2 56AA 6129 0 OPTICS IDLING PULLEY 光学ア イ ド ラ ープー リ C 2 c-00Z1 6408 1
3 65AA 6120 0 OPTICS SLIDE PART 光学ス ラ イ ド 部材 D 2 d-00Z1 8310 1
e-00Z6 7040 6
4 25SA 6154 0 MIRROR HOLDER 3 ミ ラ ー押え   3 C 2 f-00Z6 6030 6
5 65AA 6143 0 CORD GUIDE PULLEY コ ー ド ガ イ ド プー リ C 2 g-00Z1 9304 1
6 65AA 6112 0 READ MIRRER 2 読取 ミ ラ ー   2 C 2

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WRITING UNIT
P 15

See P16

See P16

See P16

See P17

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WRITING UNIT Page. 16
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -651 1 WRITING UNIT C 書込みユニ ッ ト   C C 3
2 65AA -650 1 WRITING UNIT K 書込みユニ ッ ト   K C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WRITING UNIT
P 16

2
b

6 b
b 2
b

1
5
b

d
c

b
2 4
3
4
b

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WRITING UNIT Page. 17
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -096 0 GLASS CASE ASSY ガ ラ スケース部組 C 1 b-00Z1 9306 1
2 65AA 1114 0 EARTH PLATE アース板 D 6 c-00Z3 5308 1
3 65AA -651 1 WRITING UNIT C 書込みユニ ッ ト   C C 3 d-00Z1 9304 1
4 65AA 1087 0 WRITE PRESSING SPRING 書込み押圧バネ D 2
5 65AA -099 0 WRITING COOLING DUCT ASSY 書込み冷却ダ ク ト 部組 D 1
6 65AA 6562 0 LASER CAUTION LABEL 1 レーザー注意 ラ ベル D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WRITING UNIT
P 17

2
b

b
6 b
b 2

1
5

c
b
2

4
3
b 4

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WRITING UNIT Page. 18
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -096 0 GLASS CASE ASSY ガ ラ スケース部組 C 1 b-00Z1 9306 1
2 65AA 1114 0 EARTH PLATE アース板 D 6 c-00Z1 9304 1
3 65AA -650 1 WRITING UNIT K 書込みユニ ッ ト   K C 1
4 65AA 1087 0 WRITE PRESSING SPRING 書込み押圧バネ D 2
5 65AA -099 0 WRITING COOLING DUCT ASSY 書込み冷却ダ ク ト 部組 D 1
6 65AA 6562 0 LASER CAUTION LABEL 1 レーザー注意 ラ ベル D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


DRIVING SECTION
P 18

See P19

See P19

See P20 See P22 d


d

See P21 6

See P20 A (4unit) 3


b
d
See P21 2
b
4
c
1 2

a
5
DETAIL 'A'
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
DRIVING SECTION Page. 19
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 26NA 1758 0 AGITATING COUPLING B 攪拌カ ッ プ リ ン グ   B C 1 a-00Z6 7030 6
2 25SA 7504 0 ADU CONVEYANCE SHAFT HOLDE A D U 搬送軸受 C 2 b-00Z6 7040 6
R c-00Z1 9306 1
d-00Z1 8306 1
3 65AA 1807 0 IDLING PULLEY ア イ ド ラ ープー リ C 1
4 65AA 7803 0 ROLLER DRIVING PULLEY 2 ロー ラ 駆動プー リ   2 C 1
5 65AA 7802 0 ROLLER DRIVING PULLEY 1 ロー ラ 駆動プー リ   1 C 1
6 65AA 1806 0 ROLLER DRIVING BELT ロー ラ 駆動ベル ト C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


DRIVING SECTION
P 19

5 b
a
11

6
8
b m
25 24 e
b a 9 21
8
b 7 k b
b 26
10 e
2 m
1 16 b
17 a 25
a
a 3 a b n
b 16
19 p k
18 a
b
4 12
i
g
b q
12
14 g h
21
13 22
g
d 23
21

20
15
12
b
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
DRIVING SECTION Page. 20
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 1714 0 TRANSFER COUPLING 転写カ ッ プ リ ン グ C 1 a-00Z6 7040 6
2 65AA 1713 0 PRESSING SPRING 押圧バネ D 1 b-00Z1 9306 1
3 65AA 1718 0 SPACER スペーサー D 1 d-00Z6 7020 6
e-00Z4 7406 3
4 08AA 8551 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサー B 1 g-00Z6 7060 6
5 65AA 7788 0 TRANSFER CONTROL GEAR 1 転写制御ギア   1 C 1 h-00Z9 2137 0
6 65AA 7789 0 TRANSFER CONTROL GEAR 2 転写制御ギア   2 C 1 i-00Z9 2510 3
7 65AA 1722 0 TRANSFER DRIVE PIN 1 転写駆動ピ ン   1 D 1 k-00Z9 2193 0
m-00Z1 8204 1
8 25SA 7504 0 ADU CONVEYANCE SHAFT HOLDE A D U 搬送軸受 C 2 n-00Z9 2625 1
R
p-00Z1 9406 1
9 65AA 7791 0 TRANSFER CONTROL GEAR 4 転写制御ギア   4 C 1 q-00Z6 8012 3
10 65AA 7790 0 TRANSFER CONTROL GEAR 3 転写制御ギア   3 C 1
11 08AA 8003 0 PAPER FEED MOTOR 給紙モー タ ー B 1
12 26MA 7410 0 SPECIAL WASHER 特殊ワ ッ シ ャ C 3
13 65AA 7784 0 TONER COLLECTING GEAR 2 ト ナー回収ギア   2 C 1
14 56AA 1732 0 PIN A D2X12 ピン   A   D 2 X 1 2 C 1
15 56AA 1730 0 PIN ピン C 1
16 07BA 7519 0 SLIDE SHAFT HOLDER G すべ り 軸受   G B 2
17 65AA 7783 0 TONER COLLECTING GEAR 1 ト ナー回収ギア   1 C 1
18 65AA 7780 0 BELT DRIVING GEAR 3 ベル ト 駆動ギア   3 C 1
19 65AA 7779 0 BELT DRIVING GEAR 2 ベル ト 駆動ギア   2 C 1
20 65AA 7778 0 BELT DRIVING GEAR 1 ベル ト 駆動ギア   1 C 1
21 5400 7605 0 DRIVING SHAFT HOLDER 駆動軸受 B 3
22 65AA 7781 0 BELT DRIVING GEAR 4 ベル ト 駆動ギア   4 C 1
23 26WA 8001 2 DC BRUSH LESS MOTOR 20 D C ブ ラ シ レ ス モー タ   2 0 B 1
24 65AA -178 0 ENCORDER ASSY エ ン コ ーダ部組 C 1
25 65AA -909 0 SENSOR BOARD ASSY セ ンサ基板部組 B 1
26 65AA 1723 0 TRANSFER DRIVE PIN 2 転写駆動ピ ン   2 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


DRIVING SECTION
P 20

18 b

2 3

1 k
8
11 12
h j h
h
b
e 17 13
e
f i
7 j
b
10

4 b 8 m 15
c d 9
5
7 b 14
16
14
i
b h
c

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


DRIVING SECTION Page. 21
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 1504 0 DRUM SHAFT 2 ド ラ ム軸   2 D 1 b-00Z1 9306 1
2 56AA 1749 0 PIN ピン C 1 c-00Z6 7020 6
3 65AA -156 0 FLYWHEEL ASSY フ ラ イ ホ イ ール部組 D 1 d-00Z6 8150 3
e-00Z9 2137 0
4 65AA -908 2 DRUM DRIVING BOARD ASSY ド ラ ム駆動基板部組 C 1 f-00Z9 2001 3
5 65AA 1520 0 PRESSING SPRING 押圧バネ D 1 h-00Z1 6306 1
7 65AA -909 0 SENSOR BOARD ASSY セ ンサ基板部組 B 1 i-00Z1 8204 1
8 65AA 7505 1 BEARING シ ゛ ク ウケ   ( 0 4 . 0 2 ) C 2 j-00Z4 7406 3
k-00Z1 8404 1
9 65AA 1523 0 DRUM EARTH SPRING ド ラ ムアースバネ D 1 m-00Z4 7304 3
10 65AA -153 0 ENCORDER ASSY エ ン コ ーダ部組 D 1
11 65AA 1524 0 EARTH BEARING アース軸受 C 1
12 65AA 7777 0 DRUM GEAR ド ラ ムギア C 1
13 65AA 7776 0 DRUM IDLING GEAR ド ラ ムア イ ド ラ ーギア C 1
14 56AA 6140 0 MOTOR AUXILIARY SCREW モー タ 補助ネジ C 3
15 65AA -155 0 AUXILIARY PART CAULKING 補助部材カ シ メ D 1
16 65AA 8001 0 DRIVING MOTOR 1 駆動モー タ   1 B 1
17 56AA 4269 0 BY PASS FEED SPACER 手差 し スペーサー C 2
18 65AA -150 0 DRUM DRIVING /1 ASSY ト ゛ ラ ム ク ト ゛ ウ   / 1 ユニ ッ ト D 2

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


DRIVING SECTION
P 21

18 b

2 3

d
1
k
8
11 12
h j h
h
e b
17 13
e
f i
7 j
b
10

m 15
4 b 8
c d 9
5
7 b 14
16
m
i 14
b h
c
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
DRIVING SECTION Page. 22
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 1503 0 DRUM SHAFT 1 ド ラ ム軸   1 D 1 b-00Z1 9306 1
2 56AA 1749 0 PIN ピン C 1 c-00Z6 7020 6
3 65AA -156 0 FLYWHEEL ASSY フ ラ イ ホ イ ール部組 D 1 d-00Z6 8150 3
e-00Z9 2137 0
4 65AA -908 2 DRUM DRIVING BOARD ASSY ド ラ ム駆動基板部組 C 1 f-00Z9 2001 3
5 65AA 1520 0 PRESSING SPRING 押圧バネ D 1 h-00Z1 6306 1
7 65AA -909 0 SENSOR BOARD ASSY セ ンサ基板部組 B 1 i-00Z1 8204 1
8 65AA 7505 1 BEARING シ ゛ ク ウケ   ( 0 4 . 0 2 ) C 2 j-00Z4 7406 3
k-00Z1 8404 1
9 65AA 1523 0 DRUM EARTH SPRING ド ラ ムアースバネ D 1 m-00Z4 7304 3
10 65AA -153 0 ENCORDER ASSY エ ン コ ーダ部組 D 1
11 65AA 1524 0 EARTH BEARING アース軸受 C 1
12 65AA 7777 0 DRUM GEAR ド ラ ムギア C 1
13 65AA 7776 0 DRUM IDLING GEAR ド ラ ムア イ ド ラ ーギア C 1
14 56AA 6140 0 MOTOR AUXILIARY SCREW モー タ 補助ネジ C 3
15 65AA -155 0 AUXILIARY PART CAULKING 補助部材カ シ メ D 1
16 65AA 8001 0 DRIVING MOTOR 1 駆動モー タ   1 B 1
17 56AA 4269 0 BY PASS FEED SPACER 手差 し スペーサー C 2
18 65AA -151 0 DRUM DRIVING /2 UNIT ト ゛ ラ ム ク ト ゛ ウ/ 2   ユニ ッ ト D 2

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


DRIVING SECTION
P 22
a

3 10

3 e
c 8 d
a 3 6 9 a
2 a 5
1
b 3 11 10
d 3
1 7 e
b
8 d
3 4 9
2 a
6
1 d 5 11
b 3 10
7
1 e
b d 3
8 d
3 4 9
2 a
6
1 d 5
b 3 7 11
1
b 10
d 3
8 d
3 4 9 e
2 6
1 5
b d
7
1 11
b d
8
4

a d

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


DRIVING SECTION Page. 23
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 1608 0 DEVELOPING COUPLING 現像カ ッ プ リ ン グ C 8 a-00Z1 9308 1
2 65AA 7801 0 TONER COLLECTING GEAR 6 ト ナー回収ギア   6 C 4 b-00Z6 7030 6
3 5400 7605 0 DRIVING SHAFT HOLDER 駆動軸受 B 3 c-00Z1 9306 1
d-00Z6 7060 6
4 65AA 7708 0 DEVELOPING AGITATING GEAR 現像撹拌ギア C 4 e-00Z9 2510 3
5 65AA 7707 0 DEVELOPING DRIVING GEAR 現像駆動ギア B 4
6 4540 7805 0 PIN CLEANER A ピ ン   ク リ ーナー A C 4
7 25SA 7504 0 ADU CONVEYANCE SHAFT HOLDE A D U 搬送軸受 C 2
R
8 56AA 1747 0 PIN B 3X12 ピン   B   3 X 1 2 C 8
9 65AA 7709 0 DEVELOPING DRIVING IDLER 現像駆動ア イ ド ラ ー C 4
10 56AA 8007 1 DC BRUSH LESS MOTOR 30 D C ブ ラ シ レ ス モー タ   3 0 B 4
11 25HA 3033 0 DEVELOPING REGULATING SPAC 現像規制スペーサー C 4
ER

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


DRUM CARTRIDGE
P 23
a

a
2

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


DRUM CARTRIDGE Page. 24
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
2 65AA -216 0 CLEANER AUXILIARY SCREAPER ク リ ーナー補助ス ク レーパ部組 D 1 a-00Z1 8306 1
ASSY b-00Z2 5206 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


DRUM CARTRIDGE
P 24
13

19 11 12

k
2 3 11
1 n
12 m
16
m
d 13 d
b 3
e c
c 4
j
n
b f c
g 17 18
c 15
7 g j 9
4 g
8 b
b 6
h
d h
g 14
c 5 9
g
10
g
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
DRUM CARTRIDGE Page. 25
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 56AA 4049 0 SHAFT STOPPER 4 軸ス ト ッ パ   4 C 1 b-00Z1 8304 3
2 65AA 7732 0 SCREW IDLING GEAR ス ク リ ュ ーア イ ド ラ ーギア C 1 c-00Z1 8306 1
3 26NA 1728 0 DEVELOPING DRIVE SHAFT HOL 現像駆動軸受 C 1 d-00Z6 7040 6
DER e-00Z1 8304 1
f-00Z2 5206 1
4 65AA 2025 0 BLADE PRESSING SPRING ブ レ ー ド 押圧バネ D 2 g-00Z2 4310 1
5 65AA 2051 0 CHARGE INSULATING PART FRO 帯電絶縁部材   前 D 1 h-00Z2 4306 1
NT j-00Z1 9304 1
6 65AA 7731 0 SCREW DRIVING GEAR ス ク リ ュ ー駆動ギア C 1 k-00Z1 8204 1
7 26MA 7404 0 WASHER ワ ッ シャー C 1 m-00Z6 7040 6
n-00Z1 6306 1
8 55WA 3001 0 DEVELOPING SHAFT HOLDER 現像軸受 C 1
9 65AA 2012 0 FULCRUM BEARING FRONT 支点軸受   前 D 2
10 65AA 2006 0 COLLECTING COVER 回収カバー D 1
11 65AA 2053 0 CLEANER AUXILIARY BLOCK ク リ ーナー補助ブ ロ ッ ク D 2
12 65AA 2033 1 CLEANER AUXILIARY SPRING ク リ ーナー補助バネ D 2
13 4540 7805 0 PIN CLEANER A ピ ン   ク リ ーナー A C 4
14 65AA 2030 0 TONER COLLECTING SPRING ト ナー回収バネ D 1
15 65AA 2003 1 DRUM CLEANING BLADE ド ラ ム清掃ブ レー ド A 1
16 65AA 7734 0 CLEANER DRIVING GEAR ク リ ーナー駆動ギア C 1
17 65AA 2046 0 COUPLING A カ ッ プ リ ング   A C 1
18 65AA 2052 0 CHARGE INSULATING PART REA 帯電絶縁部材   奥 D 1
R
19 65AA -202 0 DRUM COLLECTING ASSY ド ラ ム回収部組 D 4

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


INTERMEDIATE TRANSFER UNIT
P 25
b

1 6
a

c
c

c
c

d 5
a b
c

2 7
d e 2
c e e

f f
c 4
cc 3

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


INTERMEDIATE TRANSFER UNIT Page. 26
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -270 0 HANDLE ASSY 把手部組 D 1 a-00Z1 9404 1
2 65AA 2634 0 GUIDE PLATE ガイ ド板 C 2 b-00Z1 9306 1
3 65AA 2727 0 SEPARATION PRESSING SPRING 分離押圧バネ D 1 c-00Z1 9304 1
d-00Z6 7040 6
4 56AA 2070 0 DRUM SEPARATING CLAW ド ラ ム分離爪 A 1 e-00Z1 8304 1
5 65AA 2660 0 SLIDE SPRING ス ラ イ ド バネ D 1 f-00Z6 7020 6
6 65AA -261 0 INTERMEDIATE TRANSFER ASSY 中間転写部組 D 1
7 65AA -287 0 SEPARATE CLAW ASSY 分離爪部組 C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


INTERMEDIATE TRANSFER UNIT
P 26

20
1
2 d
a a
3
a
21
8
4 19

22
a a
e f
8
5
3
2 a 7
a 16
4 9 17
23
a
10
6 c b

7
8 12
a
8 b
14
13
15
11 12
c
e
d
16 17
d
18 bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
INTERMEDIATE TRANSFER UNIT Page. 27
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 2642 0 BELT ベル ト A 1 a-00Z6 7040 6
2 65AA 2674 0 TRANSFER RELEASE CAM C 転写解除カ ム   C C 2 b-00Z6 7060 6
3 65AA 2675 0 TRANSFER RELEASE CAM K 転写解除カ ム   K C 2 c-00Z6 7080 6
d-00Z1 9304 1
4 56AA 1732 0 PIN A D2X12 ピン   A   D 2 X 1 2 C 1 e-00Z3 5308 1
5 65AA 2614 0 TRANSFER PRESSURE ROLLER K 転写圧着ロー ラ   K C 1 f-00Z1 9306 1
6 65AA 2702 0 BELT PRESSING SPRING FRONT ベル ト 押圧バネ   前 D 1
7 65AA 2697 0 TRANSFER RELEASE ARM 転写解除アーム D 2
8 25SA 7504 0 ADU CONVEYANCE SHAFT HOLDE A D U 搬送軸受 C 2
R
9 65AA 2611 1 TRANSFER ROLLER LOWER 転写ロー ラ   下 A 1
10 65AA 2604 0 TRANSFER ROLLER K 転写ロー ラ   K A 1
11 65AA -279 0 POWERING BLOCK B ASSY 給電ブ ロ ッ ク   B 部組 C 1
12 65AA 2687 0 REGULATING COLLAR 規制カ ラ ー C 2
13 65AA 2609 0 DRIVEN ROLLER 従動ロー ラ C 1
14 56AA 4049 0 SHAFT STOPPER 4 軸ス ト ッ パ   4 C 1
15 65AA 2692 0 HIGH VOLTAGE POWERING COLL 高圧給電カ ラ ー   前 C 1
AR FRONT
16 55VA 4212 0 SHAFT STOPPER 軸ス ト ッ パー C 2
17 5400 7605 0 DRIVING SHAFT HOLDER 駆動軸受 B 3
18 65AA 2724 0 SPACER A スペーサー   A C 1
19 65AA 2712 0 BELT PRESSING SPRING REAR ベル ト 押圧バネ   奥 D 1
20 65AA -277 0 POWERING BLOCK A ASSY 給電ブ ロ ッ ク   A 部組 D 3
21 65AA 2619 0 TRANSFER DRIVING COUPLING 転写駆動カ ッ プ リ ン グ   前 C 1
FRONT
22 65AA -278 0 HIGH V POWERING REAR ASSY 高圧給電カ ラ ー   奥部組 C 1
23 65AA -280 0 POWERING BLOCK D ASSY 給電ブ ロ ッ ク   D 部組 C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


INTERMEDIATE TRANSFER UNIT
P 27

1 2

c
5 17
16
b
c
d 10
14
8 18
13
c
9 a
12
c
11 13
10
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
INTERMEDIATE TRANSFER UNIT Page.
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65LA -288 0 BELT CLEANING BRUSH UNIT ベル ト ク リ ーナーブ ラ シユニ ッ ト C 1 a-00Z3 5308 1
2 65LA -289 0 SUPPORT PLATE ASSY 支持板部組 H 1 b-00Z2 5308 1
4 65AA -290 1 STOPPER PLATE ASSY 突き当て板部組 D 1 c-00Z6 7040 6
d-00Z1 9306 1
5 40AA 3232 0 TONER SUPPLY SPACER ト ナー補給スペーサー C 1
8 65AA 7795 0 TONER COLLECTING GEAR LOWE ト ナー回収ギア   下 C 1
R
9 65AA 7794 0 TONER COLLECTING GEAR MIDD ト ナー回収ギア   中 C 1
LE
10 65AA 2684 0 CLEANER BEARING FRONT ク リ ーナー軸受   前 C 2
11 65AA -292 0 CLEANING FRONT PLATE ASSY ク リ ーナ側板   前部組 B 1
12 56AA 1753 0 PIN A D2X10 ピン   A   D 2 X 1 0 C 2
13 65AA 2663 0 SCATTER PREVENTING PAD 3 飛散防止パ ッ ド   3 D 2
14 65AA 2629 1 CLEANER AUXILIARY ROLLER ク リ ーナー補助ロー ラ D 1
16 65AA 2640 0 CLEANER POWERING PLATE ク リ ーナー給電板 D 1
17 65AA 2006 0 COLLECTING COVER 回収カバー D 1
18 65AA 2030 0 TONER COLLECTING SPRING ト ナー回収バネ D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


INTERMEDIATE TRANSFER UNIT
P 27A

4 2 5

3 6

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


INTERMEDIATE TRANSFER UNIT Page. 28
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65LA -275 0 BELT CLEANING UNIT ベル ト ク リ ーナーユニ ッ ト 本体 H 1 a-00Z3 5308 1
2 65AA -294 0 SHEET 2 ASSY シー ト   2 部組 D 1
3 65AA -293 0 SHEET 1 ASSY シー ト   1 部組 A 1
4 56AA 4049 0 SHAFT STOPPER 4 軸ス ト ッ パ   4 C 1
5 65AA 2630 0 BELT CLEANING BLADE ベル ト 清掃ブ レー ド A 1
6 65AA 2654 0 BLADE SPRING ブ レ ー ド バネ D 2
7 65LA -288 0 BELT CLEANING BRUSH UNIT ベル ト ク リ ーナーブ ラ シユニ ッ ト C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


INTERMEDIATE TRANSFER UNIT
P 28

10
6 9

a c

a
a

a e
4 b 9
4 a
g a f

a
g 7
a

a
a
7
b c d

8 d

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


INTERMEDIATE TRANSFER UNIT Page. 29
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
2 65AA 2730 0 GUIDE PLATE セ ンサガ イ ド 板 D 2 a-00Z1 9304 1
4 65AA -298 0 SOLENOID ASSY ソ レ ノ イ ド 部組 C 2 b-00Z6 7030 6
6 65AA 2711 0 REGISTRATION RELEASE SPRIN レ ジ ス ト 解除バネ D 1 c-00Z9 2005 7
G d-00Z6 7040 6
e-00Z1 9306 1
7 65AA 2658 0 REGISTRATION OPEN SHUT SPR レ ジ ス ト 開閉バネ D 2 f-00Z9 2625 1
ING g-00Z1 9310 1
8 65AA 2736 0 COVER SHEET セ ンサカバーシー ト D 1
9 65AA 2657 0 REGISTRATION PRESSING SPRI レ ジ ス ト 押圧バネ D 2
NG
10 65AA -295 0 COLOR REGISTRATION UNIT カ ラ ーレ ジ ス ト ユニ ッ ト C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


INTERMEDIATE TRANSFER UNIT
P 29

a e g 14
a
2 3
a
4
b c
1 5
11
d 6
6
9
5
7
12
f b c
a
13 11
6
a 4
8 7
a a b
3 7 f d
12 a
13
2 11
b c 6 d 6
6
8
7
7 a f
6 12 a
13
b c 6 d

b
7

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


INTERMEDIATE TRANSFER UNIT Page. 30
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -274 0 DRIVING ROLLER ASSY 駆動ロー ラ ー部組 B 1 a-00Z6 7060 6
2 65AA 2653 0 TENSION SPRING テ ン シ ョ ンバネ D 2 b-00Z3 5308 1
3 65AA 7509 0 BELT DRIVING BEARING ベル ト 駆動軸受 C 2 c-00Z1 9304 1
d-00Z6 8060 3
4 65AA 2724 0 SPACER A スペーサー   A C 1 e-00Z1 9306 1
5 5400 7605 0 DRIVING SHAFT HOLDER 駆動軸受 B 3 f-00Z6 7040 6
6 07BA 1587 1 SPACER A スペーサー   A C 8 g-00Z4 7408 3
7 25SA 7504 0 ADU CONVEYANCE SHAFT HOLDE A D U 搬送軸受 C 2
R
8 65AA -281 0 POWERING FRONT BLOCK ASSY 給電ブ ロ ッ ク   前部組 C 3
9 65AA 2610 0 TENSION ROLLER テ ン シ ョ ン ロー ラ C 1
11 65AA -282 0 POWERING REAR BLOCK ASSY 給電ブ ロ ッ ク   奥部組 C 3
12 65AA 2613 0 TRANSFER PRESSURE ROLLER Y 転写圧着ロー ラ   Y C 3
13 65AA 2612 0 TRANSFER ROLLER C 転写ロー ラ   C A 3
14 65AA 2740 0 BELT DRIVING COUPLING ベル ト 駆動 カ ッ プ リ ン グ D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


CHARGING UNIT
P 30
8
6

1 9

10

5
2
2

11
3

4
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
CHARGING UNIT Page. 31
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -250 1 CHARGING UNIT 帯電極 C 4
2 65AA 2509 0 CHARGE CONTROL SPRING 帯電制御バネ D 2
3 65AA 2504 0 CHARGE COVER PART FRONT 帯電カバー部材   前 C 1
4 65AA 2501 1 CHARGE BLOCK FRONT 帯電ブ ロ ッ ク   前 C 1
5 65AA 2508 0 CHARGE WIRE 帯電ワ イ ヤー A 1
6 65AA 2507 1 CHARGE CONTROL PLATE 帯電制御プ レー ト A 1
7 65AA 2510 0 WIRE TENSION SPRING ワ イヤーテ ン シ ョ ンバネ D 1
8 65AA 2505 0 CHARGE COVER PART REAR 帯電カバー部材   奥 C 1
9 65AA 2506 0 CHARGE POWERING PLATE 帯電給電板 D 1
10 65AA 2502 1 CHARGE BLOCK REAR 帯電ブ ロ ッ ク   奥 C 1
11 65AA -252 1 CHARGE WIRE ASSY 帯電ワ イ ヤー部組 A 4

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


DEVELOPING UNIT
P 31

FRONT
4
b
2
3
c
5
a c
6 c
7 8
c
1 10

11 e

Yellow c
Magenta 12 16
14
13
Cyan
16 d
Black 7
c
12 c
7 15
e
13
c
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
DEVELOPING UNIT Page. 32
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -972 2 DEVELOPING BAGGING ASSY 現像機袋詰 B 4 a-00Z2 4306 1
2 25SA 3016 0 DEVELOPING DETECT SEAL 現像検知シール C 1 b-00Z6 8120 3
3 65AA 8809 0 TONER DENST SENSOR ト ナー濃度セ ンサ C 1 c-00Z6 7040 6
d-00Z3 5308 1
4 65AA 7721 0 DEVELOPING GEAR 1 現像ギア   1 C 1 e-00Z1 9306 1
5 65AA 7722 0 DEVELOPING GEAR 2 現像ギア   2 C 1
6 26TA 3077 0 DEVELOPING SHAFT HOLDER A 現像軸受   A C 8
7 56AA 1753 0 PIN A D2X10 ピン   A   D 2 X 1 0 C 2
8 12AR 7705 0 MOTOR GEAR 17T モー タ ーギヤ   1 7 T C 1
10 65AA 3024 0 DEVELOPING COUPLING 1 現像カ ッ プ リ ン グ   1 C 1
11 65AA 7723 0 DEVELOPING IDLING GEAR 現像ア イ ド ラ ーギア C 1
12 25SA 7504 0 ADU CONVEYANCE SHAFT HOLDE A D U 搬送軸受 C 2
R
13 12VL 4224 0 GEAR A 17T ギア   A   1 7 T C 2
14 65AA 7726 0 SCREW IDLING GEAR ス ク リ ュ ーア イ ド ラ ーギア C 1
15 65AA 3025 0 DEVELOPING COUPLING 2 現像カ ッ プ リ ン グ   2 C 1
16 40AA 3232 0 TONER SUPPLY SPACER ト ナー補給スペーサー C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


TONER SUPPLY UNIT
P 32
c
1
h
a 22 18 c c
a See P33
5 19
3 4
b 20 21
2 g
6
3 b 5
c
2 g 4 7
3 b
2
g
3 9
2
a 10
a d
a b c c
a 14
See P36,P37 11

12 15 17
e c
16
13 f

See P34

See P35
c

c
EXCLUSIVE PARTS
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
TONER SUPPLY UNIT Page. 33
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -251 0 CHARGING CLEANING PART ASS 帯電清掃部材部組 B 2 a-00Z1 9306 1
Y b-00Z9 2008 3
2 55VA 2068 0 SEPARATION POSITIONING SCR 分離位置決めネジ C 4 c-00Z3 8306 1
EW d-00Z1 8410 1
e-00Z1 1208 1
3 65AA -380 0 CHARGE SUCTION ASSY 帯電サ ク シ ョ ン部組 D 4 f-00Z6 7020 6
4 65AA 3304 0 CHARGE SUCTION PIPE L 帯電サ ク シ ョ ンパイ プ   L D 2 g-00Z3 5308 1
5 65AA 3305 0 CHARGE SUCTION PIPE S 帯電サ ク シ ョ ンパイ プ   S D 2 h-00Z3 8312 1
6 65AA -395 0 CHARGING SUCTION COVER ASS 帯電サ ク シ ョ ン カバー部組 D 1
Y
7 65AA -387 0 FILTER PRESSING PART フ ィ ル タ ー押圧部材 A 1
8 65LA -320 0 TONER SUPPLY UNIT ト ナー補強   国内 A G 1
8 65LE -320 0 TONER SUPPLY UNIT ト ナー補強   国内 B,E,G1,G2,I,F2,D1,D3 G 1
8 65LF -320 0 TONER SUPPLY UNIT ト ナー補強   国内 C,J,H,I,F2,D3,F2,K G 1
9 65AA 8059 0 MAIN BODY FAN 本体 フ ァ ン C 4
10 65LA 9720 1 TONER SUPPLY LABEL Y ト ナー補給 ラ ベル   Y H 1
11 65LA 9721 0 TONER SUPPLY LABEL M ト ナー補強 ラ ベル   M H 1
12 65LA 9722 0 TONER SUPPLY LABEL C ト ナー補強 ラ ベル   C H 1
13 65LA 9723 0 TONER SUPPLY LABEL B ト ナー補強 ラ ベル   B H 1
14 55VA 5385 0 ENTRANCE GUIDE SCREW 入口ガ イ ド ネジ C 2
15 12QR 8601 1 INTER LOCK SWITCH イ ン タ ーロ ッ ク S W.   D E 2 L ー B A L B B 1
16 65AA 3321 0 SWITCH PLATE ス イ ッ チ板 D 1
17 65AA 9110 0 INTER LOCK WIRING イ ン タ ーロ ッ ク 束線 D 1
18 65AA -283 0 SUPPORT BAR 支持棒 D 1
19 65AA 3070 1 CARTRIDGE SUPPORT RAIL カ ー ト リ ッ ジ支持レール D 1
20 65AA 3069 0 DEVELOPING SUPPORT FOOT 現像支持脚 D 4
21 65AA 3091 0 DEVELOPING ROTARY JIG 現像回転工具 D 4
22 65AA -386 0 DEVELOPING SUPPLY ASSY 現像補給部組 D 4

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


TONER SUPPLY UNIT
P 33

a
10
c a
a a
c a e
1 m f
9

g h
e
a
g i
i 3
A
g
g j
A 4
5
k
g A g
g a

A g
2 6
11
g j
g
4
g
8
k

11 6
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
TONER SUPPLY UNIT Page. 34
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 55VA 5375 0 MAGNET CATCH マグネ ッ ト キ ャ ッ チ C 1 a-00Z1 9306 1
2 08AA 8551 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサー B 1 c-00Z6 7040 6
3 65AA 3239 1 TONER SUPPLY GUIDE PART B ト ナー補給ガ イ ド 部材   B D 3 e-00Z9 2009 4
f-00Z9 2004 5
4 65AA -335 0 PRESSING PART ASSY 押圧部材部組 D 4 g-00Z3 8306 1
5 65AA 3242 0 CARTRIDGE PRESSING PEDESTA カ ー ト リ ッ ジ押圧台   A D 3 h-00Z3 8408 1
LA i-00Z9 2193 0
6 26NA 3287 0 CARTRIDGE PRESSING SPRING カ ー ト リ ッ ジ押圧バネ   2 C 4 j-00Z2 5406 1
2 k-00Z6 1060 1
7 65AA 3267 1 TONER SUPPLY GUIDE PART D ト ナー補給ガ イ ド 部材   D D 1 m-00Z6 7060 6
8 65AA 3263 0 CARTRIDGE PRESSING PEDESTA カ ー ト リ ッ ジ押圧台   B D 1
LB
9 65AA 3333 0 FIXING SCREW 固定ネジ D 1
10 65AA 3271 0 TONER SUPPLY LOCK SPRING ト ナー補給ロ ッ ク バネ D 1
11 40LA 3285 0 CARTRIDGEPRESSINGHANDLE カ ー ト リ ッ ジ押圧把手 D 4

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


TONER SUPPLY UNIT
P 34
10

f
6

a b
a 11 d
1 b
c 4

d
b
4
4
d b
5

7
1
b 3
2
b 8
9

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


TONER SUPPLY UNIT Page. 35
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 3246 1 SCREW BEARING A ス ク リ ュ ー軸受   A C 2 a-00Z6 7050 6
2 56AA 7733 0 SCREW GEAR 15T ス ク リ ュ ー歯車   1 5 T C 1 b-00Z6 7040 6
3 65AA -358 0 HOLDING MAIN BODY ASSY ホルダー本体部組 C 1 c-00Z7 4316 6
d-00Z3 5308 1
4 65AA 3250 1 SCREW BEARING B ス ク リ ュ ー軸受   B C 3 f-00Z1 5308 1
5 40AA 8803 0 REMAIND DETECTING SENSOR 残量検知セ ンサ C 1
6 65AA -368 1 TONER SUPPLY COVER ASSY ト ナー補給蓋部組 D 1
7 65AA -364 1 TONER SUPPLY ROTARY ASSY ト ナー補給回転部組 D 1
8 65AA 3285 1 SCREW BEARING D ス ク リ ュ ー軸受   D C 1
9 65AA 3294 0 SCREW BEARING E ス ク リ ュ ー軸受   E C 1
10 65AA -354 0 TONER SUPPLY A ASSY ト ナー補給   A 部組 C 1
11 40AA 3232 0 TONER SUPPLY SPACER ト ナー補給スペーサー C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


TONER SUPPLY UNIT
P 35
10

f
12 6

a b
a 11 d
1 b
c 4

d
b
4
4
d b
5

7
1
b 3
2
b 8
9

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


TONER SUPPLY UNIT Page. 36
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 3246 1 SCREW BEARING A ス ク リ ュ ー軸受   A C 2 a-00Z6 7050 6
2 56AA 7733 0 SCREW GEAR 15T ス ク リ ュ ー歯車   1 5 T C 1 b-00Z6 7040 6
3 65AA -358 0 HOLDING MAIN BODY ASSY ホルダー本体部組 C 1 c-00Z7 4316 6
d-00Z3 5308 1
4 65AA 3250 1 SCREW BEARING B ス ク リ ュ ー軸受   B C 3 f-00Z1 5308 1
5 40AA 8803 0 REMAIND DETECTING SENSOR 残量検知セ ンサ C 1
6 65AA -368 1 TONER SUPPLY COVER ASSY ト ナー補給蓋部組 D 1
7 65AA -364 1 TONER SUPPLY ROTARY ASSY ト ナー補給回転部組 D 1
8 65AA 3285 1 SCREW BEARING D ス ク リ ュ ー軸受   D C 1
9 65AA 3294 0 SCREW BEARING E ス ク リ ュ ー軸受   E C 1
10 65AA -356 1 TONER SUPPLY /B ASSY ト ナーホキ ュ ウ/ B フ ゛ ク ミ   ( 0 4 . 0 2 C 1
11 40AA 3232 0 TONER SUPPLY SPACER ト ナー補給スペーサー C 1
12 65AA 3329 0 TONER SUPPLY SEAL PART ト ナー補給シール部材 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


TONER SUPPLY UNIT
P 36
1 4
b
2 10
See P37 c
5 14
a 3 b b
b
b 6
b c 11
b
a 7 12
A
b
8 b 10
9 14
1 b 14 b
2 b b
b c
6 e
3 b 11 10
d
b A
b
b
4
a 7 b
5 12 11
89
a 1 b c
1 b 2 b
b 4 11
2 4 c 10
c 3 b
3 b c b
c b
B
b 5
b
5 7
a 14
a 7 6
8 b
6 9
8
9 b
b

B
a
13
3 b
EXCLUSIVE PARTS b
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
TONER SUPPLY UNIT Page. 37
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 40AA 7766 0 TONER SUPPLY GEAR F 28T ト ナー補給ギア   F   2 8 T C 4 a-00Z1 9306 1
2 26NA 3266 0 TONER SUPPLY SHAFT HOLDER ト ナー補給軸受 C 4 b-00Z6 7040 6
3 3220 7601 0 PAPER LIFT UP LEVER SHAFT ペーパー押上レバー軸受け B 8 c-00Z6 7050 6
HOLDER d-00Z9 2193 0
e-00Z9 2009 6
4 65AA 7739 0 TONER SUPPLY GEAR B ト ナー補給ギア   B C 4
5 56AA 1746 0 PIN A ピン   A C 4
6 65AA 7741 0 TONER SUPPLY GEAR D ト ナー補給ギア   D A C 4
7 25BA 7717 1 TONER SUPPLY GEAR 2 13T 31 ト ナー補給歯車   2   1 3 T   3 1 T C 4
T
8 56AA 1747 0 PIN B 3X12 ピン   B   3 X 1 2 C 8
9 65AA 7804 0 AGITATING GEAR A 撹拌歯車   A C 4
10 25AA 7789 0 REGULATION GEAR 36T 規制歯車   3 6 T C 4
11 55VA 7930 0 IDLER GEAR L 38T ア イ ド ラ ー歯車   L   3 8 T C 4
12 35EA 7715 1 GEAR MANUAL FEED IDLER 34T 手差 し ア イ ド ラ ーギヤ   3 4 T   1 4 T C 2
14T
13 56AA 7733 0 SCREW GEAR 15T ス ク リ ュ ー歯車   1 5 T C 1
14 56AA 1732 0 PIN A D2X12 ピン   A   D 2 X 1 2 C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


TONER SUPPLY UNIT
P 37

a f
2 6
b 1
f
f
a

a 6

A f
3 7
e 6
d g
7 9 a
d g
4 g
5 6
7
g A
d g
8 10
g
e
8 g 9
g
e g 9
g
7
d g g 10
7
B 7 g g
g
a
7
g 9
g

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


TONER SUPPLY UNIT Page. 38
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 13RN 7321 1 BASE PLATE FIXING SCREW B 基板固定ネジ   B D 4 a-00Z1 9306 1
2 65AA -906 0 TONER DRIVING BOARD ASSY ト ナー駆動基板部組 B 1 b-00Z9 2510 3
3 56AA 8007 1 DC BRUSH LESS MOTOR 30 D C ブ ラ シ レ ス モー タ   3 0 B 4 d-00Z1 9304 1
e-00Z9 2193 1
4 3960 4068 1 STOPPER RING 止め輪 B 1 f-00Z1 8306 1
5 65AA 8202 0 TONER SUPPLY CLUTCH ト ナー補給 ク ラ ッ チ B 4 g-00Z6 7040 6
6 08AA 8004 0 CONTROL MOTOR 制御モー タ B 4
7 35EA 7722 0 GEAR W 38T ギア   W   3 8 T C 7
8 65AA 7738 0 TONER SUPPLY GEAR A ト ナー補給ギア   A C 2
9 65AA 7740 0 TONER SUPPLY GEAR C ト ナー補給ギア   C C 4
10 12VG 7703 0 IDLING GEAR B 44T 21T ア イ ド ラ ーギア   B   4 4 T   2 1 T C 2

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


TONER COLLECTING SECTION
P 38

1 i
a 32 g
2 3
30 e
a j
4 9 f
f
b e
6 10
7 31
8 33
17 5
11
13 12
35
34
15
5 16 14
a
17
a
15 16 e
5

17
a
15 16
5 29 22
17 e
a 21 20
21 20 23
18
5 17 16 24
8 25
d
20 d
26
e
a 19 20 d e
27
28

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


TONER COLLECTING SECTION Page. 39
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 2421 0 COLLECTING PIPE 7 回収パイ プ   7 D 1 a-00Z1 9304 1
2 65AA 2440 0 TONER COLLECTING SEAL 4 ト ナー回収シール   4 D 1 b-00Z6 7030 6
3 65AA 2444 0 TONER DRIVING PART 2 ト ナー駆動部材   2 D 2 d-00Z3 5308 1
e-00Z1 9306 1
4 65AA 2420 0 COLLECTING PIPE 6 回収パイ プ   6 D 1 f-00Z9 2193 1
5 65AA 2433 0 TONER COLLECTING SEAL 3 ト ナー回収シール   3 D 5 g-00Z1 6430 1
6 65AA 7784 0 TONER COLLECTING GEAR 2 ト ナー回収ギア   2 C 1 i-00Z2 4206 1
7 65AA 7507 0 TONER COLLECTING BEARING 2 ト ナー回収軸受   2 C 1 j-00Z6 1020 1
8 65AA 2406 0 TONER COLLECTING SEAL 1 ト ナー回収シール   1 D 2
9 65AA 2413 0 CONNECTING COVER 連結カバー D 1
10 65AA 2431 0 TONER COLLECTING SEAL 2 ト ナー回収シール   2 D 1
11 65AA 2412 0 ROCKING CAM 揺動カ ム D 1
12 65AA 7797 0 TONER COLLECTING GEAR 5 ト ナー回収ギア   5 C 1
13 65AA 7796 0 TONER COLLECTING GEAR 4 ト ナー回収ギア   4 C 1
14 65AA 2422 0 COLLECTING PIPE 8 回収パイ プ   8 D 1
15 65AA -256 0 COLLECTING PIPE 3 ASSY 回収パイ プ   3 部組 D 4
16 65AA 2404 0 COLLECTING PIPE 2 回収パイ プ   2 D 4
17 65AA 2441 0 TONER COLLECTING SEAL 5 ト ナー回収シール   5 D 4
18 65AA -255 0 COLLECTING PIPE ASSY 回収パイ プ部組 D 1
19 65AA 2407 0 COLLECTING PIPE 4 回収パイ プ   4 D 1
20 65AA 2442 0 TONER COLLECTING SEAL 6 ト ナー回収シール   6 D 2
21 65AA 2403 0 COLLECTING PIPE 1 回収パイ プ   1 D 2
22 65AA 2434 0 TONER COLLECTING SPRING ト ナー回収バネ D 1
23 65AA -242 0 OPEN SHUT PART 6 ASSY 開閉部材   6 部組 D 1
24 65AA 2408 0 COLLECTING PIPE 5 回収パイ プ   5 D 1
25 65AA 7785 0 TONER COLLECTING GEAR 3 ト ナー回収ギア   3 C 1
26 65AA 7506 0 TONER COLLECTING BEARING 1 ト ナー回収軸受   1 C 1
27 65AA 2424 0 OPEN SHUT PART 3 開閉部材   3 D 1
28 65AA 2425 0 OPEN SHUT PART 4 開閉部材   4 D 1
29 65AA -240 0 TONER COLLECTING UNIT ト ナー回収ユニ ッ ト D 1
30 65AA 2436 0 TONER COLLECTING SPRING 2 ト ナー回収バネ   2 D 1
31 25BA 8554 0 PHOTO SENSOR 1 フ ォ ト セ ンサー   1 C 1
32 65AA 2438 0 DOOR DETECTING PART 2 ド アー検知部材   2 D 1
33 08AA 8551 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサー B 1
34 65AA -245 0 TONER COLLECTING BOX ASSY ト ナー回収箱部組 A 1
35 65AA 9092 0 TONER DETECTION WIRING 2 ト ナー検知束線   2 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


FIXING UNIT
P 39

See P44
1
c

See P41,42,43
3

See P40
2

a
d
5 b
4

EXCLUSIVE PARTS
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
FIXING UNIT Page. 40
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65LA -530 0 FIXING UNIT 定着ユニ ッ ト A,B,E,G1,G2 D 1 a-00Z1 9306 2
1 65LF -530 0 FIXING UNIT 定着ユニ ッ ト C,J,H,I,F2,D1,D3,K D 1 b-00Z3 8406 1
2 65AA 5382 1 FIXING COVER FRONT 定着カバー   前 C 1 c-00Z1 9306 1
d-00Z1 9406 1
3 65AA 5383 0 FIXING COVER REAR 定着カバー   奥 C 1
4 65AA 9714 0 JAM PROCESSING LABEL C ジ ャ ム処理 ラ ベル   C D 1
5 65AA 5419 0 FIXING PAPER EXIT HANDLE 定着排紙 ノ ブ C 1
6 56AA 9710 0 HIGH TEMPERATURE CAUTION L 高温注意 ラ ベル A,C,J,I,F2,D1,D3,K C 2
ABEL
6 56AE 9710 0 HIGH TEMPERATURE CAUTION L 高温注意 ラ ベル B,E,G1,G2 C 1
ABEL
6 56GK 9711 0 HIGH TEMPERATURE CAUTION L 高温注意 ラ ベル H D 1
ABEL

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


FIXING UNIT
P 40
15 i
c
2

c a j
j
8
2
2
c 9
14
i j j
g
c
a 10 c
3
4
12
h
b 10
c 13
2
1 12
5
a a 6 g
7
b c
7 11
2 13
c 10

2
e
c
d
e bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
FIXING UNIT Page. 41
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 56AA 8007 1 DC BRUSH LESS MOTOR 30 D C ブ ラ シ レ ス モー タ   3 0 B 4 a-00Z1 9306 1
2 5400 7605 0 DRIVING SHAFT HOLDER 駆動軸受 B 3 b-00Z9 2001 4
3 08AA 8551 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサー B 1 c-00Z6 7060 6
d-00Z9 2510 3
4 65AA 7716 0 FIXING DRIVING GEAR A 定着駆動ギア   A B 1 e-00Z9 2130 2
5 65AA 7719 0 FIXING DRIVING GEAR D 定着駆動ギア   D B 1 f-00Z1 9406 1
6 56AA 1748 0 PIN B ピン   B C 1 g-00Z9 2193 1
7 3040 7807 0 PIN C ピン   C C 1 h-00Z9 2002 1
i-00Z6 7040 6
8 65AA 7720 0 FIXING DRIVING GEAR E 定着駆動ギア   E B 1 j-00ZA A001 5
9 65AA 7727 0 FIXING DRIVING GEAR F 定着駆動ギア   F B 1
10 65AA 7718 0 FIXING DRIVING GEAR C 定着駆動ギア   C B 1
11 65AA 7717 0 FIXING DRIVING GEAR B 定着駆動ギア   B B 1
12 40AA 3232 0 TONER SUPPLY SPACER ト ナー補給スペーサー C 1
13 56AA 4269 0 BY PASS FEED SPACER 手差 し スペーサー C 2
14 25AA 7553 0 SLIDE SHAFT HOLDER 滑 り 軸受 C 4
15 65AA 7809 0 FIXING FEEDING GEAR 定着送 り 出 し ギア B 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


FIXING UNIT
P 41

1
5
2

b
6
3
4
3
c
d
c b 7
3
4
3 8
a b b
9 f
10 e

11

d b
12 d
16

7
13 b 15
e

14
f

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


FIXING UNIT Page. 42
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 5389 0 HEAT INSULATING SHEET F 断熱シー ト   F D 1 a-00Z2 5408 1
2 65LA 5353 0 PAPER EXIT PRESSURE SPRING 排紙押厚バネ H 1 b-00Z3 8306 1
3 65AA 5398 0 FIXING PAPER EXIT BEARING 定着排紙軸受 C 4 c-00Z6 7030 6
d-00Z6 7040 6
4 65LA 5343 0 FIXING PAPER EXIT ROLLER U 定着排紙ロー ラ ー   上 A 2 e-00Z6 7060 6
PPER f-00Z1 9306 1
5 65AA 5308 1 FIXING PAPER EXIT ROLLER 定着排紙ロー ラ C 1
6 65AA -561 0 FIXING PAPER EXIT STAY ASS 定着排紙ス テー部組 D 1
Y
7 55GA 7503 1 SHAFT HOLDER 軸受 A 2
8 56AA 1753 0 PIN A D2X10 ピン   A   D 2 X 1 0 C 2
9 65AA 5357 0 LEVER MOUNTING PLATE レバー取付け板 D 1
10 65AA 5399 0 FIXING PAPER EXIT LEVER 定着排紙レバー C 1
11 65AA 5355 0 PAPER EXIT OPEN SHUT SPRIN 排紙開閉バネ   B D 1
GB
12 65AA 9788 0 JAM RELEASE LABEL 3 ジ ャ ム解除 ラ ベル   3 D 1
13 65AA 7733 0 FIXING DRIVING GEAR J 定着駆動ギア   J B 1
14 65AA 5392 0 HEAT INSULATING SHEET I 断熱シー ト   I D 1
15 65AA 5354 0 PAPER EXIT OPEN SHUT SPRIN 排紙開閉バネ   A D 1
GA
16 65AA -562 1 PAPER EXIT ACTUATOR ASSY ハイ シ ア ク チ エー タ フ ゛ ク ミ C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


FIXING UNIT
P 42
1
a
11
a
3
k
2
b
c
14
15
7
13
13
3 7 16
2 k
4

a 5 12 a i
1 8 17
h d
e
c
18
j
d
6 19

f b
7

8
a e
9 20
1
10
a

m bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


FIXING UNIT Page. 43
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 5000 7501 0 READ DRIVING SHAFT HOLDER 読み取 り 駆動軸受 C 2 a-00Z6 7080 6
2 3040 7807 0 PIN C ピン   C C 1 b-00Z1 9306 1
3 4540 7803 0 PARALLEL PIN 平行ピ ン C 2 c-00Z1 9406 1
d-00Z6 7060 6
4 55VA 8552 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサ C 1 e-00Z9 2001 4
5 65AA 5352 0 PAPER EXIT DETECTING PLATE 排紙検知板 D 1 f-00Z9 2002 1
6 65AA 7730 0 FIXING DRIVING GEAR I 定着駆動ギア   I B 1 h-00Z9 2137 2
7 4500 5339 0 EXIT GUIDE PLATE MOUNT SCR 出口ガ イ ド 板取付ネジ C 2 i-00Z1 6306 1
EW j-00Z6 7040 6
k-00Z3 8306 1
8 65AA 5329 0 PRESSURE CAM 圧着カ ム D 2 m-00ZA A001 6
9 65AA 7729 0 FIXING DRIVING GEAR H 定着駆動ギア   H B 1
10 65AA 5335 0 RELEASE ACTUATOR A 解除ア ク チ ェ タ   A C 1
11 65AA 7748 0 FIXING REGULATING GEAR B 定着規制ギア   B C 1
12 56AA 1753 0 PIN A D2X10 ピン   A   D 2 X 1 0 C 2
13 56AA 4611 0 REGISTRATION OPEN SHUT SCR レ ジ ス ト 開閉ネジ C 1
EW
14 65AA 9006 0 FIXING POWERING WIRING 2 定着給電束線   2 D 1
15 26NA 5403 0 MOUNT SCREW 取 り 付けネジ C 2
16 65AA 5379 0 WIRING MOUNTING PLATE REAR 束線取付け板   奥 D 1
17 55VA 5397 0 WIRING HOLDER PART 束線ホルダー部材 D 4
18 65AA 5365 1 FIXING LIMITTER 定着 リ ミ ッ タ D 1
19 65AA 7747 0 FIXING REGULATING GEAR A 定着規制ギア   A C 1
20 65AA 5306 0 FIXING ENTRANCE PLATE LOWE 定着進入板   下 D 1
R

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


FIXING UNIT
P 43

a
b
c
g e
d f

b
a 1
7
2 4 c

d
5
3 6
13
10

f
e
c j
i n
14

e d 5 12
m
4 11
f k
g h f e
g
7
10
c

EXCLUSIVE PARTS 8
9
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
FIXING UNIT Page. 44
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -537 1 FIXING SEPARATION PLATE AS 定着分離板部組 C 1 a-00Z6 1060 1
SY b-00Z5 1060 1
2 65AA 5393 0 PAPER EXIT STOPPER SPRING 排紙突き当てバネ D 1 c-00Z6 7080 6
d-00Z1 9408 1
3 65AA 8305 0 FIXING HEATER LOWER 定着 ヒ ー タ ー   下 A,B,E,G1,G2 A 1
e-00Z1 8406 1
3 65AF 8305 0 FIXING HEATER LOWER 定着 ヒ ー タ ー   下 C,J,H,I,F2,D1,D3,K A 2 f-00Z9 2116 2
4 26NA 5371 0 FIXING SHAFT HOLDER UPPER 定着軸受   上 A 2 g-00Z1 9406 1
5 65AA 5341 0 HEAT INSULATING SLEEVE A 断熱ス リ ーブ   A B 2 h-00Z9 2001 4
6 65AA 5302 0 FIXING ROLLER LOWER 定着ロー ラ   下 A 1 i-00Z1 8304 1
j-00Z1 9306 1
7 55VA 5583 0 BLADE POSITIONING SCREW ブ レ ー ド 位置決めネジ C 2 k-00Z1 6306 1
8 65AA 5378 0 WIRING MOUNTING PLATE FRON 束線取付け板   前 D 1 m-00Z1 6308 1
T n-00ZA A001 6
9 56AA 4611 0 REGISTRATION OPEN SHUT SCR レ ジ ス ト 開閉ネジ C 1
EW
10 65AA 5325 0 PRESSURE SPRING 圧着バネ C 2
11 SP00 -018 0 THERMOSTAT サーモ ス タ ッ ト A 1
12 65AA 8802 0 TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 温度セ ンサ   2 B 1
13 65AA -554 0 MOUNTING PLATE D ASSY セ ンサー取付け板   D 部組 C 1
14 65AA 5323 0 MOUNTING PLATE セ ンサー取付け板 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


FIXING UNIT
P 44
g
30
29 t u
DETAIL 'A' c
2 16
b
g
33 18
v 15
27 32 34 14
28 19
a
b i
17 m
26 31 i
k 11 a
s
8 v
a a n
r h j
g 10
See P44A f
5
20 21 x
2
e
3 d d 24
e a
4 a p
n
f 8
b
n
c
a 6 23
c 25
g
11
10 q
h
j
A h
9
12
13

g
EXCLUSIVE PARTS
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
FIXING UNIT Page.
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
2 26NA 5423 0 TERMINAL FIXING SCREW 端子固定ネジ D 2 a-00Z1 9306 1
3 65AA 5358 0 TERMINAL PLATE A 端子板   A C 1 b-00Z1 5304 1
4 26NA 5378 0 TERMINAL PEDESTAL B 端子台   B D 1 c-00Z6 7060 6
d-00Z6 1050 1
5 65AA 5301 0 FIXING ROLLER UPPER 定着ロー ラ   上 A 1 e-00Z5 1050 1
6 65AA 7728 0 FIXING DRIVING GEAR G 定着駆動ギア   G B 1 f-00Z9 2137 2
8 55VA 5397 0 WIRING HOLDER PART 束線ホルダー部材 D 4 g-00Z1 9406 1
9 5440 7720 1 FIXING DRIVE GEAR B 50T 定着駆動歯車   B   5 0 T B 1 h-00Z6 8300 3
i-00Z1 8406 1
10 4540 5339 1 HEAT INSULATE SLEEVE 断熱ス リ ーブ A 2 j-00Z5 1060 1
11 4540 7504 0 BALL BEARING ボールベア リ ン グ B 2 k-00Z9 2116 3
12 65AA 8303 0 FIXING HEATER 1 定着 ヒ ー タ ー   1 A,B,E,G1,G2 A 1 m-00Z9 2116 2
12 65AF 8303 1 FIXING HEATER 1 定着 ヒ ー タ ー   1 C,J,H,I,F2,D1,D3,K A 1 n-00Z1 6306 1
13 65AA 8304 0 FIXING HEATER 2 定着 ヒ ー タ ー   2 A,B,E,G1,G2 A 1 p-00Z1 6308 1
q-00Z1 8304 1
13 65AF 8304 1 FIXING HEATER 2 定着 ヒ ー タ ー   2 C,J,H,I,F2,D1,D3,K A 1 r-00Z1 9308 1
14 65AA 5390 0 HEAT INSULATING SHEET G 断熱シー ト   G D 1 s-00Z4 7404 3
15 26NA 5377 0 TERMINAL PEDESTAL A 端子台   A D 1 t-00Z9 2110 5
16 65AA 5359 0 TERMINAL PLATE B 端子板   B C 1 u-00Z6 7100 6
17 65AA 5360 0 TERMINAL PLATE C 端子板   C C 1 v-00ZA A001 6
x-00ZA A001 5
18 26NA 5403 0 MOUNT SCREW 取 り 付けネジ C 2
19 65AA 9005 0 FIXING POWERING WIRING 1 定着給電束線   1 D 1
20 65AA 8801 0 TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 温度セ ンサ   1 B 1
21 65AA -553 0 MOUNTING PANEL C ASSY セ ンサー取付け板   C 部組 C 1
23 SP00 -003 0 THERMOSTAT サーモ ス タ ッ ト A 1
24 65AA 5386 0 HEAT INSULATING SHEET C 断熱シー ト   C D 1
25 65AA -536 0 FIXING ENTRANCE PLATE UPPE 定着進入板   上部組 C 1
R
26 65AA 8017 0 WEB DRIVE MOTOR ウ ェ ッ ブ駆動モー タ B 1
27 65AA 7806 0 MOTOR GEAR モー タ ギア C 1
28 25SA 7504 0 ADU CONVEYANCE SHAFT HOLDE A D U 搬送軸受 C 2
R
29 65AA 7808 0 FIXING CLEANING GEAR 定着清掃ギア C 1
30 65AA 5409 0 HEAT INSULATING SHEET J 断熱シー ト   J D 1
31 65AA 5318 0 FIXING DRIVING PANEL C 定着駆動パネル   C D 1
32 5400 7605 0 DRIVING SHAFT HOLDER 駆動軸受 B 3
33 65AA 7807 0 ROLLER DRIVE GEAR ロー ラ 駆動ギア C 1
34 56AA 1748 0 PIN B ピン   B C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


FIXING UNIT
P 44A

4
10
3
a a
a 7
a

a a

2 8
9
1

a
2 b

a
8
5
a 9

a 7

b
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
FIXING UNIT Page. 45
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -573 1 CLEANING ROLLER ASSY 1 定着清掃ロー ラ 部組   1 A 1 a-00Z6 7060 6
2 55VA 2052 0 CLEANER LOCK SCREW ク リ ーナーロ ッ ク ネジ C 2 b-00Z3 5308 1
3 65AA 5361 0 FIXING COVER 定着天板 D 1
4 65AA 5384 0 HEAT INSULATING SHEET A 断熱シー ト   A D 1
5 65AA 7810 0 FIXING CLEANING GEAR テ イ チ ャ ク セ イ ソ ウキ ゛ ア B 1
6 56AA 1755 0 PIN A ピン   A C 1
7 65AA 7510 0 FIXING CLEANING BEARING テ イ チ ャ ク セ イ ソ ウシ ゛ ク ウケ B 2
8 65AA 5418 0 CLEANER PRESSING SCREW ク リ ーナー押圧バネ D 2
9 65AA 5411 0 CLEANER PRESSING PART ク リ ーナー押圧部材 D 2
10 65AA -569 0 FIXING TOP PLATE ASSY 定着天板部組 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


PROSE’CARRIAGE UNIT
P 45

See P46

See P48

Yel ow
5

ta
a
Magen
Yell
ow
6
B
See P49 (4 unit)
Cyan
Mag
enta
7 a
9 4 a
a
Blac
k
A
Cya
n
8 (4 unit)

k
a
Blac 4 a

5 See P47
See P46
Yel ow
(3 unit)
1 6
1 Magen
ta

7 2
Cyan
b
8 b c 3
c
Blac
k

DETAIL 'A' DETAIL 'B'


bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
PROSE’CARRIAGE UNIT Page. 46
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 2268 0 CARTRIDGE SUPPORT SCREW カ ー ト リ ッ ジ支持ネジ D 6 a-00Z1 9306 1
2 65AA 2243 0 DRUM MOUNTING BLOCK REAR ド ラ ム取付けブ ロ ッ ク   奥 D 4 b-00Z1 9304 1
3 65AA 2242 0 DRUM MOUNTING BLOCK FRONT ド ラ ム取付けブ ロ ッ ク   前 D 4 c-00Z3 5308 1
4 65AA 2246 0 DEVELOPING PRESSING SPRING 現像押圧バネ D 8
5 65AA 9744 0 DEVELOPING CHANGE LABEL Y 現像交換 ラ ベル   Y D 1
6 65AA 9745 0 DEVELOPING CHANGE LABEL M 現像交換 ラ ベル   M D 1
7 65AA 9746 0 DEVELOPING CHANGE LABEL C 現像交換 ラ ベル   C D 1
8 65AA 9747 0 DEVELOPING CHANGE LABEL K 現像交換 ラ ベル   K D 1
9 65AA 9711 0 HV CAUTION LABEL 高圧注意 ラ ベル A,C,J,I,F2,D1,D3,K D 1
9 65AE 9711 0 HV CAUTION LABEL 高圧注意 ラ ベル B,E,G1,G2 D 1
9 56GK 9712 0 HIGH VOLTAGE CAUTION LABEL 高圧注意 ラ ベル H D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


PROSE’CARRIAGE UNIT
P 46

d
a

3
b 6

4
b

5
a

1
4

1
b

b
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
PROSE’CARRIAGE UNIT Page. 47
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 2232 0 SCATTER PREVENTING SHEET 飛散防止シー ト D 1 a-00Z2 5206 1
2 65AA 2241 0 DEVELOPING MOUNTING RAIL 現像取付け レール D 1 b-00Z3 5308 1
3 65AA -234 1 OZONE DUCT 1 ASSY オゾ ン ダ ク ト   1 部組 D 1 c-00Z1 9306 1
d-00Z1 1306 0
4 65AA -236 0 CHARGE PRESSING ASSY 帯電押圧部組 D 2
5 65AA 8307 0 PCL PCL B 1
6 65AA 2257 1 CHARGE SUCTION SHEET UPPER 帯電サ ク シ ョ ン シー ト   上 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


PROSE’CARRIAGE UNIT
P 47
b
c 4

a 2
6

3
d

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


PROSE’CARRIAGE UNIT Page. 48
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 2241 0 DEVELOPING MOUNTING RAIL 現像取付け レール D 1 a-00Z3 5308 1
2 65AA -234 1 OZONE DUCT 1 ASSY オゾ ン ダ ク ト   1 部組 D 1 b-00Z1 9306 1
3 65AA 8307 0 PCL PCL B 1 c-00Z1 1306 0
d-00Z2 5206 1
4 65AA -236 0 CHARGE PRESSING ASSY 帯電押圧部組 D 2 f-00Z1 8406 1
5 65AA 2265 0 CARRIAGE SHEET LOWER 架台シー ト   下 D 1
6 65AA 2257 1 CHARGE SUCTION SHEET UPPER 帯電サ ク シ ョ ン シー ト   上 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


PROSE’CARRIAGE UNIT
P 48
1
1 a

g
b
1

2 3
c
b
d e
1 5

1
2 c

c c
1 c
f

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


PROSE’CARRIAGE UNIT Page. 49
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 2276 0 WIRING COVER 束線カバー D 6 a-00Z9 2001 3
2 65AA 2237 0 TRANSFER SUPPORT BLOCK REA 転写支持ブ ロ ッ ク   奥 D 1 b-00Z1 9306 1
R c-00Z1 9304 1
d-00Z6 7030 6
3 65AA -237 0 DEVELOP CONNECT DUCT ASSY 現像連結ダ ク ト 部組 D 1
e-00Z6 7040 6
4 65AA 2275 0 SEPARATION PRESSURE ROLLER 分離圧着 コ ロ C 1 f-00Z9 2110 2
5 65AA 2259 0 SOLENOID RELEASE SPRING ソ レ ノ イ ド 解除バネ D 1 g-00Z1 9308 1
6 26NA 8251 3 PAPER FEED SOLENOID 給紙 ソ レ ノ イ ド C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


PROSE’CARRIAGE UNIT
P 49
1 a m
b f
5 p
g

c a 6
a d
b
c
a i
a h 6
j
d 2 b e
d
3
c 7
j

a
3 5
j
e

j
4 5

a
8 n
d
b k

c i
9
a
3
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
PROSE’CARRIAGE UNIT Page. 50
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 2214 0 CARRIAGE HANDLE LEFT 架台把手   左 D 1 a-00Z6 7040 6
2 65AA 2235 0 FRONT COVER LEFT 前面カバー   左 D 1 b-00Z1 9404 1
3 65AA 2229 0 LEVER OPEN SHUT SPRING レバー開閉バネ D 4 c-00Z1 9312 1
d-00Z1 9304 1
4 65AA 2213 0 CARRIAGE HANDLE RIGHT 架台把手   右 D 1 e-00Z1 9406 1
5 65AA 2281 0 BASE PLATE COVER 基板カバー D 4 f-00Z1 6410 1
6 65AA 2236 0 TRANSFER SUPPORT BLOCK FRO 転写支持ブ ロ ッ ク   前 D 2 g-00Z9 2002 2
NT h-00Z1 8404 1
7 65AA 7508 1 DRUM SUPPORT BEARING /2 ト ゛ ラ ムシ シ ゛ シ ゛ ク ウケ   / 2   ( 0 2 / C 4 i-00Z1 9306 1
j-00Z9 2006 1
8 65AA 2280 0 WIRING GUIDE COVER 束線案内カバー D 4 k-00Z9 2009 8
9 65AA -228 2 HV DETECTING SENSOR ASSY 高圧検知セ ンサー部組 B 1 m-00Z1 6508 1
n-00Z1 8310 1
p-00Z9 2002 6

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


REGISTRATION UNIT
P 50

a d
3
a 1 h 4 12
5
e g
a c 5
b 5 e
a g

A g
10
A

4 9 11
10
3
d
13 5
e
e b
5
12 6 f
f f
e
7 e g
6 5
8

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


REGISTRATION UNIT Page. 51
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 56AA 8552 0 CONVEYANCE PHOTO SENSOR 搬送 フ ォ ト セ ンサ B 1 a-00Z9 2006 2
2 65AA -462 0 CLEANING STAY ASSY 清掃ス テー部組 B 1 b-00Z1 9306 1
3 26NA 4537 1 REGISTRATION UNIT SHAFT HO レ ジ ス ト 軸受   2 C 2 c-00Z1 8310 1
LDER 2 d-00Z6 7040 6
e-00Z6 7060 6
4 65AA 4608 0 REGISTRATION PRESSURE SPRI レ ジ ス ト 圧着バネ C 2 f-00Z9 2193 0
NG g-00Z3 8306 1
5 5400 7605 0 DRIVING SHAFT HOLDER 駆動軸受 B 3 h-00Z1 9304 1
6 56AA 1748 0 PIN B ピン   B C 1
7 65AA 7787 0 REGISTRATION GEAR レ ジ ス ト 歯車 C 1
8 65AA 7751 0 CONVEYANCE GEAR 搬送歯車 C 1
9 65AA 4602 0 REGISTRATION DRIVEN ROLLER レ ジ ス ト 従動ロー ラ C 1
10 65AA 4601 2 REGISTRATION ROLLER レ ジ ス ト ロー ラ C 1
11 65AA 4603 0 CONVEYANCE ROLLER 搬送ロー ラ C 1
12 55VA 4212 0 SHAFT STOPPER 軸ス ト ッ パー C 2
13 65LA -464 0 REGISTRATION ROLLER ASSY レ ジ ス ト ロー ラ 部組 C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


PAPER FEED UNIT
P 51

2 a
3 5

2
b

c
1

2
3 14
2 d
4 b
a b 13

b 10
10 b
10

e
12
f
9 b e 10

8
9
10
7
15
6 11

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


PAPER FEED UNIT Page. 52
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -400 0 PAPER FEED UNIT 給紙ユニ ッ ト C 1 a-00Z6 7030 6
2 25AA 7553 0 SLIDE SHAFT HOLDER 滑 り 軸受 C 4 b-00Z6 7040 6
3 26NA 4256 0 BY PASS FEED DRIVEN ROLLER 手差 し 従動ロー ラ C 2 c-00Z7 1110 6
d-00Z2 5308 1
4 56AA 4048 0 PAPER FEED PRESSING SPRING 給紙押圧バネ C 1 e-00Z6 7060 6
5 56AA 4001 0 PAPER FEED MAIN BODY 給紙本体 C 1 f-00Z1 9306 1
6 56AA 4049 0 SHAFT STOPPER 4 軸ス ト ッ パ   4 C 1
7 25SA 4096 0 DOUBLE FEED PREVENTION RUB 重送防止ゴム A 1
BER
8 56AA -408 0 REVERSING ROLLER ASSY 逆転ロー ラ部組 B 1
9 55VA 7903 0 PAPER FEED REVERSAL GEAR C 給紙逆転歯車   C   1 4 T B 1
14T
10 08AA 7601 0 DRUM DRIVING SHAFT HOLDER ド ラ ム駆動軸受 C 4
11 56AA 4041 1 TORQUE LIMITTER ト ルク リ ミ ッ タ B 1
12 26NA 4206 1 BY PASS FEED CONVEYING GEA 手差 し 搬送ギア   2 1 T B 1
R 21T
13 56QA 4008 0 MULTI FEED PREVENTING PLAT 重送防止板 C 1
E
14 56AA 4042 0 MULTI FEED PREVENTING SPRI 重送防止バネ C 1
NG
15 56AA 1731 0 PIN ピン C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


PAPER FEED UNIT
P 52
k
1
42
k
5

b 29
25 b
5 i 30
23 24 26
k

31 32
5
18 b 32
b g
21 10
28
5 b
2 5
b 23
20 24
3 25
19 b 27 31
4 16 22 10
19
33
d 7
c 34
41
5 6
g 40
36
e 8
f 5 b
9
10 37 e b
g b 23

11 14 35
h
5
m 38 j
a
15 b 23 39
b
12 13 36
g 10
16 17
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
PAPER FEED UNIT Page. 53
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 56AA 4010 0 WIRING PROTECTION COVER 束線保護カバー D 1 a-00Z1 9306 1
2 65AA 4001 0 REGULATING PLATE 規制板 D 1 b-00Z6 7040 6
3 65AA -403 0 SOLENOID ASSY ソ レ ノ イ ド 部組 C 1 c-00Z1 6306 1
d-00Z1 9304 1
4 65AA 4006 0 RELEASE SPRING 解除バネ D 1 e-00Z2 5308 1
5 08AA 7601 0 DRUM DRIVING SHAFT HOLDER ド ラ ム駆動軸受 C 4 f-00Z9 2193 0
6 56AA 4052 0 SENSOR EARTH SPRING セ ンサアースバネ C 1 g-00Z6 7060 6
7 56AA 4046 0 SENSOR ADJUSTMENT PLATE セ ンサ調整板 D 1 h-00Z1 8306 1
i-00Z7 1214 6
8 56AA 4038 0 PAPER FEED REGULATING BLOC 給紙規制ブ ロ ッ ク C 1 j-00Z6 7030 6
K
k-00Z1 9306 2
9 65AA 4010 0 REGULATING PLATE REAR 規制板   奥 D 1 m-00Z1 6305 5
10 26NA 4082 0 PAPER FEED SLIDE SHAFT HOL 給紙滑 り 軸受 C 3
DER
11 55FA 4032 0 COUPLING カ ッ プ リ ング C 1
12 56AA 4003 2 PAPER FEED GUIDE PLATE UPP 給紙ガ イ ド 板   上 D 1
ER
13 56AA 4037 0 ADJUSTING PLATE 調整板 D 1
14 56AA 4031 0 SENSOR MOUNTING PLATE セ ンサ取付け板 D 1
15 56AA 4017 1 PAPER FEED DETECTING ACTUA 給紙検知ア ク チ ェ タ C 1
TOR
16 08AA 8551 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサー B 1
17 56AA 4019 0 SENSOR PRESSING SPRING セ ンサ押圧バネ C 1
18 65AA -401 0 FEEDING ASSY 送 り 出 し 部組 C 1
19 56AA 4049 0 SHAFT STOPPER 4 軸ス ト ッ パ   4 C 1
20 56AA -458 0 PAPER FEED OSCILLATE ROLLE 給紙首振 り ロー ラ ー部組 B 1
R ASSY
21 56AA 4029 0 PAPER FEED ROCKING SHAFT 給紙首振 り 軸 D 1
22 56AA -457 0 FEEDING ROLLER ASSY 送 り 出 し ロー ラ 部組 A 1
23 56AA 1776 0 COLLAR カ ラー C 2
24 56AA 1751 0 PIN B ピン   B C 2
25 0590 7651 0 PULLEY 1 15T プー リ ー   1   1 5 T C 2
26 56AA 4007 0 PAPER FEED ROCKING PLATE 給紙首振 り 板 D 1
27 56AA 7759 0 PAPER FEED ROCKING BELT 11 給紙首振 り ベル ト   1 1 1 L C 1
1L
28 56AA 4030 0 PAPER QUANTITY ACTUATOR 紙残検ア ク チ ェ タ C 1
29 56AA 1712 1 SEPARATE SPRING UPPER 分離バネ   上 C 1
30 56AA 4039 0 CAM PLATE カ ム板 C 1
31 56AA 8201 2 PAPER FEED DRIVING CLUTCH 給紙駆動 ク ラ ッ チ B 2
32 55VA 4212 0 SHAFT STOPPER 軸ス ト ッ パー C 2
33 56AA 4012 0 PAPER FEED HOLDING SCREW 給紙押えネジ D 1
34 56AA 4023 0 PAPER FEED REGISTRATION RO 給紙レ ジ ス ト ロー ラ C 1
LLER
35 56AA 4050 0 SHAFT HOLDER EARTH PLATE 軸受アース板 C 1
36 56AA 1748 0 PIN B ピン   B C 1
37 56AA 7773 0 PAPER FEED REVERSING GEAR 給紙逆転歯車   2   3 3 T C 1
2 33T
38 56AA 7772 0 PAPER FEED REVERSING GEAR 給紙逆転歯車   1   1 6 T   2 2 T C 1
1 16T 22T
39 56AA 4047 0 SCREW EARTH PLATE ネジ アース板 C 1
40 56AA 4051 0 PRESSING SPRING 押圧バネ C 1
41 56AA 4045 0 PAPER FEED COUPLING PART 給紙カ ッ プ リ ン グ部材 C 1
42 65AA 9740 0 GUIDE LABEL 1 案内 ラ ベル   1 D 3

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


PAPER FEED DRIVING UNIT
b P 53
g

10 d d 11
9

9 12

d
14
13
e d
1 d b

16
1 3
4 d
3
3 d 15
d
2 1
a d d 6
1 7 d
d
1 5
b c 3 d
c
3
2 f

d 1
5 d
3

c d 1
1 5 d
d 3
8
1 d
c
1
a

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


PAPER FEED DRIVING UNIT Page. 54
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 5400 7605 0 DRIVING SHAFT HOLDER 駆動軸受 B 3 a-00Z1 9406 1
2 65AA 7753 0 PAPER FEED GEAR 1 給紙歯車   1 C 2 b-00Z1 9306 1
3 56AA 1748 0 PIN B ピン   B C 1 c-00Z7 1320 6
d-00Z6 7060 6
4 56AA 1746 0 PIN A ピン   A C 4 e-00Z9 2510 4
5 55VA 7713 0 PAPER FEED DRIVING GEAR C 給紙駆動歯車   C   6 3 T   3 6 T B 3 f-00Z9 2001 9
63T 36T g-00Z6 7040 6
6 65AA 7798 0 PAPER FEED GEAR 4 給紙歯車   4 C 1
7 65AA 7799 0 PAPER FEED GEAR 5 給紙歯車   5 C 1
8 65AA 7754 0 PAPER FEED GEAR 2 給紙歯車   2 C 1
9 0900 7553 0 METAL メ タル B 2
10 5540 7713 0 IDLING GEAR H ア イ ド ラ ー歯車   H C 1
11 65AA 7785 0 TONER COLLECTING GEAR 3 ト ナー回収ギア   3 C 1
12 56AA 1747 0 PIN B 3X12 ピン   B   3 X 1 2 C 8
13 25SA 7742 0 DOUBLE FEED DRIVE GEAR 41T 重送駆動歯車   4 1 T   2 4 T C 1
24T
14 07AA 7730 2 SIDE GEAR E 52T 側面ギア   E   5 2 T B 1
15 65AA 7786 0 PAPER FEED GEAR 3 給紙歯車   3 C 1
16 65AA 8002 0 DC BRUSHLESS MOTOR 50 D C ブ ラ シ レ ス モー タ   5 0 B 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


VERTICAL CONVEYANCE UNIT
P 54

k 12
1 4
a 13 14 g 15
2 e h
b c
3 f
d
11

4
k
5 e

i f
e
6 e
e

e 9 8
f 17
8
b 10
b 3 b
7 f
a
g
b 16
1 8
9 g
8
b

10 11

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


VERTICAL CONVEYANCE UNIT Page. 55
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 56AA 4420 0 LOCKING CLAW ロ ッ ク爪 C 2 a-00Z1 8306 1
2 65AA 4423 0 LOCKING SPRING UPPER ロ ッ ク バネ   上 D 1 b-00Z6 7040 6
3 56AA 4415 0 SHAFT FIXING PART 軸固定部材 C 2 c-00Z1 9306 1
d-00Z3 5308 1
4 65AA 4446 0 REGULATING PLATE 規制板 D 2 e-00Z2 5410 1
5 56AA 1730 0 PIN ピン C 1 f-00Z1 9304 1
6 56AA 4414 0 DOOR OPEN SHUT LEVER ド アー開閉レバー C 1 g-00Z3 5308 1
7 65AA 4424 0 LOCKING SPRING LOWER ロ ッ ク バネ   下 D 1 h-00Z2 5410 1
i-00Z9 2137 0
8 25AA 7553 0 SLIDE SHAFT HOLDER 滑 り 軸受 C 4 k-00Z1 2306 1
9 26NA 4256 0 BY PASS FEED DRIVEN ROLLER 手差 し 従動ロー ラ C 2
10 65AA 4425 0 DRIVEN SPRING 従動バネ D 2
11 08AA 8551 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサー B 1
12 65AA -437 0 OPEN SHUT HINGE ASSY 開閉 ヒ ン ジ部組 D 1
13 65AA 4410 0 PAPER DETECTING ACTUATOR 1 紙検知ア ク チ ェ タ   1 D 1
14 65AA 4427 0 CONVEYANCE SPRING 搬送セ ンサバネ D 1
15 65AA -432 0 CON GUIDE COVER ASSY 搬送ガ イ ド 蓋部組 C 1
16 65AA 4438 0 POSITIONING SPRING 位置決めバネ D 1
17 65AA -430 0 VERTICAL CONVEYING 垂直搬送 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


VERTICAL CONVEYANCE UNIT
P 55
a
8 12

b 3
3
a 9
3
b
b

b
d A
c e
1
c
5
e
c 4
b 6
2 b

b
b
b 11
f 3
3 4 10
d

b d
2
7 d
b g
DETAIL 'A'

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


VERTICAL CONVEYANCE UNIT Page. 56
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 4430 0 PAPER GUIDE PLATE T 紙ガ イ ド 板   T D 1 a-00Z1 9304 1
2 65AA 4420 0 LOCKING PLATE ロ ッ ク板 D 2 b-00Z1 9306 1
3 26NA 4082 0 PAPER FEED SLIDE SHAFT HOL 給紙滑 り 軸受 C 3 c-00Z3 5308 1
DER d-00Z6 7060 6
e-00Z9 2193 1
4 65AA 4422 0 POSITIONING COLLAR 位置決め カ ラ ー D 2 f-00Z9 2137 0
5 65AA 4413 0 CONVEYING ROLLER 1 搬送ロー ラ   1 C 1 g-00Z1 9406 1
6 65AA 4444 0 OPEN SHUT SPRING 開閉バネ D 1
7 65AA 4448 0 PAPER GUIDE SHEET 紙ガ イ ド シー ト D 1
8 65AA 4433 0 CONNECTING SPRING 連結バネ D 1
9 56AA 8201 2 PAPER FEED DRIVING CLUTCH 給紙駆動 ク ラ ッ チ B 2
10 25AA 7773 0 CONVEYANCE IDLER RIGHT 24T 搬送ア イ ド ラ ー   右   2 4 T C 1
11 65AA 4435 0 STOPPER ROLLER 突き当て コ ロ C 1
12 55VA 4212 0 SHAFT STOPPER 軸ス ト ッ パー C 2

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


MANUAL FEED UNIT
P 56

See P58
See P57

See P59
6

4 e
3 c

1 d 5

2 c

b
3

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


MANUAL FEED UNIT Page. 57
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 13HA 8002 0 LCT DRIVING MOTOR L C T 駆動モー タ B 1 b-00Z1 9320 1
2 65AA 4234 0 PAPER FEED TRAY LIFTING CL 給紙皿持ち上げ ク ラ ッ チ B 1 c-00Z6 7060 6
UTCH d-00Z1 9306 1
e-00Z7 1312 6
3 26NA 4082 0 PAPER FEED SLIDE SHAFT HOL 給紙滑 り 軸受 C 3
DER
4 56AA 1709 0 PRESSURE SPRING 押圧バネ C 1
5 55VA 1554 1 CLEANER COUPLING PART ク リ ーナー カ ッ プ リ ン グ部材 C 1
6 65AA -500 0 BY PASS FEED UNIT 手差 し ユニ ッ ト C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


MANUAL FEED UNIT
P 57
1
2 f j
b c
17
3
16
4
15 14
1 6
f 20
5
e h i
a i i
a
21
6

g 7
i
18

8 17
g 14
9 i 16 22
6 15
14
13
19
12 a
6 f
10 11 i
i 18
i
19 f
7

i
6 bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
MANUAL FEED UNIT Page. 58
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 08AA 8551 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサー B 1 a-00Z1 9306 1
2 65AA 4204 0 PAPER FEED LIFTING SPRING 給紙持ち上げバネ D 1 b-00Z6 7030 6
3 65AA 4205 0 PAPER FEED DETECTING ACTUA 給紙検知ア ク チ ェ タ C 1 c-00Z6 7020 6
TOR e-00Z9 2193 1
f-00Z1 6306 1
4 65AA -522 0 BY PASS FEED SOLENOID ASSY 手差 し ソ レ ノ イ ド 部組 C 1 g-00Z6 7060 6
5 55VA 4222 0 POSITIONING SCREW 位置決めネジ C 1 h-00Z1 8304 1
6 26NA 7601 0 PAPER FEED SHAFT HOLDER 給紙軸受 D 2 i-00Z6 7040 6
7 56AA 1732 0 PIN A D2X12 ピン   A   D 2 X 1 2 C 1 j-00Z3 8306 1
8 56AA 4038 0 PAPER FEED REGULATING BLOC 給紙規制ブ ロ ッ ク C 1
K
9 26NA 4082 0 PAPER FEED SLIDE SHAFT HOL 給紙滑 り 軸受 C 3
DER
10 26NA 1558 0 GEAR H 55T ギア   H   5 5 T C 1
11 56AA 1731 0 PIN ピン C 1
12 56AA 4041 1 TORQUE LIMITTER ト ルク リ ミ ッ タ B 1
13 55VA 7903 0 PAPER FEED REVERSAL GEAR C 給紙逆転歯車   C   1 4 T B 1
14T
14 3960 4068 1 STOPPER RING 止め輪 B 1
15 65AA 4217 0 MULTI FEED PREVENTING ROLL 重送防止 コ ロ C 2
ER
16 65AA 7701 0 MULTI FEED PREVENTING GEAR 重送防止ギア C 2
17 25SA 4096 0 DOUBLE FEED PREVENTION RUB 重送防止ゴム A 1
BER
18 13QA 7704 0 DRIVE GEAR 1 18T 駆動歯車   1   1 8 T C 1
19 65AA 4207 0 MULTI FEED PRESSURE SPRING 重送圧着バネ D 2
20 55VA 4023 0 PAPER FEED LIFT UP LEVER 給紙持ち上げレバー C 1
21 55VA 4099 1 LEVER AUXILIARY PLATE レバー補助プ レー ト C 1
22 65AA -520 0 FEEDING GEAR ASSY 送 り 出 し ギア部組 C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


MANUAL FEED UNIT
P 58
1 a

c c
d
2
e

3 f

g
7
11
6
c
8 5

a 9
2 3 12
1 10
a a
12
4 13
c

d 12
f

e 5 6 c 14 a
11

12

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


MANUAL FEED UNIT Page. 59
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 26NA 7601 0 PAPER FEED SHAFT HOLDER 給紙軸受 D 2 a-00Z6 7040 6
2 65AA 4233 0 BY PASS FEED UP DOWN PINIO 手差 し 昇降ピ ニオ ン C 2 c-00Z1 9306 1
N d-00Z3 5308 1
e-00Z1 9406 1
3 56AA 1732 0 PIN A D2X12 ピン   A   D 2 X 1 2 C 1
f-00Z1 9304 1
4 65AA 4258 0 GEAR COVER FRONT ギア カバー   前 D 1 g-00Z9 2137 0
5 65AA 4237 0 SLIDE PART 1 滑 り 部材   1 D 2
6 65AA 4238 0 SLIDE PART 2 滑 り 部材   2 D 2
7 65AA 4259 0 GEAR COVER REAR ギア カバー   奥 D 1
8 65AA 4283 0 PAPER FEED TRAY EARTH SPRI 給紙皿アースバネ D 1
NG
9 65AA 4256 0 BY PASS FEED UP DOWN COVER 手差 し 昇降 カバー D 1
10 65AA 4279 0 MULTI FEED PREVENTING PLAT 重送防止板 C 1
E
11 65AA 4232 0 BY PASS FEED UP DOWN RACK 手差 し 昇降 ラ ッ ク C 2
12 12EJ 1113 0 SLIDE MATERIAL 滑 り 部材 C 4
13 65AA 4253 0 PAPER FEED TRAY OPEN SHUT 給紙皿開閉バネ   奥 D 1
SPRING REAR
14 65AA 4252 0 PAPER FEED TRAY OPEN SHUT 給紙皿開閉バネ   前 D 1
SPRING FRONT

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


MANUAL FEED UNIT
P 59

1 2 a
2

3 5 d

c
17
16
4 14
b
j d
d

18
d j
6 16
e
20 7
9 6 f
k 8 g

11 10
21
b
b 22 h

e
12 f i j
13

19

14 j 15
14
i
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
MANUAL FEED UNIT Page. 60
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -509 0 SIDE GUIDE PLATE REAR ASSY 側面ガ イ板   奥部組 C 1 a-00Z2 7308 2
2 65AA 4276 1 PAPER PRESSING SPRING UPPE 紙押圧バネ   上 D 2 b-00Z1 9306 1
R c-00Z1 9306 2
d-00Z3 5308 1
3 65AA 4277 0 PAPER PRESSING SPRING LOWE 紙押圧バネ   下 D 1
e-00Z6 7040 6
R
f-00Z6 7060 6
4 65AA 4270 0 SIDE GUIDE PLATE FRONT 側面ガ イ ド 板   前 C 1 g-00Z9 2137 0
5 65AA -508 0 BY PASS FEED PAPER FEED TR 手差 し 給紙皿   A C 1 h-00Z9 2194 1
AY A i-00Z9 2193 0
6 65AA 4263 0 SIDE GUIDE RACK 側面ガ イ ド ラ ッ ク D 2 j-00Z6 7020 6
k-00Z1 9305 1
7 65AA 4268 0 PRESSING SPRING 押圧バネ D 1
8 65AA 4267 0 PAPER FEED POSITIONING PAR 給紙位置決め部材 D 1
T
9 56AA 8560 1 SIZE DETECTING VR サイ ス ゛ ケ ン チ V R     R D C 5 0 4 0 0 1 C 1
10 65AA 4262 0 SIDE GUIDE PINION 側面ガ イ ド ピ ニオ ン C 1
11 65AA 4261 0 SENSOR MOUNTING PLATE セ ンサ取付け板 D 1
12 65AA 4226 0 PAPER FEED TRAY POSITIONIN 給紙皿位置決め部材 D 1
G PART
13 65AA 4266 0 PAPER FEED POSITIONING PLA 給紙位置決め板 D 1
TE
14 08AA 8551 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサー B 1
15 65AA 4244 0 PAPER DETECTING ACTUATOR 紙検知ア ク チ ェ タ D 1
16 65AA 4243 0 BY PASS FEED COVER B 手差 し カバー   B D 2
17 65AA 4269 0 TRAY AUXILIARY PART ト レ イ補助部材 D 1
18 65AA 4245 0 REAR DETECTING ACTUATOR 背面検知ア ク チ ェ タ D 1
19 65AA 4241 0 BY PASS FEED COVER A 手差 し カバー   A C 1
20 65AA 9732 0 PAPER INDICATING LABEL 紙表示 ラ ベル D 1
21 65AA 4950 0 PAPER EXIT SPACER 1 排紙スペーサー   1 D 1
22 65AA 4287 0 GEAR PRESSING SCREW ギア押圧バネ D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


CASSETTE
P 60

4
See P63,64,65
5
See P51,52

a
b

1 d

b
c
b

UPPER CASSETTE

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


CASSETTE Page. 61
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 9741 0 GUIDE LABEL 2 案内 ラ ベル   2 D 1 a-00Z3 5410 1
2 56AA 9791 0 PAPER FEED INDICATING LABE 給紙表示 ラ ベル   1 C 1 b-00Z1 9306 2
L1 c-00Z3 5310 1
d-00Z2 5408 1
3 65AA -490 0 CASSETTE COVER 1 ASSY カ セ ッ ト カバー   1 部組 C 1
4 65AA 9749 0 CASSETTE GUIDE LABEL カ セ ッ ト 案内 ラ ベル D 1
5 65AA 1287 0 PAPER INDICATING LABEL 給紙表示 ラ ベル B,E,G1,G2 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


CASSETTE
P 61
4
See P63,64,65
5

See P51,52

1 c

b
d
b

c 3
MIDDLE CASSETTE

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


CASSETTE Page. 62
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 9741 0 GUIDE LABEL 2 案内 ラ ベル   2 D 1 a-00Z3 5410 1
2 56AA 9792 0 PAPER FEED INDICATING LABE 給紙表示 ラ ベル   2 C 1 b-00Z1 9306 2
L1 c-00Z2 5408 1
d-00Z3 5310 1
3 65AA -491 0 CASSETTE COVER 2 ASSY カ セ ッ ト カバー   2 部組 C 1
4 65AA 9749 0 CASSETTE GUIDE LABEL カ セ ッ ト 案内 ラ ベル D 1
5 65AA 1287 0 PAPER INDICATING LABEL 給紙表示 ラ ベル B,E,G1,G2 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


CASSETTE
P 62
4
See P63,64,65
5
See P51,52

a
b

d
b

3
c
LOWER CASSETTE

b
2

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


CASSETTE Page. 63
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 9741 0 GUIDE LABEL 2 案内 ラ ベル   2 D 1 a-00Z3 5410 1
2 56AA 9793 0 PAPER FEED INDICATING LABE 給紙表示 ラ ベル   3 C 1 b-00Z1 9306 2
L1 c-00Z2 5408 1
d-00Z3 5310 1
3 65AA -492 0 CASSETTE COVER 3 ASSY カ セ ッ ト カバー   3 部組 C 1
4 65AA 9749 0 CASSETTE GUIDE LABEL カ セ ッ ト 案内 ラ ベル D 1
5 65AA 1287 0 PAPER INDICATING LABEL 給紙表示 ラ ベル B,E,G1,G2 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


CASSETTE
P 63
a n

8 b b
3
10 9 b

d
n
n
f
n 12
a m 13 10
1 11
2 15
n
3
c d 14
n
b
g n
n
k
5 4
6 c e
c

7 n
17 16
f 17 j
b i
b h 18
i
16 19
n

18 PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


bizhub
CASSETTE Page. 64
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 4705 0 SIDE GUIDE PLATE 側面ガ イ ド 板 C 1 a-00Z1 9308 2
2 65AA 4778 0 GUIDE SPRING 2 ガ イ ド バネ   2 D 1 b-00Z1 9304 1
3 26NA 4707 0 PAPER REGULATING CLAW 紙規制爪 D 2 c-00Z6 7040 6
d-00Z2 6308 1
4 65AA 4709 0 SIDE LOCKING PLATE 側面ロ ッ ク 板 D 1 e-00Z3 5308 1
5 65AA 4783 1 GUIDE SPRING 4 ガ イ ド バネ   4 D 1 f-00Z2 6310 1
6 65AA -477 0 ROCK PART 2ASSY ロ ッ ク 部材   2 部組 D 1 g-00Z1 6305 1
7 65AA 4724 0 LOCKING SPRING ロ ッ ク バネ D 2 h-00Z1 9306 1
i-00Z6 7060 6
8 65AA 4767 0 SIDE GUIDE PLATE 2 側面ガ イ ド 板   2 C 1 j-00Z9 2193 1
9 65AA 9743 0 PAPER SUPPLY LABEL 紙補給 ラ ベル D 1 k-00Z9 2137 0
10 65AA 4742 0 PAPER REGULATING SHEET 紙規制シー ト D 2 m-00Z1 6306 1
11 65AA 4727 0 SHAFT SUPPORT PLATE 軸支持板 D 1 n-00Z1 9305 1
12 56AA 8560 1 SIZE DETECTING VR サイ ス ゛ ケ ン チ V R     R D C 5 0 4 0 0 1 C 1
13 65AA 4261 0 SENSOR MOUNTING PLATE セ ンサ取付け板 D 1
14 55VA 7915 0 CASSETTE PINION 14T カ セ ッ ト ピ ニオ ン   1 4 T C 1
15 65AA 4760 0 DETECTING GEAR 検知ギア C 1
16 65AA 4755 0 WIRE ROLLER ワ イヤー コ ロ C 2
17 65AA 4763 0 WIRE GUIDE PART ワ イヤーガ イ ド 部材 D 2
18 65AA 4759 0 PROTECTION SEAL 1 保護シール   1 D 2
19 65AA 4768 0 LOCKING PART ロ ッ ク 部材 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


CASSETTE
P 64
4 b
3 12 h
a 10
h

2
h
1
h

6
b
5 b
a g h
3 2 5 11
b 7
4 a

6 g a
h 8
h 9
b 7
h

10 a

11

d
h 13
14 e
h

a 8
f bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
CASSETTE Page. 65
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -479 0 PAPER REGULATING PLATE L A 紙規制板   左部組 D 1 a-00Z6 7060 6
SSY b-00Z1 9304 1
2 65AA 4762 0 PROTECTION SEAL 2 保護シール   2 D 2 d-00Z9 2137 0
e-00Z6 7040 6
3 65AA 4763 0 WIRE GUIDE PART ワ イヤーガ イ ド 部材 D 2
f-00Z1 9306 1
4 65AA 4755 0 WIRE ROLLER ワ イヤー コ ロ C 2 g-00Z6 7020 6
5 65AA 4782 0 REGULATING PART 規制部材 D 2 h-00Z1 9305 1
6 65AA 4795 0 CASSETTE REGULATING SCREW カ セ ッ ト 規制ネジ D 2
7 65AA 4793 0 WIRE COVER L ワ イヤー カバー   L D 1
8 26NA 4082 0 PAPER FEED SLIDE SHAFT HOL 給紙滑 り 軸受 C 3
DER
9 65AA 4780 0 GUIDE SHEET ガ イ ド シー ト D 2
10 65AA 4794 0 WIRE COVER S ワ イヤー カバー   S D 2
11 55VA 4060 0 DRIVING UP DOWN PULLEY 駆動昇降プー リ B 2
12 65AA 4715 0 WIRING GUIDE PLATE 束線ガ イ ド 板 C 1
13 08AA 8551 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサー B 1
14 65AA 4713 0 PAPER DETECTING ACTUATOR 紙検知ア ク チ ェ タ C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


CASSETTE
g
P 65
3
1 a
c 10
2 3
d
b d
7
3
3 h a
3
a

b 11
8
c 3
c
9
a
5
4 e h d
d f
10
c
e f g
e e
h e
e e 9 b
e b
6 f d
6
1
4

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


CASSETTE Page. 66
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 56AA 1030 0 SLIDE RAIL A ス ラ イ ド レ ール   A D 6 a-00Z1 9406 2
2 65AA 4748 0 PROTECTION SHEET UPPER 保護シー ト   上 D 1 b-00Z1 8404 1
3 65AA 4786 0 AUXILIARY SHEET 補助シー ト D 8 c-00Z1 9306 1
d-00Z1 9304 1
4 08AA 8551 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサー B 1 e-00Z6 7025 6
5 65AA 4775 0 GUIDE BEARING ガ イ ド 軸受 C 1 f-00Z9 2193 1
6 65AA 4732 0 PAPER DETECTING ACTUATOR 紙検知ア ク チ ェ タ D 2 g-00ZA A000 7
7 65AA 4758 0 GUIDE BEARING 2 ガ イ ド 軸受   2 C 1 h-00Z1 9305 1
8 55VA 4093 0 DOUBLE FEED PREVENTIVE PLA 重送防止板 C 1
TE
9 65AA 4752 0 UP DOWN WIRE 1 昇降ワ イ ヤー   1 C 2
10 65AA 4753 0 UP DOWN WIRE 2 昇降ワ イ ヤー   2 C 2
11 65AA 9742 0 PAPER GUIDE LABEL 紙案内 ラ ベル D 3

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


CASSETTE
P 66
1

a b
e
1
2
a
e
c
3
c

c 4
5

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


CASSETTE Page. 67
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 4722 0 MOUNTING SCREW 取付けネジ D 1 a-00ZA A000 7
2 65AA 9094 0 MAIN BODY WIRING 1 本体束線   1 D 3 b-00Z6 7080 6
3 65AA 4739 0 GUIDE SPRING 案内バネ D 3 c-00Z6 7060 6
d-00Z1 9320 1
4 65AA 4797 0 SPACER スペーサー D 3 e-00Z5 1026 1
5 0676 4258 0 TRAY LOCK PULLEY ト レ イ ロ ッ ク プー リ ー C 1
6 56AA 8003 0 CASSETTE DRIVING MOTOR カ セ ッ ト 駆動モー タ B 3

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


ADU CARRIAGE
P 67

1 n
a k e

h
12
5
f
f n
a 1 m
b c
13
f
5
2 a
d 14
3 f 11
e
m
k
15
n a 9
a a
6
a g k
f 8 i
a
h 7 j
f
10 15
n f

11
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
ADU CARRIAGE Page. 68
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -046 0 SLIDE RAIL ASSY ス ラ イ ド レ ール部組 D 2 a-00Z1 9306 1
2 129X 4836 0 GUIDE SHAFT HOLDER B ガ イ ド 軸受   B C 1 b-00Z9 2006 7
3 65AA 7771 0 TRANSFER RELEASE GEAR 1 転写解除ギア   1 C 1 c-00Z9 2625 2
d-00Z1 9406 1
5 56AA 1732 0 PIN A D2X12 ピン   A   D 2 X 1 2 C 1 e-00Z9 2625 7
6 129U 8003 0 COMPENSATING MOTOR 補正モー タ B 1 f-00Z6 7060 6
7 65AA 4523 0 CAM PULLING SPRING カ ム引張 り バネ D 1 g-00Z1 8304 1
8 65AA 4522 0 TRANSFER PRESSURE ACTUATOR 転写圧着ア ク チ ェ タ C 1 h-00Z6 1080 1
i-00Z9 2193 1
9 129X 4835 0 GUIDE SHAFT HOLDER A ガ イ ド 軸受   A C 1 j-00Z9 2001 3
10 65AA 7754 0 PAPER FEED GEAR 2 給紙歯車   2 C 1 k-00Z1 8406 1
11 5400 7605 0 DRIVING SHAFT HOLDER 駆動軸受 B 3 m-00Z6 7080 6
12 55VA 3253 0 SPACER スペーサー D 1 n-00Z3 8306 1
13 56AA 1709 0 PRESSURE SPRING 押圧バネ C 1
14 55VA 1554 1 CLEANER COUPLING PART ク リ ーナー カ ッ プ リ ン グ部材 C 1
15 56AA 1748 0 PIN B ピン   B C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


ADU CARRIAGE
P 68
8
7
b c
e
a 3 b
4 24
5 a3 6 f c
23 2 5 d 4 3
3
g 5 a
1 a 5
3 9
4 a 10 11
3 a
12 4 3
a 3
d
7 c f
4 3 21
g 12 3 k
a a
a c e
i 14
13
10 15
a 21 k
4 3
a3
c
14

a
16 17
a
17
18 f
j 22
18
16 21
j k k
19 20 20
19 20 21
19 k
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
ADU CARRIAGE Page. 69
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 4941 0 PAPER EXIT HANDLE 排紙把手 D 1 a-00Z6 7040 6
2 56AA 1732 0 PIN A D2X12 ピン   A   D 2 X 1 2 C 1 b-00Z9 2001 3
3 25AA 7553 0 SLIDE SHAFT HOLDER 滑 り 軸受 C 4 c-00Z9 2193 0
d-00Z1 9306 1
4 26NA 4256 0 BY PASS FEED DRIVEN ROLLER 手差 し 従動ロー ラ C 2 e-00Z1 8310 1
5 65AA 5140 0 ADU SPRING A A D U バネ   A D 4 f-00Z3 8306 1
6 65AA 5016 0 PRESSING SPRING LEFT 押圧バネ   左 D 1 g-00Z1 8306 1
7 56AA 8552 0 CONVEYANCE PHOTO SENSOR 搬送 フ ォ ト セ ンサ B 1 i-00Z3 5308 1
j-00Z1 9308 1
8 65AA 5015 0 PRESSING SPRING RIGHT 押圧バネ   右 D 1 k-00Z6 7060 6
9 65AA 5013 0 LOCKING SPRING LEFT ロ ッ ク バネ   左 D 1
10 56AA 4420 0 LOCKING CLAW ロ ッ ク爪 C 2
11 65AA 9748 0 OPERATION CAUTION LABEL RE 取 り 扱い注意 ラ ベル   奥 D 1
AR
12 65AA 5017 0 CONVEYANCE SPRING 搬送バネ D 2
13 65AA 5012 0 LOCKING SPRING RIGHT ロ ッ ク バネ   右 D 1
14 12AJ 4585 0 STOPPER RUBBER ス ト ッ パーゴム C 2
15 65AA 5082 0 CONVEYANCE ROLLER MIDDLE 搬送ロー ラ   中 C 1
16 65AA 8011 1 HB MOTOR 50 H B モー タ   5 0 C 2
17 56AA 1748 0 PIN B ピン   B C 1
18 65AA 7752 0 REGISTRATION DRIVING GEAR レ ジ ス ト 駆動歯車 C 2
19 55VA 4212 0 SHAFT STOPPER 軸ス ト ッ パー C 2
20 56AA 8201 2 PAPER FEED DRIVING CLUTCH 給紙駆動 ク ラ ッ チ B 2
21 26NA 4082 0 PAPER FEED SLIDE SHAFT HOL 給紙滑 り 軸受 C 3
DER
22 65AA 5112 0 ADU CONVEYING ROLLER RIGHT A D U 搬送ロー ラ   右 C 1
23 65AA 9787 0 JAM RELEASE LABEL 2 ジ ャ ム解除 ラ ベル   2 D 1
24 65AA 9786 0 JAM RELEASE LABEL 1 ジ ャ ム解除 ラ ベル   1 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


ADU CARRIAGE
P 69

1
a

g a
2
d g
a

13
d
e d
b d
b

b
b f
3 d 5 8
6 9
c f 5
8 f
f
4 e 8 f

f f f
8
7 f 11 8
f f g 10
8 12
f 8
f 10

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


ADU CARRIAGE Page. 70
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 40AA 7755 0 MIRROR DRIVING GEAR 2 70T ミ ラ ー駆動ギア   2   7 0 T   1 4 T C 1 a-00Z6 7040 6
14T b-00Z1 9306 1
2 65AA 7763 0 PAPER EXIT DRIVING GEAR 1 排紙駆動歯車   1 C 1 c-00Z1 9308 1
d-00Z9 2001 3
3 65AA 8011 1 HB MOTOR 50 H B モー タ   5 0 C 2
e-00Z9 2193 0
4 65AA 7775 0 ADU DRIVING BELT A D U 駆動ベル ト C 1 f-00Z6 7060 6
5 56AA 1549 0 PULLEY GUIDE PLATE プー リ ガ イ ド 板 C 2 g-00Z3 8306 1
6 08AA 7606 0 FIXING SHAFT HOLDER LOWER 定着軸受   下 B 1
7 65AA 7755 0 ADU DRIVING GEAR 1 A D U 駆動歯車   1 C 1
8 26NA 4082 0 PAPER FEED SLIDE SHAFT HOL 給紙滑 り 軸受 C 3
DER
9 65AA 7772 0 BY PASS FEED DRIVING GEAR 手差 し 駆動歯車   1 C 1
1
10 25AA 7773 0 CONVEYANCE IDLER RIGHT 24T 搬送ア イ ド ラ ー   右   2 4 T C 1
11 25AA 7772 0 CONVEYANCE IDLER LEFT 24T 搬送ア イ ド ラ ー   左   2 4 T C 1
12 65AA 7773 0 BY PASS FEED DRIVING GEAR 手差 し 駆動歯車   2 C 1
2
13 56AA 1732 0 PIN A D2X12 ピン   A   D 2 X 1 2 C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


ADU CARRIAGE
P 70
a
1 4

b
a
1 d
5
d
d d
c f d
2
b
f a
d

d
k
a f
g
a
j

a g
f
h d
a c 2

a
i
g a
a k

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


ADU CARRIAGE Page. 71
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -277 0 POWERING BLOCK A ASSY 給電ブ ロ ッ ク   A 部組 D 3 a-00Z1 9306 1
2 56AA 5024 0 ADU EARTH PLATE A A D U アース板   A D 2 b-00Z1 9406 1
4 65AA 5061 0 CAM STOPPER SPRING 1 カ ム突き当てバネ   1 D 1 c-00Z1 9304 1
d-00Z6 7040 6
5 65AA 5063 0 CAM STOPPER SPRING 2 カ ム突き当てバネ   2 D 1 f-00Z9 2002 0
g-00Z9 2110 2
h-00Z9 2625 7
i-00Z9 2001 3
j-00Z1 8306 1
k-00Z6 7030 6

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


ADU CARRIAGE
P 71
1

b
t
2 h
g a g
g
b
b
f
c
a
a
3 c a
c h i
d g
4 8 f
f g
5 j a q
19 10 18
e a 8
b 6 9 b
7 b r
k u g
b i
10
11
12 b t
a
b g
s
h
q
17
16
p
13 15
p 14
n
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
ADU CARRIAGE Page. 72
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 5076 0 TRANSFER RELEASE COVER 転写解除カバー D 1 a-00Z1 9306 1
2 65AA 5032 0 LOCKING CAM ロ ッ ク カム C 1 b-00Z6 7030 6
3 56AA 5070 0 LEVER LOCKING PART レバーロ ッ ク 部材 C 1 c-00Z1 9304 1
d-00Z6 7060 6
4 65AA 5081 0 LOCKING SPRING RIGHT ロ ッ ク バネ   右 D 1 e-00Z2 5408 1
5 56AA 5073 0 SOLENOID PULLING LEVER ソ レ ノ イ ド 引張 り レバー C 1 f-00Z9 2193 1
6 65AA 5024 0 ADU COVER LEFT A D U カバー   左 D 1 g-00Z9 2001 3
7 56AA -040 0 ADU CONNECTING SOLENOID AS A D U 連結 ソ レ ノ イ ド 部組 B 1 h-00Z9 2007 0
SY i-00Z9 2006 7
j-00Z6 8150 3
8 08AA 8551 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサー B 1 k-00Z7 1316 6
9 26NA 4082 0 PAPER FEED SLIDE SHAFT HOL 給紙滑 り 軸受 C 3 m-00Z1 9308 1
DER n-00Z1 9410 1
10 13NG 4520 0 CONVEYANCE DRIVEN ROLLER 搬送従動ロー ラ C 2 p-00Z6 7080 6
11 56AA 1746 0 PIN A ピン   A C 4 q-00Z3 8306 1
r-00Z9 2006 6
12 65AA 9729 0 TRANSFER CAUTION LABEL REA 転写注意 ラ ベル   奥 D 1
s-00Z9 2130 2
R
t-00Z9 2193 0
13 65AA 5083 0 CARRIAGE PULLING LEVER 架台引張 り レバー D 1 u-00ZA A001 1
14 25AA 4750 0 CARRIAGE LOCK CLAW B 架台ロ ッ ク 爪   B C 1
15 4620 7601 0 DRIVING SLIDE SHAFT HOLDER 駆動滑 り 軸受   A C 1
A
16 65AA 5035 0 RELEASE CAM 解除カ ム C 1
17 65AA 5042 0 CAM HOLDING SPRING カ ム押えバネ D 1
18 65AA -905 0 CONVEYANCE DRIVING BOARD A 搬送駆動基板部組 B 1
SSY
19 65AA -033 0 LOCK PIN ASSY ロ ッ ク ピ ン部組 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


ADU CARRIAGE
b P 72
11 11
b

b
e
13
12 f
f
7
15
b
14 16

f
17

1 4 6
a 2 18
19
3 18 a
b a
7
a 5 b
b a 5 a
9 a
18 20
19
8 4 a 18
c b

b 20
a
10
a
b 1

2
b
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
ADU CARRIAGE Page. 73
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 56AA 5242 0 BOTTOM PLATE LOCKING CLAW 底板ロ ッ ク 爪 C 2 a-00Z6 7040 6
2 56AA 1747 0 PIN B 3X12 ピン   B   3 X 1 2 C 8 b-00Z3 5308 1
3 65AA 5171 0 AUX SPRING 補助バネ D 1 c-00Z1 8306 1
d-00Z3 5310 1
4 25AA 5008 0 WIRE PULLEY ワ イヤープー リ C 2 e-00Z9 2110 2
5 56AA 1736 0 WIRE ROTARY SHAFT ワ イヤー回転軸 C 2 f-00Z6 7060 6
6 65AA 9791 0 JAM RELEASE LABEL 6 ジ ャ ム解除 ラ ベル   6 D 1
7 5400 7605 0 DRIVING SHAFT HOLDER 駆動軸受 B 3
8 56AA 5238 0 LOCKING PART A ロ ッ ク 部材   A C 1
9 56AA 5245 1 PULLEY MOUNTING PLATE プー リ 取 り 付け板 D 1
10 65AA 5149 0 ADU OPEN SHUT SPRING RIGHT A D U 開閉バネ   右 D 1
11 08AA 8551 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサー B 1
12 65AA 4814 1 PAPER EXIT SENSOR /1 ACTUA ハイ シ   セ ンサ   / 1   ア ク チ ェ ー タ C 1
TOR
13 65AA 5131 1 ADU SENSOR A D U   セ ンサ C 1
14 65AA 5150 0 SENSOR SPRING セ ンサバネ D 1
15 65AA 7654 0 PAPER EXIT DRIVING PULLEY 排紙駆動プー リ   1 C 1
1
16 56AA 1748 0 PIN B ピン   B C 1
17 65AA -049 0 REVERSE SHAFT ASSY 逆転軸部組 D 1
18 25AA 7553 0 SLIDE SHAFT HOLDER 滑 り 軸受 C 4
19 26NA 4256 0 BY PASS FEED DRIVEN ROLLER 手差 し 従動ロー ラ C 2
20 65AA 5141 0 ADU SPRING B A D U バネ   B D 2

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


ADU CARRIAGE
1
P 73
2
1
a

a
15
9
a
1 3
2 c 8
1
b

3 1 a
2 a 5 c
a 1
10
6 d
7
a h
a
1 4
2 g
1
a 5
a
4

1
12 2
14 1
11 a
13
a

1
a 13
e f
1
2

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


ADU CARRIAGE Page. 74
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 25AA 7553 0 SLIDE SHAFT HOLDER 滑 り 軸受 C 4 a-00Z6 7040 6
2 26NA 4256 0 BY PASS FEED DRIVEN ROLLER 手差 し 従動ロー ラ C 2 b-00Z3 5310 1
3 65AA 5146 0 ADU SPRING D A D U バネ   D D 2 c-00Z3 5308 1
d-00Z1 9304 1
4 65AA 5142 0 ADU SPRING C A D U バネ   C D 2 e-00Z1 9320 1
5 12AJ 4585 0 STOPPER RUBBER ス ト ッ パーゴム C 2 f-00Z1 9306 1
6 65AA 7653 0 ADU DRIVING PULLEY 1 A D U 駆動プー リ   1 C 1 g-00Z6 7030 6
7 65AA 7762 0 ADU DRIVING BELT 3 A D U 駆動ベル ト   3 C 1 h-00Z1 9308 1
8 56AA 1732 0 PIN A D2X12 ピン   A   D 2 X 1 2 C 1
9 56GA 8006 1 HB MOTOR 40 H B モー タ   4 0 B 1
10 65AA 5145 0 ADU OPEN SHUT SPRING FRONT A D U 開閉バネ   前 D 1
11 65AA 5160 0 ADU GUIDE COLLAR A D U 案内カ ラ ー D 1
12 65AA 5144 0 ADU OPEN SHUT SPRING REAR A D U 開閉バネ   奥 D 1
13 65AA 5017 0 CONVEYANCE SPRING 搬送バネ D 2
14 65AA 9792 0 JAM RELEASE LABEL 7 ジ ャ ム解除 ラ ベル   7 D 1
15 65AA 5104 1 ADU GUIDE PLATE UPPER A D U   ガイ ド板 上 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


ADU CARRIAGE
P 74

c
a

a
a
c
d

d a
1

b 2
a
a
a
b

a
a

3
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
ADU CARRIAGE Page. 75
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 5173 0 ADU SENSOR 2 A D U セ ンサ   2 D 1 a-00Z3 8306 1
2 08AA 8551 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサー B 1 b-00Z1 9306 1
3 65AA 5147 0 ADU GUIDE PLATE P A D U ガイ ド板   P D 1 c-00Z9 2001 6
d-00Z9 2006 2

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


ADU CARRIAGE
P 75
7 e
b
1 a

7 e
2
a c 3 b
bc c
7 e
2 f
c cb
3c f
b 4
a

f
4 f
4
d b
d a
7
6 e 2
e 9 e 13
a 3
c c b
e 10 b
11 c
10 2
e e cb
5 e 8 c
7 3c
e
b
e
e e 10 a
11
e 10
6 8 12
5 e
e
e 7

6 e 8
5
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
ADU CARRIAGE Page. 76
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 5155 0 ADU OPEN SHUT WIRE LEFT A D U 開閉ワ イ ヤー   左 C 1 a-00Z1 9306 1
2 65AA 5154 0 ADU OPEN SHUT SPRING UPPER A D U 開閉バネ   上 D 4 b-00Z6 7040 6
3 25AA 5008 0 WIRE PULLEY ワ イヤープー リ C 2 c-00Z6 1060 1
d-00Z3 8306 1
4 65AA 5112 0 ADU CONVEYING ROLLER RIGHT A D U 搬送ロー ラ   右 C 1 e-00Z6 7060 6
5 55VA 4212 0 SHAFT STOPPER 軸ス ト ッ パー C 2 f-00Z6 7030 6
6 56AA 8201 2 PAPER FEED DRIVING CLUTCH 給紙駆動 ク ラ ッ チ B 2
7 26NA 4082 0 PAPER FEED SLIDE SHAFT HOL 給紙滑 り 軸受 C 3
DER
8 65AA 7755 0 ADU DRIVING GEAR 1 A D U 駆動歯車   1 C 1
9 65AA 7769 0 PAPER EXIT DRIVING BELT 1 排紙駆動ベル ト   1 C 1
10 56AA 1549 0 PULLEY GUIDE PLATE プー リ ガ イ ド 板 C 2
11 08AA 7606 0 FIXING SHAFT HOLDER LOWER 定着軸受   下 B 1
12 65AA 7760 0 ADU DRIVING BELT 1 A D U 駆動ベル ト   1 C 1
13 65AA 5156 0 ADU OPEN SHUT WIRE RIGHT A D U 開閉ワ イ ヤー   右 C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


SECONDARY TRANSFER UNIT
P 76

2
1 a

4
5
d

c
2
c 6
10
a 7

8
9 a

3 5
4
b

c d
7
c
6 9
a
d
8

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


SECONDARY TRANSFER UNIT Page. 77
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -452 0 SEPARATING NEUTRALIZING AS 分離除電板部組 A 1 a-00Z6 7040 6
SY b-00Z1 9304 1
2 65AA -457 0 SEPARATING MT SCREW 分離取付けネジ C 2 c-00Z6 7060 6
d-00Z1 9306 1
3 65AA -456 0 TRANSFER EARTH PLATE ASSY 転写アース板部組 C 1
4 55VA 4212 0 SHAFT STOPPER 軸ス ト ッ パー C 2
5 65AA 4512 0 TRANSFER BEARING 転写軸受 B 2
6 26NA 4082 0 PAPER FEED SLIDE SHAFT HOL 給紙滑 り 軸受 C 3
DER
7 65AA 4507 0 TRANSFER FULCRUM BEARING 転写支点軸受 D 2
8 65AA 4518 0 TRANSFER PRESSURE ROLLER 転写圧着 コ ロ C 2
9 65LA 4517 0 TRANSFER PRESSURE SPRING 転写圧着バネ H 2
10 65AA 4501 1 TRANSFER ROLLER 転写ロー ラ A 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


PAPER EXIT UNIT
P 77
1 14

b 16 j
f
11 f
2
15 17 12
7
a
13 a
j
e 7 9 10
5

f
a 6 a
d 8
a
c g

a c
4 h
g
c

b
i
4
4

d
g

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


PAPER EXIT UNIT Page. 78
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 4835 0 PAPER EXIT TRAY 2 排紙皿   2 A,H C 1 a-00Z1 9304 1
2 65AA 4834 0 PAPER EXIT TRAY 1 排紙皿   1 A,H C 1 b-00Z1 9406 1
3 65LA -420 0 PAPER EXIT UNIT 排紙ユニ ッ ト G 1 c-00Z1 9330 1
d-00Z1 9306 1
4 13NT 8051 0 FAN MOTOR 1 フ ァ ン モー タ   1 C 2 e-00Z6 1080 1
5 65AA 4813 0 COUPLING PART カ ッ プ リ ン グ部材 C 1 f-00Z6 7060 6
6 65AA 4809 0 COUPLING SPRING カ ッ プ リ ン グバネ D 1 g-00Z9 2194 1
7 25AA 7509 0 PAPER FEED ROLLER SHAFT HO 給紙転が り 軸受 C 2 h-00Z9 2191 1
LDER i-00Z9 2137 0
j-00ZA A000 7
8 129X 4836 0 GUIDE SHAFT HOLDER B ガ イ ド 軸受   B C 1
9 56AA 1732 0 PIN A D2X12 ピン   A   D 2 X 1 2 C 1
10 56AA 1748 0 PIN B ピン   B C 1
11 65AA 7770 0 PAPER EXIT DRIVING BELT 2 排紙駆動ベル ト   2 C 1
12 65AA 7654 0 PAPER EXIT DRIVING PULLEY 排紙駆動プー リ   1 C 1
1
13 12QV 4065 0 SPACER スペーサー D 2
14 65AA -424 1 PAPER EXIT DRIVING PLATE A 排紙駆動板部組 D 1
SSY
15 65AA 4812 1 PAPER EXIT DRIVING SHAFT 3 排紙駆動軸   3 D 1
16 65AA 4810 1 PAPER EXIT DRIVING PLATE 2 排紙駆動板   2 D 1
17 65AA 4811 1 PAPER EXIT DRIVING PLATE 3 排紙駆動板   3 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


PAPER EXIT UNIT
P 78
8
7
4 d d
MANY PARTS REVISED 15

3 a
a
e
14 a

m i c k
18
12 2
14
i e 17
c c
14 j
9
f i
g
c i
16
9 10,19
9 11 n
16
7 10,19 i
g 16
d
9 16 17
10,19
11 17 17
a
10,19 17
i 17
n 17 17
a
16
n 17
n 16
17
19
19 10
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
PAPER EXIT UNIT Page. 79
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
2 08AA 8551 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサー B 1 a-00Z1 9304 1
3 65LA 4808 0 PAPER EXIT POLLER 排紙ロー ラ ー A 1 c-00Z3 5308 1
4 56AA 1748 0 PIN B ピン   B C 1 d-00Z6 7060 6
e-00Z9 2191 1
7 26NA 4082 0 PAPER FEED SLIDE SHAFT HOL 給紙滑 り 軸受 C 3 f-00Z9 2137 0
DER g-00Z6 7030 6
8 65AA 7654 0 PAPER EXIT DRIVING PULLEY 排紙駆動プー リ   1 C 1 i-00Z1 9306 1
1 j-00Z9 2191 2
9 65AA 4819 0 PAPER EXIT SPRING A 排紙バネ   A D 4 k-00Z9 2001 3
10 65AA 4817 1 PAPER EXIT DRIVEN ROLLER / ハイ シ シ ゛ ュ ウ ト ゛ ウ ロー ラ   / 1 ( 0 4 . C 4 m-00Z1 8310 1
1 n-00Z6 7040 6
11 65AA 4818 2 PAPER EXIT DRIVEN ROLLER 2 排紙従動ロー ラ   2 C 4
12 56AA 8552 0 CONVEYANCE PHOTO SENSOR 搬送 フ ォ ト セ ンサ B 1
14 65AA 4850 0 NEUTRALIZING BRUSH A 除電ブ ラ シ   A D 1
15 65AA 4849 0 PAPER HOLDING ROLLER 紙押え ロー ラ ー C 4
16 65AA 4846 0 PAPER HOLDING PART 2 紙押え部材   2 C 11
17 65AA 4836 0 PAPER HOLDING PART 1 紙押え部材   1 C 10
18 65AA 4844 0 PAPER EXIT SENSOR 3 排紙セ ンサー   3 D 1
19 65AA 4840 0 PAPER EXIT SHAFT HOLDER 排紙軸受 C 8

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


PAPER EXIT GUIDE UNIT
P 79

a
a 4

b
1
2
b 1
3

6
3
b 10
a 1
2 c
5
b 1

c
8
9
7

c
6
10
5

c d

c
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
PAPER EXIT GUIDE UNIT Page. 80
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 25AA 7553 0 SLIDE SHAFT HOLDER 滑 り 軸受 C 4 a-00Z3 8306 1
2 26NA 4256 0 BY PASS FEED DRIVEN ROLLER 手差 し 従動ロー ラ C 2 b-00Z6 7040 6
3 65AA 5017 0 CONVEYANCE SPRING 搬送バネ D 2 c-00Z3 5308 1
d-00Z9 2194 1
4 3920 1110 1 SCALE PLATE SET SCREW スケール板止めビ ス C 1
5 65AA 4939 0 PAPER EXIT STOPPER BELT 排紙ス ト ッ パベル ト D 2
6 26NA 5423 0 TERMINAL FIXING SCREW 端子固定ネジ D 2
7 65AA 5150 0 SENSOR SPRING セ ンサバネ D 1
8 65AA 5131 1 ADU SENSOR A D U   セ ンサ C 1
9 08AA 8551 0 PHOTO SENSOR フ ォ ト セ ンサー B 1
10 55GA 4044 0 SPACER スペーサー C 2

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


PAPER EXIT GUIDE UNIT
P 80
a 1

a a
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
PAPER EXIT GUIDE UNIT Page. 81
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 4945 0 NEUTRALIZING SPRING 除電バネ D 1 a-00Z3 5308 1
2 65AA 4807 0 PAPER EXIT GUIDE PLATE 3 排紙ガ イ ド 板   3 D 1 b-00Z1 9306 1
3 65AA 4911 0 PAPER EXIT GUIDE PLATE 5 排紙ガ イ ド 板   5 D 1 c-00Z3 5312 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


PAPER EXIT GUIDE UNIT
P 81
4
2

15
3 b
1

11
9

6
17 12 e
2 10 f e
18
g e
e

a
3
15 b 16

c 13
14
8

h e
7
6
e
c f
5 bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
PAPER EXIT GUIDE UNIT Page. 82
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -063 0 ROLLER FIXED SHAFT ASSY ロー ラ 固定軸部組 D 1 a-00Z2 5308 1
2 56AA 1748 0 PIN B ピン   B C 1 b-00Z6 7030 6
3 12VR 7551 0 DOUBLE FEED PV SHAFT HOLDE 重送防止軸受 C 2 c-00Z6 7040 6
R e-00Z6 7060 6
f-00Z1 9306 1
4 65AA 4910 0 PAPER EXIT GUIDE PART 排紙ガ イ ド 部材 D 1 g-00Z3 5310 1
5 65AA 7764 0 PAPER EXIT DRIVING GEAR 2 排紙駆動歯車   2 C 1 h-00Z3 5308 1
6 25AA 7509 0 PAPER FEED ROLLER SHAFT HO 給紙転が り 軸受 C 2
LDER
7 40AA 4626 1 LOCK CLAW F ロ ッ ク爪   F B 1
8 56AA 1732 0 PIN A D2X12 ピン   A   D 2 X 1 2 C 1
9 40AA 4634 2 LOCK CLAW REAR ロ ッ ク爪   奥 B 1
10 65AA 4932 0 PAPER EXIT OPEN SHUT SPRIN 排紙開閉バネ   3 D 1
G3
11 65AA 7769 0 PAPER EXIT DRIVING BELT 1 排紙駆動ベル ト   1 C 1
12 65AA 7654 0 PAPER EXIT DRIVING PULLEY 排紙駆動プー リ   1 C 1
1
13 65AA 4941 0 PAPER EXIT HANDLE 排紙把手 D 1
14 13QA 4061 0 GEAR SPACER ギア スペーサー C 1
15 65AA 4952 0 PAPER EXIT MOUNTING SPACER 排紙取 り 付けスペーサー D 2
16 65AA 9790 0 JAM RELEASE LABEL 5 ジ ャ ム解除 ラ ベル   5 D 1
17 65AA 4914 1 PAPER EXIT POSITIONING PAR 排紙位置決め部材 D 1
T
18 65AA 4919 0 COLLAR 1 カ ラー   1 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


PAPER EXIT GUIDE UNIT
P 82

19 20 f 15
21 12 6
22 11 17 e
10 e
e 16
15
e g

a 18

a e
c
e ec d
6 7 14
d
1 b 6 13
e

a
e 2
a
h
b
6

c
5 c
4 7
a
c
6 c
8

a
9 6
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
PAPER EXIT GUIDE UNIT Page. 83
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 4926 0 PAPER EXIT OPEN SHUT SPRIN 排紙開閉バネ D 1 a-00Z3 5308 1
G b-00Z1 8306 1
2 13QA 7704 0 DRIVE GEAR 1 18T 駆動歯車   1   1 8 T C 1 c-00Z1 9304 1
d-00Z6 7060 6
4 65AA 9789 0 JAM RELEASE LABEL 4 ジ ャ ム解除 ラ ベル   4 D 1
e-00Z6 7040 6
5 14GE 4547 0 ROTARY KNOB 回転 ノ ブ D 1 f-00Z7 1216 6
6 25AA 7509 0 PAPER FEED ROLLER SHAFT HO 給紙転が り 軸受 C 2 g-00Z1 9306 1
LDER h-00Z2 5308 1
7 25SA 7504 0 ADU CONVEYANCE SHAFT HOLDE A D U 搬送軸受 C 2
R
8 65AA 4929 0 PAPER EXIT ROCKING SPRING 排紙揺動バネ D 1
9 65AA -058 0 SOLENOID ASSY ソ レ ノ イ ド 部組 D 1
10 65AA 4905 0 PAPER EXIT ROLLER MIDDLE 排紙ロー ラ   中 A 1
11 56AA 1747 0 PIN B 3X12 ピン   B   3 X 1 2 C 8
12 56AA 1748 0 PIN B ピン   B C 1
13 65AA 7766 0 PAPER EXIT DRIVING GEAR 4 排紙駆動歯車   4 C 1
14 65AA 7654 0 PAPER EXIT DRIVING PULLEY 排紙駆動プー リ   1 C 1
1
15 12VR 7552 0 SHAFT HOLDER A 軸受け   A D 1
16 65AA 7765 0 PAPER EXIT DRIVING GEAR 3 排紙駆動歯車   3 C 1
17 65AA 7767 0 PAPER EXIT DRIVING GEAR 5 排紙駆動歯車   5 C 1
18 65AA 4927 0 PAPER EXIT OPEN SHUT SPRIN 排紙開閉バネ   2 D 1
G2
19 65AA 4920 0 PAPER EXIT OPEN SHUT SPRIN 排紙開閉バネ   奥 D 1
G REAR
20 65AA 4953 0 COLLOR 4 カ ラー   4 D 1
21 65AA 4912 1 PAPER EXIT GUIDE PLATE 4 排紙ガ イ ド 板   4 D 1
22 65AA 4917 0 HEAT INSULATING SHEET 1 断熱シー ト   1 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


ELECTRIC PARTS
P 83

See P85 See P85


a 6

1 See P84

b
b

3
b
c

DETAIL 'A' 3
B
7
d

A
See P85
d

c
5

DETAIL 'B'
EXCLUSIVE PARTS See P85
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
ELECTRIC PARTS Page. 84
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 5380 8826 0 NOISE FILTER ノ イズフ ィ ルタ ー A,B,E,G1,G2 C 1 a-00Z1 9306 1
1 55TA 8456 0 NOISE FILTER ノ イズフ ィ ルタ ー C,J,H,I,F2,D1,D3,K C 1 b-00Z1 9406 1
2 56AA 8842 0 CIRCUIT BREAKER サーキ ッ ト ブ レー カ ー B 2 c-00ZA A000 7
d-00Z9 2510 4
3 56AF 8452 0 POWER SOURCE TRANSFORMER 電源 ト ラ ン ス C 1
5 65AF -953 0 FIXING CONTROL BOARD ASSY 定着制御基板部組 C,J,H,I,F2,D1,D3,K B 1
6 65AA -738 0 CORD FIXING PART コ ー ド 固定部組 A D 1
6 65AE -738 0 CORD FIXING PART コ ー ド 固定部組 B,E,G1,G2 D 1
6 65AF -738 0 CORD FIXING PART コ ー ド 固定部組 C,F2,K D 1
6 65AN -738 0 CORD FIXING PART コ ー ド 固定部組 D3 D 1
6 65LG -738 0 COAD FIXING ASSY コ ー ド 固定部組   中国 J H 1
6 65AK -738 0 CORD FIXING PART コ ー ド 固定部組 H D 1
6 65AP -738 0 CORD FIXING ASSY コ ー ド 固定部組 I,F2,D1,D3 H 1
7 65AA -735 0 AC DRIVE ASSY A C 駆動部組 B 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


ELECTRIC PARTS
P 84

a
2 12
1 a
3
a
a
a
a
7

5
4
a
a
a a
a
8
6 8
a
9

9
b

a
a

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


ELECTRIC PARTS Page. 85
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 7317 0 BASE PLATE MOUNTING SCREW 基板取付けネジ   1 D 1 a-00Z1 9304 1
1 b-00Z1 8435 1
2 65AA 7318 0 BASE PLATE MOUNTING SCREW 基板取付けネジ   2 D 1
2
3 65AA -902 2 IMAGE PROCESSING BOARD ASS 画像処理基板部組 B 1
Y
4 65AA -912 0 MEMORY BOARD UNIT メ モ リ ー基板部組 C 1
5 65AA -901 1 STATUS CONTROL UNIT 状態制御ユニ ッ ト B 1
6 65AA 7341 0 EARTH SPRING 1 アースバネ   1 D 4
7 65AA 7313 0 BASE PLATE SEALING COVER 1 基板シール蓋   1 D 1
8 65AA 7326 0 FAN MOUNTING PEDESTAL フ ァ ン取付け台 D 2
9 13NT 8051 0 FAN MOTOR 1 フ ァ ン モー タ   1 C 2
12 65AA 7349 0 ELECTRIC FIXING SCREW 電装固定ネジ C 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


ELECTRIC PARTS
P 85
a d
4
2
1 a
f

2
a

d
a a c
b
g
c
b
b d 5

d
3

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


ELECTRIC PARTS Page. 86
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA -903 3 PRINTER CONTROL BOARD プ リ ン タ 制御基板 B 1 a-00Z1 9304 1
2 56AA 7356 0 EARTH PLATE UPPER アース板   上 C 4 b-00Z1 9406 1
3 65AA 8402 0 HV POWER SOURCE 2 高圧電源   2 B 1 c-00Z3 5308 1
d-00Z1 9306 1
4 65AA 8401 0 HV POWER SOURCE 1 高圧電源   1 B 1 f-00Z1 9306 1
5 65AA -743 0 DC POWER SOURCE 2 ASSY D C 電源   2 部組 B 1 g-00ZA A000 7
6 65AA 8451 0 DC POWER SOURCE 1 D C 電源   1 B 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING
P 86
FT-15

CN121 CN120
65AK 9002 ONLY 6
CN101
CN142 FT-9 FT-10 FT-9
FT20

1 FT-10

CN140
FT27
65AK 9002 ONLY FT-7
CN110 FT28

CN132
FT-8
CN133

2
CN112
FT-31

7
CN162 CN161
FT29

CN137
4
FT-21 FT-22
FT-32
CN134
3
FT-5 FT-3
5 CN135

FT-30 CN-136

FT-6 FT-4

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING Page. 87
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 9002 0 AC POWER SOURCE WIRING 1 A C 電源束線   1 A,B,E,G1,G2,C,I,F2,D1, D 1
D3,K,J
1 65AK 9002 0 AC POWER SOURCE WIRING 1 A C 電源束線   1 H D 1
2 65AA 9078 0 OPERATION UNIT RELAY WIRIN 操作部中継束線   4 D 1
G4
3 65AA 9001 0 AC POWERING WIRING A C 給電束線 D 1
4 65AA 9007 0 FIXING POWERING WIRING UPP 定着給電束線   上 D 1
ER
5 65AA 9008 0 FIXING POWERING WIRING LOW 定着給電束線   下 D 1
ER
6 65AA 9005 0 FIXING POWERING WIRING 1 定着給電束線   1 D 1
7 65AA 9006 0 FIXING POWERING WIRING 2 定着給電束線   2 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING
P 87
CN466
CN252 CN655
CN735
1 CN654

CN271 CN653

CN457 CN280
CN652
CN348 CN347 CN346 CN345 CN127
CN125

CN703

CN102
CN103 CN111 CN126 CN128
CN108 CN112 CN269

CN106 CN113
CN622 CN268
CN171
CN107 CN114 CN302
CN104 CN115 CN123
CN301 3
CN109 CN303 CN602
CN105
CN299 CN297 CN295
CN124
CN504 CN293
4
CN153
CN355
CN316

5
2
CN304 CN305
CN469
CN349 CN341

CN289

6
CN345

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING Page. 88
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 9009 0 DC POWER SOURCE WIRING D C 電源束線 D 1
2 65AA 9012 0 DEVELOPING DRIVE WIRING 現像駆動束線 D 1
3 65AA 9102 0 HIGH VOLTAGE WIRE K 高圧線   K D 1
4 65AA 9103 0 BIAS WIRE 2 バイ ア ス線   2 D 1
5 65AA 9106 0 RELAY WIRING 3 セ ンサ中継束線   3 D 1
6 65AA 9019 0 HIGH VOLTAGE WIRE C 高圧線   C D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING
P 88
CN564 CN496
4
1 CN146 FT18

CN361
CN376
FT17

5
CN476
CN711 CN741

CN360

CN369 CN370

2 CN367

CN361 CN477

CN365

CN366 CN362 CN363 CN364


CN475
CN368

3 6

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING Page. 89
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 9010 0 PROCESS DETECTING WIRING 1 プ ロ セ ス検知束線   1 D 1
2 65AA 9011 0 PROCESS DETECTION WIRING 2 プ ロ セ ス検知束線   2 D 1
3 65AA 9020 0 HIGH VOLTAGE WIRE G 高圧線   G D 1
4 65AA 9096 0 FIXING RELAY WIRE 定着中継線 A,B,E,G1,G2 D 1
5 65AA 9107 0 TONER INTERLOCKING WIRING ト ナー イ ン タ ーロ ッ ク 束線 D 1
6 65AA 9021 0 HIGH VOLTAGE WIRE D 高圧線   D D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING
P 89

1
CN292 CN294 CN296 CN298 5

CN309

CN304 CN354 CN358 CN291


CN357
CN353

CN453 4 7
CN157 CN148

CN452 CN455

3
CN454
CN509 CN506 10 CN811 CN803

CN814 CN801

CN810

CN508 CN805
CN532

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING Page. 90
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 9013 0 DRUM DRIVE WIRING 1 ド ラ ム駆動束線   1 D 1
2 65AA 9015 0 PAPER FEED DETECTING WIRIN 給紙部検知束線 D 1
G
3 65AA 9069 0 INTERLOCK RELAY WIRING イ ン タ ーロ ッ ク 中継束線 D 1
4 65AF 9104 0 FIXING CONTROL WIRING 定着制御束線 C,J,H,I,F2,D1,D3,K D 1
5 65AA 9026 0 HV WIRE 2 高圧線   2 D 1
6 65AA 9029 1 TRANSFER WIRE 1 転写線   1 D 1
7 65AA 9025 0 SEPARATING WIRE 分離線 D 1
10 56AA 9061 0 PAPER FEED WIRING 2 給紙束線   2 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING
CN446
P 90

CN443 CN447
CN165

4
CN444 CN176 CN158

CN445

CN412

CN571 CN516 5
CN410
CN411

2
CN570
CN401
CN512 CN566
CN511

CN408

CN514 CN402 CN409


CN515

3 6
CN603 CN604 CN516 CN517

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING Page. 91
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 9016 0 BY PASS DETECTION WIRING 手差 し 検知束線 D 1
2 65AA 9050 0 FIXING DRIVING WIRING 2 定着駆動束線   2 D 1
3 65AA 9031 0 OPTICS DRIVING WIRING 光学駆動束線 D 1
4 65AA 9037 0 OPERATION UNIT RELAY WIRIN 操作部中継束線   2 D 1
G2
5 65AA 9017 0 CASSETTE SIGNAL WIRING カ セ ッ ト 信号束線 D 1
6 65AA 9052 0 FIXING RELAY WIRING 定着中継束線 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING
P 91
1
CN621
CN620
CN601

CN300 CN250

CN523

CN600 CN340 CN521 CN522

CN617

2
CN341 CN342 CN343 CN344

CN616 CN611

CN607 CN609 CN614


CN608 5
CN605 CN530 CN533

3 6
CN409 CN413

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING Page. 92
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 9030 0 SCANNER CONTROL WIRING スキ ャ ナー制御束線 D 1
2 65AA 9032 0 SCANNER DRIVE WIRING スキ ャ ナー駆動束線 D 1
3 65AA 9033 0 CCD WIRING C C D 束線 D 1
4 65AA 9053 0 ADU RELAY WIRING A D U 中継束線 D 1
5 65AA 9054 0 REGISTRATION RELAY WIRING レ ジ ス ト 中継束線 D 1
6 65AA 9058 0 SIZE RELAY WIRING サイ ズ中継束線 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING
CN668 P 92

CN664
3

CN660 CN458 CN456

1
CN656

CN398 CN397
CN393 CN650

CN651 CN652
CN653 CN457

CN654
CN700 CN655
CN395

4
CN614 CN610
CN399
CN394
CN396

5
CN313 CN314
CN701

2
CN316 CN317
CN315
6
CN496 CN377

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING Page. 93
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 9039 0 TONER RELAY WIRING 1 ト ナー中継束線   1 D 1
2 65AA 9056 0 DRUM DRIVING WIRING 2 ド ラ ム駆動束線   2 D 1
3 65AA 9089 0 PAPER FEED RELAY WIRING 給紙中継束線 D 1
4 65AA 9067 0 SCANNER RELAY WIRING スキ ャ ナー中継束線 D 1
5 65AA 9055 0 DRUM DETECTING WIRING ド ラ ム検知束線 D 1
6 65AA 9079 0 PROCESS RELAY WIRING 3 プ ロ セ ス中継束線   3 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING
P 93
CN266

CN701
1
CN269 CN267

5
CN704 CN703

CN727 CN707

2
CN702

6
CN726 CN728

CN621
CN623

CN612

CN622
7
CN705
3
CN471 CN463 CN615 CN613

4
CN498 CN499
CN470
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
WIRING Page. 94
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 9097 0 POWER SOURCE RELAY WIRING 電源中継束線   H D 1
H
2 65AA 9073 0 ADF RELAY WIRING 1 A D F 中継束線   1 D 1
3 65AA 9093 0 CONTROLLER COOLING WIRING コ ン ト ロー ラ 冷却束線 D 1
4 65AA 9065 0 COLOR COMPENSATING WIRING カ ラ ー補正束線 D 1
5 65AA 9043 0 TONER RELAY WIRING 2 ト ナー中継束線   2 D 1
6 65AA 9044 0 TONER SUPPLY WIRING ト ナー補給束線 D 1
7 65AA 9068 0 PLATEN APS WIRING プ ラ テ ン A P S 束線 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING
P 94
CN557
CN541 CN545
CN555
3
1 CN551 CN531

CN539 CN544

2 CN540
4
CN731
CN552 CN520

CN732 CN400
CN556

CN733 CN414 5
CN312 CN293

CN734 CN428
CN311
CN471 CN553
CN292
CN479

CN442
CN464 CN486

CN730
CN461

CN456 CN401 CN485


CN451 CN388
CN443
CN465
CN450
CN415
CN459
6

CN449

CN482 CN387
CN429

CN462
CN483
CN484
CN452
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
WIRING Page. 95
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 9051 0 CONVEYANCE DRIVE WIRING 搬送駆動束線 D 1
2 65AA 9094 0 MAIN BODY WIRING 1 本体束線   1 D 3
3 65AA 9071 0 ADU RELAY WIRING 2 A D U 中継束線   2 D 1
4 65AA 9072 0 ADU RELAY WIRING 3 A D U 中継束線   3 D 1
5 65AA 9080 0 DRUM RELAY WIRING ド ラ ム中継束線 D 1
6 65AA 9075 2 PAPER EXIT RELAY WIRING ハイ シ   チユウケ イ   ソ ク セ ン   ( 0 4 . 0 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING
P 95
1
CN280 CN285 CN281 CN277 4

CN272
CN273

CN505
2 CN504
CN479 CN460

CN502 CN501

6
CN521
CN566 CN408

3
CN552
CN554 CN529
CN530
CN527 CN518 CN513
CN514

CN519 CN510

CN511
CN569

CN528
CN565 CN551 CN509
CN526 CN570

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING Page. 96
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 9034 0 LD RELAY WIRING 1 L D 中継束線   1 D 1
2 65AA 9047 0 CONVEYANCE UNIT RELAY WIRI 搬送部中継束線   1 D 1
NG 1
3 65AA 9049 0 FIXING DRIVING WIRING 1 定着駆動束線   1 D 1
4 65AA 9088 0 HIGH VOLTAGE RELAY WIRE Y 高圧中継線   Y D 1
5 65AA 9092 0 TONER DETECTION WIRING 2 ト ナー検知束線   2 D 1
6 65AA 9101 0 CASSETTE RELAY WIRING カ セ ッ ト 中継束線 D 1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING
P 96
CN378
CN306

1 CN535 5 CN538

CN377
CN558
CN536

CN537

CN382 CN379 CN534

CN372
CN374 CN525 CN524
2 CN373

CN366 CN371

CN550
CN156 CN548

CN367 CN375 6

3 CN501 CN155 CN140

CN467

CN500
CN468
CN125

CN547
CN126 CN142

4 7
CN555 CN546 CN557 CN543

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING Page. 97
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 9063 0 PROCESS RELAY WIRING プ ロ セ ス中継束線 D 1
2 65AA 9066 0 PROCESS RELAY WIRING 2 プ ロ セ ス中継束線   2 D 1
3 65AA 9077 0 CONVEYANCE UNIT SIGNAL WIR 搬送部信号束線 D 1
ING
4 65AA 9086 0 BY PUSS FEED RELAY WIRING 手差 し 中継束線 D 1
5 65AA 9076 0 MOTOR DRIVING WIRING モー タ 駆動束線 D 1
6 65AA 9059 0 INTERNAL HEAT WIRING 機内 ヒ ー タ ー束線 D 1
7 65AA 9085 0 CONVEYANCE DETECTION WIRIN 搬送検知束線   2 D 1
G2

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING
CN483
P 97
5
CN554 CN549
1
CN307
CN391
CN490

CN491

6
CN384
CN495
CN359 CN291

CN493
CN392 CN494
CN489
CN488 CN487 7
CN492 CN556 CN542
CN712

CN390 CN389
4
CN724 CN725

CN715

CN559
2
CN708 CN709
CN395
CN718

3
CN741

CN721
bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001
WIRING Page. 98
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 9095 0 MAIN BODY WIRING 2 本体束線   2 D 1
2 65AA 9074 0 TONER SUPPLY WIRING 2 ト ナー補給束線   2 D 1
3 65AA 9087 0 BIAS WIRE バイ ア ス線 D 1
4 65AA 9098 0 TONER RELAY WIRING 3 ト ナー中継束線   3 D 1
5 65AA 9081 0 RELAY WIRING 1 セ ンサ中継束線   1 D 1
6 65AA 9083 0 RELAY WIRING 2 セ ンサ中継束線   2 D 1
7 65AA 9084 0 CONVEYANCE DETECTING WIRIN 搬送検知束線   1 D 1
G1

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


CN606
P 98

1 CN152 CN160
FT-19 CN146
4
CN151
CN617 CN615
FT-16

CN150
5
CN130

6
CN736
CN131 CN775

CN738

7
CN251 CN170
CN172
CN737
2
CN161
CN170 CN173 CN710
CN482
8
CN713 CN719

CN507 CN505
CN171

CN741 CN722

CN503 CN502

3 9
CN381 CN716 CN383
CN563
CN508

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


WIRING
Key Part No. Description Destinations Class QTY Standard parts
1 65AA 9018 0 AC DRIVE WIRING A C 駆動束線 D 2
2 65AA 9060 0 OPERATION UNIT RELAY WIRIN 操作部中継束線   3 D 1
G3
3 65AA 9048 1 CONVEYANCE UNIT RELAY WIRI 搬送部中継束線   2 D 1
NG 2
4 65AA 9108 0 SCANNER DRIVE WIRING スキ ャ ナー駆動束線   2 D 1
5 65AA 9111 0 OPERATION UNIT EARTH WIRIN 操作部アース束線 D 1
G
6 65AA 9110 0 INTER LOCK WIRING イ ン タ ーロ ッ ク 束線 D 1
7 65AA 9036 1 OPERATION UNIT RELAY WIRIN 操作部中継束線 D 1
G
8 65AA 9045 0 TONER DETECTION WIRING ト ナー検知束線 D 1
9 65AA 9109 0 COLOR COMPENSATING WIRING 補正束線   2 D 1
2

12/09/2004
DESTINATION
Destination No. Destinations V Hz Model No.
A1 JAPAN 200 50 65LA
A
A2 JAPAN 200 60 65LA
B USA, CANADA 230 60 65LE
C EUROPEAN TYPE 220-240 50 65LF
THAILAND, SRI LANKA, SINGAPORE, MALAYSIA, HONG
D1 S.E ASIA TYPE 220-240 50/60 65LP 65LQ
KONG, PAKISTAN, INDIA, BANGLADESH, INDONESIA
D
65LN 65LP
D3 OCEANIA TYPE AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND 240 50 65LQ
E PHILIPPINES 230 60 65LE
F1 SAUDI ARABIA
F
F2 SAUDI ARABIA 220-240 50 65LT 65LQ
G1 C.S AMERICA 230 50 65LE
G
G2 C.S AMERICA 230 60 65LE
H TAIWAN 220 60 65LK
JORDAN, LEBANON, SYRIA, SOUTH AFRICA, IRAQ, IRAN, N.YEMEN, CAME-
I ROON, UAE, BAHRAIN, OMAN, QATAR, KUWAIT, KENYA, TUNISIA, IVORY 220-240 50/60 65LP 65LQ
COAST, MOROCCO
J CHINA 220 50 65LG
K KOREA 220 60 65LU

bizhub PRO C500/8050/8150/Dialta Color CF5001


5.1

Z
T
F

Y
X
V
S
P
K
E
B
A

U
R
N
H
D
C

Q
O
G

1
1

361A-1-10
5. APPENDIX

361A-2-9

362-1-2 361A-3-8
24V2 360-1A 24V2
PRE-CHARGING LAMP/Y 362-2-1 361A-4-7

F/G
PCL Y CONT 360-2A PCLCONTY

363-1-2 361A-5-6 623-1-1


360-3A 24V2

F/G
24V2
PRE-CHARGING LAMP/M 363-2-1 361A-6-5

2
2

PCL M CONT 360-4A PCLCONTM 623-1B-8B


24V
364-1-2 361A-7-4 623-2B-7B
24V2 360-5A 24V2 24V
PRE-CHARGING LAMP/C 364-2-1 361A-8-3 623-3B-6B
PCL C CONT 360-6A PCLCONTC PGND
623-4B-5B
365-1-2 361A-9-2 PGND
24V2 360-7A 24V2 622-3-3 623-5B-4B

15
PRE-CHARGING LAMP/K 365-2-1 361A-10-1 5V
PCL K CONT 360-8A PCLCONTK
622-4-4 623-6B-3B

16
5V
368-1-4 361C-1-12 622-1-1 623-7B-2B

114
12V 360-9A 12V SGND
368-2-3 361C-2-11 622-2-2 623-8B-1B
TDS_SIG 360-10A TONERY_S

115
TONER DENSITY SENSOR/Y 368-3-2 361C-3-10 SGND
TDS Y SGND 360-11A SGND 621-7-1 623-9A-1A
368-4-1 361C-4-9 620-1 SIN DTXD
TDS_VREF 360-12A TDSYVREF

3
3

621-6-2 623-8A-2A
620-2 SGND SGND
369-1-4 361C-5-8
12V 360-13A 12V 621-5-3 623-7A-3A
361C-6-7 620-3 RTS CTS
369-2-3
ADF (OPTION)

TDS_SIG 360-14A TONERM_S 621-4-4 623-6A-4A


TONER DENSITY SENSOR/M 369-3-2 361C-7-6 620-4 SOUT DRXD
TDS M SGND 360-15A SGND
369-4-1 361C-8-5 621-3-5 623-5A-5A
TDS_VREF 360-16A TDSMVREF 620-5 SGND SGND
621-2-6 623-4A-6A
370-1-4 361C-9-4 620-6 CTS RTS
12V 360-17A 12V 621-1-7 623-3A-7A
370-2-3 361C-10-3 620-7 DSET DSET
TDS_SIG 360-18A TONERC_S
TONER DENSITY SENSOR/C 370-3-2 361C-11-2 623-2A-8A
TDS C SGND 360-19A SGND
370-4-1 361C-12-1 623-1A-9A
TDS_VREF 360-20A TDSCVREF

4
4

371-1-4 366-1-8 361B-1-20


12V 360-1B 12V
371-2-3 366-2-7 361B-2-19
TONER DENSITY SENSOR/K TDS_SIG 360-2B TONERK_S
371-3-2 366-3-6 361B-3-18
SGND 360-3B SGND 604-7
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

TDS K 600-1 L1 CONT 601-20 603-1 U


371-4-1 366-4-5 361B-4-17
TDS_VREF 360-4B TDSKVREF 604-6
600-2 SGND 601-19 604-5
600-3 PS4 601-18 604-4 SCANNER MOTOR
372-4 366-5-4 361B-5-16 603-2 V
M1

24V2 360-5B 24V2 604-3


600-4 PS3 601-17
372-3 366-6-3 361B-6-15 604-2
SURFY_EV 360-6B SURF_EVY 600-5 PS2 601-16 604-1
DRUM POTENTIAL SENSOR 603-3 W
372-2 366-7-2 361B-7-14 600-6 PS1 601-15
BOARD/Y SGND 360-7B SGND
600-7 SGND 601-14
372-1 366-8-1 361B-8-13 617-9-1 606-1
PGND 360-8B PGND 600-8 M2 EM 605-1 24V4
8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (1/2)

601-13

DRPS Y
600-9 M2 CONT 601-12

5
5

617-8-2 606-2
600-10 APS1 605-2 CONT EXPOSURE LAMP
L1

601-11
L1 INVB

373-4 367-1-12 361B-9-12


24V2 360-9B 24V2 600-11 APS2 601-10

PROCESS UNIT
617-7-3 606-3
373-3 367-2-11 361B-10-11 600-12 APS3 605-3 PGND
601-9
SURFM_EV 360-10B SURF_EVM
DRUM POTENTIAL SENSOR 600-13 SCAN_CW 601-8
373-2 367-3-10 361B-11-10
BOARD/M SGND 360-11B SGND 600-14 SCAN_PC 617-6-4 615-6-1 612-3
601-7 609-7 5V2
373-1 367-4-9 361B-12-9
PGND 360-12B PGND 600-15 SGND 601-6 617-5-5 615-5-2 612-2
609-8 PS APS SENSOR/S

DRPS M
600-16 SCANVREF 601-5
PS3

600-17 SGND 617-4-6 615-4-3 612-1


601-4 609-9 SGND
374-4 367-5-8 361B-13-8 600-18 SCAN_EN 601-3
24V2 360-13B 24V2 617-3-7 615-3-4 613-3
600-19 SGND 601-2 609-10 5V2
374-3 367-6-7 361B-14-7
SURFC_EV 360-14B SURF_EVC 600-20 SCAN_CK 617-2-8 615-2-5 613-2
601-1 609-11 PS APS SENSOR/L
DRUM POTENTIAL SENSOR 374-2 367-7-6 361B-15-6

6
6

PS4

BOARD/C SGND 360-15B SGND 617-1-9 615-1-6 613-1


374-1 367-8-5 361B-16-5 609-12 SGND
PGND 360-16B PGND 573-1 5V
SCDB

602-1 5V2

DRPS C
573-2 M_TEMP1 602-2 SGND 614-3-1 610-3
609-1 SGND
13
375-4 367-9-4 361B-17-4 573-3 GND 602-3 24V2
24V2 360-17B 24V2 614-2-2 610-2 SCANNER HP SENSOR
609-2 PS
11 12 14
375-3 367-10-3 361B-18-3
PS1

602-4 PGND 614-1-3 610-1


SURFK_EV 360-18B SURF_EVK
574-1 5V 609-3 5V2
DRUM POTENTIAL SENSOR 375-2 367-11-2 361B-19-2
SGND 360-19B SGND
BOARD/K 574-2 M_TEMP2 611-3
375-1 367-12-1 361B-20-1 609-4 SGND
PGND 360-20B PGND
611-2

DRPS K
574-3 GND 609-5 PS APS TIMING SENSOR

DRPSB Y DRPSB M DRPSB C DRPSB K


PS2

477-1 361D-8-11 476-6 611-1


609-6 5V2

7
7

477-2 361D-7-12 476-5


652-1-2 656-1-15 616-2
274-5 273-17 - 1 609-13 SIG
657-1 272-17A IDXYJTB
477-3 361D-6-13 476-4 RESET SWITCH
652-2-1 656-2-14 616-1
609-14 SGND
RS1

657-2 274-4 273-16 - 2

17 18
477-4 361D-5-14 476-3 272-16A SGND
608-3-1
656-3-13 607-1 CONT
650-13A CONT 657-3 274-3 273-15 - 3
477-5 361D-4-15 476-2 272-15A LDYIDX

M3
656-4-12
650-12A CLOCK 657-4 274-2 273-14 - 4 608-2-2
477-6 361D-3-16 476-1 272-14A SGND 607-2 EM SCANNER COOLING FAN
M2

INDEX SB Y
656-5-11

POLYGON
MOTOR/Y
650-11A LOCK 657-5 274-1 273-13 - 5
475-2-1 361D-2-17 272-13A LD5V
564-2 DRIVE 608-1-3
656-6-10 607-3 PGND
MU-412

DRUM SEPARATION 650-10A TEMP.ERROR 657-6 275-12 273-12 - 6


475-1-2 361D-1-18 272-12A LDYJTB
CLAW SOLENOID 564-1 24V2

SD1
(OPTION)

656-7-9 658-1 275-11 273-11 - 7


650-9A 5V2 272-11A MPCYLD
656-8-8 658-2 275-10 273-10 - 8
650-8A PS 272-10A MPCYDI

8
8

PS5
656-9-7 275-9 273- 9 - 9
378-2 377-1A-11A 496-1A-11A 650-7A SGND
658-3 272-9A MPCYCK
376-1A 24V2

LASER
COLOR REGISTRATION SHUTTER SOLENOID 377-2A-10A 275-8 273- 8 - 10
378-1 496-2A-10A 656-10-6 659-6 272-8A /ALMYRST

SD2
SENSOR/Y
376-2A DRIVE

CORRECTION
650-6A B 275-7 273- 7 - 11
656-11-5 659-5 272-7A /LDYALM
499-1 498-1 379-4 377-3A-9A 496-3A-9A 650-5A B 275-6 273- 6 - 12
376-3A CREG1MON 272-6A PWMY-
656-12-4 659-3

LDB Y
499-2 498-2 379-3 377-4A-8A 496-4A-8A 376-4A CREG1LED 650-4A A 275-5 273- 5 - 13
377-5A-7A 656-13-3 659-4 272-5A PWMY+
499-3 498-3 379-2 496-5A-7A 376-5A SGND

PS8
M7
550-3A A 275-4 273- 4 - 14
499-4 498-4 379-1 377-6A-6A 496-6A-6A 272-4A /LDYENB

CRB/F
376-6A 5V2 656-14-2 659-2

LASER
650-2A 5V2 275-3 273- 3 - 15

MOTOR/Y
656-15-1 659-1 272-3A /S/H_Y

CORRECTION
650-1A 5V2 275-2 273- 2 - 16
272-2A SGND
275-1 273- 1 - 17
272-1A LD5V

9
9

SENSOR/F
653-1-2 660-1-15
661-1 278-5 277-17 - 1
272-17B IDXMJTB
653-2-1 660-2-14
661-2 278-4 277-16 - 2

19 20
272-16B SGND
660-3-13
278-3 277-15 - 3

COLOR REGISTRATION
650-13B CONT 661-3 272-15B LDMIDX

M4
376-12A N.C 660-4-12
POLYGON

661-4 278-2 277-14 - 4


MOTOR/M

650-12B CLOCK 272-14B SGND


376-13A N.C
660-5-11
INDEX SB M

376-14A N.C 650-11B LOCK 661-5 278-1 277-13 - 5


272-13B LD5
660-6-10
650-10B TEMP.ERROR 661-6 279-12 277-12 - 6
377-1B-11B 272-12B LDMJTB
383-1 381-1 382-4 496-1B-11B 376-1B CREG2MON
660-7-9 279-11 277-11 - 7
IFB

383-2 381-2 382-3 377-2B-10B 496-2B-10B 662-1 272-11B MPCMLD


376-2B CREG2LED 650-9B 5V2
HDD

CN220(PCi B to B)

377-3B-9B 496-3B-9B 660-8-8 279-10 277-10 - 8

10
10

383-3 381-3 382-2 376-3B SGND 662-2 272-10B MPCMDI

PS9
650-8B PS
383-4 381-4 382-1 377-4B-8B 496-4B-8B
PS6

CRB/R
376-4B 5V2 660-9-7 279-9 277- 9 - 9
LASER

662-3 272-9B MPCMCK


650-7B SGND
SENSOR/M
SCANNER UNIT

CORRECTION

279-8 277- 8 - 10
660-10-6 663-6 272-8B /ALMMRST
558-5 377-5B-7B 496-5B-7B 376-5B DS2_VREF 650-6B B 279-7 277- 7 - 11
558-4 377-6B-6B 496-6B-6B 660-11-5 663-5 272-7B /LDMALM
376-6B DS2_CNT
558-3 377-7B-5B 496-7B-5B 650-5B B 279-6 277- 6 - 12
272-6B PWMM-
HD-106 (OPTION)

376-7B SGND

IMAGE CORRECTION UNIT


GAMMA SENSOR 660-12-4 663-3

SENSOR/R
LDB M

558-2 377-8B-4B 496-8B-4B

PS11
376-8B 12V 650-4B A 279-5 277- 5 - 13
660-13-3 663-4 272-5B PWMM+
558-1 377-9B-3B 496-9B-3B 376-9B DS2_SIG
M8
LASER

550-3B A 279-4 277- 4 - 14


272-4B /LDMENB
MOTOR/M

660-14-2 663-2
CORRECTION

377-10B-2B 650-2B 5V2 279-3 277- 3 - 15


306-2 496-10B-2B 272-3B /S/H_Y
GAMMA SHUTTER 376-10B 24V2 660-15-1 663-1

COLOR REGISTRATION
377-11B-1B 650-1B 5V2 279-2 277- 2 - 16
SOLENOID 306-1 496-11B-1B 272-2B SGND

SD3
376-11B DRIVE 269-1

11
11

266-1 12V
376-12B N.C 279-1 277- 1 - 17
272-1B LD5V
269-2
376-13B N.C 266-2 SGND
HD-106

269-3
131

376-14B N.C 266-3 SGND


654-1-2 664-1-15
665-1 282-5 281-17 - 1
IPB

280-17A IDXCJTB 269-4


132 133 130

654-2-1 664-2-14 266-4 5V2


491-1-4 665-2 282-4 281-16 - 2
21 22
384-1A DRIVE 280-16A SGND
491-2-3 664-3-13
651-20 CONT 665-3 282-3 281-15 - 3
384-2A EM 280-15A LDCIDX
M5

FIXING COOLING FAN/1 491-3-2 664-4-12


282-2 281-14 - 4
POLYGON

665-4
MOTOR/C

651-19 CLOCK

M10
384-3A H/L 280-14A SGND
664-5-11 269-5
INDEX SB C

491-4-1 665-5 282-1 281-13 - 5 267-1 12V


384-4A SGND 651-18 LOCK 280-13A LD5V
483-1-6 664-6-10 269-6
388-3 384-5A SGND 651-17 TEMP.ERROR 665-6 283-12 281-12 - 6 267-2 SGND
280-12A LDCJTB
483-2-5 269-7
388-2 664-7-9 666-1 283-11 281-11 - 7 267-3 SGND
384-6A PS

12
12

PAPER EXIT FULL SENSOR 651-16 5V2 280-11A MPCCLD


HDD

483-3-4 269-8
664-8-8
136 137 135 134

388-1 384-7A 5V 666-2 283-10 281-10 - 8 267-4 5V2


651-15 PS 280-10A MPCCDI
483-4-3
PS7

387-3 664-9-7 283-9 281- 9 - 9


LASER

384-8A SGND 666-3 280-9A MPCCCK


651-14 SGND
SENSOR/C

483-5-2
387-2 283-8 281- 8 - 10
CORRECTION

PAPER EXIT SENSOR 384-9A PS 280-8A /ALMCRST


664-10-6 667-6
138

280-1 SGND
483-6-1

PS12 PS13
387-1 651-13 B 283-7 281- 7 - 11
384-10A 5V 280-7A /LDCALM
664-11-5 667-5 280-2 SGND
651-12 B 283-6 281- 6 - 12
559-1-2 664-12-4 667-3 280-6A PWMC-
139 140

280-3 5V3
LDB C

384-11A TCNT_DRIVE2
651-11 A 283-5 281- 5 - 13
BLACK COUNTER C(BK) 559-2-1 664-13-3 667-4 280-5A PWMC+
141

384-12A SHUT_24V 280-4 5V3


M9

551-10 A 283-4 281- 4 - 14


LASER

664-14-2 667-2 280-4A /LDCENB


MOTOR/C

390-1-2 651-9 5V2


CORRECTION

384-13A TCNT_DRIVE1 283-3 281- 3 - 15


664-15-1 667-1 280-3A /S/H_C 260-B34 GND
TOTAL COUNTER C(T) 390-2-1 260-B33 N.C
651-8 5V2

13
13

384-14A SHUT_24V 283-2 281- 2 - 16


280-2A SGND 260-B32 WAKEUP-
260-B31 CPRDY+
283-1 281- 1 - 17
280-1A LD5V 260-B30 CTS-
384-15A 260-B29 RXD+
488-1-3 492-1 487-4 260-B28 ONLINE-
384-1B DRIVE 260-B27 AC_DOWN+
655-1-2 668-1-15
488-2-2 492-2 487-3 669-1 286-5 285-17 - 1 260-B26 ENG_SLP-
280-17B IDXKJTB
384-2B EM 260-B25 ENG_SET+
655-2-1 668-2-14
TRANSFER BELT COOLING FAN 492-3 487-2 669-2 286-4 285-16 - 2 260-B24 RTS-
23 24

280-16B SGND

M11
384-3B H/L 260-B23 TXD+
668-3-13
488-3-1 492-4 487-1 669-3 286-3 285-15 - 3 260-B22 PSIG0-
651-7 CONT 280-15B LDKIDX
M6

384-4B GND 260-B21 GND


668-4-12
489-1-4 651-6 CLOCK 669-4 286-2 285-14 - 4 260-B20 PSIG1-
280-14B SGND
384-5B DRIVE 668-5-11 260-B19 PSIG2-
INDEX SB K

489-2-3 651-5 LOCK 669-5 286-1 285-13 - 5 260-B18 GND


280-13B LD5V
384-6B EM 668-6-10 260-B17 PCLK-
669-6 287-12 285-12 - 6 260-B16 PSIG3-
POLYGON MOTOR/K

DRUM COOLING FAN/1 489-3-2 651-4 TEMP.ERROR 280-12B LDKJTB

14
14

260-B15 GND

M12
384-7B H/L
668-7-9 670-1 287-11 285-11 - 7 260-B14 PSIG4-
489-4-1 280-11B MPCKLD
384-8B SGND 651-3 5V2 260-B13 PSIG5-
668-8-8 670-2 287-10 285-10 - 8 260-B12 GND
490-1-4 280-10B MPCKDI
384-9B DRIVE 651-2 KHP_SIG 260-B11 PSIG6-
IP-921 (OPTION)

668-9-7
TDB

490-2-3 670-3 287-9 285- 9 - 9 260-B10 PSIG7-


651-1 SGND 280-9B MPCKCK
384-10B EM 260-B8 SSIG3+
490-3-2 287-8 285- 8 - 10 260-B7 SCLK+
DRUM COOLING FAN/2 668-10-6 280-8B /ALMKRST
260-B5 SSIG2+

M13
384-11B H/L
287-7 285- 7 - 11 260-B4 SSIG1+
TEMP

490-4-1 280-7B /LDKALM


384-12B SGND 668-11-5 260-B3 GND
BOARD

287-6 285- 6 - 12 260-B2 SSIG0+


668-12-4 280-6B PWMK-
389-3 260-B1 GND
LDB K

384-13B SGND
DETECTION

287-5 285- 5 - 13 260-A34 GND


668-13-3 280-5B PWMK+
389-2 384-14B PS 260-A33 N.C
TONER SUPPLY DOOR OPEN/CLOSE SENSOR
287-4 285- 4 - 14 260-A32 WAKEUP+
280-4B /LDKENB

PS14
389-1 384-15B 5V 668-14-2 260-A31 CPRDY-
PRCB

287-3 285- 3 - 15 260-A30 CTS+

15
15

668-15-1 280-3B /S/H_K


260-A29 RXD-
293-2-1 287-2 285- 2 - 16 260-A28 ONLINE+
317-3 312-1 280-2B SGND
316-1 U 260-A27 AC_DOWN-
IP-901(OPTION)

293-1-2 287-1 285- 1 - 17 260-A26 ENG_SLP+


280-1B LD5V
28 32

317-2 312-2 260-A25 ENG_SET-


DRUM MOTOR/Y 316-2 V
260-A24 RTS+

M14
317-1 260-A23 TXD-
316-3 W 292-1-9
311-9 309-1A CLOCK 260-A22 PSIG0+
315-1 292-2-8 301-1 5V2 260-A21 GND
311-8 309-2A FH 271-1 12V
313-6 SGND 260-A20 PSIG1+
315-2 292-3-7
311-7 309-3A ENABLE 301-2 12V
5 6

ENCODER SENSOR/Y1 313-5 PS 271-2 SGND 260-A19 PSIG2+


315-3 292-4-6 260-A18 GND
311-6 309-4A H/L1
55

313-4 5V2 301-3 SGND


7

292-5-5 271-3 5V2 260-A17 PCLK+


311-5 309-5A H/L2 260-A16 PSIG3+
314-1 292-6-4 301-4 SGND 260-A15 GND
311-4 309-6A ENA1 271-4 SGND
DRDB/Y

313-3 SGND 260-A14 PSIG4+


314-2 292-7-3
311-3 309-7A ENA2
8 9

ENCODER SENSOR/Y2 313-2 PS 271-5 3.5V 260-A13 PSIG5+

16
16

314-3 292-8-2 302-1 24V1 260-A12 GND


311-2 309-8A 5V2

PS60 PS61
313-1 5V2
10

292-9-1 271-6 SGND 260-A11 PSIG6+


58

311-1 309-9A SGND 302-2 PGND 260-A10 PSIG7+


260-A9 GND
302-3 24V2 260-A8 SSIG3-
324-3 295-2-1
319-1
DCPS1

323-1 U 260-A7 SCLK-


53 54 56 57 59 60

302-4 PGND 260-A6 GND


295-1-2
27 31

324-2 319-2 260-A5 SSIG2-


DRUM MOTOR/M 323-2 V 302-5 N.C 260-A4 SSIG1-

M15
324-1 260-A3 GND
323-3 W 294-1-9
318-9 309-10A CLOCK 302-6 N.C 260-A2 SSIG0-
322-1 294-2-8 260-A1 GND
318-8 309-11A FH
320-6 SGND 303-1 5V2
322-2 294-3-7
318-7 309-12A ENABLE
320-5 PS
63 64

ENCODER SENSOR/M1 322-3 294-4-6 303-2 SGND


318-6 309-13A H/L1
320-4 5V2
294-5-5
CCDB

318-5 309-14A H/L2


321-1 294-6-4 300-18 P_CMD 250-1

17
17

318-4 309-15A ENA1


DRDB/M

320-3 SGND
321-2 294-7-3 300-17 P_RTS 250-2 217-50 GND 551-50
318-3 309-16A ENA2
ENCODER SENSOR/M2 320-2 PS 217-49 AD_12V 551-49
321-3 294-8-2
318-2 309-17A 5V2 300-16 P_STS 250-3 217-48 AD_12V 551-48
PS62 PS63 320-1 5V2
318-1
294-9-1
309-18A SGND 217-47 GND 551-47
300-15 P_CTS 250-4 217-46 AD_5V 551-46
217-45 AD_5V 551-45
331-3 297-2-1 300-14 SGND 250-5 217-44 AD_5V 551-44
326-1
330-1 U 217-43 AD_5V 551-43
297-1-2 300-13 PY_IDX 250-6 217-42 AD_5V 551-42
26 30

331-2 326-2
DRUM MOTOR/C 330-2 V 217-41 ADRST 551-41
M16

331-1 300-12 PM_IDX 250-7 217-40 LVDSCK1+ 551-40


330-3 W 296-1-9 217-39 LVDSCK1- 551-39
325-9 309-1B CLOCK
329-1 296-2-8 300-11 PC_IDX 250-8 217-38 GND 551-38
325-8 309-2B FH 217-37 AD_D4+ 551-37
327-6 SGND
329-2 296-3-7 300-10 PK_IDX 250-9 217-36 AD_D4- 551-36
325-7 309-3B ENABLE
ENCODER SENSOR/C1 327-5 PS 217-35 GND 551-35
329-3 296-4-6
325-6 309-4B H/L1 300-9 SGND 250-10

18
18

327-4 5V2 217-34 AD_D3+ 551-34


296-5-5 217-33 AD_D3- 551-33
325-5 309-5B H/L2
328-1 296-6-4 300-8 P_VTOP 250-11 217-32 GND 551-32
DRDB/C

325-4 309-6B ENA1 217-31 LVDSCK0+ 551-31


327-3 SGND
328-2 296-7-3 300-7 P_PTOP 250-12 217-30 LVDSCK0- 551-30
325-3 309-7B ENA2
ENCODER SENSOR/C2 327-2 PS 217-29 GND 551-29
328-3 296-8-2
325-2 309-8B 5V2 300-6 SGND 250-13 217-28 AD_D2+ 551-28
PS64 PS65

327-1 5V2
296-9-1 217-27 AD_D2- 551-27
325-1 309-9B SGND
300-5 REM/4 250-14 217-26 GND 551-26
217-25 AD_D1+ 551-25
338-3 299-2-1 300-4 S_VV 250-15 217-24 AD_D1- 551-24
333-1
337-1 U 217-23 GND 551-23
299-1-2 300-3 EE_VV 250-16 217-22 AD_D0+ 551-22
25 29

338-2 333-2
DRUM MOTOR/K 337-2 V 217-21 AD_D0- 551-21
M17

338-1 300-2 AC_OFF 250-17 217-20 GND 551-20


337-3 W 298-1-9 217-19 SDO 551-19
332-9 309-10B CLOCK
336-1 298-2-8 300-1 MRL_OFF 250-18 217-18 SDI 551-18
332-8 309-11B FH 217-17 /SEN 551-17
334-6 SGND
19
19

336-2 298-3-7 217-16 SCK 551-16


332-7 309-12B ENABLE 35-1 CVM1_SIG
ENCODER SENSOR/K1 334-5 PS 217-15 GND 551-15
336-3 298-4-6
332-6 309-13B H/L1 217-14 LVDSCK- 551-14
334-4 5V2 35-2 CVFD_SIG
298-5-5 217-13 LVDSCK+ 551-13
332-5 309-14B H/L2
335-1 298-6-4 217-12 GND 551-12
332-4 309-15B ENA1 35-3 CV_SIZE0
DRDB/K

334-3 SGND 217-11 RCK- 551-11


335-2 298-7-3 217-10 RCK+ 551-10
332-3 309-16B ENA2 35-4 CV_SIZE1
ENCODER SENSOR/K2 334-2 PS 217-9 GND 551-9
335-3 298-8-2
332-2 309-17B 5V2 217-8 TCK- 551-8
PS66 PS67

334-1 5V2 35-5 CV_SIZE2


298-9-1 217-7 TCK+ 551-7
332-1 309-18B SGND
217-6 GND 551-6
35-6 CV_SIZE3
CV

217-5 BCLAMP 551-5


305-1 304-3-4 217-4 ACLAMP 551-4
353-13 SGND 35-7 CVUP_SIG 217-3 CLAMP
305-2 304-2-5 551-3
ENCODER SENSOR/BELT1 353-12 PS 217-2 TG 551-2
305-3 304-1-6 35-8 CPF0 217-1 GND 551-1
PS69

353-11 5V2
COIN VENDOR

(PARALLEL)

35-9 CPF1
20
20

289-1 304-6-1
353-10 SGND 35-10 PGND
289-2 304-5-2
ENCODER SENSOR/BELT2 353-9 PS
289-3 304-4-3
PS68

353-8 5V2 37-11 5V2

37-10 GND
356-1 354-7-1
353-7 5V2
356-2 354-6-2 37-9 24V
353-6 SGND
356-3 354-5-3
353-5 CONT 37-8 COPV_ENB
356-4 354-4-4
353-4 CLOCK 37-7 SGND
OACB

356-5 354-3-5 252-1 5V1


353-3 CW/CCW
356-6 354-2-6 37-6 OP_RTS
353-2 LOCK 252-2 SGND 171-1-6
CV

TRANSFER BELT MOTOR 175-4 Y1CONT


356-7 354-1-7 173-1 5V2
37-5 OP_DSR
M18

353-1 H/L
21
21

252-3 REM/1
3

356-8 355-4-1 171-2-5 175-3 X1CONT


52

37-4 OP_SIN
75 78

356-9 355-3-2 173-2 5V2


(SERIAL)

252-4 AC_OFF
1 2 4

175-2
4PIN

Y2CONT
51

356-10 355-2-3 37-3 OP_CTS 171-3-4


76

50

173-3 SGND
COIN VENDOR

175-1 X2CONT
BOARD

356-11 355-1-4 37-2 OP_DTR


49

171-4-3
CT6PIN

173-4 SGND
TOUCH PANEL

358-1-6 37-1 OP_SOUT


357-1 A 171-5-2
77 79

358-2-5 466-8 173-5 12V


357-2 A PGND 171-6-1
358-3-4 466-7 173-6 174-14 LCD_ADJ
1st TRANSFER 357-3 B 24VAC
PRESSURE/RELEASE 358-4-3 466-6 170-12-1 174-13 LCD_24V
M19
71

357-4 B PGND 251-1 DATA_M 172-12


MB

MOTOR
358-5-2 466-5 170-11-2 174-12 LD3
357-5 24V2 24V2 251-2 DATA_OP 172-11
LCDB

358-6-1 170-10-3 174-11 LD2


22
22

466-4
357-6 24V2 SGND 251-3 ACK_M 172-10
359-3 291-1-3 466-3 170-9-4 174-10 LD1
357-7 SGND 12V 251-4 ACK_OP 172-9
117

1st TRANSFER 359-2 291-2-2 170-8-5 174- 9 LD0


357-8 PS 466-2
HP SENSOR 291-3-1 SGND 251-5 REQ_M 172-8
359-1
PS15

357-9 5V2 466-1 170-7-6 174- 8 LCD_24V


70 69 72 116 73 74

5V2 251-6 REQ_OP 172-7


259-1 VBUS
465-11-1 170-6-7 174- 7 GND
14PIN

349-1 341-7-1 259-2 D-


340-14A 5V2 464-1 LTNPSIG 251-7 CARDIN 172-6
259-3 D+
USB

349-2 341-6-2 170-5-8 174- 6 5V


340-13A SGND 465-10-2 259-4 GND
464-2 LTPR_SIG 251-8 CARD_RXD 172-5
CT12PIN

349-3 341-5-3
340-12A START/STOP 465-9-3 170-4-9 174- 5 CP
349-4 256-1 HT_CLOCK
341-4-4 464-3 LTSO_SIG 251-9 CARD_TXD 172-4
340-11A CLOCK 256-2 CENTD0
349-5 465-8-4 170-3-10 174- 4 LP
341-3-5 256-3 CENTD1
340-10A CW/CCW 464-4 SGND 251-10 WT_LED 172-3
349-6 256-4 CENTD2
341-2-6 465-7-5 170-2-11 174- 3 FLM
DEVELOPING MOTOR/Y 340-9A LOCK 256-5 CENTD3
464-5 LTCCLCNT 251-11 ST_LED 172-2
349-7 341-1-7 256-6 CENTD4
23
23

174- 2 NC
LCT (OPTION)

M20

340-8A H/L 465-6-6 256-7 CENTD5 170-1-12


349-8 345-4-1 464-6 LTSSDCNT 251-12 ST_SIG 172-1
256-8 CENTD6
45

349-9 465-5-7 174- 1 DSP_OFF


345-3-2 256-9 CENTD7
464-7 LTRCLCNT 251-13 SW_SIG
46

349-10 256-10 PR_CLOCK


345-2-3 465-4-8 256-11 PR_BUSY
47

464-8 LTSCLCNT 251-14 SGND


349-11 345-1-4 256-12 ADREQ
48

465-3-9 256-13 XFLAG


464-9 SGND 251-15 5V
256-14 HT_BUSY
350-1 342-7-1 465-2-10 256-15 N.C
340-7A 5V2 464-10 SOUT2-2 251-16 SGND
350-2 256-16 N.C
342-6-2 465-1-11
340-6A SGND 256-17 N.C
161-1-4
161-2-3
161-3-2
161-4-1

464-11 SIN2-2
350-3 342-5-3 256-18 N.C
340-5A START/STOP 471-9-1 256-19 GND
350-4 342-4-4
340-4A CLOCK 471-8-2 470-4-1 256-20 GND
Amphenol 36pin

350-5 464-12 DRIVE


342-3-5 256-21 GND
340-3A CW/CCW 256-22 GND
350-6 342-2-6 (24V1) 471-7-3 470-3-2
340-2A LOCK 256-23 GND 176-1 165-3 5V
DEVELOPING MOTOR/M 464-13 STFAN_ER
24
24

350-7 342-1-7 IPB COOLING FAN 256-24 GND


471-6-4 470-2-3
M21

340-1A H/L 176-2 165-2 GND


M24

350-8 464-14 H/L 256-25 GND


346-4-1
OB_INVB

256-26 GND
41

471-5-5 470-1-4 176-3 165-1 PWM


350-9 346-3-2 464-15 PGND 256-27 GND
42
FT-31
FT-32

350-10 256-28 N.C


346-2-3 471-4-6 463-4-1 256-29 N.C
43

350-11 464-16 DRIVE


346-1-4 256-30 N.C 176-4 158-3 SGND
6PIN

(24V1)
44

471-3-7 463-3-2 256-31 INT_ISWB


464-17 STFAN_ER 256-32 DAVALB 176-5 158-2 LCD_ADJ
351-1 343-7-1 471-2-8 463-2-3 IP COOLING FAN 256-33 N.C
162-3
162-2

M25
162-1

340-14B 5V2 464-18 H/L 256-34 N.C


351-2 343-6-2 176-6 158-1 LCD_24V
340-13B SGND 471-1-9 463-1-4 256-35 N.C
351-3 343-5-3 464-19 PGND 256-36 AC1284
DB-9 RJ-45
340-12B START/STOP
SW2

351-4 343-4-4 572-1 N.C


340-11B CLOCK
351-5 343-3-5
OB3

340-10B CW/CCW 572-2 N.C


351-6
OB2

343-2-6
340-9B LOCK
25
25

DEVELOPING MOTOR/C 351-7 572-3 N.C


343-1-7
M22

340-8B H/L
257-9 RI
257-8 CTS
257-7 RTS
257-6 DSR
257-5 GND
257-4 DTR
257-3 TXD
257-2 RXD
257-1 DCD
255-8 GND
255-7 GND
255-6 RX-
255-5 GND
255-4 GND
255-3 RX+
255-2 TX-
255-1 TX+

351-8 347-4-1 572-4 N.C


37
SWITCH

351-9 347-3-2 468-1-6


38

467-6 RTS
351-10 347-2-3
OB1
SUB POWER

39

468-2-5
351-11 347-1-4 467-5 SGND
40

468-3-4
LAN I/F

467-4 SIN
(RS-232)
KRDS I/F

352-1 344-7-1 468-4-3


340-7B 5V2 467-3 CTS
352-2 344-6-2
340-6B SGND 468-5-2
352-3 344-5-3 467-2 SGND
340-5B START/STOP
Crimp

468-6-1
Symbol

352-4 344-4-4
340-4B CLOCK 467-1 SOUT
352-5 344-3-5 469-4
340-3B CW/CCW PGND
352-6 344-2-6
26
26

DEVELOPING MOTOR/K 340-2B LOCK 469-1


352-7 344-1-7 24V2
M23

340-1B H/L
352-8 348-4-1 469-3
FNS (OPTION)

67

SGND
33

352-9 348-3-2 469-2


34
65 66 68

Connector

352-10 5V2
348-2-3
35

469-5
352-11 348-1-4
36

469-6
Relay connector
Faston

27
27

Z
T
F

Y
X
V
S
P
K
E
B
A

U
R
N
H
D
C

Q
O
G

W
APPENDIX
APPENDIX KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location
ADF ADF (option) 2-A M14 Drum motor /Y 15-Y TDB Temp detection board 14-M
PS60 Encoder sensor /Y1 16-Y M15 Drum motor /M 16-Y L1INVB L1 inverter 5-C
PS61 Encoder sensor /Y2 16-Y M16 Drum motor /C 18-Y OB INVB OB inverter board 24-B
PS62 Encoder sensor /M1 17-Y M17 Drum motor /K 19-Y LCDB LCD board 22-B
PS63 Encoder sensor /M2 17-Y M18 Transfer belt motor 20-W Touch panel board 21-B
PS64 Encoder sensor /C1 18-Y M19 1st transfer pressure/release motor 22-V CCDB CCD board 16-A
PS65 Encoder sensor /C2 18-Y M20 Developing motor /Y 23-W OB1 Operation board /1 21-D
PS66 Encoder sensor /K1 19-Y M21 Developing motor /M 24-W OB2 Operation board /2 25-F
PS67 Encoder sensor /K2 19-Y M22 Developing motor /C 25-W OB3 Operation board /3 24-B
PS69 Encoder sensor /BELT1 20-V M23 Developing motor /K 26-W OACB Overall control board 17-H
PS68 Encoder sensor /BELT2 20-V M24 IP cooling fan 24-M MB Memory board 21-J
FNS FNS (option) 25-L M25 IPB cooling fan 24-M IPB Image processing board 7-H
HD-106 HD-106 (option) 11-E MU-412 MU-412(option) 7-H CV Coin vendor (parallel) 19-L
HDD HDD (IP-921) 12-E PCL Y Pre-charging lamp /Y 2-V CV Coin vendor (serial) 20-L
HDD IFB HDD I/F board 10-E PCL M Pre-charging lamp /M 2-V SCDB Scanner drive board 4-D
INDX SB Y INDEX sensor board /Y 7-L PCL C Pre-charging lamp /C 2-V PRCB Printer control board 2-P
INDX SB M INDEX sensor board /M 9-L PCL K Pre-charging lamp /K 2-V DRDB /Y Drum drive board /Y 15-U
INDX SB C INDEX sensor board /C 11-L PS1 Scanner HP sensor 6-B DRDB /M Drum drive board /M 16-U
INDX SB K INDEX sensor board /K 13-L PS2 APS timing sensor 7-B DRDB /K Drum drive board /C 19-U
IP-901 IP-901 (option) 13-F PS3 APS sensor /S 5-B DRDB /C Drum drive board /K 17-U
IP-921 IP-921 (option) 12-E PS4 APS sensor /L 6-B C (T) Total counter 13-V
TDS Y Toner density sensor /Y 3-V PS5 Laser correction motor /Y 8-M C (BK) Black counter 13-V
TDS M Toner density sensor /M 3-V PS6 Laser correction motor /M 10-M CRB /F Color registration board /F 8-X
TDS C Toner density sensor /C 4-V PS7 Laser correction motor /C 12-M CRB /R Color registration board /R 10-X
TDS K Toner density sensor /K 4-V PS8 Color registration sensor /F 8-Y
L1 Exposure lamp 5-B PS9 Color registration sensor /R 10-Y
LDB Y Laser drive board /Y 8-L PS11 Gamma sensor 10-X
LDB M Laser drive board /M 10-L PS12 Paper exit full sensor 12-V
LDB C Laser drive board /C 12-L PS13 Paper exit sensor 12-V
LDB K Laser drive board /K 14-L PS14 Toner supply unit open/close sensor 15-V
LCT LCT (option) 22-L PS15 1st transfer HP sensor 22-V
M1 Scanner motor 4-B SD1 Drum separation claw solenoid 8-V
M2 Scanner cooling fan 7-B SD2 Color Registration shutter solenoid 8-X
M3 Polygon motor /Y 7-M SD3 Gamma shutter solenoid 11-X
M4 Polygon motor /M 9-M DRPS Y Drum potential sensor /Y 5-X
M5 Polygon motor /C 11-M DRPS M Drum potential sensor /M 5-X
M6 Polygon motor /K 13-M DRPS C Drum potential sensor /C 6-X
M7 Laser correction motor /Y 8-M DRPS K Drum potential sensor /K 6-X
M8 Laser correction motor /M 11-M DRPSB Y Drum potential sensor board /Y 5-V
M9 Laser correction motor /C 13-M DRPSB M Drum potential sensor board /M 5-V
M10 Fixing cooling fan /1 12-V DRPSB C Drum potential sensor board /C 6-V
M11 Transfer belt cooling fan 13-W DRPSB K Drum potential sensor board /K 6-V
M12 Drum cooling fan /1 14-V RS1 DF Reset switch 7-B
M13 Drum cooling fan /2 14-V SW2 Sub power switch 25-F
5.2

Z
T
F

Y
X
V
S
P
K
E
B
A

U
R
N
H
D
C

Q
O
G

1
1

528-2-1 130-1 - 1

96

F/G
518-15 24V2
511-1-11 512-1

ADU
528-1-2 510-11 5V2

MC1
518-14 DRIVE 511-2-10 512-2 130-2 - 2

CLUTCH/2
510-10 SGND FT16 AC_H

CONVEYANCE
511-3-9 512-3

POWER PLUG
510-9 START/STOP FIXING UPPER HEATER LAMP/1
519-2-1 511-4-8 512-4

FT23
518-13 24V2 510-8 CLOCK 130-3 - 3 146-1

ADU
519-1-2 511-5-7 512-5 L2 FT17 AC_N

2
2

510-7 CW/CCW

MC2
518-12 DRIVE TS1 FIXING

CLUTCH/1
511-6-6 512-6

FT25
FT27
510-6 LOCK

CONVEYANCE
UPPER HEATER LAMP/2
511-7-5 512-7

Y/G

M29
526-1 510-5 H/L 130-4 - 4 146-2

ACDB

FT20
518-11 24V2 511-8-4 512-8 FT18 AC_N
FT1

FT2
510-4 PGND L3

FT21
FT22

FIXING MOTOR

EXIT
526-2

SD4
518-10 DRIVE 511-9-3 512-9
510-3 PGND

FT26
FT28

FT24

REVERSE/
511-10-2 512-10 146-2
510-2 24V2 FT17

97
520-1 552-3-1 511-11-1 512-11 132-3-1 130-A1 - A4
518-9 5V2 510-1 24V2 146-1
FT18

98
520-2 552-2-2 132-2-2 130-A2 - A3
518-8 PS

CBR2

EXIT
CBR1

TH1

PS19
514-1-6

99
520-3 552-1-3 515-1 132-1-3 130-A3 - A2

SENSOR
FIXING
518-7 SGND 513-6 5V2

SOLENOID REVERSE/
SENSOR/1
FT4
FT3

522-1 521-6-1 514-2-5 515-2 130-A4 - A1


513-5 PS

TEMPERATURE
518-6 5V2

FIXING

PS16
BT-1
BT-3
BT-2
BT-4
522-2 521-5-2 514-3-4 130-B1 - B4

RELEASE
513-4 SGND
515-3
518-5 PS

ADU

3
3

PRCB
133-2-1

PS20
514-4-3 516-1-3 130-B2 - B3

101
522-3 521-4-3 517-1

SENSOR
518-4 SGND 513-3 5V2 158-4 157-1 SGND
FT5

FT6

CONVEYANCE
523-1 521-3-4 514-5-2 516-2-2 517-2 130-B3 - B2
518-3 5V2 513-2 PS 158-3 157-2 L3_CONT

EXIT
PRESSURE/ FIXING
133-1-2

PS17
FIXING
514-6-1 516-3-1

SENSOR SENSOR
TH3 130-B4 - B1

100
523-2 521-2-5 517-3 158-2
518-2 PS 513-1 SGND 157-3 L2_CONT

SENSOR/3

ADU
PS21
EMPERATURE
FHCB
523-3 521-1-6

SENSOR
158-1

REVERSE
518-1 SGND 157-4 5V2
NF

131-2 - 2

EUROPE ONLY
FIXING LOWER HEATER LAMP
529-2-1 TS2
527-17 24V2 570-4-1 571-4-1 131-3 - 3
569-1 A FT19 AC_N
529-1-2 L4

ADU
PRE-
MC3
527-16 DRIVE
FT7

FT8

570-3-2 571-3-2 137-1

CLUTCH
569-2 A 131-4 - 4

STRATION
FT29
FT30
570-2-3 571-2-3
3191-01P1
533-1 530-3-1
527-15 SGND 569-3 B

M54
131-1 - 1

F/G
107
570-1-4 571-1-4 153-1 24V1

WEB MOTOR
533-2 530-2-2

FIXING UNIT

4
4

527-14 PS 569-4 B

F/G
FT15

153-2 NC
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

PS22
533-3 530-1-3

SENSOR
527-13 5V2 134-3-1 131-A1 - A4

102
69
153-3 24VAC(H)

REGISTRATION
531-1 551-3-1 AC(H)
527-12 5V2 134-2-2 131-A2 - A3

103
70

FIXING
531-2 551-2-2 153-4 24VAC(N)
TH2

SENSOR/2
527-11 PS 134-1-3 131-A3 - A2

104

ADU
PRE-
TEMPERATURE

PS23
531-3 551-1-3 120-1

SENSOR
527-10 SGND 131-A4 - A1
120-2

REGISTRATION
118
527-9 5V2 131-B1 - B4
120-3

PRCB

119
527-8 PS 135-2-1 131-B2 - B3

105
8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (2/2)

120-4

120
527-7 SGND 131-B3 - B2

FIXING
549-1 554-3-1 152-11 PGND 120-5

SENSOR/4
527-6 5V2 135-1-2 131-B4 - B1
AC(N)

106
509-1-3 532-1 TH4

TEMPERATURE
152-10 PGND

5
5

118
549-2 554-2-2
527-5 PS

HP
2nd
509-2-2 532-2
FT9

PS24
152-9 -24VIN

119
549-3 554-1-3

SENSOR
527-4 SGND

TRANSFER
PS18
509-3-1 532-3 151-1 5V2

SENSOR
152-8

120
565-1
527-3 5V2

OPEN/CLOSE
FRONT DOOR
508-4 506-2B 151-2 S_GND 152-7
565-2
527-2 PS
508-3 506-1B 752-1-3 751-1-6 151-3 H1_DRIVE

PS55
565-3 152-6
527-1 SGND 572-1

LEVER
RL1
SW1

151-4 MRL_DRIVE

SENSOR
752-2-2 751-2-5 152-5
537-2 572-2

DOOR

MS1
536-1 24V2

FRONT
508-2

FAN/1
506-2A

M61

SWITCH
537-5 752-3-1 751-3-4 151-5 L2_DRIVE 152-4 24V1

(New type only)

INTERLOCK
536-2 24V2 572-3

PAPER EXIT
MAIN POWER SWITCH

537-1 508-1 506-1A 151-6 L3_DRIVE 152-3


109

536-3 A 121A-1
537-3
FT10

151-7 L4_DRIVE

M30
536-4 A 753-1-3 751-4-3 152-2

CONVEYANCE MOTOR
ROLLER
537-4 505-1 504-1 572-4
536-5 B

80
507-1 24V2 151-8 PWRL_DRIVE

6
6

537-6 753-2-2 751-5-2 152-1


(REM/2)

REGISTRATION
536-6 B 505-2 504-2 572-5

81
507-2 24V2

FAN/2
M62
24V1

753-3-1 751-6-1 121A-2


538-2 572-6
96

PAPER EXIT
505-3 504-3 150-6A FUSERSET
RL2

534-1 24V2

82
507-3 PGND
538-5
534-2 24V2
97
505-4 504-4 150-1A FIXTEMP1

83
507-4 PGND

PRCB(2/2)
538-1 754-1-3 140-1
534-3 A 572-7 121A-3
98

538-3 505-5 504-5 150-2A FIXTEMP1

84
507-5 5V2

LOOP
534-4 A 754-2-2

M31
142-1

MOTOR
ROLLER
538-4 572-8 121A-4

CVDB
99

534-5 B
505-6 504-6 150-3A FIXTEMP1

85
507-6 SGND

FAN/3
M63
538-6 754-3-1 140-2
572-9
24V1

534-6 B

PAPER EXIT
505-7 504-7
100

150-4A FIXTEMP2

121
535-3
RL3

534-7 24V2
505-8 504-8 572-10
142-2
101

535-9 150-5A FIXTEMP2


534-8 24V2 140-3
535-1 502-1A-17A 501-1A-17A
102

534-9 A 503-17A DDRV_Txd 150-12B FIXTEMP3


500-1A
FIXING UNIT

535-5 142-3

ADU
534-10 A

M32

7
7

502-2A-16A 501-2A-16A
103

503-16A DDRV_Rxd 150-11B FIXTEMP3

MOTOR
535-7 500-2A

REVERSE
534-11 B 121B-2
502-3A-15A 501-3A-15A
104

535-11 503-15A SGND 150-10B FIXTEMP3


534-12 B 500-3A
535-2 502-4A-14A 501-4A-14A 121B-3
140-4
105

503-14A ADUP_SIG 150-9B FIXTEMP4


CH12

500-4A
535-4 121B-4
142-4
502-5A-13A 501-5A-13A
106

503-13A ADUH_SIG 150-8B FIXTEMP4


535-6 500-5A
535-8 503-12A BMAX_SIG
502-6A-12A 501-6A-12A 150-7B N.C
500-6A
535-10 502-7A-11A 501-7A-11A 482-1-12 486-1
503-11A REG_SIG 150-7A PGND
500-7A
502-8A-10A 501-8A-10A 482-2-11 486-2
503-10A ADUR_SIG 150-8A H/L PAPER EXIT
525-2 500-8A
524-1 24V2 482-3-10 486-3 FAN/R
M26

525-5 503-9A FEXT_SIG


502-9A-9A 501-9A-9A 150-9A EM
524-2 24V2 500-9A
525-1 502-10A-8A 501-10A-8A 482-4-9 486-4
524-3 A 503-8A FD_OPEN 150-10A DRIVE
500-10A
156-5
156-4
156-2
156-1

155-5 H1(N)
155-4 H1(H)
155-2 H1(N)
155-1 H1(H)

525-3

8
8

482-5-8 485-1

M33
524-4 A
TRNS2
TRNS1

503-7A HAN1_SIG
502-11A-7A 501-11A-7A 150-11A PGND
525-4 500-11A

REVERSE/
524-5 B 485-2

EXIT MOTOR
482-6-7
TRANSFORMER/LCT

525-6 503-6A HAN2_SIG


502-12A-6A 501-12A-6A 150-12A H/L
524-6 B 500-12A PAPER EXIT
482-7-6 485-3
TRANSFORMER/MAIN BODY

M27

524-7 N.C
502-13A-5A 501-13A-5A 150-1B EM FAN/M
503-5A REV_SIG 500-13A

CONVEYANCE UNIT
550-1 502-14A-4A 501-14A-4A 482-8-5 485-4
548-6 24V2 503-4A BPNF_SIG 150-2B DRIVE
500-14A 143-1
550-2 482-9-4 484-1
548-5 24V2 502-15A-3A 501-15A-3A 150-3B PGND
550-3 503-3A FRL_SIG 500-15A 143-2
548-4 A 482-10-3 484-2
550-4 503-2A 12V
502-16A-2A 501-16A-2A 150-4B H/L PAPER EXIT
500-16A 141-1

M34
548-3 A

MOTOR
550-5 482-11-2 484-3 FAN/F
M28

548-2 B 503-1A REG_CONT


502-17A-1A 501-17A-1A 150-5B EM
500-17A 141-2
550-6

2nd TRANSFER
548-1 B 502-1B-17B 501-1B-17B 482-12-1 484-4
503-17B BPSDCONT 150-6B DRIVE
500-1B

PRESSURE/RELEASE
145-2
145-1
144-2
144-1

503-16B EXSDCONT
502-2B-16B 501-2B-16B
500-2B

9
9

AC(N)

553-1
539-B11 2 502-3B-15B 501-3B-15B
101-2 NC

503-15B AMC1CONT 401-1B-16B 402-1-13 403-1


500-3B 400-16A 5V2
553-2
101-1 AC(H)

M35
DRIVE
539-B10 1 502-4B-14B 501-4B-14B 401-2B-15B 402-2-12 403-2 PRE-

TRAY UP
503-14B AMC2CONT 500-4B 400-15A PS REGISTRATION

MOTOR/BP
502-5B-13B 501-5B-13B
PS29

503-13B APCLCONT 401-3B-14B 402-3-11 403-3 SENSOR/1


500-5B 400-14A SGND
546-1 555-6-1
539-B9 5V2 502-6B-12B 501-6B-12B 401-4B-13B 402-4-10 404-1
503-12B MCL2CONT 500-6B 400-13A 5V2
546-2 555-5-2
539-B8 PS
1

502-7B-11B 501-7B-11B 401-5B-12B 402-5-9 404-2 TRAY UPPER LIMIT

LIMIT
TRAY
503-11B MCL3CONT 500-7B 400-12A PS 102-1 5V1

PS25
546-3 555-4-3 SENSOR/1
539-B7 SGND
2

502-8B-10B 501-8B-10B
PS30

SENSOR/BP
503-10B BPCLCONT 401-6B-11B 402-6-8 404-3 102-2 SGND
500-8B 400-11A SGND
547-1 555-3-4
539-B6 5V2
3

502-9B-9B 501-9B-9B
OACB

503-9B START/STOP 401-7B-10B 402-7-7 405-1 102-3 REM/1


500-9B 400-10A 5V2
547-2 555-2-5
539-B5 PS
4

503-8B CLOCK
502-10B-8B 501-10B-8B 401-8B-9B 402-8-6 405-2 NO PAPER 102-4 AC_OFF
500-10B 400-9A PS

PS26
547-3 555-1-6

BY-PASS
SENSOR/1

SENSOR
539-B4 SGND 502-11B-7B 501-11B-7B 401-9B-8B 402-9-5 405-3
503-7B CW/CCW 500-11B

10
10

400-8A SGND
5

UPPER CONVEYANCE
HTR2
HTR1

542-1 556-3-1 502-12B-6B 501-12B-6B 103-1 12V


539-B3 SGND 503-6B LOCK 500-12B 401-10B-7B 402-10-4 406-1
6

400-7A 24V2 103-4 SGND


542-2 556-2-2 502-13B-5B 501-13B-5B PAPER FEED
539-B2 PS 503-5B H/L 500-13B 401-11B-6B 402-11-3 406-2
7

400-6A DRIVE CLUTCH/1


103-2 5V2

PS27
542-3 556-1-3 502-14B-4B 501-14B-4B
539-B1 5V2
IPB

503-4B TR4_CONT

SENSOR/1
500-14B
8

401-12B-5B 402-12-2 407-1

CONVEYANCE
400-5A 24V2 PRE- 103-5 SGND

INTERMEDIATE
503-3B TR4_CW
502-15B-3B 501-15B-3B
540-2-1 500-15B REGISTRATION
9

539-A11 24V2
401-13B-4B 402-13-1 407-2
400-4A DRIVE 103-3 3.5V
503-2B N.C 563-2-1 502-16B-2B 501-16B-2B CLUTCH/1
540-1-2 500-16B LOCK SD

MC4
10

539-A10 DRIVE 401-14B-3B 566-1-2 408-1 103-6 SGND


503-1B N.C 563-1-2 502-17B-1B 501-17B-1B 400-3A 24V2
PICK UP

SD6
500-17B 24V

CLUTCH/2
401-15B-2B 566-2-1 408-2

CONVEYANC
PS31 MC7 MC8 SD7

400-2A DRIVE SOLENOID/1


53

INTERMEDIATE
541-2-1 104-1 5V2
539-A9 24V2 401-16B-1B
400-1A N.C
92

735-1 24V2
54

541-1-2 104-3 12V

MC5
539-A8 DRIVE 735-2 NC 400-16B N.C

11
11

CLUTCH/3
55

104-6 SGND

CONVEYANC
93

735-3 PGND

ADU LOCK
SOLENOID

INTERMEDIATE
400-15B N.C
56

543-1 557-3-1 104-7 SGND


539-A7 SGND 731-1 401-1A-14A 410-1
730-16A CHGYCONT
PRCB

GRID/Y
400-14B 5V2
57

543-2 557-2-2 731-2 104-4 24V1


539-A6 PS 730-15A CHGYDCV 401-2A-13A 410-2
400-13B PS
REMAINING PAPER

PS28
731-3
58

543-3 557-1-3 730-14A GYDCV SENSOR/1 104-9 PGND


539-A5 5V2
PS32

401-3A-12A 410-3

SENSOR/2
731-4 730-13A CHGY_ER 400-12B SGND

CHARGER/Y

CONVEYANCE
63

INTERMEDIATE
104-2 5V2
TRAY /1

731-5 730-12A DEVEDCY 401-4A-11A 411-1


544-2-1 400-11B 5V2
64

539-A4 24V2 731-6 104-8 SGND


730-11A DEVEACY 401-5A-10A 411-2

BP
544-1-2 400-10B PS

SD5
539-A3 DRIVE 731-7 730-10A DEVEYDCV PAPER SIZE/S1 123-2

PICK UP
PS33

401-6A-9A 411-3
731-8 730-9A SGND

GRID/M
400-9B SGND 123-3
401-7A-8A 412-1 123-1
545-2-1 104-5 24V1
732-1 730-8A CHGMCONT 400-8B 5V2 123-4
539-A2 24V2
401-8A-7A 412-2

BP

12
12

545-1-2 732-2 730-7A CHGMDCV 400-7B PS

CHARGER/M

SOLENOID/ FEED
PAPER SIZE/L1 123-5

MC6
539-A1 DRIVE

PAPER

CLUTCH/
PS34

732-3 730-6A GMDCV 401-9A-6A 412-3


400-6B SGND 123-6
DRDB

732-4 730-5A CHGM_ER 401-10A-5A 409-1-5 413-3


732-5 400-5B 3.3V 123-7
730-4A DEVEDCM
401-11A-4A 409-2-4 413-2 123-10
104-10 PGND

GRID/C
732-6 730-3A DEVEACM 400-4B VR PAPER SIZE VR/1 123-8
VR1

732-7 730-2A DEVEMDCV 401-12A-3A 409-3-3 413-1


400-3B SGND 123-9
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

732-8 730-1A DEVECCLOCK 401-13A-2A 409-4-2


DCPS1

400-2B T1DET(H)

CHARGER/C
67

105-3 SGND
HV1

733-1 730-16B CHGCCONT 401-14A-1A 409-5-1 DCPS4


400-1B SGND
FNS

733-2 730-15B CHGCDCV 105-1 5V2


68 107

733-3 730-14B GCDCV 105-5 24V1


415-1B-16B 416-1-13 417-1
GRID/K

733-4 730-13B CHGC_ER


ACDB

414-16A 5V2 105-6 N.C

13
13

733-5 730-12B DEVEDCC 415-2B-15B 416-2-12 417-2 PRE-


84

733-6 730-11B DEVEACC 414-15A PS REGISTRATION 105-2 5V2


PS35

415-3B-14B 416-3-11 417-3 268-1 12V


CHARGER/K
SENSOR/2
CVDB

733-7
85

730-10B DEVECDCV 414-14A SGND 105-4 SGND


132 133

733-8 730-9B SGND 415-4B-13B 416-4-10 418-1 268-2 GND


414-13A 5V2
415-5B-12B 416-5-9 418-2 TRAY UPPER LIMIT 268-4 5VIN 108-1 5V2
DEVELOPING BIAS/Y 734-1 730-8B CHGKCONT 414-12A PS
SENSOR/2
130 131

108-2 SGND
PS36

734-2 730-7B CHGKDCV 415-6B-11B 416-6-8 418-3 268-3 5VOUT


414-11A SGND
DEVELOPING BIAS/M 734-3 730-6B GKDCV 415-7B-10B 416-7-7 419-1 268-6 24V 108-3 24V1
734-4 730-5B CHGK_ER 414-10A 5V2
415-8B-9B 416-8-6 419-2 268-5 GND 108-4 SGND
DEVELOPING BIAS/C 734-5 730-4B DEVEDCK 414-9A PS
NO PAPER
415-9B-8B 416-9-5 419-3 SENSOR/2
734-6 730-3B DEVEACK
11

414-8A SGND 106-2 5V2


DEVELOPING BIAS/K 734-7 730-2B DEVEKDCV
415-10B-7B 416-10-4 420-1
SCDB
12

14
14

734-8 730-1B DEVEKCLOCK 414-7A 24V2 106-5 SGND


PAPER FEED
415-11B-6B 416-11-3 420-2
73

414-6A DRIVE CLUTCH/2 106-6 SGND


F/G
74

415-12B-5B 416-12-2 421-1 106-3 5V2


414-5A 24V2 PRE-
LCT
116

737-12 736-1A TRANSY 415-13B-4B 416-13-1 421-2 REGISTRATION 106-8 SGND


414-4A DRIVE CLUTCH/2
737-11 736-2A TRANSYI 106-7 12V
415-14B-3B 567-1-2 422-1
414-3A 24V2
117 114

737-10 736-3A TRANSYER PICK UP 106-1 5V2


415-15B-2B 567-2-1 422-2 SOLENOID/2
PS37 MC9 MC10 SD8

414-2A DRIVE
ADF
115

1st TRANSFER/Y 737-9 736-4A TRANSM 106-4 SGND


414-1A N.C
415-16B-1B
737-8 736-5A TRANSMI
86

414-16B N.C 107-3 5V2


737-7 736-6A TRANSMER
TSDB
87

1st TRANSFER/M 414-15B N.C 107-6 SGND

15
15

737-6 736-7A TRANSC 415-1A-14A 424-1


75

414-14B 5V2 107-1 5V2


737-5 736-8A TRANSCI 415-2A-13A 424-2 REMAINING PAPER
76

414-13B PS 107-4 SGND


1st TRANSFER/C 737-4 736-9A TRANSCER SENSOR/2
PS38

415-3A-12A 424-3
77

414-12B SGND 107-5 SGND


OB1

TRAY /2

737-3 736-10A TRANSK 415-4A-11A 425-1


78

414-11B 5V2 107-2 5V2


737-2 736-11A TRANSKI 415-5A-10A 425-2
79

414-10B PS PAPER SIZE/S2 107-7 12V


737-1 736-12A TRANSKER
PS39

415-6A-9A 425-3
1st TRANSFER/K 414-9B SGND
736-1B N.C 415-7A-8A 426-1
414-8B 5V2
736-2B N.C 415-8A-7A 426-2
414-7B PS PAPER SIZE/L2
HV2

738-10 736-3B SGND


PS40

2nd TRANSFER 415-9A-6A 426-3

16
16

414-6B SGND
738-9 736-4B GPCONT 415-10A-5A 423-1-5 427-3
414-5B 3.3V
738-8 736-5B 2ND_CONT 415-11A-4A 423-2-4 427-2
414-4B VR PAPER SIZE VR/2
738-7
VR2

736-6B 2ND_VI 415-12A-3A 423-3-3 427-1


112-3
112-2
112-1

SEPARATION 414-3B SGND


738-6 736-7B 2ND_GAIN 415-13A-2A 423-4-2
414-2B T2DET(H)
738-5 736-8B 2ND_ER 415-14A-1A 423-5-1
414-1B SGND
738-4 736-9B SEPA_CNT

738-3 736-10B SEPA_ACI


GUIDE PLATE
138

429-1B-16B 430-1-13 431-1 109-1 SGND


738-2 428-16A 5V2
736-11B SEPA_DCI PRE-
139

429-2B-15B 430-2-12 431-2 109-2 SGND


738-1 428-15A PS REGISTRATION
736-12B SEPA_ER

17
17

140

109-3 5V3
DCPS3

IP-921

429-3B-14B 430-3-11 431-3


PS41

SENSOR/3
428-14A SGND
429-4B-13B 430-4-10 432-1 109-4 5V3
428-13A 5V2
94

739-1 24V2
141 134

429-5B-12B 430-5-9 432-2 TRAY UPPER LIMIT 109-5 5V2


739-2 NC 428-12A PS
SENSOR/3
135

429-6B-11B 430-6-8 432-3 109-6 SGND


PS42

428-11A SGND
95

739-3 PGND
F/G
137

429-7B-10B 430-7-7 433-1 109-7 SGND


428-10A 5V2
136

429-8B-9B 430-8-6 433-2 109-8 12V


IP-921 (OPTION)

NO PAPER
428-9A PS
429-9B-8B 430-9-5 433-3 SENSOR/3
428-8A SGND
429-10B-7B 430-10-4 434-1
109

428-7A 24V2 PAPER FEED


494-4 493-4 429-11B-6B 430-11-3 434-2
391-8B 24V CLUTCH/3
18
18

428-6A DRIVE
494-3 493-3
391-7B KEY_CONT 429-12B-5B 430-12-2 435-1
KEY
C(K)

494-1 493-1 428-5A 24V2 PRE-


COUNTER

391-6B PGND 429-13B-4B 430-13-1 435-2 REGISTRATION


494-2 493-2 428-4A DRIVE
391-5B KEY_SET
CLUTCH/3
429-14B-3B 568-1-2 436-1
110-3 NC
110-2 NC

307-1 428-3A 24V2 PICK UP


110-4 AC(N)
110-1 AC(H)

391-4B DRIVE
429-15B-2B 568-2-1 436-2 SOLENOID/3
PS43 MC11 MC12 SD9

307-2 428-2A DRIVE


391-3B EM
429-16B-1B
307-3 428-1A N.C
391-2B H/L
M36

FAN/3
FIXING
COOLING

307-4 428-16B N.C


391-1B PGND
392-1 428-15B N.C
391-9A DRIVE 429-1A-14A 438-1
392-2 428-14B 5V2
13

111-1 24V2
19
19

TRAY /3

391-8A FFAN_ER 429-2A-13A 438-2


428-13B PS
REMAINING
SCDB

392-3
14

PAPER SENSOR/3 111-4 PGND


M37

391-7A H/L
FAN/2
FIXING
PS44

429-3A-12A 438-3
COOLING

392-4 428-12B SGND


15

111-2 24V2
391-6A PGND 429-4A-11A 439-1
710-1-2 428-11B 5V2
ADF
16

495-6 111-5 PGND


391-9B PGND 429-5A-10A 439-2
428-10B PS PAPER SIZE/S2
65

710-2-1 495-4 111-6 PGND


SWITCH

391-5A PAT4_DRIVE
PS45

429-6A-9A 439-3
INTERLOCK
FNS

495-3 428-9B SGND 111-3 24V2


66

TONER SUPPLY

391-4A PAT3_DRIVE 429-7A-8A 440-1


495-2 428-8B 5V2 111-10 PGND
71

MS2

391-3A PAT2_DRIVE 429-8A-7A 440-2


LCT

495-1 428-7B PS PAPER SIZE/L2 111-7 24V2


72

391-2A PAT1_DRIVE
PS46

429-9A-6A 440-3
428-6B SGND
INDICATOR LAMP

495-5 111-8 24V2


88

713-1 741-8-1
711-8 24V2 391-1A 24V 429-10A-5A 437-1-5 441-3
20
20

428-5B 3.3V 111-9 24V2


89

TONER
BOTTLE

741-7-2 429-11A-4A 437-2-4 441-2 PAPER SIZE VR/3


713-2 428-4B VR
TSDB

711-7 CONT 111-11 PGND


90

VR3

741-6-3 429-12A-3A 437-3-3 441-1


716-1 711-6 24V2 428-3B SGND 111-12 PGND
91

429-13A-2A 437-4-2
428-2B T3DET(H)
TONER

741-5-4
BOTTLE

716-2 711-5 CONT 429-14A-1A 437-5-1 127-2


724-18 PGND 428-1B SGND 112-1 24V2
M3

719-1 741-4-5 472-1-3 127-1


127-3
17 19

711-4 24V2
394-1-4
724-17 EM 393-1A DRIVE 127-4
472-2-2 442-17A N.C
M48

719-2 741-3-6 394-2-3


CHAGER

711-3 CONT
TONER

393-2A EM 443-1-12 444-1


BOTTLE

127-6
INTAKE FAN

741-2-7 724-16 DRIVE 442-16A 5V2


722-1 711-2 24V2 112-2 24V2
M4

472-3-1 394-3-2 393-3A H/L 443-2-11 444-2


FAN/1
M43

127-5
INTAKE

(24V1) NO PAPER SENSOR/BP 127-7


21 23

442-15A PS
WRITING

712-1 394-4-1
PS47

722-2 741-1-8 724-15 5V 393-4A PGND 443-3-10 444-3


MC14 MC15 MC16 MC17

127-8
21
21

711-1 CONT 442-14A SGND


712-2 395-1-4
TONER

724-14 TLD_SIG 443-4-9 445-1


BOTTLE

393-5A DRIVE
LEVEL

128-2
TONER

442-13A 3.3V3
CLUTCH/Y CLUTCH/M CLUTCH/C CLUTCH/K

712-3 395-2-3 112-3 PGND


SENSOR/Y
M5

724-13 SGND 393-6A ER 443-5-8 445-2 128-1


128-3
18 20

442-12A VR PAPER SIZE VR/BP


715-1 395-3-2
VR4

724-12 5V 393-7A H/L 443-6-7 445-3


M44

FAN/2
INTAKE

442-11A SGND 128-4


WRITING

715-2 395-4-1
724-11 TLD_SIG 393-8A PGND 443-7-6 446-1
442-10A 5V2 128-6
LEVEL
TONER

715-3 396-1-4 112-5 PGND


M6

724-10 SGND 393-9A DRIVE 443-8-5 446-2 128-5


128-7
22 24

442-9A PS PAPER SIZE/SBP


718-1 396-2-3
PS48

724-9 5V 393-10A EM 443-9-4 446-3


442-8A SGND 128-8
718-2 396-3-2
724-8 TLD_SIG 393-11A H/L 443-10-3 447-1
M45

FAN/1

442-7A 5V2
WRITING
EXHAUST

TONER

718-3 396-4-1 112-4 N.C


724-7 SGND 393-12A PGND 443-11-2 447-2
SENSOR/C

442-6A PS PAPER SIZE/LBP


721-1 397-1-4 112-6 N.C
PS49

724-6 5V 443-12-1 447-3


22
22

393-1B DRIVE
442-5A SGND
721-2 397-2-3
724-5 TLD_SIG 393-2B ER 126-2
LEVEL

397-3-2
TONER

TLD_Y TLD_M TLD_C TLD_K

724-4 SGND
721-3
393-3B H/L
M46

FAN/2

126-3
DETECTION LEVEL DETECTION
BY-PASS TRAY

WRITING
EXHAUST

725-1 397-4-1 126-1 113-2 PGND


724-3 5V2 393-4B PGND 449-1
442-4A 24V2 126-4
724-2 PS
725-2 449-2 TRAY UP DRIVE MOTOR/3
398-1-3 126-5
M38

393-5B DRIVE 442-3A DRIVE


PS54

724-1 SGND
725-3
DOOR

126-6
TONER
DCPS2

SENSOR

398-2-2 450-1
393-6B EM
DETECTION SENSOR/M DETECTION SENSOR/K OPEN/CLOSE

706-1 A 442-2A 24V2 126-7


FAN
M47

703-1 126-10 113-4 PGND


704-1 5V2 450-2 TRAY UP DRIVE MOTOR/2
86

706-2 A 398-3-1 126-8


M39

DRUM UNIT

393-7B PGND 442-1A DRIVE


706-3 B 703-2
704-2 SGND
87

399-4 393-8B TEMP 126-9


706-4 B
23
23

703-3
M49

451-1
MOTOR/Y

704-3 24V2
88

706-5 24V2 399-3 393-9B SGND 442-17B 24V2 125-2


TONER SUPPLY

704-4 24V2
703-4 399-2 451-2 TRAY UP DRIVE MOTOR/1
89

706-6 24V2 393-10B HUM


/HUM

125-3
M40

TEMP

442-16B DRIVE
TEMP/

TSDB
M20,M21,M22,M23

125-1
SENSOR

399-1
HUMIDITY

704-5 PGND
703-5 393-11B 5V2 113-1 24V2
90

707-1-6 705-1 A 125-4


452-1-8
SUPPLY DCPS1 DCPS2

707-2-5 704-6 PGND


703-6 393-12B N.C 442-15B 24V2 453-1
91

705-2 A 125-5
707-3-4 452-2-7 INTERMEDIATE CONVEYANCE CLUTCH/1
705-3 B 442-14B DRIVE 453-2
707-4-3 702-1A 701-13A-1A 125-6
705-4 B 700-13A DRV_ERR
452-3-6
M50

707-5-2 701-12A-2A 442-13B 5V2 454-1


MOTOR/M

705-5 24V2 702-2A 700-12A H/L 125-7


707-6-1 452-4-5 125-10 113-3 24V2
TONER SUPPLY

705-6 24V2 701-11A-3A 442-12B PS 454-2 VERTICAL CONVEYANCE SENSOR


702-3A 700-11A TBY_CLOCK 125-8
MC13 PS50

705-7 N.C 452-5-4 454-3


702-4A 701-10A-4A 442-11B SGND 125-9
700-10A TBY_EN
33 34 37 38 41 42 45 46 35 36 39 40 43 44 47 48

727-1-6 726-1 A 452-6-3


701-9A-5A 442-10B 5V2 455-1
727-2-5 702-5A 700-9A YBCL_DRIVE 114-1 NC
24
24

726-2 A 452-7-2
727-3-4 701-8A-6A 442-9B PS 455-2 VERTICAL CONVEYANCE DOOR SENSOR
726-3 B 702-6A 700-8A TBY_SIG 114-2 24V2
59

PS51

452-8-1
PRCB

727-4-3 726-4 B 455-3


702-7A 701-7A-7A 442-8B SGND
700-7A TBM_CLOCK 114-6 PGND
60

M51

727-5-2
MOTOR/C

726-5 24V2
727-6-1 702-8A 701-6A-8A 456-1-7 458-1 114-3 24V2
700-6A TBM_EN
92

442-7B 5V2
TONER SUPPLY

726-6 24V2
701-5A-9A 456-2-6 458-2
442-6B SGND
HV1

702-9A 700-5A MBCL_DRIVE 114-7 PGND


728-1-6 726-7 A 456-3-5 458-3
701-4A-10A 442-5B CONT
702-10A
93 110

728-2-5 726-8 A 700-4A TBM_SIG 456-4-4 458-4 114-8 PGND


442-4B CLOCK
728-3-4 702-11A 701-3A-11A 456-5-3 458-5
111

726-9 B 700-3A TB_5V_SIG 442-3B CW/CCW 114-9 PGND


728-4-3 726-10 B 456-6-2 458-6
701-2A-12A 442-2B EM
M41

702-12A
112

700-2A SGND 114-4 24V2


M52

728-5-2
M41

456-7-1
MOTOR/K

726-11 24V2 442-1B H/L 458-7


702-13A 701-1A-13A
113

728-6-1 700-1A TBO_SIG 457-1-4 114-5 24V2


TONER SUPPLY

726-12 24V2 458-8


110

701-13B-1B 457-2-3
25
25

702-1B 458-9
111

700-13B CHFAN_ER
PAPER FEED MOTOR

115-1 24V2
80

457-3-2 458-10
112

702-2B 701-12B-2B
700-12B CHFAN_ON
457-4-1 458-11
113

115-2 24V2
81

709-1 708-11 5V2 702-3B 701-11B-3B


700-11B SGND
115-3 PGND
82

709-2
CVDB

708-10 SGND 701-10B-4B 459-10 5V2


479-1-3 460-1
702-4B 700-10B TBC_SIG
709-3 115-4 PGND
708-9 CONT
83

701-9B-5B 459-9 PS
479-2-2 460-2 WASTE TONER FULL SENSOR
709-4 702-5B 700-9B CBCL_DRIVE
708-8 CLOCK
PS52

479-3-1 460-3 115-6 PGND


709-5 702-6B 701-8B-6B 459-8 SGND
708-7 CW/CCW 700-8B TBC_EN
709-6 461-1 115-7 PGND
708-6 LOCK 702-7B 701-7B-7B 459-7 5V2
709-7 700-7B TBC_CLOCK
M53

708-5 H/L 461-2 115-8 PGND


Crimp

702-8B 701-6B-8B 459-6 PS WASTE TONER DOOR SENSOR


Symbol

709-8 700-6B TBK_SIG


M18

708-4 PGND 124-4


PS53

709-9 701-5B-9B 459-5 SGND 461-3


702-9B
121

708-3 PGND 700-5B KBCL_DRIVE


124-3 124-1 115-5 N.C
26
26

709-10
TONER BOTTLE MOTOR

708-2 24V2 702-10B 701-4B-10B 459-4 PGND


709-11 700-4B TBK_EN
708-1 24V2
462-1-4 124-2
52 51 95 49 50 94

702-11B 701-3B-11B 459-3 H/L


700-3B TBK_CLOCK
462-2-3 DCPS COOLING FAN 124-6
701-2B-12B
M42

702-12B 700-2B DBLT_CNT 459-2 EM


462-3-2
Connector

124-7 124-5
702-13B 701-1B-13B 459-1 DRIVE
700-1B DBLT_CLOCK
462-4-1 124-8
Relay connector
Faston

27
27

Z
T
F

Y
X
V
S
P
K
E
B
A

U
R
N
H
D
C

Q
O
G

W
APPENDIX
APPENDIX KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location
C (K) Key counter 18-P M51 Toner supply motor /C 24-X PS37 No paper sensor /2 14-I 2nd transfer 16-S
CBR1 Circuit breaker /1 2-B M52 Toner supply motor /K 25-X PS38 Remaining paper sensor /2 15-I 1st transfer /Y 15-T
CBR2 Circuit breaker /2 2-D M53 Toner bottle motor 26-W PS39 Paper size /S2 15-I 1st transfer /M 15-T
DCPS1 DC power supply unit /1 9-B M54 Web motor 4-Q PS40 Paper size /L2 16-I 1st transfer /C 15-T
DCPS2 DC power supply unit /2 18-B M61 Paper exit fan /1 6-P PS41 Pre-registration sensor /3 17-I 1st transfer /K 16-S
DCPS3 DC power supply unit /3 (IP-921) 17-A M62 Paper exit fan /2 6-P PS42 Tray upper limit sensor /3 17-I Developing bias /Y 13-S
DCPS4 DC power supply unit /4 (HD-106) 13-G M63 Paper exit fan /3 6-P PS43 No paper sensor /3 18-I Developing bias /M 14-S
RL1 Main relay 6-F MC1 ADU conveyance clutch /2 2-Y PS44 Remaining paper sensor /3 19-I Developing bias /C 14-S
RL2 DCPS2 relay 6-G MC2 ADU conveyance clutch /1 2-Y PS45 Paper size /S2 19-I Developing bias /K 14-S
RL3 HTR relay 7-G MC3 ADU Pre-registration clutch 4-Y PS46 Paper size /L2 20-I Charger /Y 11-T
HTR1 Heater /1 9-G MC4 Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 10-X PS47 No paper sensor /BP 21-I Charger /M 12-T
HTR2 Heater /2 9-G MC5 Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 11-X PS48 Paper size /SBP 21-I Charger /C 12-T
TS1 Thermostat /1 2-O MC6 Paper feed clutch /BP 12-X PS49 Paper size /LBP 22-I Charger /K 13-T
TS2 Thermostat /2 4-O MC7 Paper feed clutch /1 10-I PS50 Vertical conveyance sensor 24-I Grid /Y 11-S
TEMP/HUM Temp/Humidity sensor 23-P MC8 Pre-registration clutch /1 10-I PS51 Vertical conveyance door sensor 24-I Grid /M 12-S
HV1 High voltage unit /1 11-P MC9 Paper feed clutch /2 14-I PS52 Waste toner full sensor 25-I Grid /C 12-S
HV2 High voltage unit /2 14-P MC10 Pre-registration clutch /2 14-I PS53 Waste toner door sensor 26-I Grid /K 13-S
L2 Fixing upper heater lamp /1 2-N MC11 Paper feed clutch /3 18-I PS54 Toner supply door open/close sensor 22-Q TSDB Toner supply drive board 20-S
L3 Fixing upper heater lamp /2 2-N MC12 Pre-registration clutch /3 18-I PS55 Conveyance lever sensor 5-Y NF Noise filter 3-B
L4 Fixing lower heater lamp 4-N MC13 Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 23-I TLD Y Toner level detection sensor /Y 21-Q Power plug 2-C
M26 Paper exit fan /R 8-H MC14 Toner bottle clutch /Y 20-X TLD M Toner level detection sensor /M 21-Q ACDB AC drive board 2-F
M27 Paper exit fan /M 8-H MC15 Toner bottle clutch /M 20-X TLD C Toner level detection sensor /C 22-Q FHCB Fixing heater control board 3-H
M28 Paper exit fan /F 9-H MC16 Toner bottle clutch /C 21-X TLD K Toner level detection sensor /K 22-Q PRCB Printer control board 5-K
M29 Fixing motor 2-Q MC17 Toner bottle clutch /K 21-X SD4 Reverse/Exit solenoid 2-Y CVDB Conveyance drive board 2-U
M30 Registration roller motor 6-Y PS16 Fixing pressure/release sensor 3-Q SD5 Pick up solenoid /BP 12-X
M31 Loop roller motor 6-Y PS17 Fixing exit sensor 3-Q SD6 ADU lock solenoid 11-T
M32 ADU reverse motor 7-Y PS18 Front door open/close sensor 5-R SD7 Pick up solenoid /1 11-I
M33 Reverse/exit motor 8-Y PS19 Reverse/Exit sensor 3-Y SD8 Pick up solenoid /2 15-I
M34 2nd transfer pressure/release motor 9-Y PS20 ADU conveyance sensor 3-Y SD9 Pick up solenoid /3 18-I
M35 Tray up drive motor /BP 9-Y PS21 ADU reverse sensor 3-Y SW1 Main power switch 5-B
M36 Fixing cooling fan /3 19-P PS22 Registration sensor 4-Y MS1 Front door interlock switch 6-R
M37 Fixing cooling fan /2 19-Q PS23 ADU Pre-registration sensor 4-Y MS2 Toner supply interlock switch 19-X
M38 Tray up drive motor /3 22-I PS24 2nd Transfer HP sensor 5-Y TH1 Fixing temperature sensor /1 3-O
M39 Tray up drive motor /2 23-I PS25 Tray upper limit sensor /BP 9-Y TH2 Fixing temperature sensor /2 4-O
M40 Tray up drive motor /1 23-I PS26 Bypass conveyance sensor 10-Y TH3 Fixing temperature sensor /3 3-O
M41 Paper feed motor 25-I PS27 Intermediate conveyance sensor /1 10-Y TH4 Fixing temperature sensor /4 5-O
M42 DCPS cooling fan 26-I PS28 Intermediate conveyance sensor /2 11-Y TRNS1 Transformer/main body 8-D
M43 Writing intake fan /1 21-P PS29 Pre-registration sensor /1 9-I TRNS2 Transformer /LCT 8-E
M44 Writing intake fan /2 21-P PS30 Tray upper limit sensor /1 9-I VR1 Paper size VR /1 12-I
M45 Writing exhaust fan /1 22-P PS31 No paper sensor /1 10-I VR2 Paper size VR /2 16-I
M46 Writing exhaust fan /2 22-P PS32 Remaining paper sensor /1 11-I VR3 Paper size VR /3 20-I
M47 Drum unit fan 23-P PS33 Paper size /S1 12-I VR4 Paper size VR /BP 21-I
M48 Charger intake fan 21-R PS34 Paper size /L1 12-I Indicator lamp 19-Q
M49 Toner supply motor /Y 23-X PS35 Pre-registration sensor /2 13-I Guide plate 17-T
M50 Toner supply motor /M 23-X PS36 Tray upper limit sensor /2 13-I Separation 16-T

You might also like